Undergraduate Catalog
IkWMITiTI]
■M, .1
CELEBRATING 125 YEARS OF EXCELLENCE AND OPPORTUNITY
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2009 with funding from
Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1999indi
Undergraduate Catalog
1999-2000
CELEBRATING I25 YEARS OF EXCELLENCE AND OPPORTUNITY
Indiana University of Pennsylvania is committed to equal
opportunity and affirmative action for its students, employees,
and applicants. The university is committed to providing equal
educational and employment rights to all persons without regard
to race, color, sex, religion, national origin, age, disability,
ancestry, or sexual orientation. Each member of the university
community has a right to study and work in an environment free
from any form of racial, ethnic, and sexual discrimination. In
accordance with federal and state laws, the university will not
tolerate racial or ethnic discrimination or discrimination on the
hasis of disability.
This policy is placed in this document in accordance with state
and federal laws including Title VI and VII ol the Civil Rights
Act of 1964, Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972,
Sections 503 and .504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and the Civil Rights Act
of 1991 as well as all applicable federal and state executive
orders. This policy extends to disabled veterans and veterans of
the Vietnam era.
Please direct all general inquiries regarding equal opportunity
and affirmative action to
Interim Director of Human Resources
G-l John Sutton Hall, Indiana, PA 15705
Telephone: 724-357-2431. Fax: 724-357-2685
TD: 724-357-2481
TD: Telecommunications Device available in the
Advising and Testing Center, 724-357-4067
(V/TD) (8:00-4:30, M-F)
Office of Human Resources, 724-357-2481
(TD) (24 hours)
Campus Police, 724-357-2141(TD) (24 hours)
IUP ensures compliance with Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with
Disabilities Act through the provision of program access
accommodations. Please direct inquiries regarding
accommodations for persons with disabilities to
Student Concerns:
Dr. Catherine Dugan
Director, Advising and Testing Center/Disability Support
Services
504 Coordinator
106 Pratt Hall
Telephone: 724-357-4067
Employee Concerns:
Ms. Helen Soltis
G-l John Sutton Hall
Telephone: 724-357-2431
Specific inquiries regarding Title IX should be directed to
Director, Pechan Health Center
Pechan Health Center
Telephone: 724-357-6475
The university publishes a student handbook, The Source, which is a companion booklet to this catalog. The handbook contains
detailed information on the policies mentioned on this page. The Source is accessible to all enrolled students, and extra copies are
made available at the Office of the Vice President for Student Affairs, 212 Sutton Hall, Indiana University of Pennsylvania. The
policies also appear in their entirety on the university's pages of the World Wide Web at hit p:/ivii'W. iup.edu/stuajf/source.
Questions regarding the Sexual Harassment Policy or complain! procedures may be directed to the Director oj Human Resources, G-30
Sutton Hall, IUP. Policy approved by University Senate, May 1, 1990; pendingfinal approval by Council of Trustees.
This bulletin contains announcements of courses for the academic year 1999-2000. IUP reserves the right to repeal, change, or amend the
rules, regulations, courses, and programs contained in this bulletin at any time. Tuition and fees are also subject to change.
IUP is the largest member university of Pennsylvania's State System of Higher Education.
Indiana University of Pennsylvania
7999-2000
Undergraduate
Catalog
University Calendar 2
President's Message 3
The University r>
The Branch ( lampuses 8
Vdmissions and Registration 9
Finances 12
Student Programs and Services 20
Advising and resting (/.inter 20
Athletics 20
( . Services 21
c seling and Student Development Center 21
I [ealth Services 21
Housing Information 21
Learning ( lenter 22
New Student ( Orientation 22
Studenl \> n\ ides and * Irganizations 22
Student Cooperative Association 23
I niversit) Judii ial System 23
Veterans Affairs . 23
Vt -uli-mii Policies 24
Requirements for Craduation 36
Academic Affairs Division Areas 41
I Fniversity Libraries 41
Robert K. (look Honors College 41
Milium St inn i Department 42
Women's Studies Program 43
Office "I International Affairs 4:i
Internships/* loopt rative Learning 45
r'.bcrly College of Business 46
KluiK College ofBusiness Academic Pohcies 47
Department ol A< counting 47
Department ofFinanct and I egal Studies 48
Department <>l Management 49
Department ol Management Information SyStema*and Decision Sciences .50
Department of Marketing 51
igj .mil Support Services 51
I lu College of Education r>4
College of Education Academic Policies 54
liversit) School 5S
Vocational-Technical Professional Studies 58
Department of Adult and Community Education 59
Department "I Communications Media 59
Department ol Educational and S< hool Psycholog) 60
Di i '.ni mi in of Foundations of Education 60
Department ol Professional Simla s in Education 60
Department of Special Education and Clinical Services 63
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The College of Fine Arts 67
Department of Art 68
Department ol Musit 70
Department ofTheater 72
The College of Health and Human Services 73
Di | mi ni ol < lulinary Arts 74
Department of Food and Nutrition 74
Department "I Health and Physical Education 75
Highway Safety Center 78
Department of Hotel, Restaurant, and Institutional Management 78
Department nl Human Development ami Environmental Studies 79
Department of Industrial and Lalxir Relations 82
Department ol Nursing and Allied Health Professions 82
Department oi Sad-iv Sciences 85
The College of Humanities and Social Sciences 86
Department ol Anthropology 88
Department of Criminolog) 89
Department <>t Economics -90
Department ol English 52
m nt of French 54
Department of Geograph) anil Regional Planning
Department ol C.emian 99
Department of History 100
Department ol Journalism 101
I), partmenl ol Philosophy andR 102
Department "I Political Science 104
Department ofSociology 105
Department of Spanish and < llassical Languages 107
The College of Natural Sciences and Malhematics 109
Department of Biolog) Ill
Biochemistry Program 113
Department of Chemistry "4
Department of Computer Science 115
Department of Geosciencc 117
Department of Mathematics . . t 119
Enviromental Healdi Program 113
Natural Science 121
Department ofPhysics 123
Department "I I'- 125
The School of Continuing Education 127
Credit Programs 127
Conferences ami Noncredit Programs 128
Criminal Justice Training Center 128
Course Descriptions 129
Directorv 211
IUP, Indiana, Pennsylvania 15705 http://www.iup.edu
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
University Calendar
Fall Semester, 1999
Registration August 3 1
Classes begin September 1
Thanksgiving recess begins at close of night classes November 24
Classes resume (8:00 a.m.) November 29
Final exams December 14-2 1
December Commencement December 19
Spring Semester, 2000
Registration January 17
Classes begin January 1 8
Spring vacation March 6-1 1
Classes resume (8:00 a.m.) March 13
Reading Day May 2
Final exams May 3-1 1
May Commencement May 13
Summer Sessions, 2000
To be announced
Board of Governors
State System of Higher
Education
F. Eugene Dixon,Jr., Chairperson.
Lafayette Hill
Kim E. Lyttle, Vice Chairperson,
Pittsburgh
R. Benjamin Wiley, Vice Chairperson,
Erie
Syed R. Ali-Zaidi, Shippenville
Muriel Bennan, Allentown
Zachary I. Cattell, West Chester
Jeffrey W. Coy, Harrisburg
Daniel P. Elby, Harrisburg
Charles A. Gomulka, Pittsburgh
Eugene W. Hickok,Jr., Harrisburg
Joy C. Leonard, Indiana
Shelby A. Linton, Millersville
F.Joseph Loeper, Harrisburg
Tom Ridge, Harrisburg
David M. Sanko. Harrisburg
B. Michael Schaul. Harrisburg
Jere W. Schuler. Harrisburg
Patrick J. Stapleton. Indiana
John K. Thornburgh. Pittsburgh
Christine J. Toretti. Indiana
Council of Trustees
Indiana University of
Pennsylvania
Patrick J. Stapleton. Chairperson,
Indiana
David L.Johnson. Vice Chaiqjerson,
Havertown
Kim E. Lyttle, Secretary, Pittsburgh
Jeffrey L. Brooks, Treasurer, Pittsburgh
Michael D. Connell, Indiana
Susan S. Delaney, Indiana
Kathleen A. Durkin. Pittsburgh
Mark A. Holman, Harrisburg
Robert M. Hovanec, Butler
David Osikowicz, Punxsutawney
Gealy W. Wallwork, Kittanning
James H. McCormick (ex officio),
Chancellor, State System of Higher
Education
Executive Officers
Indiana University of
Pennsylvania
Lawrence K. Pettit, President
Ruth A. Riesenman, Executive Assistant
to the President
Mark J. Staszkiewicz, Provost and Vice
President for Academic Affairs
C. Edward Receski, Vice President for
Administration
Louis Szalontai, Vice President for
Finance
Joan M. Fisher, Vice President for
Institutional Advancement
Harold D. Goldsmith, Vice President
for Student Affairs
Chancellor
State System of Higher
Education
James H. McCormick
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
President's Message
Congratulations on youi decision to experienct tht exciting
intellectual, cultural, and social world of Indiana I niversit) oj
l'i nnsylvania.
The only university in the Pennsylvania Statt System oj Highei
Education to confer doctoral degrees, I UP attracts faculty members who are
mi flu cutting edgi of their fields but are committed to undergraduati
teaching Outstanding programs in men than a
hundred majors,from the traditional liberal arts
and sciences to such professional fields as
nursing, business, criminology, and safety
sciences, offer a broad array of academic
challenges. Classrooms and residenct
halls equipped with fiberoptics anil
cable television support a rich
academic tradition in which students
actively participate in the learning
proa ts.
IUP stretches the boundaries of the
academic environment to include learning
experiences, through research and internships,
that prepare students for careers in the global
marketplace. The university's internship program
places students in a variety of professional settings, from tin European
Parliament to Fortune 500 companies to the Whitt House. WP's rigorous
Liberal Studies requirement, emphasizing communication skills and
analytical thinking, insures that all our students arc prepared for lift as
well as for a career. Longstanding cxctili net in tin fine arts creates a
campus life rich in cultural and entertainment opportunities. II P's global
partnerships bring a cosmopolitan student body to Indiana and providi
attractive opportunities to study abroad.
The Robert E. Cook Honors College at HP is an exciting model that
combines for especially gifted students intellectual i ugagi mint and St rvia .
reflecting the university's values of high intellectual achii vt mi nt. pi rsonal
development, commitment, and volunteer service.
Strong academic programs are complemt nted by tin university's
successful athletics program. Fans from across the region enjoy not only
highly competitive teams but one of the country's top marching bands.
(hi In half of the IUP family, I take pleasure in 'welcoming you.
\
Lawrence K. lVttit. President
. L V A N I A UNDERGRAP
4 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Undergraduate Degrees Offered at IUP
Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Science
Anthropology (Tracks available:
Accounting
Applied Anthropology,
Applied Mathematics
Archaeology, General
Applied Physics
Anthropology)
^^BPH^k
Biochemistry
Art/History Track
Bra, •
Biology
Art/Studio
Gh ->v
Business/Pre-Law
Biology
Chemistry
Chemistry
j w HI
Child Development/Family
Computer Science
k\ 3£ WflS
Relations
Criminology
Communications Media
Criminology/Pre-Law
Computer Science (Tracks
Economics
^■^H H& sS
available: Applied Computer
Economics/Mathematics
Hk~ - S9f
Science, Languages and
Economics/Pre-Law
s
Systems)
English
'g*\W j ■*
Consumer Affairs (Community
English/Pre-Law
Services Track available)
French
Dietetics
French for International Trade
Environmental Geoscience
General Fine Arts
&& A 1 1
W^ AM
Environmental Health
Geography (Tracks available:
Fashion Merchandising
Economic Geographer,
Finance
Environmental Geographer,
"""**,"*»~ «-^«. — _ -^Aw*
Food and Nutrition Science
General Geography, GIS and
General Studies
Cartographer)
Geology
German
Hotel, Restaurant, and Institutional
German for International Trade
Bachelor of Science in Education
Management
Government and Public Service
Art Education
Human Resources Management
History
Biology Education
Interior Design/Housing
History/Pre-Law
Business Education
International Business
Journalism
Chemistry Education
Management
Music (Tracks: History and
Early Childhood Education
Management Information Systems
Literature, Music Performance,
Earth and Space Science Education
Marketing
Theory and Composition)
Education of Exceptional Persons
Mathematics
Philosophy
Education of Persons with Hearing
Medical Technology
Philosophy/Pre-Law
Loss
Natural Science (Tracks available:
Physics
Elementary Education
Pre-Chiropractic, Pre-Dentistry,
Political Science
English Education
Pre-Engineering, Pre-
Political Science/International
Family and Consumer Sciences
Optometry, Pre-Physical
Studies
Education
Therapy, Pre-Podiatry)
Political Science/Pre-Law
French Education K-12
Nuclear Medicine Technology
Psychology (Applied Psychology-
General Science Education
Nursing
Track available)
Secondary German Education
Office Systems
Regional Planning (Tracks
Health and Physical Education
Physical Education and Sport
available: Economic Developer,
Mathematics Education
Physics
Environmental Planner, GIS
Music Education
Rehabilitation
and Cartographer, Town
Physics Education
Respiratory Care
Manager)
Social Science Education
Safety Sciences
Religious Studies
(Concentrations available:
Bachelor of Fine Arts
Sociology (Tracks available:
Anthropology, Sociology;
Music Performance
Applied Social Research,
Tracks available: Economics,
Studio
Clinical Sociology, General
Geography, History)
Associate of Arts
Sociology)
Secondary Spanish Education
Business (Computer and Office
Spanish
Speech-Language Pathology and
Information Systems
Spanish for International Trade
Audiology
Specialization)
Theater
Vocational-Technical Education
General Studies
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
THE UNIVERSITY
The University
A University Education
rhrough undergraduate and graduate pro]
[UP serves students from across the nation and
around the world In introducing them to and
sustaining them in a culture ol high aspiration
and ai hievemenl so th< j maj lead produi rive
and meaningful lives. Singl) and th
collaboration within the State System ofHighei
I dui ation, with othei edui ational institutions,
and with business, gov( rnment, human si
and professional organizations, II P contributes
to the economic and t ultural strengdi of the
region, the commonwealth, and the nadon
through educadon, scholarship, and service.
As the universit) continually evolves to liighei
. ucellence, lUPwillbe
► An institution of higher and continuing
learning committed to the teacher-scholar
model ami the learning-cent"
em ironmenl and .1 universit] whi r<
and dot toral edui adon is targeted to die
education of competent practitioners, the
produi don of practical knowledge, and the
enrichment of undergraduate life.
► \ learning-centered environment in which
students enjoy traditional and nontraditional
classroom experiences, engage in research
and service activities with then iacult)
mentors, become lifelong learners equipped
to adapl to the 1 hanging needs of their
professional lives, and - rship
skills for effective citizenship.
► An institution guided by its heritage,
maintaining an environment ol inquire thai
1 ombines .1 thorough ex; nation of
cultural traditions and intellec tual roots with
urrency and die
best 1 'I the liberal arts with superior career
preparation.
► A learning community in touch with [he
main currents of politics, e< onomics, and
cultural life throughout the world; .1
communit) enri< hed by the preseni
significant number ofinternational students
and In opportunities for study abroad; and
.1 communit] supported b] te< bnol
facilitates active participation in the creation
and use ol information and knowledge on .1
global scale.
► A center of lively intellectual discourse and
affection !i>r the arts.
► Ac in initj thai is diverse in composition,
with a clear commitment t" tolerance,
compassion, and servii e.
History of the University
HP lias witnessed a history rich in
accomplishment Since 1875, when 11 served
only >L2~> students in a single building, it lias
expei ienced continuous growth, becoming
Pennsylvania's fifth largest university. The
current enrollment is over thirteen thousand,
with students from thirty-six states and over tik\-
live countries.
The lirst building, named John Sutton Hall in
honor ol the first president <p| die Hoard "I
I rusti 1 s. \\4s opened lor students on May 17.
1875.
In April. 1920, control and ownership of the
school passed t<> the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania. In May, luJ7. by authority of die
( leneral Assembly, the State Normal School
became a college, with the right to grai>:
The name was then changed to ih< 5
Teachers College at Indiana, Pennsylvania. In
1959, the legislature approved a change of name
to huh. ma State College: in die 1960s there
followed a rapid growth in the liberal arts
program. In December, 1965, Indiana was
redesignated Indiana University of Pennsylvania
and given the authority to expand its curriculum
and to grant degrees at the master's level. At this
tune the first doctoral program was initiated.
Current academic offerings include more dian a
hundred undergraduate majors with a variety of
internship and stud] abroad programs, more
dian fortv master's degree programs, and eight
doctoral degrees. Unusual opportunitii ■
research at all levels and the Robert E. 1
Honors College provide special challenges for
academic growth. The variety and qualil
instruction are characteristic ol a hig university,
yet at II P. dose, one-to-one-relationships
develop within die teaching framework, and a
-. use ol community prevails.
The following publications have all recognized
IIP for its high academic standards and
INDIANA UN '.' I A UN DERGR A 0
THE UNIVERSITY
competitive costs: Arco'i Dollarwise (.'«»/< to
American Colleges; Barron's 300: Best Buys in
Collegi Education.; Thi Best /w^ in Col
Education by Edward Fiske, education editor of
theASw York Times; Changing Times; How to
Get an lv\ Leagut Education ul a State
University l>s Martin Nemko: Mom v mag
Money Guide: Two Hundred Host Selectivi
Colleges, Th DefinM l ■ ; l» t'sFirst-
Choia Schools;and I S Newsand WorUReport.
University Governance
Indiana University "I Pennsylvania is one of
fourteen members of thi StaU System of Highei
I-'.ilni ation in Pennsylvania. ( (versight of the
System is vested in the Board ol ( lovernors, die
members of which are appointed by the
governor. Each university has its ov\ n < Council ol
Trustees, responsible foi financial oversight and
insuring compliant e ol universit) policies with
state law. Responsibility for the day-to-day
operations is entrusted to tile university
president, who is the chief executive officer.
Due to the complexity ol the university, the
president relies on the University Senate to
develop and approve curricula and to advise the
president on setting policies thai affect and shape
the working and learning em ironment at IUP.
The University Senate is composed ol faculty,
students, and administrators who are both
elected and appointed by their peers.
Many of the important policies governing the
working and learning environment, such as the
policy on sexual harassment, the academic
integrity policy, and the policy on
nondiscrimination, arc given in this catalog or
the student handbook (Tht Source) and are also
available on the World Wide Web at
http://www.iup.edu.To insun miring
cm ironment where all faculty, students, and
administrators can work together in harmony, it
is essential that all members ol the university he
familiar with these polini s as the) set the
expectations for civil behavior and academic
conduct.
Accreditation
IUP is a state-owned institution for higher
education and a member ol die State System ol
Higher Education. It is an approved and folly
accredited member ol the following:
• American Chemical Soi ii t)
• American Culinary Fedi n □ Educational
Institute
• American Home Econ ics Association
• American Psychological Vssociat
• American Societ) ol Safety Engineers
• Committee on Allied Health Education and
Accreditation
• Council on Hotel. Restaurant, and
Institutional Education
• Educational Standards Board ol the Speech-
Language-Hearing Association
• Middle Siatcs Association of Colleges and
Schools
• National Accrediting Agenc y for I
Sciences
• National Associati I Schools of Theater
• National Association ofSchool Psychologists
• National Association of Schools of Musil
• National Council for Accreditation ol
Teacher Education
• National League for Nursing
Buildings and Grounds
In 1875, the main campus consisted of 12 acres
and one building. With the addition in 1995 of
1 37 acres of undeveloped land from the former
( lampbell and County farms, the main campus
now comprises .'i-l 1 acres, on which are located
seventy-five major buildings owned by the state
and seven athletic fields. Two of the buildings,
Breezedale and John Sutton Hall, have been
entered in the National Register ol Historic
Places. Short-term plans for the recendy
acquired land include additional athletic fields
and recreation facilities, a Greek Village, and a
residence for the university president.
The Punxsutawney Branch Campus totals 5.98
a< res i onsisting of two sites— lour buildings at
the Punxsutawney campus and the Culinary
School. The Armstrong Branch Campus has four
buildings and a total of 1.74 acres.
The Co-op Recreational Park, located a few
miles from the campus, consists ol 280 acres and
several buildings, including a lodge and a ski hut.
The wooded hillsides oiler opportunities for
nature study and for such outdoor recreational
activities as driving golf balls, hiking, cross-
country skiing, and exercise trails.
Indiana, the County and
the Town
Indiana ( lounty was formed by act of the state
legislature in 1803 and was frilly organized in
I 806. ( George Clymer of Philadelphia, a signer of
the Declarati I Independence, owned more
than three thousand acres in the area and
presented 250 acres to the new county for a
i ounty scat. The town of Indiana was officially
founded in 1816.
The county's first major industry was the
manufacture of salt, which began in 1813 about
two miles above the town of Saltsburg. As early
as 1 797 bituminous coal was dug from exposed
outcroppings. Mining soon rivaled agriculture as
tiie backbone of the county's economy. Its
influence gradually diminished, though, and
today IUP is die county's largest employer.
Indiana County now thrives with an economic
base combining education, agriculture, energy
production, and commerce into an outstanding
quality of life for its nearly 90,000 residents.
Indiana has become known as the birthplace of
film star, Jimmy Stewart, and as the Christmas
Tree Capital of the World. Visitors and locals
alike can relive Indiana County's past by visiting
one of its parks, covered bridges, fairs, and even
the largest Aniish setdement in Western
Pennsylvania. As one of nine counties
represented in America's Industrial Heritage
Project, Indiana County has a number of
historical sites that are part of die project's Path
of Progress. The project's archives are housed in
the Special Collections section of lUP's
Stapleton Library.
Alumni
With a living alumni base that comprises more
dian eighty thousand individuals, the university
has come to rely on the support of its alumni in a
variety of areas. These include career
networking, student recruitment, and
government relations, as well as fond-raising and
service on die Council of Trustees, Alumni
Association Executive Board, and a number of
advisor)' committees.
Graduates automatically become members of die
Alumni Association. They are encouraged to
continue their connections with IUP through
periodicals like IUP Magazine and the
university's World Wide Web sites.
Resources
Computing Services: Academic computing
support is provided by technical staff' assigned to
each college. The college staffs provide
computational support for undergraduate and
graduate students and for faculty and student
research.
Connectivity for student computers in the
residence halls is provided through die Office of
Housing and Residence Life. The administrative
needs of the university, including the Library's
information systems, are served by die
Technology Services Center.
The university's computing infrastructure
consists of a DEC Open VMS cluster, several
Unix systems, and a local area network
environment. Access to the campus network is
provided primarily through Ethernet
connections utilizing die campus fiberoptic
backbone. Terminal access via modem is also
available. IUP is connected to the Internet via
SSHEnet.
Student access to computing is provided, for die
most part, through the public computing
laboratories. The primary public labs are
strategically placed around campus to maximize
dieir availability and impact. Several departments
maintain computing facilities diat are of a
focused nature and which are intended to
support specific programs. These include several
specialized networks to address particular needs.
Through implementation of its strategic
computing plan, which is part of the university
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE UNIVERSITY 7
long-range planning ] i tl irerait) is
i ed i" providing thi level "I i omputing
and ml .in 1 1 lo | u foi a
Hindi stllllll fhighei education.
Guidani i in thii .1 < 1 pro idi 'I bj both the
Academic < lomputing Polii v Adi isoi )
1 ! 1 and the Ad strative < ! | >n ti 1 ijj,
1 ' • ' 'in 1 tti 1
Libraryi Patrick J, Staple Jr., Library, the
, ! Mii.il librarj foi II P, was 1 ompleted and
dedicated in 1981. Il adj a Rhodei R. Stanley
I jbrary, whi( li results in .1 bined -11111 ture "I
156,000 square feet. The < logswell Musii
1 brai 1 the I niversitj Si hool I library, and the
In. mi li campus libraries in Kittanning and in
Punxsutawnej an thi oth mponents of the
fUPlibrarj system. Nineteen librarj faculty
1111111I11 is. twent) two support staf) members, and
ovei two hundred students are employed in the
Libraries Divisii I the university. The book
collection contains 775,000 volumes; tliere are
1,500 periodical subscript s, 1.7 million items
"l 1 1 li- reforms, over l( 10. 01 10 I ml periodicals,
! 1,000 volumes ofgove 1 m.il
lubbi ations. (IUPisa designated Selei 1
Depository for federal and state publications.)
The libraries1 media holdings in all formats are
extensive, Resoun es are supplemented through
membership in < >CI,C for intetiibrary loan, the
Health Sciences Consordum (North Carolina),
mil the Laurel 1 lighlands Consordum and the
Center for Research Libraries. The central
librarj is open 92 hours a week during regular
terms. The < logswell Music Library, located on
iIh- top H""i ni 1 logswell 1 1. ill. 1 ains
approximate!) 6,000 books. 711.1100 scores, and
1 0.000 recordings. 1 loldings "I monumental
editions are snlisi.inu.il. Sound recordings
circulate only in faculty members, but listening
..hi' available foi use by all patrons. The
Universif) School Library's 6,500 vol es
support the curriculum ol grades K-6 at the
I niversit) School. The Armstrong County
librarj has more than 22,000 volumes,
and the recendy renovated Punxsutawney library
conl s 111. .11 [I1.111 13,000 books as well as 150
1 1. ..Is ami recordings of music, poetry, and
drama.
Institute lor Research and Community
Service) The Institute foi Research and
Communitj Service serves as lh< primarj
outreach office of the university to link
communitj effort and need with die diverse
i es of the university and to encourage
tt si.u, li actn ides among the fai ulty. Majoi areas
of responsibility include: 1) in expand economic
development ami public service initiatives within
ilu- university's research mission; ') to provide .1
coordinating tun don for all III' research
centers; and .)) to provide leadership .nul
support for the Applied Research Lab and other
affiliate programs.
I UP Centers and Institutes: Centers and
institutes serve a varietj of functions. Each
. mi, 1 institute is unique in us focus and is
created to meet a spe< ifically identified need.
Centers provide an opportunity for l.n ultj
members to utilize their expertise through
consultation, technical assistant e, and research-
related activities. Centers institutes provide
excellent opportunities foi students to learn, to
demonstrate theii knowledge and skills, and to
become involved in meaningful projects in the
1 on mity. < lenti rs/institu n thi
H li and pilbhi Jervici Hussions ol die
universit] and, therefore,! nhani > tin quality ol
1 dm .1111,11 \ 1 ill li .in, ol .Mill
inslililles .11 II IP follows.
► \ii H .11 \n hi 1 Cultural '
► Ann 11. an I ,anguage In, nun.
► Hi., 1, . hnologj Institute
► Business, Industry, and Laboi Program
► Cardial Rehabilitation ' lentei
► Center lor Applied Psyi hologj
► < a nil 1 lor l.i onoiiin I'alui .ill, hi
► Centei loi Middli Eastern Studies
► ( lentei foi Resean h in ( Iriminologj
► Center foi Research in Written
( a>niinuineai ami Translation
► I lentei foi Statistii s Edui ation in
Pennsylvania al III'
► Centei loi Teaching Excellence
► Centei foi Video fe. log)
► Centei foi Vocational Personnel Pre]
► Child Study C
► Criminal Justice Training Centei
► Highway Safety < lentei
► Institute foi Research and Community
Service
- Applied Research Lab
- Archaeological Servii is
- Census Data Center
- Community Nutrition Services
- \hd-Atlantk Addiction Training Institute
(MAATI)
► Instructional Design Center
► Intercollegiate Athletic Institute for Sports
( lamps
► III' I'.liH ipnsc ( enter
► Literacy Center
► Management Services Croup
- ( 'enter for Family Business
• Government Contracting Assistance
Program
• Small Business Development < 1 ulei
- Small Business Incubator
• Small Business Institute
► National Environmental Education and
Training Center, Inc. (NEETC)
► Pennsylvania Center for the Study ofLabor
Relations
► Pennsylyania/OSHA Consultation Program
► Spatial Sciences Research Center
► Speech and Hearing I I1111,
► Teacher Education Center foi Si ience,
Mathematics, and Technologj
University Organization
The university's adininistration comprises five
divisions: Academic Allans. Administration.
Finance, Institutional Vdvancement, and Student
\ll.111s. Information about Academii Ulairsand
Student Attairs appears in this catalog's sections
called, respectively, Academic Affairs Division
Areas and Student Programs and Services.
Information about the othei three divisions
appears below.
Administrative Division: The Division ol
Administration ensures the effective operation of
the "services/support" division of the entire
university's physical plant, which encompasses
ill acres of land and seventy-five buildings on
the main campus in Indiana and two branch
campuses located in Punxsutawney and
Kittanning.
rcsponsil,
I ampul poll, e, human n
and tin printing
Al the din nl Lawn no >
111 S, pi. mbi 1 ol 199 e till Villi.'
Division developei ordinaied, and i%
in the pioi ess ol implementing II I' I
nipus Development Plan, whii
published in F< bruary, 1 996, I hit pi u
design In win. li the physical plant and f;
c an be maintained and expanded in support ol
II I' u .li in goals and aspirations for its
lillilli . I Ills plan will guiili tin 11111% 1 I-
in 1 Hi 1 ic. ■ and il plan
foi implementing the proposed • ban.,
physical la. ilities.
'I la \ilh lion provides a
is ..I il.. Ill", ommuni
permil the edu< ational process and oilier
edai mines ofoui students, fai ulty. and
stall to Ihih Hon with a minimum of
mi omi in. in 1 Majoi emphasis is always placed
on making the educational environment
conducive to learning bj upgrading older
lai ilities and . .inverting existing lai ilitii
better serve new programs.
Finance Division: The mission ol the Finani e
Division is to address financial service m
students, faculty, stall, and other constitu
of [UP and to provide dire, don and support to
achieve finani lai integrity and stability lor die
university.
I In 11 1,1 1 Mi, es within the Finance Division
Hinting Services, Budget Planning. Cash
Accounting, Internal Review. IIP Enterprise
( lenter, ami Student Final
Institutional Advancement Division: The
advancement arm ol the university community,
the Institutional Advancement Division brings
togethei live functional areas. The publications
department, public relations department,
govenmient.il relations, alumni affairs program.
and development function help to stimulate
positive regard lor the university on the pan of a
variety of publics. The departments feature the
excellence and achievement of lac ulty. students,
staff, and alumni ami engage people in the life of
the university. Stall and volunteers raise private
resources that 1 an influence die quality of die
academic environment and ol student and
alumni life.
The Foundation for IIP is the nonprofit
charitable vehicle steered by a distinguished
I tirectors through which the charitable
dollars raised by die volunteers and staff
members are passed to tbe university to improve
die educational and learning environment
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 199^
8 THE BRANCH CAMPUSES
The Branch Campuses
Frederick Sehring,
Dean of the Armstrong Campus
Valarie J. Mancuso,
Dean of the Punxsutawney Campus
IUP operates two branch campuses, one in
Punxsutawney, twenty-eight miles north of the
Indiana campus, and one in Kittanning, twenty-
eight miles west of the Indiana campus. The first
branch campus was established in 1962 in
Punxsutawney. The following year die
Armstrong campus in Kittanning was opened.
The Punxsutawney campus accommodates 200-
225 students, and the Armstrong campus
accommodates 300-350 students.
( lontrol of the branch campuses is directly vested
with the IUP administration and Council of
Trustees. Advisor)' boards from the respective
areas identity local needs. Both branch campuses
carry full accreditation as integral parts of the
undergraduate programs of IUP. This means that
courses offered at the branch campuses are of the
same quality as those offered at die Indiana
campus.
Programs of Study
The branch campuses of IUP oiler basic Liberal
Studies courses for most majors in the various
undergraduate colleges of the university.
Students may schedule a lull program for the
freshman vear and some sophomore-level
courses. No student accepted at either of the
branch campuses is eligible for transfer to the
Indiana i ampus until he/she has completed two
semesters and lias attained at least a 2.0 QPA and
earned at least twenty-one undergraduate credits.
Faculty advisors and administrators at (lie branch
campuses are available to advise students on
their instructional programs and the proper time
for continuing at the Indiana campus.
Admission
\n\ prospective student who wishes to attend
either of the branch campuses instead 'of the
Indiana campus may apply for admission by
requesting an application from die Admissions
Office or from the director of either branch
campus. The mailing addresses for the respective
branch campuses follow:
Armstrong Campus
IUP
704 North McKean Street
Kittanning, PA 16201
h ttp://um 'W.iup. edn/a rms/r/
Punxsutawney Campus
IUP
1010 Winslow Street
Punxsutawney, PA 15767
http://www.iup.edu/pun . \ <
Fees
Branch campus students pay the same basic fees
as Indiana campus students.
Food Service
Each branch campus has its own dining hall
within the residence hall. Meals are served seven
days a week during die time the university is in
session. Residence hall students as well as
students living in private homes and apartments
may make arrangements to take meals in the
dining halls. The dming service is operated by
the same food service contractor as on the
Indiana campus.
Housing
The Punxsutawney Campus has privately <>« iieil
resilience halls for students living beyond
commuting distance, while the Armstrong
Campus operates university-owned residence
halls. Students are free to choose their housing
Ik mi .ill available sources, which include die
residence halls and private homes or apartments
in die community. A list of rooms and apartments
is available in each campus directors office.
Rules and Regulations
Concerning Student Behavior
Students at the branch campuses are subject to
the same rules and regulations as students on the
Indiana campus.
Continuing Education
flic School of Continuing Education plays a
significant role in programming Community-
University Studies classes (noncredit), academic
workshops, and institutes in die Punxsutawney
and Kittanning areas. The school is also
responsive to the needs of the local community
through credit and noncredit activities.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION 9
Admissions and Registration
Undergraduate Admissions
Policy
Graduates "I an accredited four-yeai high school
or holders of a GED equivalenq diploma are
qualified t<> apply for admission to III'. Students
who have completed the junior yeai ofhigb
school ma) lili .in applii ation an) time after
Jul) I.
Requests lor applications and catalogs
should he addressed to
( Iffice of Admissions
Indiana University ol Pennsylvania
1H) Prarj Drive, Suite 16
Indiana, PA 15705
! 800 I 1 ! 6830 or 724-357-2230
The Admissions Committee, giving equal
opportunity to .ill students, will take the
following criteria into consideration when
reviewing each application: SAT oi \< IT si ores,
class rank, grades, high school counseloi
millions, l.i. iiln recommendations,
. s. .mil othei p< rtinenl
information tli.it would be helpful to the
Admissions < Committee in making dec isions.
s \ l ,.i u.l scores are not required foi
transfers, veterans, or applicants who have
graduated from high school more than fh
before applying. I lowever, high school and .ill
previous college transcripts are required ol .ill
applicants.
Although iln universit) does not require .i
specific number ofhigb school credits in
I mi 1 1. 1 1 l.i i soli]. . i areas, applicants are strongly
urged to take the usual college preparator)
prograi high si I I. Applicants should also
take anj available high school courses in the field
of their intended major. Certain majors .it II I'
requiri complel of a foreign language at the
intermediate level in ordei to earn .i bai helor's
degree. The Admissions Committee does not
require .in applicant to take .t foreign language in
high school for admiss to tl» se majors.
Applications ate considered by the Vdmissions
( lommittee on a rolling basis. I ndei a rolling
admissions policy, applications an rev. iewed as
tin \ become complete 1 1
automatic acceptance, to request lor additional
ml. n ni.ition. to other alternatives, with a May 1
deadline lor tuition deposits.
Academically qualified applicants to the
departments of Art, Music, and Theater will be
admitted to the university b) the Vdmissions
Committee. I lowever, admission to the requested
majoi will he subject to the acceptance by the
Department ol Vrt after a portfolio rev. iew and In
the departments ol Musit andTheatei aftei an
audition. Students will receivt information from
the An. Music, and Theatei departments
concerning auditions and portfbUo rem
they have been accepted toll P.
Freshman Applications
us for admission will be available alter
|nl\ 1 following the student's juniot year of high
school.
All persons expecting to appf) foi freshman
admission to 111' should plan to take the SAToi
VCT test during then junioi ami 01 ear!) part ot
theii senioi year. The Admissions < ommittee
recommends that Students take the tests more
than once. The committee considers the highest
i all tests taken.
Arrangements to take the SAT or ACT tests ian
be made through the high school principal or
counselor, or by writing to the College Entrance
Examination Board, Bob 592, Prim eton, N|
08540 oi American College resting, P.O. Boa
168, Iowa < uv. I V 'yllt i lot an information
pamphlet and a test registration form.
In . i! . It i foi the test scores to be received by lUP,
the applicant sl Id designate UP on the test
registration form as one ol the universities to
receive the scores, or the applicant can request
that his or her school counselor forward test
scores to the Vdmissions Office.
The applicant should give the completed
application form and the nonrefundable $30
application lee payable to HT to his her high
school counselor or principal. Ilie com |
principal should mail the application and
complete packet of admissions materials to the
[UP Office of Admissions, 210 Pratt Di
Hi. Indiana. PA
Early Admission
The Early Vdmissions Program pennies students
to enroll as college freshmen after completing die
junior year in high school. Early admission
applications must originate widi die student's
high school counselor and principal. Admission
consideration will be given to diose appJ
which contain a statement indicating explicit
approval l>v the high school principal. Applicants
aie considered on an individual basis. The
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRAD
10 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION
university Admissions Committee "'ill exercise
the final judgment as to university acceptance
after a personal interview with the applicant.
Early admission candidates arc required to
arrange foi two separate interviews with
Admissions counselors .is part of the application
procedure.
Processing the Application
1) Tlie Admissions Committee reviews, with
care and understanding, each of the several
thousand applications that arc submitted
each year.
2) Decisions on applications ate made on a
rolling basis.
3) Applicants who arc admitted to IUP may be
invited to attend a program on campus to
receive general information and discuss their
academic and career plans with the college
dean, faculty representative of their
respective major, or other advisors.
4) A $7.5 nonrefundable tuition deposit is due
from all incoming students. This advance
deposit payment will be credited toward the
applicant's tuition.
Transfer Admissions
A student who has been attending anodier
institution of higher education and wishes to
transfer to IUP must submit an application with
die $30 application fee, official transcripts of all
postsecondary educational work, and an official
high school transcript.
All admissions decisions are made on a rolling
basis by the Admissions Committee. Under a
rolling admissions policy, applications are
reviewed as they become complete. Decisions
can range from automatic acceptance, to request
tor additional information, to other alternatives.
Transfer applications (twelve or more
postsecondary. college credits attempted) are
reviewed on die basis of college coursework
completed. Transfers are required to have at least
a cumulative 2.0 grade point average on a 4.0
scale (C average) from all schools previously
attended for admission to most programs. The
teacher certification program requires a
minimum 2.5 cumulative grade point average
from all schools previously attended.
The evaluation of credits from other institutions
"I bigh( i education is the responsibility of the
Office of Admissions and the academic college
dean who has jurisdiction over the student's
desired major. Normally, courses considered for
transfer are only those taken from institutions
which are accredited by the six regional
accrediting agencies. Each course is evaluated
separately. The evaluation includes a review of
the description, semester hours, and grade of
each course along with the applicability of the
course to the student's majoi at IUP. However,
only credits transfer, not grade-point average. It
has been the policy of the university that only
courses with a "( !" oi higher grade will be
accepted, except for two-year associate degree
graduates of state-supported community colleges
in Pennsylvania. No matter how many credits are
transferable, the student must satisfy all of die
degree requirements falling into the categories of
( 1 ) university requirements, (2) college
requirements, and (3) department requirements.
University requirements: Since all students are
obliged to fulfill a basic program in Liberal
Studies consisting of 53-58 semester credit hours
and there is a reasonable degree of flexibility in
the Liberal Studies requirements, die transfer
evaluator and the college deans will look to this
area first for applicable credits for transfer. Most
introductory courses are generally equivalent.
Transferring to the College of
Education
Students who transfer from other colleges and
universities to IUP and the College of Education
must complete application for Step I of the 4-
Step Process, Teacher Certification. The
appropriate forms will be sent to students by the
College of Education after they have been
accepted.
Only students who have completed Step 1 of the
4-Step Process are eligible to take Core
Education coursework. In some programs,
students must meet these requirements to take
professional courses as well. Students should
consult with the department chairperson and/or
program coordinator for their specific program.
Students who do not meet the cumulative GPA
of 2.5 are not eligible tor admission to die
College of Education. Students should reapply
for admission when deficiencies have been met.
Some students may have compiled sufficient
credits and coursework equivalencies to qualify
for Junior Standing. Appropriate forms will be
sent to admitted students by the College of
Education. Students should direct questions to
the department chairperson and/or program
coordinator for die selected major.
Residency Requirements for
Awarding of Degrees
The university requires that at least forty-five
credits, generally including the last thirty credits
in a student's curriculum, must be earned bv
enrollment in courses at IUP: fifteen of these
credits must be in the student's major. It should
also be noted that for community college
graduates a maximum of sixty credit hours are
transferable to this institution lor the purpose of
fulfilling a specific program of study. Excess
credits, if any, may be transferred but cannot be
used for fulfilling the minimum requirements for
the degree.
To remain in good academic standing, transfer
students must meet the same grade-point average
requirements as those specified for all odier
undergraduate students. See section entided
"Criteria Governing Continuance at IUP."
The university accepts credits associated with
"D" grades only when they are part of a
completed associate degree earned at a publiclv
owned community college in Pennsylvania.
These "D" grades will be treated in die same
manner as those earned at IUP. This articulation
policy was adopted by the Board of State College
and University Directors in 1973.
Part-Time Study (Nondeg ree)
Part-time undergraduate study is available
through the School of Continuing Education to
any high school graduate or holder of a GED
Equivalency Diploma. No SAT scores are
required. Note: A TOEFL Score is required as
part of the application for an individual whose
native language is other than English. Those who
are not U.S. citizens must submit a notarized
copy of their current visa and 1-94 card or alien
resident card.
Applications are available from the Part-time
Studies Program and must be submitted with
documentation directly to the School of
Continuing Education by August 15 for the fall
semester and December 15 for the spring
semester. A $30 application lee is required.
Applications submitted after established dates
are not guaranteed consideration.
Transfer students may also apply to the School of
Continuing Education for part-time study and
must submit official transcripts for all previous
college work attempted. An overall 2.0 GPA is
required.
A student in the Part-time Studies Program is
limited to a semester enrollment of no more dian
eleven credits and must apply for formal
admission to a degree program before thirty IUP
credits have been earned. Applications for degree
candidacy must be filed by the midterm point of
die fall or spring semester preceding candidacy:
Specific requirements for grade-point average
and IUP credit vary by degree program. The
minimum credit criteria to apply for
consideration for degree candidacy are as
follows:
High School Diploma or GED
15 IUP Credits 2.0 GPA
Veteran (DD214 required)
9 IUP Credits 2.0 GPA
Transfer (with 12 or more credits)
9 IUP Credits 2.0 GPA
Transfer (with 1 1 or less credits)
15 IUP Credits 2.0 GPA
Note: A student who has applied and has been
admitted by the Office of Admissions to a branch
campus is not eligible to apply to die School of
Continuing Education.
Program for Visiting High School
Students
IUP permits the exceptional high school student
to preview university life and earn regular college
credit on a limited nondegree basis. The student
must have completed the sophomore year with a
minimum of a "B" average and have the written
support of the high school principal or guidance
counselor. The parameters of the student's
enrollment are defined in consultation with the
appropriate high school official and are limited to
a maximum of nine credits per semester. For
further information, contact the School of
Continuing Education.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-
ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION //
Post-Baccalaureate Studies
(Undergraduate)
The Po»i Baci alaureate Studies Program
provides access to undergraduati i ourses i"
individuals who have an ei I bi laun ati
di gree Studi nts ma) be seeking a second
bai I" lor's degree, an additi il tea« hei
, i rtiii. 1,01 personal enrii hmenl Students
ma) i nroll on .1 lull 01 1 time basis based "n
personal preference and availability <>l
1 oursework.
Applications are available from the S< hool "I
('..mi 1 1 11 imy, Educa A completed application
.iiul official transcripts of all previous
undergraduate coursework must be submitted
lew review l>\ August 15 foi fall semestei and
December 15 for spring semester. Applications
in. 1 submitted b) established dates are not
guaranteed consideration. A $30 applii ation lit-
is required. The fee is waived foi graduates "I
[UP.
Second Baccalaureate Degree
A student with an earned baccalaureate degree
who wishes to complete the requirements foi .1
Becond or subsequent bachelor's degree must
make application and submit official transi ripts
indicating degree(s) awarded. The student must
1 omplete .1 minimum of thirty additional 1UP
credits beyond those earned in his/hei initial
bachelor's degree and meet the requirements for
graduation established by the academic
department and 1 ollege in which the new degree
is to be earned. It is not possible to receive two
.11 more baccalaureate degrees simultaneously.
I lowever, .1 student may complete one or more
mi ondary majors while earning the primary
degree.
Teacher Certification
A student with an earned nonteaching
baccalaureate degree who wishes to complete the
requirements for Instructional Level I
certification must apply as a second bachelor's
degree student. A minimum cumulative grade-
point average of 2.50 is required for
consideration tor admission. To earn
Instructional Level I. ihe student must
s. nisi. 11 toril) complete the prescribed courses in
an IIP degree certification program .11 .1
minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2..r)
and successfully pass the National Teacher
Examination.
\ . in 1 tntlv Pennsylvania-certified teacher who
u ishes 10 add a new area of certification may
apply i" il if School ol Continuing Education
under the category teacher certification.
ludiv uluals admitted to an additional teacher
certification will follow an individually planned
ami approved course ol study.
Immunization Requirements
Students are required to
I li .1I1I1 Lull. .I... uini ntin) immuni;
Si 1 Ih .1I1I1 Servii es inform: 1 ii
Studt 11I Program! and l"
Readmission Policy for
Students Who Withdraw from
the University Voluntarily
Graduate students wishing
universit) must 1 ontai 1 thi I !i idu it
2222 Idi specilii insl
of Continuing Edui ation students shouli
the Si I I ofCo
All othei undergraduate students who havi
withdrawn from the university 01 were not
enrolled during the |'K vious 1. -id I' « mestei
must compleu .111 Applii ation foi Readmission,
available in the < Iffii e ol the Registrar, ( 18 Sutton
Hal!.... by calling(724 ' iring
evening 01 we< kend limns, you m •• 1 ill this
iiunilii'i .mil leavi Mini 11. urn and address, and a
I. urn will Ih prompth, mailed n. Mm. Thi
readmission di adlini foi the fall semestei is July
20 and December I foi tl ster,
All outstanding finani ial obligations to the
universit) must be met before yout Vpplii ation
for Ren li hiss will be processed. Due to
enrollment restrictions, requests for readri
to Nursing. Music, Theater, oi Vrt will be
forwarded foi approval b) .1 n presi ntativi
designated b) that dean 01 di partment
Requests for readmission for academicall)
dismissed students will be forwarded to th<
( (ffice ol the Dean "I the college in wh
student was enrolled .11 time of dismiss
decision on the student's readmission.
Readmitted students who have not enrolled for
two years and have petitioned theii college dean
iindei tin Cam elled Semestei Policy must first
registei .tmi pa) fees and attend 1 lasses before
their designated semester will hi 1 ancelled.
( >ik ( Mun application for readmission has been
approved, you will be sent a rime Appointment
Notice In iIk I >ffic< hi thi Ri gisc 11 with
insuiK [urns ,m how i" register.
As .1 student readmitted to 111'.
encouraged to complete the Fra Application foi
FederalStudent lid(l IFS i to determine youi
lin.iii. ial .ml eligibility. Your financial aid
eligibility will he based on youi financial need, as
determined b) the FAFS I. .""1 youi
,k ademii record.
II Mm have pn\ iousl) attended a postsecondar)
s, lii ml .11 s(h,.. .Is other than II P,a I 1u.un1.1l Aid
Transcript must be completed by I
school and sent to IIP.
The Summer Sessions
In Ids ol
Continuii
admitted
l> dn
I 1.1 first
ensure tl
til I'.
11 the
II field
field.
hi be
obtained
888-80
. mi the World Wide \\.
Attendan .' "luatc
si hool - '"it
constitute admission "i readmission for
continuin I 01 spring
semesters. Students in good standing «
jiliinss.. 1 application through
' lid- of Admissions or tl
Continuing LdiK.1t11.11. js appropriate. Students
who desire readmission for die fall semester must
apph to
Jul) 20 and b;
English Language Programs
for International Students and
Visitors
The Am _ Institute (Al 1
several uoncredit, intensive English prog
internal
Tin. Li ._
thcnisi
university. Enrollment in fall am
iO hrs vvk). In summer
i tor ten
- ideiits are placed al li. _
intermediate, or advana fkiency
. An institutional
Lc IEFL is administered at die condus
each si :
Tlie Al I ..grams:
English for Specific Put • rgraduate
students entering specialized fields and English
ab who
seek in,, inencing
. credit programs
can he ai
cultural programs are
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UN.
12 FINANCES
Finances
Institutional Fees*
*The university reserves the right to ckangt its
jees without notice.
The tuition and fees set forth in tins section were
those in effect in May, 1999. The fee schedule is
subject to change; these figures are to be
considered simply as an estimate. A current fee
schedule may be obtained by writing to die
Admissions Office, IUP, by phoning 724-357-
2230, or by visiting our website at
http://www.iup.edit/stufin/.
Tuition
The tuition lor all full-time in-state students is
$1,734 per semester. This covers the keeping of
student records, use of the library, student
welfare, and laboratory facilities. An additional
$144 per credit will be charged for
undergraduate credits scheduled in excess of
eighteen. The tuition for part-time in-state
undergraduate students is $144 per semester
hour. A part-time undergraduate student is one
taking 1 1 or fewer semester hours. See the
sections on Admissions and Registration and on
Academic Policies for further information
concerning part-time students.
Out-of-state full-time students pay tuition of
$4,412 per semester. An additional $368 per
credit will be charged for credits in excess of
eighteen. The tuition for part-time out-of-state
students is $368 per semester hour. The
definition of an in-state student is based on
domicile. An in-state student is one who has
been domiciled in Pennsylvania for at least ■ me
year preceding attendance at any institution of
higher education in the state of Pennsylvania. A
minor is presumed to have die domicile of
his/her parents or legal guardian. Students who
have any question whatsoever concerning their
domicile should read the official text of the rules,
as published in Volume 22. Pennsylvania Code,
Section 507.1 througli507.il.
Audit Fee
Full standard fees will be assessed for each
course audited, exception being persons on
Social Security or equivalent retirement benefit,
who will be given remission of basic fees for such
classes where space is available.
Bad Check Charge
Students making checks payable to "Indiana
University of Pennsylvania" which are not
acceptable to the bank tin any reason will be
charged $10 for each bad check in the amount ol
$.01 to $49.99 and $20 for bad checks written
for $50 or more.
Dining Plan Fee
The semester fees lor dining plans, effective
June. 1999, are:
► Plan B-19 meals a week + $1011 in
Flex money $827
► Plan C- 1 9 meals a week $727
► Plan D — Any 240 meals a semester $737
► Plan E— Any 1 1 meals a week +
$150 in Flex mono $841
► Plan F— Any 1 4 meals a week $691
►
Plan G— Any 165 meals a semester
$660
►
Plan H — Any 10 meals a week +
$150 in Flex money
$768
►
Plan I— Any 10 meals a week
$618
►
Plan J— Any 75 meals a semester
$397
►
Plan K— Any 5 meals a week +
$150 in Flex money
$550
►
Plan L— Anv 5 meals a week
$400
Meals provided through these plans are for the
use of the contract holder only.
Flex money can be carried from fall to spring
semester; however, any portion not used by the
end of the spring semester will be forfeited. Flex
may be used lor guests.
Educational Services Fee
All students are charged a fee to support
academic equipment and library resources. For
full-time students the fee is $75 per semester, and
loi part-time students the fee is $35 per semester.
Facilities Fee
All students are charged a fee to support
maintenance and repair projects, recreational
facilities, and the advancement ol technologies.
For full-time students the fee is $98 per semester,
iinl foi part-time students, the fee is $49 per
semester. Those students scheduled for off-
campus courses through the School of
Continuing Education are exempt from this fee.
Financial Delinquency Policy
Registration is not complete until a student pays
the lei lor such registration and the university
reserves lor itself the right to bar a nonpaying
INDIANA UNIVERSITY Of PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
FINANCES
13
studeni from classes w as been
d 'I during the i ourse • •! .1 11 mi iti 1 thai a
student's .1 ml liaa I" 1 omi delinqueni I ■ « » • 1 •
h 1 rued 1 barges, the Registrar'! < > 11 i • < • will be
I ..1 this di linqui ni ) and advised to
n li.mi from reporting the stuck nt's grades and
1 Iss g .mi transi ripts foi thai studi nl 9
work mini the delinqueni .1 nl has been
satisfied. Faculty members will continue to
submit .1 grade foi thi finani ially delinqueni
mil 1. 111: however, requests 1 studi nts will nol
be 1 11I. ."nl offii 1.1I 11 1 s "ill be released
bj 1I1. Registrar's Office onl; aftei the studeni
has 1 K .mil his 01 hi 1 .1 nl 01 has < stablished
.1 payment plan Batisfat tor) i" the Ac< ts
Receivable Office.
Health Services Fee
The Btudenl health fee is assessed foi eai li lull
time undergraduate or graduate studeni al the
Indiana campus. [UP offers three student health
sen ices fee plans.
► Plan A: $72 mandatory for all students
living on campus .mil for those con ting
from within .1 sixty-mile radius • offers all
sen ices excluding the dispensing ol
prescription medications.
► Plan It: $8 I "i'ii il offers all services
including the dispensing ol medications
ordered by I lealth Center medical
providers. All new students will
automatical]) be enrolled in Plan B and
should, if they desire, indicate their
preference for Plan A b) completing and
returning .1 card which will be sent by the
I Iniversity I lealth Service as pari ol the
l'i ciiKiUKiiLuiuii Immunization
Requirements mailing.
► Plan Ct $31 mandatory all part-time
undergraduate students living nil campus
and taking 6 to 11 1 redil hours - offers self-
care cold clinic, II" shots, TB lists, health
and wellness programming.
Undergraduate students taking less than six
credits and the spouses of IUP students have die
option of paying Plan A. Plan B, or Plan C, or
they may choose to pay a per-visit fee. The
Student health semestei fee is waived for students
living more than sixty miles from campus or who
are on internships al a site more than thirty miles
from campus. Students attending branch
. ampuscs have health tee options ami should
contact their branch campus director. Foi further
inloiiiiaiion on health lees, contact the University
Health Service at 724-357-6475.
International Student Orientation Fee
\n international student orientation fee of $30
will be charged to all international students who
register for the [UP orientation program to
support associated costs,
Late Registration Fee
Students who desire to register on the day prior
to the start of classes, designated by the
university as Late Registration Day, will he
assessed a Late Registration Fee of $50. Students
who registei for classes after completion of the
university's Late Registration Day will be
assessed a Late Registration Fee of$100.
Exceptions to this fee may be granted by the
provost 01 designee for students admitted late to
the university for reasons deemed appropriate by
the provost or designee.
NDIANA UNIVERSITY
Medical Technology
Administrative Fee
\ fei .,1 up to $75 will I" 1 barged toeai h
Btudenl 1 nrolled al M P bul atti nding 1 lasses al
designated 1 1 0 (oru
three 1 reditt), $ hi (foui
(si vei in . n dies) I iiitioi m and
board 1 hargi d foi thi ■< tudi nts should
by the Btudenl direi ih to the hospital institution
Military Science Fee
\i, a, tivitj 1.1 "I $5 is required foi ROT( cadets
to n.M 1 the cost of ( ladel Corps (unctions, Hiis
fee is payabli direi tl) to tin militan si ii ni 1
department.
Miscellaneous Costs
In s. urn courses, students an required to obtain
BupplieE 1 matt rials to compli te ■ ourse
projei ts. In many ."insi s, a stude a)
voluntary contribution to a 1 ooperative fund
established for the purpose ol obtaining these
supplies and/01 services al a lowei cost.
Examples are art courses, field trip
National Student Exchange
Program Fee
A one-time $75 nonrefundable fee will be
charged to IUP students participating in the
National Student Exchange Program. Students
attending ll:l' undei the National Studeni
Exchange Program v ill l« < barged the
Pennsylvania resident basic fee and have the
application fee waned.
Off-Campus Instructional Fee
An oil-, ampus instrui dona) fee ..l 10 percent ol
the undergraduate in-state tuition rate will be
charged to students taking courses at an off-
campus site and/or using distant i edui atiori
technology through the School ol ( lontinuing
Education to ( ovei operating costs for services
and instructional support at off-i ampus sites.
Registration Fee
All students, with the ex. eption ol Dixon Center
students, will be charged a registration fei of $20
pel semester.
Residence Hall Fee
The 1999-2000 academic year room fees foi
residence hall students an $1,050 a semesb 1 foi
a double-occupani ) ind $1,582 for single
rooms. Resident students arc required to have a
dining plan and . an selei 1 from plans B through
H (see dining fees).
Student Activity Fee
An activity fee is collected from all studi
administered through the Student < cooperative
Ass... iation nuclei regulations approved by the
Council ol 'Trustees. This fee of $11 5 per
semestei covers the cost of studeni activities in
athletics, lectures, entertainment, stuck lit
publications, et< .. and is payable in one sum foi
the semester. The Student Activity Fee is $47 for
part-time Studi MS. Th( 5e lees appl) tO Indiana
1 ampus students only. Students attending the
Armstrong or Punxsutawney campuses pay
$1 10.50 per semester full-time and $42.50 part-
time. (These lees ale Subject to change without
notic e during the academic year.)
Testing Fee
Each entering freshman must panu ipate in
placement testing during the summer
immediately preceding the student's
mat 1 1. tdation mi campus. A fee .-1 $75 is asst ..seel
for this overnight, two-day experience lor
students admitted to the Indiana campus.
OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE
linal E ■ ten thcai pmii ipatiofi
in the accompanying parenl orientation program.
Iti. mi h • ampus snide nts pain, ipate in j tummei
one-da) d ith * fee
of $45. Students receivi information about ihr
s mi 1 testing program prioi to thi testing
im luded in thi regulai lulling
ilalog
foi further infom
about die Summer Orientation: Preregistration
Advising, and '
S. lei dons Progj
Estimated Expenses Per Semester
In Stale Dm ol Suu
lustriicii $1,734 $4,412
Housing 1,050
Meals
Smile in \. tivit) Fa 115
EMI
75
Books and Supplies* 500
1.050
115
$4,479
$7T57
Misi ellaneoiis anil travel expenses would be
in addition to thi
books and supplies ma) Vary
depending on major and class enrollment
Summer Sessions Fees
Basic Fee
The basic fee lor in-state undergraduate students
enrolled for any of the regular summer -•
SI II pel semester In mi The basic lee lor out-of-
state undergraduate students is $368 per
semester hour.
Dining Plan Fees
The five-week session dining plan lees for
summer. 1998, are:
► Plan C. 19 meals a week
,1 $45.60/week)
► Plan D— Any 75 meals a session
si.. 60 week)
► Plan F Any 14 meals a week
1 week)
► Plan G — Any 52 meals a s,
$207 (or $41.40
► Plan I— Any 10 meals a week
$195(or$39/week)
► Plan J Anv 24 meals a session
$124 (01 $24.80
► Plan L— Anv 5 meals week
$125(or$25/week)
Educational Services Fee
All Students are charged a fee of S35 per summer
m ssi, ,11 to support academic equipment and
libran resources.
Facilities Fee
All students are charged a fee of S49 per summer
in to support maintenance and repair
projects, recreational facilities, and the
advancement of technologies. For special
summer courses, the fee is $10 per week. Those
students scheduled for off-campus CO
through die School of Continuing Education are
exempt from dris fee.
CATALOG. 1 999-2000
14 FINANCES
Registration Fee
All students, with the exception <>l Dixon < lenter
students, will be charged a registration fee of $10
tor each summer session.
Residence Hall Fee
The 1 999 summer residence hall lees are $7 1 a
week for a double-occupancy room and $105 a
week for a single room. Students are charged foi
each session according to the number of weeks
they will require housing. Resident students can
select from dining plans C, D, F, or G.
Student Activity Fee
For each ot the two summer sessions, this fee is
$38.50 per session.
Student Health Fee
Each undergraduate and graduate student
enrolled in IUP summer sessions will be assessed
$2(> for each session for student health services.
Special Fees
Damage Fee
Students are responsible lor damages, breakage,
loss, or delayed return of university property.
Degree Fee
A fee of $30 will be charged each candidate for a
degree at the time of approval of application for
graduation. This fee is to cover costs of
preparing diplomas and the graduation
ceremony.
Examination for Credit Fee
A tee of $40 will be assessed for each
examination taken for credit.
Installment Payment Charge
A nonrefundable fee of $30 per semester is
charged to students participating in the monthly
installment payment plan, and a $10 per
semester fee is charged for students participating
in die semi-semester option of the plan.
Portfolio Assessment Fees
A fee of $15 will be charged to students applying
lor prior learning evaluation, and a fee equal to
one-half of the prevailing tuition fee will be
charged for all credits granted in the portfolio
application.
Teacher Certification Fee
A lee i 'I $r>0 will be charged to cover the
administrative and recording costs for the
issuance of a teaching certificate by the
Department <>! Education.
Transcript Fees
Applications for transcripts must be made only
in writing to the registrar, either by U.S. mail or
on forms available at the Registrar's Office in G-S
Sutton Hall. Such requests must include
1. Your full name and Social Security numbei
as of your graduation or termination of
enrollment at IUP. (Please note any name
changes since graduation.)
2. Your present address.
3. Whether you graduated or. if not. when you
were enrolled.
4. The full and clearly stated name(s) and
address(es) of person(s) to whom you wish
the transcript(s) sent.
A transcript fee is charged for each copy
requested. (Checks or money orders should he
made out to Indiana University ol Pennsylvania.)
An additional charge "ill be assessed for express
transcript sen ice. Please call 724-357-2217 for
current transcript tec information.
( Ifficial transcripts (containing signature and
universit) seal) will not be issued to students
directly. The university will attempt to mail
official transcripts within a reasonable time.
However, in the event of its failure to do so,
damages will he limited i" the Ice. if any, paid by
the student lor the copy or copies of the
transcript. In no case is the university
responsible for consequential damages.
Billing and Payments
All bills, including basic fee and housing fee, are
payable as specified on the billing notice:
students have several payment plan options.
Checks or money orders, in the exact amount of
the hilling notice, should be made payable to
IUP unless otherwise specified. MasterCard,
Visa, iiul Discover cards are also accepted. Book
Store purchases are on a cash basis.
It is desired that payments for the entire semester
be made in August for the first semester and in
December for the second semester: however, lor
nal charge an installment plan is available.
Financial Aid
Payment of Financial Aid
The following financial aid programs can be
deducted from your university bill:
Federal Stafford Loan
Federal PLUS Loan
Federal Perkins Loan
Federal Pell Grant
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant
Pennsylvania State Grant
IUP scholarships
Federal Work Study earnings are paid directly to
the student every other week and dius are not
used lor billing purposes.
All other financial aid is paid directly to the
student's account. If a credit balance exists after
satisfying all IUP charges, excess funds will be
refunded to the student lor other educational
expenses.
Delinquent Accounts
Students will not be permitted to enroll for any
semester, receive trans< ripts, or graduate until all
account balances have been paid in lull. In
addition, credit will not be certified to any other
institution or the Department of Education until
all overdue accounts have been paid. A late
payment tec of $1(1 for each day past the due
date will be assessed lor delinquent accounts up
to a maximum of $50. The same regulations "ill
also be applied to inter-semester payments.
Undergraduate students desiring to leave school
before the close of a semester must report to the
Advising and Testing Center and to the
Accounts Receivable Office to setde all unpaid
IUP Refund Policy
For a copy of IUP's Refund Policy, please contact
the .Student Accounts Office at 724-357-2207.
The Financial Aid i mice, located at 308 Pratt
Hall, oilers financial information and cou
to all students attending 111' The types of
financial assistance offered by the Financial Aid
< )lficc include student employment, educational
loans, and grants. Counseling on debt
management and loan repayment options is also
available.
Eligibility Requirements
The general requirements for financial aid
eligibility include the following:
1. Be enrolled on at least a half-time basis (six
credits pei term) except for the Federal Pell
Grant program.
2. Be a U.S. citizen, national or permanent
i oi odiei eligible noncitizen.
3. Maintain satisfactory academic progress in
your course ol
4. Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment in an
\sm>. i.ui I >egree, Bachelor's Degree, Post-
Baccalaureate Teacher's Certification
program, or Post-Baccalaureate Second
Undergraduate Degree program.
5. Not be in default or have failed to make
satisfactory arrangements to rep:
Federal Student Loans, Not <
repayment on a Federal Pell Grant or
Federal Supplemental Educational
< tpportunity Grant.
6. Not have borrowed in excess .>l any Federal
Loan limits.
7. Register with the Selective Service
Administration, it required.
S. Submit Financial Aid Transcripts horn all
other postsecondan schools von have
attended.
9. Have a valid Social Security Number.
Students must complete a Free Application for
ShtcL "I Aid (FAFS i) prior to April 15 in
order to receive maximum consideration for
need-based financial aid administered through
the university. The Tide IV school code lor ll IP
is 003277. Additional forms or applications ma)
be required depending upon which student aid
programs are being sought. Financial aid is
available foi both the regular academii ]
the suminei sessions. Separate applications for
summei school aid must b< submitted by the
student.
Student Responsibilities Sti
lor financial aid have certain responsibilities
which .in listed ;
irately complete and submit the
appropriate application forms I
published deadline dates,
2. Submit requested materials
new information on a timely basis.
3. Meet the regulations and repayment
schedules ol student loans.
4. Inform the Financial Aid < Mlicc ot auv
grants, scholarships, oi loans received from
outside organizations.
5. Inform the Financial Aid Office of any
information that has changed since applying
for aid.
(i. Understand the satisfactory academic
progress requirements for maintaining
financial aid eligibility.
7. I fse financ ial aid funds for educational
pur]
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 199-
FINANCES 15
Financial Aid Programs
Available
i in I. ial assistant i ia available in the I ■ "I
granta .crul sc holarships, student employment,
andedui nal I is. Eachol then funding
Ii. uniqui ' harai teristii ■ which are
, xplaini 'I in mon detail below.
Employment
Employment programs provide an opportunity
tin students in earn ey to help Bnant e then
educadi I expenses. Students ma) I"
, rnployed at minin > wage for up to 20 hours
pet week whent lasses are in session and up to
Mi hours pel week during vacation periods.
Wages ioi hours worked are paid ever) othet
m i k direi d) to the student.
sin, l, nis are n s] sibli foi sei uring their own
positions mi i ampus. \ bulletin board outside ol
Hi, Finani ial Vid Office displays known job
. Uso, students may call die CareerLink
Student Employment Job Hotline, 724-357-
2556, i" lit.u about available positions. Students
ma) direcdy contact departmental and
administrative offices lor job opportunities as
well. However, there are generally more students
seeking employment than diere are jobs
available. Students with work-study awards are
not guaranteed that they will obtain employment.
Federal Work-Study Program (FWSP)-
I .hgibilitv for FWSP is based on financial need.
Students must complete both the Free
Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and
an IUP FWSP Application,
( ommunity Service Program This
employment program places FWSP-eligible
students in community service positions
a> ailable both on and off campus. In addition to
eat ning money, students gain practical work
experience related to their academic major. The
Student Community Service Office located in
103 Pratt 1 (all assists students with placement.
University Employment (UE)— This program is
similar to the Federal Work Study Program.
I lowcvcr. students who do not demonstrate
financial need may be employed. No financial aid
application is necessary. Inquire direcdy with
campus offices regarding available positions.
PHF.AA State Work Study Off-campus
emplo) ment that relates to die student's
academic major may be available through die
I'l 1K..V A State Work-Study program.
Applications are available in the Financial Aid
Office and must be completed by both the
student and the organization for which the
student would like to be employed. Applications
, .in also be accessed through PHEAA's web site
at http: 'www.pheaa.org.
Off-Campus Employment Opportunities—
HP's Student Employment Center, coordinated
by the Career Services Office, provides access to
Students for part-time and/or summer
emplo) ment The purpose of diis program is to
facilitate contact between die business
community and talented undergraduate students
who are interested in working while attending
classes. Interested students should contact die
( lareer Sen i< es ( mice at 724-357-2035.
Educational Loans
Grants
I .ii.iii programs ofli i n payable assistai
students who applj and qualify foi 'l" m
it. p ii mi in 1. 1 in . mi. rest i '' i boi
limits varj from | gram to program.
l.diK .in. I loans are a serious and important
obligation. Rei ' ipt ol i Is means thai the
student assumi i thi Ii gal n i] sibilit) foi
repa) me nt ol the loan at a futun dati I hi
I ssor) nott foi thi loan ipi i ifii ■■ thi
and i onditions undi i whii h the student is
borrowing and the repayment provisions thai an
in ,||, , i I'aiiH ipation in I lommunit) s' rvict
positions alt, i leaving s, hool ma) providi foi
repay menl ofo rtain student loans.
Federal Perkins Loan The application foi th(
Federal Perkins Loan is the Fret Ipplieatum fin
Federal Student Aid (I IFS 0 I li< loan is
awarded to students on the basis ,,i finam ial
need and FAFS I receipt date of April 15 oi
earlier. Students who ret eh/e ibis loan must be
enrolled for at least si\ , irihls i a, b si mestl i.
There are no principal or interest payments until
mi untlis after the student ceases half-time
attendance (six credits per term). The minimum
repayment rate is $40 per month at a simple
ml, u M rate of 5 percent per vear on the unpaid
balance. There are deferment and , ancellalion
provisions available.
Federal Stafford Loan -Applications foi the
Federal Stafford Loan arc obtained from lending
institutions. These include banks, savings and
loan associations, credit unions, etc. A Fret
Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFS I)
must also be completed.
Through this program, freshmen may borrow up
to $2,625 per academic year, sophomores may
borrow up to $3,500 per academic year, and
juniors and seniors may borrow up to $5,500 pel
academic year. Subsidized Federal Stafford
Loans are awarded on the basis of financial need
as determined by the fro Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA) and requite no payment ol
interest or principal until six months alter the
student ceases half-time enrollment (six credits
per term). Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans
require payment of interest only during periods
of enrollment and the six-month grace period.
Following die grace period, bodi types of Federal
Stafford Loans are repayable to the lender at a
variable interest rate not to exceed 8.25 percent.
Additional unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan
Rinds are available to independent
undergraduate students. Freshmen and
sophomores may request up to $4,000: juniors
and seniors niav request up to $5,000.
Dependent students whose parents cannot
obtain a Federal PUS Loan niav also appK foi
diese additional unsubsidized funds.
Federal PLUS Loan— Federal Parent Loans for
Undergraduate Students (FPLUS) are obtained
from lending institutions such as banks and
credit unions and are administered in
conjunction with the tederal government Parents
may borrow for dieir dependent children up to
die cost of education minus odier financial aid.
The loans are repaid at a variable interest rate
not to exceed 9 percent per year starting sixt)
days after the final check is issued.
Grants an funds which i trrj no obligation foi
i, paym, i
sill, Ii III nil lb, basis ol lillall, Ial
I,,!, i.,l Pell Grant - ,1 PellCranl
program provides Inn, Is to eligible
duate sindi nis who b...
I'usi I,.,, lii lor's di gn i \ Fru Applicati
Federal Student tid(l 1/ S I) must be filed
alillilallv lo apply foi this grant Award
d baaed upon the number ol i redita for
whu h a student <■
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity (.rant Fi di ral Pell Grant-eligible
stud, i ■ dered foi federal
Supplemental Educational Opporturrit] I
(FSEOG) \ /'" Application /■ < Federal Student
Aid (FAFSA) with a receipt dan ol April 15 or
earlier. Studi ms who rei eivi FSEOG must be
enrotted foi al least ifai i redita ca, h s, i
Pennsylvania State (.ram (I'lll \ \ (.rani)
IMII.AA ( iranta are available to eligible part-time
and full-time undergraduate Students who arc
Pennsylvania state residents. Part-time rei ipienti
must also meet spci ill, PHEAA income
guidelines. You must complete a Fret Afipluaiwn
fin Federal Student Aid (I 1/S.f/ by May I to
apply. Academic progress guidelines require that
a Student earn twelve new credits lot each full-
time s, in. ic-d eligibility ol grant
funds. A maximum ol eight lull-tune or sixteen
part-time semesters of eligibility are permitted.
State Grants Mam state educational agencies
rant assistant* to students who study
outside of their state ol residency. Out-ol state
students arc encouraged to investigate
oppi a ii unties lor grant funding from dieir home
state.
University Loan Fund
The Financial Aid Office, in conjunction with
the Student Cooperative Association.
administers the University Loan Fund on behalf
, if IUP students. Loans are only available to
students who are expecting a financial aid refund
that is yet to be disbursed. The maximum loan
available will be $300 with repayment to be
made iii sixt) days. No interest will be charged
for these loans. Loans will be made to meet
educational expenses only. Applications for the
University Loan and additional information may
ted at die Financial Aid Office.
The University Loan Fund encompasses die
following individual loan accounts:
Jennie E. Ackerman Loan Fund
Robert Bellis Loan Fund
\larv Edna Flegal Loan Fund
Colette Cromer Getshman Loan Fund
Margaret Flegal Harte Loan Fund
Suzanne Marshall Hartman Loan Fund
John Havs Memorial Fund
Oliver \V. Helmrich Memorial 1 nan Lund
William Henzelmann Memorial Fund
Man Anne Kolessar Loan Fund
Jane E. Leonard Memorial Loan Fund
Mack Loan Fund
Rustv Preisendefer Memorial Loan Fund
Flossie Wagner Sanford Student Loan
Fund
Varsitv I Loan Fund
Norah Zink Loan Fund
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-20C
16 FINANCES
Scholarships
Departments, colleges, and the Provost's Office
administer various scholarship programs that
have been established by alumni and friends of
the university. These scholarships serve to
recognize academically talented students and
assist them in financing their educational
expenses. No general application is required for
consideration. All eligible students are
automatically considered lor scholarship
opportunities. Questions may be directed to the
college dean or department chair of the student's
intended major or current major for enrolled
students.
Eberly College of Business
Robert C. Camp, Dean; 724-357-2520
Scholarships for incoming freshmen:
George M. Burke Memorial Fund
Charles L. Cooper/Alumni Scholarships
Terry and Mary Jo Dunlap Scholarship
Robert L. Hite Scholarship
Fred E. Kunkle (Evergreen Motors)
Foundation for IUP Distinguished
Scholars Award
Arveta DeGaetano McNaughton
Scholarship
Carl E. Patchin Foundation for IUP
Distinguished Scholars Award
Everett and Lavina Peterman Scholarship
S&T Bank College of Business Scholarship
Scholarships for currently enrolled students:
Alcoa
J. Donald Bartolomucci Scholarship
Robert and Irene Bozzone Scholarship
Marie A. Canedy Scholarship for Business
Carino Family Business Scholarship
Charles L. Cooper/Alumni Scholarships
Eberly Family College of Business
Scholarship
Fredericks Family Scholarship
Fredericks Michael and Company
Scholarship
Eileen Quinn Hull Memorial Scholarship
Indiana First Savings Bank Scholarship
Office Systems and Business Education
Scholarship
Murray M. Varner Memorial Scholarship
Virgil and Virginia Vaughn Family
Scholarship
College of Education
John Butzow, Dean; 724-357-2482
Scholarships for incomingfreshmen:
Carol L. Moorhead Scholarship
Ethel L. Morrow Memorial Scholarship
Barbara Stott Thomas Memorial
Scholarship
Scholarships for currently enrolled students:
Jemima S. Boyd Scholarship
Maude O. Brungard Scholarship
Beverly Sue Clark Memorial Scholarship
Mary Flegal Harte Scholarship
Tony Kuczinski Memorial Scholarship
McFarland Scholarships
Helen Wood Morris Scholarship
Dr. Russel C. Nelson Scholarship
Felicia G. Renck Scholarship
Edwina Battle Void Pre-Service Teachers
Scholarship
Margaret Walker Sidles Memorial
Scholarship
Marion Welsch Memorial Scholarship
College of Fine Arts
Michael J. Hood, Dean; 724-357-2397
Scholarships for incoming freshmen:
Wallis and Janet Braman Music Scholarship
Freshman Music Scholarship
Ann M. Hayward Music Scholarship
Gloria Bryan Johnson Memorial
Scholarship
Orval Kipp Art Scholarship
Joanne P. Lovette Memorial Fund
William P. Moorhead Scholarship
Organ Student Scholarship
Evelyn Swauger Memorial Scholarship
Theater-by-the-Grove Freshman Talent
Scholarship
Scholarships for currently enrolled students:
Anne Agnew Music Scholarship
Robert K. Alico, Jr., Memorial Scholarship
Lloyd and Libby Bastian Memorial
Scholarship
M. Vashu Burr Memorial Award
Charles A. Davis Music Endowment
Donald G. Eisen Scholarship
Thomas V Frazier Memorial Scholarship
H. Eugene Hulbert Music Scholarship
Gloria Bryan Johnson Memorial
Scholarship
Mary Helen Krouse MacDonald Memorial
Scholarship
Benjamin T Miller Art Scholarship
Mary H. Muldowney Music Scholarship
Gary Ohnstead Percusison Scholarship
Organ Music Scholarship
Organ Student Scholarship
Shelly G. Portman Memorial Scholarship
Ralph Reynolds Memorial Scholarship
Ralph Reynolds Memorial Scholarship
(Painting)
Frank Ross Memorial Scholarship
Student Art Scholarship Award
James and Jamie Self Tuba Scholarship
Evelyn Swauger Memorial Scholarship
College of Health and Human Services
Carleen C. Zoni, Dean; 724-357-2555
Scholarships for incoming freshmen:
LaVelle Scholarship Fund
A. Laura Mateer Scholarship
McDonald's/Thomas McCormick Memorial
Scholarship
Susan Spurlin Peckman Memorial
Scholarship
Scholarships for currently enrolled students:
GraceJ. Allman Safety Science Scholarship
Ella C. Bendix Home Economics Loan
Fund
AlexaJ. Boyer Emerick Scholarship
The Brody Family Nursing Scholarship
Susan E. Finley Scholarship for Home
Economics
Eleanor Gallati Scholarship
William G. Gressley Memorial Scholarship
Hoss's Steak and Seafood House
Scholarship
Eugene E. Lepley Memorial Scholarship
M.Jane Segar Longenecker Scholarship
Amy McCaulev Memorial Scholarship for
Respiratory Care
McDonald's/Thomas McCormick Memorial
Scholarship
Marian A. Murray Scholarship
Ethyl V. Oxley, Opal T Rhodes, and Helen
C. Merriman Scholarship
Pittsburgh Home Economics Teachers
Scholarship
Ella B. Seanor Leadership in Nursing
Scholarship
Sushi E. Shuhra Scholarship
Kay Staszkiewicz Memorial Nursing
Scholarship
Student Awards - Nursing
Betty Wood Scholarship
Ronald and Jean Zucchelli Scholarship
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
Brenda Carter, Dean; 724-357-2480
Scholarships for currently enrolled students:
Mollie E. Boiling Memorial Scholarship
Nancy. France Scholarship Fund
Isolde A. Henninger Award
Hunt-Pickering Study Abroad Scholarship
Dr. Yu-Chen Liu Memorial Endowment
Mexico Study Abroad Scholarship
Esko E. Newhill Award for Excellence
John J. Prandy Memorial Scholarship
David J. Rovnan Memorial Scholarship
David A. Schwartz Memorial Journalism
Scholarship
Gregory Spinelli Memorial Scholarship
Study Abroad - Foreign Language
Scholarship
Valladolid Scholarship
Donald A. Walker Economics Scholarship
Jacque Alexis Watson Memorial Scholarship
for Criminology
Milton and Sarah Weisberg Memorial
Scholarships lor Industrial and Labor
Relations
College of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics
John S. Eck, Dean; 724-357-2609
Scholarships for incoming freshmen:
Edward N. Blown Memorial Scholarship
Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Scholarship
Scholarships for currently enrolled students:
Ida Z. Arms Excellence Scholarship
Edward N. Brown Memorial Scholarship
Chairman's Scholarship Fund
Roy A. Daugherty Scholarship
William Heard Memorial Scholarship
Dr. Willard W Heimemannjr., Memorial
Scholarship
Stanley W. Lore Scholarship
Ronald L. Marks Scholarship
Mathematics Graduate Scholarship Fund
Arthur G. Morrell Memorial Scholarship
PPG Computer Science Scholarship
Albert R. Pechan Scholarship
Mildred M. Reigh Memorial Scholarship
Thomas Smyth Memorial Scholarship
Howard E. Tompkins Scholarship
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2 0 00
FINANCES 17
Robert E.Cook Honors College
J. ! Goebi 01 724 15; 19;
Scholarships fin ineomingfreshmen:
Madcliiu I Uki rman M ial
Si liolarship
M! \\i\iik Distinguished S( liolars
Scholai
Ami j and Emma I lalvi tti Morino
\l al Si liolarship
Robert E.Cook II s< ollegi
Si liolarship
Terry and Mar) Jo I lap Si liolarship
Natalii S I assi n Si liolarship B I
, iwardi d jointl; with thi I nivi rsitj
Scholarship < oi i l
Thi n .' I larl I Iramli | Mi morial
Scholarship (awarded joind) with thi
I niversit] Si holai ihip ' mittei |
I lorodi) Brown Pettil < Iregor) Me ial
Scholarsliip
Earl and Frances K ey Mei ial Trust
Scholarsliip
Kresgi Foundation/Cook Honors College
Scholarship
< lolonel I ,eonard \. and Mar) 1 1 Mi Quovi n
Memorial Fund (awarded joindy with
the i niversit) Si liolarship Committee)
Morino Family Scholars Award
li, and Mrs. Vrdiut W. Phillips Scholarsliip
Fund (awarded joind) with the
i niversit) S< liolarship < lommittee)
I \\ Phillips Gas and Oil Companj
Scholarsliip
Florence Wallai e Scholarship F I
K ,1 joind) with [hi I niversit)
Scholarship < lommittee)
Board of< iovernors Si holarships
Foundation R>i II P Distinguished Scholars
Awards
Miscellaneous Scholarships
Diane R-Raybuck, Associate Dean of
Vdmissions; 724-357-2230
Scholarships for ineomingfreshmen:
GloriaJ. < Irofl Bolingi i Mi morial
Si holarship
Ruth Bowman Memorial Scholarship
Lulu Brauglilei Stewart Memorial
Si liolarship
h. i Carlson Memorial Scholarship
Foundadon foi II IP Volunteer Si rvici
\ V\ . I II [
W'.K. Hi \ n< i Famil) Scholarship
I'.iiu I lurle) Scholarship
Natalie S. Fassetl Si holarship Fund
(awarded joind) with the Universit)
Si holarship ( lommittee)
Theresa I [art ( Iramle) Memorial
Si holarship (awarded joindy with the
I nivi rsitj Si holarship ( lommittee)
Earl and Frances Kinne) Memorial Trust
Scholarship (awarded joindy with
I Iniversit) Scholarsliip ( lommil
1 lonors I lolli i
Kovalcliick Famil) Sl Mary's High School
Scholarship
Thomas and Flora Met irainor Memorial
Si holarship
John W. Mi X.i 1 1 1 s, hoi
( lolonel I ion. ml \. and Mar) D. M< Quovi n
\li morial Fund (awarded joindy with
thi I niversit) Si holarship Committee)
Frank V . Moon Endowment
Mot Famil) S< liolars Award
( . Willi. mi Mussi i Si holarship
Margari i \l P n Foundal s, holarship
III il Mix. Alllim \Y. Hull,
Fund (awarded joindy with il"
l niversit) Si holarship <
William E. Pii n e Si holarship
President's/Corrini MenkWahi Scholarsliip
( lai i hii ' n Evi rgn i n Si holarship
|oseph W. 5i n li hohi ihip
Martha S. Si heeren Si holarship
Robert K. Sheeu Memorial Si holarship
S.ms nl Italy Re< reative ' Hub, Ini ..
Si holarships
Mil li.n I J s 1 1 j . 1 1 1 k . i . 1 1 . . Memorial
Si holarship
I. .ml, Family Si holarship Fund
Vaughn Foundation
l Ion ni , Wallai i Si holarship Fund
(awarded joindy with the I nivi rsit)
Si holarship Committi i |
Wienken and Vssoi iates Si holarship
West Branch Ana llij;li Si hool Si hoi
( loraopolis Wolves I Hub i>< n IX
Si holarship
Board of Gove rs Si holarships (a
jointly with Honors College, t tffice ol
admissions, and ( >ffi< e ol Student
Affairs)
Foundation for 1 1 T 1 * Distinguishi d Si holars
Awards (awarded jointly with
I nivi rsit) Si holarship * lommittee and
Honors ( lollege)
Scholarships for currently enrolled students:
American Association of Universit) Women
Scholarship
Vmerican Field Service (AFS) Si holarship
APSCUF Scholarship
Israel and Birdye Brody Scholarship
Dr. Howard B. Buterbaugh S< holarship
Fund
Clark Scholarship
Foundation for III' Volunteei Si rvii e
Award
i loIdstrohm/Citizen's Ambulance
Scholarship
Harrisburg Alumni Chaptei ol II P
Scholarship Fund
Kuzneski Family Scholarship
Edward E. and Ce< ilia \. Mackey
Scholarship
Miss IUP Scholarship
Margaret M. P.itton Foundation Scholarship
Lenora Pechan Scholarship
Phi Delta Theta Memorial Scholarship
\\ ilium K. Pierce Scholarship Fund
(, .mini Queen Evergreen Si holarship
Saco Excelling Greek Scholarship
Ethel Seavey Simpson Scholarship
Senior Class Scholarship Ward
Patricia Shields Memorial Scholarship
Tomb Famil) Scholarship Fund
Weinken and Associates Scholarship
Luhelen Grace Whisner Memorial
Scholarship
Zonta Club of Indiana Scholarship for
Women
Athletic Scholarships
i
Scholarships fin ineomingfreshmen and
currently < nrolUd itudt nit:
Bralton-Hathav,
Marti
|.,< i t
S, In, I II
s \\ Jack Scl
I larold |ai ol
Ward < .mil Sail) B.Johnsoi
Si holarship
Keystone Rchabilil iti
Basketball Scholarship
Mr. .mil Mi
1 ixlll|J
Men's Basketball Scholarship
V Mi Knight M
Bob Mi I hi tidi Memorial Si holarsl
Louis |. Ni s' holarship
Larrj Panaia Scholarship for Football
Ruth Podbielski Scholarship
Willis Pratt F ball Scholarship
Ii.ii haul "Moi " Sunili Endowment
Si holarship
Sam Sinlili Football Scholarship
and Vnn Spadafoia s, holarship l"r
Football
i .Spadafbra II PGob Inviutional
Paul I ind |i m pi olarship
I Football Scholarship
Student Co-op Women's \>!
Scholarship
Saul anil I. muse Waxier Memorial
rship
Women's Basketball Scholarships
School of Continuing Education
Nicholas E. Kolb,Dearu
Scholarship fin n currently implied student:
itinuing Education Part-l
islll|)
Graduate School
Dean's) »fl5i i ; 724-357-2244
Scholarship information is found m thi '
School catalog, which can '■ obtai ta\ ■
Hail
NIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE
18 FINANCES
Other Resources
Veterans Benefits
Athletic Grants-in-Aid IIP participates in
li in s as 3 I in ision II
institution and awards Athletic Grants-in-Aid in
mce with NCAA rules and regulations,
Interested students should contact the Athletic
Director, Me ial Field House, IIP. Indiana,
PA 15705: telephone: 724-357-2751.
Resident Assistants I lpper< lass students and
ml of their first year may apply
to become resident assistants at [UP. Students
earn a r n and board waiver, as well as a small
stipend, by working as resident assistants in IUP
residence halls. Application timetables and
deadlines are advertised in The Perm and posted
in the residence halls and other locations around
campus. Tin application process requites
references, individual and group interviews, and
participation in a semester-long training program
[ i In selection. Resident assistants are selected
on the basis ot leadership, interpersonal skills,
and tlie willingness and ability to serve as role
i lels. Resident assistants must have and
maintain a 2.2 grade-point average. For further
information, please contact present resident
assistants or residence directors or the Office of
I lousing and Residence Life, Gil Sutton Hall,
III'. Indiana. PA 15705; telephone: 724-357-
2696.
Private Scholarships— Various service clubs,
organizations, chinches, schools, and industries
oiler scholarships to students. High school
guidance offices, libraries, and hometown
newspapers are often excellent sources for
information concerning private scholarships. A
valuable resource on the Internet can he found at
http://wzow.foshi/t b. i fin.
ROTC Scholarships— Two- and three-year
scholarships are available to both male and
female students who are enrolled in the Reserve
i >ffi< ci Training < lorps program. The
scholarships pay lor tuition, fees, and books, plus
$150 per month tor leu months per school year.
Interested stink nls may obtain applications and
criteria information l>\ contacting the ROTC
department in Pierce Hall at IUP.
Office of Vocational Rehabilitation Assistance
(OVR)— Students who have physical or learning
handicaps may receive educational benefits
through the ( >ffice ol Vocational Rehabilitation.
In order to be eligible, students must satisfy the
physical and financial requirements of the
Foi furthei information regarding OVR,
students should contact their county office of
vocational rehabilitation.
The Veterans Affairs Office certifies enrollment
tor undergraduate and graduate students who
may be eligible lor veterans assistance.
Veterans, reservists, and children of deceased or
disabled veterans should contact the Veterans
Affairs Office prior to enrollment.
Veterans must submit:
1. Application for Benefits (VA Form 1990)
2. Certified DD2 14
Reservists must submit:
1. Application for Benefits (VA Form 1990)
2. Notice of Basic Eligibility- (DD2384)
Children of a deceased or disabled veteran
whose death or injury was due to service-related
causes may be eligible for educational assistance
from the federal government under Law 634
(Dependents Educational Assistance Act).
Immediately upon acceptance to IUP, men and
women who qualify for such assistance should
contact the veterans counselor and submit:
1 . The Eligible Veteran DD2 1 4
2. Survivors Education Form 22-5490
3. Application for Benefits (VA Form 1990)
A veteran receiving VA benefits must request a
change in curriculum clearance from tile veterans
counselor before changing curriculum. Twelve
credit hours are required to be considered a full-
time undergraduate student by the Veterans
Administration. The minimum full-time
requirement for a graduate student is 9 credit
hours.
In addition to regular sources of financial aid.
veterans and dependents of veterans may be
eligible for VA benefits. For further information,
veterans are urged to contact the Veterans
( lounselor, 308 Pratt Hall, IUP, Indiana, PA
15705,724-357-3009.
Pennsylvania National Guard
Educational Assistance
Program (EAP)
The Educational Assistance Program has been
established for members of the Pennsylvania
National Guard. Students who make a
commitment to serve in the Pennsylvania
National Guard for six years may be eligible to
receive a grant on a full- or part-time basis. If a
student fails to fulfill his/her service
commitment, any EAP grants which were
previously received will be converted to loans
and must be repaid with a 7-percent fixed annual
interest rate. Applications and information are
available from the individual's unit of
assignment, the recruiting officer, or the
Pennsylvania National Guard at 717-8fil-Nr> ill.
Title IV Satisfactory Academic
Progress Policy
In order to receive Title IV Federal Student
Assistance, students must maintain satisfactory
academic progress in their course of study.
Students must be in compliance with both the
university's Academic Standards Policy and the
Financial Aid Sufficient Progress Policy in order
to demonstrate satisfactory progress.
The Title IV Federal Student Assistance
programs include the Federal Pell Grant, Federal
Supplemental Educational Opportunity' Grant,
Federal Perkins Loan, Federal Work Study
Program. Federal Stafford Loan, and Federal
PLUS Loan.
A student who meets the standard of academic
good standing of the Academic Standards Policy
but who does not meet the standard of sufficient
quantitative progress may continue in university
registration but without financial aid eligibility
for the federal Title IV aid programs.
A full statement of requirements for Satisfactory
Academic Progress for Title IV Federal Student
Assistance is available through the Financial Aid
Office.
Title IV Financial Aid Sufficient
Progress Policy
The Financial Aid Sufficient Progress Policy
applies to undergraduate students enrolled in the
university.
A. Sufficient Progress: To be in good
standing on a sufficient progress basis, a
student must have earned at least 75 percent
of the cumulative number of registered
credits at IUP and complete his/her degree
without exceeding 133 percent of the credits
required for completion.
"Registered credits" is the number of credits
lor which a student is enrolled at the end of
the Drop/Add period (for a student who
was originally registered and charged at full-
time status, and who reduces during
Drop/Add to part-time status, the registered
credits will he calculated as twelve).
Each student will be measured for sufficient
progress annually after fall grade processing.
This evaluation will determine if the student
has a sufficient percentage of credits earned
in order to be eligible for Title IV funding
for die next financial aid award year (July 1
through June 30).
Students will be notified of dieir financial
aid suspension status when a completed
hn Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) is on file in the Financial Aid
Office.
B. Financial Aid Suspension: If a student
does not meet the sufficient percent of
progress evaluation after two consecutive
annual reviews, then all Tide IV aid for that
Student will be suspended beginning with
the next financial aid award year (July 1
through June 30).
A student who is in this financial aid
suspension status, however, will also be
reviewed at the end of the spring semester
and summer terms in order to evaluate
whether or not the percent of progress has
II A UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
FINANCES /.'/
bi ii mi l through add al i ji work. II
il provi hi, hi to i i i ol i " i
-.I il In itudi hi J Tide IV
iiii.ui, i.il .ml siis|iciisiiiii will I" resi ind< d
gwilh il" nocl termol enrollmi m
( . I inn I i.iin, foi Degree Completion! In
addil to in,', ting tl» 75 percent ol
progress ri qi i nl all students musl
complete dicii di | | ients within
tablished frame. Since enrollment
status may vary I i semestei to semester,
in Ii ""
pi 8 measured in terms "l i redits
ri, ,| ,n ll P pin-, an) • redits accepted
sfei in II I'
An undergraduate studenl in a program
requiring 124 1 redits musl complete the
requirements fora bachelor's degree
without excei ding II lits im luding
transfei credits and II IP registi red i redits.
Note ili.ii 165 i ii iln i
perc< i tin ■ redits n quired Foi
compli linn -I iln di gn i Foi majors with
'n, hi, hi requirements in excess ,,1 I 2 I
th< maximum number ol ll'P
registered < redits plus transfei , redits would
proportionally
I). Appeal Process: For students who have
i ienced unusual circumstam es « lui h
haw led to a lai I- ol suffii ienl progress, such
.is medical emergen! ies oi death ofa family
in, ink i. a « inn n appeal maj be submitted
to ilu I'm. in. i.il \ul Eligibility Review
Board foi considered I reinstatement ol
[\ aid eligibility.
\ student who would like to appeal his Tid<
IV lin.iiiri.il aid suspi nsion foi die next
l .ml award yeai must submit a
written appeal to die hn.ui, ial Aid
ilitj Rei iew Board. This written
appeal musl spei ifically outline the
reason(s) foi the defii ieni \ and how die
student will make up this deficiency. Foi
students who do nol appeal foi I. ill re\ iew,
■ ■I who are denied an appeal foi th( fall
semester, an appeal for reinstatement ,>l
ride l\ aid for the spring term «ill be
,n cepted foi ri
After re\ ii « in ; thi writti n ap
stud J Vid Suspension, the
Fiii.iinul \ul Eligibility Review Board may
decide to n instate I nl, l\ Bn in( ial aid
eligibility foi specifii periods of die next
financial aid award year. All appeal letters
will In- answered in wridng by the Financial
Aid Eligibility Re> iew Board a
. I, ni. il of the requested finani ial
aid reinstatement
E. Kciiisi.iii im hi nl I nl. l\ tid Eligibility!
Im ., studenl who has Sad I
\i ,i,l, mil Progn i di I
following si oi i in in null i foi thai
studenl i" rei ( iw Tidi l\ as
1 . Mi, mil, ni , an I, < stablish i ligibility
I,, I I III, l\ .I^SISI.IIK C b) II" , til
iimiii requiremi nta foi ^.<i i st.ic tory
\, ademii Progress through additional
I Is ol enroUmenl .,i M P.
2. Foi .i studenl who has nol met the
minimum i riteria foi Satisfai tor)
Academii Progri ii dui to innisn.il ,.r
mitigating i m ihiisi.hu es and has filed
,ui appeal(s) which lias granted the
stud ntinua I finani ial aid
eligibility I nl. l\ aid funds m
reinstated.
F. Summer Sessional Summer session
attendance ma) permit the studenl to
ml,, in, , satisfi r) ai adi mil progress
through additional coursework. Foi tins
reason, .ill students who lack sufficient
progress \\ ill be permitted to re< eive fide
l\' finani ial aid funds during ilns period ol
enrollment, providing that theii overall GEA
is ai least 1.5. Students who have a < ,1'A ,,l
less than I .r> must meet with their
assoi iati assistant at ademic dean in order ti>
discuss an appropriate ".n ademic action
plan." Financial aid eligibility foi summer
sessions will bi reinstated nine
documentation of this disc ussi s ret eived
in die Finani ial Aid < Iffii e.
G. Treatment of Audits. Incompletes, anil
Other Grades: In order thai a student fully
understands how various grades and
enrollments impact upon the calculation ol
Satisfactory Academic Progress, the
following ml, inn. in, hi is provided:
1 . Audits and "S" and "U" Grades:
Si ' iusi ■ se audits and "N" and "I "
trades i arry no credits, iln \ are nol
reviewed oi counted for sufficient
progress purpi is, s.
2. Incompletes: Designations of UI,''UL,'1
"R. ' and "*" are trealetl as credits
attempted zero credits earned no effect
on QPA, However, these designations
are treated as nom ompleted i redits and
have an impacl in the calculation ol the
pen enl ,'l progress measure, i Noti
The "*" is .m administrative symbol
indicating that a grade was nol
submitted by the- instructoi at the nine
ol grade pro< < -
3. "F" Repeat with Replacement: An
"F" repeal with replacement is treated
a en ,1ns attempted/credits
earned/with the quality points of the
new grade replacing die 0.1)0 QP of the
original "I" grade. An "F" repeat has a
positive effect on the QPA and the
percent "I progress even though it
represents an additional number of
i redits attempted in regard to the
percenl ol progress measure.
I. •■!)" Repeal with It' pi" i meoli
I!, p, it
treated
replai emenl may imprn
QPA but di ■ -
">. Repeals wild Averaging! I
i ndiis attempti
the quality points f,,i ■'• ■
into tin QPA I
t i iiii. ■
imp,., Ii ,1 In >
t>. Withdrawals!
attempti
on QPA. Any type ol
credits in the i ill
student's peroi nl ,,l pi .
7. Pass tail l.i.nli s: P
Healed as registi I, ,; ■ ,
earned
are treated as n gisti redcred
credits earned with ten Q
into the calculal ■! QPA
S. Nnnilcilil < mini I!
Ml, Ii .is |]|,,M .-, ill ,
in measuring suffii ienl p
these c lasses mi be applied lowardi
degree requirt mi tits and t '
aid may be received for enrollment.
9. Institutional Credits: Institutional
credits are counted as registered
credits/credits compli l
the course is nol avc ragi into die
student's overall QPA.
10. Canceled Semesten
which a grade ol "• " or l>cttcr is earned
in thai canceled semestei are counted as
i redits attempted < redits i amed.
1 1. Fresh Star! Program: -
are readmitted undei
Program »ill have I
measured from then I
readmission withoul n eard to prior
enrollment
NA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999
20 STUDENT PROGRAMS AND SERVICES
Student Programs and Services
The sen ices and programs listed in this set tion
are the result of collaborative efforts by student
affairs professionals and faculty to oiler the [UP
student a unique and fulfilling undergraduate
and graduate student experience. All services,
with the exception ol the Speech and Hearing
Clinic, Parking. Student Rights/Directory
Information, and Computer Software Policy, are
under the direction of the Vice President for
Student Affairs.
Student Affairs
Division Areas
Harold D. Goldsmith,
Vice President for Student Affairs
Rhonda H. Luckey, Assistant Vice
President for Student Affairs
Vacant, Assistant to the Vice President
for Student Affairs
The Division of Student Affairs offers a variety of
services and programs diat support the academic
mission of Indiana University of Pennsylvania.
These services and programs were designed to
meet the needs oflUP students as they learn how
t<> become leaders for tomorrow, live together in
harmony, make ethical decisions, accept and
appreciate diversity, identify and strengthen
professional skills, develop good mental and
physical health practices, and enhance ways to
learn and impart knowledge.
Advising and Testing: Catherine M. Dugan,
Director
Athletics: Frank.). Conditio. Interim Director
Career Services: Mark E. Anthony. Director
Counseling Services: Kim Weiner. Department
Chair
Financial Aid: Frederick A. Joseph. Director
Housing and Residence Life: Betsy A. Joseph,
Director
Learning Center: Canny G. Carranza. Director
Student Activities and Organizations: Terry
Appolonia, Director
Student Cooperative Association: Dennis V.
I Killings, Director
Student Development: Sherrill A. Kuckuck,
Director
University Health Services: Rhonda H. Luckey,
Director
Advising and Testing Center
The Advising and Testing Center provides a
variety of services to RIP students and faculty.
The center runs the summer orientation
program, offers career planning classes and
computer-assisted career counseling to
undecided majors, co-conducts registration for
January freshmen and branch campus students,
processes undergraduate total university
withdrawals, serves the needs of students with
disabilities, and assists in providing advising
information to students and advisors.
Services for Students with Disabilities
Disability Support Services (a unit of the
Advising and Testing Center) is the primary
agent tor the provision of access lor Il'P students
w 1 1 1 1 physical and learning disabilities. Faculty
and staff within the office serve to ensure IUP's
program access compliance with Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the
Americans with Disabilities Act. Students with
disabilities are urged to register with the office.
Services provided include, but are not limited to.
early registration: assistance in locating
accessible housing; equipment loan; test
proctoring and reading; notetaking; recording ot
books; NCR paper; liaison with faculty, OVR,
anil 15VS: and general advising and counseling.
Further information may be obtained in 106
Pratt Hall or by calling 724-357-4067 (V/TD).
Athletics
Varsity Sports
The university offers seventeen varsity sports for
men and women. It competes at the Division II
level of the National Collegiate Athletic
Association and is in the Pennsylvania State
Athletic Conference.
Men's sports offered in the fall include cross
country and football. The winter sports include
basketball and swimming. Spring sports are track
and field, golf, and baseball.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
STUDENT PROGRAMS AND SERVICES 21
Womi n'l I. ill iportt are te s,< ro«« c ry,
volleyball, and field hot key. In thi winter,
the s| i of basketball and wimming an
offered. Spring aportB indudi Softball, ii.nk.iml
fii Id and la< rosae,
Intramurals
A «, ll organizi .1 and varied program "I
iiiii.iiiiui.il sports and athletic activities is
I I foi both men, women, and on a
, oedw ■ ii. il baaia inii.iiiiin.il handbooks an
available in R 101 Memorial Field Houae.
Career Services
C.ik.i servicea are available to studenta and
alumni il careei counseling ia provided to
students of all class levels as well .is to alumni. In
addition to careei i ounseling, the primary
Inn, is .il the office are to arrange fbi campus
interviews, prepare a current file ofjob
opportunities, maintain an extensive librar) ol
,„, upational inl ition, conduct follow up
studies ol graduates, and pro> ide general
assistance intht careei planning and iob-seeking
process.
The Office of Career Services also receives .mil
makes available to graduates and undergraduates
information concerning summer employment
The universit) does no( guarantee positions, bul
It T\ record of placement is one of the very best
in Pennsylvania.
Career Exploration/Undecided Majors
Students with undecided majors are encouraged
to explore options fbi majors .is earl) .is possible
while ai I IT: to dels) doing so ma) delay
graduation. Students desiring to explore majors
may take ,i I -semester-hour course, LC170
( lareer Exploration, taught by the Advising .mil
resting < lenter, or use the Career Exploration
Centei (CEC), 108 Pratt Hall. The CEC is open
afternoons during the week. Appointments may
be made by calling 724-357-5701.
Counseling and Student
Development Center
Counseling Services
Counseling Services faculty members are
psychologists who are assisted by advanced
graduate students from the doctoral program in
clinical psychology. These professionals facilitate
the personal and emotional growth ol students
hv offering confidential counseling and
consultation on an individual and small-group
basis. Beyond the health services fee, additional
fees are not charged fbi counseling services.
The center provides consultation to faculty, staff,
families, and friends of students regarding mental
health issues. The center also conducts programs
and workshops on a variety of topics, including
stress management, eating disorders, grief, and
health) relationships.
Student Development
Student Development provides die following
programs supervised by a faculty member and
supported by graduate and undergraduate
Students: summei orientation for parents of
incoming freshmen, orientation for entering
Students immediately prior to the beginning of
classes, the Six O'clock Series, and various
research projects regarding student opinions
and or satisfaction.
Health Services
The University Health Service operates an
outpatient clinic and pn.\ ides routine health can-
to students while classes are in session. Tile
outpatient clinic is stalled with physicians, nursi
practitioners, nurses, and educators, for
emergency care of students when the I lealth
Centei is closed, the local hospital emergency
loom is available. The university has a contract
to transport a student to the local hospital lor an
emergem \. Tin , .>■,[ . . f the .hii1hiI.hh c transport
will be covered b) the iiniecrsile ami the
student's health insurance. If the student's health
insurance policy does not include coverage ol
ambulant e services, the student will not be
responsible fbi the cost of the ambulani ■
In addition to primary medical care including
inn mi surgery, some laboratory tests, and
injections, the Universit) Health Service offers a
self-care cold clinic and programs in c hemical
health, health education, wellness, and nutrition
counseling. Free transportation to area medil al
fat iIiih s is available.
Students pay a per-semester mandatory student
health Ui »l>i. h varii s based upon thi student's
enrollment status. Refer to the Finance section ol
this catalog for fees.
IIP requires documentation ol dates ol
immunizations from new students lor the
following vai t ines: measles, mumps, rubella,
tetanus toxoid-diphtheria, and polio. Individuals
horn after 1956 should receive a second measles
immunization prior to entering college. It has
always been important to update diphtheria and
tetanus immunizations even- ten years. The
documentation must he included on the Student
Health Form and can take the form of
1. dates ofvaci inations by the healthcare
provider who gave them 01
2. dale of illness with the disease diagnosed hv
a ph) si. lan or
3. serum antibod) level as determined b) a
blood test
Studentsw.il recerw p
Health htm from trw Health So
m ■ i ro notifii ation ol admission to II I'
form must he n tin io d to I I I' aid'
Student Health Insurance
Tin universit) does not sponsoi a group itudenl
health insurance plan. Students an
hospital o in' 'i ' \penses. The I liuVenrit) Health
Servict does not lull uisuijiii e • ompanies lor
However. Midi i'V ol
il tvhii h i an I" used it the individual
bill his/her insurance company
Housing Information
Residence Life
II P is a residential i ampus. It' <■
halls and two apartment build,1
supen isc d b) professional residenc e din
with backgrounds in student development or
counseling or b) graduate residence directors
enrolled in the Student Affairs in Higher
Education graduate program.
It is the ►'"In \ ol [UP to ollc i lull, equal, and
nondisc iimninloiv assistance to all students
without regard to their race, color. nl._
ii. in. hi. il oi igin, gender, ancestry, sexual
orientation, or physical ability in both the
ii in iiiiim isitv housing and the
furnishing of facilities and services in relation to
that housing.
Specific programs and serenes offered within the
lesideiic e halls provide a residential pn 1
whil h supports the academic mission ol die
university and lusters the development of a
coinmunitv in which the rights and
responsibilities of each individual are clearlv
defined and respected.
Bee aiise residence ball living is seen as a positive
educational experience, students arc en.
to live on campus unless thev are commuting
hom home. In an effort to make residence ball
living more responsive to individual needs, die
universit) oilers several living arrangements.
Student options include coed or single-sex
environments, plus several interest floors related
!. i at ademic majors or lifestyle choices. Students
should consider these options carefully and
select the one ill which they would feel most
comfortable.
HIP'S two apartment buildings provide single
student housing in an apartment-style setting.
The university provides cable TV. local
telephone service, Fdiemet connection-
refrigerator, kitchen table and chairs, beds,
dressers, and living room furniture in each
apartment.
Rooms apartments are available to both
undergraduate and graduate students enrolled at
II I'. 1 ach vcar die university reviews it* bousing
polii us and ic\ i.e. them according t"
the following vcar. The Office of Housing and
Residence Life is also responsible for dining
sen ie e and providing information and services
related to off-campus housing. The Office of
Housing and Residence Life is located in G14
Sutton Hall, 724-357-2696.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 199^
22 STUDENT PROGRAMS AND SERVICES
Residence Hall Application
I irsi year and transfer students will be offered
residence hall contracts as soon as they remit the
$75 tuition prepayment required to secure a
place in the Incoming class, The contract should
be reviewed carefully and returned with an $80
housing prepayment. Rooms will be assigned as
contracts arc received. Students « ill be notified
ol housing assignments after July 1 5.
Continuing students may contract for university
housing foi the following academic year
at run ling In the process published and posted in
January.
Students being readmitted or returning from
student teaching or stud) abroad programs
should contact the * MEce ofl lousing and
Residence Life for contracts.
Dining Services
[UP oilers eleven meal plans, seven (B through
H) of which are available to residence hall
students. Refer to the Finance section of this
catalog for meal plans and lees.
Residence Hall Association
The Residence Hall Association (RHA)
represents all students living in university
residence halls. The executive body of RHA is
composed of elected representatives from each
residence hall. The purpose of RHA is to
provide educational, social, and community
sen ice programs for residents; to collect
information on various aspects of residence hall
life; and to assist in formulating housing policies
and procedures. All residence ball students are
encouraged to participate in RHA. Inquire at
your resilience hall office for involvement
opportunities
The Learning Center
The Learning Center provides various academic
support services. Courses arc offered which
develop learning skills to enhance academic
success. Courses in two lewis ofpre-college
mathematics (LC090, l.< 1095) and two courses
in reading (LC070, LC075) arc offered for
institutional credit. Institutional credit counts in
det< running lull-time enrollment status but not
in determining credits applicable for degree
eligibility at graduation.
Learning Center faculty members also offer three
1 -semester-hour courses in Educational Planning
(LCI. 50). Learning Strategies (LCI 60), and
( 'alter Exploration (LCI 70).
The Learning Center provides educational
support services for all IUP students in the areas
of reading, writing, mathematics, biological and
physical sciences, foreign languages, social
si ii in es, study skills, and related areas. These
services are provided by both professional and
undergraduate paraprofessional staff. Students
are encouraged to participate in a broad array of
program services including one-to-one and
group tutorials, workshops, and supplemental
instruction (SI) sessions provided by a trained
staff of undergraduate paraprolessionals. These
services are available in most content areas, as
well as in general study skills.
Act 101 Program
The Vcl 101 Program, created as a result of the
Pennsylvania Highei Education Equal
Opportunity Act 101 in 1971 by the legislature
of the c tonwealth, focuses on servicing IUP
students in order to make the ideal of "equal
educational opportunity" a reality for all
qualified students. All students matriculating
through the Learning Center, including those
eligible for services under Act 101, receive a frill
program of freshman-year courses and
advisement, including assistance in the areas of
academic tutoring, career counseling, financial
aid information, personal counseling, academic
advising related to curriculum concerns, the
selection of an appropriate major, and course
scheduling.
The Learning Center office is located in 202
Pratt Hall. Further information about the
Learning Center and the Act 101 Program can
be obtained by calling 724-357-2729.
New Student Orientation
IUP offers a two-part orientation program for all
new students. Freshmen are expected to
participate in both of the programs, as they are
intended to provide information and programs
which are designed to insure a successful first-
year experience.
Summer Orientation: The preregistration
placement testing, advising, and course selection
program occurs during the summer immediately
preceding students' matriculation on campus.
This experience is designed to assess academic
readiness for courses integral to the IUP
curriculum, including English, mathematics, and
foreign languages. Students admitted to the
Indiana campus, Honors College, or the
Learning Center program participate in an
overnight, two-day experience which includes
testing, academic advising, and orientation to
university curricular requirements and
cocurricular opportunities. Students who are
admitted as branch campus freshmen participate
in a one-day program. Concurrent parent
orientation programs are offered.
Fall Orientation: Fall Orientation occurs as
students move onto campus immediately prior to
the beginning of fall classes. Programs and
activities are designed to assure a smooth
transition from the home environment to lUP's
campus community.
IUP views this two-part orientation as unique
and extremely important to freshman retention
and satisfaction with the university. The
freshman year is critical in regard to academic-
success. During this time, students must
simultaneously develop academic competence in
the college curriculum and adjust to the personal
decision-making process college life affords.
Each of the programs is designed to assist in this
important college adjustment process. Freshmen
are expected to participate fully in this two-part
program.
Student Activities and
Organizations
As participating members of the IUP community,
students occupy a responsible role in governing
and shaping campus life. Since a valuable part of
education lies in participation in groups and
activities where experience in leadership, social
and community responsibility, intellectual
curiosity, and religious interests can be met,
active participation in varied organizations is
available and encouraged.
There are currently more than 180 recognized
student organizations at IUP advised by faculty
or staff selected by the students. Students are
also encouraged to initiate and support new
groups which reflect interests not represented by
existing organizations.
Under the supervision of the Office of Student
Activities and Organizations and funded for tfie
most part by the Student Cooperative
Association, many activities are orchestrated by
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
STUDENT PROGRAMS AND SERVICES 23
.i.i.l in-, .mil nlli i i Him mil and . iilini'il
program! foi thi 1 1 univi nit) i nity.
ii, eai i I'M. m'Ii a significant opportunit)
l. ii in. I. Hi', to I ■ e involvi .1 with thi u
I>us ,is well as to experience tin growth and
p, i .,,,, , ,i, ,, lopmi hi thai involvi mi nl provides,
( trganizal s and ai tivitiea sponsoring many
li Pevi hi ■ in. ludi I In Entertain I Mi twork
(TEN),Artisi Series, Black Emphasis
i ioi i.l. as and Issues Series, Summer
\. m ii. s, and the l Inh/ersit) ( ' i rl
i ..... ii, hi. i r.nii, ipation in thi w and other
groups is strongl) encouraged.
African American Cultural Center
Mi. \in. .in Vmerican Cultural I -
.1. dii ated to the enlianceme I multicultural
awareness .mil rai ial sensitivity. Through
educational, cultural, .mil social acth ities, the
ii'iiiii strives to fostei growth, development,
awareness, .mil sensitivity among .ill members nl
tin' universit) community. The . entei is staffed
b) two lull Him professionals, graduate students,
.mil work-stud) students.
Student Community Services
Student Community Services oners IUP
students linili curriculum-based .mil volunteer
opportunities i < > explore, expand, .mil fulfill their
.iliinisii, interests. The office winks closel) with
the iu'.iiK sixt) Indiana County human service
agencies i" place students in supervised settings.
Student Congress
The Student Congress is the representative and
ii i ognized voi< e of II IP's student body. The
Student < iongress was created in the spring of
1 989 i.. I..' .i unified voice in a bicameral (two-
house) arrangement. Ii is led by a president and a
vice president elected at-large in a spring general
election, The primary res| sibilit) ..I me
Student Congress 1 1. .use lies with the student
members ol various universit) advisor) bodies,
in. luding the Student ( looperative Association
Finance Committee, which allocates $.'S00,000 in
support "I university activities. Each member ol
the Student < Iongress Senati si rves as a
representative on the University Senate, the
institution's chiel governing body. The Student
I Iongress meets biweekly. Every student enrolled
at ll'P is considered a member of the S< '.. and
input is always sought and welcome.
Student Cooperative
Association
The Student Cooperative Association has played
an extremely broad role in the cocurricular life of
the universit) for more than sixty years. All
students, faculty, and stall who pay the Activity
Fee are members of the association. Virtuall) all
campuswide activities outside thi uisiiiuii.ui.il
program are sponsored wholly or in part by the
assot iation.
Hi, \t n\it\ Fee is the chief source of income foi
the .issii, Km, ,ii's programs. The student's [-Card
will admit him/hei free of charge or at a reduced
fee to universit) so, ial, i ultural, and athletic
events. Other income for the ass,,, iation comi s
from the profits of the Co-op Store and income
from events sponsored b) the association.
The Student Cooperative Association operates
the Hadley Union Building, which houses die
Co-op Store, and the Fitness Center. The Hadley
Union Building, built by association members
thi ,',ii tin Vi ti\ it) I . . "Hi rj man) fai ilitii i foi
nsi Ia iln univi ism ■ oiiiiiiiiint\
The < lo-op Ri . real al Pari i omprisi i J70
ai us ol wooded hillsides ami in Ids In. ludi d an
a lodge building whii h will ai i oi odati
of up i" two hundred people, a ski hut, an
eighteen station exen isi coins,
skiing .mil hiking trail a pit nil lii Iti r, an
.in In rj rang two softball fields, an outdooi ii e
i ml ,i ".ill driving range, outdooi batting i ages,
,i„l.i ,. I foi fishing,
Student Publications
I h, I 'inn. II P'i pus newspaper, is published
three tunes a week during the fall and spring
semesters b) students wishing to gain practical
oewspapei experience. Interested student an
. ah i siil to attend org zal al meetings held in
tin beginning ofeai h semester. Tht /'<»» will
can) notices of subscript Irives. Applications
for staff positions may be obtained from Tht
Penn office.
Iln Soura (the student handbook) is availabli to
all students free ..Ii harge. It mi ludes rules and
regulations, the extracurricular program, and
general information ol interest to students.
University Judicial System
ll'P is an academic community within the
soi iety at large. As a community, it has
formulated a I ode ol standards and expectations
which the university considers to be consistent
with its purpose as an educational institution.
IUP reaffirms the principle of students' freedom
coupled with an acceptance of full responsibility
for one's behavior and the consequences of such
In h.i\ mi. \s .i mi lulu i ol the academic
community and ol the larger society, a student
retains the rights, protections, guarantees, and
responsibilities which are held by all i itizens.
The judicial system of IUP exists to review all
alleged academic violations as well as violations
of universit) regulations and/or federal, state, and
local ordinances. The primary intent ol this
edui alum. il system is to i reate a positive
behavioral change in the students while also
protecting the lights of the members of the
university community. The system will hold the
students accountable for their actions when
regulations oi statutes have been violated. A
complete statement ol regulations is available in
the student handbook.
Veterans Affairs
The Vein. ins Allans t Mlicc provides many
services to veterans, including academic support,
tutoring, housing assistance, financial aid. and
general information. The Veterans Allans ( >ffii e
is located in .'i()2N Pratt Hall. For information on
forms, please call 724-357-3009. The Federal
Veterans I lffi< e telephone number is 800-827-
1000.
Speech and Hearing Clinics
The Speech and Hearing Clinic, located in Davis
Hall, offers both diagnostic evaluations and
therapeutic sen ices for speech, language, and
hearing problems. The clinic also administers
the speech clearance for teacher education
programs.
, mad, availabli
to stud, nl
gi-.i thi neo
dl In n in us whn h would inli lie re Willi
fill performaiu < and progress in the
UnJVI isitv and in Inline work. Snnl. nl
. in out igi 'i to use tin lae ilities provided lor
them and ma) ol thi ii owi tiativi i omi to tht
, linn I. .1 In |p. hi iln . ma) In n fern d b
la. nits tnembei oi univi
Parking
Students, fai ul<\. and st.ill memben who park
vchii Ii s m i ampus parking areas musl n
their vehicles with die Camptu '
Ke side nl students will lie issued parking |>eriiills
foi iln following reasons: medical necessity,
student teaching, or othei ili.ra
ci Im le. A written application musl he submitted
to and approved b) thi Parking Aulhorit)
Review Board. Parking will be available to
resident students not meeting the
aforementioned C nini.i. The) may park lor a fee
iii the rtolicrtshaw lot The Campus Pol
is located in Sutton Hall and can be i ontacted
lor information on parking as well as copies ol
the current rules anil regulations.
Student Rights/Directory
Information
Tin lull, m ing information is e onsidered
directory information under the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act (the Buckley
Amendment of 1974) and may be released
without the student's permission; name,
address, telephone number, major, student
activities, weight and height (athletic teams),
dates and status nl attendance, dales ,,|
graduation, degrees and awards received and
where received, most recent educational
institution attended, and c-inail username.
Students may request that this information not
be publicly released h\ completing a form
available in the Office of the Registr.i'
Sutton Hall. Upon receipt ol this signed form in
the Registrar's office, all information will be
withheld, even beyond graduation, unless die
student requests in writing that this
nondisclosure request he rescinded.
Computer Software Policy
It is the polio of ll'P that contractually
protected and oi copyrighted compute -
shall not be improperly copied, distributed, or
used b) its employees, students, or affiliated
.turns. It is the responsiliilitv ol each
member of the universit) conununit) to adhere
to this policy and to enforce n with regard to
those they supervise. If any member of die
community has a question regarding the
propriety of using software, he she is responsible
for contacting his her supervisor lor direction.
The supervisor may in mm refer the que •
the director of Academic Computing of die TSC
for a decision on what constitutes proper use.
The full text of die policy adopted by Unhrerskj
Senate and Council of Trustees in Mav
available in the computer laboratories and from
tin rsc.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999
24 ACADEMIC POLICIES
Academic Policies
Mote: Please see individual college sections for
policies pertaining only to particular colleges and
majors.
Classification of Students
In order to be classified as full-time,
undergraduate students attending any regular
academic year semester must be currently
enrolled in at least 1 2 semester hours.
During the IUP summer sessions, a student must
be enrolled in a total of 12 semester hours during
the entire summer (Summer 1 and Summer 2) in
order to be classified as a full-time enrollee.
Full-time classification for students enrolled in
instructional periods which do not conform to
the regularly scheduled academic sessions will be
based upon the number of enrolled semester
hours during that period of enrollment (e.g., 1
semester hour in one week of instruction would
equal the minimum full-time certification
standard).
For purposes of designating students by class,
the following credit-hour classification ranges
are used:
Freshmen
Sophomores
Juniors
Seniors
28 semester hours or less
29-56 semester hours
57-90 semester hours
91 semester hours or more
Class designations are based on credits earned
radier dian credits attempted. Persons holding a
degree and working for a second baccalaureate
degree ma)' be classified as seniors.
Normal Semester Hour Loads
A normal semester hour load is 15-17 semester
hours. A student who wishes to schedule 18 or
more semester hours must obtain approval from
the dean of the college in which he/she is
registered; approval will be predicated upon
various criteria such as the student's
demonstrated competencies, total courses, and
specific conditions. If approval is granted, the
dean will set the credit limit and make the
appropriate computer entry. When taking more
than 1 8 semester hours, a student is responsible
for paying a per-credit fee at the current tuition
rate for each credit beyond eighteen.
Schedule Changes (Drop/Add)
The university registration system is
characterized as one of continuous registration,
using either Telreg (telephone registration) or
Termreg (terminal registration). From the
student's initial registration time for a given
semester until die beginning of classes for the
semester (except for specified restricted times), a
student may modify his/her schedule to the
extent that classes are available or permission to
register for a closed or restricted section has been
granted and entered into the computer system.
Deadlines for the opportunity to drop or add
sections are published in the schedule of classes
bulletin every semester. Each student is
responsible for making appropriate computer
transactions to ensure schedule accuracy. Note
particularly that, while the department may enter
permission to register for a section, the actual
registration transaction must be entered by the
student. The schedule of classes information
includes specific directions for registration and
schedule modification for students.
Advanced Placement and
Credit/Exemption
Examinations
Courses taken by students prior to college
admission under the Advanced Placement
Program of die College Entrance Examination
Board may be recognized by die award ol college
credit or by exemption from required subjects.
Those who earn a grade of 3, 4, or 5 in the
Advanced Placement Examination will be
granted credit toward the number of credit hours
required for graduation.
For students who have had other unusual
opportunities for instruction or have advanced in
a given field, an opportunity to gain credit and/or
exemption from a course is afforded through
examinations. University Testing Services in the
Career Services Office (302 Pratt Hall) offers
credit options through the College Level
Examination Program (CLEP).
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
ACADEMIC POLICIES 25
Student) have an opportunity t" gam exempli dit through successful
pletionol prehensivi examina »b) requesting from du ai adcmie
departmenl an exam .is .1 substitute foi compl g all thi usual requirements
-■I il MISC.
A itudi ni who passes an exemption 1 x nation will be exempl from taking
that course in his/hei academii program, When a student receives credit foi
rsi byexi 1 n the credit will be applied to graduation
req iments just as il gh the course had been taken Ifastudi
gi ed exempti I\ I course, he/she will b( permitted to taki afrei
elective in place of that course. This enables the student to specializi fij
, mii, , 1 weaknesses outside die majoi field, build knowledge in an II u
.,,. a oi I" u dui ed i" .hi entire!) diffi re •<• in
Courses for which credit or exemption are awarded by examination will nol
In used in ilic clcic1111111.il "I grade-poinl averages.
Internship/Cooperative Education
Students ma) apply foi an internship if they have completed Wm tei
I s .mi I have .11 leasl .1 2.0 1 1PA. Internship sites are normal!) !<x ati d
within a 500-mile radius of the campus. < Iverseas plai ements are located
11, .11 in HT center. Internships are available in state and federal offices;
businesses al the local, state, and national level; state-related agencies;
I orporations; and foundations.
Students ma) appl) foi a co-op if they have completed 30 semestei hours
and have al leasl a 2.0 GPA. Two experiences are required. Sues arc naiiiui.il
and international. Placements parallel those of the internship program.
Because internships are viewed as an integral pari of the student's academic
program, students who are interested in specific internship programs should
consult with the internship advisor in the department ol their major. A
maximum of twelve credits is applicable to an undergraduate degree program
from an) 1 ombinab' f co-op and internship experiences.
Prior Learning/Portfolio Assessment
Prior Learning Assessment Programs
II P offers several methods foi earning universit) credit for college-level
learning gained through work and life experience. Through the Office of
( lareei Seniles, the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offers
standardized examinations in general and specific subjects. In addition,
nil examinations are also available in specific areas on a limited
basis.
Where examinations arc not available, portfolio assessment may provide the
in.!, ni with the opportunity to present evidence of learning for evaluation
by a university faculty member. Through portfolio assessment, work and life
experiences arc evaluated to determine their appropriateness and
applicability for university credit. Credits earned through prior learning
assessment may not be applied toward university residency requirements for
awarding ol degrees. In addition, no more than one-half ol a major may be
earned by CLEP, departmental examination, and portfolio assessment.
Contact the School of Continuing Education for information regarding
portfolio assessment.
Policy on Portfolio Assessment
IUP has authorized a policy for assessment of prior learning that took place
outside traditional classrooms in a procedure known as Portfolio
Assessment. It is particularly designed for adults with extensive
clocuincntahlc knowledge from work experience, navel, independent study,
or other out-ot-class experiences.
Portfolio Assessment: Principles
1. Credit awarded through portfolio evaluation must conform to specific
course titles listed in this catalog. Credit awards for general broad areas
(block credit) will not be permitted.
2. In order to request a portfolio assessment, the student must be currently
enrolled at Il'P. Credit awarded must he intended for use as part ot'a
degree or certification program.
3. Each departmenl will determine the maximum number of credits to he
awarded for prior learning for its major. In no case will more than one-
hall of the major he earned through CLEP. challenge examinations, and
oilier tonus of prior learning assessment.
4. Credits earned through portfolio assessment may not appl) as rcsidcucv
credit for the purpose ol awarding degrees.
5. Credit earned through portfolio assessment may he awarded Old) as
regular course Credit.
(). II a related exainlluii. through CLEP or if a dl
ation has previou iliahedlbi il" course, a portfolio
imi in "I ili".' ' redita ■•■ill 1
7. \. 1 1 pi. mi e "I portfolio use ■■in' ui ' n 'I" b) the dc partmenl will be
■ -I l>s iln signature "I il» 1 hairrx rson ..1 tin di part 1 unering
iln 1 urn id, appropriate M Pcollejp and tbi dean of the
s, I,,,., ,,i ( lontinuing Edui ation mull also indie ate approval.
k. Students may qualify solely for undergraduate credit .
1 0 dll
'». I In nil, of the course, the semester hours, and the indical that,
was earned through Portfolio Assessment will be n 1 orded on the
ai adi inn It i "id
Portfolio Evaluation: Procedures
1 . Student meets with the assistant dean fort redit Programs in the School
of Continuing Edui ation to determine the feasibility of eaminf
through portfolio evaluation. Standard outline
provided i" student.
2. Preliminary Applii ation Form Student must provide a n sunn and
answei the following qui stionsi
a. VVh.ii have you learned thai n late 1 to thi
b. Where and when have you lc.ui
c. What doe umentation do you have thai supports the 1 lann.'
3. A hand! k to assist students in 1 ompiling a portfolio will lie primed. It
«ill show hove in relate i" the « ritten portfolio learning gained through
work experience, independent study, and othei experiene 1 s. Bi idenoe "I
, iluiiiigli documentation ol experience, completion "1 1
and written examination will be explained. II there is sufficient demand,
a workshop will be conducted i" .issim students.
I. Fees:
Application Fee per Assessment: $15.00
Assessment Fee: one-half the current rate "I tuition per credit for each
credit requested; to be paid when portfolio is submitted foi evaluation.
5. The application will he submitted to the assistant dean for Credit
Programs. Upon approval, the chairperson of die department offering
the course will he requested to suggest the name of a faculty member t"
the dean of the college ftir approval.
6. The faculty member will meet with the student to determine the
technique of assessment or a combination "I tee hniques to be used.
including interviews, documentation, observation of performance,
examination, etc.
7. Alter the portfolio has been prcparetl by the student, it will In- submitted
t" the dean of the School of Continuing Education for review, then
forwarded to the appointed faculty member for assessment.
S. The faculty member will evaluate die portfolio, then make a
recommendation for or against the award "I credit and the amount of
credit in the form of a letter, which must he approved and countersigned
by the chairperson of die department offering the course. The portfolio
will be forwarded to die dean of the college which oversees the student's
curriculum to approve and verity' diat the course will he accepted as part
of die smdent's program. Finally, the portfolio is sent to the assistant
dean of the School of Continuing Education, who "ill notify the smdent
and die registrar.
9. The registrar will list the course tide, credit, and an indication thai
credit was earned dirough Portfolio.
Advisory Program
A group of selected faculty members ad as freshman advise its for entering
freshmen in their departments. In some curricula die advisors continue with
the same group of advisees from year t" year. In other curricula die freshman
advisors remain with their advisee groups only lor the students' first vcar:
under this program, the student is then assigned an academn advisor tor die
remaining years dirough to his/her degree in a chosen field
Faculty advisors counsel the students on academic achievement, dropping
ionises, changing curriculum. Student activities, study schedules, and
personal problems.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
26 ACADEMIC POLICIES
Change of Major
For students changing majors into the College of Education or into the
Eberly College of Business, special policies apply. Please refer to the
individual college sections in this catalog for change of major policies
pertaining to specific colleges and majors.
To qualify lor change of major, a student must be in academic good standing
(2.00 GPA) and must meet any other requirements specific to the major. The
following majors have requirements beyond 2.00 GPA: Criminology and all
teacher certification programs.
A student must apply for a change of major in the office of the dean of the
college in which the student is registered if the curriculum change desired is
from one department to another within the same college (for example,
change from a mathematics major to a biology major) or in the office of the
dean of the college to which the student wishes to transfer if the curriculum
change is from one college to another (for example, secondary education
major to biology major). In either case, the student will complete an
application form that is available in the dean's office. Before seeking a change
ot major, it is advisable that the student consult with the departmental
chairpersons of both the "old" and "new" majors.
When a student changes colleges, the dean (or dean's agent) of the college
into which the transfer is sought will evaluate the student's credits before
approving the transfer. A copy of the evaluation will be made available to the
student and his/her new advisor if a change of major is effected.
In cases involving students who are veterans, the dean of the college into
which transfer is sought (or dean's agent) shall give the veteran a statement of
prospective approval and the effective date of the proposed changes. This
statement shall also indicate the amount of extended training time die change
of major will entail and the amount of credit loss, if any. The veteran shall
take this statement to the veteran's counselor at least one month prior to the
effective date of the change. No transfer of curriculum shall be made by
veterans until V.A. approval has been assured.
Sophomore Screening for Junior Status
Approval
General policy at IUP permits each college to determine its own scheme for
evaluating the development and progress of its major students. However,
each college is expected to employ some effective procedure for such
evaluation.
Several of the colleges use a procedure called "Sophomore Screening for
Junior Status Approval" with the following required: All students (in such a
college) enrolled in their fourth semester or who will complete 57 semester
hours attempted by the end ot the current semester must apply for Junior
Status approval by filling out an application form by the deadline date
designated and announced.
All students should check with their faculty advisors to determine which
colleges use the "Junior Status" screening procedure and the criteria for
Junior Status Approval.
University Policy on Semester Course Syllabi
Each faculty member shall prepare and distribute, without charge, to each
student within one week o( the first meeting of die class a semester course
syllabus. The syllabus will be consistent with course content and catalog
description, which was approved by the Curriculum Committee of the
University Senate for the initial course offering or revision.
The semester course syllabus is a vehicle of communication to promote
student academic planning and to avoid misunderstandings of course plan
and requirements.
It is recommended that each syllabus include:
a. the faculty member's name, office location, telephone number, and office
hours
b. an outline of the course content, objectives, and prerequisites, as
appropriate
c. information about the required textbook(s) with title, author, and
edition, and any other required materials
d. information on the determination of grades, including the weight, types,
and scheduling of evaluations, other planned requirements, and
expectation for class participation
e. statement of policies and/or penalties for make-up exams and late
submission of assignments
Undergraduate Course Attendance Policy
The university expects all students to attend class.
Individual faculty members may define attendance standards appropriate to
each course and the consequences of not meeting those standards, within the
following guidelines:
1. Each policy must be distributed in writing during the first week of the
course. Normally, it is expected that the information dealing with class
attendance standards will be distributed with the Semester Course
Syllabus.
2. Each policy must recognize students' need to miss class because of
illness or personal emergency.
3. Each policy must define some limited level of allowable absence,
normally at least a number of clock hours equal to course semester
hours.
Approved by Council of Trustees— May 13, 1994.
Anticipated Class Absence for University
Representation and Participation
The university community recognizes the values of student participation in
cocurricular and extracurricular activities of the university. IUP has fostered
this participation with an informal policy of good faith accommodation to
meet overlapping demands of the curricular and extracurricular
commitments.
The underlying spirit of good faith accommodation ultimately is set in the
faculty member's unabridged right to determine the terms of variance, if any,
from the established course syllabus — tests, quizzes, due dates for papers or
other assignments, projects, presentations, and all other course operations.
In seeking variance, the student must take the initiative to make all
arrangements including validation of participation as needed. The student
should generally assume that papers and such assignments should be
completed and submitted before the anticipated class absence. Alternate
arrangements lor tests, quizzes, labs, or class participation activity (panels,
simulations, presentations) should be sought sufficiently in advance to permit
faculty /student agreement on the plan for completion, whether the actual
completion is rescheduled to be prior to or subsequent to the anticipated
absence.
Approved by Council of Trustees— May 13, 1988.
Inclement Weather Policy
Indiana University of Pennsylvania is committed to the safety and security of
its students, faculty, staff, and visitors. Because of this commitment, the
decision whether the university should close or remain open during periods
of adverse weather conditions is based on the overall concern for the
university community. In general, however, IUP's practice will be to remain
open and to conduct classes and business as usual during periods of
inclement weather.
Closure of the University: Should adverse weather conditions arise or be
anticipated that would make it inadvisable to operate the university on a
given day, the president may, at his discretion, close the institution (i.e.,
cancel all classes and on-campus activities at all campuses). In die event of
either a full- or partial-day closure, notification will be provided to die
following radio and television stations: WDAD Radio (Indiana), WCCS
Radio (Homer City), WJAC-TV (Johnstown), KDKA-TV and KDKA
Radio-1020 AM (Pittsburgh), and WTAE-TV and WTAE Radio-1250 AM
(Pittsburgh).
Cancellation of IUP-Sponsored Activities or Events in the Absence of
University Closure: Should adverse weather conditions arise or be
anticipated that would make it inadvisable to conduct an IUP-sponsored
activity or event on a date when the university otherwise remains open, die
sponsoring unit/department has the option to cancel or postpone the
function. The sponsoring unit/department also assumes responsibility for
notifying event participants of the cancellation/postponement in an
appropriate and timely manner.
NDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
ACADEMIC POLICIES 27
Quality Points and Determining GPA
Grades and Quality Points
In the grading system, the following grades are used in reporting the
standing ol students ai thi end ol eat li semester or session:
Grade Description Quality Points
A Excellent 4 quality points/semester houi
It Good 3 quality points/semester hour
< Average 2 quality points/semester houi
I) Passing I qualit) point/semestei houi
K Failing 0 quality points/semester houi
P 1'assmg ii qualit) points/semestei houi (foi credit i ourses
(inly) (See Pass/Fail policy for more information.)
S Satisfactory n quality points (for zero-i redil courses only)
U Unsatisfactory 0 quality points (foi zero-credit courses only)
Other Designations (< arrying no quality points):
I Incomplete Student was unable tu complete the coursework due to
unexpected illness or personal emergen! y. (Set I (Incomplete) Polii i foi
more information.)
L Late Grade/Continuing Course Student work is expected to extend
beyond .i given semester. (Set I (Late Grade, Continuing Course) Polit )
jot more information.)
Q Total University Withdrawal— Used when a student has totally and
officially withdrawn from the university foi a given semester. The "Q"
designation is not issued b) instructors. (Set Total I niversity
Withdrawal Polit v for mort information.)
R Research in Progress ( >nly tu lie used tu indicate deferred status for
graduate thesis and dissertation courses.
W Individual Course Withdrawal Used when a student has elected to
withdraw from an individual course but not from all courses. The "W"
designation is not issued by instructors. (Set Individual Course
Withdrawal Policy for incur information.)
* Grade not reported by instructor— No grade information was reported
by the end ol the normal grading period.
Determining GPA
Cumulative I Irade Point Average is determined by multiplying the semester
hours for a course by the quality points received for that course. Then, the
total Dumber ol semester quality points lor all courses is divided by the total
number ol semester hours attempted.
Grading Policies
Shortly after each semester or session, a lull grade report is mailed to each
student at his or her mailing address.
Quality points are not counted on credits from other schools, and a student
transferring from .motliei sc hool is held responsible for qualit)' points only
on work taken at this university.
Institutional < IreditS are associated with remedial courses which arc
numbered below 100. Credits from institutional credit courses do not apply
to degree requirements lor graduation hut are used in determining
enrollment status (full or part time), including financial aid and athletic
(NCAA) eligibility.
Academic Honors
UP recognizes academic achievement through Dean's Lists. Provost's
Sc holars, and graduation honors.
Provost's Scholar
Juniors who have .1 , uinulatiw grade-point average of'3.50 and above at die
beginning ol the fall semester are named Provost's Scholars and are
recognized annually.
Dean's List
1 nd( rgraduate students receive recognition on the Dean's List for each
semester (or summer sessions cumulatively) in which they earn at least a 3.25
grade-point average based on at least twelve credits of graded (not P/F)
coursework.
Graduation Honors
I I ill I .jlm honois in
lidati i h nil appropi iati ai ademii on all
null iv! ilium . n .in and qualit) points earned at II P. Graduation honors
i nili d hn sci olid (siihsi ijiii hi
(tun I, I ltd,
Magna nun laudt
Summa cum laudt 1.75 to 1.00 cumulariv
194, non-1
degrei i andidates. The distini tions an
II //// I lni,i
II iih High li.-, , ,ii
With Highest Hanoi 3.75 to 4.00 cumulative gradi point
Audit Policy
To audit an undergraduate course, a persoi ist lx admitta
university and havi mel ■ ■ prerequi Students wishing to
course foi whii h the) register rsi Audit Form !
the office ol the departmi nl ofE
pice iousl) n ,,i itered for at reg
course he loo- tiling a coursi audit form. Vll audit processing, including
revoi .iii'in nl pn i ioush must l»e i ompl
dining tin regulai drop/add period. < lopies ol the completed form are
returned to the Si heduling Center, to the departmi nt chairperson, and to the
student Audit students have th< same privileges as odii i students m all
coursework. There is no limit on the numl i which may be
audited.
All audited courses will be identified as sin h mi the student's grade report
and transcript. Work taken on an audit basis will not he graded and will not
count toward the tulfillmenl ol requirements lor a degree to It awarded by
II I'. Since semester hours attempted and qualit) points will not be awarded
for audited courses, they will not affect the student's grade-point zverag
any way. Auditors will pay normal tuition and such odiei lees j, mav be
required lor the i ourse.
Pass-Fail Policy
The purpose ol pass-tail is to permit a student to take an clce tive course in a
Held ul pn sni i.i I interest where h< sin mav be competing with major
students in the department in which the course is offered. When si heduled,
sin 1 1 a course shall be included in the student's normal course load lor die
semester.
\ student ma) take i muses mi a pass-fail basis to a total of 15 s
throughout Ins lu i university career. The student is limited to one pass-fail
1 1 ii use iii an) given semester during thi unior, and senio
All courses in the student's Liberal Studies program and courses required to
meet major and minor requirements are excluded from this pre:
The student must declare his lie i intent to choose pass-lail in a specific
course no later than six weeks alter the beginning ol the semester or die
equivalent linicspan in a suiiiuici session. ( >nce declared, this pass-lail option
ma) not he revoked. Instrw tors will not he notified ol the identity ofp
students in their courses. The grade given b) die instructor will be translated
to a *P"or "F" during die grade processing process.
A student shall he given academic credit without quality points
taken pass-tail upon receiving a passing mark in the course. I
hours successful!) completed under pass-rail ("passed"), within die overall
1 ri-scnicster-hour limitation, shall be recorded as counting towards the total
semester hours earned for graduation but not towards the st
attempted data used in calculation ol the cumulativt grade-poll
However, it a Student tall- a paSS-fail course, he she will receive die "I
aiu\ the corresponding grade-pom t average. An "r " earned under die
fail option may be repeated only under the graded option to provide die
quality points to correspond to the "hours attempted" incurred widi I
The summer sessions, collectively or in an\ combination, shall l>e considered
a unit similar to a spring or fall semester for pass-tail put
student is permitted to take only one course during die summer on a
liases.
Exceptions: Currently, there are two courses which are exceptions to die
Pass-Fail Course Policy ED f89 and NT434 are only offered on a pj--
basis.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE
28 ACADEMIC POLICIES
(Incomplete) Policy
The designation of I is used to record work which, so far as covered, is of
passing grade but is incomplete because of personal illness or other
unavoidable reasons. Changes of grade to convert designations of 1 must be
received in the Office of the Registrar no later than the last day of regular
classes preceding the final exam period in the next regular (fall/spring)
semester after the I designation was assigned. The dean of the college in
which the course is offered may approve an extension, provided the faculty
member concurs. A faculty member assigning an 1 designation must
complete a form indicating the work to be completed, deadlines for
completion (it is not necessary to allow the maximum allowable time), and
guidelines to establish the final grade. Copies of the completed form will be
sent to die department chairperson, to the dean of the college in which the
course is taught, and to die student receiving the I designation. To monitor 1
designations, the registrar shall submit to each faculty member routine
semester reports of outstanding I designations.
L (Late Grade, Continuing Course) Policy
The designation of L (Late grade, continuing course) is appropriate for cases
in which student work is expected to extend beyond a given
semester/session. The designation of L is not to be confused with a
designation of 1, which is only appropriate for individual students unable to
complete their course work because of unexpected illness or persi mi.iI
emergency. L designations are appropriate lor:
a. Internships, practicunis, field experience courses, workshops, and
independent studies that, by design, extend beyond the normal end of
die grading period.
b. Others as approved by the department chairperson and the dean of die
college in which the course is taught. If a specific course is always
eligible for L designations, the dean may grant standing approval for L
designations ever)' time the course is offered.
Faculty wanting to use the L option for eligible courses must notify the
registrar before grade sheets are printed (normally two weeks prior to the
end of classes) so tiiat the grades can be pre-entered on the grade sheet. L
designations which ate not preceded on the grade sheets may be given only
with the permission of the department chairperson and the dean of the
college in which the designation is awarded.
Instructors will convert L designations to letter grades at the end of die
course. Unless an extension is obtained from the dean of die college in which
die course was taught, L designations unresolved at die end of one year will
be converted to an F.
To monitor L designations, the registrar shall submit to each faculty member
routine semester reports of all outstanding 1. designations awarded by that
faculty member. The purpose of diese reports is to help inform faculty as
they help students complete their coursework.
Grade Change Policy
Once earned grades have been recorded, they may be changed only in the
case of clerical and/or calculation error or in the event of a successful grade
appeal. It is not appropriate to change a grade based upon options, such as
supplemental assignments, that are not equally available to all students. The
deadline for corrections of clerical and/or calculation errors is the end of the
next regular (fall/spring) semester after the grade has been awarded.
Course Repeat Policy
A student may not normally repeat an academic course. Exceptions to this
policy are:
1. Repeatable courses: Certain courses are eligible for repeat for credit
and grade. These courses are advanced art studio courses, music
ensembles, special topics courses (281, 481) if the topic is different, and
other courses specifically designated.
2. D and K grades:
a. Repeat with replacement: Undergraduate students are permitted
to replace the grades and quality points for courses in which they
receive a D or F grade by repeating that course at IUP and filing a
repeat form with the Scheduling Center. Only six repeat-with-
replacement attempts are permitted during a student's entire
undergraduate career. In calculating GPA, the new grade and
quality points earned will replace the old. However, the transcript
continues to document all academic work, and repeated courses are
not deleted from the visual record.
b. Repeat with averaging: In addition to the six repeat-with-
replacement options, undergraduate students my repeat other
courses in which they receive a D or F grade. In these other repeat
attempts, the new grade is averaged with, instead of replacing, the
prior D or F grade; the credit for the D repeat counts only once.
The transcript continues to indicate all repeated courses.
c. Course transfers: Students seeking to replace or average D and F
grades must repeat diese courses at IUP. If an IUP course in which
a student received an F is repeated at another institution, the credit
will transfer to IUP, but die original F will continue to count toward
the IUP GPA. If an IUP course in which a student received a D is
repeated at another university, neidier the grade nor die credit will
transfer.
3. Other grades: Courses in which students earned a grade of A, B, C, or
P may be repeated only on an audit basis. New grades will not be
assigned and additional credit will not be awarded.
This policy also applies to transfer credit. Students receiving transfer credit
for an IUP course may not repeat that course at IUP. Similarly, students who
have already earned a passing grade in an IUP course mav not subsequently
receive transfer credit for that same course.
Cancelled Semester Policy
The Cancelled Semester Policy permits students returning after significant
separation from the university to delete from the Cumulative Grade-Point
Average (CGPA) calculation the results of one particularly unforninate
semester. A student who has not been enrolled in four consecutive semesters
and the intervening summer sessions may apply upon application for
readmission or within one year of ^admission for the application of tiiis
policy to any single semester completed before readmission. While
readmission may be based on the application lor cancelled semester, the
transcript record will reflect this only after die student is enrolled and
attending. (For cancellation purposes, a semester is defined as any semester
of enrollment, whedier full or part time, with sessions in a single summer
together constituting one semester.) All grades — passing, failing,
withdrawals — in that semester must be cancelled from the CGPA. There is
no abridgment of the transcript; the courses and grades remain visible on the
official transcript. Credit toward graduation remains for diose credits
associated with passing grades. A student may never cancel more than one
semester from his/her CGPA under this policy.
Fresh Start Policy
A student who has been academically dismissed and separated from the
university for a minimum of five consecutive calendar years may apply for
readmission. Having reviewed die prior and intervening factors for evidence
of potential for improved academic success, the college dean or designee may
readmit the student. This policy applies to a student's first baccalaureate
degree, and a student may be readmitted under this policy only once. A
minimum of .'30 semester hours must be completed at IUP after a student
returns to IUP under this policy.
A student who wishes to enter a college other than the one from which
he/she was dismissed will apply to the original college, and that college will
forward the application and related records to die new college for action.
Conditions for a Fresh Start Record: All credits and grades for IUP
coursework taken prior to readmission under this policy shall remain on die
transcript. Upon readmission, a new cumulative record (GPA) is established
based upon credits and grades earned from the date of readmission.
Prior Record: Previously accepted transfer credits and IUP courses in which
grades of C or better were earned prior to readmission will be reviewed in
terms of appropriateness (applicability, timeliness) to the new degree. Those
courses approved by die college dean or designee will be counted as
semester hours earned and applied toward graduation in the manner of
transfer credits.
Academic Standards: A student who is readmitted under the provisions of
this policy shall be required to meet current degree requirements. He/she
shall be academically reviewed under die policies published in the academic
catalog at the time of rematriculation. A student readmitted under this policy
waives the right to exercise the cancelled semester policy.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
ACADEMIC POLICIES 29
Withdrawal Policies
Individual Course Withdrawal Policy (effective
on June 1,1995)
An i ii nli rgraduate 8tud< nl is pet ed Bve individual si withdrawals al
III' Exceptions for unusual cin stani es,ifany,willbi by 1 1 petition
in 1 1 ii dean oftht student's i ollege, with appropriati ■! mentation of thi
ii st s,
ln.liviilti.il r si' withdrawals ma) be processed only during the first two
thirds of the term Ins ware required to inform students of theii
standing in < lass prioi i" this rime. A studenl wishing to withdraw from .i
course aitei tlie deadline ma) request ■< waivei through the offii i "I thi < I < an
ofhis/hei i "Hi gi Approval is i ontingenl u] lo< lamentation ofexi epdonal
events ol .i catastrophii nature thai c ould nol hav( hern anticipated.
Ai the time ol implementation, eai Ii ( ontinuing student will bavi fivt
.ii lil i i.i I individual course withdrawal opdons, widiout regard to the
numbei "I In-- hei previous course withdrawals.
Si i nli ins may begin using the computet STAR system i" withdraw rrom .i
iter the official drop/add period I us closed. Al the two-third point
lemester, students ma) nolongei individually withdraw from
inilividn.il classes.
Total University Withdrawal Policy
An undergraduate studenl who does nol registei i"> the succi eding si mm sti i
or, having registered, does nol appeal for . lasses al the beginning ol thi
semester, is considered to have w ithdrawn from tin- univei sity.
I lu H after, be/she must apply foi readmission as prescribed under
"Admissions .mil Registration.''
\n\ undergraduate studenl voluntarily withdrawing from the universit)
during a semestei oi .is iei session must secure .i Witlulraw.il Form from
the Vdvising and Testing Center, 106 Pratt Hall, 724-357-4067. The student
will clear the form with the appropriate offices listed on the form, sei uring
ili. ii signatures .is e> idence ol i learant e. (Students seeking medii al
withdrawal must also provide the Vdvisingand Testing Centei with a
ph) si, Kin's corroboration ofa medical need to withdraw.) The Wiili.lr.nv.il
Form will then In- returned t.> the Advising and Testing Center, which will
notif) tlu appropriate college dean, campus agen< ies, and instructors dial an
official witlulr.iw.il lias been processed. No person shall It . onsidered
» ithdrawn from the university within a semestei or session unless sui h
notice is received. Di signations of Q will be assigned t. . all registered courses
in the semestei fsession from which the studenl is w ithdraw ing.
\m undergraduate studenl involuntarily « ithdrawing from the universit) .is
a result ol suspension oi expulsion w ill have the designation of Q assigned to
each registered course as a result of such judicial action.
Other Policies
Academic Standards Policy
Criteria Governing Continuance at IUP
Continuance at [UP is determined according t.. the university's Academic
Standards Policy as approved b) I niversit) Senate December, 1987, and
Council of Trustees in February, 1988. This policy became effective |nl\ I.
piss.
Academic Standards Policy
The Academic Si.ukI.ii.Is Policy applies in .ill undergraduate degree
. andidates of the university. Academic standards for students enrolled in
graduate courses and programs will be defined and administered through th<
Graduate Si hool. Academic standards foi participants in noudegree
programs will be defined separately.
Authorit) to administei the Vcademic Standards Polk) is vested in the dean
of the college which has jurisdiction foi the student's primal) major. That
responsibility may be assigned to an appropriate designee. Students offit ially
advised by the Learning Center are reviewed 1>\ the Learning Center
director.
Academic Good Standing
Ev« i\ undergraduate studenl must maintain a cumulative 2.00 GRA to he in
academic good standing. There are three review periods: January, May, .m.l
August.Thi period applies only to studenl
nun i. nl. i. .1 through ili. Learning Center. ( lontinuation ofenrolhnenl is
permitted undei .1. Bm .1 . ii stam i ■.
I. Januar) Review PeriodiTI lemi. standing of. ich itudentis
d. A student whosi cumulativi GPA isfx low 2.00
i,. I., iii .i Probation status.
t. May Review Periods Tin ich student is
l \ student must have a cumulativi GPA of 2. 00 to l« in good
a. For .i si n. Km win i iii. m ii ill. ii.-. I during tin pro eding sun
Scptembi i. tin follow ing . in. ti.i appl) :
il tl il.iiiw GPA is h. twi . i. I 80 ..ml i 99, 'in studenl ii
. .mi I .hi probation.
il tin cumulativi GPA is below 1 .80, the student is dismi
h. Foi .i studi nl who matrii ulati ,1 through tl
101 during the preceding summi allowing
i appl) :
if thi cumulativi GPA is between l so .on I 1.99, thi student is
continued on probation.
il the . umulative GPA is below 1 .80, and the studenl is in
plianci with thi participation requirements of the
Learninj ' im, thi studi nl is . ontinued on
probal
il tin . umulativi ( .l'\ is below 1 .80, anil the studenl is nol in
compliance with the partii ipation requirements of the
Learnii : mi. tlu student is dismissed.
c. I'.n .i studenl wl articulated in the immediately preceding
semester, the following criteria apply:
il tin i umulative < .I'A is below 2.00, the studenl is i ontinued
mi prob
d. Km all other continuing students, the following eriteria apply:
il tin . umulative (.'PA is below 2.00, the student is dismissed.
.'i. August Review IV I: The August review period applies only t..
si in let i is newl) matriculated through the Learning Centex
a. Students who matriculate through thi Learning! entei \<tl01
and who . omplete the initial summer program with a 0.00 GPA
(based mi a calculation ..I all credits attempted) will he dismissed
from the university .it the conclusion ..I the summer program.
Probation
1. Definition: Probation status is that status ..I any student win. has a
cumulative < .I'A less than 2.(10 and who has permission to enroll in the
university.
i. Studenl responsibilities: A studenl who is in Probation status is
expected t. . meet with his her advisor prior to or within the first week ol
eai 1 1 semestei to rt\ iew current course load jikI to establish a plan of
contact tor the semester. It is general!) anticipated thai a probation
.studenl will develop personal change strategies utilizing appropriate
prolession.il resources such .is adi isor, faculty, Counseling ( lenter,
Learning ('enter. Career Services, workshops, tutoring programs, and
other support systems.
.>. additional conditions: As .. condition of deferral of dismissal, a dean
(or designee) may include specifit conditions designed to promote
improved academic performance.
Dismissal
1. A student who does nol meet minimum academic standards is subject to
automatic dismissal in May. Dismissal is the normal consequence of
cumulative performance below the academic standards as published; die
ollice of the clean provides continuation ol dismissal status and
additional information.
2. Dismissal in Ma) or Vugust includes the cancellation of previous!)
si heduled fall i lasses and the elimination of guarantees associated with
fall housing and dining contracts.
:>. Vppeal for deferral of dismissal: In certain cases, extenuating
circumstances may exist which in the professional judgment of the
college .lean or designee wall warrant a brief extension of enrollment
privilege at 111' A student should understand diat it is die student's
responsibility to anticipate, to initiate, and to fully documenkand
cooperate in .ill aspects ol the pro< ess ol appeal in a timely manner. The
student must file in the office of the dean (or designee) the completed
application foi appeal with all supporting documentation pertinent to
review ol the appeal \11 material must be filed by 4:00 p. in. .June 15, to
onsidered lor the lall semester.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE 1999-2000
30 ACADEMIC POLICIES
Readmission
1 . All dismissed students seeking readmission must make application for
readmission through the appropriate college office. A student who has
been dismissed may use summer sessions at IUP in support of the
application foi readmission. The application will detail procedures
including deadlines and information needed lor consideration of
readmission plan.
2. Students dismissed at the conclusion of the Learning Center/Act 101
Mimnm program may apply for readmission beginning with the next
Learning ( !enter/Act 11)1 summer program in the following year.
Sufficient Progress
The ll'P Financial Aid Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy requires
sufficient academic progress toward a degree on both academic good
standing (GPA) and sufficient progress (percent of progress) bases. The
standard of academic good standing is defined within the university's
\c adl mic Standards Policy. The standard of sufficient progress for financial
aid eligibility is the successful completion of 75 percent of the cumulative
number of registered credits at IUP. "Registered credits" are the number of
credits For which a student is enrolled at the end of the Drop/Add period.
(Ri gistered credits will be calculated as twelve for students originally
regish red and charged at fiill-time status who reduce to part-time status
during the Drop/Add period.)
A student who meets the standard of academic good standing of the
Academic Standards Policy but who does not meet the standard of sufficient
quantitative progress may continue in university registration but without
financial aid eligibility for the federal Tide IV aid programs.
A full statement of requirements for Satisfactory Academic Progress for Tide
IV Federal Student Assistance is available through the Financial Aid Office.
Ml courses taken al ll'P become a part of the student's permanent academic
record. Tbe record shall show hours attempted, hours earned, and quality
points earned.
The academic standing of all students is computed on the basis of courses
attempted at this university and in the approved State System Visiting
Student Program only. Credit is granted for work completed in other
institutions in accordance with the stipulations set forth under Admissions
and Registration.
Interim Academic Standards Policy for
Branch Campus Students
Academic Good Standing: Good standing is defined as earning a
cumulative GPA of 2.00. A student admitted full-time to a branch campus
must be in academic good standing to be permitted to transfer to die Indiana
campus.
1 . January Review:
a. A student whose cumulative GPA is below 2.00 is on Probation.
b. A full-time student whose first-semester earned GPA is 0.00 will be
dismissed before die second semester.
2. May Review:
a. A lull-time branch campus student with a two-semester cumulative
( il'A of 2.00 may transfer to the Indiana campus. [Note: teacher
certification students must have a 2.50 to be eligible for education
courses on the Indiana campus.]
b. A full-time branch campus student with a two-semester cumulative
GPA 1.80 to 1.99 may continue at the branch campus to reach a
2.00 GPA.
c. A full-time branch campus student with a two-semester cumulative
GPA below 1.80 will be dismissed effective at the end of the second
semester. Students may use summer session(s) to seek university
readmission to the branch campus and, if qualified, authorization to
transfer to the Indiana campus.
3. Branch Campus Review:
a. Responsibility for academic standards administration is vested in
the campus dean, assisted by a committee including the associate
toi and faculty representation.
b. A fiill-time branch campus student widi a two-semester cumulative
( iPA below 2.00 will be reviewed for individual modification
according to the specific situation. The committee may consider
programmatic need and evidence that the student has followed the
participation guidelines:
• Enrolled in. attended, and completed any courses assigned by
the dean of the campus.
• Met with an academic advisoi as recommended.
• Made use of support services as recommended.
IUP Student Grade Appeal Policy
Grade Review Policy
If a student disagrees with the evaluation ofhis/her wink by the instructor
but has no basis for a charge of "'discrimination" oi "capricious evaluation
or "error." the student should discuss the matter directly with the instructor.
and if unsatisfied, with the department chairperson, and if still unsatisfied,
with the dean oi the college in which the course was offered. In such cases.
the decision of the instructor shall be final.
II a student believes that an improper grade lias been assigned, an appeal
may be filed on the following grounds:
1. Discrimination: On the basis of race, religion, national origin, sex, age,
ancestry, handicapped status, affectional or lifestyle preference, or
political affiliation.
2. Capricious Evaluation: Significant and unwarranted deviation from
grading procedures and course outlines set at the beginning of tbe
course (ordinarily in a written statement during the first week of the
course) or grade assigned arbitrarily on tbe basis of whim or impulse.
The student may not claim capriciousness il he or she disagrees with the
subjective professional evaluation of the instructor.
3. Error: Demonstrable, objective determination that a mathematical or
clerical error resulted in the entry of an incorrect grade.
Procedures of Appeal
Level I: Informal Resolution
Every effort should be made to resolve the disagreement at Level I. The
student must first seek a resolution to the disagreement with the instructor
either in person or in writing. If the student is not satisfied with the results,
the student must then speak with the chairperson of the department that
offers the course. If still unsatisfied, the student must discuss the matter with
tbe dean of the college in which the course is offered. A Student Congress
member may accompany and advise the student during the Level I
procedures. Only after all attempts for resolution at Level 1 have been
exhausted may the student initiate Level II.
Level II: Appeal Screening
A. Composition: Each year there shall be appointed a Grade Appeals
Committee to determine the existence of die substantive basis lor
appeal. The committee will.be composed oi seven voting members:
three faculty members appointed by APSCUF, three members elected
by and from die Senate Academic Committee (one faculty, oik
administrator, one student), and one student appointed by the Student
Congress. A quorum consists of a majority of the committee. To take
action, a majority of diose present must be faculty members. If a quorum
of the Level II committee is not available to meet within the designated
time limits, die Provost's Office will seek additional members from the
appointing bodies. If these bodies are unable to respond in a tinieh
manner, the Provost's Office may select additional members from the
appropriate groups.
B. Procedure to Initiate Appeal: To initiate Level II of the appeal, the
student must file an appeal form with the Provost's < fffice. This form
must be filed within sixty (60) calendar days of the beginning of the
semester immediately following the semester In which the grade was
received. The Provost's Office may extend the sixty-day limit only in
unusual circumstances when equity demands it and when the student's
own procrastination or misunderstanding did not substantially
contribute to the delay. (Note: Grade appeals "ill not generally be
processed during the summer. Therefore, the appeal of any grade
received in the spring or summer sessions normally will he processed in
the fall. A review will be scheduled in the summer only when the
student's academic eligibility is jeopardized by the grade in question or
when the student is a graduating senior.) The Provost's ( )ffice w ill
notify the appropriate dean, department chairperson, faculty member,
and the Student Congress president of the student's initiation of the
Level II process.
C. Procedure to Process Appeal: The student will he expected to submit
written documentation of his/her complaint, and the (acuity member
will be expected to submit in writing the course grading procedure and
any other pertinent information. Appeals based on discrimination will
be reviewed according to current standards of nondiscriminati
Appeals based on capriciousness will he reviewed in light of the faculty
member's announced evaluation and grading system. The committee
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
ACADEMIC POLICIES 31
will n fii « thi mati rials to den) Brni appi al i onl i I >i nial
o| jppi a] i 01 uani i il I" I" a m gativi vote ol I embi n ol thi
,„ I I I. i will ml., mm lli. PrOVOat'e I HI I lis
Gndinga Withinfh/i (5) class days of the receipt of thi committei
,, pori ih, proves lesignec will notif) the student and the fai tilt]
member of thi finding) Ifthi basis for appeal is determined to bi
lubati in thi provost oi designee willsi hedule .i Grade Revii w Panel
within fifteen (15) i lass days to I"' vened prior to theconclus .1
il, semester,
Level III: Appeal Review
A. Composition! The Grade Review Panel will consist of fivi vi g
members i ai adi mil di an oi aasoi iate dean and foui fai ult)
members. The Student I ongn isl ecutivi Committee designei ma)
advise as requested by die student. The affirmative action officer will
advist in appeals based on disi riminadon. The panel will be constituted
from the Grade Review Poolb) random selecl .Thi panel
chairperson will be elected by and from the panel before ea< h review.
It. Membership] The < Irade Review Pool will be established in the spring
term to serve for the following academic year. I sing random --thi tion
in, tljods Hi. pool and rotational ordei within the pool will be
established 1>n tin Provost's < Mil, e. A |>,„,l of three deans oi assoi tate
deans .mil twelve full-time faculty members will be maintain) ,1 In
itablishing the membership Im each review [unci, prior to ea( li review
the names ol those designated as primary members of the specific panel
.mil available as alternates will be supplied to all parties involved. A
panel membei ma) request (in the provost oi >k si,j,m i) disqualifii ation
due to a conflict of interest. The student and the facult) membei may
eliminate tes in proportion in die composition of the panel. Each
maj eliminate onl) one dean/associate dean ami four faculty. I he
instructor and the student will be supplied a list of all pnm.ii \ ami
s, lary pool members. The opportunity to disqualify panel members
will take plao onl) once. Resulting vacancies will In- filled from the
appropriate pool ol alternates so thai the panel "ill be < omposed ol one
dean/associate dean and four faculty. If through self-disqualifk'atiini and
, hallenges a panel cannot be constituted from the pool, then the I (ffice
of the Provosl will supplement the ]»«•<»! using appropriate random
selection methods.
C. Procedure:
1. Both the student and the instructor will have the right to appear
before the i el, present witnesses, and offei evidence. In addition
I., those --i ii i ilied In Level III. Sec t \. each may also bring one
observer, with whom he or she may consult hut who maj not
partii ipate in the review.
2. The panel shall determine its rules of order for internal operation.
Alter hearing the evidence In ought forth, the panel will privatel)
deliberati and render a decision. II the grade appeal is upheld, the
panel will constitute a committee ol three appropriate Ea< ult)
members (knowledgeable in the discipline hut ex< luding the facult)
membei .ig.nnsi «l he complaint was lodged), who will review
the student's work and recommend the appropriate grade or
suitable remedy. The panel will incorporate this information in us
determination, which it then forwards to the Provost's < mice for
impleiiienlal ion. ordinal iK within thirty days. The Provost's < (ffice
will initiate the processing ol giade changes resulting from Level III
dei isioiis
3. ["he written report sent to the Provost's < mice will state whether
the student's appeal is upheld or denied: if upheld, the committee's
evaluation and remedy will he included. Both the student and the
facult) member have the right to review all documents related to
the appc.il. Ml .I,,, inn, nts supporting the report will be sealed and
kept onl) as long .is in-, ess. n\ (normall) one year) to ensure the
appropriate action is taken before the) arc destroyed oi returned to
the individual presenting the evidence.
Ancillary Provisions
A. Continuing Rights: This appn al does not supplant an) legal rights
alloic led I iv the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and or the Government
ol the United States. Nothing 111 this police abrogates oi modifies an)
provisions of 01 ugh Is under the Collective Bargaining Agreement.
ft. Discrimination in this policy generally means unlawful
discrimination. To the extent that any 101111 of discrimination identified
in tins definition is not unlawful discrimination, this definition shall not
he taken to create a cause ol appeal against the university. In SUl
the final appeal procedures stated in this policy will he final and binding
on the student.
(. [enure and Proi ion Conunitici Membership on Gradi tppcsJi
(in iii< is: Members of the universi
.nun, es may not wia 1 om urn nl
I). Support Mechanism: I • • I' Offil
S, natl \' ad' mi' < mitti . ,' o U1 ■' '
idi niiKing a pool ol .11 Ii ..si ten fai ult) n« ml*
prepat n ofgt
snide ni, .,1 I... nil', prepare documentation f<n
ploc ess.
I,. Training/Supporti I In Provo 11 ' (ffii 1
sessions/workshops to assist deans, 1
p. ,11, i hi, , in. mi.. 1 .1.. i mi mb
( longTI SS/ \i ad, inn All. ins < 01
piot ill, guidani
I •'. Dissemination of Grade Appeal Information
will annually upon to tin urrivi rsit) 1 ommunil immar) ol
ippeal data that does not < ompromise confidentia
1I1. 1 1 1 ,ippc als lilc d. 2) ih, ,, jolul - al i. ■ II ,■
the final implementation ol Level III di
(;. Appeals mi Procedural Grounds: Decisions may not be 1 1
i bei iusi the Provost's Office fails to comply with Ancillar)
Provisions I). L. 01 I abovi
II. Intentional Misrepresentation: Intentional misrepresentation in the
filing ol radi pp lis by students will be referred to the ui
jii.l,, ui system foi students. Intentional misrepresentation b) 1
the grade appeals process will he referred to the Provost's • Iffice.
1. Confidentiality: Studi nts, lac ulty, administrators, and stall involved in
processing and hearing grade appeals must re spc, t tl nfidcntiality ol
all as[iec is ,,) ilu s, i cc dings. Those breaching confident
iln inse Kc s in possible disciplinary action. This shall
Lust Amendment lights ol the student appellant nor the instrni tot
against wh the appeal has heen tiled.
J. Intended Purpose: Thi gradi appeal pi mpl)
as a means to resolve differences between students ami facult) related to
grading. Unless there is intentional misrepresentation, the results of a
gradi appeal ma) not be used for disciplinary action of persi
K. Faculty Compensation: [fa Re\ iew 1 lieduled at a
tune in ihc simiinci when an) I." ult) member involved is not under
contract, ilu fai ult) membei will he e pensaled urn lei terms mutually
agreed upon at Meet-and-Disi u«
L. Review of Policy: Every five years : demic Committee will
review, in consultation with the campus community, thi
Oracle Appeals Policy and recommend changes deemed appn
M. * Amendment: Amendments may he implemented upon
by University Senate, APSCUF Representative Council, and M
Discuss.
*Notc: In the amendment process above, spe< ifii atii
implies the Council of Trustees' role in approving Senate actions and
recognizes the Council of Trustees' final action to change
Academic Integrity Policy and Procedures
IIP is an academic community within the societ) at large All n
within this community are expected to accept die responsibili
integrity and honesty. Academic dishonest) seriously erodes tli
educational pursuits and is unacceptable at lUP.The following
procedures have heen established to preserve the academic inti _
universit) community, while also providing a process that pr
of students who allegedly violate these pohcies.
Policy
A. Types of Violations. \ i. ilations of academic integrity im lude. hut arc
not limited to. thi I,, I! -
1. Proi nig unauthorized assistance in ■ rmrsi work, with
lab work, theses, dissertations, or during examinations (im
qualifying and comprehensive examsl or qn
2. 1 smg unauthorized materials 01 , .
examinations or quizzes.
3. Plagiarizing papers, theses, dissert
and oral presentations, take-home examinations, computet
01 other academic exercises by misrepresei B die
ideas, words, formulas, or data of another as one's own. Plagiarism
nid illegal. Writers are indebted to authors from whom
the) borrow exact words, ideas, theories, opini
illustrative material, or facts (beyond common know
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE
32 ACADEMIC POLICIES
are also indebted if they summarize or paraphrase m their own
words material from sources. All quoted material requires the
acknowledgement of the source by the use of quotation marks or
indentation (if exact wording is incorporated). In addition, both
direcd) quoted and summarized material must be acknowledged by
use ol .1 note or parenthetical citation that indicates the author
and/or date of publication and page number or numbers. If the
writer indents a quotation, it must be clearly set ofl from the body
olthe text and must be documented in the aforesaid manner. To
verify the various documentation procedures, writers should
consult the style sheet in the particular discipline lor which they are
preparing the assignment (MLA, APA, Chicago, BC, etc.).
4. Using the same papei or work more than once without
authorization of the faculty niember(s) to whom the work is being
submitted.
!>. Possession course examination materials before the administration
of the exam, without the prior knowledge or consent of the
instructor.
6. Intentionally evading 1UP academic policies and procedures; for
example, improperly processing course withdrawals, grade changes,
or other academic procedures.
7. Falsify nio, information, including falsification/fabrication of research
data and/or statistical analyses, forging signatures on various forms
and documents, or altering or adding answers on academic
exercises or exams alter work has been graded.
8. Computer disl csty, including: tampering with or making
unauthorized change to another person's or the university's
computer system, illegally copying computer software, personal use
of another individual's computer account, unauthorized activity
involving another individual's personal computer system or any
system belonging to the university, and other unauthorized use or
violations involving computer use.
9. Noncompliance: failure to follow through with sanction(s) imposed
as a result of an academic violation.
The university reserves the right to discipline any student for any action that
an ordinary, reasonable, intelligent college student knows or should know
might lead to the issuance of discipline. This means the university maintains
the right to issue discipline for reasonable cause.
Charges of academic integrity violations may be brought by faculty members
or administrators. Students who observe or become aware of a violation of
academic integrity by another student are strongly encouraged to report it to
a university official. A faculty member/administrator who believes that a
student has violated an academic policy may elect to resolve the matter by
Informal Resolution, by Documented Agreement, or by Formal
Adjudication. Sanction(s) may not be imposed upon a student believed to have
violated an academit polu v without following one <>/ these three procedures.
II charges are brought, the accused student(s) shall have a fair and reasonable
opportunity to answer, explain, and defend against the charges. The
university shall have the burden ol proof in all cases. Hearsay should not be
used as the sole evidence to establish any fact necessary to establish guilt or
innocence.
Procedures
A. Faculty/administrators must use one of the following options to resolve
alleged violations of academic integrity.
1. Option I: Informal Resolution. The faculty member/
administrator and student may meet informally, normally within
seven class days of the observation or discovery of the incident, and
agree to resolve the issue without submitting any formal
documentation. If the violation pertains to work beingjudged by a
committee (examples might include dissertations and
comprehensive examinations, both oral and written), the meeting
must involve a majority of the committee and the resolution must
be agreed to by a majority of the committee. It is in the interest of
both the faculty member/administrator and student to complete a
statement that summarizes the incident, conference, and agreed-
upon resolution. This factual statement should be signed by both
parties ami copies provided to the student and the faculty
member/administrator. II agreement cannot be reached, or at the
disi on. hi ol tin. fat ulty member/administrator, a more formal
process as outlined in tins policy may be initiated.
2. Option II: Resolution by Documented Agreement
a. The faculty member/administrator may schedule a conference
with the student in an attempt to agree on the facts of die case
and to reach a mutually agreeable resolution. This meeting
must normally Ire scheduled/requested within seven class days
of the observation or discovery of the alleged violation or ol the
failure ol resolution by Option I. Han agreement is reached.
the faculty member/administrator must complete a
Documented Agreement Form outlining the agreement and
have it signed by both parties: faculty member/administrator
and student. If the violation pertains to work such as a thesis
or comprehensive examination beingjudged by a committee,
the meeting must involve a majority of the committee and the
Documented Agreement Form must be agreed to and signed
by a majority ol the committee. Copies are distributed to the
student, the faculty member(s)/adrninistrato'r tiling the
agreement, and the department chair, who must also
electronically record the information for subsequent entry into
die computer database. The form must normally be filed
within seven class days of the conference.
b. If an agreement is reached and the form is filed, the matter is
closed unless the student lias a prior academic violation(s) on
record. By signing oil' on the agreement, the student waives the
right to appeal the sanctions agreed upon in the conference. If
the student fails to fulfill the written agreement, the faculty
member/administrator may file an academic integrity referral
against the student for noncompliance.
c. If a prior academic integrity violation(s) for the student is on
record, the matter will be referred to an Academic Integrity
Board (AIB). The AIB will review the case to determine if
more severe sanctions are warranted (see Section D, Multiple
Violations).
d. If a documented agreement is not reached, the faculty
member/administrator should initiate the formal adjudication
process by filing an academic integrity referral form with the
department chair, normally within seven class days of the
conference with the student.
3. Option III: Resolution by Formal Adjudication. A faculty
member/administrator should pursue forma] adjudication if:
-- he/she cannot reach or chooses not to attempt a mutually
agreeable resolution with the student regarding the facts of the case
or sanctions to be imposed,
--he/she believes that the violation is so severe that it warrants a
sanction of expulsion, suspension, involuntary withdrawal from
part of IUP's academic or other programs, or awarding a failing
grade on a project or examination (such as a graduate qualifying or
comprehensive examination or dissertation) when resubmitting the
project or retaking the examination is not possible.
a. The faculty member/administrator should file an academic
integrity referral form with the department chair, normally
within seven class days of the observation or discovery of the
violation or within seven class days of the failure to reach a
resolution through Option I or Option II. If the violation
pertains to work being judged by a committee, the form must
be signed by a majority ol the committee. The form will
contain a description olthe alleged violation, including the
time, date, and place of occurrence, and the recommended
sanction(s) if the student is found to have violated this policy.
b. The department chair will forward a copy ol the academic
integrity referral to the student, normally within seven class
days of receiving notification of the allegation, and contact the
student to schedule a hearing to review the tacts surrounding
the allegation and recommended sanctions if the student is
determined to have committed a violation.
c. The hearing should be scheduled so as to allow the student a
reasonable time to prepare a defense (normally within seven
class days of being notified of the allegation by the department
chair).
d. This hearing will involve the student, the department chair,
and die faculty member/administrator(s); the department chair
may invite others with pertinent information. All parties must
be given the opportunity to submit written, physical, and
testimonial evidence, and for reasonable questioning of
witnesses.
e. The accused student may identify an advisor, who may be an
attorney, to be present at the hearing. The advisoi may only
consult privately with the student unless otherwise determined
by the university regarding a particular case.
NDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
ACADEMIC POLICIES
33
f. The studenl may waive hii/hei righl to .1 hearing in writing. II
to, the sanction 1 mended b) thi person filing thi referral
ivillbi imposed lffh< itudenl fula to appear when a hearing
lias been scheduled, the hearing will be held in the student's
absence and the department chair will render a decision based
upon rai tual information presented b) the f Ik
member/adn strator,
)>. Fbllowing the hearing, the departmenl 1 hail will rendei .1
determinadon based on the informadon presented .n the
hearing. Normally within seven class days "I the hearing, the
departmenl 1 hail will forward .1 written report summarizing
the hearing that includes the outcome, the fai tual basis l"i the
determinations reached, the saucdon(s) to be issued, and
appeal procedures. ( lopies ol il»s report will be senl to the
student, the faculty member/administrator, and the
provost/designee. The departmenl chair « ill retain .1 copy for
departmental lilcs and electronically record the informadon for
subsequent entry into tin computer database.
h. In the event that a department chair cannot or will not fulfill
the above role, or in die event that the person filing the referral
is an administrator or department chair, the provosl 01
designee will determine the appropriate individual to fulfill the
department chair's role and inform the student ami the faculty
1111 inbcr/administrator filing charges.
i. If a prior academic violation(s) lor the student is on record, the
case must be referred to the Academic Integrity Board which
will consider more severe sanctions (see Section I), Multiple
Violations). Otherwise, il there is no appeal, the recommended
sanction will he imposed,
B. Academic Integrity Board (AIB). The AIB will hear all cases in which
appeals to die chair's decision are accepted by the provost/designee (see
Appeals section C.l. and C.2.). The AIB will also review sanctions in
cases of multiple violations (see Section D).
1. The All! will be made up of four faculty members, one of whom
will chair the hoard, and two students. A quorum requires the
presence of lour persons, at least one of whom must be a student.
All members. Including the chair, are voting members.
2. When an AIB bearing is called for. the AIB will be convened by die
provost/designee (currently the assistant to the vice president for
Student Affairs). The accused student shall be notified of die dme,
date, and place of the hearing and the names of those AIB members
scheduled to review his/her case. If the bearing is an appeal, this
notification will also include details of the charges. Including the
dme, date, and place of die alleged ofiense(s) and the recommended
Sancdon(s). If the hearing is a review of sanctions in a multiple
violadon case (see Section D). the notification should also indicate
that more severe sanctions might be imposed. The hearing should
be scheduled so as to allow the student reasonable tune to prepare a
defense.
3. Prior to die hearing a student appearing before an AIB may, widi
good cause, challenge any member on the board sitting in judgment
ol his/her particular case. When such a challenge is made, an
alternate member will be appointed to the AIB.
4. The AIB will review all material and hear all evidence pertinent to
the case from die accused and all witnesses. Members of die AIB
shall he free to ask relevant questions to clarify information or
resulting issues.
5. The student shall have a fair and reasonable opportunity to answer,
explain, and defend against informadon and witnesses presented at
die hearing, to submit written, physical, and testimonial evidence,
and to call relevant witnesses on his/her behalf.
6. The accused student may identify an advisor, who may be an
attorney, to be present at die bearing. The advisor may only consult
privately with the student unless otherwise determined by the
university regarding a particular case.
7. After hearing all evidence, die AIB will privately make its decision
based reasonably upon the evidence presented. A majority vote ol
the AIB shall be required for any decision. If the AIB finds die
student to have committed the misconduct or infraction, and the
student has no prior academic violation(s) on record, it may accept,
reduce (but not increase), or modify the recommended sanction. If
the student does have a prior academic violation^) on record, die
AIB may increase the recommended sanction (see Section D.
Multiple Violations).
8. II the student w.uw s \ugftu ' righl to a hearing in writing, or
chooses not to appear at thi UB hearing, tin cast .mIII*
adjudii tied but 'I upon thi dulcd
hearing.
'I. All healings an 1 loaed unli 11 the irudi nl n qui its an open hi ariitg
in writing. Tin AIB i hail has toe authorit) i" maki the final
dei is regarding ai < » ss . .1 spei tators al the hearing.
10. The AIB miisi submit a written report ol thi di i ision. normally
within seven 1 lass days of ns dei ision, i" thi student, Ij> lilt)
member/adi itrator, di partmenl < hair, and provo
who will 1 li 1 troi IK rei ord iln information foi subsequent entry
into the 1 omputei datal
C. Appeals. These appeal procedures apph, toi in 1 resolved through
(omul adjudii ation < lases "I a, adi mil integrity thai an resolved
through minimal resolution 01 doc umented agrei mi nl 1 annol l«
appealed, as the lac is ..l the 1 ase, the dei ision, and sau« non(s) have been
agreed to by the student and the individual making thi
1. If, alter receiving the department chair's report on the outcome of
the hearing, the faculty/administrator or die student disagrees with
eidier die decision, the sane turn. 01 both, he she may appeal to the
provost/designee, normally within seven class elavs ..I n . e King die
report. This appeal must be in writing and uiusi elese nbe in detail
the grounds for the appeal. These reasons ina\ me hide die
following:
a. Denial ofa fair and reasonable hearing
b. New evidence (applies when there is an acceptable reason why
the information was not presented at the original hearing)
c. Excessively harsh sanctions. Students cannot appeal em the
basis of excessively harsh sane fiottl A &H tani uons art-
specified on die course syllabus, have the prior approval ol the
department, and apply ord) to the spe ifil I "nrse in wine h the
alleged violation occurred.
2. The provost/designee may deny the appeal or direct the appeal to
be beard by an AIB within seven class days. All appeals involving
sanctions of involuntary withdrawal from part of HP's ae ade-mie e,r
odier programs, suspension, or expulsion will be heard by an AIB.
3. Unless die recommended sanction is suspension or expulsion, the
decision of the AIB is final and will be implemented by the
provost/designee, who will electronically record die information for
subsequent entry into the computer database.
4. Suspension or expulsion may be recommended hv die AIB but can
only be implemented by the vice president for Student Affairs (the
president's designee for suspension and expulsion), who is
responsible for verifying diat due process was followed.
D. Multiple Violations
1. Students widi multiple academic violations of record will be subject
to additional sanctions, including possible suspension or expulsion
from the university.
2. Information about prior violations is not relevant to determining
whether a student has violated this policy However, such
information is pertinent in determining the appropriate sanction.
3. If a student found in violation of this policy through eidier
Resolution by Documented Agreement or Resolution by Formal
Adjudication has a prior academic integritv violation of record, die
case will be referred to an AIB.
4. For cases previously resolved by Documented Agreement or
dirough Formal Adjudication at the department chair's level, die
AIB will schedule a new hearing. This hearing will review all
information pertinent to die determination of an appropriate
sanction but will not reconsider the issue ol whether die policy
violation occurred. Alter considering the seventy of die current and
prior violations, die AIB may determine diat a more severe sanction
is appropriate.
5. For cases being heard by an AIB. the AIB should request
information on prior violations only after determining that a
violation has occurred. Information on prior violations should be
used in determining die appropriate sanction.
6. The AIB must submit a written report of die decision, normally
within seven class days of its decision, to die student,
faculty/administrator, department chair, and provost designee who
will electronically record the information for subsequent entry into
die computer database.
7. The student may appeal any new sanction(s) to the
provost/designee. The provosl designee mav denv die appeal or. on
the basis of denial ofa fair and reasonable hearing, new evidence, or
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
34 ACADEMIC POLICIES
excessively harsh sanctions, direct the appeal to be heard by a
second AIB. The provost/designee will electronically record the
information for subsequent entry into the computerdataba.se.
E. Sanctions
1. The following sanctions may he agreed upon by the student and
faculty member/administrator through informal resolution or
documented agreement. All grade reductions require the approval
of the instructor of record. If the work is graded by a committee, a
grade reduction requires the approval of the majority of the
committee.
a. Single Grade Reduction: Reduction of grade or failure on
project, examination, quiz, or other academic exercise on
which the student is alleged to have cheated.
b. Course Grade Reduction: Reduction of course grade or
failure in the course. If the violation involves a project
spanning multiple courses (such as a dissertation or multiple
semester internship), the grade reduction may apply to all
courses involved.
c. Constructive or Educational Task: A task which requires the
student to examine his/her dishonest behavior and which may
benefit the student, campus, or community.
d. Other: Sanctions deemed appropriate and tailored to a
specific violation as determined by die faculty
member/administrator. Any reasonable sanction or
combination of sanctions for a given violation may be agreed
upon by the student and faculty member/administrator.
2. In addition to the above, die following sanctions might be imposed
through formal adjudication.
a. Letter of Warning: A warning letter may be issued indicating
that the student has been found in violation of an academic
policy and that failure to comply with policies in the future
may result in further disciplinary action to be handled as a
second offense. The letter of warning will remain in effect for a
period of time as specified by the individual or board hearing
the case.
b. Disciplinary Probation: Disciplinary probation, which is for a
period of time specified by the individual or board hearing the
case, is an indication that a student's status at the university is
seriously jeopardized. If the student is found in violation of
another IUP policy during the probationary period, a more
serious sanction will be levied, including possible involuntary
withdrawal from part of IUP's academic or other programs,
suspension or expulsion from the university.
c. Involuntary withdrawal from part of IUP's academic or
other programs: A student may be denied the right to
participate in some segment of IUP's programs. Such
involuntary withdrawal might be imposed on eidier a
temporary or permanent basis.
d. Suspension: A student may be suspended from the university
for a specified period of time, not to be less than the remainder
of the current semester. Suspension requires that a student
remove him/herself from university premises, not attend classes
or social activities, and not be present on university or Student
Cooperative Association property during the period of
suspension.
e. Expulsion: Expulsion may be considered under any of the
following circumstances: when there is a very serious violation
of the academic integrity policy, when a student is proven to
have violated the academic integrity policy on more than one
occasion, or when a student appears before the board after
already having been suspended. Expulsion from the institution
is permanent. Appeals to the sanction of expulsion must be
submitted to the Office of the President. If necessary, the
president will consult with legal counsel in these cases.
Suspension and expulsion can be recommended by a faculty
member/administrator, department chair, and AIB but can be
imposed only by the president's designee for suspension and
expulsion (currently the vice president for Student Affairs),
who is responsible for verifying that due process was followed.
F. Records and Recordkeeping
1. Records of Informal Resolution. Although no official forms are
filed at this level of resolution, it is strongly recommended that a
faculty member/administrator and student who reach an informal
agreement put the agreement in writing with a copy to each
participant. This protects each party in the event of any future
attempt at renegotiation.
2- Records of Resolution by Documented Agreement. Documented
agreement resolutions are recorded on the computer database of
disciplinary files maintained by the assistant to the vice president
for Student Affairs. They are not considered formal disciplinary
records until and unless the student is found in violation of this
policy a second time. They are internal university records used for
monitoring students for multiple violations only. If a second
documented agreement form is filed or a student is found in
violation of the policy through formal adjudication, the student will
then have a formal disciplinary record which includes records of
both violations. This formal record is maintained according to the
IUP judicial system recordkeeping policies.
3. Records of Formal Adjudication. Records of academic integrity
cases resolved dirough formal adjudication are recorded on the
computer database of disciplinary files maintained by the Office of
the Assistant to the Vice President of Student Affairs. They are
maintained as formal disciplinary records in accordance with IUP
judicial system recordkeeping policies. Records of cases involving
suspension or expulsion must be maintained for a minimum of two
years.
G. Operational Notes
1. In cases where a violation is alleged at or near the end of the
semester and resolution by informal resolution, documented
agreement, or formal adjudication cannot be completed before
grades are submitted, the faculty member should submit a
designation of "Incomplete" (I) for the student. The "1"
designation will remain on the student's record until the case has
been resolved. Once the case has been resolved, the "I" designation
will be replaced with the appropriate grade.
2. If the violation is alleged during the semester when classes are in
session, the accused student should continue attending all classes
and continue to complete course requirements during the
resolution of the academic integrity case.
3. The provost/designee may extend any deadline which cannot be
met for what he/she deems legitimate reason.
4. Requests to constitute the AIB for hearings will be directed to the
provost/designee (currendy the assistant to the vice president for
Student Affairs).
5. The university may withhold transcripts, grades, diplomas, or other
official records pending die disposition of cases, if such action is
reasonably necessary to preserve its ability to enforce its rules.
6. The provost/designee may modify' the procedural provisions of
these rules by the issuance of written orders to deal with particular
unusual procedural situations, so long as no order shall contradict
the rules of the Board of Governors of the State System of Higher
Education governing due process for students, and no such rule
shall deny fundamental fairness to students by, for example,
effectively constituting a denial of notice or opportunity to be
heard.
7. This policy will be reviewed by the Senate Academic Committee
after five years.
The various forms described in this policy are available from the assistant to
the vice president for Student Affairs, 215A Sutton Hall, deans' offices, or
department chairs. Questions concerning the Academic Integrity Policy and
Procedures can be directed to the assistant to die vice president for Student
Affairs, 2 15A Sutton Hall.
Implementation: The policy is targeted for implementation in June, 1998,
pending completion of the computer screens that will support a
decentralized system focused in die departments.
Approved hy Council of Trustees— May 15, 1998
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
ACADEMIC POLICIES
35
Final Examination Policies
I I,, final i wi i week is [>: I thi n guh id program and
,i i porati 'I into i ai h instrui 1 81 plan foi th i sti i
i |n ,i | , an i I I) Ii " ati rj pi ol ti n iting ai dvitj
and therefore, d s toi ma) choosi : ppropriate activit) thai
I is i si objei tives.
in ;ai tivit) shall taki place onl) al thi tin .1 loi n
,i,m, I b; tin s' I" duling I ii nti i I nil ss -, ted an i v usi 'I aba hi
i ,, nii bi ' n i sible foi thi i ji si I" pn foi thi lull
i, ii | I to dun i the ti ii atingai dvit) Fai ult) bi r« ma]
tudi in .mi nd al thi terminating ai tivit)
I'.k i ih v members whodonol schedule oi donol attend thi I
activit) foi si ma) be subjet i to disi iplinar) acl i ommensurati wid
i ibsi nces. Block finals must be held as scheduled. Once the final
, ...iniin.iiinn has been sel by the Scheduling Center,! hanges and absent es
si be approved l>) tin instru •'« dean.
I in 1 1 .. examinal period, the following general rules appl) where
, .inllii ts exist:
-'.
I hi liighi i numbered c se takes precedeni e. Thus, a studi nl
enrolled inGE102and EC325 would take the EC 125 exam at the
assigned time and die make-up in GE102.
ll rsi s in i i'hIIk i are the same level and number, an alphabetical
determination by full nami ofthi department will bi made. Foi example,
., student enrolled in AG I -'I and CS421 would take the \<; 12 1 examal
the assigned time and .1 make-up in CS 121.
Maximum Number of Exams on One Day/Conflicts
\ student maj nol be required to take more than three final exams in)
i gularl) scheduled examination day. For any exam ovei three, a maki
up exam must be scheduled by die instructoi foi the student, at his oi hei
request, intoanodiei mutuall) agreeable regulai final examination period.
Tile rules determining conflicl resolution (listed above) will determine w hich
, nam "i exams a student may request .is make-ups.
Night Exam Policy
Vll tests, examinations, and quizzes should normally be administered during
ilu prescribed course hours. Onl) in diis way can thi essential contrat ted
n ill arrangements between student and professor bi preserved
and, .K the same time, proper provisions made for the many extracurricular
and personal activities involving students and faculty alike. Deviations to
allow nighl exams foi valid educational reasons, within the guidelines listed
below, must be approved b) the department and th( dean.
Guidelines
1. Nielli exams can only be scheduled on Monday through Thursday
evenings within the 6:00-10:00 p.m. tune period.
2. Appropriate physical fat ilities musl be arranged in advani e without
it hment upon other authorized university functions.
3. II nielli exams are to be given, the day of die week on which they will be
given must be listed In die undergraduate course schedule.
• • N ghtexam can lake precedeni e over a regularly scheduled class
5. Arrangements for nonpunitive make-up exams at a mutually agreeable
time musl be available for students that cannot attend the night exam.
6, Fori ai h hour ol nighl exams, an hour of regularly scheduled class time
«ill be cancelled. Sir h cancellations are prohibited during an) period of
two (lass days immediately preceding and any period ol two class days
immediately following holiday and/or vacation (recess) periods and
semesti i terminations, appearing in the published academii i alendar.
INDIANA UNi )F PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADE
36 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
Requirements for Graduation
Undergraduate students at IUP may pursue programs of study in any one of
the six undergraduate colleges: die Eberly College of Business, die College of
Education, die College of Fine Arts, the College of Health and Human
Services, the College of Humanities and Social Sciences, or the College of
Natural Sciences and Mathematics. A student may earn the degree of
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Fine Arts, or the Bachelor
of Science in Education. The Eberly College of Business and the School of
Continuing Education offer Associate of Arts degree programs. To meet
graduation requirements in a baccalaureate or an associate degree program,
die student must satisfy- all of the degree requirements, which fall into three
categories:
1) university requirements
2) college requirements
3) department requirements
Requirements of the latter two categories may he found under the college
and the department in which the student is pursuing a program of study.
University requirements for graduation in all curricula consist of Liberal
Studies requirements, residency requirements in regard to awarding of
degrees, and the semester-hour and cumulative grade-point average
requirements.
Exception: Students who enrolled in a degree program prior to June 1,
1989, are not subject to Liberal Studies requirements; they will complete
degree requirements including the General Education components oudined
in earlier editions of the Undergraduate Catalog. Transfer students entering
the university between June 1, 1989, and June 1. 1991, were assigned either
to General Education or Liberal Studies at the time their transcripts were
evaluated. All transfer students admitted after June 1. 1991. are subject to die
Liberal Studies requirements.
A student may earn a second undergraduate baccalaureate degree by
completing a minimum of thirty additional credits. (See Second
Baccalaureate Degree.) It is not possible to receive two or more baccalaureate
degrees simultaneously. I lowever, a student may complete one or more
secondary majors while earning the primary degree.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Academic Life During the Freshman Year
During the Summer Orientation, as described in the section on orientation,
students meet with faculty advisors to plan a program of courses for dieir
first year. This careful planning considers students' individual preferences,
the results of placement testing, and degree program requirements.
With a typical freshman academic schedule, students progress both in the
universitywide Liberal Studies program and in their intended majors.
Three Liberal Studies courses are designed especially for freshmen, and all
students are expected to complete diese courses during dieir first year. The
three are EN101 College Writing, H119S History: The Modern Era, and one
course from a list of Fine Arts selections.
College Writing enhances skills in written expression dial are essential to
success at the university. History: The Modern Era builds critical thinking
skills and provides a foundation of knowledge for subsequent courses.
Whichever fine arts course is chosen encourages an appreciative
participation in campus cultural life.
Professors teaching these courses work cooperatively with each other and
with Student Affairs Division staff to integrate class work with campus
lectures and arts events. Study skills development and tutoring services are
also provided as necessary.
Semester Hour and Cumulative Grade-Point
Average Requirement
Each student must complete a minimum of 124 semester hours to graduate,
including 53 hours in Liberal Studies (all on a passing basis) and must have a
2.0 ("C" grade) cumulative grade-point average and a 2.0 ("C") average in
his/her major and/or minor Geld.
UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION 37
Liberal Studies
\ll tudi nts mi isi fulfill il" n q ■ "I the versity's Libi ral Studies
program Thii involve! aminimu f 53 semester hours divided ai <
i iUj Knowli dgi in.is. and Synthi sit l hi numbi rol 11 mi ib i
hours ma) rise slight]) d< pi tiding on studi nl 1 1 s, I >iff< n ni i olleges I
i nun s departments withi lieges may havi spei ifii varii ns as to
how thest Liberal Studies requirements are to be met
Liberal Studies provides il» broad vision and understanding thai i nabli
individuals to enjoy full, rich lives and to plaj constructive roles in theii
i es. The goals foi Liberal Studies include (l)thi develo] tol
important modes ol tliinking and intellei tual skills: i ritical thinking, literal y.
understanding numerical data, historical consciousness, scientific inquiry,
ethical] prion, and aesthetic sensitivity; (2) the a< quisition of a body of
knowledge "i understanding essential loan educated person; and (3) an
understanding "I the physical, as well as tin intellei tual, nature "I human
beings.
Liberal Studies Requirements
Noti : Spei ifii i oursi s maj be required oi recommended by collegi a oi
major departments; see degree program outlines foi spei ifications.
Vddil al sis maj be added to some categories during the next
ai ad i m .ii: .in updated listing is printed in eai h semester's si hedule i>l
undergraduate course offerings,
Learning Skills:
English Composition! Two Courses
EN101 College Writing
EN202 Resean h Writing (sophomore standing)
I learning Skills:
Mathematics: One Course from List
MA101 Foundations ofMathematii s
\l \ 102 Finite Mathematii s | inactive]
\l UOS College Ugebra
\IV I in Elementary Functions
MA121 Calculus I foi Business, Natural, and
Social Sciences
MA 123 Calculus I liir Physics, Chemistry, and
Mathematii s
MA127 Calculus]
M \lr>l Elements "I Mathematics I
(restrii ted to designated majors)
MA152 Elements of Mathematics II
(restricted to designated majors)
MA217 Probability and Statistics
BE1 1 1 Foundations ol Business Mathematics
(restricted to designated majors)
Humanities: Three Courses*
*( me course in history, one in literature, and one in
philosoph) or religious studies.
History:
HI195 History: The ModemEra
Literature:
FL121
EN122
Humanities Literature
Humanities Literature (taught in English)
Introduction to Literary Analysis
(English majors)
Philosophy or Religious Studies:
I'll 1(1 1
PH120
PH221
PH222
PH223
RSI tin
RSI 10
RS250
RS290
Mcth.
[nformal Logi
Thinking
Introduction to 1'
Symbolii Logii I
Ethics
Philosoph) ofArt
Introduction to Religior
Vforld Religions
I nderstanding the Bibli
Christianity
f Critical
osophy
7sh
Fine Ails: Our ( .oiiisi lii. iii I !sl
All 101 Introdui lion to An
MM lol Introdui don to
'III 101 Introdui tion to I in ab i
TH102 Introductii Dance
)sl,
Natural Sciencei ( hie ( rption s- 1 (Mi
Option I: Two-semester Laboratory Couru Scqaeno M
Two courses with laboratories ( Ish each), paired
from the natural n " ni i laboratory i ...usi list
Natural Science Laboratory Sequence*:
BI 103 and loi General Biology I and II B
CH101 and 102 Collegi Chemistry land II
cili 1 1 and 112 i mistry I and II x
CHI 13 .ind 111 ( Ion: epts in < In mi i
Inorganii < 1 sin
Hue of i In ji'lli n ing thru inanyordei
GS101/102 Tin Dynamic Earth with lab 1
GS103 104 Oo ins and Atmospheres with lab I
GS105/106 Exploring the Universe with lab 1
GS111/112 I ii ili Si ii n. i foi Edui .it'ns I with lull ami
GS1I3/U4 I .mil s.i. in. fb: Educators U with lab 9
GS121/I22 Physical Geology with lab and
GSI31/132 Historical Geology with lab
I'M 1 1/121 and 112/122 Physics I and II with labs
PV 131/1 II and 132/142 Physics I and II with
I, ills |, n S
SC105and 106 Physical Science I and II (eithei order)
Option II: One Laboratory plus Two Nonlaboratory Courses 1 Ota
( )m < i ii u si with laboratory ( Ish) from the natural si ience laboratory course
list followed by tun < muses (Ssh each) from natural science nonlaboratory
course list. ( me ..I the nonlaboratory i ourses may be counted anain among
tin I il.ri.il sin, In s Elei tivi s
Natural Science Laboratory Courses:
HI 10 i
General Biology 1
4
CIIKII
College < Chemistry 1
4
Clllll
General Chemistry I
4
CHI 13
Concepts in Chemistry
4
GS101/102
The Dynamic Earth with lab
4
I.SIO.i/104
( Vcans and Atmospheres with lab
4
GS105/106
Exploring the Universe with lab
4
GS111 112
1 .mil s, [| m . fori dui .itnrs 1 \ndi lab
1
GS1I3/114
Earth Si iero erbi Edui ators II with lab
1
GS121/122
Physical ( leology with lab
4
GS131/132
Historical Geology with lab
4
P^ 1 11/121
Physii s 1
4
PVl.il/141
Physics 1 (calculus)
4
PY151/161
Medical Physics
4
SCI 05
Physical S< ience 1
4
SCI 06
Physical Sciencei]
4
Natural Science Nonlaboratory Courses:
BIU4
Environmental Science
3
BI1I5
Hi.. in Diversity ..l North Amenta
3
GS101
The Dynamic Earth
3
GS103
! 1* eans and Atmospheres
3
GS105
g the I niverse
3
GS111
Earth Science for Educators 1
3
GS11 1
F.artli Science for Educators II
3
GS121
3
GS131
1 listi.ru ,il t ..
3
GS141
Introdui tion t> 1 1 h ear s, ience
3
GS150
ol National 1'aik-
3
GS151
i'hc Age of Dinosaurs
3
3
Physii .tl Resources ■ •! the Earth
3
PY101
and the Environment
3
PVI11
Physii s 1
3
PY112
Physics II
3
PY131
I'livsits I (calculus)
3
PY1 12
Physics II (calculus)
3
PY151
Medical Physics
3
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
38 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
Social Sciences: Three Courses from List*
*No course prefix may be used more than once
AN 110
AN2I1
AN213
Contemporary Anthropology ( 1 )
Cultural Anthropology (1)
World Archaeology
3
3
3
CR101
Crime and Justice Systems
3
EC101
Basic Economics
3
EC121
Principles of Economics 1
3
GE101
GE102
Intro to Geography: Human Environment
Geography of U.S. and Canada
3
3
GE104
PC101
PS101
Geography of the Non- Western World (1)
General Psychology
World Politics ( 1 ) '
3
3
3
I'Slll
American Politics
3
SO 1.51
Principles of Sociology
3
S0231
Contemporary Social Problems
3
(l)Also
fulfills requirement for non-Western course
Health and Wellness: One Course
HP143
Health and Wellness
3
FN 143
Nutrition and Wellness
3
An alternate method of fiitfilliiijj, this requirement is the
completion of one year of Military Science/ROTC: MS101
Introduction to Military Science and Lab (2sh) and MS102
Fundamentals of Military Science and Lab (2sb). The
courses MS203 and 204 may be substituted for MS101
and 102. Veterans are given 4sh toward these requirements
by validating two years' active duty' via form DD214.
Liberal Studies Electives: Three Courses from List* 9sl
*At least one course must be numbered 200 or higher
*No course carrying the student's major prefix may be used
*No course prefix may be used more than once, except
for intermediate-level foreign language prefixes (FR, GM,
SP, LA, and GK) which may be used twice.
See list of nonlaboratory natural sciences for additional courses which may
be used as Liberal Studies electives.
See list of Non-Western Cultures courses, some of which may be used as
Liberal Studies Electives.
The following courses are also approved:
AH205 Ancient to Medieval Art 3
AH206 Renaissance to Baroque Art 3
AH211 Modern Art 3
AH222 Art in America 3
AN286 Marriage, Kinship, and the Family
[same as S0286] 3
BE101 Microbased Computer Literacy
(identical to CO/IM 101) 3
BE20 1 Internet and Multimedia
(identical to CM/CO/IM/LB 201) 3
CM101
Communications Media in American Society
3
CM201
Internet and Multimedia
(identical to BE/CO/IM/LB 201)
3
CM380
The History of African Americans in Film
3
CO101
Microbased Computer Literacy
(identical to BE/IM 101)
3
CO201
Internet and Multimedia
(identical to BE/CM/IM/LB 201)
3
CS101
Personal and Family Management
3
CS315
Consumer Economics and Family Finance
3
EC 122
Principles of Economics II
3
EN349
English Bible as Literature
3
FN 145
Introduction to Nutrition
3
FR201
College French I (2)
3
FR202
College French II (2)
3
FR203
Accelerated College French
6
FR301
Portraits of Women in the French Novel
3
GE230
Cultural Geography
3
GE231
Economic Geography
3
GE251
Geography of Pennsylvania
3
GE253
Geography of Europe
3
GM251
German III (2)
3
GM252
German IV (2)
3
HE218 Child Development 3
HE224 Marriage and Family Relations 3
H 12 1 0 Ancient Civilizations: The Middle East and
the Eastern Mediterranean 3
HI212 Ancient and Medieval Europe 3
HI214 Themes in American History 3
H1305 Renaissance and Reformation 3
HI355 African History I: Antiquity to 1600 3
HI363 Thought and Culture in Early America 3
HI364 Thought and Culture in Modern America 3
HI366 African-American Women 3
I M 1 0 1 Microbased Computer Literacy
(identical to BE/CO101) 3
IM201 Internet and Multimedia
(identical to BE/CM/CO/LB 20 1 ) 3
IT201 Intermediate Italian III 3
IT202 Intermediate Italian IV 3
JN105 Journalism and the Mass Media 3
JN250 Women and the Press 3
JN375 World News Coverage 3
LA 102 Elementary Latin II 4
LA201 Intermediate Latin (2) 4
LB201 Internet and Multimedia
(identical to BE/CM/CO/IM 20 1 ) 3
MA121 Calculus I for Business, Natural, and Social
Sciences (1) 4
MA122 Calculus II for Business, Natural, and Social
Sciences 4
MAI 23 Calculus I for Physics, Chemistry, and
Mathematics ( 1 ) 4
MA 1 24 Calculus II for Physics, Chemistry, and
Mathematics 4
MA152 Elements of Mathematics II (1) 3
(specified majors only)
MA214 Probability and Statistics for Business Majors 3
M A2 1 6 Probability and Statistics for Natural Sciences 4
MA217 Probability and Statistics (1) 3
MA241 Differential Equations 3
MH301 Music History I 3
MH302 Music History II 3
PC310 Development Psychology 3
PC321 Abnormal Psychology 3
PC330 Social Psychology 3
PC378 Psychology of Death and Dying 3
PH232 Philosophical Perspectives on Love, Marriage,
and Divorce 3
PH321 Symbolic Logic II 3
PH323 Political Philosophy 3
PH324 History of Philosophy I: Ancient and
Medieval 3
PH325 History of Philosophy II: Renaissance
and Modern 3
PH326 Phenomenology and Existentialism 3
PH330 Philosophy of Science 3
PH400 Ethics and Public Policy 3
PH405 Justice and Human Rights 3
PH410 Contemporary Analytic Philosophy 3
PH420 Metaphysics 3
PH421 Theory of Knowledge 3
PH450 Philosophy of Law 3
PH460 Philosophy of Language 3
PS346 Political Sociology [same as S0458] 3
RS200 Religion and Culture: Their Interaction 3
RS210 World Scriptures 3
RS260 American Religious Development 3
RS312 Archaeology and the Bible 3
RS329 Philosophy of Religion 3
RS410 Early Christian Thought 3
RS440 Modern Christian Thought 3
S0286 Marriage, Kinship, and the Family
[same as AN286] 3
S0337 World Societies and World Systems 3
SO340 Sociology of Industry 3
50362 Racial and Ethnic Minorities 3
50363 Sociology of Sex and Gender 3
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION 39
S0445
S( 1458
SP10 '
,n !
SI'I 12
SP201
SP211
\\s 100
So, i.il Sli.ililn.il
Political Sociolog) [same as PS346]
El -• Spanish II
Spanish I"' HealdtCare Profi isionali II
Sp ah foi ili. HoSpitalit) Industr) II
ini Hate Spanish (2)
Ini. nsivi Intermediate Spanish
i I) SP20I]
I. In. m \\ en's Studies
(I) Students ma) use this course to fulfill i ithei thi Learning Skills:
Mathi ni. hi. s rcqui i a Liberal Studies El« rive requireme
10th
(J) Highei level langu ig si n ma) be substituted b) sin, I, rata
demonstrating mi, I, abilit) on placement tests.
Non-Western Culturesi One Course firom List
♦Students musl fulfill this requirement by c pledngoi si from
,, tofthei irses will at the same dme fulfill other requiremer
bj Liberal Studies ,.i in some cases 1 >> .i cojlege oi department.
Also fulfills is Social Science requirement:
AN I 10 Contemporarj Vnthropolog)
AN211 Cultural Anthropolog)
GE104 Geograph) of the Non- Western World
I'siiii World Politics
the
IS Ml
Uso fulfills is Elective requirement!
\i i .i Introduction to Pa^n-African Studies
AH300 Native AmericanArt
AN271 Cultural Area Studies: Africa
[sameasS027i] 3
AN272 Cultural Area Studies: China
[same as S0272] 3
Cultural Vn a Studies: Southeast Asia
[same as S0273] 3
AN274 Cultural Area Studies: Latin America
[same as SQ274] 3
Will Native Americans [same as SOS 14] .'i
\.\ 150 Anthropolog) ol Women 3
AN365 Native North American Religions
[sameasRS365] 3
Issues in International Communication 3
l i 150 Comparative Economic Systems 3
GE252 Geography of Latin America 3
GE25 I Geography of Russia and the Soviet Sphere 3
Geograph) ol Aim a 3
Geograph) ..I East Vsia 3
i Geography of South and Southeast Asia 3
Soviet Unio d Contemporar) Russia 3
HI330 History of the Islamic Civilization 3
HI331 Modern Middle East 3
HI356 African History II: 1600 topresenl 3
I ll.ii. 7 Nam,- American Historj 3
IS2S 1 Special Topics in Non-Western Studies 3
Political Systems: Africa 3
Political Systems: Latin America 3
PS389 Developing Nations 3
RS3U Eastern Philosoph) 3
RS360 African Religions 3
RS 165 Native North American Religions
[sameasAN365] 3
RS370 Religions of China and Japan 3
KS,i7r. Religions of India 3
RS380 Isl 3
S0271 Cultural Area Studies: Africa
[same as AN271] 3
SOJ7J Cultural Ana Studies: China
h-.n". .- UM272] 3
Cultural Ana Studies: Southeast Isia
[same as AN273] 3
S( 127 I Cultural Area Studies: Latin America
[same as AN274] 3
S0314 Native Americans [same as AN3 14] 3
SP244 ModemMexico 3
SP34 I 20th-Centurj Spanish-American Civilization
and Culture [taught in Spanish I 3
SP 16 i Survey •.! Spanish Vmi rii an i
fit in S| ih |
Fulfills I s Non-Western requirement .ml\:
CL151, 201,oi 251 Vrabii II. Ill, oi l\
H,orfV
CL155, 205,oi 255 Hindi II, III, oi IV
CL156, 206,oi 256 Hungarian II, III, oi l\
est II, III, os IV
i i i vi i ..i r.
162 Russian II, III, or IV
l i . . i l i. Development I
PS285 C parative Government II: Non-Wi
Politii al Sj
( ;, ii. mi Sunk Al .1 programi in non Wi iten ■ ull in in i in '.II, red
(information is in the respe, , , tion; further information is
availabli in thi Office of International Services).
Synthesis: One ( lours: Sm
l.s 199 s, i quired of all students)
Prerequisite: 7 I "< mow x mi ste: hours earned
I Ins . ..ins, helps students understand and hand): ■ omplex intellectual ami
social issues from multipli perspectives. V selection of topics is available
, ... h s. in, st, i and summei session. Students should n hedule thi
during the jenioi year, ..i ji least no earlier ilian the Ijsi lull .,1 thi
year, fnordei to bt len theii i iq ni es. students are em ouraged to enroll
in s\ nthesis set lions taught by instrui i..rs outside of the students' majoi
Gelds.
Writing Across the Curriculum: Minimum of Two "W"
Courses
All students must includ: a g the total coin >i graduation a
iiiiiiiiiiiiin ..I two designated writing-intensive courses. One of l
must be in the student's primar) major; the others) may lie in Lilier.il
Studies, college oi majoi requirements, or free electives. Such courses, which
involvi extensivi use of writing as |>.nt ..I the learning experieni
identified with a /\\7 in eai h semesti r's Si Indole ol I ndergraduati '
( Ifferings;
Eligibility and Application for Graduation
Commencement ceremonies are in May at IUP al tlic conclusion ol the
spring setnestei and in Dei ember at the conclusion of the tail semester. < inly
si o.l. uts win. have completed all requirements for graduation by the end ,,l
tin si inesiei are eligible to participate lii die commencement e\,
Students who have withdrawn from ionises or have elected to take
ni, pletes or have failed courses during the semester ami thus have not
met the requirements foi graduation may not participate in commencement
i \t n is, s until those requirements have been fulfilled. Students completing
requirements in August and December are included in the program list fbt
the December ceremony.
Students are responsible for knowing and fulfilling die requirements lor
graduation m tin ram. It is the student's responsibility to
complete a form to appl) foi graduation and submit it to die offii
dean ..I Ins lu i , ollege earl) in the term prior to graduation.
Certification fbl graduation is not final until approved by die dean ol the
college in which the Student is enrolled. Diplomas will not be issued until all
lulls and obligations have been satisfied, including the degree Ice. and final
certifit at ion for graduation has been issued by the student's college dean.
Pre-Approval for Transfer Coursework
Students enrolled at II P who wish to take < oursework at another institution
(either during the summer Ol regular semesters) must complete an
Application fbl Coursework ( lutside IIP prior to taking tin.
the credits from the cours students
cannot use outside coursework foi 11 P's repeat policy. Only the cred
which students ret eivt thi grade ol A. B, or C will transfer. II P f is the only
grading option available, there must be a narrative evaluation from die faculty
member certifying that the work w.is ofC level or better. No more tha
credits total may be earned al a junior <>r community college tor application
t. iw.it, 1 .hi II P degrei li thi i oursi - are being taken within the studei
thirty credits, the courses must be taken at IIP unless the student's
residency requin m< nl sis waived by the college dean.
Courses without prio: approval arc taken al the risk of the student: t:
no obligation on die part of any officer of this university to accept oro
such credit.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CAT
40 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
Forms for approval of off-campus coursework are available in the Office of
Transfer Credit Evaluation/ Admissions Office. Full directions on the form
oudine the steps involving die transfer evaluation, student's advisor, and
college dean, or designee. After completing off-campus coursework, students
should have the institution at which die work was taken send a final official
transcript directly to Transfer Evaluation Services, 216 Pratt Drive, 1UP,
Indiana, PA 15705. Copies of transcripts issued to or hand carried by
students will not be accepted.
Residency Requirement for Awarding of Degrees
All students receiving an initial IUP baccalaureate degree are required to
complete 45 semester hours in IUP courses. At least 15 semester hours in
IUP courses are required to fulfill an IUP major and a minimum of 6
semester hours for a minor. Normally, the student will complete the final 30
semester hours in residence in IUP courses, unless specific approval has
been secured from the dean of the student's college. Exception to the above
requirements for courses to be earned in residence at IUP may be granted by
the college deans based upon the appropriateness and academic integrity of
the courses in question. This approval is generally sought as part of the
process for prior approval of off-campus coursework.
Non-Native Students: English Language Requirements
Non-native students of English, either international students or those from
the U.S. for whom English is not their first learned language, are required to
take an ESL Screening/Placement Test prior to registration in the first
semester attending IUP. The test is administered prior to registration in bodi
the fall and spring semesters. Results of this test are used to determine for
which English course (EN100/ESL, EN101/ESL, EN202/ESL,
EN121/ESL) a newly admitted non-native student must register. In addition,
any currently enrolled non-native student can take the regularly scheduled
test to determine registration for non-ESL English courses. For further
information, contact Chair, English Department, 724-357-2261.
Program Changes
To insure their quality and relevance, academic programs at IUP are subject
to review and change by duly appointed and responsible university groups.
Because of this, the university recognizes diat provisions must be made to
prevent hardship to students already enrolled in programs if changes later
occur in specific or general program requirements. Students affected by
changes in programs, policies, and regulations are therefore given the option
of following those requirements that are in effect when the student was first
enrolled in the program or those in effect at the time of expected graduation.
The student cannot, of course, combine chosen elements of the two. Should
a question of rule interpretation arise with respect to changes, the student,
the student's advisor, or both should petition the college dean for a decision
about which requirements apply.
Timely Completion of Degree Requirements
The minimum total semester hour requirement for a baccalaureate degree at
IUP is 124. Students who enroll in degree programs diat require more than
124, or who seek die added benefit of a double major, minor, or specialized
program, or who change majors should plan their sequence of courses
carefully with an advisor. Such students should be alert to the possibility that
they may need to carry a heavier than average class load in order to complete
the degree in eight semesters. In some situations, summer work or an extra
semester may be necessary. The need to enroll in remedial or other
preparatory coursework or to repeat courses may also affect progress toward
Undergraduate Catalog Applicability Time Frame
The university reserves die right to modify degree requirements through
established governance channels. However, the general policy has been
established that die following time frame regulations form die basis for
application of the university's undergraduate degree requirements:
1. A student who has been in continuous registration (fall and spring
semesters) or who has interruption(s) of less dian two calendar years is
governed by die requirements oudined in the catalog in effect at the time
of entrance into a degree program (major).
a. A student who changes major will be governed by die requirements
of the major and/or college at the time of acceptance into the new
major, widiout change of Liberal Studies requirements except as
specified by the new major.
b. A student entering through the nondegree program is governed by
the requirements in effect at the time degree candidacy is awarded.
c. A part-time student may be covered by these provisions of
continuous registration to a maximum often years.
2. A student whose education is interrupted by two or more calendar years
will be governed by the requirements in effect at the time of readmission
to the university. The readmission may carry specific
requirements/substitutions necessary to provide for program integrity.
3. The applicability of coursework completed more than ten years prior to
the degree date is subject to review by the dean or designee for
evaluation on a course-by-course basis.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS DIVISION AREAS
41
Academic Affairs Division Areas
Mark J. Staszkiewicz, Provost
Mark J. Piwinsky Associate Provost for Academic
Administration
Ronald P. Maggiore, Associate Provost for Enrollment
Management and Planning
Yvonne B. Redd, Assistant to the Associate Provost
I In Academic Affairs areas below provide instruction in several disciplines
ili.ii are not specific to one of the university's distinct colleges. They offer
services and instruction under the direction of the Provost's Office.
The University Libraries
Rcna K. Fowler. Dean: Ronald A. Steiner, Chairperson; Brown,
( (iniull. Drummond, Glenn, Crassinger, Hooks, Janicki. Jen, Joseph,
Kirbv. knupp. I.aude. Lucas, McDevitt, Rahkonen, Shively, Zorich:
and professors emeriti Charnberlin, Lafranchi, Scheeren, Snead, Wolf
1 he II P Libraries serve the academic and scholarly needs of students and
facult) with 775.(11)1) volumes and 3,900 journal tides, as well as media,
"Hints, and information databases. In addition to the mam Facility,
then is a librar) al each of the branch campuses at Punxsutawney and
Kittanning, as well as the Cogswell Music Library and the University School.
The online i atalog is accessible throughout the libraries and on the Internet
Irom remote kx ations. HI' students can use a variety of electronic resources.
including abstracts, statistics, and full-text articles online.
1 ibrarj Fax uJty members offer individual and group instruction in using the
librar) through a one-credit course. LB151 Introduction to Library
Resources.
More information about the library may be found at dlis website:
http://www.lib.iup.tdu/.
Robert E.Cook Honors College
Janet E. Goebel. Director
The Robert E. Cook I Ion. us College is [Lip's unrversirywide In mors
program for undergraduate students "I all majors who arc accepted into the
program. Its goal is to provide a unique educational environment in which
students of high ability and motivation can achieve their potential in a
nurturing learning community offellovi students and professors. The
Honors College makes an intentional effort to see dial students and faculty
are provided widi integrated courses, an appreciation for multiple
perspectives on important issues, and common learning experiences
wherever possible: it strives to sec that the learning community remains
cohesive with both academic and cocurricular components throughout the
four years of die student's honors expi i
The Robert E. Cook Honors College provides a challenging opportunity lot
academic and personal development through an integrated program of
curriculum, residence, and cocurricular activities. Whitinvrc Hall has been
renovated into a combined honors residential academic facility which
includes classrooms and program offices as well as student rooms and
cocurricular sp
Students in am academic major may apply for admission to die 1 1
College. Students may enter die program as Freshmen or later as sophomore
"transfer" students from eidier anodier university or troni II P. An
application is required and is evaluated by the Honors College Admissions
Board.
Requirements of the Program
Students accepted into the Robert E. Cook Honors College as freshmen are
required to live in Whitmyre Hall during die freshman vcar and are
encouraged to remain in die honors residence hall dirougboul dieir
undergraduate career as space permits. Exceptions to die freshnian residency
requirements will be made only for nontraditional students (students twenty-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE
42 ACADEMIC AFFAIRS DIVISION AREAS
I'm or oldei or students who are married and/or have children) or lor
students who reside .it home with their legal guardians in the Indiana area
while at IUP. Application for exemption from the freshman residency
requirement should be made in the form ofa letter to the Honors College
Director at the time of application to the program.
Students ill the I h rs College are required to maintain an overall GPA of
3.25. A student who falls below the 3.25 GPA will have one semester ol
Honors College probation during which he/she may attempt to raise the
GPA to 3.25 and remain in good standing. Students who are dismissed from
the Honors College due to GPA may apply for re-admission alter having
raised the GPA to acceptable honors standards.
Course Requirements for Students Admitted as Freshmen
Students admitted as freshmen are required to complete 23 hours of honors
work including:
14 hours: Honors College Core I, II, and III (HC101, 102, and 201) -a
three-semestei "core" sequence of 14 credit hours which replaces
Liberal Studies requirements for EN101, EN121, MU101, TH101,
AH 1 0 1 . 1 1 11 95, and either RS 1 00 or PH 1 20.
3 hours: Honors LS499 Senior Synthesis
(i hours: An additional h hours of Honors College courses which must tiillill
the following requirements:
A. At least one advanced honors course (300 level or above) in addition to
LS499
B. At least one honors course in a non-humanities area (the same course
might meet requirements A and B)
C. An honors course during every academic year (requirement may be
waived for students participating in study abroad or off-campus
internships)
Students are also encouraged to complete an undergraduate thesis for
graduation from the Honors College with distinction.
Course Requirements for Students Admitted as
Sophomores
Sophomore "transfer" students are required to complete 18 hours of honors
work and must meet the same course requirements as freshmen with die
exception of HC101 and 102. from which they are exempted.
Applicants win i may he interested in further information are invited to
contact the university Admissions Office at 724-357-2230 or 1-800-442-
6830 or the office of the Honors College in Whitmyre I [all at 724-357-4971.
More information about the Honors College can be found at:
http://umnv.iup.edii/hoiiors.
Military Science
LTC Joseph A. Itukai tek. |r.. Chairperson; MAJ Westland, CPT
Carter. CPT Hallain, CPT Murphy, CPT North, CPT Rash, MSG
Bouch, SFC Brown, SFC Sherrod, SFC Thacker, SSG Sherrod, Mrs.
Rankin
IUP is an authorized Senior Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC) unit.
The R( >T( ! program offers to both men and women the opportunity to learn
and practice leadership and managerial techniques that will prove beneficial
to all life's future endeavors; to obtain credits which count toward
graduation; and, to those who choose to complete the total program, to
obtain a commission as a second lieutenant in the U.S. Army.
Regular ROTC classes for two semesters satisfy- the mandatory Liberal
Studies requirement for Health and Wellness classes.
Enrollment
The program is divided into two phases: the Basic Course (freshman and
sophomore- years) .mil the Advanced ( !oui se ( junior .mil senior years).
Regular Basic Course
The first two years of military science provide a background of the historical
role ol military tones as well as current national military objectives. In
addition, basic leadership is developed and certain skills are taught, such as
adventure training, survival training, map reading, self-defense, rappelling,
and marksmanship. Enrollment in any of the freshman- or sophomore-level
Rl >TC courses (MSI01, 102. 203, or 204) in no way obligates or commits
the student to any military service or any further ROTC courses. These
courses are offered on the same basis as other academic courses at IUP witii
the privilege of withdrawing at an) time.
Advanced Course
The last two years constitute the Advanced Course of instruction for men
anil women who desire a commission as a second lieutenant in the United
States Army. This phase is composed of studies in advanced leadership and
management, tactics, military law. and psychological, physiological, and
social factors which affect human behavior. Modern instructional and
training techniques are also covered. Practical application is the rule, and
students have the opportunity to practice and polish their skills. Participation
in the Advanced Course will earn the student approximately $3,500,
between $150-a-month subsistence and pay for summer camp ($3,000 is not
taxable). For continuation in ROTC during the junior anil senior years, the
student must have a 2.0 grade-point average in the student's academic area,
have successfully completed requirements for the ROTC Basic Course, pass
a physical examination, and be accepted by the Professor of Military Science.
The U.S. Army requirements for commissioning include a course in written
communications, military history, and computer literacy. IUP students
normally fulfill these requirements with EN101. EN202, and HI281 along
with MA101 or MAI 10 and CO101 or COl 10. Advanced course students
must agree in writing to complete the junior and senior years, since they will
receive $150-a-montb subsistence during these academic years.
Requirements for Enrollment
The general requirements for enrollment in Advanced ROTC are that the
student be accepted by the university as a regular enrolled student, be a
citizen of the United States, be physically qualified, and be not less than
seventeen years of age but less dian thirty at anticipated graduation date.
Veterans and Junior ROTC and Civil Air Patrol graduates may receive
exemption from the ROTC Basic Course as approved by the Professor of
Military Science.
Scholarships
IUP Army ROTC offers two- and three-year scholarships to university
students. To apply, students do not have to be Military Science (ROTC)
students. Requirements for the scholarships are minimum GPA of 2.5. full-
time student status, U.S. citizenship, physically qualified, and
administratively qualified. There are two types ol scholarships: nursing and
campus based. Both types have die same benefit package of full tuition (up to
$9,500 a year), $450 a school year for books, and $150 a month (up to ten
months a school year).
The Military Science department offers five nursing scholarships to each
academic class. The nursing scholarship guarantees die recipient entrance
into the upper level of the nursing curriculum (with a minimum GPA of 2.5).
Nursing students conduct a two-week summer training exercise between
their junior and senior years diat counts as credit for two senior seminars.
The campus-based scholarship is the "regular" ROTC scholarship. The
Military Science department offers up to fourteen campus-based
scholarships (minus the number of nursing scholarships awarded) to each
academic class. Scholarship boards are conducted on campus during the
spring semester for the next school year.
What ROTC Offers
Equipment, ROTC textbooks, and uniforms are issued without cost to
enrolled students.
Credit is given for successful completion ol the 3-seniester-hour Health and
Wellness Liberal Studies requirement for graduation.
Students formally enrolled in die Advanced Course (MS305, 306, 407, and
408) are paid a subsistence allowance ($150 a month) during the academic
year.
Training is given in other practical skills such as self-defense, adventure
training, rappelling, marksmanship, orienteering, first aid techniques, and
water safety.
Opportunities are available to examine the military profession in detail. This
includes the Regular Army, National Guard, and Army Reserve.
If students so desire and are accepted into the Advanced Course, they will
receive commissions as second lieutenants 11)1011 graduation from die
university and serve either three years' continuous active duty or two to three
months" active duty for training, with the remaining obligation served in the
Army Reserve or National Guard.
Reserve Officers Training Corps
The United States Army established a unit of the Reserve Officers Training
Corps at the university in 1950. In fulfilling the university's three-credit
Liberal Studies requirement in Health and Wellness for graduation, students
may take four credits of Military Science and receive full credit for die Health
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS DIVISION AREAS //'
„„i Phyticd Educi an remei Bment in the four-credit ROTC
,,,,,„, in no military obligation whattoi va I allows the itudi nl thi
0pi i com] gfoi a three yeai ROTC Scholarship,
Upon graduation from the university I successful completion ol thi
\,i, d Course ROTC program, the atudenl willreceiv. mmissionas
, | lieutenant and servi I hi thstothro (rears on actiw
j,,,,, di pending on active Army requirements. As an alten vi toai tivi
ndividual mayeithei be chosen 01 volunteei to complete his/hei
obligation with the Arm) Reserve 01 Ni .'I Guard
Stu.ltniv jeeking advanced degrees can be granted an educational delay by
, follow i" pletionol theii baccalaureate degrei j. Upon
completion ol th< advanced degree, students thenentei ai tive dutyoi Vnn)
Reserve/National Guard duty.
Minor - Women's Studies
Required < our si i
VVS200 Introdu
15
i
ii, hi i., w<
Program in Military Science
Required courses
equ
MS I II I
MS III.'
MS203
MS204
Ms 10!
MS306
MS407
MSIIIS
.'II
Introduction to Militarj S< iem <
Fund entals nl Militarj s, ii ni i
Fundamentals "I Ta< in .'I I (perations,
Techniques ol Leadership, and
\\< apons ( lharai teristics
National Security anil Fundamentals
of Military Topography
Fundamentals of Leadership and
Modern Learning/Teaching
Relationship
Study of Advanced Leader Planning
and Execution of Modern ( 'ombat
Operations
Management of the Military Complex
to Include Fundamentals of Militarj
and International Law
Seminal in Military Analysis and
Management
2eh(l)
2sh(l)
2sh(2)
2sh (2)
3sh
3sh
3sh
(1) MS101-102 may substitute for the Liberal Studies requirement in
I lealth and Wellness.
(2) MS203-204 are available as free eleetives to all students without any
military obligation.
Women's Studies Program
Vacant. Director
The Women's Studies minor is designed to examine the status and
experiences of women from a multidisciplinary perspective. The courses use
a variety of methods and disciplinary perspectives to explore the impact of
gendei on the experiences of the individual. Women's contributions to a
variety of fields and the historical, literary, and cultural images ol women are
also addressed. Students are encouraged to challenge traditional theories and
research regarding women and to develop a critical, multidisciplinary,
multicultural, and gendered view of the world. Courses taught within the
minor typically involve the students through innovative, experiential
i lassroom exercises and written assignments. Courses in Women's Studies
address social equity issues and encourage students to perceive themselves as
capable ol transforming society.
A minor in Women's Studies indicates to the prospective employer an
awareness of and sensitivity to gender issues. This awareness ni. iv In needed
in the following positions: personnel specialist, affirmative action officer,
crisis intervention specialist, family and youth services provider, legal
advtx ate. A minor in Women's Studies can contribute to success in a varietj
ol fields including communication, counseling, i riminologv. education,
health, journalism, law, politics, psychology, and applied soc lology.
\\ 150
CR390
EN 136
FR301
ill II 9
III 190
nri ,n
! ' 0
P( (79
PC41 I
PH232
S0363
sou;
WS482
WIS!
XX493
)sh
Ish
ish
ish
ish
Mi
ish
ish
ish
ish
ish
ish
var-l-3*h
var-l-ish
var-l-3sh
siude nis re< eive approval lor a sp. , ified i ourse ol itudy
from tin following hsi ol i ourses: ( 1 1
Anthropolog) ol Women
Women am
Introdui lion to I iti ratun b\ Women
Portraits ol Wi n in tin Fn m h Novel
Women in Vmi
llisioiv ol Worn, ii World Cultures
rii an Woman -ii'ii Sport
1'ssi hologj ol Human Sexuality
I'sm hologj ol Women
Phiilosopl I Perapo lives on Love,
.nid Divon i
rider
Ibuse
Independent Stud)
Spei ill Topic s (2)
(offered within department)
Internship (.i)
( 1 ) Spe< ial Topi, s. may he applied to the minor with the director's
approval.
(2) Examples ol XX48I offered: AR481 Maidens to Madonna, BE481
Wome I Business, RS481 Women and Religion, WS481 Spa ial
Topic s iii Women's Studies
(:i) Internships (up to threi c redits) maj U . ounted towards the minor.
Office of International Affairs
Patrick A. Canine. Director: Tara I.. Jones. Foreign Student Advisor
The Office ol liitciiiation.il \Haiis (I HA) provides the leadership for Indiana
Universitj ol Pennsylvania's involvement in a wide range of international
activities.
The OlA is a central source ol information which provides special services
tor admitted international students. \ isiting scholars, and international
visitors and faculty. The office provides the following services to students:
— an extensive orientation program lor new international students
— advising on immigration matters
counseling on cultural and personal matters
— preparation and processing ol immigration documents
— medical insurance information lor international students and
exchange/study abroad participants
— linanc ial assistance to qualified students diruugh the partial tuition
waive]
— a predeparture orientation program for exchange and study abroad
participants
a reentry program lor participants returning from exchange or study
abroad
In addition, this ollicc services die International Student Club, which links
students to the l.ugei community. The club provides ail opportunity for
international students to share their perspectives and cultural traditions with
odiers in the niiiv ersitv and in the community. The office also sponsors
monthly coffee hours open to the university. Trips for international and
exchange students to Niagara Falls ^\id Washington. D.C.are arranged and
partial!) funded through Ol \
International Exchange and Study Abroad Programs
Through theOIA, IUP students max broaden their education by taking part
m stuch abroad programs.
The office houses an e\c hange stud) abroad resource library. Students
seeking information on academil programs offered by educational
institutions in tins countrj and abroad are welcome to read die materials
available in the office. Qualified students planning to travel or study abroad
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRAD. 1999-2000
44 ACADEMIC AFFAIRS DIVISION AREAS
may also purchase the International Student Identity Card — good for
discounts, identification, and insurance in the Office of International
Affairs.
More information about each of the following programs and programs
instituted after the date of this publication can be obtained in the Office of
International Affairs, 343 Sutton Hall, 724-357-2295.
Bangladesh, Dhaka. Students studying business, computer science,
economics, environmental studies, sociology, anthropology, and public
administration have the opportunity to study for a semester or an
academic year at North South University in Dhaka. The language of
instruction is English.
Colombia, Bogota. Students with Spanish fluency interested in Colombian
culture have the opportunity to study for one semester or an academic
year at the Universidad de Los Andes. Courses are offered in business
and social science.
Costa Rica, Heredia. A four-week intensive Spanish language program is
offered in the summer at the National University of Costa Rica. For
details and brochures, contact the Spanish and Classical Languages
Department.
Egypt, Cairo. Students majoring in education, language, commerce, the arts
and sciences, and the humanities and social sciences may study for a
semester or an academic year at Ain Shams University. The language of
instruction is English.
England, Bristol. Students wishing to enroll in courses in the areas of
economics, politics, sociology, history, and European social studies may
study during the fall semester at the University of the West of England,
Bristol.
England, Greenwich. Students studying teacher education for preparation
as elementary, early childhood, or physical education teachers are
eligible to study at die University of Greenwich for one semester. (Some
secondary certification programs are available.)
England, Oxford. A three-week educational and cross-cultural experience is
offered in the summer at Oxford University.
England, Sheffield. Students studying business have the opportunity to
study for a semester or academic year at Sheffield Hallam University.
Interest in other academic areas may be explored.
England, Worcester. Students are offered an opportunity to study at
Worcester College of Higher Education for one semester or an academic-
year. Courses are offered in a variety of fields of study.
Finland, Tampere. Students studying business or occupational safety are
eligible to study at Tampere University of Technology for a semester or
academic year. The language of instruction is English.
France, Nancy. The opportunity to study for one semester or academic year
at the University of Nancy II (140 miles from Paris) is available to
qualified students. The language of instruction is French. For details.
contact the French Department.
France, Nancy (summer). Two programs, one for English-speaking and one
for French-speaking participants, are offered in the summer.
Germany, Duisburg. A semester or academic year program at the University
of Duisburg is available to qualified students who possess the required
German language competency. Courses are offered in German language,
literature, culture, business, and natural sciences. The language of
instruction is German. For further information, contact the German
Department.
Germany, Leipzig. Graduate students in business may study one semester at
die Leipzig Graduate School of Management of the University of
Leipzig. M.B.A courses are offered in all fields of business
administration and economics. Advanced undergraduates with high
GPAs may be considered. Most courses are taught in German.
Hungary, Pecs. Students interested in Hungarian culture have the
opportunity to study abroad for a semester or academic year at Janus
Pannonius University. Courses are offered in the following areas: history
of East-Central Europe, political development, economic reform, social
change, arts and culture, and Central European studies. The language of
instruction is English.
Japan, Hirikata. The opportunity to study for a semester or one academic
year at Kansai Gaidai University is available to students interested in
Japanese culture. A variety of courses are ottered in the Asian Studies
Program. The language of instruction is English.
Jordan, Amman. Students interested in Jordanian culture have the
opportunity to study for a semester or an academic year at the
University ofjordan. Courses are offered in business management,
accounting, nursing, language, education, and humanities.
Jordan, Irbid. Students interested in Jordanian culture may also study at
Yamiouk University for a semester or academic year or may take
intensive Arabic courses during the summer. Courses are offered in
Arabic language, business, and political science.
Mexico, Cuernavaca. Students who are studying Spanish and have an
interest in experiencing Mexican culture have an opportunity to
participate in a summer study program that is offered at the Center for
Bilingual and Multicultural Studies, an affiliate of the University of
Morelos. For details and brochures, contact the Spanish and Classical
Languages Department.
Mexico, Puebla. Students wishing to enroll in courses in Spanish, business,
international relations/studies, anthropology, and hotel and restaurant
management with an interest in Mexican culture have the opportunity to
study at the Universidad de las Americas, Puebla, for one semester or
academic year. The language of instruction is Spanish.
Poland, Poznan. Students studying chemistry, criminology, English,
industrial and labor relations, journalism, physics, psychology, and
teacher education have the opportunity to study for a semester or an
academic year at Adam Mickiewicz University in Poznan. The language
of instruction is Polish; however, some courses are offered in English.
Russian Federation, Ossetia. Students interested in Russian and/or
Caucasian culture have the opportunity to study in the Republic of
North Ossetia, located in the Caucasus Mountains of southern Russia.
IUP students may study at North Ossetia State University for a semester
or academic year. Courses are offered in archaeology, business and
economics, education, fine arts, humanities and social sciences, and
natural sciences and mathematics.
Slovakia, Bratislava. Courses in Slovak language. Slovak literature, culture,
and history, English literature, English culture and history, political
science, sociology, physics, and psychology are available to interested
students at Comenius University. The program is for one semester or an
academic year.
Spain, Barcelona. Juniors and seniors, fluent in Spanish, with an interest in
experiencing Spanish culture, have an opportunity to enroll in
management, marketing, and tourism classes at Escuela Superior de
Marketing I Administration. The language of instruction is Spanish.
Spain, Valladolid. Students who have completed twelve university credits in
Spanish and have an interest in experiencing Spain's culture have an
opportunity to participate in the Pennsylvania Valladolid Study in Spain
Program during the spring semester. This experience will enable
students to spend a period of twenty weeks immersed in Spanish culture
and language at the University of Valladolid. For details and brochures,
contact tiie Department of Spanish and Classical Languages.
Sweden, Karlstad. Students wishing to enroll in geography and tourism
courses with a desire to experience Swedish culture are invited to study
at the University of Karlstad. The language of instruction is English.
Turkey, Ankara. Students studying in the Colleges of Education,
Humanities and Social Sciences, and Natural Sciences and Madiematics
have the opportunity to study for one semester or an academic year at
Middle Eastern Technical University in Ankara. Courses are taught in
Turkish and English.
International Student Exchange Program
The International Student Exchange Program offers a wide range of
educational and cultural experiences for one semester or academic year for
participants at over one hundred institutions in thirty-five different countries.
(Summer and longer exchanges are also possible.) If you do not speak a
foreign language, you still have many sites in which the language of
instruction is English. If you do speak a foreign language, you have even
more options.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS DIVISION AREAS I',
National Student Exchange
Under this program, II P is part of a national university network that enables
undergraduate students to stud; I p loom acad yeai
Mi, hundred i olleges and universities. In addition, this exchan I
students enables II IP students i" enroll .11 an) "i tin 91 tu ii 1 without
having to pa) out ol stab . 1 r< sidi nl tu n Ii 1 b. vVhili on 1 ici In
students limn thi opportunit) toexperienci a difTerent learning
enviroi -m. i<> I den social and cultural awareness, and to livi inanothei
1 1. hi 1 it 1 Ik- I limed Si. lies. (Alaska, Canada, Guam, 1 lawaii, Puerto Rico, and
thi Virgin Islandsart included (Stud) abroad sites are also available.
International Student Teaching Opportunities
II P students enrolled as teai Iter educatioi ijors in all certification areas
are eligible to participate in this half-semester student teaching pro n in
iln following areas I Copenhagen, Denmark: DubUn, Ireland; London,
England; Munich, < lei ny; and Paris, Fram e,
Africa, Kenya. Students studying in the 1 lollege "I Education havi thi
opportunit) to study for one semestei 01 an ai ademii yeai .it Moi
I him rait) in Kenya.
\ Ii •« .1 - Zimbabwe. Students studying in the I1iulnnu.1l si iem es have the
opportunit) to stud) foi one semestei 01 an ai ad > ai al the
University ol Zimbabwe
China. Students studying in the Eberl) College ol Business have the
opportunity to study for one semester 01 an academic yeai al the
Southwestern University ol finance and Economics.
Croatia, Zagreb. Students studying in thi Collegi ol Fine Vrts have the
opportunit) to stud) for one semestei 01 an academii yeai .11 the
\r.iilciii\ of Fine Iris and the Vcadem) ol Music at the University oi
Zagreb,
Germany, Numberg. Students studying in the Eberly College of Business
have the opportunity to study for one semester or an academic yeai al
the Numberg University of Applied Sciences.
Slovenia, Ljubljana. Students studying in the I lollege of Fine Arts have the
opportunity to study for one semester or an academic year at the
li adem) ol Fine Arts .mil the Academy ofMusit .11 the University of
I jubljana.
Internships/Cooperative Learning
Man) departmi nts ol tin univi rsit) h rative
edui ation programs whii h allot rtii ipau in unh
'tu. Intemshipi
are viewi d 1, An
internship/co-op givi thi student an opportunit) to ipprj theoretical and
philosophii al tenets "I a disc iplini in a prai tii 1 to iln
student's ai ade program.
Foi general information about university internships, co-ops, and pla< 1
the studc nis should 1 on ull tl m ..1
hi " 'I' partmenl internship/co-op coordinator.
Experiential Education Office
The Harrisburg Internship Semester (T.H.I.S.)
Thi I larriaburg Internship Semestc 1 is avails 1 1 ional studenl
from an) II Pmajoi foi the fall or spring semester. The program provii
semi ster-long experiem e at the pobe ymaking level in thi
legislative bram hes "I 11 1 . well as independent boards,
j,oi 1 "i issions. Students will earn fifteen credits.
Req enl Fori ligibility are fifty-seven 01 morei amed credits and an
overall GPA ol al least 1.0. Applii ants must also submit a sample of their
writing skills which must be a cop) "I an II P writing assignment that lias
been graded l>> an instructor.
T.H.I.S. consists of an internship with 1 research project foi tv.
and an academii leminai foi threi credits. The program is directed by a
State System faculty member elei ted to direc t the program in Harrisburg.
The lac ult) membei will be the site supervisoi .utd teach the seminal 1
Grades and credits will b rded on the students' academii pi
reports at I IT. See the course descriptions under 1 N i-
fiousingis arranged at the PolyClinii Hospital in its nursing residence hall.
Meals .in available in the hospital dining room Students must
first pay IUP tuition, room, and board and then bi partiall) reimbursed via a
biweekly paycheck during the semester. Students are responsible for their
own transportation costs between their home and Harri
T.H.I.S. is offered through the Experiential Education Program in
. onjuni Hon with the ai ademii department "I the sui 1 essfiil candidate.
Applications are submitted to the Experiential Education Office, Sutton
Hall. Deadline lor submission foi fall is March I; the spring semester
deadline is October 1.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE
46 EBERLY COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
Eberly College of Business
Robert C. Camp, Dean
Manmohan D. Chaubey, Associate Dean
In tlie spring ill 1994, the College of Business was renamed the Eberly
College of Business. Tl eo immemorates the generous commitment of
the Eberly family through the Eberly Family Trust to the developmental
needs of the college. Departments within the Eberly College of Business
include Accounting, Finance and Legal Studies Management, Management
Information Systems and Decision Sciences, Marketing, and Technology
Support and Training
College Majors and Concentrations
Accounting
Business (Associate of Arts)
Business Education
Finani e
Human Resource Management
International Business
Management Information Systems
Management with concentrations in Industrial Management, General
Management, or Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management
Marketing
t (ffice Systems Administration
The Bachelor ol S< ience degree is offered in Ai i minting, Finance,
Management Information Systems. Management, Marketing, Office Systems
Administration, and Human Resource Management. The Technology
Support and Training Department offers the Bachelor of Science in
Education degrei w nil a Business Education major. A two-year Associate of
Arts degree in Business with a com ci illation in Computers and Office
I nl atiiui Systems is also offered at the Indiana campus.
Bachelor of Science Degree
For those pursuing the Bachelor of Science degree, IUP's training will
provide a broad liberal background in the behavioral sciences: a keen
perception of the socioeconomic world in which we live and work: a
foundation of general professional education tiir personally fruitful and
socially useful careers in the varied fields of business: ami an opportunity to
obtain the specialized knowledge and skills essential to future occupational
growth and advancement. There are eight Bachelor ol Science degrees
offered in business— Accounting, Finance, Human Resource Management,
International Business, Management, Management Information Systems,
Marketing, and Office Systems Administration. Each program includes a
variety of business and business-related courses which are designed to enrich
the student's understanding of the modern business system.
A student may not pursue coursework in the Eberly College of Business with
the expectation of graduating from the college unless he/she lias been
accepted as a degree candidate in the college.
Enrollment in all Eberly College of Business courses at the 30(1 and Kill level
is restricted to students with junior or senior standing. All students,
regardless of major or program affiliation, must meet course prerequisite
requirements in order to enroll for a given course.
Eberly College of Business students may. in consultation with their advisors,
plan their program of study to obtain a minor in an area of business
specialization other than their major or a related area outside of the Eberly
College of Business.
Bachelor of Science in Education Degree
The Eberly College of Business seeks to serve the needs of its students and
the needs of business, industry, and education through its diverse programs.
The Bachelor of Science in Education with a Business Education major is
designed to prepare teachers fin comprehensive high schools, area
vocational-technical schools, and community colleges.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1 9 9 9 - 2 0 0 (
EBERLY COLLEGE OF BUSINESS 47
Associate of Arts Degree
Business Advisory Council
si,,, I, nu wbodi sire a two-yeai program tliai prepaid them to< nti > thi
business world may ele< I to pursue the Assoi late ..I A. is degree program
gpecializ mputi i ind I Iffici Inl ation Systems.
Eberly COB Academic Policies
Junior Standing
■|H |„ ,, | , pted i,, i junioi Standing .1 business majoi must have:
I \, , umulated 57 semi stei hours .>i more "I academii . redit; and
■>. Vchieveda 2.0oi highi ulativi I iPA .mil
'I Successful!) completed the following courses; VG2GT, AG202,
i;i , ;o l\ IL235,EC121,EC122,EN101,EN202,MA121,
\i \ m 1 ri l01,andQB215.
Business majors (except diose majoring in Business Educal ) win. ha\
|unioi Standing are normally not permitted to mi. .11 in inn 01
inn 1, v, I courses in the EC( IB. Those who have .it least 57 semestei hours
with .1 2.0 ,.i bettei cumulative G PA, but who have noti ompleted one ...
mm. ,.l tlu required courses listed above, may, with penniss .enroll on .1
one-tinu only basis in up to nine 1 rs of 300-level Et !OB( sea.
Distribution Requirement
Ml M t ill majors (except those majoring in Business Education) must takes
minimum ..I 50 percent of their degree requirements (i.e., at least 62
semestei hours) in non-business* coursework.
Residency Requirement:
\ll EC( >H majors (except those majoring in Business Education) must take a
1 1 11 1 1111111 1 1 1 of 50 percent ..I their required business* credit hours in IUP
coursework. II P credits earned b) examination such asCLEPare > minted
toward II P residenc y.
Restriction for Non-Business Majors:
Students not majoring in business may count a maximum >.l 30 semestei
1 1 s iu business* coursework toward the 124 semester-hour-degree
minimum. Business credits in excess ofSO w ill be permitted only as credits
beyond the 1 2 1 for graduation.
*Foi purposes of all policies above, "business" coursework consists ..I all
E< t >B courses except 1M101,QB215, and courses in Business Education
(BE). EC33 I is als.i treated as a "business" course. "Non-business"
coursework consists of all BE courses, 1M10I.OB2I 5, and all in.n-KC.OB
courses except EC33 1.
Office of Academic Services
This office provides academic assistance to lower-clivision and probationary
students. The stall in. hides student peer advisors and is dnci ted l.\ the
assoi late dean of the Eberly College of Business. Peer advisors are available
in answei questions on the processes related to registration, change of major,
removal of incompletes, grade appeals, etc.
The ( (ffice ol \. ad< mil Services also houses the internship coordinator for
the Eberly College of Business. IUP offers one of the largest business
internships in Pennsylvania. Students can choose horn a wide range ol
organizations to gain real-world experience while earning academic credit
1 hi internship coordinator counsels students regarding internship
prerequisites, procurement of the internship position, and scheduling to
maximum benefit.
School of International Management
With the increasing demand tor cross-cultural knowledge and international
competence, Eberly College of Business has committed itsell to a
comprehensivi strateg) of providing future business leaders with a global
foundation so they max become the world-class managers ol tomorrow. The
School ol International Management oilers a rich program that will
strengthen business students and provide regional businesses with personnel
who have a global perspective and internationally competitive management
skills ["his global perspective is provided to OUI students through broad
exposure to cross-cultural coursework. integration of international concepts
in selected business courses, direct exposure to individuals from Othei
cultures. and a period of residency in anothei country.
1 1„ 1 ... ' Business tdvisoi I mpol more
1 1 .1 hundred business leaders. The council helps the colli ;,. in us
educational and servici mission through counsel and feedback on mall
such as program objectives, curriculum development, program devi loptnenl
and promotion, and n 1 ruitmi nl .u.<l n tendon ol students and Dai ulty,
Service Units
1 In Management Services Group u a confederation ..I 1 onsulting units
instituted in 1991 by thi I berl) Collegi ..1 Business in support of ongoing
ami si. hi up businesses in the Indiana cow
.rial opportunities through an ongoing
scheduli ol nai ind workshops foi Iw al bu
The Indiana Count] Small Business Incubator was established in I •
a 1 1 1 II. nl In I w eel 1 II P, the Ind 1 < OlUlt) I olllllilssloneis. jud several
1 ount) and si. in agi in .. 1 l hi I'., n I ranklin Partnership has provided
operational capital and other support senates since the ini ubator*i
inception. The ini ubatoi provides small start-up business with consultation,
sen 11 < s. .Hid | .
The Small Business Institute (SHI) wjs established to assist existing small
businesses with lalioils Ivpcs ..I problem resolutl' Hi. 'I hrOUgfa thi Mil.
undergraduate and graduate business students work under 1 lose supervision
..I fai ■ 1 1 e % members i" assist 1 lients with ai 1 ounting systems, tnarkct studies.
computer syste stallation, business planning, and operations
management
The Government Contract Assistance Program helps area bill
identify and n iand state requests lor bids lor products and
services 1 hi program is funded by the Department ..I Defense. Contract
sales generated through this program add to the vitality of me local economy
The Center for Family Business was n the unique needs of
family owned businesses Issues such as pi I loin 1.1 11. 1 1 ompcnsalion.
establishment of an effei n»- corporate board, conflict resolution,
management of siblings and cousin teams, sun ession, and estate planning
are critically important and virtually ignored by other educational lorums.
The center provides an edui ationa) program consisting of four meetings ]>er
veal which I. .ills on the topics outlined above.
Department of Accounting
Thomas R. Prcssly. Chairperson: Anderson. Bradwick. DaUVUI,
Ghobashy. Ilyder. Joseph, Kline. Lindh. Punku. Rahman. Robbins.
Woan, Yerep: and professor emeritus Cooper
The Accounting Department provides the training necessary for one to enter
the Gelds ol |.nl .In a. 11 uniting, managerial accounting, and governmental
accounting.
Bachelor of Science— Accounting
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with tlu following specifications: 54-56
Mathematics! MAI 21
Social Science: KC 1 21. PC 1111
Liberal Studies Electives: MA214. EC122. BE COIM101.
no courses with AG prefix
College: Business Administration (ore 33
Required Courses:
AD321 Business and Interpersonal
Communications 3sh
AG201 Accounting Principles 1 Ssh
AG202 Accounting Principles U 3sh
BL235 Inlroduilii.n to Business Law 3sh
Flint Finance 1 Ssh
[M300 Information Systems: Theory and Practice
MG310 Prim i] i ment 3sh
MG330 Production and Opi gemem 3sh
MG495 ss Policy 3sh
MK320 Principles of Marketing Ssh
QB215 Business Statistics 3sh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE
48 EBERLY COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
Major: Accounting ( 1 )
Required Courses:
27
9sh
AG301
AG302
AG311
AG321
AG401
AG412
AG431
Intermediate Accounting I
Intermediate Accounting II
Cost Accounting
Federal Taxes
Advanced Accounting
Advanced Cost Accounting
Auditing
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
0
8-10
Controlled Electives:
Two courses from this list: (
AG422, AG435, AG44 1 , AG45 1 , AG46 1 , AG47 1 , BL336
Other Requirements:
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Students must meet die grade prerequisite(s) listed in the course
description section of this catalog prior to advancing to die next course.
Department of Finance and Legal Studies
Ibrahim J. Affaneh, Chairperson; Ames, Boldin, Duhala, Eastman,
Ray, Troxell, Welker
Finance Major
The Finance major, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science, is designed
to prepare students for careers in financial management and in the financial
services industry, which includes insurance, investments, and banking. In
particular, students are prepared to deal with financial problem-solving and
investment analysis.
Legal Studies
Legal Studies offers a variety of law and law-related courses with a special
emphasis on business applications. Legal Studies provides die student with a
solid, legally oriented background necessary to a career in business or as
preparation for pursuit of a law or law-related career.
Bachelor of Science — Finance
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54-56
widi the following specifications:
Mathematics: MAI 21
Social Science: EC121, PC101
Liberal Studies Electives: MA214, EC122, BE/CO/
IM101. no courses widi FI prefix
College: Business Administration Core 33
Required Courses:
AD321 Business and Interpersonal
Communications 3sh
AG201 Accounting Principles I 3sh
AG202 Accounting Principles II 3sh
BL235 Introduction to Business Law 3sh
FI310 Finance I 3sh
IM300 Information Systems: Theory and Practice 3sh
MG310 Principles of Management 3sh
MG330 Production and Operations Management 3sh
MG495 Business Policy 3sh
MK320 Principles of Marketing 3sh
QB215 Business Statistics 3sh
Major: Finance 27
Required Courses:
EC325 Monetary Economics I 3sh
FI320 Finance II 3sh
FI322 Life Insurance 3sh
FI324 Principles of Investments 3sh
FI420 Investment Analysis 3sh
FI422 Seminar in Finance 3sh
0
8-10
Controlled Electives:
Three courses from the following: AG321, EC326,
EC334, EC345, EC356, FI312, FI355, FI385, FI410,
FI424, QB380
Other Requirements:
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
Pre-Law Track in Business
The Pre-Law track is intended for die student who is a business major
concentrating in one of the business areas and interested in law as a career.
The pre-law track consists of 21 semester hours selected by die student from
a predetermined list of courses spread over six areas of Humanities and
Social Sciences. The goals of diis track are academic accomplishment,
guidance, and advisement. Interested business students should contact die
pre-law advisor in die Finance and Legal Studies Department.
Bachelor of Science — Business/Pre-Law Track(1 )
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54-56
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA121
Social Science: EC 1 2 1 , PC 1 0 1
Liberal Studies Electives: MA214, EC122. BE/CO/
1M 1 0 1 . no courses widi major prefix
College: Business Administration Core 33
Required Courses:
AD321 Business and Interpersonal
Communications
Accounting Principles I
Accounting Principles II
Introduction to Business Law
Finance I
Information Systems: Theory and Practice
Principles of Management
Production and Operations Management
Business Policy
Principles of Marketing
Business Statistics
AG201
AG202
BL235
FI310
IM300
MG310
MG330
MG495
MK320
QB215
Major: One Major in Business Administration Areas (I)
Accounting Major
Finance Major
Human Resources Management Major
Management Major/Industrial Management Track
Management Major/General Management Track
Management Major/Entrepreneurship and Small Business Track
Management Information Systems Major
Marketing Major
Office Systems Major
Pre-Law Interdisciplinary Program for Business
Seven courses, with at least one course from six areas
Criminology-: CR210, 260, 357
Economics: EC 1 2 1,122,332
English: EN212, 220, 310
History: HI320, 321, 346
Philosophy: PH101,222,450
Political Science: PS358, 359, 361
0-1
Free Electives:
(#) Total Degree Requirements
(#) See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
124-125
i the section on Requirements for Graduation.
(1) This program is the generic oudine for die pre-law program i
the listed Eberly College of Business majors.
ith any of
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
EBERLY COLLEGE OF BUSINESS I')
Department of Management
I'l.isli.iiilli It. Nagcndra. Chairperson: Mi. \ndcison. Ashamalla,
Rdconc, Cibba, Mohamed, t »iil< . < >s|(.n at . Ryan, Slick, Semi,
w ImiIi ski; and professors Emeriti McGovem, Stevcnwn
( Sraduatea holding tl» Bat helor of Science degree in Management or Human
Id s i Management maj find employment opportunities in both the
publii and private sectors, \r th. beginning of the new century,
opportunities are expected to be especially plentiful in the services sector
(e.g.. retailing, health i an . (bod sen ii es, Bnani e, and traiuporta i)
I "I i»- Bacheloi ol Si iero i in Management program offers three
concentrations: Industrial Management, General Management, and
Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management. Students in the
Industrial Managemi nl i "in entration are well grounded in both
management theory and application, Inn theii focus is more upon
production/operations/industrial management. Tin- concentration in General
Management is distinguished by us low level ol structure or specificity. The
greatet flexibilitj of this majoi i an be useful to the student who wishes i<>
in .1 customiced management specialization (e.g., line .mts management).
Students taking the Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management
concentration will focus on * reation and operation nl a small business. This
concentration might also be desirable for graduates who will he working in
small businesses where thi manage] often must wear several hats.
The Bacheloi "l Science in Human Resource Management prepares
indh iduala in 1 ►< > • I » the theoretical and applied aspects of managing the
human resoun es (unction in organizations is i generalisl or specialist.
The Bachelui ol Science 111 International Business oilers students an
opportunity to ai quire a thorough understanding of managing global
operations in the contemporary business environment In addition, students
develop skills in a traditional font tional area. The combination of these two
objectives enable students to successfully perform in today's competitive
global economy.
■a«iB«BBaBl««BBS«BiBBBBaBl««l«aBB««l««BiBBlBBBBIBBBiaBBB«BBB««BB«
Bachelor of Science— Management
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54-56
with the following spei ifii ations:
Mathematics: MA12I
Social Science: EC121,PC101
Liberal Studies Elcetives: MA214, EC122, BE/CO/
IMldl. no courses with MG prefix
( loDeget Business Administration Core 33
Required Courses:
AD321 Business and Interpersonal
Communications 3sh
KJ201 Accounting Principles I 3sh
M3202 Accounting Principles II 3sh
Introduction to Business Law 3sh
F1310 Finance I Ish
IM300 Information Systems: Theor] and Practice 3sh
MG310 Principles of Management 3sh
MG330 Production and Operations Management :ish
Mi: it, Business Poke) 3sh
MK320 Principles of Marketing Ssh
QB215 Business Statistics 3sh
Major: Concentration 27
Industrial Management Concentration
Required Courses:
AtoOO Managerial Accounting
MG300 Human Resource Management
MG428 Seminal in Management
Controlled Eleetives: (2)
One course from list: CO] lOor IM251
Two courses from two areas ..n list: MG402 or LR480,
Mi- nil oi 100.AG311
Three courses from list or additional eleetives
from above: BL336,EC371,EC372, EN310oi JN326,
FI320, MA317,MG481,MG490,MG49 l(3sh max),
MK420,QB380,SA101
3sh(l)
3sh
t.i iiii.il Management < on< i ntratioa
Required ( oursrs:
\< . 100 i jI \i i ounting
Mi. wo I h mi. in Id some i Management Ssh
\H . (28 Seminal in M inagi meni
Controlled EketWcn
Two advani i d Btisini m i Ii i tivi 100 KM Ii
Two advanced Ecoi 100 K)0 level count 6ah
Two other advanced eleetives: Jim 100 level o 6sh
Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management < ana i titration
Required I iourteai
\i ■ 100 i.il V i ounting
MG275 Introduction to Entrepreneurship ish
M' ■ 125 small Busini u Management
MG403 Small Business Planning
MG492 Small Busini ssl.ntn |.ii in ihsIm|.
Internship 6th
Major Area Restricted Elective* 9tfa
Other Requiremenls: 0
Free Eleetives: s- 1 Ii
Total Degree Requirements: I 2 I
(1) AG.'iOl may be substituted.
(2) Non prerequisites for controlled t lei nves in planni
(3) Only one MG and/or one At, i ourae ma\ he included in tins cai, .
Bachelor of Science— Human Resources Management
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following spei Locations:
Mathematics: MA 121
Social Science: EC121,PC101
Liberal Studies Eleetives: M V214, EC122, BE/CO/
IM 101. no courses with MG prefix
College: Business Administration Core
Required Courses:
Business and Interpersonal
Communications
Accounting Principles I
A, counting Principles II
Introduction t,, Business Law
Finance I
Information Systems: Theory and Practice
Principles ol Management
Production and I Operations Management
Business Policy
Principles of Marketing
Business statistics
ish
3sh
ish
3sfa
3sh
AD321
AG201
AG202
BL235
FI310
IM300
MG310
MG , ,n
MG495
MK320
QB215
Major: Human Resource Management
Required Courses:
AG300 Managerial Accounting
MG300 Human Resource Management
MG400 Compensation Management
MG428 Seminal in Management
Controlled Eleetives:
One course from list: EC330 or PC390
One course from hst: MG401 Ol MG402
Three courses from list: EC>7 1.1
EN310. EN312.JN326, LR426, LR480, MG31 1.
MG493(3sh max), EC330 or PC371, !'■
(ifnotal,
Other Requirements:
Free Eleetives:
Total Degree Requirements:
(1) AG301 may be substituted,
(2) Note prerequisites for controlled eleetives in planning sequence.
Ssh ( 1 )
ish
Ssh
0
8-10
9sfa
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
50 EBERLY COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
Bachelor of Science— International Business
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54-56
witli the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA 121
Humanities: PI 1222
Social Science: E( : 1 2 1 . PC101, AN 1 10/AN2 1 1/GE104/PS101
Liberal Studies Electives: MA214, EC122, BE/CO/
[M 101, no courses with prefix of concentration area
( ollege: Business Administration Core 33
Required Courses:
AD321 Business and Interpersonal
Communications 3sh
Accounting Prirtcrples I 3sh
Accounting Principles II 3sh
Introduction to Business Law 3sh
Finance I 3sh
Information Systems: Theory and Practice 3sh
Prim iples ol Management 3sh
Produi tion and Operations Management 3sh
Business Policy 3sh
Principles of Marketing 3sh
Business Statistics 3sh
\(.2I)I
\(.2(I2
BL235
M 110
[M300
MG 110
MG330
MC 195
MK320
QB215
Foreign Language Requirement (1)
Foreign Residency Requirement (2)
Major: International Business
Required Courses:
ECS 15 lnlrnialinii.il Trade
MG/MK350 International Business
M( 145 I International Competitiveness
M( . )r>'i Seminar in International Management
Concentration area courses: (selet I one concentration)
Finance Concentration:
FI320 Finance II
FJ32 I Principles ol Investments
Fl 1 1 II Financial Institutions and Markets
1112 1 International Financial Management
Human Resources Management Concentration:
M( . 100 Human Resources Management
MG400 Compensation Management
^l(i 152 Comparative Management
\" '402 Seminar in Human Resource Management
Marketing Concentration
MK321
MK420
MK42I
MK4 10
Consumer Behavior
Marketing Management
Marketing Research
International Marketing
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
Free Electives:
Other Requirements:
Total Degree Requirements:
0-9
12
4-6
0
124
(1) Candidates si demonstrate a conversational proficiency in a foreign
gi This requirement may be met by: (a) successful completion of
9 interim diati level si mester hours in a specific language, or (b)
sl" ' essful ' |>1< lion of an exemption or credit examination in lieu of
■ ign student, registered as such at IUP, whose acquired
native language is othei than English and who demonstrates an
ptable proficieni j in English, can meet the foreign language
I" SUCI essful completion of an exemption examination in
the acquired native language.
(2) Candidates must document one semester of foreign residence (minimum
*'• three n ths). Normally, the foreign residency requirement will he
met in conjunction with a work experience, internship, or student
exchange. A substitute cross-cultural experience may he permitted with
''" " ' mendation of the academic advisor. 'File foreign language
requirement is a prerequisite to the foreign residency requirement.
Department of Management Information
Systems and Decision Sciences
Louise B. Burky, Chairperson; Albobali, Chen, Halapin, Lloyd,
Nahouraii, Pierce, Solak, Wibowo; and professor emeritus Spencer
The Management Information Systems major prepares students for careers
in the business computer and information sj sic ins profession: Computer
programming languages, software engineering, systems analysis, design
concepts, computer architecture, data base management systems,
microcomputer applications, and computet networks are integrated with
other business disciplines to prepare students to develop and maintain
business information systems. The major also incorporates an emphasis on
managerial and end-user concerns related to modern information systems.
Decision Sciences provides students with the knowledge of statistical and
other quantitative techniques that will help decision making in business. The
techniques include mathematical programming, forecasting, inventory
"'MI,"L simulation, queuing theory, stochas .ess. and network models.
Bachelor of Science— Management Information Systems
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54-56
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MAI 21
Social Science: ECU 1, PCI 01
Liberal StudiesElectives: MA214. EC122. BE/
CO101, no courses with IM prefix
College: Business Administration Core 33
Required Courses:
AD321
AG201
AG202
BL235
FI310
IM300
MG310
MG330
MG495
MK320
QB215
Major: Management Information Systems
Required Courses:
CO220 Applied Computer Programming
IM350 Business Systems Technology
IM370 Advanced COBOL
1M450 Data Base Theory and Application
IM451 Systems Analysis
IM470 Systems Design
Controlled Electives:
At least one course from list: CO] 10. 250, 300, 3 I 0, 345
Two courses fr list: [M382, IM480, IM 181,QB380,
or above CO courses
Other Requirements:
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
(1) One course from AG300,301,or3U may be substituted.
Business and Interpersonal
Communications 3sh
Accounting Principles I 3sb
Accounting Principles II Ssh
Introduction to Business Law 3sh
Finance 1 3sh
Information Systems: Theory and Practice 3sh
Principles of Management .Ssh
Production and ( (perations Management Ssh
Business Policy 3sh
Principles of Marketing 3sh
Business Statistics 3sb
Ssh
Ssh
3sh
3sh
Ssh
3sh
3 si 1
6sh(l)
0
8-10
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, I
9 9 9-2 000
EBERLY COLLEGE OF BUSINESS 51
Department of Marketing
Kriih s. Kriahnan, < Juu'rpewon; Batra, Bebko,Garg, Sci.illi. Sharma,
1 .11.1111. \\i ii i -
The Bachcloi ol Si ii ro - in W irl » | •
maj0i fol , vu,i, ,,,,,,,, o| , an i rs in private and publii sei toi marketing
ln, ludinp lali s "'." il ri I tilin] I I m u i • • - itomi I affairs
marketing resean h, publii relal s d national marki ting. I hi
al knowledge in all areas "l marketing
with analytical and ci unication skills to prepari thi students for thi
challenges ol thi global i petition in the twent) first 1 1
Bachelor of Science— Marketing
Liberal Studies* Vs outlined in Liberal Studies section 54-56
u In Following specifications:
Mathematical M V121
Social Science; EC121,PC101
Liberal Studies Electives: M v'l 1. 1 i : I .:.!. Ill I I i
l\l 101 ourseswith \IK prefix
( ollegei Business Administration Core 33
Required Com sis:
Business and Interpersonal
Communications
Vi i oui g P iples I
An ounting Principles II
Introduction to Business Law
Finance 1
Information Syst< ins: Theor) and Practii e
Principles of Management
Produi t!i hi .uul ( Iperations Management
Business Polii y
Principles of Marketing
Business Statistics
VDS21
\i. :n
i;i |35
F1310
iM.iim
MG 110
\li. . 10
MC 195
MK I 'ii
QB2 1 5
Major Marketing
Required Coursesi
AG300 Managerial Accounting
MK321 ( lonsumer Behavior
\lk 120 Marki ting Management
MK 121 Marketing Resean h
\lk 122 Seminar in Marketing
EC— Advanced Ei onomi< sElei tivi
100 100-level course
Controlled Electives:
Three courses from list: EC331, EC 145, MG MK350,
\lki 10, MK 1 '.l.Mkl I2,MK4 I I, Mki 14, MK435,
MK436,MK437, MK493( Ish max)
Other Requirements:
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
Ish
Ish
Ish
Ssh
Ish
Ish
Ish
Ssh
Ish
ish
Ssh
ish
Ish
3sh
ish
.ish
0
8-10
Department of Technology Support and
Training
Wayne A. Moore, Chairperson; Brandenburg, Golden, llcmby.
McPherson, Howell, Saul, Wilkinson. Woodland; and professors
emeriti Beaumont, Bianco, Patterson Cordera, Malum. Moreau,
Morris. PoUsky. Sheeder, Steigmann, Thomas, Wooraer
This department offers tin following degrees: Bai heloi "I S< ience in
Education with a Business Edu< at urn major, Bai lielor ofSi ience with a
tnajoi in Office Systems, and a two-yeai Issociatt of Vrts degree in Business
with a Computer and Office Information Systems emphasis.
Office Systems Major (Bachelor of Science)
1 lie Office Systems majors are equipped to b< versatile professionals who
"bridge the gap" between die developer of computer systems and the typical
users of computers, ["hi progi men ipasses the knowledge, skills, ami
.iiiiiiules required of a professional who provides support to users ol
inform; ti i hnolog) to maintain and improvi
cffectiveni
ontributi s in individual and ivurk group
performanci and to behavioral I communication
and i hange.
i hi Ofl
understand thi ii dynamii role from bod onal and an indi
viewpoint ' Iraduab i ol thi program i an put u
s/supervisort, local area network administrators, telecommuiui
( oiisiili.iiiis. web sin .iihiiinisii.il. us. ti . l al trainers, lielp desk
administrators, .mil doi umentation devi lop
I sed solutions, supp nd technical training.
Business Education Major (Bachelor of Science
in Education)
The I IT Business Edui ation program is accredited b
l..i Accreditation ol Teai hei Edui ation (NCAT1
degn ' of Bachelor of Science in Edui al and to certification in
Pennsylvania .is ,i busim
l )ui program in business edui ation is dedii ated to preparing u
.m II In qualified and i ertificated to instruct students to live ami wi
business environment.
The major is intended for those interested in teaching ii publii u > ji«I
senior high schools, vocatii l-tei hnicalscl Is, privati
industry. Students have a choice ol the following certification auas:
accounting, data processing, marketing, office teel Ii jiuI
marketing/distributive edui ation. Th< ) must select two oi mon
certification; one of the two areas must be office technology - Students
seeking certification in marketing/distributivt edui ation must select d i
marketing and marketing distributive education. The
i .a h .in .i are .is follows:
Secretarial: BE260*, 21)1*. 2d2* (Students can transfei i n dil form
anothei regionalr) accredited uistitutii
Accounting: AG 100, 101, 121
Office Technologies: BE250,< IS 101, OS3 l,OS400
Data Processing: OS400, 1M251,IM255, I5E312
Marketing: DE3 II, MK I 15, Mkl 16
Distributive Education) MK421,MK433,MK elective, Dl HI"
♦Students should transfei these courses from another Middli S
accredited institution or obtain credit hi exam.
**Offered on an individualized basis.
A student iiiusl apply to the (lean of the College ol Education to receive an
initial ceriil'u ate to teach in Pennsylvania's public schools. Certification to be
j business education teat her is approved by the clean ol the Co-
Education when a student has met all the requirements in profi •
education, Liberal Studies, and business edui ation major courses. Students
must attain a 2.5 overall average rdei to student teach. See details of the
4-Step Process in the sec lion "Admission to Teacher Education and
i ertifii ation" in the College of Education sec don of this catalog. The
candidate for certification must also complete successfully the core batten
.uul specialization sec dons of the National Teachers' Examination.
All students who lake a business edui ation major also complete a tuck in die
( lollege of Education and must meet the standards set by that co
Department ofTechnology Support and Training Student Handbook
s).
Practical Business Experience
Before graduation, each business education student inusi document
completion of 500 hours of secretarial practice, accounting practice, data
processing, clerical practice, or office-related experience. Tin*
should he in the held or fields in which the student is contemplating
certification and can be acquired during summer vacations jiuI in ofl
ilu campus during the regular school term. Previous documented expi
may also he counted.
INDIANA UNIVFRSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
52 EBERLY COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
Bachelor of Science in Education — Business Education (*
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 5*
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: I'.l I I I
Social Science: EC 1 2 1 , PC 1 0 1
Liberal Studies Electives: EC122, MA214, BE/CO/IM101
College:
Professional Education Sequence:
BE3 1 1
CM301
ED242
ED342
ED441
ED442
EP202
EX301
FE202
Methods and Evaluation in Business
and Marketing Education I
Methods and Evaluation in Business
and Marketing Education II
Technology for Learning and Instruction
Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience I
Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience II
Student Teaching
School Law
Educational Psychology
Education of Students with Disabilities in
Inclusive Secondary Settings
American Education in Theory and
Practice
Major:
Required Courses: Business Education Core
AD 101 Introduction to Business
AD321 Business and Interpersonal
Communications
AG201 Accounting Principles I
AG202 Accounting Principles II
BE132 Computer Keyboarding and Formatting
BL235 Introduction to Business Law
1M300 Information Systems: Theory and Practice
MK320 Principles of Marketing
Controlled Electives:
Areas of Certification ( 1 ) 21
Accounting: AG300, 301, 421
Data Processing: IM205, 251, and one approved
programming elective
Distributive Education: DE413, MK 421, 433, one
MK elective (advisor approved)
Marketing: DE331, MK435, MK436
Office Technologies: BE250, OS301, OS313, OS400
Secretarial: BE260,261, 262 (2)
Other Requirements:
Free Electives:
(#) Total Degree Requirements: 130-132
(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education," in the College of Education section of this catalog.
(1) According to Pennsylvania Commonwealth guidelines, students must be
certified in office technologies and at least one other area (accounting,
data processing, marketing, or secretarial). An exception to this is
certification in marketing/distributive education.
(2) Students can transfer credit from another regionally accredited
institution.
(#) See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.
Bachelor of Science — Office Systems
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA121
Social Science: EC 1 2 1 , PC 1 0 1
Liberal Studies Electives: MA2 1 4, EC 1 22, BE/CO/IM 1 0 1
32 College:
33
Required Courses: Business Administration Core
AD321
Business and Interpersonal Communications3sh
Ssh
AG201
Accounting Principles I
Ssh
AG202
Accounting Principles II
3sh
3sh
BL235
Introduction to Business Law
Ssh
Ssh
FI310
Finance I
Ssh
IM300
Information Systems: Theory and Practice
3sh
lsh
MG310
Principles of Management
3sh
MG330
Production and Operations Management
3sh
lsh
MG495
Business Policy
Ssh
I2sh
MK320
Principles of Marketing
3sh
lsh
QB215
Business Statistics
3sh
3sh
Major:
27
2sh
Required Courses:
IM251
Business Systems Analysis and Design
Ssh
3sh
OS301
Advanced Microcomputer Applications
3sh
OS313
Office Systems Technologies
Ssh
45-48
Records Administration
Ssh
OS400
Telecommunications
3sh
Ssh
OS411
Microcomputer Support for Office Systems
Ssh
OS480
Seminar in Office Systems
3sh
Ssh
Business Electives
6sh
Ssh
3sh
Other Requirements: (1)
0-1
3sh
Free Electives:
Total Degree F
9
3sh
3sh
Acquirements:
124-128
Ssh
(1) Student must pass BE 130 with a "C" or better or pass an exemptic
!4sh
exam.
Associate of Arts Degree
3.
Offering specialization in computer and office information systems (COIS),
the Associate of Arts Degree in Business is designed to be a two-year
curriculum with these objectives:
1. To provide business occupational education with the opportunity for
specialization in COIS.
2. To enable the student to enter COIS positions in business and
government.
To enable the student to upgrade his/her skills and knowledge to qualify
for higher positions in business and government.
4. To provide the foundation to continue education in a four-year degree
program. This program is offered at the Indiana campus only.
Tech Prep
The Technology Support and Training Department has signed articulation
agreements with high schools throughout Western Pennsylvania. Graduates
of these approved programs have the opportunity to schedule advanced
courses and develop higher-level skills to enhance employment options. For
additional information, contact the department secretary at 724-357-3003.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
EBERLY COLLEGE OF BUSINESS 53
Associate of Arts— Business-Computer and Office
Information Systems Specialization
Liberal Studiesi As followB!
English EN101
I in. \iis: "ii »e from lisi
Humanities! HI19! and one course from LS lisl of
Philoiophj .ml Relig sStudies
Liberal Studies Elective* ( I )
BE/CM CI i IM LB201,CO/IM101,EC122
Machi BE1 II in MA12I
Social Science! P< 1101 and one rse from non-western
( lultures LS Soi ial S< ience lisi
Majori Business (Associate) < :.n<
Required ( loursesi
\Dloi Introduction to Business 3sh
,\l)i!;'i Business Technical Writing Ish
\i . 'in \ nting Principles I Ish
AG202 lecou g Principles II 3sh
Other Kequirementsi
( lomputer and < tffice Specialization!
BE250
Electronic Office Procedures
BE273
Word Processing Applii ations
LM205
Foundations ol MIS
Vdvisor-Approved Elective
Free E)e<
lives:
Other It.
squire)
ncnts:
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
loi.il I ).'u,i . r Requirements:
(I ) Students can nol repeal the same prefix in this category.
Minor— Office Systems
(tin Business Maims in ihe Eberly College ol Business only)
Required Courses:
( >S ioi Advanced Microcomputer Applications 3sh
OS31 ■ Office Systems Technologies 3sh
Records Administration .'ish
i IS ion Telecommunications .isli
I IS II 1 Microcomputer Support lor < )llicc Systems ,'isli
15
Business Minors for Eberly College of Business
Students
Minoi in ■ intin] I inance, Human Reaoura - Man
i mini 1 1 il.iiin.iii.il i Systems, Mark) ting, and Office Systems arc
offered oiuj for students who ari majoring in one ..I tin- othei majors in tlie
i bi rl) ( .ill. gi ofBusini the common thirty-six-credil
Business con
Minor in Business Administration for Non-Business Majors
The Eberly < iollege ..l Business often, as a joint i Bon ol ii di partments, a
21 semestei hour minoi foi non-business majors. The program is dedgned
in give non-business majors a general bai kground in business with 1 1
semester hours of prescribed 1 courses and 20 semeater hours
.il ii i|iiil'e(l business i inn .
Prescribed Liberal Sluilies:
Social Science: I '.( 1121
Mathematics: MA214 or MA217
Liberal Studies Klectives: BE/CO LM101,] '
Required Business Courses: 15
AG201 \. i ounting Prim iples I *sh
AG202 Accounting Principles II 3sh
FI310 Finance! 3sh
M(l.'310 Principles of Management 3sh
MK320 Principles of Marketing 3sh
Other Requirements: 6
Two of the following with advisement:
AD32 1 Business and Interpersonal
Communications Sab
BL235 Introduction to Business Law Ssh
IM.'iUO Information Systems: Theory and Practice 3sh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
54 THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
The College of Education
John W. Butzow, Dean
Joyce Lynn Garrett, Associate Dean for Administration and
Academic Affairs
John R.Johnson, Associate Dean for Educational College-
School Partnerships
Since its founding in 1875 as the Indiana Normal School, Indiana LIniversity
nl Pennsylvania lias been widely recognized for its excellent programs in
teacher education. Although the scope of the university has been greatly
expanded, the College of Education continues the tradition of preparing
outstanding teachers to serve the students of the commonwealth and the
n.it
The College ol Education comprises nine multidimensional departments
which oiler twenty-live programs leading to the bachelor, master, and
doctoral degrees. Undergraduate programs prepare students in teacher
i dm atinn (elementary, early childhood, secondary, vocational, and special
education), communications media, and rehabilitation. In addition, a diverse
sel ol graduate programs, detailed in the Graduate School Catalog, meet the
needs ol practitioners in basic education, higher education, counseling, and
communications media.
The departments in the college are Professional Studies in Education.
Foundations of Education. Communications Media. Special Education and
Clinical Services, Educational and School Psychology, Counselor Education,
Student Affairs in Higher Education. Adult and Community Education, and
the University Scl I. Each department makes a unique contribution to the
total preparation of students within the college. Some programs provide
sen ice courses to enhance the professional preparation of students; odiers,
such as professional programs in teacher education, public school
administration, and personnel services, lead to certification for public school
teaching or supervision in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
The College ol Education is well known for its opportunities to practice
'"hands-on" learning. Over five hundred students enjoy early field
experiences each semester. In addition, the College of Education places
about six hundred student teachers each year in public schools which
provide a hill semester of supervised teaching experience. Students are
encouraged to take advantage of a full range of activities offered in urban,
rural, and multicultural settings.
Practical experiences are important for students majoring in communications
media and rehabilitation as well. Students in these programs are prepared in
one of the largest internship programs in Pennsylvania. They select
supervised work experiences with agencies throughout the commonwealth
and neighboring states: many students are so successful in their internship
placements, they are hired immediately upon graduation.
Summary of Certification Programs Offered
Bachelor of Science in Education (B.S.Ed, with certification)
Elementary Education
Early Childhood Education
Secondary Education
For details, see the College of Humanities and Social Sciences:
English, French, German. Social Science. Spanish
For details, see tile College oj Natural Sciences and Mathematics:
Biology, Chemistry, Earth and Space Science, General Science,
Mathematics, Physics
For details, see the College of Health and Human Services:
Health and Physical Education, Family and Consumer
Sciences Education (Home Economics)
For details, see the College of Fine Arts:
Art, Music
For details, see the Eberh College of Business:
Business
N A UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 55
S|i. i ill Education
Speech I anguagi Patholog) and ludiolog)
Mm. i I Except I Person*
Etluea 10I Persons widi Hearing Loss
Vocational /laconical Education
Bachcl is,;. M. i Degree (B.S.)
Rehabilitation
i ations Media
Graduate Prog i» (See ** Gradual* s,h,wl ( «tal<%)
Muter1! Degree (M.I d. unless otherwise ooted)i \<lnli andC tnunit)
Education (M. A.), Business,* ounselor Educal Early Childl I
n ..I Exi epti I Persona, Edui ational Psyi holog
I I. in. lit... % Math Edui : n, Liti rai v. Masters in Edui ation
I ducal Musii Education (M. L), Speech-Language
Patholog) (M.S.),Studenl Vffairsin Highei Educal M.A I,
[1 ii i nglish (M.A.)
Doctoral Degree (D.Ed.)i Elemental) Edui i,Scl I Psychology,
Edui I i adership (witli Superintendent's Lettei of Eligibility)
( . i liti. .niori Onlv: Reading Spei ialist, Si hod Psyi hologist,
I lementarj Secondarj Principal, Superintendent's Lettei "I Eligibility
Teacher Certification Programs
mis 111 teacher education provide students with opportunities to gain
1 1 in both generic and program-specifii compi teni ies. Studi tits
whoprepan tobeconu teai hers should be able to:
1. Demonstrati di pth and breadth of knowledge in subjeel mattei content
and pi dagogii .il skills.
■I. Demonstrate an understanding ol and the ability to apply the theoretical
and prai rii al aspi ctsol human growdi and development .is the) n late
i ii I'll.-, and Ii arning.
;i. Demonstrate skills and abilities to work collaborativel) with others.
I. Demonstrate professional commitment to students, i olleagues, .mil the
community.
5. Demonstrate the beliel thai professional development is an ongoing
(i. Demonstrate an understanding of the historical and philosophical
foundations ol American education.
Teacher education programs at IUP focus on student learners who are taught
.iml guided b) a facult) committed to me preparatii f competent teai hers.
Students preparing to become teaching professionals must exhibit humanism
.in.l adaptability, prai tice and communicate critical thinking skills, and
In', ome excellenl role models. These qualities are developed through
coursework and activities that emphasize the liberal studies in concert with
appropriate professional pedagogy. Collaboration is modeled .is uraw raitj
i. ii ulix. public si lin.il personnel, and students work together to accomplish
v,ii.ils of the II P teacher education programs.
Degree Requirements
All degree candidates in the College of Education (except for three spi
programs) must satisfai toril) complete a minimum of 1- t semestei hours in
three categories: Liberal Studies, a specialized majoi Geld, and professional
education. Program revisions are ongoing in an attempt to provide teachers
in training with the most current information related to teaching and
learning. Students should always consult with advisors to determine what
, hanges, if any, have been made in their chosen program of study.
Liberal Studies 52 55 semestei In mis. des< ribed in tins . atalog undei
Requirements for Graduation.
Specialized major field requirements listed undei department offerings.
Professional Education 30 semestei hours, .is follow s:
i M301 Technology for Learning and Instruction Ish
I DS I- Pre-studem lea. lun- Clinical
Experieni e I Isli
ED342 Pre-student Teaching Clinii al
Experience II lsh
ED442 Si Il.au lsh
EP202 Educational Psychologj 3sh
EP377 Educational Tests and Measurements 3sh
II -11-' American Education in Theory and Practict 3sh
Methods Course • (Teaching of ) 3sh
Stii.lent Teaching - (One semester) 1 -Mi
Change of Major to the College of Education
i iwhowiah totrarufei to a lead lucal pi
..i I .In. ,,i urn i ha i ili - GPAol ould
completi 'I" ' ' i it) ' hangi ol Maj ii Ii n i ind submit it to the
il< partnn nt i liairpi - ion foi tl « program ol study. 'I hi applii atioi
i wed l>\ il" departmi nl
, ...ml i I.. i [hi ti ai program to whii h application I.
in. nl. II I. ,|n.i ind approval i»j
the College of Education processes thi application.
Some programs in onrequin internal rrai
■ plete Step I "I tin l-Su p P i. Studi nts ring thi n pi
ubmil all Step I paperwork with the Changi ..I Majoi form.
Sim I. nts should . ..nsiili widi tin departmi nt i hairperson oi pn
. oordinatoi ol thi m m majoi to di ti nun,. >p< ■ ilii n q
i i hangi il
Admission to Teacher Education Programs
i lit) polic) outlines a 1-Step Process foi all studi
i ition; tin pi... i ss ,i]i|ili. s to students from the time they are admitted
to the teachei certifical program until they ^railiutc with reeniiiiiieiidatn.ii
for certification Thi l-Step Process policy consists of four separati ph
Teacher Certification, Junior St ling, Student Teachii
Recommendation foi Certifical It is imperative that students thorough!)
undent I the polii ies, procedures, ami consequent .-> .•! the l-Step Pi
as it applies to thi study.
Admission to teacher ed ins is competitive and n q
students i eel thi requirements outlined in Step 1 of the l-Step Pro
Toqualifi for admission to teacl ic a, all students must romplrtr j
minimum ol 2H semestei hours with a cumulative GPA ..I 2.5 ..r higher; in
addition, students an required to submit the four items listed below.
Students who do not achievi and maintain a cumulative GPAi
highei are unable to take c rework in the teacher eilmatn.ii core. Some
programs .i|.].l\ thi same st.niil.iril t< > courses in the professional core as well.
Details of specific program requirements . an be found in tin so lion ..I the
catalog which .lis. ribes ..ii 1 1 department's programs ..I study. For example, a
description of the Chemistr) Education pr. .^ram may he found under die
t lollegi ol Natural S. ienc es and Mathematics. Chemistry Department.
Secondarj Chemistr) Education; a description of the Mush Education
program is located undei the College of Fine Arts. Music Department,
Education; and the Elementary Education program is described under die
( lollege ol Education, Professional Studies in Education Department.
Elemental) Education.
Admission to teai hci education programs is governed by the 4-Stcp Pi
This procedure is designed to improve the qualit) ol teacher education and
maintain program integrity. The process ...nsists of lour steps, with
evaluation and advisement occurring at each step.
I. Admission to Teacher Certification
Procedure: Admission to teacher education programs at II 'P is
competitive. Although students may be accepted into the Col
Education at initial application, they arc not officially admitted to
teachei edui ation programs until qualified under die 4-Stcp P
qualify foi admission to Step 1: Teacher Certification, a student should
follow the guidelines listed below.
Requirements: At the point a student believes he or she will complete
_'n or more semester hours widi a cumulative GPA of2
he she must file an application for admission to die teacher education
... ..in. The application includes die following materials:
1. verification ..I completion of at least 29 semester hours
2. verification ol a cumulative GPA of2.5 or higher
3. a completed Teacher Certification Application signed bv the
advisor
4. official ACT 34 151 clearance forms
5. a physician's statement ol IB clearance
6. a clinic l.in's statement ol speech test clearance
7. .. clinician's statement ol hearing test clearance
When all papers are prepared, they are submitted to the academic
,ul\ ism lor rc\ lew .iml evaluation. The advisor recommends approval or
denial and forwards the application to the Dean's Off
Education, for processing. Applications are processed immediately il all
requirements are met. Applications may be held for second semester
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE
56 THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
freshmen waiting for grades/credits ONLY; applications will be
processed following posting of semester grades.
Results: If all Step 1 requirements are met, the student will he notified
by letter of his/her admission to the Teacher Certification Program. This
official admission makes the student eligible to take Core Education
courses including: CM301 Technology for Learning and Instruction;
FE202 American Education in Theory and Practice; EP202
Educational Psychology; and ED242 Pre-Student Teaching Clinical
Experience I. No student is allowed to register for Core Education
courses until he/she has been granted admission to Teacher
Certification.
In some programs, official admission to Teacher Certification is required
before enrollment in program coursework is permitted. Students should
consult with their advisors or department chairperson to determine
specific requirements for their program of study.
No student is guaranteed admission to the Teacher Certification
Program. Acceptance into a program is at the discretion of the advisor,
department, and College of Education. Any student widi a criminal
record should contact the College of Education immediately to
determine his/her eligibility to become a commonwealth teacher.
Any student denied admission to the Teacher Certification Program
must reapply at the time deficiencies are met.
II. Admission to Junior Standing
Procedure: When a teacher education candidate believes he/she will
complete 59 or more semester hours with a minimum cumulative GPA
of 2.5, she/he must file an application for Junior Standing with the
Dean's Office in the College of Education.
Requirements:
1. Admitted to Teacher Certification
2. Completed at least 57 semester hours which may include accepted
transfer credits
3. Minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5
4. Completion of EN 1 0 1 or equivalent with a grade of C or better
5. Completion of ED242 and EP202 widi grades of C or better
6. Final speech and hearing clearances for students not cleared at
initial testing
7. Submission of a Planned Program of Study on an approved form
Some programs have additional requirements for admission to Junior
Standing; students should consult with their academic advisor, program
coordinator, or department chair to determine specific program
requirements.
The application is reviewed, evaluated, and signed by the academic
advisor. If all requirements are met, the application is forwarded to the
Dean's Office in the College of Education for processing.
Results: The student is sent written notification of his/her acceptance to
Junior Standing. Upon official admission, the student is eligible to enroll
in die following courses: ED342 Pre-Student Teaching Clinical
Experience II; ED442 School Law; EP377 Educational Tests and
Measurements; and courses in the methods of teaching.
If a student has not met die requirements of Step 2: Junior Standing, the
student will be so informed by the Dean's Office in die College of
Education. Enrollment in Core Education courses will be denied until
all deficiencies are met.
A student may reapply for admission to Junior Standing when he/she
has met all prerequisite requirements.
III. Admission to Student Teaching
Procedure: Students who have completed all university, college, and
departmental requirements are eligible to apply for admission to Student
Teaching. An application should be filed with the Office of College-
School Partnerships at least one semester before the actual experience.
Requirements
1. Admission to Junior Standing
2. Satisfactory completion of at least 91 semester hours with a
cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher
3. Completion of the required Liberal Studies science courses with
grades of C or better
4. Completion of the required Liberal Studies madiematics course
widi a grade of C or better
5. Completion of all required professional education core courses
with grades of C or better (FE202, EP202, CM301, ED242,
ED342, ED 442, EP377 (when required), and methods course(s)
in the major area)
6. Affirmative recommendation by the student's major department
advisor or program coordinator
7. Verification of the special education competency by a) EX300
Education of Students with Disabilities in Inclusive Elementary
Classrooms (for elementary and early childhood majors), b) EX301
Education of Students with Disabilities in Inclusive Secondary
Classrooms (for majors in secondary subject areas and K-12
specialty areas), or c) the Special Education Competency Test.
8. Submit evidence of final criminal and child abuse clearances (Acts
34/151 for Pennsylvania residents or FBI clearance for out-of-state
students).
9. Satisfy supplemental departmental requirements, if any, as approved
by the Faculty Senate and described in the department section of
the undergraduate catalog.
Results: Students who make application and meet all requirements for
Admission to Student Teaching will be placed for the final clinical
experience by the Office of College-School Partnerships. Placement is
at the discretion of the student's major department and the Office of
Educational College-School Partnerships. Confirmation of acceptance
and approval is made in writing and permits the student to register for
student teaching during the normal registration process.
It requirements for Student Teaching have not been met, the student is
informed in writing and will be administratively removed from the
student teaching placement. The student may not register for student
teaching until deficiencies are removed.
In keeping with university policy, all student teachers are required to
be registered for Student Teaching before they enter the classroom
on the first day.
IV. Recommendation for Certification
Procedure: Complete application for the Pennsylvania Department of
Education Certification and file widi the Office of Educational College-
School Partnerships by the listed dates appropriate to the anticipated
date of graduation.
Requirements:
1. A minimum grade of C in all professional education courses and an
overall grade-point average of 2.5.
2. Review and recommendation by the major academic advisor
indicating completion of all departmental teacher education
requirements.
3. Completion of student teaching with a minimum grade of C.
4. Successful completion of the PRAXIS Core Battery, PRAXIS
General Knowledge, and PRAXIS Specialty Area tests.
Appeal Provision: A student who believes that any requirement of this
policy has been inequitably applied or that he/she merits special
consideration may appeal through the proper channels: academic
advisor, chairperson, College of Education dean (or designee), teacher
education appeals committee. Appeals must be made before the end of
the next regular academic semester following the application.
Every effort should be made to resolve the appeal dirough the process
so described. If, at the conclusion, the student is still in disagreement
with die findings, the student may request review before a special
Teacher Education Appeals Committee. The committee will be
composed of three voting members representing the faculty, cooperating
teachers, and students to be elected each year by the Teacher Education
Coordinators Council of the Academy for Teacher Preparation.
To initiate an appeal, the student must file a form obtained at die Dean's
Office, College of Education. Appeals will be heard only during the
regular academic semester. The student will be expected to submit
written documentation of his/her complaint about the process of review
for continuation or eligibility in the teacher education program. The
committee will review the materials and make its recommendation to the
dean, College of Education. A final decision rests with the associate
dean of College School Partnerships.
End Notes: In all cases where advisor action is required, a department
may choose to use a committee or odier departnientally approved
process. In cases where recommendations are supplied by someone
other than the academic advisor, the department needs to place a copy
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 57
ofit. policy and edurea on file with the del Coll I
Edi in.
Some departments have additional Junioi Standing requirements in
i,l h . Department) maj continue to apply those requirementa but need
,',,i ep, i copy ol thi i win mentson file with the dean ol the
College of Ed
Tl„ polii ) .is here Jtaled applies to .ill students applying to Teai hei
i :. mil, ,111,111 Programs on oi aftei Septembei I. 1988, and in< ludes
upd ,i. ,i procedun sand i ditorial r< visions as submitted to the
i niverait) SenateinMay, 1990; May, 1992; and Vpril, 1997.
Student Teaching
Student teaching ia designed to be the culminating learning experii no fbi
peci I,, is Student teachers practice teaching and naginga
1 1 1 iS m, l, , Hi, supervision ofa full-time mastei teai hei in an off-
i .iiii|iiis center. A university supervisor is assigned to work with individual
student teachers and cooperating teachers. To gain admission to student
teai hing, applicants must have achieved a minimum cumulative grade-point
average "l 2.5. In addition, students must complete .ill requirements of the 1-
Step I'u" ess and should complete all other components of the Liberal
Studies and professional core before student teaching. Souk- programs have
standards abovi the minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA and/or c sc grade
expei i. in, his above the minimum grade of C. Each student should counsel
idvisoi tm information about specifii program requirementa
related to qualification foi student teaching.
Field Placements
The Office ol Student Teai hing determines final placements tor all field
»,uk ,, hi, In. ted in iln public schools. In accordance with university policy,
•.mil, nis must In officially enrolled in the course fbi whi< h the field work is
being done, Students entering a classroom without being duly registered are
in \ milium of university policy and may place themselves at risk legally.
Removal of a Student Teacher from a Student
Teaching Placement
Purposei To establish reasons or a process for removal ofa student teacher
from the student teaching assignment. The first two items are consistent with
Vet 3 I. ( niiimal Record Check; item 3 establishes a procedure il student
behavioi is not consistent with appropriate expectations of the school
district; item t establishes a process and assures that the student teacher
learns of unsatisfactory progress as early as possible; and item .5 is an appeal
pnM ess
Policy! Student teachers are ultimately guests of the cooperating school
districts and may he removed by the district officers. A student teacher may
also be removed b) 1 1 ' 1* from the student teaching assignment for any of the
following ids, mis:
1. If indicted (bra felony which is covered in the School Code and Act 34,
there shall he a removal ol the student teacher from die school
assignment until the matter is cleared. When the student is cleared of
the indictment, the student teaching assignment will he extended to
cover the time missed during student teaching.
2. If com icted ofa felony which is covered in the School Code and Act
34. the student teacher will he withdrawn from the student teaching
assignment and will forfeit the time spent during the student teaching
assignment.
3. II the beha\ ior exhibited by the student teacher is not acceptable to the
school district, it should he documented by the school administrator/
principal in collaboration with the cooperating teacher and the
university supervisor/coordinator and director. Student Teaching Office.
It alter discussion with the student, improvement is evidenced, no
lurthei action will he taken by the Student Teaching Office.
4. II it is determined either by the cooperating teacher or university
supervisor that the teaching competency of the student teacher is at an
unsatisfactory level based on the teaching competencies indicated on the
evaluation form and not in the best interest of the students, a three-way
Conference of cooperating teacher, university supervisor, and student
will he held to discuss die concern, possible outcomes, and remedial
strategies. If after consultation with the university director of Student
Teacliing, removal from this student teaching placement is
necessary, this action shall be done bv the director of Student
leai hing and llli ■ Hr.ni ol tin <nll.gci.IIHiiidlM.il I I. L> liavior
should l» d,„ hum ni, ,1 ind di* ideal teat lung
experiencea po
5. Decisions made under this policy may be appealed t» the dean.
College ol I Hin ..lion (. i tlilii ation ollin t).
Certification Requirements
( College ..I l-.dii. ation requirements foi recommendation fbi certification at a
teai hi i. ..s well .is il n r in, rli.ii- steps leading to commonwealth
certification, are outlined in thi I Step Process. Thi requirementa mrmdr
a minimum grade of ( ■ in ..II professional edui anon , ouraes and a
cumulative GPA of 2 r.
— review and recommendation by the majoi or indicating
completion of all university and departmental leai her education
requirements
— completion nl Student tl ai lung with a minimum grail, ol '
successful i ompli don ol the PRAXIS < Ion Battery, PR \MS '
Knowledge, and PRAXIS Specialt) V
— competency in working with students with spa ul needs (S|>ei lal
Education)
Applications for i ertifii ation i annol U pnx eased unul the student
completes the Bai heloi ol Si ii ii, e in Education degree or its equivalent.
Dual Certification
The departments of Professional Studies in Education and Special
Education and Clinic al Services have developed guidelines for students
wishing to complete academic requirements for a second certification.
Students majoring in Elementary Education may do diis in Education ol
Persons with 1 learing Loss, Education of Exceptional Persons, or Early
Childhood Education; Early Childhood Education majors may do this in
Education of Persons with Hearing Loss, Education of Exceptional Persons,
or Elementary Education.
Majors in Education of Persons widi Hearing Loss or Education of
Exceptional Persons may do diis in eidier Early Childhood Education or
Elementary Education.
Forms for applying for dual certification are available in die offices of the two
departments. Applications must be approved by die student's advisor and by
die department chairperson or assistant chairperson of bodi departments.
Students are advised that the completion of requirements will take
approximately two extra semesters, and they may wish to explore the
possibility of completing die second certification at a graduate level.
Commonwealth Requirements for Teacher
Certification
(Excludes Vocational Instructional Certification. See section called "Center
for Vocational Personnel Preparation.*')
Certification standards for commonwealth public school teachers are
established by the Pennsylvania Department of Education and the
Pennsylvania Board of Education. The academic advisor of die student's
major department must verify- for the dean of the College of Education that
all academic requirements are met. The student's name is then placed on the
graduation list.
Applicants for certification must sign an attesunent of I'nited States
citizenship. Applicants who are not citizens must have an immigrant visa
which permits them to seek employment widiin die I'nited States, and thev
must have declared die intent to become citizens of die United States.
Applicants must also submit a physical examination report and certify- they
are not in die habit of using narcotic drugs in any form, do not use ex,
amounts of intoxicating beverages, are not currently under indictment by-
legal audiorities, and have not been convicted ofa criminal offense.
Applicants who are unable to meet one or more of diese requirements must
submit a full explanation with the application. In addition, diey must attest to
die fact diat all information supplied in the application is accurate.
The Pennsylvania Department of Education issues an Instructional I
certificate to beginning teachers upon graduation from and recommendation
bv the College of Education. .All candidates for the Instructional I certificate
must successfully pass the National Teacher Exam general knowledge battery
and selected specialty areas tests. Since IL'P is a designated test site.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY Of PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
58 THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
registration tor the PRAXIS may be completed through University Testing
Services in the Career Services office. After completii I 24 additional
semester hours of collegiate and/or in-service coursework and with
successful teaching experience, students are eligible to receive an
Instructional II certificate, which is a permanent certification to teach in the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Professional Certification Application Fee
Beginning Fall Semester, 1998, all applicants lor Teacher Certification or
Professional Education Certifications from the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania through IMP will he assessed a $40 application fee. Of that fee,
$15 will be forwarded to the Bureau of Teacher Certification. Pennsylvania
Department of Education, in Harrisburg with the IUP recommendation for
certification. Add-on and second certifications processed through IUP will
also he assessed this fee. Requests for processing out-of-state teacher
certification applications will he assessed a $25 processing fee per request.
The University Clinics
Two clinics under the supervision of the College of Education offer
diagnostic testing, remedial services, and instruction. The Speech and
Hearing Clinic is organized and managed by the Department of Special
Education and Clinical Services. The Child Study Center is housed in the
Department of Educational and School Psvchology.
The Speech and Hearing Clinic is started by Special Education faculty and
supervised graduate students working toward advanced degrees in Speech-
Language Pathology. Using state-of-the-art equipment, clinic personnel
provide diagnosis "I speech problems and hearing tests and evaluations, as
well as a regular program of therapy for clients. As part of this program,
clinic stall niembers provide testing and necessary therapeutic services to all
teacher education candidates, who must meet strict speech and hearing
clearances. Regularly enrolled students at the university, including all teacher
certification candidates, are eligible to receive these services without charge.
The Child Study Center provides opportunities for Educational Psychology
graduate students in the post-master's certification and doctoral programs to
acquire professional skills under the supervision of certified faculty
supervisors. Clinic personnel provide psychological assessment for children
and adolescents with learning and/or behavior problems. They also provide
consultation for parents and public school personnel involved with these
children.
Graduate Programs
Information describing master's and doctoral programs in education may be
lound in the current issue of the Graduate School Catalog.
The University School
Marilyn S. Howe, Director; Beisel, Ellermeyer, Ford Grove,
Hcchtman, Mambo, Stephenson, Yost; and professors emeritae Davis,
Fleming, Lingenfelter, Martin, Walthour
The University School is located in Davis Hall on the IUP campus, where it
is housed with the departments of Professional Studies in Education and
Special Education and Clinical Services. The University School provides a
program of instruction for students in kindergarten through sixth grade. In
addition, the school oilers a rich variety of experimental and research
activities for IUP faculty and students. Faculty members from disciplines as
varied as music, physical education, Spanish, elementary education, and
special education have ongoing programs which are carried out at the
University School. Each year, hundreds of teacher education students
participate in activities such as observations, lesson presentations, and
student teaching. Graduate students utilize the University School to conduct
research on teaching and learning. Research and experimental activities are
scheduled with the director of the University School.
Center for Vocational Personnel Preparation
Thomas W. O'Brien, Director
Vocational-Technical Professional Studies
Jane A. Whisner, Chairperson; Boyd, Debow, Dolecki, I )iu bin,
Gamble, Keith, Monaco, Rivosecehi, Spewock, Sylvcs, Toth
The Vocational-Technical Professional Studies program offers
undergraduate curricula that prepare prcservice teachers, in-service teachers,
supervisors, and administrators in vocational-technical education. Students
enrolling in one of the vocational education programs may specialize in an
area related to interest and/or previous work experience. Programs may lead
to either a Bachelor of Science in Education degree with certification or to
professional certification only. Program graduates have a broad range of
employment opportunities as teachers/trainers in secondary schools.
vocational-technical schools, postsecondary schools, antl business and
industry.
Certification to teach vocational-technical education in the commonwealdi's
secondary schools is issued to individuals who meet statutory requirements,
demonstrate occupational/technical proficiency on a nationally standardized
occupational competency examination, and complete ()() semester hours of
the Pennsylvania Department of Education's approved university program.
In the IUP program, a plan of studies will he tailored to each student's
unique background (i.e., electrical, electronics, data processing, drafting,
welding, dental, etc.) and professional needs.
Certification to serve as a cooperative education teacher-coordinator in the
commonwealth's secondary schools can be earned by completing a program
of studies tailored to each student's individual background and professional
needs. The program prepares individuals for managing industrial
cooperative training and school-to-work transitional experiences. For
persons holding a valid Pennsylvania Instructional Certificate, the program of
studies will be individualized based upon educational credits earned.
Each program offered by the Center for Vocational Personnel Preparation
requires completion of the following semester hours:
Bachelor of Science in Education
Cooperative Education Teacher/Coordinator Certificate
Vocational Technical Education Certificate
124sh
75sh
ri0-62sh
The University School is a member of the National Association of
Laboratory Schools. Facult} members at the University School have received
many grants and teaching awards in recognition of their contributions to the
education profession.
Bachelor of Science in Education — Vocational-Technical
Education
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 53-55
with the following specifications:
Social Science: PC 101
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with VO prefix
College: 6
Professional Educational Sequence:
EP202 Educational Psychology 3sh
FE202 American Education in Theory and P
ractice 3sh
Major: 30
Required Courses:
VO100 Preparation of the Vocational
Professional I 15sh
VO400 Preparation of the Vocati il
Professional II 15sh
Other Requirements: 27
Vocational Technical:
EN310 Public Speaking Ssh
VO401 Special Topics in Vocational Technical
Preparation 3-12sh
VO402 Special Topics in Vocatii inal
Pedagogical Preparation 3-15sh
VO450 Technical Preparation of the
Vocational Professional 24sh
Other as approved
Free Electives: 6-8
Total Degree Requirements: 124
NDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 5.9
Certificate— Vocational-Technical Education
Liberal Studiesi As billows:
Mathematical MA101
English: EN101
Humanities! one »e I lists
I mi Aii.s: mil . ourse In. in lisi
Natural Sciencei one course, lab 01 non-lab
Social Science. I'' 101
Liberal Studies Electivesi on si no course
mil. VO prefix
( lollegei
Professional Educational Sequence!
EPS08
Edui ational Psychology
:isi,
11 'n !
\m. ii. .in Edui .in. .ii in Theorj .mil
Practii <
Ssh
Major:
33
Required Com
si's:
EN310
I'ul.li. Speaking
Ssh
\( HOO
Preparation ol the Vocational
Professional 1
L5sh
\i iiiin
Preparation ..I the Vocational
Professional II
15sh
Free Electivesi
0
l.n.il Certification Requirements:
60-62
Certificate as Secondary School Cooperative Education
Teacher/Coordinator
Liberal Studiesi As follows: 2
Mathematics: MA 101
English! EN101
Humanities! one course from lists
Fine Arts: iinc course from list
Natural Science': one course . I.ih or non-lab
Social Science: PC101
Liberal Studies Eleetives: one course, no courses
with VO prefix
College:
Professional Educational Sequence:
KP202
Educational Psychology
Ssh
FE202
American Education in Theory and
Practice
.Ssh
Major:
48
Required Courses:
EN310
Publii Speaking
.'Jsli
VOl 00
Preparation ..1 the Vocational
Professional 1
15sh
VO400
Preparation of the Vocational
Professional II
15sh
VO402
Special Topics in Vocational
Pedagogical Preparation
15sb
Free Eleetives:
0
Total Certification Requirements:
75-77
Department of Adult and Community
Education
Trenton R. Ferro, Chairperson; Dean
I lie Department ol Adult and Community Education is a graduate
department offering two programs leading to the Master of Arts degree.
Adult and Community Education helps students learn about teaching and
planning educational programs lor adults in a wide vanetv of settings
including business and industry, the community, health agencies and
hospitals, colleges and universities, and religious institutions. The Master ol
Aits m Adult Education and Communications Technology. jomtlv
administered by the Department of Communications Media, prepares
■null nts i.. I., i oi
let linolog) bui Ii mputi i I produi tion design, radio n
distani e edui ation ti i lim
Department of Communications Media
Km i P. Dud I. Chairperson) Uisel, Handler, Juliette, Kanyanuokc.
Koinli hi. Lambersld, Lcddman-Golub, Start, Willis. \\ ilson) and
professors emeriti Kb'ngensmith, Mai ls.u< . Murray, s.u^i m. Young
I he departmi nt offers a Bachelor of Science in i lis and
i wo Illinois. .1 in ml ..in i. an. .ns Mi .1 idoni in Educational
Technology ITii m n Communications Media is an 18-scmcstcr-houi
Tei hnolog] is t24 emi itei bout | ram designed for student
( a.lli :ge ol Edui rtmenl
also serves preset mdothei students who are required to
complete CMS01 Technology fo i d Instruction
The philosophy of the C lunications Media Department is to
gem i.ilists in the area ol i ommunii ations. < )ur students maj ■
number of electh trses, depending on their career im
i hi d< pat ii i fai tdt] il
11111111..11 s media. With tb om work and the
optional tnti rnship | gram, di parti u rat i
posit s iii var g areas. Students graduating with .i di
< on im, adon \h dia havi obtained positions in >u, It areas as radio.
tih vision, i able television, publii i< lations. advertising media, media
relations, and corporate media relations.
Students changing majors from other academic departments within the
university are required to be in good academic standing before the transfer
will be approved.
Bachelor of Science — Communications Media
Liberal Studies: \s outlined in Liberal Studies section
with tin following specifications:
Social Science: PC101
Liberal Studies Eleetives: HI ( ( I IM 101 (to be taken in
the freshman yeat ). no i ourses with CM prefix, not to
include courses cross-listed with < M
Major: I J
Required (nurses:
CM10I
m American
(Air.it
CM 195
CM475
t M4<) :
Communii ations M. di;
S... ii tj
Aesthetii s and Theory of
Communications Media
Career Planning in < ommunicarioos
Media
Senioi Portfolio Presentation
Internship (summers 6,9,
Minimum ol one course from the following list:
CM302 Research in Communications Media
CM303 Scriptw tiring
CM330 Instructional Design lor Training and
Development
CM403 Broadcast Newswriting
Minimum oi two courses from the following list:
( \l_' to ( lommunications Graphics
CM249 Basic Audio Recording Techniques
CM251 Television Produi
CM271 Beginning Photo
CM340 Advanced Communication ( rraphii s
CM349 Radio Production
CM351 Advanced Video Production
CM371 Photograph) II: The Print
CM l to Multimedia Prcw
CM449 Advanced Audio Recording Techniques
CM451 Broadcast News Process
CM471 Electronic Imaging
Ish
Ish
ir 12sh
.'ish
Ssh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE
60 THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Controlled Elecrives: 13
Other Communications Media elective courses including
courses from the above lists not taken as part of those
requirements.
Other Requirements:
Courses outside Communications Media that augment the
student's major course of study (advisor approval)
Free Electives:
(#) Total Degree Requirements
(#) A maximum of 12sh of CM493 can be applied to requirements for
graduation.
Minor — Communications Media
Required Courses:
CM 101 Communications Media in American
Society 3sh
CM — Electives in Communication Media 15sh
18
Minor— Educational Technology
Required Courses:
CM 101 Communications Media in American
Society 3sh
CM460 Emerging Trends in Communication
Technology 3sh
BE/CO/IM101 Microbased Computer Literacy 3sh
CM — Electives in Communications Media 15sh
Department of Educational and School
Psychology
Mary Ann Rafoth, Chairperson; Barker, Briscoe, Damiani, Hoellein,
Levinson, Quirk, Rattan; and professors emeriti DeFabo,
Meadowcroft, Shank, Yanuzzi
The department provides courses to undergraduate and graduate students.
Undergraduate students may declare a minor in Educational Psychology by
making application to the director of the minor program. Fifteen semester
hours of Educational Psychology courses are required for the minor.
The department also offers the M.Ed, in Educational Psychology as well as a
post-master's certification and a Doctor of Education in School Psychology.
Refer to the current Graduate School Catalog for details.
Department of Foundations of Education
Kurt P. Dudt, Interim Chairperson; Rotigel, Thibadeau; and professor
emeritus Chu
The Department of Foundations of Education serves all undergraduate
students in teacher certification preparation with an introductory course,
American Education in Theory and Practice. Additional areas of coursework
include urban education, curriculum development, and contemporary issues
and trends in education.
Graduate courses offered by this department include Comparative,
Historical, Philosophical, and Social Foundations of Education; Curriculum
Development; Professional Negotiations in Education; and International
Education Studies Program. For specific information concerning these
courses, see the current edition of the Graduate School Catalog.
Department of Professional Studies in
Education
George R. Bieger, Chairperson; Briscoe, Carreiro, Cole Slaughter,
Corbett, Doverspike, Elliott, Fennimore, Gerlach, Illig-Aviles,Jalongo,
Kaufman, King, Kupetz, Mikkelsen, M ill ward. Nastase, Stamp,
Sullivan, Tidwell, Mark Twiest, Meghan Twiest, L. Void, Yan; and
professors emeriti Dorsey, Glott, Lott, McFeely, Mott, Reilly, Rizzo, E.
Void
Elementary Education Program
The Elementary Education program is designed to provide learning
experiences which will assist students in developing into highly competent
and effective teachers in grades K-6. Students are able to expand dieir
knowledge through coursework and field experiences which embody
content, knowledge of liberal studies, pedagogy, curriculum, human
development and learning, and a historical and philosophical basis to
undergird one's professional behavior. A 2.5 cumulative GPA is required to
apply for teacher certification, to take major courses in the department, to
apply liir Junior Standing, and to student teach.
24 Early Childhood Education Program
The Early Childhood Education Program is designed to provide learning
experiences which assist students to become competent and effective
teachers in N-Grade 3. It prepares the students to select from among a
variety of techniques and strategies those which appropriately expand
children's cognitive, social, emotional, and physical development. Through
lectures, research, and on-site experiences with young children, students are
able to expand their own knowledge of and attitudes toward education of
young children.
A 2.5 cumulative GPA is required to apply for teacher certification, to take
major courses in die department, to apply for junior standing, and to student
teach. Students must meet die requirements leading to teacher certification
as oudined in this catalog.
Graduate Programs
Programs leading to the M.Ed, and Ed.D. degrees are described in the
current issue of die Graduate School Catalog. Internships and assistantships
are available.
Bachelor of Science in Education— Elementary Education (*)
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies section 56-57
with die following specifications:
Mathematics: MAI 51
Natural Science: SC 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 03, and 1 04 ( 1 )
Social Science: GE 1 0 1 , 1 02, or 1 04 (one course), PC 1 0 1
Fine Arts: TH 101
Liberal Studies Electives: MA152 (2); no courses with
EL prefix; not to include HE218
College:
Professional
CM301
ED242
Education Sequence: (3)
Technology for Learning and Instructioi
Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience I
ED342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience II
ED441 Student Teaching
ED442 School Law
EP202 Educational Psychology
EP377 Educational Tests and Measurements
FE202 American Education in Theory and
Practice
Major:
Required Courses:
ED499 Multicultural/Multiethnic Education
EL2 1 1 Music for the Elementary Grades
EL213 Art for die Elementary Grades
EL2 1 5 Child Development
EL221 Children's Literature
EL222 Reading for the Elementary School
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
lsh
lsh
12sh
lsh
3sh
3sh
3sh
2sh
2sh
2sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 67
Ish
2sh
2»h
ish
Ish
Ssh
EL257 Pedag I
ii iij Teai hingol Elementar) Si u no
|| HI Hat hing M.llliclll.llli I III tin
I'.Iciih nl.in School
MiM Teaching ol Health and Physical
l < 1 1 1 < al
ii., Pedagog] II
I I I I I I, ,„ I,,,,., ol Soi ial Si, i, lies
Mi'. Languagi tota It rosa thi I lurrii ulum
I ,|M, ,,,„,,, ..I Students with Disabilities in
I,,, lusive Elementary < ilassrooms 2sh
Other rUquirementsji (>
Special electives from a defined discipline (3)
Total Degree Requirements! 1 2.*>-l 2«
(*) Set requirements leading to teacher certification, tided "Admission to
i. ichei Edui al ." in the College "I Ed ion sei don of this catalog.
ol in semesti i hours fulfills the Liberal Studies natural
cienci requirement.
(■j) !■,., students who test i fMA152,consultyouradvisoi foi suggested
math courses,
(3) More than (went) opt s are available foi groupings in specific
departments oi i ross-departmental areas. This requirement is also
fulfilled bj . ompletion of an approved specialt) such .is I'l.ISKT. math,
,,i reading.
FLISETj see requirements in this < atalog.
Mad atics: MA317, 120, 156, 157, 158, 159, 171, 183 (math
concentration requires 15sh to include MA 151, 152)
Reading: ED408, EL422, EE220 oi 4r>l (reading concentration
requires L5sh to include EL221, 222, 425)
Students ma) seta i a set of spec ial electives from the list of Liberal
Studies i In lives oi non-Western courses that have not been used
previous!) in theii program. With permission of the chairperson ol
Professional Studies in Education and a specific department, a student
ma) be allowed to create an area of specialty other than those listed. See
,!, pat urn in ullii e I'm full listing; check prerequisites carefully. Submit
plan in advisor for approval.
Dual Certification
Students majoring in Early Childhood Education, Persona with Hearing
I oss, oi Education ol Exceptional Persons may complete academic
requirements for certification in Elementary Education by completing the
following requirements. Students are advised that completion ..I
requirements for a second certification "ill take approximately two extra
semesters. In certain circumstances, such as for transfer students, students
who must repeat cm.rses. or when students take courses out ol sequence,
earning this second certification may take longer.
Dual Certification— Elementary Education for Majors in
Early Childhood Education
1 D421
ELSJ2
I. s|,
Student Teaching (Grade I. 5, or 6) (2)
'leaching ol Elementary Science
(Junior Block)
Teaching Mathematics in the
Elementary School (I)
Teaching of Social Studies (Junior Block)
Language Arts Across the Curriculum
(1) MA152isa prerequisite for EL313 and should be taken as a Liberal
Studies elective.
(2) Student teaching (12sh) for the first certification. Earl) Childhood
Education, in grade k. 1. 2. or 3 will be completed prior to student
leaching lor this second certification.
Ii III
2sh
.'ish
3sh
3sh
Dual Certification— Elementary Education for Majors in
Education of Persons with Hearing Loss
I D342 I'n student Teaching Clinical
Experienci [J (EL) let
ED421 Student Teaching 6fh(l)
EE3I2 Ai si i
EL221 Children's Literatun
EL257 P< dagogy I
ELS 12 . ol Elementarj
EL313 Teat rung Mad tut ■ in tin
Elementary S< hool
i i ... P, ,gog) II
II. II I Teaching ol Social Studies
EL425 Language Arts Across the Curriculum
Ki i ommended ElectiVesi
II 151 Creative Activities in the Elementary
School
, fin Young CrriMn
Ish
Ish
2sh
3sh(2)
Ish
ish
Ssfa
(1) Students an required to do 6 semester hours ol student teai lung in die
ii gulai elementary i lassroom in addition to die 1 2 semester hours
required in the KI I major, 01 a total ol is semester hours ill student
1 1 .11 bing mi lusive l"i both certifii ations.
(2) \l \ I 52 is a prerequisite l"i ELS 13 and should he taken as a Liberal
Studies i Ii i uve.
Dual Certification- Elementary Education for Majors in
Education of Exceptional Persons
ED342
Prc-student Teaching Clinii al
1 \|.l ! nine II (EL)
Ish
ED421
Student Teaching
6sh(l)
EE312
Aesthetic Experiences foi V
Children
3sh
EL221
Children's Literature
3sh
EL257
Pedagog) I
3sh
ELS 12
Teaching ol Elementary Science
2sh
ELS 13
Teai hing Mathematics in the
Elementary School
Ssh (2)
EL357
Pedagog 11
3sh
EL411
Teaching ol Social Studies
3sh
EL425
Language Arts Across the Curriculum
3sh
Recommended Electives:
EL351
Creative A< ti\ ltus in die Elementary School 3sh
(1) Stink ills are required to do 6 semester hours of student teaching in the
regular elementary classroom in addition to die 12 semester hours
required in the EX major, or a total of 18 semester hours of student
teaching inclusive lor both certifications.
(2) MA I rr2 is a prerequisite lor KL313 and should be taken as a Liberal
Studies elective.
■IBSSSIBSBBSSISSSBSaieSSSBSSSSSBSSSSSaBH^^SSSBaSSSSSSBSBHBSBHSSSSSBSSSIBiSSI
Bachelor of Science in Education — Early Childhood
Education (*)
Liberal Studies: Aa oudined in Liberal Studies section
widi die following specifications:
Mathematics: MA 151
Natural Sciences: SOOT, 102. 103. and 104
Social Science: C-E 101. 102. or 10I:PC101
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses widi EE
prefix: not to include HE218
College:
Professional Education Sequence:
CM301 Technology lor Learning and Instruction 3sh
ED242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I Ish
ED342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience D Ish
ED441 Student Teai 12sh
ED442 S, hool Law Ish
EP202 Educational Psychology Ssh
EP377 Educational Tests and Measurements 3sh
FE202 American Education in Theorv and Practice Ssh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
62 THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Major:
Required
ED499
i i 100
EE220
EES10
EE311
EE312
EF.il 5
EI 151
EL215
EL257
EU57
EX300
EX 1 1 5
HE426
MA320
Fret Electives:
Courses: (1)
Multicultural/Multiethnic Education
Introduction to Early Childhood
Education
Language Development and Children's
Literature
Integrated Curriculum I (Math, Science)
Integrated Curriculum II (Social Science)
Aesthetic Experiences for Young Children
Development and Learning Through Play
Teaching Primary Reading
Child Development
Pedagogy I
Pedagogy II
Education of Students with Disabilities
in Inclusive Elementary Classrooms
Preschool Education for Children with
Disabilities
Techniques of Parent Education
Mathematics for Early Childhood
3sh
3sh
3sh
3
1^')
Total Degree Requirements:
(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education section of this catalog.
(1 ) A 2.5 overall grade-point average is required to register for major
courses.
Dual Certification — Early Childhood Education for Majors in
Education of Exceptional Persons
ED242
ED342
3sh
3sh
Ssh
3sh
ED421
EE200
Ssh
3sh
EE220
Ssh
EE310
:ish
Ssh
EE311
EE315
2sh
EL357
EX415
Pre-student Teaching ' llinical
nee I
Pre-studenl Teaching Clinical
Experience II (EE)
Student Teaching (N-3) (2)
Introduction to Early Childhood
Education
Language Development and Children's
Literature
Integrated Curriculum I
Integrated Curriculum II
Development and Learning Through Play
Pedagogy II
Preschool Education for Children with
Disabilities
Recommended Electives:
EE312 Aesthetic Experiences lor Young Children
EL351 Creative Activities in the Elementary
School
lsh(l)
Ish
fish
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
Ssh
(1) EX majors must complete 10 hours of observation in an N-3 classroom.
(2) EX majors must complete 6 semester hours of student teaching in EE
(N-3) in addition to the 12 semester hours required in the EX major, or
a total of IS semester hours of student teaching inclusive for both
certifications.
Dual Certification
Students majoring in Education of Persons widi Hearing Loss, Elementary
Education, or Education of Exceptional Persons may complete academic
requirements for certification in Early Childhood Education by completing
the following requirements. Students are advised that completion of
requirements lor a second certification will take approximately two extra
semesters. In certain circumstances, such as for transfer students, or students
who must repeat courses, or when students take courses out of sequence,
earning this second certification may take longer.
Dual Certification — Early Childhood Education for Majors in
Education of Persons with Hearing Loss
ED242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience I 1 sh ( 1 )
ED342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience II (EE) lsh
ED42 1 Student Teaching (N-3) (2) 6sh
EE200 Introduction to Early Childhood
Education 3sh
EE220 Language Development and Children's
Literature 3sh
EE310 Integrated Curriculum I 3sh
EE311 Integrated Curriculum II 3sh
EE315 Development and Learning Through Plav 3sh
EL357 Pedagogy II 3sh
MA320 Mathematics for Early Childhood 3sh
Recommended Electives:
EE3 12 Aesthetic Experiences for Young Children 3sh
EL351 Creative Activities in die Elementary
School 3sh
(1) EH majors must complete 10 hours of observation in an N-3 classroom.
(2) EI I majors must complete 6 semester hours of student teaching in EE
(N-3) in addition to the 12 semester hours required in the EH major, or
a total of 18 semester hours of student teaching inclusive for both
certifications.
Dual Certification — Early Childhood Education for Majors in
Elementary Education
ED421 Student Teaching (Grade K, 1,2 or 3) (2) 6sh
EE200 Introduction to Early Childhood
Education Ssh
(Spring semester-Sophomore Block only)
EE310 Integrated Curriculum 1 Ssh
(Spring semester-Junior Block only) (1)
EE311 Integrated Curriculum II
(Spring semester-Junior Block only)* 3sh
EE315 Development and Learning Through Play
(Fall semester) 3sh
EX4I5 Preschool Education for Children with
Disabilities (Spring semester) 3sh
(1) These are block (field experience) courses. Plan carefully to have time
for a field placement, ('heck with your advisor and the coordinator of
the Early Childhood Junior Field Experience.
(2) Student teaching (12sh) for the first certification, Elementary Education.
in grade 4, 5, or fi will he completed prior to student teaching for diis
second certification.
Foreign Languages and International Studies for
Elementary Teaching (FLISET) (2)
Elementary Education/Early Childhood majors may develop an academic
specialty in Spanish and International Studies, which will prepare them to
teach in elementary programs in which content teaching in the foreign
language is the objective. To complete this specialty area, students must: (1)
attain a minimum level of intermediate-high on the ACTFL/ETS scale: (2)
successfully complete a six-week summer stuck /internship abruad at a site
approved by the department (usually the summer following the junior year):
(3) successfully complete the student teaching experience in a bilingual or
immersion elementary school classroom; and (4) complete the following
minimum number ol credits in Spanish:
Required Courses:
SP201 Intermediate Spanish 4sh
SP221 Intermediate Spanish Conversation 3sh
SP230 Intermediate Spanish Composition >sh
SP290 Spanish for Elementary Teaching 3sh
SP321 Advanced Spanish Conversation Ssh
SP340 I lispanic Civilization Through the
19th Century .'ish
22(1)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA U N D E R G R A D U A I E CATALOG. 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 63
SP390 n ii Wnj dI I li - an ' '
1 1 h thi Spani h I
Controlled Electivei oni
SPXXX Elective (takem )
,
Othei Requirements!
i's I87,oi \\ I- i as il m Wi stern course
risliip in Mi icico foi si» ghl wei 1 thi
era class 0«h
(I) Wlnl, ili. total numbei of credits req d in
li vri I «ill varj li Jtudi nl to studi m
,!,.,„ ,hi . I. vel "I profu * mosl studi
hours.
(->) Students interested in the program Omul. 1 1 ontai I the direi tot ol
i Progn I" Departi I Spanish and < ilassical
tin FLISET mIiii.ii.h in ili. li. partment ..I
l*i. .1 . ssional Studii - in Edui ation.
ICCl '"
>li<
Department of Special Education and Clinical
Services
Richard C. Nowell, Chairperson; Baker, Domaracld, Ferrell, Glor-
shi ih. ll.tvcl-.-n. Hoffman, Jackson, Klein, Marshak, Newell, Reber,
Robertson, Smith, Stein, Teuis,Turtoni and professors emeriti M.
It.ilm.W. II.iIiti. Fiddler, Morris, Scanlon, Shane
Tins departmenl offers the degree ..I Bai helorofSciena inEduci ninan)
one offoui majors. Each of the four majors follows a prescribed sequence ..I
. ourses. Students ma\ elei i to majoi in an) .>m ol the following fit-It Is:
\. Edui .itinii nl l\i i ptional Persons
il. Speech Language Pathology and Vudiolog)
bilitation
I). Education ..I Persons with Hearing Loss
The following grade polic) applies to all four undergraduate programs ol
stud) in the Departmenl ol Spe< ial Education and Clinical Services.
Individual students maj appeal an) aspei i ol the polii j b) making a formal
written request to the Departmental Appeals ( lommittei
1. No more than one "D" m majoi courses will be accepted toward
graduation and 1 1 rtification.
2. NouD"ia permitted as the final recorded grade in an) of the following
courses.
1 1 1 1 _' i Student Teai hint,
ED441 Studenl fea< hing
II I .ids Language for Persons widi Hearing I .oss
EX425 Mediods and Curriculum (Mild-Modi rati Disabiliti
EX435 Mediods and! urriculum (Severe-Profound Disabilities)
RH322 Rehabilitation I lase Stu.lv and Interpretation
RH488 Field Training in RehabUitation 1
RH493 Field Training in RehabUitation II
SH122 Clinical Phonology
The following enrollment polic) applies to three undergraduate programs in
the Department ..I Special Education and Clinical Servici i I ducationol
J Persons, Education of Persons widi I learing Loss, and Spee< h-
Patholog) and Audiology. To enroll in a IOOoi 100 level course in
rams, a student must have a cumulative I IPA of 2.5 and inust meet
the other provisions >>t the t-Step Process for admission to teacher education
.mil must either be ,i departmental majoi .n have permission ol the
department chairperson.
A. Education of Exceptional Persons
Completion ..I the sequenci ol stud) m this majoi leads i.> Pennsylvania
Department of Education special education certification (Mentally and/oi
Physicall) Handicapped Certificate). Students will be prepared to teach
persons with mental retardation, autism, developmental disabilities, learning
disabilities, brain injuries, emotional behavioral disorders, ph) sical
disabilities, and multiple disabilities. Vcademii . oursework and field
experii nces an integrated within the course of study. The program also
pro\ idi s .i foundation foi pursuing additional stud) al the graduate level.
Bachelor of Science in Education— Education of Exceptional
Persons (*)
I il.. I.. I siinli.s: Kb outlined in Liberal 5l
with the following
Mathematics) \l \ I r> I
Sii.i.ilS
Natural Science! Ial
n quin d (SC 105 106 n • oi nded)
Liberal Studies I I. ctivi SI
CoUegei -'"
Professional I dui ation Si qui no i
( \|;ni rechnology for Learning and Instruction
ED2 12 ' link .il
ii in . I
EDS42
ED421 Student Teaching (M i
ED44I Studenl
ED442 ilLav,
Educational Psyi hology
EPS" tional Tests and M
FE202 American Edui ation in I heor) ami
I'm. in .
Majon •'
Required Courses:
KX I 1 I Introdui tion to Exceptions P
EX112 Typical and Atypical Growth and
ipment
EX221 MethodsofTei
Pi rsons « ith Disabilitii s
EX222 Methods of Teaching Reading to
Persons with Disabilities
I X231 Methods of Teaching Content Area
Subjei Is to Persons with Disabilities
EX321 Mi thods >l I
tn Persons with Disabilities
EX340 Introduction to Behavior Management
in Spei ial Edui ation
EX4 lt> Edui ation ..I Persons with Emotional or
Behavioral Disorders
K\ 1 1 7 I .In. ation .>i Persons with Mental
Retardation or Developmental Disabilities
EX418 Education of Persons with Ph
Ol Multiple Disabilities
(•\ 1 1 'i Education ..I Persons with Brain
Injuries m Learning Disabilities
EX 125 Methods and Curriculum (Mild-
Moderate Disabilities)
EX435 Methodsandl urriculum (Severe-
Profound Disal
I Mill Ethical and Profess al Behavior
MIJ'.I Class i Management of 1
Disorders
Total Degree Requirements: 124-125
(*) See requirements leading to teachei certification, tided "Ai
Teachei Education," in the College ..I Educati.
(1) A minimum GPA of 2.5 is required to enroll in • major
courses.
INDIANA UNI OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRAD
64 THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Dual Certification
Students majoring in Elementary Education or Early Childhood Education
nuv complete academic requirements tor certification in Education of
Ex( eptional Persons l>\ completing the following requirements. Students are
advised that completion of requirements lor a second certification will take
'"PI"
ately tv
Dual Certification — Education of Exceptional Persons for
Majors in Early Childhood in Education or Elementary
Education
ED342
ED421
EX111
Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience II (EX) lsh
Student Teaching (EX) 6sh(l)
Introduction to Exceptional Persons 3sh
Education of the Students with
Disabilities in the Inclusive Elementary
Classroom
Education of Persons with Emotional or
Behavioral Disorders
Education of Persons with Mental
Retardation or Developmental Disabilities
Education of Persons widi Physical or
Multiple Disabilities
Education of Persons with Brain Injuries
or Learning Disabilities
Methods and Curriculum (Mild-
Moderate Disabilities)
Methods and Curriculum (Severe-
Profound Disabilities)
Ethical and Professional Behavior
EX300
EX416
EX417
EX418
EX419
EX425
EX435
EX440
Recommended Electives:
EX340 Introduction to Behavior Management
in Special Education
SH254 Classroom Management of Language
Disorders
2sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
lsh
3sh
(1) The b semester hours of student teaching in EX widi students with
severe and profound disabilities are in addition to the 12 semester hours
normally required for Elemental-)' Education or Early Childhood
Educauon majors.
B. Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology
Completion of the sequence of courses in Speech-Language Pathology and
Audiology serves as a preprofessional program for students planning to
become practicing speech-language pathologists or audiologists. Students
entering the undergraduate program should be aware of the following:
1. IUP is accredited by the Educational Standards Board of die American
Speech-Language-Hearing Association and qualifies a person for die
Certificate of Clinical Competence from the American Speech-
Language-Hearing Association and Pennsylvania State Licensure.
2. National certification, state licensure, and Pennsylvania Department of
Education Certification in Speech-Language Impaired are available only
to holders of the master's degree in Speech-Language Pathology.
3. Students will need to project a minimum GPA of 3.0 to qualify for
admission to most graduate schools.
4. Upon completion of a master's degree at IUP, students will be prepared
to provide services in work settings such as hospitals, community
clinics, public health programs, and rehabilitation settings.
5. Students who elect to prepare for certification in Speech-Language
Impaired from the Pennsylvania Department of Education must
mii cessfully complete die College of Education requirements listed
below prior to enrollment in the Master of Science degree in the
Speech-Language Pathology program at IUP.
The University Speech and Hearing Clinic serves as the laboratory for die
undergraduate clinical practicum. Prior to registration for die clinical
practicum course (SH420), students must earn a minimum GPA of 3.0 and
complete the following hours of observation through enrollment in ED242
and ED342:
25 hours of observation in speech-language pathology supervised by an
IUP faculty member who holds a Certificate of Clinical Competence in
Speech-Language Pathology.
20 hours of classroom observation
1. Five hours in regular education classrooms, K.-3.
2. Five hours in special education classrooms.
3. Five hours in regular education classrooms widi integrated special
students.
4. Five hours in community facilities such as preschools, sheltered
workshops, etc. Services in this category should be of a
noneducational nonspeech pathology type.
m
Bachelor of Science in Education — Speech-Language
Pathology and Audiology (*)
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with die following specifications:
Mathematics: MA217
Social Science: PC 1 0 1
Natural Science: laboratory science sequence required
(BI103-104 recommended)
Liberal Studies Electives: PC310, no courses with
SH prefix
College (*): The following are required ONLY for students
electing the pre-teacher certification track:
Professional Education Sequence:
CM301 Technology for Learning Instruction
ED442 School Law
EP202 Educational Psychology
FE202 American Education in Theory and
Practice
SH4 1 2 Organization and Administration of
Speech and Hearing Programs
3sh
lsh
3sh
Major:
Required
Courses:
ED242
Pre-Student Teaching Clinical
Experience I
ED342
Pre-Student Teaching Clinical
Experience II
EX111
Introduction to Exceptional Persons
EX222
Methods of Teaching Reading to
Persons with Disabilities
SH111
Introduction to Communication Disorders
SH122
Clinical Phonology
SH222
Introduction to Audiology
SH242
Speech Science I
SH251
Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech
and Hearing Mechanism
SH311
Aural Rehabilitation 3:
SH334
Language Development
SH342
Speech Science II
SH406
Articulation and Language Disorders
SH408
Stuttering and Voice Disorders
Optional:
SH420
Speech Clinic
lsh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh(l)
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
Free Electives: ED499 recommended
General Track
Pre-Teacher Certification Track
28-32
15-19
124
Total Degree Requirements:
(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education," in the College of Education section of dlis catalog.
(1) A minimum GPA of 2.5 is required to enroll in all 300 and 400 level
courses for bodi pre-teacher certification and noncertification speech-
language pathology majors.
NDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 6.5
C. Rehabilitation
i ump] fthii g eada to the Bachelor ofScience with a
hmi ialin mi r < h..l..l>i. i. Tin program ia designed fa student
, . | opportunitiea with health and welfare agi * and institution
ilto provide! .1 foundadon foi pursuing additional work at tin- pacta
Bachelor of Science— Rehabilitation
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studiei section
«nli (In following ipedfii ations:
Mathematics: \1.\2 I 7
Natural Sdencci laboratory science sequence required
Boeial Sciencei PC101,SO15]
I a>. ill Sunlii s Electiveai PC321, no courses with
KM prefix
Maj
Require
RH200
III I.' II
RH220
RH312
RH321
RH322
seeking
and
tc level.
(I Courtesi
Introduction to Rehabilitation 3sh
Medical Aspects of Rehabilitation Ssh
Neurological Basis of Disability 3ah
fgyi hological Basis of Disability Ssh
Principles and Methods of Rehabilitation Ssh
Rehabilitation Case Study and
Interpretation Ssh
Rehabilitation Counseling: Strategies 3sh
Vocational Assessment in Rehabilitation
C seling Ssh
Occupational Aspects of Rehabilitation 3sh
Current Topics in Rehabilitation 3sh
Advanced Rehabilitation Counseling 3sh
Directed Rehabilitation Activities 3sh
Field Training in Rehabilitation I 6sh
Field Training in Rehabilitation II 6sh
RH360
Itllllii
RH412
Kill.'.'
KM loll
KIIISI
RH488
RH493
other Requirements)
Required Course:
I' \ I I 1 Introduction to Exceptional Persons
Controlled Elective: (1)
BJ150,BI151,BI155,EH115,EH244,EH331,
EX340,EX416,EX4I7,EX418,EX419,HP221,
PC312,PC378,S0251,S03S5
Free ElectiveSi
Total Degree Requirements:
Ssh
3-4sh
(I) Some controlled elective
lu< electives.
choices have prerequisites diat may be
124
used as
D. Education of Persons with Hearing Loss
( lompletion ol the sequence of courses in Education of Persons with Hearing
Loss leads to a bachelor of Science degree in Education and Pennsylvania
Department of Education certification as a '"Teacher of the Hearing
Impaired, k- 12." Students are provided with die basic skills to teach in
special classes lor liard-of-hearing or deaf individuals.
Students enrolled in tliis sequence of study are prepared to assume positions
as itinerant hearing therapists and classroom teachers for individuals ranging
from preschoolers to adults. Work settings may include public schools.
continuing education programs, and home training situations.
t Ibservations, clinical experience, and practicuni are required prior to
placement in a school environment for die student teaching experience. The
student will complete the following 50 hours of observation through
enrollment in ED242.
A. 25 hours ol observation of itinerant and self-contained classrooms lor
tilt hearing impaired.
B. 10 hours ol observation in regular education classrooms.
C. 10 hours ol observation in special education classrooms.
I). r> hours ol observation in a noneducational setting.
The student will complete 30 hours of individual clinical experience through
enrollment in EH329 and EH330 and 25 hours of school-based practicuni
through enrollment in ED342.
Bachelor of Science in Education— Education of Persons
with Hearing Loss (*)
I ihi III Studies: \ I ..nllm. tl ITJ I ID! I J ' I 54
with tin Inflowing
Mathematics: MA I r> I
Hariri flricnrn PC101
Natural Science: laboratory science sequence required
Liberal Studies I h< lives: no ionises with Ell prefix
CoOecei
Professional Education Scquem i :
CMIIII
If . hnology lor Learning and Instim turn
Sail
ED242
Pre-student Teat hingCfink •■!
ED342
Kx|.i in m i 1
Prc-stiidcut leal lung Clinn al
Mi
ED421
ED441
1 • .pi in me II
Studenl Teal limn, 1 ll anng Impaired
(Pri-Elem)
Student Teaching-Hearing Impaired
(Jr-S, M.S.)
Ish
fish
6sfa
ED442
s.l Il^w
Ish
EH360
General Mediodologv for Education ol
Persons widi Hearing Loss
3sh
EP202
Educational Psv< oology
ish
EP377
EducationalTests and Measurements
ish ( 1 )
FE202
American Education in Theory and
Practice
3sh
Major:
Required Courses:
EH1 14 Introduction to Persons with Hearing
Loss
EH 1 1 5 Introduction to Sign Language
EH244 Intermediate Sign Language
EH307 Speech for Persons with I learing Loss
EH308 Language for Persons widi Hearing Loss
EH329 Hearing Practicuni I
EH330 Hearing Practicuni II
EH331 Advanced Sign Language
EH35 1 Teaching Reading to Persons widi
Hearing Loss
EH365 Parent-Preschool Programs for Persons
widi Hearing Loss
EX1 1 1 Introduction to Exceptional Persons
SH222 Introduction to Audiology
SH242 Speech Science I
SH3 1 1 Aural Rehabilitation
SH334 Language Development
Controlled Elective:
One course from: EX 1 12 or EL2 15 or HE218
Free Electives: '•-
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(*) See requirements leading to teacher certiBcation. tided -Admission to
Teacher Education." in die College of Education section of this catalog.
(1) MA217 Probability and Statisucs mav substitute for EP377 but may not
replace MA 151.
(2) A minimum GPA of 2.5 is required to enroll in all 300 and 400 level
major courses.
Sah
Ish
Ish
:ish (2)
ish
Kb
Mi
Ish
ish
3sh
3sh
Ssh
3sh
3sh (2)
3sh (2)
3sh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
66 THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Dual Certification
Students majoring in Early Childhood Education or Elementary Education
may complete academic requirements for certification in Education of
Persons with Hearing Loss by completing die following requirements.
Students are advised that completion of requirements for a second
certification will take approximately two extra semesters.
Dual Certification — Education of Persons with Hearing Loss
for Majors in Elementary Education
Dual Certification — Education of Persons with Hearing Loss
for Majors in Early Childhood Education
ED342
ED421
EH114
EH115
EH244
EH307
EH308
EH329
EH330
EH331
EH365
SH222
SH311
Recommended
EH351
SH242
SH334
Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience II lsh
Student Teaching ( 1 ) (EH) 6sh
Introduction to Persons with Hearing Loss 3sh
ntroduction to Sign Language
Intermediate Sign Language
Speech for Persons with Hearing Loss
Language for Persons with Hearing Loss
Hearing Practicum I
Hearing Practicum II
Advanced Sign Language
Parent-Preschool Programs for Persons
with Hearing Loss
Introduction to Audiology
Aural Rehabilitation
Electives:
Teaching Reading to Persons widi
Hearing Loss
Speech Science I
Language Development
lsh
lsh
3sh
3sh
lsh
lsh
lsh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
(1) Student Teaching Configuration— In addition to their regular
requirement of 12 semester hours in Early Childhood Education, dual
cerdfication students must do an extra 6-semester-hour placement. The
recommended pattern is as follows:
— 6 semester hours in K-3 regular classroom
— 6 semester hours in K-3 classroom with deaf and/or hard-of-hearing
pupils included
— 6 semester hours in upper school classroom with deaf and/or hard-
of-hearing pupils
— Total = 18 semester hours inclusive for both certifications
ED342
ED421
EH114
EH115
EH244
EH307
EH308
EH329
EH330
EH331
EH351
SH222
SH311
Recommended
SH242
SH334
Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience II lsh
Student Teaching ( 1 ) (EH) 6sh
Introduction to Persons with Hearing Loss 3sh
lsh
lsh
3sh
3sh
lsh
lsh
lsh
Introduction to Sign Language
Intermediate Sign Language
Speech for Persons with Hearing Loss
Language for Persons with Hearing Loss
Hearing Practicum I
Hearing Practicum II
Advanced Sign Language
Teaching Reading to Persons widi
Hearing Loss
Introduction to Audiology
Aural Rehabilitation
Electives:
Speech Science I
Language Development
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
(1) Student Teaching Configuration— In addition to their regular
requirement of 12 semester hours in Elementary Education, dual
certification students must do an extra 6-semester-hour placement. The
recommended pattern is as follows:
6 semester hours in a regular elementary classroom
6 semester hours in an elementary classroom with deaf and/or hard-
of-hearing pupils included
6 semester hours in upper school classroom widi deaf and/or hard-
of-hearing pupds
Total = 18 semester hours inclusive for both certifications
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 67
The College of Fine Arts
Michael J. Hood Dean
Douglas E. Bish, Associate Dean
The < lollcgc ol I'liu Aif. I). is |ircili'ssiniial programs in art. music, and theater
and awards die Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor ol Fine Arts degrees.
Programs leading to i ertiGcation to teach are offered in cooperation with the
( iollegi ol Educat and lead to the Bachelor of Science in Education
ii collegi offers minors in art. music, theater, and dam e.
With out- ol the largest arts programs in the commonwealth, H'P's College of
urts offers members of both the university and the extended community
many opportunities to learn and grow. Dedicated facilities for each
department are augmented 1« a 1,600-seal auditorium, two theaters, two art
galleries, .1 univcrsit) museum, a recital hall, a computet laboratory, and a
dance studio. Turn ally, the collegf sponsors tun hundred to three hundred
aits events annually, tnd out students, who currently enjoy the strongest
academic profile ol any of the university's colleges, have opportunities to
dew lop their talents locally, regionally, nationally, ami internationally through
.; v.uieix oflong-established field-based programs.
There are four objectives for the College of Fine Arts:
1. to provide quality academic programs foi majors in the arts
2. to provide service courses foi othei departmental majors
.'>. to of&i all university students general courses in the arts
4. to make i ultural programs in the arts available to the university, the
surrounding community, and the local region
1 here are no additional college requirements lor graduation beyond die
universit) ami departmental requirements listed in other sections of this
i atalogi
Mission Statement
The mission ol the College ul fine Ails at HP is to provide excellent
programs of study lor all ol its ma|ors. balancing high professional standards
with rigorous and current educational practice, and to provide coursework
and programs of an equally high standard in service to majors in other
departments which niav require arts < lasses and. as part ol die university's
general studies mandate, to the entire university student body.
The College of Fine Aits takes as its special mission the presentation ufarts
events including plays, nunc its. exhibitions, and recitals, featuring die work
of our students and (acuity as well as the work ol visiting arts professionals.
as a gift of enrichment ami as a celebration of the human spirit for the
university, the community, and the region.
Finally, die College of Fine Arts takes as its mandate and its privilege die
inclusion in its presentations, studios, and classrooms the works, thoughts,
and performances of a culturally and ethnically diverse world of art.
College Majors
Art (History or Studio Track)
Art Education
Interdisciplinary Fine Arts
Music (History and Literature. Performance, i
Track)
Music Education
Theater
r Theory and Composition
Interdisciplinary Fine Arts Major
An unci -disciplinary fine arts majoi program is available tor diose students
desiring to take coursework in art. dam e. interior design, media, music, and
theater. This program is offered in conjunction widi die College of
Education and die College of Health and Human Services. This
'U UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999
68 THE COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
interdisciplinary program, including an opportunity for an internship
(FA493), is coordinated through the Office of the Dean, College of Fin
where additional information is available.
Bachelor of Arts-Interdisciplinary Fine Arts
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with tlie following specifications:
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses widi FA prefix
Major:
Required Courses:
Coursework must combine at least three disciplines,
one of which must come from the College of Fine Arts.
Controlled Electives:
Art: Art Education (AE), Art History (AH),
Art Studio (AR)
Music: Music (MU), Music History (MH), or
Applied Music (AM)
Theater: Any theater (TH) courses
Dance: Any dance (TH) courses
Communications Media: Any communications media
courses (CM)
Human Development/Environmental Studies: Interior
Design (ID), Fashion Merchandising (FM)
Other Requirements:
At least one-third (12) of die major credits must be in
courses numbered in the 300s and 400s. No course diat
is used to fulfill Liberal Studies requirements may be
used again to meet major requirements.
Free Electives: ;
Total Degree Requirements:
Department of Art
Vaughn H. Clay, Chairperson; Ali, Ben-Zvi, Boerner, Burwell,
Ciganko, DeFurio, Cillham, Hanson, Hedman, LaRoche, Mitchell,
Nestor, Palmisano, Villalobos, Weiland; and professors emeriti
Balsiger, Battaglini, Dongilla, Dropcho, Hamilton, Innes,Johnson,
McVitty, Seelhorst, Slenker, Vislosky, Wert
The Department of Art provides both general and special courses in art,
directed toward die development of die student's creative and expressive
abilities. Degrees offered are the Bachelor of Arts with tracks in either Art
History or Art Studio, the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art Studio, and the
Bachelor ol Science in Education in Art Education. The degree in art
education provides certification for teaching art in grades K-12 in the schools
of Pennsylvania.
The Department of Art offers a cooperative program with the Art Institute of
Pittsburgh. Students interested in commercial art, with departmental
approval, may earn credit toward dieir major at die Art Institute.
All art majors are obligated to fulfill the university requirements for Liberal
Studies. Art educadon majors must maintain a 2.5 average overall GPA. and
this is a prerequisite to student teaching.
An exchange program exists between the IUP Department of Art and the
National Art Academies of Slovenia and Croatia. Qualified and highly skilled
juniors, first-semester seniors, and graduate students may gain participation
through screening and professor nomination.
A minor in art is available, consisting of at least 18 semester hours in art
courses approved by the chairperson of the Department of Art.
Acceptance by the Department of Art as a major requires the submission of a
portfolio and approval of the portfolio committee. Detailed information will
be sent to the applicant upon request.
Bachelor of Arts-Art/History Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with die following specifications;
Fine Arts: MH 101 orTHlOl
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with AH prefix
Major:
Foundation
Required:
15
AR100
Arts of die 20th Century-
3sh
AR111
Figure Drawing
3sh
AR112
Fundamentals of Drawing
3sh
ARI 13
Three-Dimension Design
3sh
AR114
Color and Two-Dimensional
Design
3sh
Art History Required:
30
AH205
Ancient to Medieval Art
3sh
AH206
Renaissance to Baroque Art
3sh
AH211
Modern Art
3sh
AH222
AH407
AH408
AH409
Art in America
Medieval Art
Italian Renaissance Art
Baroque and Rococo Art
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
AH412
Classical Art
3sh
AH413
Senior Seminar (to be taken
senior year)
during
3sh
AH416
Nordiern Renaissance Art
3sh
Free Electives: ( I )
24-26
AH406
Ancient Migratory Art
3sh
AH424
Art of the East
3sh
AH426
Pre-Columbian Art
3sh
AH493
Internship
3-12sb
Total Degree Requirements:
124
(1) It is recommended that the student of art history make judicious choices
of elective courses in consultation widi the major advisor. Students may
consider additional foundation or advanced studio electives, advanced
art history, and related academic electives. Course selection in a foreign
language is strongly recommended.
Bachelor of Arts-Art/Studio
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Fine Arts: Fulfilled by Art History (AH205) counted in major
Liberal Studies Electives: AH206; no courses widi AR prefix
Major:
Foundation
Required:
AR100
Arts of the 20di Centurv
3sh
ARI 11
Figure Drawing
3sh
ARI 12
Fundamentals ol Drawing
3sh
ARI 13
Three-Dimension Design
3sh
AR114
Color and Two-Dimensional Design
3sh
Foundation Electives: (select 5 of die following 8 courses)
AR211
Painting
3sh
AR213
Woodworking: Function and Form
3sh
AR214
Ceramics
3sh
AR215
Sculpture
3sh
AR216
Basic Metals
3sh
AR217
Printmaking
3sh
AR218
Graphic Design
3sh
AR219
Fibers
3sh
Art History Required:
AH205
Ancient to Medieval Art
3sh(l)
AH206
Renaissance to Baroque Art
3sh (2)
AH211
Modern Art
3sh (3)
AH413
Senior Seminar (to be taken during
senior year)
3sh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
69
Advanced Siiidi" Required: (4) 21
\,K I stud rses I" l» » I" i"l from ii
\ K i ' I 151 152 15 I 154 155 15," 159 1(0
isi (93(5)
Free Electivesi 12-14
Total Degree Requirements) 124
(1) Credit! counted in Liberal Studies Fine Vrts req <
(2) ( lulus counted undi i Lib) ral Studii selei tivi
(I) VH222 ma) be substituted foi UI2I I.
(I) Students must complete 3 si mi stei h s widiin an adi ed studio
befon permission "ill be granted to enroll in the six i redil i | enl
ofthi advanced level Permisai F the ins toi is a prerequiaiti to all
m\ i redil advani ed studios.
IS) Inclusion of internship credits toward an) portion of fulfillment ol
requirements st be approved bj the departmental chair and
student's jor advisor. Approval must be obtained in writing prior to
enrollment.
Bachelor of Fine Arts— Studio
I ili. r.il Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies so tion 50-53
with the following spei ifications:
Fine Arts: Fulfill) db) Vrt History (AH205) counted il Jor
I. ilui.il Sunlit". Electives: Al 1206, m i muse s w ith VR elective
Major)
Foundation Required: 1.5
AR100 \iiM>l the 20th Centur) 3sh
AKI 1 1 Figure Drawing ish
ARII2 Fundamentals of Drawing 3sh
AR113 Three-Dimension Design 3sh
AKI I l Color and Two-Dimensional Design 3sh
Foundation Electives: (Select ri ol the follow ing 8 courses) 15
AR2II Painting Ish
Woodworking: Function and Form 3sh
\K.'II Ceramics 3sh
AR215 Sculpture Ssh
U1216 Basil Metals 3sh
\U2I7 Printmaking Ssh
\R2l.s Graphic Design 3sh
AR219 Kiln is 3sh
ili History Required: 9
VH205 Ancient to Medieval \n Ish ( 1 1
VH206 Renaissance to Baroque \u Ssh (2)
VH211 ModernArt
Mini Senior Seminar Ish
Advanced Studio Required: (4)
Primar) Advanced Studio Concentration 27
Mi Advanced Studio Concentration I8sh
I nurses from list: AR421, 451, 152,453,454,455,
159, 160, 181, 193(5)
Free Electives: 6-8
(#) Total Degree Requirements: 124-I2fi
(1 ) I redits counted in Liberal Studies Fine Arts requirement
(2) Credits counted under Liberal Studies electives.
(3) All.'.',' m.n be substituted for AH2 11.
(1) I'lie foundation-level course must be sua i ssfulrj completed before a
student "ill be permitted to enroll in the six-credit component of thai
spei ili, studio course. Permission "I the instructor is a prerequisite to .ill
six -. redil advanced studios.
(:>) Inclusion ol internship credits toward an) portion of fulfillment ol
degree requirements must be approved by the departmental chair and
student a major advisor. Approval must be obtained in writing prioi to
enrollment
(#) See advisory paragraph Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
m the section on Requirements foi Graduation.
Bachelor of Science in Education— Art Education (*)
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 10-91
with the follovi ing ipi i ifii ations
Fim kitsi Fulfilled b Vrt History counted in major.
Social Science: I'l Mil
I ili. 1. 1 1 Sni.li, s l 1, 1 1 ims: VH206, no coum - with \n
College,
Professional Education Seqn 24
CM Jul Technology foi Learning and Instruction Ish
ED 121 Studi nl i n i ntary i>sh
I I M 1 1 Studi nl I ondar) 'ish
II 12 12 Pre-studi nl l> " King i linii al
Experii Ish
ED342 I'o studi nl R ai hing ' links!
Experience II I sli
KIM 12 s, I ILav. Ish
EP202 Educational Psychol
I I 202 Vmi rii an I du< : n in I heor) and
Major:
Foundation Required: 15
AH100 Arts ofthe 20th Century
AR1 1 1 I igure Drawing
AR112 Fundamentals ol Drawing
\K1 I I Three-Dimension Desi
ARII4 Color and Two-Dimensional D
Foundation Electives: (Selei l 5 ol the following !
ish
ish
ish
ish
ish
ish
ish
ish
3sh
3sh
isl,
Ssh
ish
Ssh
*sh (3)
ish (4)
ish
AR21I Painting
\K_M J Woodworking: Function and Form
AR214 Cerainii 9
AR215 Sculpture
AR216 Basil Metals
AR217 Printmaking
kR218 Graphic Design
AR219 Fibers
Art Education Required:
AES15 Surve) ol \n Edui ation
AF.il/ Art Education Methodology al the
Elementary Level
AE318 Art Education Methodology at the
Secondary Level
Art History Required:
AH205 indent to Medieval Vrt
\l 1206 Renaissance to Baroque Art
AH211 Modern An
AH413 Senior Seminar
Controlled Electives: 1 2
Additional courses from lists: 1 5
Advanced Studio: AR421,451. 452, 153, 154,
455,457,459,460
Advanced An History: AH219,222, 106,408,
409,412, 116, 124, I2<>
Art Education elective: AE330
Free Electives: 0
(#) Total Degree Requirements: 134-136
(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, tided "Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education section of diis catalog.
(1) Special Education Competency Requirement: Revision pending will
eliminate exam option and will require EX:illl (2sh).
(2) ( IreditS counted in Liheral Studies Fine Arts requirement.
(:i) ( Iredits counted under Liberal Studies ela m. s.
(4) AH222 may be substituted for UI211.
(5) Courses can only he taken following siu c essfid completion ol die
foundation prerequisite course.
(s) Sec advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in die section on Requirements for Graduation.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 199v
70 THE COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
Department of Music
John F. Scandrett, Chairperson; Bird, Borst. Casavant. Chepaitis,
Dearing, Dickinson, Diet/. Eisensmith, Fry. Godt, kauffman, Kuehn,
Lloyd, Luchsinger, Mantel, McBride, Olmstead, Pcrlongo, Radell,
Sartori, Stamp, Staples, Teti, Thorell, Wheatley, Wilson, Worzhyt,
Wulfhorst, Voung: and professors emeriti Becker, DiCicco, Malitsky,
Perkins, Vansteenkist, Weber
The Department of Music lias a threefold mission: (1) professional
preparation of music educators and performers. (2) liberal studies for the
university, and (3) programs of music for the community. Degrees offered
include the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, and Bachelor of Science
in Education.
Admission to the Music Department requires satisfactory completion of an
audition in addition to the university general requirements. Detailed
information will be sent to the applicant upon request.
A student wishing to minor in music must elect a minimum of 15 semester
hours in music courses as approved by the department chairperson. The
program leading to the Bachelor of Arts in Music has been designed to give
the student a general experience in music. The student seeking this degree
has the choice of three tracks: Music History/Literature, Music
Theory/Composition, or Performance.
The program leading to the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Music (equivalent to the
Bachelor of Music Degree) is a special program with a major in one of
twenty-one areas of performance. The student in this program prepares to
pursue a career as a professional performing musician.
The program leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education with a music
major leads to certification to teach in the schools of Pennsylvania.
Special Requirements
1. Each student must declare a primary performing medium. Those who
elect voice as tlieir primary instrument normally elect piano as a
secondary instrument. Performance juries are held at the end of each
semester. Students are expected to complete the requirements for their
performing area and level. Piano proficiency is required in all degree
programs.
2. Ensemble participation of 5 hours a week is required eacli semester.
Students may fulfill this departmental requirement by participation in
either one-credit or zero-credit ensemble(s). In meeting the degree
requirements of 7-8 semester hours of ensemble credit, enrollment in
credit-bearing ensembles is flexible across semesters.
3. Students must register for MU47.5 (Music Lab) and attend (1) all
department and area recitals and (2) eight campus recitals and concerts
each semester in attendance.
Bachelor of Arts — Music/History and Literature Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 53-55
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA 101 recommended
Fine Arts: MH 101
Liberal Studies Electives: HI305, no courses with MH prefix
2sh
2sh
3sh
Ssh
2sh
2sh
Ssh
Ssh
3sh
Ssh
Major:
Required
Courses:
MUlll
Theory Skills I
MU112
Theory Skills II
MU115
Theory I
MU116
Theory II
MU211
Theory Skills III
MU212
Theory Skills IV
MU215
Theory III
MU216
Theory IV
MH301
Music History I
MH302
Music History II
Controlled Electives:
Five courses from this list: M 11.120, 32 1 . (22. 323,
324,325,326,420.421
Other Requirements:
Music Ensembles (MU120-136)
Music Electives
Jury Clearance in piano C
Attendance at 8 recitals per semester
(MU475, S grade, 8 semesters)
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
Ssh
7sh
Osh
Osh
Bachelor of Arts — Music/Music Performance Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA 101 recommended
Fine Arts: MH 101
Liberal Studies Electives: HI305, MH301, no
courses with MU prefix
2sh
2sh
3sh
3sh
2sh
2sh
3sh
3sh
Major:
Required
Courses:
MUlll
Theory Skills I
MU112
Theory Skills II
MU115
Theory 1
MU116
Theory II
MU211
Theory Skills III
MU212
Theory Skills IV
MU215
Theory III
MU216
Theory IV
Controlled Electives:
Applied Music I through VIII: private lessons in
performance area-2sh eacli of eight semesters
Major related:
M H 1 03 Perspectives in Jazz
MH302 Music History II
Other Requirements:
Music ensembles (MU120-136)
Music electives, with advisor approval
Jury clearance in major instrument, minor instrument
(if any), and piano (if not major or minor instrument)
Attendance at 8 recitals per semester (MU475, S grade,
8 semesters)
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
Bachelor of Arts — Music/Theory and Composition Track
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies section 52
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MAI 01 recommended
Fine Arts: MH101
Liberal Studies Electives: HI305, MH301, no
3sh
3sh
8sh
6sh
Osh
Osh
courses w
itli MU prefix
Major:
Required
MUlll
Courses:
Theory Skills I
2sh
MU112
MU115
Mill 16
Theory Skills II
Theory I
Theory II
2sh
3sh
3sh
MU211
Theorv Skills III
2sh
MU212
MU215
MU216
MU217
MU218
MU306
Theory Skills IV
Theory III
Theory IV
Keyboard Harmony I
Keyboard Harmony 11
Counterpoint I
2sh
Ssh
3sh
lsh
lsh
2sh
MU315
Theory V
Ssh
MU411
MU412
MU413
MU414
Composition I
Composition II
Composition III
Composition IV
2sh
2sh
2sh
2sh
) N DE RG
RADUATE CATALOG, 1 999- ;
'000
THE COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 71
Co »lled Elecriveai
Onefromli I HI 104 107,309
Vpplied Muaii I \ II: Private lessons in performance
,. 1. "I leven eaters
M lated MHS02
Othei Requirements!
Mus bles(MU120-136)
|un i li ai i iajoi instrument, mi id i ill
(il any), .iihI | H
\,i, nd B recitalspei semestei (Ml l75,Sgrade
8 semeati ra)
I'ni- Elecdvesi
lni.il Degree Requirementai
Bachelor of Fine Arts— Music Performance
Liberal Studies: \t outlined in Liberal Studies se< don
with ili. following spei ifications:
Mathematics: M Aim recommended
I in. WtsiMHIOl
Liberal Studies Elecdvesi HI305, MH301, no courses
Willi Ml | > t i fix
Major:
Required < ourses:
Ml 1 I I
Ml i 12
Ml 115
Ml l 16
Ml .'i i
MU215
MU216
Theory Skills 1
Il Skills II
Theorj I
Theorj II
Theorj Skills III
Theorj Skills IV
Theorj III
Theorj l\
( lontrolled Electives:
\lnsii I through VIII: private lessons in
irmance area 4sh each ol 8 semesters
Majoi related: MH302
Other Requirements:
Music ensembles (Ml 120-136)
Music elei rives
Jury clearance in major instrument, minor instrument
(if any), and piano C (unless major or minor)
Attendant e al 8 recitals pel semester (MU475, S grade,
B semesters)
Junioi .mil Senioi Recitals
Free! lecdves:
I ■ Miii.iI Dcgnc Requirements:
isl,
Ssh
2sh
2sh
Ssh
3sh
2sh
2sh
Ssh
Ssh
S2sh
isl,
Ssh
12sh(l)
llsll
Osh
128-130
(I) Majors with piano or organ performance specialization must elect
Ml .'IT.m.l 218, Isheach.
(tt) See a. K isorj paragraph "Timelj ( lompletion of Degree Requirements"
in me section on Requirements for Graduation.
Bachelor of Science in Education— Music Education (*)
Liberal Studii n Vs outlined in I
wiili the following
Mathematical M \ loi m ,,i
\.ls: MIIIOI
Social Sciencei PC101
I ibcralS leal I n Bl ' 0 IM101 HI
MM .mi i tneawith Ml pi
College,
Profeasional I ducal St qu i
ED242
ii hingCI 1
Exp< mi in e 1
1st,
ED342
Pre-studenl Teai hing ' Inn, jI
1 cperii n, , II
Mi
ED421
Studi nl
6sh
KIM II
Stud. Ill H Level
6sh
ED442
s. hool Law
lsl,
EP202
Educal il I'sv, hology
EX 101
Educadon of Students with Disabilities in
In, lnsiv, s, i ondarj Settings
2afa
FE202
Ann in .in Edui an.,,, in 1 heory and
M 12 III
lology in the Musii Classroom
2sh
Mi ; ;i
Elementarj Methods
tab
Ml 133
S< ■ ,, i„lan Methods
Major:
Required
Courses)
Mil II
Theory Skills 1
Ml 1 12
1 rteorj Skills II
2sh
Mil 15
Theory 1
.isl,
Ml 1 II.
1 heory II
MU151
Class Voice 1
lsh(l)
MU152
( Ilass Voice 11
lsll(l)
Ml 153
( ilass Piano 1
MU154
Class Piano II
lsl, (2)
Ml' 155
( lass Strings 1
Isll
Ml 157
( Ilass Pt n uss 1
1st.
MU159
( lass liiass 1
lsh
Ml H, 1
( Ilass Woodwinds 1
M,
Ml 21 1
Theory Sk.lls III
MU212
Theorj Skills IV
-
MU215
Theorj 111
isl,
MU216
Theorj l\
Ml ill
Fundamentals ol ( londucdng
Controlled F.leetives:
One from lisc MU312oi II I
Applied Mush I through VII: private lesson in
Performance area - _'sh eat li ol seven semesters
Majoi related: MH 102
Other Requirements:
Music Ensembles (MU120
Jury ilea, ai ue in major instrument, minor instrument
(il am ). and piano t (unless major or minor)
Attendance at 8 rei itals per semester (MU475, S srailc.
7 semesicis)
Free Electives: 0
(#) Total Degree Requirements! 1 MM4H
(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled -Admission to
Teachei Education," in the College of Education section ol this catalog.
(1) For majors with voice as performance specialization, any three ,,t the
following maj be substituted: MU351,353, i5-t.-10ti.
(2) Private Piano I ami II (AM101, 151 ) mav be substituted.
(») See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.
I4sh
Osh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRAT
72 THE COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
Department of Theater
Barbara S. Blackledge, Chairperson; Ault, Boda, Bowes, Jones,
McCreary, Simpson, Wheal; and professors emeriti Eisen, Lommock
The Department of Theater is dedicated to theater as a collaborative and
highly disciplined fine art diat demands a broad-based education and offers a
wide view of the world as a part of a liberal and humanistic education.
Students wishing to share in this will find the Department of Theater
committed to die following:
1. providing comprehensive coursework from introductory dirough
advanced levels of study, in all major areas of theater
2. providing production opportunities to develop and enhance expertise,
as well as stimulate artistic and intellectual growth of both the students
and the faculty
3. augmenting and complementing the aesthetic offerings of the university
community
The Department of Theater offers a Bachelor of Arts degree as well as
minors in bodi theater and dance. The department offers courses in theater
history, drama, and criticism as well as basic and advanced coursework in
acting, dance/movement, voice, directing, design, and technical dieater. A
minor in theater consists of 15 semester hours in coursework approved by
die chairperson of the Department of Theater. The requirements for the
minor in dance are oudined elsewhere.
As a practical extension of die academic program, the Department of Theater
offers a variety of production opportunities in the Theater-by-the-Grove
Mainstage and Studio dieaters. The 1UP Dance Theater performs twice
annually, and the department has a professional theater company, Summer
Theater-by-the-Grove, to offer students summer options.
Admission to the Department of Theater requires satisfactory completion of
an audition or interview, in addition to the university's general admission
requirements. Detailed information will be sent to applicants upon request.
The Department of Theater is an accredited institutional member of the
National Association of Schools of Theater (NAST).
Bachelor of Arts — Theater
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with die following specifications:
Fine Arts: AHI01, MH101,or TH102
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with TH prefix
Major:
Required Courses:
TH110 Script Analysis 3sh
TH116 Fundamentals of Theatrical Design 3sh
TH201 Theater History 1 3sh
TH202 Theater History II 3sh
TH301 or 302 Tragic Mask or Comic Mask 3sh
TH310 Theater Criticism 3sh
Any diree of the following:
TH120 Stagecraft I 3sh
TH122 Costume Workshop 3sh
TH221 Basic Stage Lighting 3sh
TH223 Makeup for die Stage 3sh
Any three of the following:
TH130 Stage Voice 3sh
TH131 or 150 Stage Movement or Fundamentals of Dance 3sh
TH240 Acting I 3sh
TH350 Directing 3sh
Other Requirements:
TH486 Practicum in Production
(minimum of six semesters) 4sli
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
Dance Minor
The Dance Minor program provides a foundation for those interested in
teaching dance, working with a dance company, managing a private dance
studio, working with theater productions, or desiring a broad-based
education within the dance discipline.
The Dance Minor is an eighteen-credit program with nine required credits
and nine elective credits. The required credits include the pertinent
foundation courses and higher-level dieory courses. The required courses
also provide design elements of production, fundamental and historical
theories of dance, and dance choreographic and teaching theories diat
cannot be obtained in any of the elective courses. The elective credits include
the technique courses.
The Dance Minor is based on the National Standards for Arts Education
dance requirements. Using diis basis for the program ensures fundamental
preparation for a number of student needs, for example: the dance teacher,
the performer, and/or the dance studio owner.
The program is also designed to fulfill the needs of a Liberal Arts minor in
dance. Through advisement, die minor program can serve the individual
student's needs. The program would be of interest to secondary and
elementary education majors, small business majors, recreation and physical
education majors, and anyone else who has an interest in dance and wants to
broaden his or her Liberal Arts education.
Minor— Dance (1)
Required Courses:
TH1 16 Fundamentals of Theatrical Design
One of the following:
TH102 Introduction to Dance
TH150 Fundamentals of Dance
One of the following:
TH35 1 Choreography
TH353
Dance Curriculum and Instruction
Any three of the following as advised:
TH150
Fundamentals of Dance
TH250
Contemporary Dance
TH260
Jazz Dance
TH270
Ballroom and Taj) Dance
TH280
Ballet
TH290
Ethnic Dance
TH485
Dance Studio
Total Credits:
3sh
3sb
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
( 1 ) The Dance Minor consists of 1 8 semester hours. Fundamentals of
Dance cannot be counted twice.
NDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES 7.)
The College of Health and Human Services
CarleenC.Zoni, Dean
Robert D. Soule, Interim Associate Dean
Tin- ( '.ollcgc i>l I Icalth .uul 1 liuiuti Services comprises eight multifac eted
departments which offer programs leading to seventeen baccalaureate
and Eve master's degrees, three minors, two credit-bearing certificate
programs, and one noncredil certificate program. The departments in the
college areCulinar) \ns. Food and Nutrition. Health and Physical
Education, Hotel, Restaurant, and Institutional Management, Human
Development and E m ironmental Studies, Industrial and Labor Relations.
Nursing ami Allied Health Professions, and Safety Sciences.
The college offers degrees in areas relevant to workforce needs and prides
itself on having established a learning-centered environment in which the
curricula bridge theory and practice. Hands-on fieldwork, observations,
clinical experiences, internships, co-operative education, and service-learning
opportunities are regulai components of the curricula and provide valuable
learning experiences foi students. Instructional methods are often
ative and collaborative, affording students die opportunity to
understand what they can contribute to and gain from collective efforts.
Discovery-based instruction provides opportunities to learn about a
discipline l>\ practicing in the field. Media technology, an ever-expanding
prcn ul, sacct ss to worldwide information. Faculty members
'i the central role of the learner in the learning process ami strive to
clean integrated, holistic learning environments. The focus on learning is a
commitment to the continuous improvement of the quality ofedw ation
offered by the college.
I he College of Health anil Human Services is committed to providing
Students with challenging academic programs designed to enhance
achievement ol educational and piolcssion.il goals, to develop appropriate
skills and attitudes foi future employment, to develop critit al dunking skills,
and to prom, lie synthesis of knowledge. Students are encouraged to develop
an understanding of and respet i for individuals from diverse backgrounds
and cultures.
College Majors
Child Development Family Relations
Consume! Vffairs
Consumer Services/Community Services Track
Culinary Arts (nondegree Certificate program)
Dietetics
Family and ( lonsumer Sciences Education
Fashion Merchandising
Food and Nutrition Science
Health and Physical Education
Hotel. Restaurant, Institutional Management
Industrial and Labor Relations (graduate program only)
[nterioi Design
Medii al Tr, hni
Nucleai Medit ine Te< hi
Nursing
Pli\ sit al Education and Sport
Respiratoi
Safer) Sciences
College Minors
Child Development
Nutrition
Safety Si
Credit Certificate Programs
Driver Education
Gerontology
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRAT 'LOG. 1999-2000
74 THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
Bachelor of Science — Dietetics
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with tbe following specifications:
Mathematics: MA217
Natural Science: CH101-102
Social Science: EC 1 0 1 , PC 1 0 1 , SO 1 5 1
Liberal Studies Elecdves: BE/CO/IM 101 ; HE218 or
PCS 10, no courses with FN prefix
Department of Culinary Arts
Albert Wutsch, Director; Blake. DeMane, Brown, Fitting, Klinger,
Pike, Wygonik
The Department of Culinary Arts oilers a four-semester (sixteen calendar
months), competency-based, noncredit certificate program. This distinctive
program provides hands-on learning experiences, including fundamental
culinary theory and on-the-job work experience, giving each student the
in i essary skills and know ledge to begin a successful career in the field of
culinary arts. During the last semester of study, students are placed with a
distinguished employer in a prestigious resort or restaurant for a paid
externship experience.
This contemporary approach to learning enables students to achieve
advanced levels of proficiency in both culinary techniques and business
management skills while they advance through this certificate program. The
Culinary program holds accreditation by the American Culinary Federation
Educational Institute. Web browsers may visit the site at
h ltt>://ii nvw.iup. edu/cu la its/.
This program is offered at the Academy of Culinary Arts in Punxsutawney,
Pennsylvania.
Department of Food and Nutrition
Joanne B. Steiner, Chairperson; Barker, Cessna, Dahlheimer, Johnson,
Taylor-Davis: and professor emerita Minnick
The Food and Nutrition Department offers degree programs in dietetics and
food and nutrition science. These curricula prepare students as professionals
tor a diversity of career opportunities in Health care, food service, the food
industry, and food and nutrition research.
In addition, the department provides Liberal Studies courses which are
available to all university students. These include FN 143, an option in the
university's Liberal Studies requirements for Health and Wellness: FN 145, a
Liberal Studies elective; and LS499: Human Food Consumption Patterns, a
synthesis course.
Dietetics
The dietetics program meets the didactic academic requirements approved
by the American Dietetic Association. This program will prepare an
individual to serve as translator of food and nutrition science information for
members of the larger community with respect to healthful food preparation,
healthy eating behaviors, medical nutrition therapy, management of nutrition
deliver) and food service systems, and advocacy for the profession of
dietetics. The individual who completes this program will exhibit in-depth
knowledge of food, nutrition, behavioral sciences, and management theory.
The student will also have the ability to apply these theories at an
intermediate level and will develop the ability to problem solve at an entry
level using synthetic thinking.
Food and Nutrition Science
Food and Nutrition Science provides a student with a background in die
basic sciences that gives a solid foundation for theoretical and applied food
si mice and nutrition. Emphasis is placed on laboratory work in nutrition
.mil food composition. The program meets the needs of students motivated
in the biological-physical sciences who wish, with graduate education, to
enter careers in food/nutrition research, nutrition service professions,
medical science, and educatii in.
Nutrition Minor
This minor sequence is recommended for students majoring in the related
health disciplines such as child development, family and consumer sciences
education, nursing and allied health, food service management, and health
and physical education. Students electing a minor in nutrition must complete
1 5 semester hours of coursework from the courses listed in the requirements
for the minor. Students must note that the completion of this minor neither
meets the requirements for practice as a credentialed nutritionist nor satisfies
the academic requirements of the American Dietetic Association for a
registered dietitian. For additional information about these careers, contact
the Food and Nutrition Department.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
Major:
39
Required
Courses:
FN110
Careers in Food and Nutrition
lsh
FN 150
Foods
3sh
FN151
Foods Laboratory
lsh
FN212
Nutrition
3sh
FN213
Life Cycle Nutrition
3sh
FN355
Nutrition in Disease I
3sh
FN362
Experimental Foods
3sh
FN364
Methods of Teaching
3sh
FN402
Community Nutrition
3sh
FN430
Professional Topics in Food and Nutrition
Ssh
FN455
Nutrition in Disease II
Ssh
FN458
Advanced Human Nutrition
Ssh
FN463
Nutrition Counseling
Ssh
FN470
Human Food Consumption Patterns
3sh
FN484
Senior Seminar
lsh
Other Requirements:
Food Service Requirements:
13
HR259
Hospitality Purchasing
Ssh
HR313
Food Systems I
4sh
HR356
Human Resources in the Hospitality
Industry
Ssh
HR408
Institutions Management
3sh
Addidonal Sciences:
13
BI105
Cell Biology
3sh
BI155
Human Physiology and Anatomy
4sh
BI232
Fundamentals of Microbiology
Ssh
CH255
Biochemistry and Nutrition
3sh
Free Electives (minimum):
4-5
Total Degree Requirements:
124
Bachelor of Science— Food and Nutrition Science
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MAI 21
Natural Science: CHI 1 1-1 12
Social Science: EC101, PC101, S0151
Liberal Studies Elecdves: MA217, no courses with FN prefix
College:
Human Ecology Requirements:
One course from list: HE218 or HE224
One course from list:CS315, CS10I, or ID213
Major:
Required Courses:
3sh
3sh
FN 150
FN151
FN212
FN213
FN362
FN458
FN462
FN464
FN470
FN484
Foods
Foods Laboratory
Nutrition
Life Nutrition Cycle
Experimental Foods
Advanced Human Nutrition
Advanced Experimental Foods
Food and Nutrition Research Mediods
Human Food Consumption Patterns
Senior Seminar
3sh
lsh
Ssh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
lsh
Controlled Elecdves:
Three courses from list:
FN213,355 (1), 444. 447. 455 (1), 482
THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES 75
l,h(2)
MX-')
(ati
Ish
Ish
Ish
Oil.., Kcipiimnciils:
Science Sequence!
BH50 Human Anatomy
Klir, | Human Physiology
Fundi mtalsol Microbiology
, 1 1 • , i Irganii ( Ihemistry I
CH351 Biochemistry
PYlll Physics I Lecture
I", i .'i Physics I Lab
I „, Elective* (3) ^
Total Degree Requirements! I2'<
(1) FN 153 and ir>r> musi be completed aaa sequence, if ele ted
(2) Alternate Biology sequence re< nended foi graduate study
preparation: BI105, 151,361.
(•f) Tomeel American Dietetic Association requirements: FN1 10 FN213
FN355,FN364,FN402,FN430,FN455, FN463,HR259,HRS13,
Hi; 156, HR358,HR408(38sh total).
Minor— Nutrition
15
3sh
3sh
3sh(l)
3sh
3sh
FN212 Nutrition
FN213 Lift Cycle Nutrition
FN245 Sports Nutrition
FN355 Nutrition in Disease I
FN470 1 luman Food Consumption Patterns m
I \ |08 I lommunity Nutrition
(1) Students not interested in FN245 could select both KN402 and 470 in
plao ofFN245.
Department of Health and Physical Education
James <;. Mill. Chairperson; Bayles, Black, Blacksmith, Blair.
< cltiiieks, Cortazzo, Dicicco, Klingaman. Montgomery, Moore.
Rivera. Sloniger, Smith. Trenney: and professors emeriti Aierstock,
Beck. Dakak. Da\ is. Dickie, Godlasky. Liscinsky, Neal, Slcdzik,
Sloniger, Tucker
The Department ol Health and Physical Education provides the following
services:
1. instruction in health and wellness courses as part of the university's
Liberal Studies requirement
2. instruction in health and physical education courses as 1'liysical
Education course electives
:i. an undergraduate major in health anil physical education that leads to
the Bachelor of Science degree in Education with potential certification
to teach in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
•1. Bachelor of Science degree in Physical Education and Sport
5. i iiilorseiiient program in Driver Education-Sale Living
Required Program — Liberal Studies
The Department of Health and Physical Education through its Health and
Wellness course in the Liberal Studies program seeks to enhance tin overall
well-being of students through instruction planned to promote and maintain
desirable levels of physical, mental, emotional, and social well-being, sell
responsibility in the following dimensions of wellness is emphasized:
nutritional awareness, stress awareness ami management, exercise ami fitness,
substance use and abuse, and sexually transmitted diseases VIDS. The
important c ol reducing nsk factors for chronic degenerative disease and
managing lifestyle factors for promotion of health is presented with
implication for both the present and future. Information is provided iluring
ilas* lectures and enhanced by a variety of practical learning experiences
which give students opportunities for self-assessnient and personal
application of the subject matter.
hi addition, the department offers a variety ofone-credit activit) cqui sc
Ionising on physical fitness and the development of skills essential tor
u\ nation and lifetime sports. Instruction is offered in many at th ities
including golt. resistive exercise, scuba, swimming, and tennis.
i an i Liberal Studies requii is. i 1989,
requiri il a. h student iucci ssfully completi HP143oriu ah'
Modems iii.is lis B bonis ol the K< n <
'•.. UMly
„ ,,11, ,.,i aid ' required It is
i in ouraged am I recoi 'I" I thai students < noose tin ■ ■ . nw
i mills
Bachelor of Science Degree— Physical
Education and Sport
IK, Bachelor of Scienct degrct in Physical Education and Sport provides
greatet emphasis on subji 1 1 main i . ontenl and less on pedagogy. Students
who select this major general!) apply then knowledge in the areas ol exercise
ii ii n mmunity ami ■ orporate fitness. < ardiai rehabilitation. pre-physicaJ
therapy d/oi i ki i utive fitness progra ling The sports study major is a
■ in Physical
film a i and Spoil im Imle I | the university's Liberal Studies
requirements; -'i II s steTl rsinthi HI'K < ore: and S) 1'* semester
hours Ii the Physii al Ed lion ami Sport n quirements.
Specialty tracks hav< been developed foi the degree program in physical
eilm ation ami Bport. These different trai ks provide emphasis in specific
subjei 1 1 ontenl areas ami U ai h skills m i < wm foi students to assume
leadership roles in I anus in the health ami fitness industry as well as die
spoit si lem i industry, rhese include:
a. Aquatics
b. Exercise s ii
c. Sport Administration
d. Athletic Training
Creation ofthefoui n™ tracks, in addition to the Nutrition minor within die
Physical Education and Sport major, pinnies students with an innovative,
relevant, ami . I i Ilium and at the same time encourages die
pi ition ol inn nhsi iplinar) wo itenl is loeuscd toward
spei ilii professions within tin major, as weD as toward different national
credentialing possibility s. Student internships ami preprofessional
experieni escanbe more appropriate)} fo< used to enhance opportunities for
postgraduate employment
In addition, the Department ol Health and Physical Education has developed
two programs approved by the Nat al YMCA Phvsical Education Office to
provide foi the professional preparation ol YMCA aquatic directors and
physical directors. Both programs emphasize high standards and are vitally
,.im emed with the majoi objei lives ol \ \l( !A phvsical education.
Specialized "V ionises ale offered through the IIP Aquatic School and
through oilier special Y\l< V programs conducted on die IIP campus and
sponsored 111 cooperation with the Middle Adantic Region Physical
Education Program.
Bachelor of Science in Education Degree—
Health and Physical Education
Requirements for the degr 3 rice in Education with a
major in Health ami Pin sn.il Education include the university's Liberal
Studies requirements, Professional Education requirements, and die Health
and Physical Education core requirement I 'pon completion of the degree
program and successfully passing die PRAXIS Exam, the student is qualified
lor an Instructional I Certificate in Health and Physical Education, issued by
the Pennsylvania Department ol Education in Harnsburg. This certificate is
valid for teaching health ami pin sua! education in grades K through 12 for
three years in the public schools of Pennsylvania. All students seeking
Pennsylvania certification must follow the 4-Step Process described in the
section "Admission to Teacher Education and Certification" found in die
College of Education section of this catalog.
Health and Physical Education Core
The Health ami Physii al Education curriculum identifies a required core of
studies which emphasizes a body ofknowledge relevant to die study of
professional health ami physical education, as well as the smdy of physical
education an. I sp itained in the core are those which are
intended to enable students to identify and solve problems by applving
relevant knowledge and also t.. engage in self-directed learning.
Candidates tor the degree program in Healdi and Physical Education must
demonstrate acceptable cognitive and psychomotor qualifications as well as
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRAT
76 THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
desirable character and personality traits. The professional program seeks to
foster those qualities of individual character and competence that are
inherent in personal and professional maturity. These competencies are
evaluated at the end of the sophomore year. The student is either granted
Advanced Standing in die department or restricted in scheduling advanced
courses for not less than one probationary semester. Continuation in the
major program is based upon attainment of department Advanced Standing.
Driver Education — Safe Living 7-12
Candidates for the driver education certification must possess, or be a
candidate for, a valid Pennsylvania certificate in any area of certification. A
student must currently complete the following four courses: HP251, 252.
353, and 354. Students must request the certificate in driver education-safe
living 7-12 when they apply for graduation. For students who have already
graduated, contact die Office of the Dean, College of Education, for correct
procedures.
Aquatics School Course Offerings
Each summer the department offers the annual Aquatics School. Students
attending must possess the necessary aquatic prerequisites. A fee will be
charged which will include room, three meals a day, use ol equipment,
accident insurance, transportation to and from the lake, and special one-night
programs. Certification will be granted by the American Red Cross, National
YMCA, Professional Association of Diving Instructors, and the American
Heart Association upon completion of courses. All courses may be taken for
college credit, if the student is eligible and pays the additional tuition fee. For
more information, contact the aquatic director.
Bachelor of Science — Physical Education and Sport
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA217
Health and WeUness: FN 143 or MS 101- 102
Natural Science: BI103-104 or CH101-102
Social Science: PC 1 0 1 , SO 1 5 1
Liberal Studies Electives: FN145, CO/BE/IM101.
no courses with HP prefix
Major:
Core Requirements: 31
HP142 Foundations of Health, Physical
Education, and Sport
HP200 Fundamentals of Physical Activity
H P2 1 0 Motor Development
HP221 Human Structure and Function
HP251 Foundations of Safety and Emergency
Health Care
HP26.3 Aquatics
HP315 Biomechanics
HP341 Evaluation in Health and Physical
Education
HP343 Physiology of Exercise
HP344 Adapted Physical Education
HP441 Psychosocial Implications for Health and
Physical Education
HP442 Seminar in Health, Physical Education,
and Recreation I
Professional Requirements:
HP319 Preprofessional Experience II
HP345 Athletic Training I
HP346 Athletic Training Lab
HP375 Physiological Basis of Strength Training
HP410 Exercise Prescription
HP4 1 1 Physical Fitness Appraisal
HP412 Physical Activity and Stress Management
3sh
lsh
2sh
3sh
3sh
lsh
Ssh
3sh
3sh
3sh
Ssh
l-3sb
3sh
lsh
Ssh
Ssh
3sh
3sh
Controlled Electives: (I) (2)
BI151, BI155, HP408, HP413, HP426, HP482, HP493
Other Requirements:
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
0
10-16
124
(1) Nutrition minor may substitute for Controlled Electives; see
Department of Food and Nutrition.
(2) Specialty tracks will substitute for Controlled Electives; see following
descriptions.
Bachelor of Science — Physical Education and Sport —
Exercise Science Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA217
Health and Wellness: FN143 or MS101-102
Natural Science: BI103-104 or CH101-102
Social Science: PC 1 0 1 , SO 1 5 1
Liberal Studies Electives: FN145.CO/BE/IM 101.
no courses with HP prefix
Major:
Core Requirements:
HP142 Foundations of Health, Physical
Education, and Sport 3sh
HP200 Fundamentals of Physical Activity lsh
HP210 Motor Development 2sh
HP221 Human Structure and Function 3sh
HP25 1 Foundations of Safety and Emergency
Health Care 3sh
HP263 Aquatics lsh
HP315 Biomechanics 3sh
HP341 Evaluation in Health and Physical
Education 3sh
HP343 Physiology of Exercise 3sh
HP344 Adapted Physical Education 3sh
HP441 Psychosocial Implications for Health
and Physical Education 3sh
HP442 Seminar in Health, Physical Education,
and Recreation I 3sh
Sport Science Requirements:
HP319 Preprofessional Experience II l-3sh
HP345 Athletic Training I Ssh
HP346 Athletic Training Lab lsh
HP375 Physiological Basis of Strength Training 3sh
HP410 Exercise Prescription Ssh
HP4 12 Physical Activity and Stress Management Ssh
Exercise Science Track:
BI151 Human Physiology 4sh
PY151 Medical Physics Lecture Ssh
PY161 Medical Physics Lab lsh
HP4 1 1 Physical Fitness Appraisal 3sh
HP413 Physical Activity and Aging 3sh
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
124-125
Bachelor of Science— Physical Education and Sport-
Sport Administration Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54-55
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA217
Health and Wellness: FN143 or MS101-102
Natural Science: BI 103- 104 or CH 101-102
Social Science: PC 1 0 1 , EC 1 2 1
Liberal Studies Electives: CO/BE/1M101, EC 122,
no courses with HP prefix
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES 77
M.ljnr:
( mi Require
iih-iiIs:
HP! IS
Found ns of Health, Physical
Edui in ISporl
Ish
HP200
Fund entail ol Physical Activity
Mi
HP210
Motoi Develo] nl
2sh
HP221
1 1 .in Sinn Inn .mil Finn lion
isll
111*251
1 lationa "1 Safety .mil Emergi n< v
Health Can
Ssh
HP263
Aquatics
Isll
HP31S
Biomecl ica
Ssh
HPS41
Evaluation in Health .mil Physical
1 dU0 limn
.ish
HPS43
Phyaiolog) ol Exen ise
.'isll
linn
adapted Physical Education
Ssh
IIIMII
Psychosocial Implications foi Health
.mil Phi li( .'1 Edui alum
.ish
iii'ii.:
Seminar in Health, Physical Education,
and Recreation I
.'ish
Spoil Science
Requirementsi
HP319
Preprofessional Experience II
l-.'isli
HPSS3
Psyi hology of Coaching
2sh
HP335
( loai hing and Managing of Athletic
Programs
.'isll
HP345
Athletic Training I
:isli
HP346
\ilil. n. [raining I ab
Isll
HP373
Physiologii a] Basis "1 Strength Training
.isll
HP412
Phj sii il Activity and Stress Management
.'ish
91 nri 10
llu American Woman and Sport
Ssh
Business Minor Id quiri in. ins:
AD.) 21
Business and Interpersonal
( ainiimniii ations
Ssh
AG201
Accounting Principles 1
Ssh
\* ;_*i)_>
Accounting Principles 11
Ssh
BL839
Introduction to Business Law
.isll
I'l 110
Finance 1
3sh
Menu
Principles nl Management
Ssh
MK320
l'i mi iples "1 Marketing
.ish
Free Klcctitcs:
Total Degree Requirements:
Bachelor of Science — Physical Education and Sport-
Aquatic Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined ill Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA217
Health and Wellness: FN I 43 or MS 1 0 1 - 102
Natural Science: Bl 1 03-1 04 or CH 1 0 1 - 1 02
Social Science: PC101,SOl51
Liberal Studies Elective*: FN 1 45, CO/BE/IM 101.
no course with IIP prefix
Major:
COM Requirements:
HP142
Foundations ofHealth, Physical
Education, and Sport
HP200 Fundamentals of Physical Activity
I II'- I II Motor Development
HP221 Human Structure and Function
HP251 Foundations of Safety and Emergency
HealthCare
HP263 Aquatics
HP315 Biomechanics
HP341 Evaluation in Health and Physical
Education
HP343 Physiology of Exercise
HPS44 Adapted Physical Education
HP441 Psychosocial Implications loi Health an.
Physical Education
HP442 Seminar m Health, Physical Education,
and Recreation I
Ssh
Ish
2sh
Ssh
3sh
Ish
Ssh
.ish
Ssh
Ssh
.'ish
Spun Science Requirements!
I IP319 Preprofessional Expi rieni e II
HP345 Uhletii Training I
HPS4A Uhletii Th
HP375 Physiological Basis of Strength Training
HP410 ription
III'II I I'h. iii al Fitru
MM 1 2 Physical Vctivity and Stress Management
Aquatic Track:
HP185
HP281
HP264
III'.-, ii
HP276
Ml'2,'1
HP280
HP335
Free Eleetives:
Total Degree Requirements!
I7-I'(
Lifeguarding
Wall l S,il( l\ Inslrii, tOI
Vdvani i d tqu
Insliiii tOI "I I I.iiiiIh apped Suimmii
Coai hmn ill Swimming
Pool M.imti nam i- and
( Ihemistry
Aquatii Fai ilitii
l Vthletii
I ish
ish
Ish
ish
Ish
ish
M,
Mi
M,
M>
M,
2sfa
2sh
BBSSBamBM
Bachelor of Science— Physical Education and Sport-
Athletic Training Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA217
Health and Wellness: FN143 Ol MS 101 102
Natural Science: III I Oil (M or ( 1 1 101-102
Social Science: PC 10 1. SO 15 1
Liberal Studies Eleetives: FN 145. CO/BE/I M 101,
no i ourse with IIP prefix
Major:
Core Requirements*!:
HP142
Foundations ol Health. Physical
Education, and Sport
ish
HP200
Fundamentals of Physical Activity
Ish
HP210
Motor Development
2sh
HP221
1 Ionian Structure and Function
3sh
HP251
Foundations ol Safer) and lii'
HealthCare
3sh
HP263
Aquatics
Ish
HP.il 5
li lechanics
Ssh
HP341
Evaluation in Health and Physical
Education
.ish
HP343
Physiology of Exen ise
3sh
HP344
Adapted Physical Education
.ish
HP 141
Psychosocial Implications for Healdi
and Physical Education
3sh
HP442
Seminar in Health. Physical Education.
and Recreation I
.ish
Spurt Science Requirements
HP175
Prevention and Care ol Injuries to die
Physically Active
2sh
HP345
Athletic Training
3sh
HP346
Athletic Training Lab
Ish
lips;-.
Physiological Basis of Strength Training
Ssh
HP411
Physical Fitness Appraisal
3sh
Athletic
Training Track Requirements
BII51
Human Physioli igj
4sh
HP:ib5
Advanced Athletic Training
4sh
HP376
Athletic Training Clinical Practicum I
Ish
HP377
Athletic Training Clinical Practicum 11
Ish
HP446
Therapeutic Modahtil s
4sfa
HP448
Therapeutic Exen ise for Athletic Injury
Management
4sh
HP476
Athletic Training Clinical Practicum III
Ish
HP477
Athletic Training Clinical Practicum IV
Ish
PY151
Medical Physics Lecture
3sh
PY161
Medical Physics Lab
Ish
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
78 THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
Free Electives: 2-3
Total Degree Requirements: 124
Note: The office of the Athletic Training Curriculum Coordinator can
provide additional information related to specific requirements regarding
initial health screening, criminal record checks, and liability insurance needs.
Bachelor of Science in Education-
Education (*)
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the (allowing specifications:
Mathematics: MA2 1 7
Health and Wellness: FN 143 or MS101-102
Natural Science: BI 1 03- 1 04 or CH 1 0 1 - 1 02
Social Science: PC 1 0 1 . S( ) I r> 1
Liberal Studies Electives: FN 145. PC378, or
approved alternatives
-Health and Physical
Major:
Course Requirements:
HP142
Foundations of Health, Physical
Education, and Sport
3sh
HP200
Fundamentals of Physical Activity
lsh
HP210
Motor Development
2sh
HP221
Human Structure and Function
3sh
HP251
Foundations of Safety and Emergency
Health Care
3sh
HP263
Aquatics
lsh
HP315
Biomechanics
3sh
HP341
Evaluation in Health and Physical
Education
3sh
HP343
Physiology of Exercise
3sh
HP344
Adapted Physical Education
3sh
HP441
Psychosocial Implications for Health
and Physical Education
3sh
HP442
Seminar in Health, Physical Education,
and Recreation I
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
lsh
3sh
3sh
3sh
Professional Requirements
Health and Physical Education:
HP21 1 Dance, Rhythmic Activities, and
Gymnastics
H P2 1 2 Team Sports
HP213 Individual and Dual Sports and
Adventure Activities
HP318 Preprofessional Experience I
HP321 Methods in Elementary Health and
Physical Education
HP325 School and Community Health
HP42f> Health Science Instruction
HP450 Curriculum and Programming in
Sexuality Education
Professional Education Requirements: (1)
CM301 Technology for Learning and Instruction
ED242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience
ED342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience
ED421 Student Teaching
ED441 Student Teaching
ED442 School Law
EP202 Educational Psychology
FE202 American Education in Theory and
Practice
Other Requirements: 0
Free Electives: 0
(#)Total Degree Requirements: 131
(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, tided "Admission to
Teacher Education.'" in the College of Education section of this catalog.
(1) Special Education Competency Requirement: Revision pending will
eliminate exam option and will require EX301 (2sh).
(#) See advisory paragraph 'Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation
3sh
I lsh
II lsh
6sh
6sh
lsh
3sh
Ssb
Certification-Driver Education— Safe Living
Certification in Driver Education- Safe Living may be added to a \alid
Pennsylvania Instructional Certificate with the completi I the following
courses:
HP251
HP252
HP353
HP354
Foundations of Safety and Emergency
Health Care
Introduction to the Driving Task
Driving Education Program Manageme
Application of Driver Education
Instructional Modes
3sh
Ssh
3sh
Highway Safety Center
IUP's Highway Safety Center attempts to address the highway safety needs
of the commonwealth through a variety of programs and activities. The
Highway Safety Center programs encompass activity in five major areas: 1 )
research, surveys, and studies, 2) education (teaching), 3) training and
conferences, 4) field and extension services, and 5) traffic safety
communications and information exchange.
Teacher Certification in Driver Education
Through cooperative effort with IUP's Department of Health and Physical
Education, the Highway Safety Center coordinates and directs IUP's
Teacher Certification Program in Driver Education.
IUP Regional Highway Safety Project
The IUP Regional Highway Safety Project is a federally funded program
contracted with the Pennsylvania Department of Transportation's Center for
Highway Safety. Originating at IUP in January, 1987, under the title of the
Indiana County Seat Belt Program, its purpose was to increase public
awareness and the usage of occupant restraints. The program expanded its
emphasis and territory in 1989 and now includes the counties of Armstrong,
Jefferson, and Clearfield. Programs for corporations, schools, civic groups,
law enforcement agencies, etc., include topics such as occupant safety,
bicycle safety, pedestrian safety, safe driving characteristics, and DUI. The
project also serves as a resource to other community safety groups by
providing printed materials, audiovisual aids, crash-car dummy costumes,
and the "Seat Belt Convincer." A Car Seat Loaner Program also provides car
seats to residents in Indiana County.
Driver Training Programs
From basic driver education programs for beginning drivers to truck driver
training to advanced driver training programs in emergency driving
techniques, the Highway Safety Center provides a cadre of courses, all
designed to meet the needs of the student.
Emergency Services Training
This is a program area designed to meet the training needs of ambulance,
fire, and police personnel in the areas of emergency medical services and
rescue.
Traffic Accident Investigation
Traffic Accident Investigation programs are available for safety directors,
insurance adjusters, and police personnel. Courses range from basic
investigation up to and including accident reconstruction.
Department of Hotel, Restaurant, and
Institutional Management
Jeffrey A. Miller, Chairperson; Baker, Marshall, Shiring, Van Dyke;
and professors emeriti Simkins, Woods
The department offers students an academic preparation leading to a
Bachelor of Science degree in Hotel. Restaurant, and Institutional
Management. Students take general courses in business, chemistry, biology,
computer literacy, and foreign language. Students elect to concentrate in
either food service management or lodging management. The program has
received accreditation from the Accreditation Commission tor Programs in
Hospitality Administration.
The food service management track prepares students for management
positions in restaurants, corporate food services, entertainment or recreation
food service, health care, or other institutional and contract food service.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES 79
I in lodging managemenl trw k prepares students foi management poa ■
within In. irk reaorta and othi i lodging open a. Emphasis is on the
.in. I\ i.i housekeeping, rooma,and galea de| in nta but alio ini ludea I I
produi tion and w rvici
Id ill i programs requin thi student I pleb 880 hours of hospitalit)
induatry work experience before graduation. The firal 1 10 houn in
. ompleted during the freshman and sophomore years in an) typeol
hospitalit) poa n selected b) the student and must be completed before
the internship ia bi heduled. The Bei ond I l<> I ra an i pleted .is an
jhip Thi Intemsliipia supervised by a faculty member who assists the
itudenl in developing the learning package to be a< hieved during the
internship and wl Iviaea the intern on university, department, and site
requirements.
Professional type forms are prescribed as pari of the- dress code foi
departmental majors in .ill food production < ourses.
Bachelor of Science— Hotel, Restaurant, and Institutional
Management
I Iberal Studiesi Va outlined in Liberal Studies aei don 54-55
h nli ilu follow ing specifications:
Mathematical MA217
Natural 9dencei CH101-102
Social Science) EC121.PC101
I iberal Studies Elective*! < If (/IM/BE10 1 . FN 145,
ii.. with I IK prefix
Majon
Required Courses! 33
FN150 Foods Ssh
FN151 Foods Laboratorj lsh
I IK Mil Introducl to Hospitality Management Ssh
HR259 Hospitalit) Purchasing Ssh
llK.il i Food Systems 1 4sh
HR356 Human Resources in the Hospitalit)'
[ndustrj 3sh
HR401 Cosi Management Ssh
HKlll Seminar in Hospitalit) Management Ssh
I IK 1 1 I Food Systems II 4sh
HR493 Internship in Hospitality Management 6sh (1)
Controlled Kleetives: ( >nc Irak required 12-15
I ond Sei vice Management Track: KN 1 45 (2). I IRS06,
HR358, HR406, HR408
I odging Management Track) 1IKI 15,HR360,HRS65,
HR420, |\| 100
15-21
Ssh
Ssh
Ssh
Ssh
3-9sh (3)
Other K. 1 1 nli. mk nis:
WJ20] Accounting Principles I
Fundamentals of Microbiology
BL235 Introduction to Business I aw
MK320 Principles of Marketing
T— Foreign Languages
Free Electives: 0. j
Total Degree Requirements: 12
(1) K.acli student must complete 880 hours of work experience, of which
440 hours must be tin. .ugh supervised experiences in HR493. See
department internship coordinator for detailed information.
(2) Credit counted in Liberal Studies F.lectives.
(■'!) Each student must have foreign language proficiency of either;
a. Intermediate-level - SP201/FR202/GM252 or '
u. Successful i ompletion of two semesters of one language.
Intermediate-level courses may be used as Liberal Studies electiv*
Department of Human Development and
Environmental Studies
Linda 5. Ni Ison, < hairpcrtoni Bowers, Cordon, Hi < kroda, Ki sM. ,.
I miii. \. \c Ison. Rodgl is. Si IiiiiiII. Swinki r. \ iggiano: and BI
e me lilac ( i.iiiii l. (..ill.ili. Moms. K.i/iin i. Sin illli.iu. Worn!
I hi Departmenl ..I Human Developmenl and Environmental Studk
. ii Med b) the merging ol the Famil) and < lonsumi i S tion and
' ionsumei Si rvices di partmi nl l I ■ u fthi D p .• r mt m
ol Human Developmenl and Environmental Studies ia to empower
individuals to support human and environmental needs, enabling them to
perform professionally in a changing d leal and global
I he departmenl is . omposi .1 ..I majors thai an interdi* iplinary and share
I .hush, values. All majors ha earch focus and stress
1 ritii al thinkin taking, and synthi -
information writh dirw t foi ua upi ,., , , paths.
I In 1 1 1 in i. in I), velopment and Environmental Studies Departmi ntol
i. nl. mil programs leading t.. the Bai helot ..I s. u rv . degree in the
following majors: child Development/Famif) Relations, Consumei Allans.
Fashion Merchandising, and Interioi Design. The Famil) and Consumer
Sciences Edui ation program I. ads to a Bai helot of s, „ ,„, ,,, Education.
'I Iksc majors prepare men and women foi positions in business, die
community, and education. The majors also prepare students for graduate
study in the areas of interioi design, housing, 1 1.. thing, textiles, consumer
economics, human service, child development, famil) studies, or education.
Faculty advisors work closely with students in planning and inu-grating the
academic program to meet the Students' career goala and to supplement
classroom experiences. Internships are available and encouraged so students
. in apply academil knowledge to actual situations. International stuck is als.,
available to provide an enriching cultural exrx i
Consumer Affairs
The Consumer Allans major prepares individuals lor professional positions
in government, business, and the community. This option concentrati ■
consumer economic behavioi and consumer protection and their
relationship to the Bui exchange ami consumption of products and services.
The increased interest in consumer concerns has resulted in creating and
expanding positions for persons with an understanding of consumer needs,
business operations. ,uk\ regulator) agencies. The interdisciplinary approach
provides the necessary knowledge and skills to fulfil] die requirements of
sin h positions.
Community Services Track
Within the Consume! Affairs major, students can elect a community services
track which oilers a broad selection ..I curses. Electives may be
concentrated in specific areas. A concentration of courses is elected in an
outside field of study such as sociology or psychology. Craduates mav be
employed by the Extension Services ,.i b) governmental and social agencies.
Bachelor of Science— Consumer Affairs
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with die following specific ations
Mathematics: MA101 or higher
Natural Science: CH101-] 02
Social Science: EC 1 0 1 . PC 1 0 1 . -
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with CS prefix
Major:
Required ("ourses:
CS101 Personal and Family Managemenl 3sh
CS121 Introduction to Consumer Services lsh
CS315 Consume! Economics and Family' Finance Ssh
Problems in Consumer Ec. mics 3sh
CS416 Problems in Fanulv Finance jsh
CS421 Senior Seminar 2sh
FM110 Introduction to Fashion 3sh
FM30S Visual Merchandising jsh
FM314 Textiles 3sh
FN2U Nutrition 3sh
vNA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999
80 THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
ID213 Residential Appliances and Consumer
Electronics 3sh
ID312 Housing and Culture 3sh
JN120 Journalistic Writing 3sh
Controlled Electives:
Three credit courses from list:
CS433,CS461,CS482,FM112,FM212,
FM303, FM350, FM4.r>0, HR259, FN362, HR313,
HR358,ID105 6sh(l)
Other Requirements:
Outside Concentration:
Required:
BL235 Introduction to Business Law 3sh
BL336' Law of Business Organizations 3sh
BL337 Consumer Law 3sh
Controlled Electives: Three courses from list:
AD321, MG300, MK320, MK321, MK433 9sh (1)
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
(1) Substitutions may be approved by department.
Bachelor of Science — Consumer Services/Community
Services Track
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies section
with die following specifications:
Mathematics: MA101 or higher
Natural Science: CH 1 0 1 - 1 02
Social Science: EC101, PC101, S0151
Liberal Studies Electives: no course with CS prefix
Major:
Required
AR120
CS101
CS121
Courses:
Principles of Design
Personal and Family Management
Introduction to Consumer Services
2sh
3sh
lsh
CS315
Consumer Economics and Family Finance
3sh
CS421
Senior Seminar
2sh
FM110
Introduction to Fashion
3sh
FM314
Textiles
3sh
FN212
Nutrition
3sh
HE224
ID213
Marriage and Family Relations
Residential Appliances and Consumer
3sh
Electronics
3sh
1D312
Housing and Culture
3sh
Controlled Electives:
One course from list: FMI 12 or FM212
Other Requirements:
Human Ecology Requirements:
FN150 Foods
FN 1 5 1 Foods Laboratory
HE218 Child Development
Outside concentration:
Six courses from list: AN2 1 1 , AN3 1 9, PC290, PC3 1 0,
PC31 1, PC312, PC320, PC321, PC322, PC330, PC361,
PC373, PC374, S0231, S0332, S0333, S0336, S0339,
S0357, S0435, SW238.
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
3sh
3sh
lsh
3sh
18sh
Fashion Merchandising
The Fashion Merchandising program provides course emphasis in clothing
and human behavior, apparel production and analysis, textiles and quality
control, apparel distribution, merchandising and promotion, global diversity,
historic textiles and apparel, color and aesdietics, and apparel construction.
Communications, problem solving, group project organization, professional
presentation, and analytical and critical thinking skills are incorporated in
course content. The Eberly College of Business complements die Fashion
Merchandising major by providing study in one of diree options: Business
Administration, Marketing, and Small Business Management.
A cooperative program between IUP and the Fashion Institute of
Technology in New York City allows students to study one of seven majors:
accessories design, advertising and communications, advertising design,
fashion design, manufacturing management, textile/surface design, and textile
development and marketing.
Graduates of the Fashion Merchandising program are being prepared for
entry-level positions such as manufacturer's sales representative, production
assistant, ready-to-wear quality control analyst, textile testing laboratory
technician, management trainee leading to position of store manager,
executive/merchandising trainee leading toward position of
buyer/merchandise manager, museum curator assistant, persona] color
consultant, and personalized shopping specialist for an upscale retail firm.
Bachelor of Science — Fashion Merchandising
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
widi die following specifications:
Mathematics: MA101 or higher level MA course
Natural Science: CH101-102
Social Science: EC121; GE104 or PC101; AN1 10 or
AN211 orS0151
Liberal Studies Electives: BE/CO/IM101, EC 122;
MA214 or MA217; no course with FM prefix
Major:
Required
Courses:
FMI 10
Introduction to Fashion
3sh
FMI 12
Fundamentals of Clodiing Construction
3sh
FM314
Textiles
3sh
FM350
Apparel Industry I
3sh
FM385
Ready-to-Wear Analysis
3sh
FM434
Quality Control in Textiles /W/
3sh
FM450
Apparel Industry II
3sh
FM456
Historic Costume
3sh
FM480
Seminar in Fashion Merchandising
3sh
Controlled Electives:
Four courses from list: FM212, FM252, FM281,
FM303, FM357, FM433, FM453, FM454,
FM455, FM457, FM481, FM482, ID205
12sh
Additional Requirements:
Required Courses:
AG201 Accounting Principles I 3sh
MK320 Principles of Marketing 3sh
JN 1 20 or EN3 1 0 Journalistic Writing or Public Speaking 3sh
Students will complete courses in one of the
following options: 12-1 5sh
Option 1: Business Administration Minor (15sh)
AG202, FI3 1 0, MG3 10, select two from AD32 1 ,
BL235, IM300
(Note: students must meet all minor requirements listed in catalog)
Option 2: Marketing (12sh)
MK321, MK420, select two from DE332 (1), DE333,
MK421(1),MK430,MK433
Option 3: Small Business Management (12sh)
MG275, MG325 (1), select two from MG300, MG310,
MG350, MG403 (2)
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
(1) Prerequisites to be waived.
(2) Student will need to take AG202 and AG300.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES HI
Interior Design
The Interioi Deiign program enables graduate* to analyze problems,
jynth, iizi informi n,and implemenl design solutions supportive -.1 the
needs "I people and the enviroi .Thi program emphasizes synthesizing
,,l information and i reative problem solving based on interdisi iplinar)
experiences and communicating solutions. The program enabli - gradual) I
,,, [Japttoai I ging world by drawing on history and multidisi iplinar)
experie ind applying principles ol research.
1 1„ , ,„, 0| ||„ in,, Design program includes i ourses addressing space
planning, drafting, design graphics, coloi theory, building systems, i erials
.mil Brushes, human fa< tors, computet aided drafting and design (CADD),
in lopment, textiles, lighting, residential and contra i design, and
professional practice. Detailed information is available from instructors
qui| in and supplies to be pun hased by students tor individual
courses in ilns program. Internships present an excellent opportunity for
itudents to gain pi cal, on-the-job training and ire high!) re< mended.
t icp, M, mi.il learning opportunities in thee nunit) augment the program.
Itudents a variety "I settings ini luding offices, museums, l.n es,
showrooms, retail outlets d construction sues. Supportive courses are
,.il, i, ,1 in .hi and business. Graduates are prepared foi entry-level positions
in commercial and residential design, sales, historii preservation, and
sli.iw M m .in management.
Bachelor of Science— Interior Design
Liberal Studies! As outlined in Liberal Studies section
wuli the following spei ideations:
Mathematics! MA101 oi higher level
Hnnuuiiries-Philosophy/Religious Studies: PH223
ret ommended
Fine Altai AH101
Natural Science* SC105-106
Social SdeuceiPC101,SO151
I jbenl Studies Electives! AH205 or 206. BE/CO/
PM101, EC122, no courses with II) prefix
Major:
K< l|MIII'll < "Ml '.IV
m i] i
Textiles
3sh
DD105
Introduction to Interior Design
3sh
inns
Drafting liir Construction I
3sh
uoaos
Color Theory and Application
3sh
©818
Drafting lor ( ^instruction II
3sh
©305
Interioi Lighting
3sh
ID310
Human Factors in Interior Design
3sh
DJS1 •
Materials and Finishes
3sh
IDS 15
Residential Design I
3sh
1D319
Residential Design II: Kitchen, Bath,
Media Room Design
3sh
ID370
Development of Design 1 /W/
3sh
ED380
Development of Design II /W/
3sh
DD405
Interior Design Professional Practice
3sh
ID464
Contract Design 1
3sh
ID465
< null. lit Design II
3sh
Other Requirements:
Outside Concentration:
Business: VD101, MK320
fish
An: AR120. 213; one course from list: AR214,
215,216,218,
219
8sh
Free F.leetives:
Total Degree Requirements:
Family and Consumer Sciences Education
I he Family and Consumer Sciences Education major prepares students for
thl teat hing ot family and consumer sciences-related subjects in die public
schools. Coursework is required in all areas of family and consumer services.
including child development anil family relations, consumer economics.
clothing, loods. and interior design 'housing. Professional education courses
are also required.
Bachelor of Science in Education-Family and Consumer
Sciences Education (*)
Liberal Stiidi, s: v lined m Liberal
section with the following S
Natural Science:! HIM
s.„,.d Sdcncci P< 1 1' i
Liberal Studies Electives: CS31 r>. no
< OUTSeS with Ft I prefix
College:
Professional him. Sequence:
CM 101
I,, hnolog) l"! 1 i anting and In
ED242
1 ■ .p, i h in i 1
Ish
ED342
Pre-studenl Teai hing '
... ll
Ith
ED431
Student Teaching in Famih, and
'III 1 s,, |, ,,, , .,
t.sh
ED441
Student Teal hing
fish
ED442
Si boo! Law
Ish
EP202
Edui ational Psyi hology
ish
EP377
Kdiu.itiou.il Tests and Measurements
ish
E.YJill
ImIii. .in. in -.I Studi nl - v. ith Disabilities in
Inclusivi 'rograms
2sh
FC350
Teaching Family Lif I i
FC450
Teaching Vocational Home Economics
FE202
American Education in Thcorv and
Practice
isl,
Major:
35
Required Courses:
CS101
Personal and Family Management
FM112
Fundamentals of Clothing Construction
ish
FM3I4
Textiles
ish
FN 150
Foods
ish
FN151
Foods Laboratory
Ish
FN212
Nutrition
HE21H
Child Development
HE220
Teaching in Child Development ( lenters
Isl,
HE224
Marriage and Family Relations
IDS 12
Housing and Culture
ish
Controlled Electives:
One from list:
CS41.ior 11)21 3
One from list:
HE424 or 463
isl,
Free Electives:
0-2
(#) Total Degree Requirements: 12 4- 12b
(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission Id
Teacher Education." in the College of Education so turn of tins catalog.
(#) See advisory paragraph Timely Completion ot Degree Requirements
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.
Child Development/Family Relations Major
The Child Development/Family Relations program leads to a Bachelor of
Science degree. Primary objectives ol the program are to prepare
professionals to administer and/or work in programs that entail as|>cctsot
child development and taniilv relationships: teach at the adult level; Of
administer human services agencies at federal, state. 01 local level. The
program also provides preparation for students who want to pursue graduate
Study in child development or famih studies.
Bachelor of Science— Child Development/Family Relations
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54-56
widi die following specific
Mathematics: MA101 or 1 10 or 121 or 217
Natural Science: CI 11 01 -1112
Social Science: AM 10. PC101. S015I
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with HE prefix
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
82 THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
Major;
Required Courses:
Consumer Ec< mics and Family Finance .Ssh
FN212 Nutrition 3sh
Child Development :3sli
HE220 Teaching in Child Development Centers W l-.li
HE224 Marriage and Family Relations 3sh
HE317 Infant Development ;Jsli
HE426 Techniques of Parent Education 3sh
HE463 Family and the Community 3sh
Controlled Electivesi (one track)
Track A: Child Development/Family Relations
HES21, 324, 118, 122, 124
Track 1!: Child Development (by permission only)
HE321, lis. 120,422
Track C: Family Relations (by permission only)
\\ - 124,493
Other Requirements:
Outside Courses:
CM 101
BI155
EP202
Free Fleetives:
Total Degree Requirements
I" I logy for Learning and Instruction .'isli
Human Physiology and Anatomy 4sli
Educational Psychology 3sh
18-23
124
practice within the professional code of nursing ethics, to function, effectively
as a member ol the health care professions, and to utilize scientific principles
in planning and implementing health care. The nursing program emphasizes
concepts in health promotion and maintenance and restoration of wellness
for people of all ages.
The first three semesters are devoted mainly to Liberal Studies and science
courses considered essential to the nursing major. The first clinical nursing
courses begin in the fourth semester. Clinical experiences in patient can are
provided in acute and long-term care facilities as well as community health
agencies throughout the last five semesters. Detailed information is available
in the department office regarding health screening requirements,
professional uniform requirements, liability insurance needs, and
transportation requirements. There is an option to complete the program in
five years.
Registered Nurse students are enrolled in the basic baccalaureate program in
nursing. They will have an upper-division major in Nursing and will fulfill all
degree requirements set by the university and the Nursing Department. The
Registered Nurse student may be awarded advanced standing, based on
prior work completed at an accredited college or university and on
exemption tests in nursing at a given point in the curriculum.
Bachelor of Science— Nursing
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 55-56
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA217 (1)
Natural Science: CH101-102
Social Science: PC 1 0 1 . SO 1 5 1
Liberal Studies Electives: PY151/161, PC310, no
courses with NU prefix
Department of Industrial and Labor Relations
James F. Byers, Chairperson; Billiard. Gaylor, McCollester,
McPherson, Sedwick; and professor emeritus Gates
The Department of Industrial and Labor Relations offers a graduate program
within the College of 1 Iealth and Human Services leading to the degree of
Master of Arts in Industrial and Labor Relations. The 42-seniester-hour
program consists of a required core of 27 semester hours, including an
> In tive thesis and elective course offerings totaling 15 semester hours.
Internships are available and strongly encouraged.
The Industrial and Labor Relations program is multidisciplinary. combining
analytical and human relations skills with knowledge drawn from social
s< i< tic.es and business disciplines. The degree is designed to prepare
professional industrial and labor relations practitioners in public and private
management, unions, neutral agencies, government agencies, and arbitration
panels. It has as a special emphasis labor relations in the public sector.
While the department does not offer coursework leading to an
undergraduate major or degree, it does offer several undergraduate courses
which are open to students of any major or college.
Department of Nursing and Allied Health
Professions
Jodell L. Kuzneski, Chairperson; Barlow, Beck, Bellak, Bouman, Doas,
Gerwick, Hartman, Holmes, Labant, Polansky, Poorman, Rossiter,
Sadler, Sctileinyer, SheUenbarger, Snyder, Twal, Walz, Waszak,
Zuraikat: and professors emeritae Blair, Kresak, Murray, Smatlak,
Thistlethwaite
rhe ( lollege ol Health and Human Services offers a curriculum leading to
the Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing. Students are admitted to the
nursing major as freshmen. Upon completion of the program, the graduate is
prepared to write the examination tin licensure as a Registered Nurse in
Pennsyh tnia and other states. The program is hilly accredited by the
National I ,eague fbi Nursing and has preliminary approval from the
( Commissi 11 ( lollegiate Nursing Education.
The nursing curriculum has as its primary goal the development of
competent professional nurses who are liberally educated, clinically
1 ompi tent, and aware of their social responsibilities as members of the health
professions. The program is designed to provide a broad background in
<li nation, coupled with the specialized knowledge and skills required
loi professional nursing. Additionally, the curriculum prepares the nurse to
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
Major:
53
Required Courses:
NU280
Introduction to Nursing
3sh
NU285
Introduction to Clinical
3sh
NU302
Core I
2sh
NU303
Clinical Laboratory I
5sh
NU304
Core II
2sh
NU305
Clinical Laboratory II
5sh
NU322
Maintenance and Restoration of Wellness I
3sh
NU323
Maintenance and Restoration
of Wellness II
3sh
NU402
Core III
2sh
NU403
Clinical Laboratory III
5sh
NU404
Core IV
2sh
NU405
Clinical Laboratory IV
5th
NU422
Maintenance and Restoration
Wellness III
of
3sh
NU423
Maintenance and Restoration of
Wellness IV
Ssh
NU430
Nursing Research
3sh
NU480
Seminar in Nursing (2)
4sh
Other Requirements:
19
Science Sequence:
BI105
Cell Biology
3sh
BI150
Human Anatomy
Ssh
BI151
BI241
Human Physiology
General Microbiology
4sh
Ssh
FN212
PC321
Nutrition
Abnormal Psychology
Ssh
3sh
Free Electives:
0
(#)Total Degree Requirements: 127-128
(1) The Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing requires two units of high
school mathematics (one of which is algebra) for admission to the
nursing major.
(2) NU480 must be taken four semesters, focusing 011 a different topic each
semester.
(#) See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.
THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES H.l
Allied Health Professions Programs
I II. io,C
Respiratory Care
Respirator) therapist* assist physicians in tin can of pi ts who have
respirator) system problems 01 illnesses thai relate i" breathing I h( ii
ii. Si. 1. 1 adminisl gaseous drugs and i - 1 titing tin i ipi utii
procedures. Ini luded are tin operal and maintenanci ofspei ialized
equipment.
Tin program leads to the Bachcloi ol Si ience ileum in Respirator I ari
Presented joind) b> II P and die Western Pi nnsylvania I lospital in
Pittsburgh, the progr offers intensivi il erica! and applied knowledge u<
I In,, highl) skilled graduates who an prepared to enter th( profession as
therapists 01 instructors.
I,,,, I, ,1,1, nn, years of university studies, followed b) twoacademii
hospital studies and clinical practice, consutute the program. Students musl
earnaGPAol !,25 in Natural Sciences and Mathematics courses to be
considered foi admission into the clinical years in Respirator) Care.
I [owever, sini t admiss to the hospital is i ompetitive, II IP cannot
guarantee admission into the hospital program.
Bachelor of Science— Respiratory Care
Liberal Studios: As follows: 45-47
Compositioni EN101.202
Humanities: three courses, one in each area
(PI IJ.V recommended)
I nn Aits: ,iiu , ourse
Mathematical MA105oi higher level
fatund Science: CH101-102
Social Sciences: I'd 1 01 . St )1 SI, -Western course
Health and Wellness ROTG H&V\ ended
I ibi mI Studies Elei tives: one course, UK/CO/
l\l nil recommended
Synthesis) not required
Writing Intensive: nut required
Major: 62
Required Courses! (1) (2)
Kl 101 The Profession of Respiratory Ca
RT32G Respirator] ( lare < llinii al Practice I
RT327 Pharmacolog)
RTS28 Introduction to Respirator) Care
RT 129 Respiratory ("are Instrumentation
RT330 Cardiopulmonar) Resuscitation
RT333 Respirator) Care Clinical Practice II
RT334 Respiratory Care Instrumentation and
Application
Nursing Arts
i lardiopulmonar) Evaluation and < linii al
Correlation
Introduction to Pulmonai) rum don
Studies
Clinical Case Studies
Respiratory Care Clinical Practice 111
Essentials of Eleitroc.uiliolooT
Design and Function ol a Respiratory
( lare Program
Pulmonary Function Studies
Pediatric Respirator) ( lare
Respirator) Care Clinical Practice l\
Neonatal Respiratory Care
Respiratory Care Teaching
Methods in Critical ( are
Cardiopulmonar) Rehabilitation
Other Requirements!
Science Courses:
BI105 CellBiologj
BI150 Human Anatom)
BI151 Human Physiolog)
BI241 General Microbiolog)
pY151 Medical Physics Lecture
PY161 Medical Physics Lab
RT33S
RT336
RT337
RT426
Kl 128
RT429
RT430
RT431
ii l 133
RTI.il
RT436
RT437
RT438
Ish
3sh
3sh
4sh
4sh
2sh
4sh
4sh
3sh
lsh
3sh
5sh
2sh
2sh
3sh
lsh
5sh
3sh
^sh
2sh
lsh
3sh
(sh
4sh
ish
3sh
lsh
I M i I I, . lives: II
(H)'lni.il Degree Requirement*! 124-126(1)
(I) i in., Lt
credits would bi 126 i 10
{!) I: I 100- and 400-level courses are completed at YVcstci
l lospil •! in Pittsburgli.
(#) See ad Ii"! K < lompli tioi
in the section on Require ts for Graduation.
Medical Technology
Medii .il Ii ' I log) ' m ompasses the study "I analytic al and diaj
],,,,, edures used in i linii .il laboratories and in medii al n
' ' i logists perform ,i variet) "I laborator) tests upon whii h tl
depends foi ai i urati diagnosis, prognosis, and propi i in
I , in I I,, program of studies, presented jointly h) H P
in lnis|Hi.ils. prepares the simli ni
profession, Upon completion of the four-yeai pn
Bachelor of Scienci in Medical Hcchnology is granted. Tin progi
prepares tin studenl foi graduati and professional si hools.
II Pmaintaini hi rm affiliations with selected hospital
schools. The \ II nil Health Professions coordinator provides si
counseling and maintains .i liaison with hospital si hools. II
admission to any hospital pi titive hasis. II I' cannot
guarantee admission into an\ hospital program.
I he following programs maintain pennant nl ,■.
Ill': Abington Memorial Hospital, Abington; Utoona HospitaL Altoona:
( lonemaugh Memorial Medii .il ( lenter, |ohnstown: EDtins I'ark 1 1
I'.lkius Park; Lancastei < ieneral I loBpital, Lancaster; Latrobe Area Hospital,
I be; St. Vincent Health Center, Erie; and University ol Hartford. Vtfest
Hartford, Connei tii ut, • iiher temporary afiiliations Jie negotiated for the
, onvenience ol the student
1 pietionol academic studies .it III' and ol one year ofdinii
qualifies the student to take a national certification examination. Nil i essful
results mi this examination lead t" i ertification .is a professionally qualified
medical technologist.
Bachelor of Science — Medical Technology
Liberal Studies: As follows: l"i- 17
Composition: EN 101. 202
Humanities: thru courses one in each area (PH222 recommended)
Fine Arts: one I ourse
Mathematics: MAI III or higher level
Natural Science: dill 11-1 I.'
Social Sciences: three courses
Health and Wellness/ROTC: H&W recommended
Liberal Studies Electives: PY1 I I
Synthesis: not required
Writing Intensive: one required
Major: 32
Required Courses: ( 1 )
Ml" 19 I Clinical Mi, rob
MT495 Clinical Chemistry IOsh
MT496 Clinical Hematology/Coagulation
al Immunobemati 4sli
MT498 Clinical Immunology/Serology 2s.li
Clinical Seminar
Other Requirements: Science sequence
Required dourses:
Bill] Principles of Biology]
BI250 Principles of Microbiology
BI364 Immui
CH231 Organic Chemistrj I
CH232 Chemist!) II
Analytical Methods
t 1 1 ;', I Biochemistry
PY121 PhysicsILab
PYU2 122 Physics U l.eaure/Lab
4sh
lsh
4sh
NOIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999
84 THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
Controlled Elecrives:
Two courses from list:
BI112, 120, 151,263,331,350,352,360,432,466,476 6sh
Free Electives: 6-10
(# (Total Degree Requirements: 124
(#) See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.
(1) These courses are offered by our affiliating hospital-based clinical
programs. These areas of study are consistent with requirements of the
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences. All six of
diese areas of study are completed during the final twelve months of the
degree program at one of the affiliating hospitals.
Nuclear Medicine Technology
Nuclear Medicine is the medical specialty that utilizes the nuclear properties
of radioactive and stable nuclides to make diagnostic evaluations of the
anatomic or physiologic conditions of the body and to provide dierapy with
unsealed radioactive sources. A nuclear medicine technologist's skills
complement diose of the nuclear medicine physician and other allied health
professionals.
The nuclear medicine technologist is a highly trained individual who has
completed an approved course of study in the theory of nuclear medicine
technology. This allied health profession utilizes radioactive materials for the
diagnosis of various pathological disease states and for the treatment of some
specific disorders. The American College of Radiology, American Medical
Association, American College of Medical Technology, American Society of
Technologists, Society of Nuclear Medicine, and the Society of Medicine-
Technologist Section cooperate to establish, maintain, and promote
appropriate standards of quality for educational programs in nuclear
medicine technology.
The program leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Nuclear Medicine
Technology consists of diree years of study at IUP and one year at the
University of Findlay/Nuclear Medicine Institute in Findlay, Ohio. Incoming
students must maintain a GPA of 2.25 in the natural sciences and
madiematics to be considered for admission to the Nuclear Medicine
Institute. Since admission to the Nuclear Medicine Institute is competitive,
IUP cannot guarantee admission into the institute's program.
Bachelor of Science— Nuclear Medicine Technology (@)
Liberal Studies: As follows: 54
Composition: EN 101, 202
Humanities: three course, one in each area
Fine Arts: one course
Mathematics: MAI 10 or higher level
Natural Science: CH101-102
Social Science: PC10I, SO 151, non-western and
social science (AN1 10 recommended)
Health and Wellness/ROTC: HP143 or FN143
orMSlOl-102
Liberal Studies Electives/Synthesis: four Liberal
Studies electives or three Liberal Studies electives
and one Synthesis course
Major:
Required Courses: ( 1 )
NT427
NT428
NT429
NT430
NT431
NT432
NT433
NT434
32
Nuclear Scintigraphy
3sh
Radiation Physics
3sh
Nuclear Medicine Instrumentation
3sh
Radiation Biologv and Radiation
Protection
2sh
In Vivo/In Vitro Non-Imaging
lsh
Radiopharmaceuticals
3sh
Introduction to Tomographic Imaging
lsh
Clinical Nuclear Medicine
16sh (2)
3sh
4sh
3sh
lsh
Ssh
lsh
3sh
Other Requirements:
Science Courses:
BI 1 50 Human Anatomy
BI 151 Human Physiology
PV111 Physics I Lecture
PY121 Physics I Lab
PY112 Physics II Lecture
PY122 Physics II Lab
Required course:
EN310 Public Speaking
Free Electives: 1 7. 20
At least two of the selected courses must be Writing Intensive.
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(@) This program is being revised and will change in the near future.
(1) These courses are offered at the University of Findlay/Nuclear Medicine
Institute. Findlay, Ohio. These areas of study are consistent with
requirements of die Committee for Allied Health Education
Accreditation. All eight of these areas of study are completed during the
final twelve months of the degree program.
(2) NT434 is only offered on a pass/fail basis.
Gerontology Certificate Program
The Gerontology Certificate program provides an interdisciplinary approach
to the systematic study of the aging and is designed to be combined with any
undergraduate major at IUP. The 2 1 -semester-hour program entails diree
core courses, three elective courses, and an internship that will provide
experiential learning in an agency or program serving older adults. Many
courses fulfill die requirements for the Liberal Studies program. Applications
are available at 244 Johnson Hall. For information, call 724-357-7647.
Gerontology Certificate Program
Core Courses: 9
HP350 Health Aspects of Aging 3sh
PC312 Adult Development and Aging 3sh
S0357 Sociology of Aging 3sh
Controlled Electives: 9
AN340,AN444,CS315,GN281,GN481,GN482,HE324,
HP413. MG300, MG311, PC376, PC378, PH400, PH405.
RH312, SA380, S0336, S0342. S0345
Other Requirements: 3
Internship (GN493 or internship in student's major) 3sh
Total Requirements: 21
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES H5
Department of Safety Sciences
l. |.Ferguaon,Chalrperaoiul togler, Joseph, McOosky, Reed,
Rhodes, Rivera, Rodrigues
I |„ dtp, , Ren ili. Bbi hel I Science degree in Safety Si ii no I
,,,,1, pei ialii ■ pational safet) and health .'I 'In program in Safety
Sciences pn pares tin studenl foi professional, administrativi mana|
rvisorj po« sin industry, manufai Curing, insun
jporl ility, government, construction tradi servici industries, and
othi n il ins a need in Pennsylvania and the m n foi univi rsit)
itional safet) I health professionals. The curriculum
includes a majoi "I M semestei hours in Safer) Sciences and an additional
. emester hours in related professional courses, \variqt) of elective
, available in botli thi majoi and pii.lrsMnii.il fields thai enable
stn.lt mis i,. strengthen tlieii primar) interest areas.
Minor— Safety Sciences 18
Required < lounen
S \ mi Inn. 1. 1. 1 H to •>" upational
..ml Health
SA111 Prim ipli ..i I...!., trial Safi t) I Seh
SA301 Health Hazard Identification t-h
( ontrolled Electivesi
I in. , s \ i oum i approved by departmenl i bairperaon Dab
Bachelor of Science— Safety Sciences(*)
I [bend Stuclif.: Vs outlined in Liberal Studies section
with ii" following spei ifi< ations:
Mathematical \l V123
Natural Science! CH 101 and 1(12
Social Science! PC101,SO151, -western
, llllHK ii i, .nun. li.l. .1
Liberal Studies Electivesi EC122, MA217,and BE/CO/
l\l mi . no . oursi with SA prefix
Majon
Required Courses!
S A nil Introduction to ( Iccupational Safety
and Health
SA111 Principles of Industrial Safety I
SA J 10 Envir lental Safety and Health
Regulations
SA21 I I'..", iplesol Industrial Safet) II
SA301 Health Hazard Identification
SA 103 Control of Health Hazards
SA311 Industrial Fire Protection
SAS45 Systems Safer; Analysis
SA347 Ergi cs
S \ m J Health Hazard Evaluation
SA412 Evaluation ofSafety Program Efiei riveness
SA488 |93 Safet) Internsliip
Other Requirements:
Additional Science and Mathematics:
lill,r).r> Human Physiology and Anatomy
l'Ylll Physics I Lecture
PY112 Physics II Lecture
PY121 Physics I Lab
Physics II Lab
Professional Courses:
\ I ' 121 Business and Interpersonal
Communications
MG31 1 Human Behavior in Organizations
I In. i professional courses approved by student's adi isoi
Free Electives: 3
Inial Degree Requirements: 126-127
(*) This program is being revised and will change in the neai future.
Ssh
3sh
Ssh
4sh
Ssh
Ssh
3sh
Ssh
Ssh
3sh
Isl,
6sh
4sh
3sh
isl,
Ish
lsh
Ssh
Ssh
9sh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
86 THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
The College of Humanities and Social Sciences
Brenda L. Carter, Dean
Alphonse N. Novels, Associate Dean
Yaw A. Asamoah, Interim Associate Dean
The College of Humanities and Social Sciences provides a liberal education
as an essential foundation for the student's preparation for a satisfying career.
The college maintains an emphasis on the fundamental understanding of our
cultural heritage, combined with development of a thorough background of
knowledge in the student's specific area of interest. It seeks to promote in
students critical and objective thinking, analytical skill, and a keen awareness
ol their responsibilities to society.
Degrees
College Majors
Anthropology
Criminology
Economics
English
Foreign Languages and International Trade
French
Geography
German
Government and Public Service
History
International Studies
Journalism
Philosophy
Political Science
Regional Planning
Religious Studies
Sot tolog]
Spanish
The departments of Anthropology, Criminology, Economics, English.
French, Geography and Regional Planning. German. History.Journalism.
Philosophy and Religious Studies, Political Science. Spanish and Classical
Languages, and Sociology offer work leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree.
The Bachelor of Science is offered in Regional Planning. Master of Arts or
Master of Science degrees are offered by Criminology, English. Geography
and Regional Planning, History. Political Science, and Sociology. The
English and Criminology departments oiler the Doctor of Philosophy
degree. Information about these graduate programs may be obtained from
the Graduate School.
Degree Requirements
In addition to die university's Liberal Studies requirements, all students
seeking a baccalaureate degree in the College of Humanities and Social
Sciences must complete the requirements for a major as established by die
department through which they wish to specialize. Statements of these
requirements, and the requirements for those minoring in a specific field,
appear in the department sections that follow. A double major or minor may
encompass a discipline outside as well as within the college but should be
selected only with advisor approval. As a general principle, there is
considerable latitude in course choice for Humanities and Social Sciences
majors. The intermediate-level foreign language requirement (a description
follows) applies without exception to all Humanities and Social Sciences
four-year degree programs.
College Foreign Language Requirements
Students in the colleges of Natural Sciences and Mathematics and
Humanities and Social Sciences must demonstrate an intermediate level of
foreign language proficiency as a college requirement for graduation. They
may choose any of the languages offered, including self-instruction in the
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES HI
C I i ..,,, di i ribcd below. Intel liati level I gn la
,,„„.,, s |n i .,,„. |, <„ rman Larin,and Spanish will also count as Liberal
foi students with prei i foreign language instrucl i
individual plai to foreign languag rsesma) bi done during
pli nl U i and registration | to thi Brsl semestei al II P. Students
,, 1 11 .1 urates competence equivale he
|i ,, I, m i sidered to have fulfilled di< foreign language
,,, Students with no previous fori ign lai i tnd will
level 11 v whii h ma) be counted as frei electives in Uu total
i, quired foi graduation.
ign itud gisti n d as such al II P, whox acquired native
.,..,, ,i i , nthi i ilii" i nglisli and whode strates an aci i ptabli
... i, n i n li ill, is i vi mpl I In I gn I inguagi n q I il
thi .i. partmenl ol die student's majoi doi s nol requin a spei ifii I gn
Critical Language Program
I Languagi Progn s a s< II instructional tutorial approach to
less commonl) taughl foreign languagi s. Students unci withatutoi diree
hours pel week in addition to practicing with audio cassettes. Most tutors an
native speakers ofthi languagi Professional teachers "I the spi i ifii lan|
ma) be broughl in from other universities to evaluate student pi rformam i
The final grade is based on final examination as well as on performam i
during the tutorial sessions. Interested students must contai i the i oordinator
riatral I ai h i ourse carries three semestei hours "I i redit.
i 1 1, following languages ma) be available foi study: Arabic, Chinese, Dutch,
Modern Greek, Modern Hebrew, Hindi, Hungarian. Italian. |apanese,
Korean, Portuguesi . Russian, and Turkish.
Foreign Study Programs
College majors m.i\ be interested in die various Foreign Stuck Programs and
Tours offered. Credits obtained tli gh such arrangements normall) are
applicable toward a Humanities and Social Sciences degree. Vlsool interest
are die college's ( redit-awarding programs at Valladolid (Spain), Duisburg
(( iermarrj ). and Nancj (France), as well as the Summei Study in Mexico
i l ..i 1 1 u ilu i information, contact the chaii of the appropriate
language department.
11 1' at Valladolid! Through the Spanish and < llassical Languages
Department, the university has offered a spring semester of study at the
I Iniversit) ol Valladolid. Spain, for more than thirty-five years. The
participants live in private homes. Foi details and brtx limes, contact the
Spanish and ( llassical Languages Department.
II I' ai liuisburg: II' I' lias a stud) abroad program at the Universit) "I
Duisburg, Wesi Germany. The program is open to < lerman maims and other
nts having specific interesl in a foreign stud) experience, Students must
registei for FL100 and paj a foreign exchange fee for each semester in the
program, Foi furtliei information, contact the German Department.
Ill' ai Nancyi HT lias established a study program with the University of
Partii ipants in the Nancy program must pay a foreign
exchange fee foi each semestei in the program. Foi details, contact the
French Department.
Il'Pat Mexico Summer Program: The Spanish and Classic ,il I auiuiain. s
Department sponsors a program of study in Spanish language in Mexico.
The program is located at Cuernavaca, and die cost of the program includes
transportation, complete mom and heard, insurance, and tuition. The
student may earn up to six hours of undergraduate oi graduate credit.
Internship opportunities are available for students with fluency in Spanish.
For details and brochures, contact the Spanish and Classical Lan|
Department.
II r at Costa Rica Summer Program: The Department ol Spanish and
Classic ,,| Languages has also established a four-week stud) program at the
National I niversit) ol Costa Rica, located in IK He ha. Participants five with
< osta Rican families and take classes at the university. This progi
intended foi students who are going abroad for the first time, ami preri
is given to beginning students. Participants earn lour transfei credits in
Spanish from the I NA. Foi details and brochures, contact the Spanish and
Classical Languages Department
Pre-Law Track
I l,, i olli gi ol I lum mil i Soi ■ thai
tin -.in.l. nt l.,i applii ation to ■ in the
following So. nl s, I. in . s. 1 1, mi. nun. s. and Business departrni
Ci m i lish, History, Philosoph
All ti.i. ■
foi law school.
U) devi loped
ml. i.Iim i] i| Indents should
COnSull 1 1 ii pie -law achlsoi in 1 1 Iiajol d. pat lluelit.
Internship Programs
I lum. Hutu s and Soi nil s. i. hi is departments have extensive internship
programs which allow students toi rviaed off-campus work
expi rience for credit. II P students have worked in Harrisburj
lators, with the Governor's Justice < ...m mission and the Local
Government Commission, and with thi Invi stigations Division, Penniytvania
I), partmi nl ofjustii e. < Ithers have worked at correctional institutions in
Pittsburgh, < Ireensburg, and Warrendali . as pi 1 1 group counselors on the
1 1 1 ainpus. as assistants t.. tin Pennsylvania state Republican i hair]
as on-site guides al the I nited .Nations. .,s workers on an Israeli kibbutz, and
as student aides for thi Department of Education in Puerto Rico. < ithcr
students have worked in the Pittsburgh federal probation office
students have worked with majoi political parties and candidates jt the- loral
and state levels. It the count) level, the) have been attai hed to the offii
tin county planner, the < non Pleas ( lourt, the i oroner, the in
i omimssioii. is. and the borough manager. Students have also worked in die
Washington offii es ol Pennsylvania i ongressmen and in man) federal and
iiiternation.il organizations in Washington as well. Opportunities tor
internships in other countries also exist. For mote information aboul -
hip programs, students should consult with the chair ol the
department in winch the student is majoring.
Pan-African Studies Minor
The Pan-African Studies minoi is a multidiscipunary program that brings
together courses foi using on the vitality and accomplishments ofpre-colonial
Aim an soi ie in s. the cultural and racial heritages ol people ol African
descent in relationship to western societies, and aspects ol modern-day
African cultures. The clustei of courses included in diis program represents
a broad, diverse look al the diaspora of people ..I Aim an
The minoi helps II P students to enrich their eross-e. ulturaJ studies: to
heighten then awareness of, and sensitivit) to, cultural diversity; and to
expand then knowledge of world contributions of persons ol African
heritage. A Pan- Mm an studies minor is thus valuable in an increasingly
diverse soi iet) and attrat rive to employers and graduate schools alike.
Minor — Pan-African Studies
18
3sh
Isfa
12(1)
Required (anuses:
AF131 fntrodui tion to Pan- Mucin Studies
III lo'i History of Black America Since
Emancipation
Kleitives: I inn courses from the following list:
UF281 Special Topics in Pan-African Studies Ssh
AF4S1 al Topics in Pan-African Studies
\Kls_' Independent Study 3sh
VN/S0271 Cultural Area Study: Africa 3sh
CM380 Tlie History of African Americans in Film 3sh
inie Development I 3sh
EN348 African-American Literature 3sh
GE255 iph) ol Vfrica Ssh
H1355 African History I: Antiquity to 1600 3sh
HI356 African History II: 1600 to Present 3sh
H1366 African-American Women Ssh
PS382 Political Systems: Africa 3sh
\lm an Religions 3sh
(1) With the program coordinator's approval, three credits of an internship
may he counted towards tile Pan-African studies minor.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG
88 THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Department of Anthropology
Phillip O. Neusius, Chairperson; Chaiken, Conelly, Garcia,
Kruckman, S. Neusius; and professors emeriti Lanham, Olin-Fahle
The Anthropology Department promotes awareness of anthropological
knowledge and mediods and seeks to further the discipline and its
applications to the problems of die contemporary world. Through teaching,
research, and involvement in campus and community events and programs,
die anthropology faculty members contribute to die liberal education of IUP
students. The anthropology major itselt equips students with knowledge and
skills needed for full participation in the global environment of die twenty-
first century.
Andiropology emphasizes the study of human biological and cultural
diversity widiin its four subfields: sociocultural anthropology, biological
anthropology, linguistics, and archaeology. All students receive a solid
foundation in the discipline of anthropology and tailor dieir major to specific
interests by following one of the three tracks.
The General Anthropology track continues the student's educadon in all of
the subfields of anthropology, preparing the student for a graduate education
in anthropology or in one of many related fields. The general track also
provides a solid base for interdisciplinary study with a number of odier fields
including biology, philosophy, political science, psychology, religious studies,
sociology, and Spanish.
The Archaeology track provides an emphasis on the study of culture through
the material remains of human behavior. This track provides training for
careers in die growing fields of cultural resource management and historic
preservation, with opportunities for employment in bodi government and the
private sector. A wide variety of internship opportunides provide hands-on
training in these areas.
The Applied Anthropology track provides students widi a background in
anthropological method and theory, a cross-cultural perspective, and an
avenue to translate diis knowledge into action through internships and
research. Examples of career opportunities include program design,
implementation, and evaluation; policy analysis and administrative and
managerial development; assessment of current and future human needs; and
creation of strategies for social intervention and advocacy. In consultation
widi an advisor, each student will develop his or her own curriculum in order
to build expertise in a specific topical area.
The department also offers preparation for teaching social studies with a
concentration in andiropology. This program leads to a Bachelor of Science
in Education degree. Widi its emphasis on cross-cultural comparisons, die
realities of contemporary global cultures, and cultural resource management,
anthropology provides a solid foundation for teaching social science at the
secondary level. The department also offers a minor in andiropology.
Bachelor of Arts — General Anthropology Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 53-54
widi the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA2 1 7
Social Science: SO 151 (recommended)
Liberal Studies Electives: BE/CO/IM101
(recommended), no courses with AN prefix
College: 0-6
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Major: 33
Required Courses:
AN211 Cultural Anthropology
AN222 Biological Anthropology
AN233 Language and Culture
AN244 Basic Archaeology
AN456' Field Research Methods
Other Requirements:
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
0
37-38
Controlled Electives:
One dieory course:
AN480 or S0447 (2)
Three courses in Topical Area Ethnography such as:
AN271, 272, 273,274,314
Two additional AN electives (300 or 400 level)
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
9sh
fish
124
hided in Liberal Studies
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be
electives.
(2) S0447 may be taken only with approval of the advisor,
Bachelor of Arts — Anthropology/Archaeology Track
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies section 53-54
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA217
Natural Science: GS121/122-131/132 (recommended)
Social Science: S0151 (recommended)
Liberal Studies Electives: BE/CO/IM101 (recommended),
no courses widi AN prefix
College: 0-6
Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )
Major: 36
Required Courses:
AN211 Cultural Andiropology 3sh
AN222 Biological Anthropology 3sh
AN233 Language and Culture 3sh
AN244 Basic Archaeology 3sh
Controlled Electives:
Three methods courses:
AN3 1 7 Archaeological Research Design and
Analysis 3sh
AN320 Archaeological Field School 6sh (2)
AN4 1 5 Cultural Resource Management 3sh
One dieory course: AN480 or S0447 3sh (3)
Two area courses, one in archaeology and one in
edinography, such as: 6sh
AN213 or 315 and AN314 or AN271/272/273/274
One topical course such as: AN401 or 420 3sh
Other Requirements: 0
Free Electives: (4) 37-38
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
(2) For approval by advisor, an equivalent field school of another university
must have a lab component.
(3) S0447 may be taken only with approval of the advisor.
(4) A minor in Geoscience, Geography, History, or odier approved field is
recommended. An internship (AN493) also is recommended. Your
advisor should be consulted.
Bachelor of Arts — Anthropology/Applied Anthropology
Track
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies section 53
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA217
Social Science: SOI 51 (recommended)
Liberal Studies Electives: BE/CO/IM 1 0 1 , no
courses with AN prefix
College:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Major:
Required Courses:
AN2 1 1 Cultural Anthropology
AN222 Biological Andiropology
AN233 Language and Culture
AN244 Basic Archaeology
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 89
Controlled Elective*
Two methods i res: AN 160 156
One theory re: AN480oi SO 1 47 (2)
On ieiAN314orAN271/272/273/274
TWoaddil J IN electives ( I >i WOIevd)
Internship in Anthropol |
Other Requirement!) (recommended)
|.;N'i22 [1 1 Iiiiic.iI Writing
30231 Contem] ryS I Problems
90437 Compute! Use in So< iology
in , Elecdvcii
Ibul Degree Requirements:
6sh
(si,
Ish
6sh
6sh
121
(1) Intermediate-level hut-inn Language may be included in Liberal
idies <!i< lives.
(2) S0447 may be taken only with permission "I the advisor,
(3) Internship is highly "' "" tded I ay bi n plai i d by 6sh ol
pragmatii skill courses upon approval of advisor,
Bachelor of Science in Education— Social Sciences
Education/Anthropology Concentration (*)
Liberal Studies! As lined in Liberal Studies section
h ith ili, following spe< ifii ations:
Social Science! AN21 l,EC121,PC101
I ibcral Studies Electivesi E< 1122, ( 1E2S0, no
courses with \N prefix
< lollegei
Profi vmiiii.iI Education Sequence:
( \t 101
Technology leu Learning and Instruction
3sh
ED242
Pre-studenl Teaching Clinical
Experience 1
lsh
M"
Pre-studenl Teaching Clinical
Experience II
lsh
Kill 11
Student Teaching
12sh
ED442
School Law'
lsh
leaching of Social Science in Secondary
Schools
3sh
EP202
Educational Psychology
3sh
Educational Tesis and Measurements
3sh
EX301
Education ol Students with Disabilities
in Inclusive Secondary Settings
2sh
FE202
American Education in Theory and
Practice
Ssh
Major:
Required Ai
ithropology Courses:
AN2I1
Cultural Anthropology
*sh(l)
VN22S
Biological Anthropology
3sh
Language and Culture
3sh
W'li
Basic Archaeology
Ssh
[wo area ethnography courses:
AN271,272,273,or314
Two additional Anthropology i ourses numbered 300
or above
History Distributional Requirements:
An) two I listorv courses which focus on the U.S.
\m Non-Western or World History course
Required Social Science Distribution:
PS280o
GE104,252,255,256,or257
6sh
6sh
Ssh
3sh
Ssh
Other Requirements: 0
Free Electives: (2) 1-6
Total Degree Requirements: 1 24
(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, tided "Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education section of diis catalog.
(1) Courses counted toward Liberal Studies credits do not receive duplicate
i lolit in major.
(2) II a course is chosen for a Social Sciences major, it may also fulfill a
Libera] Studies elective and permit additional free electives.
Minor-Anthropology
Kcqilin (I f imiisi :
\Nlln Contemporary Anthropology
( lontroDed Electivesi
Fbui additional i ourses in Anthropology
15
Jsh
I2sl,
3( _.,r) Department of Criminology
Dennis M. Clever, Interim Chairperson: Austin, t laus. t.ihhs. Coin.
Ilaor.ilian, Martin. McCaulcy. McNabb. Mcrlo. Mul( Inn. k. Myc rs.
Scottg Smilli. |. I hninas. \\ 'ikon, Zimmerman; and professor cim rilus
Moyer
Tlie Department ,,l < Iriminolog) oners students seeking i areas in
criminology a broad liberal art.s edui ation supported by j professional
i dui ation program, I I" di gra ofiered is the Bai heloi ..I Arts with a major
in Criminology; students may also minoi in Criminology. Through die
Graduate S, hool the departmenl oilers graduate work at the master's and
doi t'U.il level.
The program in Criminology has a five-fold objective:
1. The education of students foi il and leadership in the
expanding field ol criminology and criminal justice
2. Tin i clue ation ol presently employed c nminal justice personnel who
recognize a need lor furthering their edu< ation
3. The instruction of students who wish to acquire an understanding of
die processes of criminal justice as a cultural part of their higher
education
4. The instruction of students who wish to prepare for graduate study
and/or research in criminology
5. A curriculum that provides an excellent foundation for students
preparing for a career in law
Nearly every level of government offers opportunities for professional careers
in criminology. Employment opportunities normally exist in more than fifty-
federal agencies, including die Federal Bureau of Investigation. U.S. Secret
Service; U.S. Postal Inspectors; Drug Enforcement Agency; Bureau of
Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms; National Security Agency; I l.S. Marshals;
the Internal Revenue Service: and military investigative branches. Graduates
will find employment in local and state law enforcement, probation, parole,
and the custody and treatment of adult and youthful offenders. There is also
a wide variety of opportunities in the expanding fields of private.
commercial, and industrial security. In addition, mam governmental agencies
have specialized units dealing widi juveniles, community relations, training,
education, and research.
Career opportunities are available also in research and teaching at the college
and university levels and in research divisions of various agencies.
Students who wish to change their major or minor to Criminology or
Criniinology/Pre-Law track must have an overall GPA of 2.5 to declare the
major or minor and to be accepted formally by the department.
Bachelor of Arts — Criminology
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies see don 53-55
widi the following specifications:
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with CR prefix
College: 0-6
Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )
Major: 56
Required Courses:
CR102 Survey ol Criminology
CR210 Criminal Law
CR300 Theory of Complex Criminal Justice
Organizations
CR306 Criminological Research Mediods
CR400 Theoretical Criminology
CR401 Contemporary Issues in Criminology
Controlled Electives:
One course from list: CR4 1 b. 45 1 . 471). 49 1
Five additional Criminology courses
ish
3sh
Ssh
3sh
3sh
3sh
Ssh
I5sh(2)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
90 THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Free Electives: (3) 27-35
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
(2) No more than 6sh of CR493 may be applied to 36sh minimum in major.
(1) Students selecting a minor may apply no more than 15sh outside the
College of Humanities anil Social Sciences without special approval.
Bachelor of Arts — Criminology/Pre-Law Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with CR prefix
College:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Major:
Required Courses:
Survey of Criminology
Criminal Law
Theory of Complex Criminal justice
Organizations
Criminological Research Methods
Theoretical Criminology
Contemporary Issues in Criminology
CR102
CR210
CR300
CR'306
CR400
CR401
Controlled Electives:
One course from list: CR4 1 6, 45 1 , 470, 49 1
Five additional Criminology courses
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
15sh(2)
Other Requirements: Pre-lavv interdisciplinary track 15-21
Seven courses, including at least one from each of six areas:
Business: AG20I, AG202, BL235
Economics: EC121, 122,332
English: EN212, 220, 310
History: HI320, 321, 346
Philosophy: PH101, 222, 450
Political Science: PS358,359,361
Free Electives: (3) 6-20
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
(2) No more than 6sh of CR493 may be applied to 36sh minimum in major.
(3) Students selecting a minor may apply no more than 15sh outside
College of Humanities and Social Sciences without special approval.
Minor-Criminology (1 ) 18
Required Courses:
CR102
CR210
CR300
CR306
CR400
CR401
(1) Must have formal criminology department approval to be admitted to
minor in Criminology.
Department of Economics
Nicholas Karatjas, Chairperson; Asamoah, Brewer, Cross, Dyal,
Jozefowicz, Martel, Radakovic, Radell, Stonebraker: and professor
emeritus Walker
Survey of Criminology
3sh
Criminal Law
3sh
Theory of Complex Criminal Justice
Organizations
3sh
Criminological Research Methods
3sh
Theoretical Criminology'
3sh
Contemporary Issues in Criminology
3sh
Indeed, many students completing an undergraduate major in Economics do
not pursue careers as professional economists: they enter such fields as law,
management, finance, and labor relations. By helping to develop a student's
ability to think and communicate, economics provides a linn foundation
upon which the student can build any one of a large number of possible
careers.
Four different degree programs are available: a Bachelor of Arts in
Economics that prepares students for immediate employment or graduate
school: Bachelor ol Arts in Economics/Pre-Law track for students who wish
to attend law school: a Bachelor of Arts in Economics/Mathematics
combining courses in both areas to prepare students for graduate study in
economics as well as possible immediate employment; and die Bachelor of
Science in Education that prepares students to teach economics and other
social sciences in secondary schools.
The Department of Economics offers concentrations in seven areas of
Economics. The concentrations are designed to equip students with the
education and skills that will help to enable them to obtain a position in
government or private business upon completion of the undergraduate
program. The concentrations available at present are
— Competition and Public Policy
— Economics of Government Affairs
— International Economics
— Labor Economics
— Managerial Economics
— Monetary Economics
— Quantitative Economics
Detailed information regarding these concentrations may be obtained from
the department chairperson. Concentrations are not restricted to Economics
majors.
Either EC 101 or EC121 will count as a Liberal Studies social science
course. However, EC101 is intended for students who will take only one
course in the field. Students who anticipate taking more than one economics
course should schedule EC121. EC 101 will not count toward either a major
or minor in economics and may not be taken after the successful completion
of, or in concurrent registrations with, any other economics course.
Economics majors are encouraged to minor in one of die other Social
Sciences, in Business, or in Mathematics.
The Department of Economics houses the Center for Economic Education.
The center is a nonprofit, nonpartisan organization affiliated with both the
Pennsylvania Partnership for Economic Education and the National Council
on Economic Education. Its mission is to upgrade the quality ot economic
education in kindergarten through twelfth grade. The center performs the
following functions: teacher training, consulting services, research, materials
development, and programs in economic education for adults. Drs. Yaw
Asamoah and Arthur H. Martel are the co-directors of the center.
Bachelor of Arts — Economics
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Social Science: EC 1 2 1
Mathematics: MA 1 1 0 or 1 2 1 ( 1 )
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses widi EC prefix
College:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (2)
Major:
Required
Courses:
EC121
Principles of Economics I
*sh
EC 122
Principles of Economics II
3sh
EC355
Statistics for Economists
3sh (3)
EC421
Macroeconomic Analysis
3sh
EC422
Microeconomic Analysis
3sh
MA121
Calculus I for Business, Natural.
and Social Sciences
*sh (1)
Controlled Electives:
Four other EC courses
12sh(4)
Economics provides a background and educational base that open a broad
range of professional, educational, and vocational opportunities. As part of a
Humanities and Social Science degree, a Bachelor of Arts in Economics
pro> ides a liberal education as well as professional and technical training.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES ') i
Free Electivesi 3I''47
Total Degree Requlrementai '24
(i) MAIM I ma) I" substituted foi MA121.
(j) i,,i i, id I, vel Foreign Language y be included cm Liberal Studii I
I I. , lues,
(I) MA214 »17,oi 163 may be substituted for EC355,
, |, \, than six I raol Internship i redil ma) be applied toward
in i ■
Bachelor of Arts— Economics/Prelaw Track
Liberal Studiesi \s lined in Liberal Studies section
wiili the following specifications:
Social Sdencei E< 121
Mathematicii MAllOor 121 (I)
I Iberal Studies Electivesi no i '»
Collegei
I uiguagc Ini' inn. iuii 1 .1
!•'.( I prefix
el (2)
Majori
Required Courses!
El 1 .' 1
Principles "1 Economics 1
*sh
E( 1 .'-'
Prim iples of Economics II
3sh
Statistics Ini Ei onomists (3)
3sh
K'l.'l
Mai mi ' onomic Analysis
3sh
M i "i m Analysis
3sh
MA121
Calculus 1 Ini Business, Natural, and
Social Sciences
*sh(l)
Controlled Electives:
I'n thei E( ! courses 12sh (4)
Other Requirements: Pre-law interdisciplinary track 6-21
Severn ourses, including .it least one from
eai 1 1 "I m\ areas:
Business: AG201, VG202.BL235
Criminology: CR210, 260, 357
English: EN212, 220,310
Historj HI320, 121, 146
Philosophy: PH101,222,450
Political Science: PS358, 159,361
Free Electivesi 17-36
loi.il Degree Requirements: 124
(1) MA123oi 127 maj be substituted foi MA 1 21.
(2) [ntermediate level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
(3) MA214,217,oi 163 ma) be substituted for EC355.
( I) \.i limn than six hours of Internship credit may be applied toward
Bachelor of Arts— Economics/Mathematics
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies se< don
with the following specifications:
Social Science: EC121 (included m major)
Mathematics: \l \ I 27 (included in major)
Electives: Intermediati foreign language, no course
uuli EC oi MA prefix.
Major:
("ore:
Principles ,.l Economics 1
Principles ofEconomics II
Mai roeconomu Analysis
Microeconomic Analysis
Calculus I
Calculus II
Calculus III
Introduction to Linear Algebra
M U16oi EC355 Probability and Statistics lor Natural
Sciences oi Statistics for Economists
EC122
EC422
M AI27
MA12N
\l \227
MA171
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
4sh
4sh
4sh
3sh
Economics Electivesi
Students d ti lain I ' ■ I l ami
Imii any i our* i • • ept EC101 n
l.i 1493 maj be a tedonl) with thi approval of the
program i ooitiinstor.
Mathematics I l< I liic s:
At leasl "in "I ili' following two
MA241 Din. rential Equations and M \ >7I
Lineai
MA36S •""' 16 i Mathi matii .il si.itistn s I and II
\l \ l l'i mill 1 16Programming and Probabilistii
in < Iperation Fti
Two additional i muses eithei h ilu above oi from the following:
MA27I
IntrodiH nun to Mathi main .il Proofs 1
MA.M2
A < i \ .hi. ' J Mathi n> itii E ii tpplii ations
MA417
Si.ihsin il Applii aiions ii
MA IIS
Sampling Survi ' .ills
Vpplii ations
MA 121
Vdvani edl all "Ins 1
MA422
Advani ed < lali ulus II
MA423
ili k Variables I
MA425
Applied Mathematii al Analysis 1
MA427
liitrodiu Him i.i ropology
MA465
1 i ipil s in Stjllstles
MA476
Abstract Algebra I
MA477
Abstrai i Algebra II
Other Requirements:
0
Free Elective
19-23
Total Degree
Requirements:
124
Bachelor of Science in Education — Social Science
Education/Economics Track (*)
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following spei iiii ations:
Social Science: PC. 1 01. PS 1 1 1. AN HOoi AN211
Mathematics: MAI 1(1 or 217 or 121
Liberal Studies Electives: GE230. Si I
College:
Professional Education Sequence:
CM301 Technology foi Learning and Instruction ish
ED242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience 1
ED'342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience II
ED441 Studeni reaching 12sh
ED442 Si I I Lav,
ED455 Teaching of Social Scienct m die
ssBSSBBBsi Secondarj Schools
EP202 Educational Psvchologj
m ™ " ™ * EP377 Educational Tests and Measurements
EX301 Education of Students with Disabilities
47.49 Inclusive Secondarj Settings
FE202 American Education in Theory and
Practice ish
Major:
Required Economics Courses:
EC121 Principles of Economics I
54.56 EC122 Principles of Economics II
Controlled Economics Electivesi
Upper-level Economics courses including at least one
writing-intensive course and at least one course from
each of the following three groups:
International courses I 1 50,351
Macroecononuc courses: EC325, 34J. 421
Microeconomic e ourses EC283,330,33
335.336.373,383
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 199-
92 THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Other Requirements: 15-18
Required Social Science distribution
HI203 U.S. History for Historians 3sh
GE 3sh
PS280 or PS285 Comparative Government 3sh
Social Science Minor 6-9sh ( 1 )
Free Electives: 0-3
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education," in the College of Education section of this catalog.
(1) Students must complete a minor in second Social Science of their
choice. The coursework lor each alternative is described below. Some of
the courses chosen may also fulfill the tliird Liberal Studies elective
course above.
1. Anthropology: AN1 10 or 21 1, 12 additional sh in AN
2. Geography: GE230 and 1 2 additional sh in GE
3. History: HI 195, 203, 9 additional sh in HI
4. Political Science: PS 1 1 1 , 280 or 285, 9 additional sh in PS
5. Sociology: SQ151, 237, 9 additional sh in SO
Minor — Economics
Required Courses:
EC 1 2 1 Principles of Economics I
EC 1 22 Principles of Economics II
Three courses from EC200 or higher
15
3sh
3sh
9sh
Department of English
Donald S. McClure, Chair; Gail I. Berlin, Assistant Chair; Aghbar,
Alvine, Bencich, Berlin, L. Black, Bower, Cahalan, Carse, Chow,
Comfort, Dandurand, Donna, Downing, Emerick, Fritz, Gatti,
Gebhard, Goebel, M. Hayward, N. Hayward, B. Hudson, S. Hudson,
Hurlbert, S. F.Johnson, Kilwein-Guevara, Kraszewski, Krupnik,
Marsden, Masiello, Mc Andrew. McClenahan, McClure, Murphy,
Norris, Orchard, Pagnucci, Perdue, Rafoth, Hoffman, Savova, Sell,
Shafer, Siller, Slater, Smits, Stilwell, Tannacito, Vella, Villa, Ware,
Watson, Welsh, Willen, M. M. Williamson, M. T. Williamson, Wilson;
and professors emeriti Anderson, Belts. J . Bright, L. Bright, Brown,
Craig, Davis, Freund, Hartwell, Miller, Nania, Ray, Roumm, Seinfelt,
Smith, Swigart, Thomas, Walla, Woodworth
The program of studies in the English Department at IUP focuses on critical
thinking and effective reading and writing at all levels. English majors study a
wide variety of subjects ranging from literary theory to practical pedagogy, in
an atmosphere that encourages and fosters a high degree of professional
commitment.
Course choices depend upon a student's career goals; three specialized
majors are offered, each of which undergoes regular revision to reflect the
needs ol students and the structure of a changing, competitive job market.
The Bachelor of Arts in English Humanities offers a wide range of courses in
both traditional and nontraditional areas, which allows students to tailor
their programs to reflect their own interests and career plans.
English/Pre-Law track offers specialized training for those interested in a
career in law or some related field.
The English EducaUon program offers special training for prospective
secondary school teachers. IUP's consistent success in placing graduates
from this major in teaching positions suggests dial tile program is highly
regarded among educators outside die university.
English Humanities
The English Department's Bachelor of Arts in Humanities curriculum
emphasizes the traditional concerns of English literary study by providing a
common core of four courses that provide students widi a uniform
background in English and American literature, after which they are offered a
wide range of choices in six substantial areas of required study. These
required and controlled-elective courses constitute 30 semester hours of a
major that totals 36; the remaining courses can be any upper-level English
elective offerings, but students are urged to explore possibilities carefully
with their advisors so as to complete die program best suited to their future
goals.
Specifically, after completing the four prerequisite courses and the Liberal
Studies English requirements, students must take
— one Period Course (Category A)
- one Form and Theory of Genre Course (Category B)
— one Alternative Literatures Course (Category C)
— one European Tradition Course (Category D)
— one Major Authors Course (Category E)
— one Writing, Speech. Linguistics Course (Category F)
— a minimum of two courses beyond these group requirements. These two
courses may be from one or more of die groups, or may be Topics
Courses in literature, film, or literary theory.
Students, especially those for whom die B.A. is a terminal degree, are
encouraged to seek an internship in their junior or senior year as a means of
developing and demonstrating the skills they have acquired.
Since die major can be completed with 36 semester hours of coursework,
students have 27-35 semester hours outside of the Liberal Studies
requirements, depending on dieir foreign language status, of unspecified
coursework. Students should explore their options carefully widi dieir
advisor. Beyond die basic requirements of the major, opportunities exist for
students to elect courses allowing diem to concentrate further in such areas
as writing, film, and British or U.S. literature.
English/Pre-Law Track
Successful lawyers possess excellent skills in writing and speaking and can
analyze a problem and explain its solution in clear, logical terms. Pre-Law
English prepares the student especially well in diese areas and provides the
skills and knowledge needed to do well in the law school admissions
examination.
Most graduates have had successful internships in die offices of practicing
attorneys and government agencies, although an internship remains optional.
Students wishing an internship should contact die department director of
internships early in dieir career at IUP.
Education Program
The English Department offers a program leading to the Bachelor of Science
in Education degree in English Education. This program has been
accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education
(NCATE). Graduates are prepared to teach in middle, junior high, and
senior high schools.
English EducaUon majors fulfill all the requirements for state certification,
including practical experience in methods courses and student teaching:
content preparation in a variety of literature, language, and composition
courses; and philosophical background in current theories of teaching.
Although most students choosing an English Education major will be fitted
botli by training and desire for tile secondary school classroom, those who
opt not to teach will find that their speaking, writing, and management skills
can be useful to the media, governmental services, and business.
Program requirements are available at the English Department office. Majors
must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5. They must be formally
admitted to the Teacher Certification Program, a process which includes
application and screening within the English Department. This screening
involves review of the student's portfolio of written work and faculty
evaluations, as well as an interview with English Education faculty. Refer to
die section "Admission to Teacher Education and Certification" in the
College of Education section of this catalog and the English Education
handbook.
Minor in English
To minor in English, 15 semester hours in English are required beyond the
Liberal Studies requirement of EN 1 0 1 , 121, and 202.
Students who choose to minor in English should, if their major department
concurs, substitute EN 1 22 for EN 121.
NDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 93
Bachelor of Arts— English
I ,i 1 si.xli. s: Va outlined in Liber
rnth il>. following i "<
Hnnunidea I ilenturei EN12S
Liberal Studiei Electivesi »i
llll EN prefix
Coilegei
Lai
H»''H'-
Intermedial. Level(l)
M.ljul :
Itcqilii
EN210
EN211
EN212
EN213
36
Isl,
lsh
3ah
Mi
24sh
27-35
(I ( iiiiisis:
British Liti i .H nt . to 1660
British Literature 1660-1900
\ini in ,in Literature: Begii ga to 1900
British and Amerii an Literature
Since 1900
Controlled Elecdveai | !)| I)
One course from Category V (Period): EN 101,302,
103, 104, 103, 106 107,315,316,317,319
oi rse from Categorj B (Form and Theorj of Genre):
EN208 11 i 115,216,217,332, 135, I 17, 138
i in, , s, from Categorj C (Alternative Literatures):
14,348 |g i 186 196
i in is, li ( lategorj I) (The European Tradition):
EN349 154 18; 191 193 194,395
i iin course from Categorj E (Majoi Authors):
EN430 132 i ;i 136
i in, coursi from Categorj F (Writing, Speech,
Linguistics): EN220,221,310, 111,312,313,320,
136 120,422
IwOi jes from Category G: \m combination of six
semester hours from EN28 1,356, 357, 390, 401,
11,0. 161, Hi-'. 181, 182, I93,and/oi any other
courses livii il above under categories A through F.
Other Requirements:
Free Electives: (.1)
Ibtal Degree Requirements:
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may lie included in Liberal Studies
dec lives,
(2) Am EN281, 181, or 182 course must have prior approval from
department chair it it is to apply to the student's majoi other than in
Categorj 1 1
(3) \m internship, aside from counting for six semestei hours toward die
major, makes the B.A. degree recipient much mine employable by
providing job experience. Students should see the English B.A.
Program Internship Director for advice about available openings.
Bachelor of Arts— English/Pre-Law Track
Liberal Studies: Vs outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Humanities-Literature: EN122
1 iln i a I Studies Electives: no courses with EN prefix
College:
i anguagt Intermediate Level (1)
Major:
Required Courses:
EN210 British Literature to 1660
EN211 British Literature 1 660- 1 900
Vmerican Literature: Beginnings to 1900
EN21 > British and American Literature
Since 1900
124
Ssh
:!sh
Ssh
Controlled Electives: (2) (3)
( »ne course from Category A (Period): EN301, 302, 303,
304,305,306,307,315,316,317,319
One course from Category B (Form and Theory of Genre):
EN208,214,215,216, 217,332, 335, 337,338
One course from Category C (Alternative Literatures):
EN225.344, I is. 385, iSfi.396
One course from Category » (The European Tradition):
I N349. 154. !S7. 391. 393. 394. 395
t In, . ouis, fror ' : |oi \utliors):
14 136
One coursi from Categorj F (Writing, Speech,
Linguistics): EN220,221, 110, 111,312
!0, 122
Two i ourses fron ,\ , ombination of six
semestei ho 10,401,
160, 161, 162, 181, 182, 193, and an) othei courses
\ through F.
Other Reuuirementsi Pre-lav interdisciplinarj track '-21
Si mii , oiusi s. in, luding al It ssl oru from each ol ■ ■
Business: BUT,. VG201, VG202
t riminology! I R210 I K.
Ecoi i I < 121. EC122, I '
History: H1320, HI321, HI 146
Philosophy: PH101,PH222,PH450
Political Sum,,: l-s;r,s. PS359 PS361
Free Electives: (3) 6-26
Total Degree Requirements: I 2 i
(1) Intel lial ly be included in Liberal Studies
elec Iim s
(2) AnyEN281, 181, oi l82cours< must have prior approval from
department chaii il it is to apptj t,, the student's majoi other than in
Categorj t .
(3) An internship with a law firm, publii agency, or legislative oltitc grtadv
strengthens law school applications.
Bachelor of Science in Education — English Education (*)
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liher.il Studies - 53
with the following spec ilk all, , ns:
Humanities-Literature: EN 1 22
Fine Arts: '111 I 111
Social Science: PC101
Liberal Studies Kleetives: Intermediate-Level Foreign
Language, no courses with FN prefix
College:
Professional
CM301
ED242
3sh
Fducation Sequence: ( 1 )
Technology foi Learning and Instruction
Pre student Teaching Clinical
Experience 1 lsli
ED342 Pi , Mm lent leaching Clinical
Experience II lsh
ED441 Student Teaching 12sh
ED442 School Law lsh
ED452 Teaching of English and Communication
in the Secondarj School 3sh
EP202 Educational Psychol, 3sh
EP377 Educational Tests and Measun 3sh
FE202 vmerican Edut ation in Theory and
Practice 3sh
Major:
Required Courses:
EN212 \nu man Literature: Beginnings to 1900 3sh
EN220 Advanced Composition 1 3sh
ENS 14 Speech and Communication in the
Secondarj English Classroom 3sh
EN318 Literature for Adolescents 3sh
FN >2. • Teaching Literature and Reading in die
Secondarj School 3sh
EN324 Teaching and Evaluating Writing 3sh
1 N 129 The llistorx ol the English Language lsh
EN330 The Structure of English 3sh
EN434 Shakespeare 3sh
Controlled Electives:
Choose one Genre course: EN214, 215,216, 217 3sh
Choose one British Literature Survey: EN210, 211 Ssh
Choose one Theme course: EN344, 348 3sh
Choose two additional courses from list: EN208, 210. 6sh
211,213,214,215,216,217,221,319,320, 122
333,336,337,344,348 •
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
94 THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
o
2-4
Other Requirements:
Tree Electives:
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
i Education," in the College of Education section of this catalog.
(1) Special Education Competency Requirement: Revision pending will
eliminate exam option and will require EX30I (2sh).
Department of French
Renee P. Liscinsky, Chairperson: Henry, Hurt, Jones, McCreary, Op de
Beeck: anil professors emeriti Fisel, Wliitmer
The Department ol French offers a varied curriculum designed to provide
not only basic language instruction but also the more advanced competencies
needed by language specialists and students hoping to take advantage of an
international study experience.
For the French major, the department has three degree programs: the B.A. in
French, the B.A. in Flench for International Trade, and the B.S. in French
Education (K-l 2). The degree program in French for International Trade
provides the solid undergraduate training preparatory to an M. B.A in
International Marketing and Finance.
Students majoring in French will acquire proficiency in all phases of
language and enter more deeply into the history, culture, and literature of
Francophone countries. They will also gain knowledge of the linguistic
development of the language throughout the centuries. French majors
generally find employment in government work, librarianship. journalism,
fi ireign trade, airlines, tourism, business, and teaching. Students choosing
careers as teachers will find the close supervision and advanced methodology
offered by the department a distinct asset.
College Language Requirements
Students in the College of Humanities and Social Sciences and in most
departments of the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics must pass
the intermediate sequence of a foreign language (in French, FR201-202 or
FR203) or demonstrate that they have somehow acquired the equivalent
proficiency level. Students from the other colleges may choose to take French
(FR201 and 202 or the accelerated FR203) to fulfill a Liberal Studies
ele< five. Any student who chooses French has an option to enroll in the
traditional thrce-credits-per-semester courses or the accelerated six-credit
track.
Placement/Exemption
The student with no previous French study will take FR101 (four credits) as
a prerequisite. Students with previous French study will be placed into the
appropriate course level by means of a written departmental exam
administered in the summer for entering freshmen and during the first week
ol tin semester for other students. No student judged to be a native speaker
ot French will be allowed to enroll in any course below the 300 level, with
the exception of FR254.
Study Abroad — Nancy, France
IIP has established a study abroad center in Nancy, France. All majors are
in. ■ mraged to participate in the Study Abroad Program, especially those
seeking the International Trade degree. Students have an option to
participate in a full-year or one-semester (spring) program. A six-week
summer session has also been added to the options available. Nonmajors
may lie accepted into any of the programs and. unless they have advanced
proficiency, must enter the language courses offered in the Conn pour
Strangers (Courses for Foreign Students). All foreign program credits are
evaluated by the department as transfer credits. For further information
about cost and application procedures, contact die French Department
able to place interns in Paris and other sites in France. The internship
(generally six to twelve credits) is viewed as a highly desirable culminating
experienci following study in Nancy. For further information, contact die
French Department at least six months in advance.
Bachelor of Arts — French (@)
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 53-5,
with tile following specifications:
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with FR prefix
College:
Foreign Language (included in major)
Major:
Required
Courses:
FR202
College French 11
3sh
FR2.54
Civilization ol Modern France
3sh
FR331
Intermediate French Conversation
3sh
FR341
French Grammar
3sh
FR353
Intermediate French Composition
3sh
FR370
Introduction to French Literature
3sh
FR373
French Civilization
3sh
FR375
French Literature from Medieval through
17th Century
3sh
FR376
French Literature from 18th through
20th Century
3sh
FR441
Advanced French Grammar
3sh
Controlled Elective:
One course from the following list: 3sh
FR431.4S2. Hill. 41.2. 463
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
(@) Program revision pending Council of Trustees approval.
Bachelor of Arts-French for International Trade I
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: Any LS math course except MA217
Social Science: EC 1 2 1 , PC 1 0 1 , PS 1 0 1
Liberal Studies Electives: BE/CO/IM101. EC122.
MA214, no course witfi FR prefix
College:
Foreign Language (included in major)
Major:
Required Courses:
Internships
The Department ol French, through contacts with certain French companies
and through its affiliation with the ICN (Institut Commercial <li Afeney), is
FR202 College French II
FR254 Civilization of Modern France
FR331 Intermediate French Conversation
FR341 French Grammar
FR353 Intermediate French Composition
FR354 Business French
FR370 Introduction to French Literature
FR373 French Civilization
FR441 Advanced French Grammar
Controlled Electives: ( 1 )
i Ine course from the following: FR'i75,376
Two additional FR electives (advanced levels)
Other Requirements:
Business Sequence: (2)
AD321 Business ami Interpersonal
Communications
AG201 Accounting Principles I
AG202 Accounting Principles 1 1
BL235 Introduction to Business Law
FI3f0 Finance I
MG310 Principles ol Management
MG350 International Business
MK320 Principles of Marketing
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sli
3sh
6sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 95
6-10
Free Eleethn ii
Total Degree Requirement*! ' -' '
(r„) Program revii pending I iouni tl ol frusta i ippr
i rediti (up to 18) mi ■ sti i oi
(J) Students not majoring in business ma) I irai imu I lOshm
rework toward tin d ""
Buain, ,: in, in excess ol 10 will I" i« rmitted onl) as credits beyond
the I- I foi graduation.
Bachelor of Science in Education-K-1 2 French
Education (») (@)
Liberal Studiesi \s lined in Liberal Studies section
with Hi. R itionsi
Social Sdencei VNI lOoi 21 I arid P( mi
I ili, i. J Studies Electivesi no courses with IK prefix
Couegei
Professional Education Sequencei
I \i |0| Technolog; foi I i ■ and Instrui don Ish
Pre-student Teaching Clinical
I \|u rience I I sh
I'n studenl leai hing ( lini al
I \|» in in e II Ish
llnil Studenl leaching 12sh
ED442 s.Iiiii.I l..iu lsli
I 1 1 1 ■ ; I, .i. hing dI Foreign Languages in the
I I. in. hi. m Si ' undar) Si I Is 3sh (1)
onal Psycholog) -'ish
KiliKjiniii.il Tests .mil Measurements Ssh
I \ ;nl Education "I Students with Disabilities in
Inclusive Secondary Settings 2sli
American Education in Theory and
Practice 3sh
Major:
Required Courses:
FR202 College French II Ish
Intermediate French Conversation Ssh
French Grammai Ssh
Intermediate French Composition 3sh
Iniuiiliii nun in IVi nch Literature >sli
I !ii iviliza Ssh
FR432 French Phonetics and Phonologj .isli
FR44I Advanced French Grammar 3sh
( i.iiii.iIIi il Electivesi
Vnj othei 9sh from FR25
Other Requirements:
I in I lectivesi
l.ii.il Degree Requirements: 124
id ng in teai In i . .) iili. ation, titled "Admission to
■ I 'ilm ation," in the ( College ol Edui ation sei nun ..I this i atalog.
(") Program revis pending Council oFTrastees approval.
(U ED453 offered ouh in fall semester.
(in stud) abroad)
9sh
0
4-b
Minor-French (@) 21
Required < oursesi
FR201 College French 1
FR202 CoUege French I
FR331 Intermediate French Conversation
French Grammai
Intermediate French Composition
FR370 Introduction to French Literature
Controlled Elective:
One course from the following:
FR253, 173,375,376, 131,432
(") Program revision pending Council of Thistees approval.
Ssh
Ssh
Ssh
Ish
Ssh
Ish
Ssh
Department of Geography and Regional
Planning
Robr rl P. Sechriat, < hairpi mont Ii. gg. It. ni lost. ii.
Buckwalb r. Patrick, G.So briet, shir. \. Walt* ind i
Imix s. (.null. KiilU.iini. Mill. r. Ii |i|« i. Wi I" i
I In Department of Geography and Regional Plannim
ographi r, planni
pli) has several U u
I s .in il,. stud) ..I i< lationship i
il ilogii ..I ii. M In and thi stud) ..I spatia i
the ».i\ pi opli use spa In both ir.nln.-
ins ..I ili. world diin ami
between th ers mak< imporunl i onti
understanding of all aspei is ..I humanl
Regional Plan g involvi i pn paring foi tin fun
and growing population requin
settlement patterns, transportation systems, and economii a. in
planned, Regional plannin
( n\ ni.iiiiicnt.il aspei is ..I tl ii s. planning decisions Ii
developmc nl has become iportant focus foi planners
lln' geography track in social scienci education offi
equivalent foi the studenl interested in teat hing at the junior oi
levels, New edui ation requirements instituti d foi the i ommon
that geography b< taught .it .ill levels in Pennsylvania. Nationally, gi ograph)
program
ih) and Regional Planning are in the same department. I
"Planning is the art ofvi I
opportunities foi geographers and regional planners are ran client.
( ieographi and planning rx i upations have been identified ami
growing job fields b) U.S News and Worii Report. Uumi
varietj ol positions in government, business, industry, p
nine ation available. Environmental and locational kno'
department's programs proi idi skills m i ded in tin job i
interested in obtaining additional careei information should via
il( pai inn ni.il ullii i- in Room 10, I eonard Hall.
I In. . di .1 by the department:
1. Bachelor of Arts in ( ieography
i. Bachelor of Science in Regional Planning
3. Bad id Is
In addition t.. geograph) core(Gl I, there are foul Irai -
phii . ompeteni ies: GIS < lartogi ipher, En
Economii Geographer, and General Geographer. The n g
(IIP) major offers specific career opportunities in four somewhal
tracks: < IIS I artographer, Environmental Planner, K,
Town Manager.
Aminoi in geograph) oi regional plai igisappropi nail
ni In i I'u liK ..I tin- natural ami social sciences. Students in mi rki
find a minor in cither field relevant A minor consists ..i 15 m
GEor Rl' courses. Tin department suggests students take th<
program il graduate study is anticipated.
Geograph) and Regional Planning departmei
I . Payne (.Is i Cartography l.al, workspace, which has twelve computers
linked via our Windows NT network server to the universit) \
with peripheral devices which include color printers.
plotters, a scanner, ami appropriate mapping software. I
used software indudes ARC INFO, ArcView, Maplnl
Vutot VD, and MiniCAD. The department a •
_,n/.iti.,n of Pennsylvania s.d ilaia with \n Int. N
1000 \\ indows N i workstation. An important part ol studenl
and l.ii ulty interaction in the geograph) and regional pis
iround department lab facilities. The Spal
Centei (SSRC), directed by Dr. Robert S
(. ; IS database development using \R< INFO, Maplnfo.
These packages atul twenty-five workstations
The Census Documents Library, in conjunction *
In, uses population housing sodoeconomi< mapping
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE C A T A
96 THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
publications used for teaching, research, and planning in community service
.ind local .mil county governments. The department is also an affiliate of the
Bureau of Economic Analysis at the Census Bureau.
The department houses both the National Council for Geographic
Education (NCGE). which serves geography educators at all levels widi
activities and programs that address geography learning and instructional
and research issues in North America, and the Pennsylvania Geographic
Alliance (PGA), which is supported by the Pennsylvania Department of
Education. PGA provides leadership and professional development
opportunities in geography teaching and learning in Pennsylvania. Dr. Rudi
Shirey is executive director of NCGE and one of two PGA coordinators in
Pennsylvania.
A strong internship program directed by Dr. John E. Benhart offers
placement in conservation, land management, and planning agencies at die
local, state, and federal levels.
Specific core requirements in Geography and Regional Planning offer a
structured approach for majors. Appropriate subfields or tracks are available
in both programs to prepare students for graduate work and to support
different career options for majors. There are four tracks for the geography
major and four tracks for the regional planning major.
• Geography— General Geography Track
The General Geography Track encourages the major to sample courses
from different subfields of the discipline. This track prepares die major
for graduate work in geography and related fields o( employment. Job
options include report writing, research analysis, and data gathering. In
government employment, the State Department, Department of
Commerce, and the Census Bureau are significant places for geography
skills.
• Geography—Geographic Information Systems and Cartographer
Track
• Regional Planning— Geographic Information Systems and
Cartographer Track
The Geographic Information Systems and Cartographer Track prepares
students for employment as Geographic Information System Specialists,
Facilities Managers, Cartographers, and Remote Sensing professionals.
Coursework includes methods for identifying, modeling, and analyzing
the spatial organization of human and environmental systems from bodi
practical and theoretical perspectives. Data collection, spatial
information management, and graphic presentation are integral skills
taught in track courses. Such skills could be used, for example, for
analysis of wildlife habitat, utility facility management, or transportation
system design and maintenance.
• Geography— Economic Geographer Track
• Regional Planning Economic Developer Track
The Economic Track provides a broad framework of ideas and dieories
in addition to a task-oriented approach to location analysis. Site
planners articulate the needs of the community for economic space, the
demands for convenient transport, the role of private enterprise, and the
management of growth. This interrelated group of courses is useful to
students, because economic geographers and developers are expected to
analyze the interactions of concepts and variables. Market analysis for
the location of new shopping centers, for example, requires
understanding of economic principles, population characteristics, and
the local political milieu, all in a spatial context.
• Geography— Environmental Geographer Track
• Regional Planning— Environmental Planner Track
The Environmental Track is designed to prepare majors in geography or
regional planning for careers in environmental fields or graduate study
that leads to a variety of environmental positions. Students who elect
this track will acquire knowledge of the physical and human processes
that shape the environment, strategies for analyzing environmental
issues, and concepts that underlie strategies for ameliorating
environmental problems. The skills acquired in this track will enable
students to assess the causes, consequences, and solutions to a wide
variety of environmental issues such as water pollution, acid rain, or
tropical deforestation.
• Regional Planning Town Manager Track
The Town Manager Track is designed to prepare planning students for
careers in local government and graduate work in public administration.
Students electing this track will become familiar with the structure,
operation, and actions of municipal government and die political,
organizational, and institutional basis of municipal management and
0-6
36
3sh
3sb
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
15sh
decision making. Skills acquired with this track will enable students to
undertake a variety of analytic activities designed to describe, project,
and prescribe courses of action for municipal improvement.
Bachelor of Arts — Geography/General Geography Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 53-58
widi the following specifications:
Mathematics: MAI 21 or 217
Liberal Studies Electives: No courses widi GE prefix
College:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )
Major:
Required Courses:
GE213 Cartography I
GE230 Cultural Geography
GE23 1 Economic Geography
GE4 1 1 History of Geography
GE4 1 2 Research Seminar
Controlled Electives:
One course from GE25 1-257
One course from GE34 1-342
Five courses (I5sh) from any GE courses
(only one GElOO-level course permitted)
Free Electives: 24-35
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
Bachelor of Arts — Geography/GIS and Cartographer Track
Liberal Studies: As oudiued in Liberal Studies section 53-58
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MAI 21 or 217
Liberal Studies Electives: BE/CO/IM101 recommended,
no courses with GE prefix
College:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1) 0-6
Major: 36
Required Courses:
GE213 Cartography I 3sh
GE230 Cultural Geography 3sh
GE231 Economic Geography 3sh
GE411 History of Geography 3sh
GE4 1 2 Research Seminar 3sh
Controlled Electives:
One course from GE25 1-257 3sh
One course from GE34 1-342 3sh
Track Courses:
GE313 Cartography II 3sh
GE314 Map and Photograph Interpretation 3sh
GE316 Introduction to Geographic
Information Systems 3sh
GE415 Remote Sensing 3sh
GE417 Technical Issues in GIS 3sh
Free Electives: 24-35
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2001
THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 97
\>„u heloi of Arts Geography/Economic Geographer Track
Liberal Studleii As I"" 'I in Libi ral Si
with the following spa ifical i
Mathematics: MAUI or 217
Sim i.il Sdenceti L< ^121
I iberal Studio Elecdvesi E< ! 1 22, n<> coi
College:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Major:
Required Couismi
GE213 I graphy I
GE2 in I ultural Geography
K. in ( leography
i ,i II l Hiator) "I Geography
GE412 Kim. in li Seminai
( lontroDed Elective*:
, s nGE251-257
i in n ii I GE341-342
Bachelor of Science— Regional Planning/GIS and
Cartographer Track
Liberal Studied Vj outlined in Liberal Studii
Willi till following spci it'll ,1,1011s
Mathematics: MAUI
Track Courses:
GE331
Population Geography
civet.;
i ili. hi i .i ography
Trade .mil Transportation
I'.iIhii al < leographj
i.l 164
i and i se Policy
Free Elecdvesi
EC383 i rban Regional Economics
Total Degree Requirements:
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may lie Included
Studies clii rives.
Bachelor of Arts— Geography/Environmental Geographer
Track
Liberal Similes: \s outlined in Liberal Studies section 53-5
wiib the following specifications:
Mathematical M U21 or MA217
Liberal Studies Elecdvesi CO/I M/BE 101
recommended, no ionises with GE prefix
College:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Major:
Required Courses:
GE213 ( artograph) I
GI 230 Cultural Geography
I ■'■ 23 1 Economic < leography
CE41 1 History ol ( leographv
GE412 Research Seminar
with '-I prel
ix
Liberal Studies Electivesi Bl ( 0 IM101
n
ended,
no i ourses with RP
(Ml
College
to
• "i
Language bib rroediati I t
Major:
lab.
Require
(1 Coin ses in Planning:
.isl,
RP21 1
i tph) 1
isl,
.isl.
Kl'ilb
Introdui tion toGi ographii
Information
Ssh
Systems
isl,
Isl,
RPS50
RP352
Introduction to Planning
Planning Methods
(si,
isb
Ssh
RP354
Plan g Design
isl,
Ssh
RP412
RP458
Research Seminal
Land 1 1st 1 .iw
isl,
isl,
isb
Kl'11,1
Land 1 si Polil v
3sh
RP4(i8
Planning 1
Ssh
Track C
ourses
3sh
KIM 11
( lartography 1 1
Ssh
RP3I4
Map and Photograph [nti tpn tation
■Isl,
22-34
RP415
Remote Si
isl.
commended
RP417
In linn al Issues in ( .IS
i-12
27-11
0-6
36
Other Requirements:
Internship (RP4li) strongly recommended
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements: I 2 \
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be UK luded m Liberal Stu<bes
electives.
Bachelor of Science — Regional Planning/Economic
Developer Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined In Liberal Studies section
with the follow mg iperifii ations:
Mathematics: MAI2I or 217
Social Sciences: E( 121
Liberal Studies Electives: EC 122. no i ourses with RP prefix
College:
Ssh
.isb
.isb
3sh
Ssh
Ssh
.isb (2)
Controlled Elecdvesi
Due course from GE251-257
One course from GI 141-342
li.uk Courses: Five of the following:
CK.il l Map and Photograph Interpretation 3sh
GE316 Introduction to Ceograpbic Information
Systems 3sh
Geography of Energy Ssh
GE341 Climatology Ssh
GE342 Physiographj Ish
GE343 ( leography of Fresh Water Resources isb
GE415 Remote Sensing 3sb
GE440 Conservation: Environmental Analysis 3sb
Free Electives: •
Total Degree Requirements:
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.
(2) I'Ik same course cannot also count in the track.
Foreign
Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )
0-6
Major:
Require
RP213
il Courses in Planning:
< lartography I
Ssh
39
RP316
Introduction to Geographic Information
Systems
3sh
RP3M1
RP352
Introduction to Planning
Planning Methods
Ssh
3sb
RP354
RP412
Planning Design
Research Seminar
3sh
3sh
RP458
Land Use Law
3sh
RP464
Land 1 si Policy
3sh
RP468
Planning Theory
3sh
Track Courses
: Four •'! the following:
GE231
GE331
GE334
Economic Geography
Population Geography
Political Geography
Ssh
Ssh
Ssh
RP332
Urban Geography
3sh
RP333
Trade and Transportation
3sh
3-12
27-11
Other Requirements:
Internship (RP493) strongly recommended
Free Electives:
Urban Regional Economics recommended
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
NDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
98 THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Bachelor of Science — Regional Planning/Environmental
Planner Track
liberal Studies: As outlined in Libera] Studies section 53
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA 1 2 1 or 2 1 7
Liberal Studies Electives: BE/CO/IM101
recommended, no courses with RP prefix
Sab.
l-12sh
College:
Foreign
Language Intermediate Level (1)
Major:
Require
d Courses in Planning:
RP213
I '.u u igraphy I
3sh
RP.'Slh
Introduction to Geographic I
uformatioti
Systems
3sh
RP350
Introduction to Planning
3sh
RP352
Planning Methods
3sh
RP354
Planning Design
3sh
RP412
Research Seminar
3sh
RP458
Land Use Law
3sh
RP464
Land Use Policy
3sh
RP468
Planning Theory
3sh
Track Courses: Four of the following:
GE335
Geography of Energy
3sh
GE341
Climatology
3sh
GE342
Physiography
3sh
GE343
Geography of Fresh Water Resources
3sh
GE440
Conservation: Environmental
Analysis
3sh
RP314
Map and Photograph Interpretation
3sh
RP415
Remote Sensing
3sh
Free Electives: 21-32
RP493 Internship (strongly recommended) l-12sh
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
Bachelor of Science — Regional Planning/Town Manager
Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA121 or 217
Social Science: PS1 1 1 recommended
Liberal Studies Electives: GE230, BE/CO/IM101
recommended, no courses with RP prefix
College:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Major:
Required Courses in Planning:
RP213
Cartography 1
3sh
RP316
Introduction to Geographic Information
Systems
3sh
RP350
Introduction to Planning
3sh
RP352
Planning Methods
3sh
RP354
Planning Design
3sh
RP412
Research Seminar
3sh
RP458
L.iikI I si: Law
3sh
RP4(>4
Land Use Policy
Ssh
RP4(J8
Planning Theory
3sh
Track Course)
Either:
PS354 and 355 Metropolitan Problems/
Ssh
Intergovernmental Relations
3sb
Or:
PS370/371
Introduction to Public Administration/
Ssh
Issues in Public Administration
3sh
And two of the following:
GE231
Economic Geography
3sb
RP332
Urban Geography
3sh
RP333
Trade and Transportation
3sh
Free Electives:
PS251 State and Local Political Systems
(recommended)
RP493 Internship (strongly recommended)
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
Bachelor of Science in Education — Social Science
Education/Geography Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Social Science: EC 1 2 1 , GE 1 02, PC 1 0 1
Liberal Studies Electives: EC 122. S0337, and one
of the following: AN271-274 (S0271-274)
College:
Professional Education Sequence:
CM301
Technology for Learning and Instruction
3sh
ED242
ED342
ED441
ED442
Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience I
Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience II
Student Teaching
School Law
Ish
lsh
12sh
lsh
ED455
EP202
Teaching of Social Science in
Secondary Schools
Educational Psychology
3sh
3sh
EP377
Educational Tests and Measurements
3sh
EX301
Education of Students with Disabilities in
FE202
Inclusive Secondary Programs
American Education in Theory and
2sh
Practice
3sh
Major:
Required Courses:
GE230 Cultural Geography
GE241 Physical Geography-
3sh
3sh
Controlled Electives:
At least one course from each of the following three groups:
Environmental Geography: GE341,342,343, 440
Human Geography: GE231, 331, 332, 333. 334. 336.337. 431
History, Tools, and Techniques: GE213, 314, 41 1, 412, 415
Two of the following regional geography courses:
GE 25 1, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257
Geography Electives 3sh
Social Science Distribution Requirements: 1
The following courses are required:
PS280 Comparative Government I: Western
Political Systems 3sh
HI203 United States History for Historians 3sh
Plus one of the following options: 9-12sh
1. 6 additional semester hours in one social science field (history
recommended) and 3 semester hours in another.
2. 9-12 additional semester hours in one social science field (history
recommended), sufficient to meet the requirements for a minor.
Other Requirements:
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements: 125
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE
COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES .9.9
Department of German
II, ...I.. It,. „h. Sullivan
M p, in. Hers three degree program* the BA .in
,i„ i! \ inGerraan foi International Trade, and the B.S.in
I.I,,. , Secondarj Gi rman Education.
Why ginthi I partment, student! will acquire prol )
,1 i tl„ language I develop ai lerstanding and appreaaj
,.i ,i,, |,i8| I ind literatun ofth< German speaking countrii i fne)
will il»o gain knuwledgi ofthi linguisti. development of the language
,1 |,outtl • ' i »j ») look forward to rewarding
m Journalism, foreign trade, tourism, busineM,
in, I librarianship.
.<im. International Trade provides an < ccelli ni
nbine language profii iem j and i ultural awareness in < lermaii with
business. With this undergraduate background,
i M.B.A. degree programs and pursue lersin
al business and trade. Stud) abroad foi oneoi two semesters u
d is .in integral partol the program. Qualified students may
.,U,, choose to pa pati in internship programs with ( lerman-based
. orporadons and Bnani ial instituoons.
College Language Requirements
Students in the departments of the College of Humanities and Soda!
,„l „i mosl ,1, pariincnts nl the College, 'I' Natural Sciences and
Madiematics musl pass th< intermediate sequence of a foreign language
,., monstrateby the CLEP exam in German that
the] have acquired th< equivalenl proficiency level. Students from the other
colleges maj eleel to take two courses in German at the intermediate (III/IV)
level toward (ulfilling the requirement for Liberal Studies electives. Any
mm, lint «lin chooses German , tee! the requirement through enrollment
in the traditional, three-credit courses or in the combined six-credit courses.
Study Abroad
Tin' Department of German encourages all students who study German at
nsidei stud) abroad foi one oi two semesters. German majors are
tudy two semesters or one academic year at a German
university. To provide this opportunity at a relatively modest cost, die
unjversit) has irran ed in exchange of students between Duisburg
I and II P. B) participating in this or other approved programs,
m earn from 12 to 1 (hours pel semester. For further information
Ik . . .--l .ukI application procedures, contact the office of die dean
nl [In college.
Minor in German
completing i igliteen credits beyond GM152 will be recognized as
having minored in German. Nine of the twelve credits must be taken at die
300 level with onh, diree credits from the conversation sequence. GM221.
his achievemenl will be noted on the student's transcript
and thus provide more career flexibility.
Bachelor of Arts— German
1 iberal Studies: 53-55
As outlined it i Libera] Studies section
with tin following spe< ifii ations:
1 iberal Studies Electives: no courses with GM prefix
College: «
j (induded in major)
2sh
2sh
3sh
3sh
lsh
Ish
3sh
3sh
Major:
Required
Courses:
GM221
Conversation 111
GM222
( lonversation 1\'
GM251
German III
GM252
German fV(l)
GM32J
Advanced Conversation I
GMS22
Advanced Conversation 11
GM351
Advanced German Language I
GM352
Advanced German Language II
I2«h(2)
i Dew lopmenl ol <•• rman Culture and
i H. i iturc I '','1
CM jli2 .'". ni "I '■< rman Culture and
Lib i.ii'in II
Controlled I l< ctrvi n
( nl,. , 1 1M ' li • mi 1 1. 1, 1'-. hi. ' 'I
Other Requirements:
III. II,, I i\< s:
Total Degree Requirement*
(I) GM253 ..i 2r>\ nut) be substituted foi GM
(1) Depai m i,, ontmends at least one additional lit/
(GM36S 171) and one linguisti, scour* (GM410,
Bachelor of Arts— German for International Trade
Liberal Studies: As outlined m Liberal Siii.Ih - se< linn
with the following spei ili, ations:
Mathematics: MA 121
Social Science: EC 1 2 1
Liberal Studies Electives: MAJ II. no
courses with < .\l prefix
College:
Foreign language (in< In, led in majoi
Major
Required
GM221
GM222
GM251
GM252
GM253
Courses:
Conversation 111 2sh
Conversation IV
German III
German IV
Intcnnedi.il. I i mpoi ition and
Conversation
GM254 Business German
GM321 Advanced Conversation I
GM322 Advanced Conversation II
GM351 Advanced German Language I
GM352 Advanced German Lang
GM361 Development ol German Culture and
Literature I
GM362 Development of German Culture and
Literamre II :is''
6sh ( 1 1
Controlled Electives:
Two additional GM electives (advanced levels)
Other Requirements: Business Sequence:
BL235
AD321
Introduction to Business Lav,
Business and Interpersonal
Communications
AG20I \. i ounting Principles I
AG202 Accounting Principles II
EC122 Principles of Economics II
QB2 1 5 Business Statistics
IM300 Information Systems: Them and Practice
FI310 Finance 1
MG311 Human Behavior in Oi
MG360 Management and Production Concepts
MK320 Principles of Marketing
3sh
3>h
ish
3sh
.ish
3sh
:ish
3sh
(I
iir,
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
(1) Most students earn additional language credits (usually 12-14) in
semester stud) abroad.
ANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-200
100 THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Bachelor of Science in Education — Secondary German
Education (*)
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 1
with the following specifications:
Social Science: PC101
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with GM prefix
College:
Professional Education Sequence: ( 1 )
C.M301 Technology for Learning and Instruction Ssh
ED242 Pre-studcnt Teaching Clinical
Experience I lsh
ED342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience II lsh
ED441 Student Teaching 12sh
ED442 School Law lsh
ED453 Teaching of Foreign Languages in the
Elementary/Secondary Schools 3sh
EP202 Educational Psychology 3sh
EP377 Educational Tests and Measurements 3sh
FE202 American Education in Theory and
Practice 3sh
Major:
Required
Courses:
GM221
Conversation III
2sh
GM222
Conversation IV
2sh
GM251
German III
3sh
GM252
German IV
3sh (2)
GM321
Advanced Conversation I
lsh
GM322
Advanced Conversation II
lsh
GM351
Advanced German Language I
3sh
GM352
Advanced German Language II
3sh
GM361
Development of German Culture and
Literature I
3sh
GM362
Development of German Culture and
Literature II
3sh
0
6-8
Controlled Electives:
Other GM electives 9s
Other Requirements:
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education section of this catalog.
(1) Special Education Competency Requirement: Revision pending will
eliminate exam option and will require EX301 (2sh).
(2) GM253 may be substituted for or taken in addition to GM252.
Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in History are 33 semester
hours in history. Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Education with a major in Social Studies, concentrating on history, are a
minimum of 27 semester hours in history within the .'54 semester hours
required lor social science certification. The requirement for a minor in
history is 1.5 semester hours of courses with an HI prefix. For majors in
history programs, courses in history in Liberal Studies are applicable only if
numbered 300 or higher. All programs should be planned with an advisor.
Every major and concentrate in history will be advised by History
Department stall members.
Admission to HI482 and 483, initiation in the local chapters of Phi Alpha
Theta and Pi Gamma Mu. participation in study tours and study abroad
programs, and other activities should be investigated by every history
student. The department is committed to die ideal of a broad liberal arts
education.
Bachelor of Arts — History
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 50-52
with the following specifications:
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with HI prefix
Humanities-History: Fulfilled by required courses in major
College: 0-6
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Major: 33
Required Courses:
HI200 Introduction to History 3sh
HI201 Western Civilization Before 1600 3sh (2)
HI202 Western Civilization Since 1600 3sh (2)
HI203 United States History for Historians 3sh (2)
Controlled Electives:
HI480 Senior Seminar (3) 3sh
Non-Western HI course: Latin America, Africa, or Asia 3sh
Five additional history courses (4) 15sh
Other Requirements: 0
Free Electives: 33-41
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
(2) For students who have taken HI 195, 210, 212, or 214 prior to
becoming History majors, this course may not he appropriate. Consult
History advisor before scheduling.
(3) This requirement may be fulfilled by completing either the departmental
honors program or graduate seminar with a concluding paper.
(4) Courses selected from 300 and 400 level offerings; no more than six
credits from HI493 as major elective.
Department of History
Gary L. Bailey, Chairperson; Bodle, Botelho, Cashdollar, Landon,
Lamer, Marcus, McDonough, Shissler, Vogel, Wagner, Wang, Whited;
and professors emeriti Cord, Gallanar, Gelbach, Goodrich, Fricke,
Hatfield, Mastro, Mervine, Oliver, Rife
Programs in history are designed to give both those who major in history in
the College ol Humanities and Social Sciences and those who concentrate in
history in the College of Education an opportunity to study in some depth
the past story of peoples and their world. Degrees offered by the History
Department are the Bachelor of Arts in History and the Bachelor of Science
in Education with a major in Social Studies, concentrating in history. The
first program is under the College of Humanities and Social Sciences, and
the second is under the College of Education.
The history student will find that the program is excellent preparation for
government service, for pre-law training, for broad business opportunities,
for work in varied fields of journalism, for archival positions, and for
teaching. Not only the story of the people of the United States but also that
of other peoples is covered, in the belief that global historical understanding
is essential for the future of civilization.
Bachelor of Arts — History/Pre-law Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 50-52
with the following specifications:
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with HI prefix
Humanities-History: Fulfilled by required courses in major
College: 0-6
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Major: 33
Required Courses:
HI200 Introduction to History 3sh
HI201 Western Civilization Before 1600 3sh (2)
HI202 Western Civilization Since 1600 3sh (2)
HI203 United States History for Historians 3sh (2)
Controlled Electives:
HI480 Senior Seminar (3) 3sh
Non-Western HI course: Latin America, Africa, or Asia 3sh
Five additional history courses (4) 15sh
Other Requirements: Pre-law Interdisciplinary Track 3-21
Seven courses, including at least one from each of six areas:
Business: AG201, AG202, BL235
Criminology: CR210, 260,357
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 101
121
l ibei J Studies
Ecoi i EC121, 122,332
i ,, lish EN21 HO
Phil |>li) P 222 I 10
Pol .1 s PS338, 159,361
I i. [ I I. noes:
[but n.v,". Rcqnin mental
(I) Intermedial! level 1 ig ma) beincl
electi
(J) Poi students who have taken HI195, 210,212
. , ,. ii, itorj majors, this course ma) nol I"- appropriate. < lonaull
, j adviaoi l« -l"ii w heduhng.
(:)) This requirement maj befulfilledb) completing eithei the departmental
honors |>i"g> i graduate si minai with a concluding paper.
(i) i Bes selected from 300 and 100 level offerings; no n than six
dita from I U 19 ; as majoi elei tive.
(1) Students entering i dary to i • ■■• ■ education n wpr ent tin
follow ing in ordi I to ga dmisaion:
(.i) \ 2 75 GPA with grad< , ..I ( . ..i bettei in history and v..
is* s requin d foi i ertifii ation.
(Il) \ li Hi I "I .11 III II is tO li .H In I " Hill' .llH ill ll"lr
Edu Vets 14 and 151 must be current al .ill tit
(2) Eligibility foi itudenl ti ai hing and i ertifii ation in -<< ondarj •>•» Lai
(history concentral | requires a cumulativi CPAol
ii in ti. i in histor) ' our* i and in thi n
si.i i.il si n in i .li, ml. .in m
(3) I. ii students who havi talu n HI 195, 210, 212, or -'I I prioi to
In i in g I listorj majors, this i out i\ nol l« appropriate. Consult
I listor) adS isoi l» I"" n hi doling.
(I) S02 II required on!) il SI »2 17 oi 162 an nol I •
(In Inn
Bachelor of Science in Education— Social Science
Education/History Track (*)
Liberal Studies! \a outlined in Liberal Studies sec don
with the following spei ifications: 50-52
Humanities History: Fulfilled b) required courses
Sodal Sciencei EC l21,PCI01,and WHO
I Iberal Studies Electives; E( i 22, ( 1E230, and either
irseswith III prefix
('ollegc: 32
Professional Education Sequence: (1)
CM301 Qschnolog) foi Learning and Instruction Ssh
I'h itudent Teaching Clinical
Experienci I Ish
Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experieni e II Ish
ED441 Student reaching I2sh
SchoolLaw Lab
li.ii hing nl Sot ial Si ience in
Secondar) Si hools ish
Educational Psychology Ish
Educational Tests and Measurements .'isli
Edui ation of Students with Disabilities in
In. lusivi Sei mill. in Programs 2sh
II 202 \im in .hi Education in Theor) and
Practice isli
Major: (I) (2) 27
Required History (muses:
Introduction to I listor)
Ill-Mil Ui sum Civili/.itnin Before 1600
H1S0S Western Civilization Since 1600
HI203 I nited States Histor) fbrHistoriai
I II 180 Senioi Seminar
Controlled History Elective:
One course from the fields of Middle East, Africa,
\si.i. hi l .inn Aim n, .i ,u ilu 300 level or higher 3sh
llisinrv Electivess
Three histor) courses al the 300 level or higher,
Ix li.iiu I nited States history 9sh
Required Social Science Distribution: (2) 9-12
1 •• W\ 200-level or higher Geography course ,'lsh
Vmi in .in Politii s .ish
PS280 Comparative Government 1:
Western Political Systems oi Ssh
native Government II:
Non-Western Political Systems 5-.li
S0231 Contemporar) Soi ial Problems ish ( I)
Free Electives: j_5
Ssh
}Sh(3)
Ssh (3)
Jsl) (3)
Ish
Total Degree Requirements: 124
( ) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
readier Education,'' in the College of Education section ol tins catalog.
Department of Journalism
Robert II. Knssi II. Chairperson! EOerbach, IK ilm.ui. Jean k. Mukaaai
and professors emeriti DeGeorge, riirgiuclc. Swaugcr. Inihv
Students interested in .i i areei in news-editorial m publit relations fields,
with opportunities in «» h related areas js advertising, desktop publishing,
puter-assisted reporting, ami marketing, should enjo) tins innovative,
flexible program, The journalism majoi i ombines journalism i li
1 1 mi sis. iln student's choice "I .i variety "I courses from other university
ih | mi i n K nis. plus internships which provide on-the-job experii
The III' journalism major is flexible lor the individual student, who do
with an advisor, what directions his or her education will take lur j maai
i 'iiniinnin .iliuli c arccr.
A studenl wishing i" entei the program he omes ajoumahsi ajor in the
( lollege nl Humanities and Social Scii aces. Then, the student chooses an
individual program within a large group "I elective journalisi i-i-. plus a
niiu 1 1 largei group ol courses from various other areas ol the university. A
student wl impletes 1 1 ii major graduates with a B.A. in Journalism.
Because journalism itself i ovi is all areas ol Life, the journalism majoi i
many areas of stud) preparation. There are only Imir required courses, so the
student is free to mold the program i" his her own special interests thi
both majoi and tree elet tives.
The journalism major «ill use journalism courses t" lullill the minimum of
in hours required lur the major. AD journalism majors must complete the
intermediate sequence "I .i foreign language. I'lns may be dune in
three wavs: by examination, by earning i redil in third and fourth level-
foreign completing fbm levels of a new language. If the hart
procedure is used, the two beginning foreign lanj may be
applied .is free electives i" the total number "I credits needed for graduation.
The Department ofjournalism "Hers an eighteen-credil minor design
complement any major. Three three-credil courses are required: JN 1"
and 1 20. The remaining nine i redits may be taken from the following
Journalism major courses: JN 126, 138, 144, 347, 375, and designated
Spe< ial Topii s i ourses. Internship credits do not apply toward the eigiuceu-
eredit minor; however, .• student in tlie minor program may tak
internship and apply the credits as free electives.
Course Sequence
The journalism faculty offers the following operational policy for its course
sequence anil prerequisites. The basit idea is (or students t" take Level 1
■ prioi to level II courses, etc. We ask that special attention be given
to course prerequisites to avoid scheduling students without proper
experieni e into courses. We do retain flexibility of waiving sequence and
prerequisites in indrvidua
I evel I
JN102 Basic Journalism Skills (required for all journalism majors and
minors)
|\ 111" Journalism and the Mass Media (required for all journalism majors
and minors)
JN120 Journalistic Writing (tor journalism minors and nonmajors)
JN220 Writing for the Print Media (required for all journalism majors)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999
102 THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Level II
JN243
History of American Press
JN250
Women and the Press
JN321
Feature Writing
JN326
Public Relations 1
JN327
Layout, Design, and Production
JN328
News Reporting (required for all journalism majors)
JN337
Editing
JN344
Issues and Problems
JN345
Sports Journalism
JN375
World News Coverage
JN393
Document Design 1
Level III
JN347
Journalism Law
JN348
The Editorial Page
JN423
Management in Mass Communications
JN430
Public Opinion and the News Media
JN446
Research Methods in Journalism
JN450
Advertising Writing
JN482
Independent Study
JN490
Public Relations II
JN491
Presentation Making
JN492
Problem Solving in PR
JN493
Internship
JN494
Document Design II
Bachelor of Arts— Journalism
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
will) the following specifications:
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with JN prefix
College:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Major:
Required Courses:
JN102 Basic Journalistic Skills
JN105 Journalism and the Mass Media
JN220 Writing for the Print Media
JN328 News Reportitig
Controlled Electives:
Other JN courses (as listed in this catalog)
Other Requirements:
Department recommends a planned program of dual
major, niinor(s), or electives. (3) (4)
Free Electives:
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
18sh(2)
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
(2) Maximum of six credits Internship applied to major.
(2) Students may take no more than I5sh outside the College of Humanities
and Social Sciences without prior approval of advisor.
(5) Majors in the public relations sequence should make ever)' effort to
schedule MK320, MK433. and AD32 1 .
Minor — Journalism
18(1)
Required Courses:
JN102 Basic Journalistic Skills 3sh (2)
JN105 Journalism and the Mass Media 3sh (2)
JN120 Journalistic Writing 3sh (2)
Three controlled electives from following fist: 9sh
JN243, 326, 338, 344, 347, 375, 481 (3)
(1) Internship credits do not apply toward die eighteen-credit minor;
however, a student in the minor program may take an internship and
apply the cretlits as free electives.
(2) The above three courses are to be taken in sequence.
(3) Minors may substitute only with departmental permission.
Department of Philosophy and Religious
Studies
Albert E. Bouffard, Chairperson; Begres, Boone, Caraway, Feirara.
Gibson, Holm, Lin, Mlecko, Montgomery, Smith, Yirenkyi; and
professors emeriti Hermann, Kannwislier. Schaub
Philosophy
The program in philosophy is designed to provide the student with a
capacity for thinking clearly, a critical attitude, and die ability to reason
theoretically.
Major
The major offers the background required for graduate work in philosophy.
Those whose primary interests are in other disciplines will find philosophy
courses which relate direcdy to their fields on a theoretical level. Both the
minor and double major are especially desirable for dieir reflective benefits
and because of the essentially interdisciplinary nature of philosophy.
Individually Designed Philosophy Minor
As a minor, philosophy has much to offer in helping individuals of various
backgrounds better understand the fundamental assumptions of their
disciplines. For that reason, the minor in Philosophy will be individually
designed to meet special career needs and personal interests. Selection of
courses will be accomplished through discussions with and approval of the
department advisor. The minimum requirement for a minor is 15 semester
hours with the restrictions on the major applying to die minor also, except
that no more than three non-classwork credits may be counted toward the
minor. Students must expect careful planning in any program approved. For
further explanation and suggestions, see departmental advisor.
Liberal Studies Offerings
The Philosophy program's Liberal Studies courses are all introductory in
nature; none of them presupposes any philosophical background. The
student may choose from the following: PHI 01, 120, 221, 222, 223.
Pre-Law Track
The Department of Philosophy and Religious Studies participates in die
University Pre-Law Track program whereby a student majors in one of
several academic disciplines including philosophy and also meets the pre-law
track requirements. Students interested in the philosophy major/pre-law
track should consult the departmental pre-law advisor. Philosophy courses
included in the pre-law track are as follows: PH101, PH222. and PH450.
Bachelor of Arts — Philosophy
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 53-55
with the following specifications:
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with PH prefix
College: 0-6
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Major: 30
Required Courses:
PH22I Symbolic Logic I 3sh
PH222 Ethics 3sh
PH324 History of Philosophy I: Ancient and
Medieval 3sh
PH325 History of Philosophy II: Renaissance
and Modern 3sh
PH420 Metaphysics 3sh
PH421 Theory of Knowledge 3sh
Controlled Electives:
Four other PH courses (with restrictions) (2) (3) 1 2sh
Other Requirements: 0
Free Electives: 33-41
Total Degree Requirements:
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-21
THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 103
(1) [ntei liati level! | n I ma] I ludedinl iberal Studies
clcctivi
(2) No more than threi 100-200 level courses b idtowarUtht
lllil|MI ( i„|, I'll nes ma) I inted toward 'I ajoi i nli aa
nth, . ii I oui icDesi ripl II (00 100 level
n i.. > oi senioi standing oi pi nnission ..I tin instrui toi
rei applies both to Philosoplv mi land I ajors in
Ii* iplim ,. , , ,
(I) \ m classwork credits ma) I inted toward tni
Non classworki redits im ludi independi nl study, indepi ndi nl
urujci i and inti niship in philosophy.
Bachelor of Arts— Philosophy/Pre-law Track
1 M ..... I Studies! V edin Liberal Studiesse n
with the following spei ifii a s:
Liberal Studies Electivesi no i ourscs with I'll prefix
College:
" igi I ii diati Level (1)
Majori
Required Council
I'llliil I nl lal Logii : Methods ol Critical
Tluitkiiig (oi PH221 Symbolii Logii I)
Ethics
I'll 124 MisioiN ofPhilosophj I: Ancienl and
Medieval
PH325 Historj ol Phili
and Modern
PH420 Metaphysics
I'llUl Theorj ..I Knowledge
I i ..IK .1 Electives:
■ i othei I'll
.pliv II: Renaissano
(with Usui, in. us) (2) i I)
Other Requirements: Pre-lav. Interdisciplinarj Sequence
Seven . ourses, including at least one from each ..I six areas:
Business: U3201. VG202.BL235
Criminology: CR210, 260, 157
Economics: EC121, 122
English: EN212, 220,310
i. 146
Political Science: PS358. I
Ssh
Ish
Ssh
Ish
Ssh
I2sh
12-29
124
in luded in Liberal Studies
,1 the
I iee I lectives:
I..1.1I Degree Requirements:
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language ma)
electives.
(2) No more tlian three 100-200 level courses m.i\ be counted toi
major. Oui) PH courses ma; be counted toward the major. I nless
otherwise indicated in the Course Des( riptions, .ill 300- 100 level
courses require junior oi senioi standing "i permissii I the instrui tor.
Tins prerequisite applies bodi to Philosoph) majors and to majors in
any other discipline.
(.'() N.. in. .ie ili.m nine non-classwork i redits maj be i ounted toward the
major. Non-classwork credits include independent study, independent
honors project, and internship in philosophy,
I hi progr ■ alu tblc for dios. i
t. ligiou ii " lig 1 1""'"
in. I foi gradual! i plannii
Iddil .ill\. It. ligiou
Inicii on.ii Si
Soi iology. Religious Sb
witliin the univcrsit) i urrii ulum.
In addition to the 2 I si mi itei hours of H
majoi 6 '".ii. a numlx i
im. nis win. Ii compli mi nl tlio
Opp ■ 'ht
hid o " -us ili. in. s .mil is required in tl
at IUP. Revisions are pending in die Religious Studies pro
Minor __
The requ 1 5sh:
I. I -Mi must In taken from I
n required t oui -•
i. ish nnisl b. I ".I I"
"religion related" courses.
:(. \ in than three non-classwork credits m d minor.
i . .i.Mih .i.Kis.ii in Religious Studies l".
Liberal Studies Offerings
The Religious - ill introductory
in nature; none presupposes an) Religious Studii i I.... kground. The student
may choose from the following: RS100,
Bachelor of Arts— Religious Studies
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 5J-55
h uli the following spe< ifii ations:
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with RS prefix
College: "''
Foreign Language Intermediate I
Major:
Controlled Ekcth
One course from list \: RSI 00 or 1 1(1
trse from list B: RS210 o
Oni i ourse from list < '. RS I70o
One course from list I): RS380, H0,oi I 10
F..U1 additional Us , qui
Two courses from religion-related . ..."
Other Requirements!
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
(1) Intermediate-level 1 ge ma) be included in die Liberal
Studies ( lei lues.
(2) Odier courses ina\ be approved in consultation with adt
(.{) Consult Religious Studies advisor.
Ssh
12sh
0
J.J-tl
Minor-Religious Studies
RSlOOor lid
RS370oi 175
,1 4111... till
Elective in Religious Stud
Religion-related course ( 1 )
(I) Consult Religious Similes advisor.
15
Minor-Philosophy 15
Individual!; designed minoi worked out in consultation with advisoi No
more than tliree 100-200 level philosophy . ...uses ma) he counted toward
the nun.':.
Religious Studies
rhi program in Religious Studies is designed i" provide a balanced,
noiisect.il i.in. cross-cultural approach leading t.. a bettei understanding "I
the phenomenon of religion in human experience. Ii emphasizes an
interdisciplinary approach In a) requiring religion-related e. mi ses outside
Religious Studies .mil In 10 encouraging the minor .u a double major, rather
than a single major in Religious Studies.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG
104 THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Department of Political Science
Steven F. Jackson, Chairperson; Bahgat, Chambers, Dejene, Kufrher-
Hirt, Lynch, Sitton, Strachan, Torges; and professors emeriti Chaszar,
Lee, Morris, Palmer, Smith
Political scientists focus upon political systems, including the effect of
environment on the system, inputs, the decision-making agencies which
render binding public policies, and system outputs. Approaches to the study
of government and politics include the normative approach, in which
philosophical attention centers on values by asking die question "What
ought to be?" and the behavioral approach, in which an attempt is made to
develop verifiable theories through scientific methods by asking the
questions "How" and "Why?"
Students majoring in political science have employment opportunities in
federal, state, and local governments and widi private civic groups, interest
groups, and political groups. Students who go on to graduate work find
appoinUnents at higher levels and in college teaching. Students graduating in
political science, as in any of the social sciences, are in demand by employers
in business and industry. Students completing the Political Science
Internship Program have experienced considerable success in finding
employment upon graduation. The political science major is also especially
suitable for the pre-law student.
Degrees offered by the Political Science Department are the Bachelor of Arts
in Political Science, in Government and Public Service, and in Political
Science Pre-Law track. An interdisciplinary major and a minor in
International Studies are sponsored by the Political Science Department.
The department also offers a minor in political science.
Bachelor of Arts — Political Science
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies section 53-55
widi the following specifications:
Social Science: PS 1 1 1
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with PS prefix
College: 0-6
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Major: 33
Required Courses:
PS101 World Politics 3sh (2)
PS 111 American Politics *sh (3)
Controlled Electives: 30sh
At least one course in three of first four areas:
American Studies: PS25 1 , 300, 346, 350, 35 1 , 353,
354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359
Political Theory: PS360,361,362
Public Policy and Administration: PS250, 370, 371, 444
International Studies: PS280, 282, 283, 285, 320, 321,
380, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389 (4)
General Political Science: PS300 (strongly recommended),
PS377, 480, 48 1 , 482, 485, 493
Other Requirements: 15-27
Second major, minor, or concentration as approved
by advisor with maximum of 1 5 credits outside
College of Humanities and Social Sciences unless
specifically approved
Free Electives: 3-23
Tola I Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
(2) PS101 satisfies non- Western requirement.
(3) Credit for PS1 1 1 is counted in die Liberal Studies requirements.
(4) PS280 and/or 285 recommended as prerequisite to PS380 through 389.
Bachelor of Arts— Political Science/Pre-Law Track
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Social Science: PS 1 1 1
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with PS prefix
College:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Major:
Required Courses:
PS101 World Politics 3sh(2)
PS111 American Politics *sh (3)
Controlled Electives: 30sh
At least one course in diree of first four areas:
American Studies: PS25 1 , 300, 346, 350, 35 1 , 353,
354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359
Political Theory: PS360, 36 1 , 362
Public Policy and Administration: PS250,370,371, 444
International Studies: PS280, 282, 283, 285, 320,
32 1 , 380, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389 (4)
General Political Science: PS300 (strongly recommended),
PS377, 480, 481 , 482, 485, 493
Other Requirements: Pre-law interdisciplinary track
Seven courses, including at least one from each of six areas:
Business: AG201, AG202, BL235
Criminology: CR210, 260, 357
Economics: EC121, 122,332
English: EN212, 220, 310
History: HI320, 321, 346
Philosophy: PH 1 0 1 , 222, 450
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
(2) PS101 satisfies non-Western requirement.
(3) Credit for PS 1 1 1 is counted in the Liberal Studies requirements.
(4) PS280 and/or PS285 recommended as prerequisite to PS380 through
PS389.
Bachelor of Arts — Government and Public Service
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA217
Social Science: EC 1 2 1 , PC 1 0 1 , SO 1 5 1
Liberal Studies Electives: CO 101, no
courses widi PS prefix
College:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Major:
Required
Courses:
EC335
Public Finance
3sh (2)
EC336
State and Local Finance
3sh (2)
PS111
American Politics
3sh
PS250
Public Policy
3sh
PS251
State and Local Political Systems
3sh
PS300
Research Mediods in Political Science
3sh
PS370
Introduction to Public Administration
3sh
PS371
Issues in Public Administration
3sh
PC330
Social Psychology
3sh
S0458
Political Sociology
3sh (3)
Controllei
il Electives:
9sh
Three courses from list: PS350, 351, 352, 353,
354, 355, 358, 377, 444, 481, 482, 485, 493
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES / 05
Olhei Requlrenunlii
i ),„. , om ,, h iiNiinii ations areas
, i ,,.,1, i, loumaliun, C inie ni MedU) u
approved b) adviaoi
[nterdiai ipuiutn minor: Government Management,
his id \<l itrarion, Finani ial Adi 8U n,
I'l g "
in i i k ctivesi
Total Degree Requirements: I
(1) [nterniediati level I iign Language nuty be included in the Liberal
Simlic s ,li. fives
m Approved aubadtutea for EC335 1 136 E( 283,332,333,373.
(.•() Approved aubadtutea for S0458: SO303, 335, 345.
J- 1 1
Bachelor of Arts— Political Science/International Studies
Liberal Studies! Vs outlined in Liberal Studies aei don 5J-
wild the following specifications:
Social Science: I'SI 1 1
Liberal Studiea Electivesi mi. courses with PS prefix
l(D
.Ssh
*sh (2)
I5sh(3)
l.r)sli(4)
0(5)
30-38
College)
Foreign Language Intermediate Le
Major:
Required Courses:
PS101 World Polidca
I'si 1 1 American Politics
Inii i.Iim iplinarj sequence
i i ili in .il spei ialization sequent e
Other Requirements:
Free Electivesi
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
elecdves. Only courses 300 level ami beyond may count in the cultural
>P<i ialization sequence.
(2) Credit for I'SI 1 1 is included with Liberal Studies.
(.'() riie interdisciplinary sequence includes an introductory or comparative
international course from each of five social science disciplines:
antlim) tiling, cci ii unities, geography, history, political science, and
logy. Selection depends on goal(s) of major and should be planned
in consultation with the International Studies advisor.
(t) The specialization sequence focuses on one area or culture and three
disciplines: economic systems, political systems, language, literature,
history, geography. ( lurrendy, three specializations are offered: Latin
\iiu nca. tlie Far East, and Soviet Studies. Consult with advisor lor
planning course selection.
(5) Majors are strong!) encouraged to take advantage of the study abroad
opportunities available through IUP department programs and
exchange opportunities available through the Center for International
Simlies.
Minor-Political Science
Required Courses:
I'SI 01 World Politics
rail] American Politics
Controlled Elective*:
Three additional PS courses
15
Ssh
3sh
'Mi
Minor— International Studies 18
Required Courses:
PS101 World Politics
Poll] American Politics
Controlled F-leetives:
Interdisciplinary sequence (see major)
(1) Credit counted with Liberal Studies Social Sciences.
3sh
*sh(l)
Department of Sociology
Herbert M. Hunter, 4 bafapcnoti < I .til IM0fe, Stephen K. flnndf run,
t hairpenoo (Spring, 2OO0)i \i k. men < bang, Darling, (.onrlolf.
(.i.uil. Mil ki II. Mull/. Now.ik. It i wiiilils. S.inilrrsun. Snvdt r
lli. I i, , nun. m i,l S,„ ■ .i lop both iln s. ii nlilii .mil
liiiin.iiiisii, foundation imunity as u>
the signifn am i ol soi iologil si I [,|>U so. lologn ,1 knowledge
i ii, ni s.n ial problems, and to advani ■ the profession by promoting die
'.v. ll,n, ,,l mill. Ill I hi disi iplim ot so. lologv Em uses
I H mi. ink on the analysis ol modem industrial sex ieties by examining their
h.isii patterns of social organization, thi various changes that oocui within
these patterns, and the impai I ol thi patterns on imhviilu.il tlmuglit and
a. Hon Studi nis ,iu prepared foi employment in human service fields of for
graduate stud] in «« iology ot related fields.
Students majoring in sot iolog\ may telet i one ol three tracks: General
Sociology, CI ilS. logy, and Applied Socia ' general
track attempts i" broadly educate those atudi nta who nu\ wish to pursue
graduate training in sociology and make KM iology a i .aieei and profrssinn.
Because ol its flexibility, it is also appropriate for students who want to
pursue double majors that would include sin h fields as psvi hology or
criminology. The general track gi^es students the broadest possible training
ill sociology. Students graduating with majors in general so. iology often find
employment in business, industry, and government
"Fhe clinical ttac k in « iology seeks to help students understand the causes
of many of the problems thai plague modern mx ieties, Rich as poverty, racial
discrimination, substance abuse, and domestic violence. It is designed to
provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to bo ome
practitioners in various human sen icea an aa (i .g.JuvenDe delinquency,
medical sociology, gerontology, and interpersonal dynamics and familv
sociology).
The applied social research track emphasizes the development ol research
ami assessment skills in students. Such skills are important in carrying out
program assessments, needs assessments, program development, and odier
activities that focus on gathering, analyzing, and interpreting data important
for polu vinakeis.
The department also prepares teachers for secondary school social studies
with a concentration in sociology. The program leads to the degree Bachelor
ol Science in Education. Widi its emphasis on patterns ol social organization
in modern industrialized societies, »o< iolog) provides a solid foundation for
teaching social science at die secondary level. Minors are available in
sociology and in applied social research.
Bachelor of Arts— Sociology/General Sociology Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 53-55
with the following specifii ations:
Mathematics: MA217 recommended
Social Science: SO 1 5 1
Liberal Studies Elecdves: no courses with SO prefix
College: 0-6
anguage intermediate Level ( 1 i
Major: 27
Required Courses:
S0151 Principles of Sociology *sh
SO320 igical Theory Ssh
SO380 Social Research Methods Jsh
One of the following courses:
50361 SocialStratifaati.nl 3sh
50362 Racial and Ethnic Minorities 3sh
50363 Sociology of Sex and Gender 3sh
At least one clijjtnnt course from four of die following
substantive areas: 12sh
Social Inequality and Social Change: SO303, 337.
361,362,363, M8, 158
Deviance and Social Problems: S023 1.333. 335.
427,428
Individual and Society: S0251,
Social Organization and Institutions: S0286, 336. 339.
340,341,342,348,352,421,
Comparative Sociolog] S0233, 271, 27S i
303,314.337.342
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
106 THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Free Sociology Elective*: <j
Other Requirements: 0
Free Electives: 36-44
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(*) Credit ( ounted in Liberal Studies, not in the major.
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Languagt ma) be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
Bachelor of Arts— Sociology/Clinical Sociology Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA217 recommended
Social Science: S0151 required, AN1 10 and
PC101 recommended
Liberal Studies Electives: no c sea with SO prefix
College:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )
Major:
Required Course
*sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
12sh
15sh(3)
50 151 Principles of Sociology
SO301 Clinical Sociological Theory
S< 1302 Clinical Sociological Practice
51 1303 Si icial and Cultural Change
SO320 Sociological Theory
S< I ;^o Social Research Methods
S0493 Internship in Sociolog]
Controlled Elecdves: One substantive area (2)
Medical Sociology: AN444 or S0342,and -I courses
from list; AN222, 10.1511.51 or 155. EC335, FN212.
PC321,378,S0231,336, 142,357,459
( lerontology: PC378 or S0357,and 4 courses from
list: AN444, EC.3.35. GE360, PC312, 378.
S023 1, 251, 336, 342, .152. 357
Juvenile Delinquency: CR451 orS0333,and I courses
from list: CR102, 270, 370, 451, GE432, HI.374.
S( )23 1 . 333, 336, 339, 34.5, 36 1 , 362
Interpersonal and Family Sociology: S0336 or 345. and
1 courses from list: HE218, 224. PC 3 1 1 , 32 1. 3.30.
S< >25 1 . 335. 336, 339, 335. 36 1 . 363, 127. 428
Labor and Industry: SO340 or 348, and 4 courses
from list: EO.330, 350, 371. 372, 373, HI37.3.
LR426, ISO. PC420, S02.il . 303. 340. 348, 361,458
Community Development: S0339,and I courses fr
list: AN271, 272, 314, EC336, 383, FN402,
GE33 1,332, 360, PS251, 354, S023 1,3 13 136
139,341,363
Other Requirements:
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(*) Credit counted in Liberal Studies, but not in the major.
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
(2) Students may create their own substantive area with the approval ol the
department chairperson.
(3) At least two courses in any substantive area must be SO (Sociology)
courses.
Bachelor of Arts— Sociology/Applied Social Research Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 53-55
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA217
Social Science: S0151 required, AN1 10
recommended
Liberal Studies Electives: CO 1 01. no
courses « ith S( ) prefix
0
21-29
College:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (I)
Major:
Required Courses:
SOK51 Principles of Sociolog) *sh
SO.320 Sociological Theory 3sh
SO380 Social Research Methods ish
SO450 Field Research Methods 3sh
S04.57 Computer Use in Sociolog} 3sh
S04.5S Political Sociology 3sh
S0471 Internship in Sociology l2sh
Controlled Elecdves: One substantive area (2) I5sh (3)
Medical Sociology: AN444 or SO.3 12. and 4 courses
from list: AN222,444, BI1.51 or 15.5. EC.3.35. FN212
GE360, PC321, 378, S0231, 335, 336, 342. 3.57. I 59
Gerontology: PC378 or S0357,and 4 courses from
list: A.\444,EC335,360,GE360,PC.3]2. 178,
S0231, 25 1,336, 342, 352, 3.57
Juvenile Delinquency: CR451 or St )333. and 4 courses
from list: CR102, 270. 361, 370, 451 , GE4.32, HI374,
S023 1 , 333, 336, 339, 345. 36 1 . 302
Interpersonal and Family Sociology: S( 1335 or 345, and
4 courses from list: AN319, HE21S. 224. 1'C.31 1. 321.
330. St >25 1 . 3.3.5. 336, 337. 3.30. 3 15. 36 1 . 302. 427.
428, 435
Labor and Industry: SO340 or 348, and 4 i ourses from
list: EC330, 350, 371, 372, .373, H1373. LR426, 480,
PC420, PS352, S023 1,303, 340. 348, 361, 458
Community Development: S0339, and 4 courses from
list: AN27 1 . 272, 3 1 4, EC3.36. 383, FN402, CE.33 1 .
332. 300. PS2.5 1 , 354, S023 1 , 33.3, 336, 338. 339,
341,363
Other Requirements:
Free Elecdves:
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(*) Credit counted in Liberal Studies, not in the major.
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
elective.
(2) Students may create their own substantive area with the approval of the
department chairperson.
(3) At least two courses in any substantive area must be SO (Sociology)
courses.
Bachelor of Science in Education— Social Sciences
Education/Sociology Concentration (*)
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Social Science: PC 1 0 1 , SO 1 .5 1 , EC 1 2 1
Liberal Studies Electives: EC 122. GE230, PS346,
no courses with SO prefix
College:
Professional
CM301
ED242
0
21-29
Education Sequence:
Technology for Learning and Instruction 3sh
Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience I Ish
ED342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience II lsh
ED441 Student Teaching 12sh
ED442 School Law lsh
ED455 Teaching of Social Science in Secondary
Sc K 3sh
EP202 Educational Psychology 3sh
EP377 Educational Tests and Measurements Ssh
EX301 Education of Students with Disabilities in
Inclusive Secondary Settings 2sh
FE202 American Education in Theory and
Practice 3sh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 10/
•I the following
M.ljol:
Required Sodology »> Related Council
( ultural Vnthropolog
si ii ,i Prindplesol S log
ti mporary Soi ial Prol
m i ; 'ii Sociological 1 lieory
Soi i.iI Kim. in Ii Mi thoda
< rolled Elective*
nil. d from
I areas "i S log;
Social Structures and Processes: SO336,340,S41,
121 I5H 159
S i Problem •" ' : 151 133 135 157,362,
. I2H
n ii;. iearch VN317,321;SO301, 156 i u
Distributional Requirementa
\m two History courses which focua on the U.S.
\n\ Non Weate World I listory ( ' ai
Required Soi ial Si ii ni i Distribution
.,1 oi liiglu i
IOI -'Nr>
Other Requirements:
Free Elecdvesi (2)
Ibtal Degree Require
iqi
lah
♦sli (I)
3ah
I h
6ah
3ah
Tsll
3sh
(I
1-3
(*) S,
I. ii hi i Educatioi
(l| S0151 ia nted
Ills:
is leading to tea
in the Col
pari "i thi
124
; Ik i certification, dded "Admission to
ege "i iMi" adon sei don "I this catalog.
53-55ah Liberal Studies requirements.
(-.') Students who do not pass a spedal education competency teal mual t .i k<
EX 100: this iv ill reduce theii free elecrives.
Minor— Sociology
Required course:
S0151 Principlea of Sociology
Controlled Elecdvesi
ilisi S0231 120,380
ddidonal i ses in Soi iolog)
15
3sh
3sh
9sh
15-21
Minor— Applied Social Research
Required Courses:
SO380 Social Research Methods 3sh
Field Research Methods 3sh
Computer Use in Sociology >sh
Political Sodology 3sh
Controlled Elective:
arch course in College of Humanities and
Social Si iences. .is approved In department chairperson 3sh
Optional internship: AN 193 oi Si 1493 6sh
•ins S|i ill til • ni in
mi ni work, librariansliip. journalism, (on ign tradi . airlines, tourism,
buaini ..Hilary si hool
i. ,i. Ii. is «ill find il" do methodology ■•!■<
: 1 1 1 1 1, iii .i distini
College Language Requirements
Students ... thi ' ollegi "I Natural s, ienci land Malhematii - ..ml ' alleged
I liiiii.iniiii t and Soi ial Si " ni i s. who mual pass an intermediate-leVd
for graduation, may choose any one of the five
languages offered by il" Fori I h, Gciniau,
Italian, Latin and Spanish I li"s. choosing the Spanish oi Latin options will
fulfill 1 1 pin i mi in by successfully completing SP20I or 211*orLA201
The student with no previous foreign language stud) will lake SP101-102o?
si'i i i i . c In s, will urn be applicable ui
any collegi oi departmi nl requii a(i to pi Eoi students in 1 1 RIM who
may fulfill theii l-9-hourl i rement with SP1 11* or 211* or
sl'l I] i 12 oi with two i hou • ) bul may 1 inted as general
electivea in the total requ in the other i alleges
may < I ae to take one "I tl il languages offered (ji the intermediate level) in
fulfilling il" requiremi ms of Lib a lives.
* Count ii currm
Students with pn \ bus Spanish study in high si hool will he plai ed into the
approprial "si levels by means of a written departmental exam,
administered prioi i" il" beginning nl the semester. In addition, as deemed
necessary, eapedally in the i ase "I native oi heritage speakers, students'
writing .mil speaking profii issi sskI by one or more faculty
members in the Spanish department Eai l> student's individual requirements
and the judgment ol the i lassroom instrut tors will also be considered in
placement.
Spanish for Elementary Education
A student in Elementary Education may elect
hours of Spanish, consisting of the following:
a concentration nl \'i semester
Sl'201 in equivalent
SP221 Intermediate Spanish Conversation
SP2 in ii" liati si i inisl I omposition
SP26'0 Introduction to Hispanic Literature
si' ..' I Advanced Sj > ah ( lonversation
SP404 Advanced Spanish Grammar
4 si.
3sh
3sh
>sh
Ssh
3sh
Department of Spanish and Classical
Languages
It. Roger Smith, ( Chairperson; Barton, Broad, Carranza. Delbrugge.
Drescher, 1 nit/, tdisun. Hernandez, Miltz, Spickcr. Thornton, Young
Tlie Departme f Spanish and Classical Languages oilers a varied
ourriculum designed to provide nol only basic language instruction in
Spanish, Greek, and Latin but also the more advanced competencies needed
In language specialists ami students hoping to take advantage ol an
interm ial study experience. Km the undergraduate Spanish major, the
department lias three degree programs: the B.S. in Education, the BA in
Spanish, and the B. V in Spanish lot International Trade. The lattei degree
program provides solid undergraduate degree training preparatory to an
M.B. V in Intel national Management
Suuleiits majoring in Spanish cull acquire proficiency in all phases of the
language andentei more deeply mi., die history, culture, and literature of
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
Elementary Education students wishing to prepare to teach in elementary
programs where content teaching in Spanish is the objective should enroll in
the Foreign Languages and International Studies foi Elementary Teaching
(FIT SIT) program desi ribed under the Department ol Professional Studies
in Education.
Study Abroad and Internships
Studv Abroad: The university has established study-abroad centers in
Spam. Mexico, ami ( losta Rica. The program in Valladolid, Spain, is a
i semester-only program, whereas the ones in Mexico and Costa Rica
are summer programs. All majors are encouraged to participate in study-
abroad: nonmajors are also accepted into these programs. The Is hours in
Spam or 7 1 1. mis ui Mexico or I hours in Costa Rica arc applicable to a
majot or .1 minor in Spanish. Students interested in more information should
contact the Spanish department.
Internships: internships in Spain. Mexico, and Costa Rica are available
through il" department All internships take place during die summer and
varv from six weeks to two months in duration. Internship is a credit-bearing
coi use. SP493, and all interns are enrolled in the first session of summer
school. None! edit internships cannot he considered. Students enrolled in the
Spanish for International Trade program are strongly urged to do an
internship in on dibility in the field of international business.
Internships are available m banking, government, social work.
communications, education, marketing, and many odier fields. Arranging an
internship abroad takes considerable long-range planning, and anyone
interested should contact the Spanish Department at least three months in
advance.
108 THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Bachelor of Arts — Spanish
Liberal Studies: As outlined in the Liberal Studies section 53-55
with the following specifications:
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with SP prefix
College:
Foreign Language (included in major) 0
Major: 37
Required Courses:
SP201 or equivalent 4sh
SP221 Intermediate Spanish Conversation 3sh
SP230 Intermediate Spanish Composition 3sh
SP260 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3sh
SP321 Advanced Spanish Conversadon 3sh
SP340 Hispanic Civilization Through die
19di Century 3sh
SP342/344 20th-century Spanish Civilization and
Culture/20th-Century Spanish-
American Civilization and Culture 3sh
SP404 Advanced Spanish Grammar 3sh
Controlled Electives:
At least two courses from those numbered 410-431 6sh
Any other six credits in courses 342 or above 6sh
Other Requirements: 0
Free Electives: 32-34
Total Degree Requirements: 124
Bachelor of Arts— Spanish for International Trade
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with following specifications:
Mathematics: MAI 21
Social Science: EC 1 2 1
Liberal Studies Electives: GE252, MA214, CO/BE
/IM 1 0 1 , no course with SP prefix
College:
Foreign Language (included in major)
Major:
Required Courses:
SP201 or equivalent 4sh
SP222 Intermediate Spanish Conversation-
Business 3sh
SP230 Intermediate Spanish Composition 3sh
SP260 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3sh
SP321 Advanced Spanish Conversation 3sh
SP340 Hispanic Civilization Through die
19th Century 3sh
SP342/344 20di-Century Spanish Civilization and
Culture/20th-Century Spanish-American
Civilization and Culture 3sh
SP354 Commercial Spanish 3sh
SP404 Advanced Spanish Grammar 3sh
Controlled Elecdves:
Other Spanish Electives 6sh
Other Requirements: Business Sequence
AD321 Business and Interpersonal
Communications 3sh
AG201 Accounting Principles I 3sh
AG202 Accounting Principles II 3sh
BL235 Introduction to Business Law 3sh
EC 122 Principles of Economics II 3sh
FI310 Finance I 3S„
IM300 Information Systems: Theory and Practice 3sh
MG311 Human Behavior in Organizations 3sh
MG330 Production and Operations Management 3sh
MG495 Business Policy 3sh
MK320 Principles of Marketing 3sh
QB2 1 r> Business Statistics 3sh
Free Elecdves:
Total Degree Requirements
0
Bachelor of Science in Education— Secondary Spanish
Education (*)
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Social Science: AN 1 1 0, PC 1 0 1
Liberal Studies Elecdves: no courses with SP prefix
College:
Professional Education Sequence:
CM301 Technology for Learning and Instruction 3sh
ED242 Pre-Student Teaching and Clinical
Experiences I l sh
ED342 Pre-Student Teaching and Clinical
Experiences II lsh
ED441 Student Teaching 12sh
ED442 School Law lsh
ED453 Teaching of Foreign Language in
Secondary School 3sh
ED499 Multicultural/Multiethnic Education 2sh
EP202 Educational Psychology 3sh
EP377 Educational Tests and Measurements 3sh
EX301 Education of Students with Disabilities in
Inclusive Secondary Settings 2sh
FE202 American Education in Theory and
Practice 3sh
Major:
Required Courses:
SP201 or equivalent 4sh
SP221 Intermediate Spanish Conversation 3sh
SP230 Intermediate Spanish Composition 3sh
SP260 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3sh
SP321 Advanced Spanish Conversation 3sh
SP340 Hispanic Civilization Through the
19th Century 3sh
SP342/344 20di-Century Spanish Civilization and
CuIture/20th-Century Spanish-American
Civilization and Culture 3sh
SP353 Spanish Phonetics and Phonemics 3sh
SP390 Teaching of Elementary Content Through
the Spanish Language 3sh
SP404 Advanced Spanish Grammar 3sh
Controlled Elecdves:
Any odier three (3) credits from SP300 or above 3sh
Free Elecdves:
Total Degree Requirements 124
(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, tided "Admission to
Teacher Education," in the College of Education section of this catalog.
Minor— Spanish
Required Courses:
SP201
SP221
SP230
SP260
SP321
SP342/344
22
or equivalent
Intermediate Spanish Conversation
Intermediate Spanish Composition
Introduction to Hispanic Literature
Advanced Spanish Conversation
20di-Century Spanish Civilization and
Culture/20th-Century Spanish-American
Civilization and Culture
4sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
Controlled Elecdves:
One course: SP340, 342, 344, 362, 364, 353
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-21
THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS / ()9
The College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
John S.Eck, Dean
Aleksandra B. Kaniasty, Assistant Dean
Raymond P. Pavloski, Dean's Associate
( >m- of the characteristics ol the twentieth centur) is il n marked • hange in
the relation ol citizens to then environment. Space probes, orbiting satellites,
ii nve research on the stru< tme and synthesis of living m.itter have
brought i" tin forefront for reexamination such time-honored queries as.
"Wh.n is the nature of the universe.'" 01 "Can people control their natural
environment?'' or "How did life begin?" Si ientifically found answers to these
ami othei questions, coupled with proper application of this knowledge foi
humankind's betterment, must be .1 significant part ol thi goal ol educated
people everywhere.
The objectives of the College ol Natural S< iences and Mathematics are to
acquaint the student with the kinds of problems which lend themselves to
possible solutions through the use of science; to introduce different scientific
techniques through significant illustrative experiences: to givi a sense ol
perspective in the development of science; and to develop an understanding
ol the basic community ol .ill s( ientific disciplines.
Degrees Offered
Degrees
Applied Mathematics
Applied Physics
Biochemistry
Biology
Biology Education
1 Ihemistrj
Chemistry Education
Computet Science
Earth and Spate Science Education
Economies Mathematics
Environmental Geoscience
Environmental Health
General Science Education
Geolog)
Mathematics
Mathematics Education
Natural Science
l'!i\si, ^
I'hvsk s Education
Psychology
The departments ■ ■! Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, ami P
offer work leading to either a Bachelor "I Science or a Bachelor ol Arts
depending upon the specifo course program pursued. The Bachelor
of Science degree is awarded lor successful work in the departments ol
Geoscii nee and Matht matii s. The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded by the
Department ofPsyt hology. A Bat heloi ■ •! S. ience degree is also awarded in
Natural S. ii
Several departments in the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
sponsor Master of Arts o jus in the unm
Graduate School. The Department ol 1-
1 1 mation on these programs should be
obtained from the Graduate School.
Degree Requirements
In addition to the university's 1 iberal Studies requirements, all students
seeking a baccalaureate degree in the ( ollegi of Natural Sciences and
M.uliein.itu s must complete the requirements for a major as established by
the department dirough which they wish to specialise. Statements ol these
requirements and those lor minoring In a specific field appear in die
department sections that follow. A double major or minor mav encompass a
discipline outside as well as within the college but should lie selected
with advisor approval. As a general principle, there is considerable latitude in
courst choice for Natural S* iences and Mathematics majors: for specifically
required courses, substitution in any program must have die written approval
of the student's department chairperson or the college dean.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
110 THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
The Foreign Language Requirement
Unless otherwise indicated, each department adheres to the following foreign
language requirement:
A candidate for a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree must
demonstrate a proficiency in a foreign language equivalent to diat attained
upon completion of two years of college instruction in dial language. This
requirement may be met by one of the following:
a. successful completion of die intermediate level in a specific language
b. successful completion of an exemption or credit examination
Anviforeign student, registered as such at IUP, whose acquired native
language is other than English and who demonstrates an acceptable
proficiency in English, is exempt from the foreign language requirement for a
Natural Sciences and Mathematics degree if the department he/she is
majoring in does not require a specific language not dius covered.
Preprofessional Programs
The College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics offers programs for die
preparation of students for acceptance by a professional school: pre-medical
(including osteopathic medicine) and pre-veterinary medicine. In addition,
die college oilers a major in die Natural Sciences for diose students whose
goal is dentistry, pharmacy or pharmacology, optometry, podiatry,
chiropractic medicine, or physical therapy. All programs are so designed
diat. should work at a professional school not ensue, die student may earn an
IUP baccalaureate degree, provided he/she has been faithful to faculty
advisement.
The preprofessional health programs in the College of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics presuppose that the student has an excellent background in die
high school sciences and mathematics and will prove to be an excellent
college student. Students should identify- their proposed field of study upon
admission to IUP.
Cooperative Programs
IUP has been fortunate to enter into cooperative agreements with a number
of outstanding institutions to provide significant career opportunities to our
students. These formal agreements provide for accelerated graduate or
professional degree programs or carefiillv planned and coordinated
undergraduate programming with the cooperating institution. Programs are
intended to assure acceptance of properly qualified students by the
cooperating professional schools. Additional information concerning the
specific programs can be found under the appropriate academic department
in this catalog.
Primary Care Scholars Program
The Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine (PCOM) has established
the Primary Care Scholars Program with six Pennsylvania State System of
Higher Education universities. The program will enable students who have
demonstrated both academic excellence and a commitment to the practice of
primary care in Pennsylvania to gain early admission to PCOM. Contact Dr.
Allan Andrew for specific information regarding this program.
Allegheny General Hospital Scholars Program
This program has been established to attract highly qualified students who
five in the Pittsburgh area and southwestern Pennsylvania to enter the
medical disciplines ot family medicine, internal medicine, and general
pediatrics. This is an integrated program for IUP, Allegheny General
Hospital, and MCP<>Halinemann School of Medicine of die Allegheny
University of the Health Sciences. Contact Dr. .Mian Andrew for specific
information regarding this program.
Chiropractic (see Natural Science)
The New York College of Chiropractic Medicine Program is designed to
accelerate the professional training of IUP students in die field of
chiropractic medicine.
Engineering — Drexel University (See
Department of Physics)
The program with Drexel University combines the opportunity for two years
of study at IUP widi the remaining three years of study as part of the Drexel
plan of cooperative education. A student completing this program will
receive a bachelor's degree in engineering from Drexel University.
Engineering — University of Pittsburgh (See
Natural Science)
The program with University of Pittsburgh allows the student to enroll at
IUP for the first diree years of college and conclude degree work by enrolling
in an engineering program at the University of Pittsburgh lor the last two
years. The student will earn a B.S. degree in Natural Science from IUP and
die appropriate engineering degree from the University of Pittsburgh: see the
Natural Science section for IUP degree requirements.
Family Medicine (See Department of Biology)
The program with Jefferson Medical College of Thomas Jefferson University'
increases the opportunities for IUP students to he admitted to Jefferson
Medical College in die Family Medicine Program. The program is designed
to provide physicians to rural communities in Pennsylvania where diere is a
physician shortage.
Primary Care Partnership
The program widi Pennsylvania State University College of Medicine
enables the college to identify students with primary care potential and
provide these students widi die opportunity to interact widi primary care
faculty at die Pennsylvania State University College of Medicine. Contact Dr.
.'Ulan Andrew for specific information.
Forestry and Environmental Studies (See
Department of Biology)
The program with Duke University is designed to coordinate the education
of students from IUP widi the graduate programs in forestry and
environmental management offered at Duke University in Durham, North
Carolina.
Podiatry (See Natural Science)
The Pennsylvania College of Podiatric Medicine program accelerates the
professional training of IUP students in the field of podiatry.
Optometry (See Natural Science)
The Pennsylvania College of Optometry program accelerates the professional
training of IUP students in the field of optometry.
Marine Science Consortium
College majors may be interested in the programs available through the
Marine Science Consortium. The Marine Science Consortium was
established in 1968 for die purpose of promoting teaching and research in
the marine sciences. Participating institutions include IUP and thirteen odier
colleges and universities. Although no separate major in the Marine Sciences
exists, elective courses may be taken and credited toward undergraduate
curricula ill Biology. Geology, Geography, and Earth Science. The Marine
Science Consortium offers five three-week sessions during the summer at die
NASA- Wallops Island Station, Virginia. Normally, several research cruises
are offered each summer.
Students must register for credit and pay credit fees to a participating
institution. Room and board lees are paid to the consortium. Applications
for all summer sessions must be submitted to the institutional director by
April 1. Students must be accepted by the consortium before registering at a
participating institution. See section on Marine Science Consortium lor a
listing of courses. For brochure, summer bulletin, and application tonus,
contact Dr. Ray L. Winstead, Biology, or Dr. Darlene S. Richardson.
Geoscience, who are die IUP directors and assist students in program
planning.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS ///
Internship Programs
Cooperative Programs
Seven] depi sin thi I ollegi of Natural Science* and Mad atics
I,.,,, established extensive internship programi undi i whii h i Ii
,,, ii eampui supervised wort i -i" rii nci I lil
I „,„, informi iiboul Bpei iGi internship programs, students should
consult with tin chairperson of tht department in which tht student is
,IU| i.Studcnl cligibli For internships may receivi federal or stau
lin
Department of Biology
W. Berkley Butler, 4 lhairpersoni Alico, Andrew, Ayebo, Bharathan,
Browc, < iakowski, Dietrich, Ferrence, Forbes, Gendron, Hinricbsen,
Hulse, Humphreys, [ack, Kesner, I iniey, I ord, 1 udano, Nastase,
Newell, IVanl. Peterson, Pickering, Pistole, Sinn is. Winstead,
Wnlin: end professors emerid GaJJati, Liegey, Moore, Schrock
Web site: AMp.; 'www.iup.fdu h
(fcred b) the Departme fBiologj are the Bachelot ofScienci in
h Bachel I Vrts in Biology, die Bachelot ol Science in
Envit Kiii.il Health, and the Bat hel fScienct in Edut ation with a
i ufication. The first three degree programs are undi i tin
ol Natural St it n< es and Matltematics, and tlie fourth is under the ( lollege ol
Eduo On di partmi nl also offers .1 Biolog) minor.
II,, program leading to a B.S. in Biolog) is designed to provide maximum
depth in the sciences and mathematics with less elective opportunity.
Students who plan to attend graduate school 01 professional si hools, sui h as
those in human 01 veterinar) medicine, most often choose this program "I
n U.S. 111 Biology automatical!) qualifies .1 student foi .1 minoi in
chemistry and thus represents more than adequate preparation foi
employment opportunities tli.it require expertise in both biology and
1 hemistry,
1 mi leading to the B. A. in Biolog) is designed to aHow for greater
electivi choice, [his freedom could be used to pursue interests in
nonbiological areas, allowing for .1 more broadl) based I libera] Arts
education. Alternatively, the B.A. degree student would have the Bexibilitj to
depth (tominoi in or perhaps even to double major in) a particulai
nonbiological discipline. Biology combined with othet sciences sui h as
Computet Science,! Ihemistry, Physics, < leoscience, Mathematics or
Psychology, 01 non-st iences such as Art. English, Business, or a foreign
hi make attractive packages for the student and for potential future
employers.
Environmental Health Program
Tins program fot uses on environmental and ecologii al fai tors as the) relate
well-being, including food safety, clean water and air, vector-borne
diseasi s, and waste management. The Environmental 1 lealth Program is .1
preparation foi employment m local, state. and federal agencies and industry
as well as graduate school in a public health-related field. Between tl
and senior year, each student should serve an internship in the private or
public sector.
B.S. in Secondary Biology Education
Hie Department ol Biology, in • onjunction with the College of Education,
program leading to the B.S. in Education with certification to
teat 1 1 biology Die program is < ommitted to preparing teachers who possess
a Strong foundation in biolog)-. .1 broad b.u kgtotind in assm iated sciences,
and in extensive preparation in pedagogy.
Foreign Language Requirement
E 11 Biolog) Education majors. Biology majors must complete
intermediate level oi two semesters of foreign language starting at the highest
level recommended b) the freshman Pre-registration Placement Test in that
tnaj be included in Liberal Studies electives). ["his requirement
i. in also be met by demonstrating proficient \ in a foreign language
equivalent to the intermediate level.
I In Biola
( lollege, Duki I nivi rsit) Si I I <
Marini Si ii m 1 • onsorti Im and Pymal
Duke Cooperative College Program in Forestry and
Environmental Studies
I hi Cooperative! ty Si hool of the
I. inin, 1, in. nl 1/1" . nt tl to t oordin
1 1 tion of students at II P widi graduati programs in the
areas ol resoun es and environment offered al Dul
in om ol iln natural si iem es, mathi matii s, 1 1 onomii Jitical
s, 11 in 1 .in sun, d to thi hould
includi at least om peareacl ■■> I -.-• with work in botany, c< onomica with
a signifii anl 1 omponenl ol mil roei onomii s, and mathi tnatii ■ which should
im lutlt 1 ali uliis. , omputi 1 si ii in 1 . ami statisui s. Applii ants to the Duke
and a fori ign languag tdditional . 01 uses 1 biology, ei onomii s, and
1. .in s will be given preft rential 1 onsideration Students an 11 1 cpted
in eitbei of two degree programs at Duke: the Mastei
Mastei ol Environmi ntal Managen (M
Students ma) be ai cepl
nl high quality undergraduate study al III' 01 upon 1 ompletion « »t die
baccalaureate. Students who qualif) alter three years will have completed
most ol iln undi rgraduate degree requirements al II Pexot pi lor total hours.
1 ses at Duke will be applied to thi ! • it II P. Dr. Jerry L.
Pickering, Department of Biology, is thi facult) advisor at II Pandas
stutlents m program planning.
Jefferson Medical College-IUP Physician Shortage Area
Program
\ 1 ooperative Famil) Medicine Physii ian Education Program has been
established b) II P and Jefferson M Berson
I oiversit) in Philadelphia for the purpose ol improving the distribute
ph) sii ians in Pennsylvania. The program is designed i
opportunities for young women and men to practice family medicine in the
rural communities ol Pennsylvania where there is a shortage ol physicians.
Students interested in this program should enroll as Family Mediant 1
The program at Jefferson Media al ( lollege will admit approximately lour
graduates ol II I' and twenty graduates ol other colleges each year. Students
from II I' will be admitted only if properly qualified according to the
admission standards and policies of Jefferson Medical < lollege. Applications
are reviewed by the Joint lUP-Jefferson Subcommittee and recommendations
made to the Jefferson Committee on Admissions.
Admission to Jefferson Medical College
A strong preparation in the sciences and mathematics basic to medical
school studies is required. A variety ol college course formats and
combinations, including biology, general and organic chemistry, and p
are a minimum. ( lourses taken to meet the basic requirements should be
rigorous and, in general, comparable to courses accepted for concentration in
tbest tlist iplines. Courses taken should be supplemented by laboratory
experiences. Stutlents may take upper-level science courses out of
educational interest 01 to fulfill the requirements of their major. Taking
additional scieni 1 ovei material taught within die medical
school curriculum is not helpful to gaining admission.
Breadth of education is expected. Pursuit of some discipline in depdi is
encouraged. A successful medical student must actively aoquii
apply, and communicate information. These are skills that can be developed
through a great variety of academic disciplines. Studies in the humanities and
the simal and behavioral sciences and development of effective writing skills
arc- strongly suggested. Additional requirements tor admission can be found
in "Information for Prospective Students," published by Jefferson Medical
Stutlents win. qualify for die Physician Shortage Area Program iPS\Pi must
certitv then intentions to adhere to the following plan of education and
practice: (a) complete die fanulv medicine curriculum during their four years
of medical education at Jefferson Medical College, including a si\-week
clerkship 111 a rural area: (b) complete a three-year family medicine residency:
and (c) agree to practice fanulv medicine in an underserved area. Preference
will bt given to Pennsylvania residents who are interested in diis program.
with highest priority given to those who actually live, at die til
application, in die underserved area in which diev hope to practice. (Dr.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRAT
112 THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
Allan Andrew, pre-medical advif
students in program planning.)
the Biology Department, will assist
Marine Science Consortium
Biology majors interested in marine biology are encouraged to investigate
summer courses offered through the Marine Science Consortium at Wallops
Island, Virginia, by contacting Dr. Ray Winstead in the Biology Department.
Courses offered have included Marine Biology, Tropical Marine Ecology,
Fish Biology, Marine Invertebrates, and many more. These courses count as
biology electives.
Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology
Biology majors can expand their selection of course offerings by participating
m a cooperative program with the University of Pittsburgh's Field Station at
the Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology located in northwestern
Pennsylvania. These elective courses center on ecological and environmental
topics, i.e., Ecology, Field Botany, Vertebrate Ecology, Aquatic Entomology,
Behavioral Ecology, and Experimental Design. Application and registration
for both summer sessions must be completed by April 1. Students register
for credit and pay fees at IUP. Books, lab fee, and room and board are paid to
the Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology. Dr. Anthony J. Nastase is the faculty
advisor for this cooperative program and assists students in program
planning, application, and registration.
Mentor Program and Biology Residence Floor
The Department of Biology offers a Peer Mentor Program that allows
incoming students, new to IUP and new to Biology, to quickly gain an
academic home. New students are assigned an upper-level Peer Mentor to
help guide them through the curriculum, requirements, and programs within
our department and college. A fall off-campus retreat is an important
component of our Mentor Program, and students are expected to attend.
Gordon Hall, just behind Weyandt Hall (die home of the Department of
Biology), has a single residence floor dedicated to Biology, Environmental
Health, Biology Education, and Preprofessional (Pre-Med, Pre- Vet) students.
Students with similar professional and academic interests can share life
experiences by being part of diis component of our academic community.
Undecided or Natural Science students with interests in Biology may also
apply to be on this floor.
Degree Programs
In die programs of study that follow, no more than 6 semester hours total
from internships, independent study, and special topics can be counted
toward biology course requirements. Credits beyond six earned from these
sources are counted as general electives. Note: Students changing into the
majors of Biology, Biology Education, or Environmental Health are required
to have a 2.5 GPA or permission of die chairperson.
Bachelor of Arts — Biology
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MAI 21
Natural Science: CH 1 1 1 - 1 1 2
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with BI prefix
Major:
Required Courses:
BII11 Principles of Biology I
BI1 12 Principles of Biology II
BI210 Botany
BI220 General Zoology
BI250 Principles of Microbiology
BI263 Genetics
Controlled Electives:
Biology electives (major courses only)
Other Requirements:
Chemistry Sequence
CH231 Organic Chemistry I
CH351 Biochemistry (2)
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (3)
55-56
32
4sh
4sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
12sh(l)
4sh
4sh
0-6sh
Free Electives: „»
Total Degree Requirements: j^7
(1) No more than 6sh total from Independent Study, Special Topics or
Internship applies to major; excess applied as free electives.
(2) The two-semester (six-credit) sequence of BC30 1-302 can be
substituted for CH351 to meet the biochemistry requirement.
(3) See Foreign Language requirement. Intermediate-level foreign language
may be included in Liberal Studies electives. Introductory-level foreign
language courses count as free electives.
Bachelor of Science — Biology
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MAI 2 1
Natural Science: CHI 11-1 12
Liberal Studies Electives: PY1 1 1 and either
MA 122 OR MA216, no courses with BI prefix
Major:
Required Courses:
KI 111 Principles of Biology I
BI112 Principles of Biology II
BI210 Botany
BI220 General Zoology
BI250 Principles of Microbiology
BI263 Genetics
Controlled Electives:
Biology electives (major courses only)
Other Requirements:
Chemistry Sequence
CH231 Organic Chemistry I
CH232 Organic Chemistry II (2)
CH35I Biochemistry (3)
Physics Sequence
PY121 Physics I Lab
PY112 Physics II Lecture
PY122 Physics II Lab
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (4)
Free Electives:
4sh
4sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
18sh(l)
4sh
4sh
4sh
lsh
3sh
lsh
0-6'sh
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) No more than 6sh total from Independent Study, Special Topics, or
Internship applies to major; excess applied as free electives.
(2) Students may substitute a third math course (MA 122 or MA216) for
(3) The two-semester (six-credit) sequence of BC30 1-302 can be
substituted for CH351 to meet the biochemistry requirement.
(4) See Foreign Language requirement. Intermediate-level foreign language
may be included in Liberal Studies electives. Introductory-level foreign
language courses count as free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Education— Biology (*)
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies section
widi the following specifications:
Mathematics: MAI 10 or 121
Natural Science: CH 1 1 1 - 11 2
Social Science: PC101
Liberal Studies Electives: PY1 1 1, no courses
widi BI prefix, one course must have a GS prefix
from the Liberal Studies Natural Science,
Option II, Nonlaboratory List.
College:
Professional Education Sequence: (1)
CM301 Technology for Learning and Instruction 3sh
ED242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I lsh
ED342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II lsh
ED441 Student Teaching (2) 12sh
ED442 School Law lsh
ED451 Teaching Science in the Secondary Schools 3sh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG,
9 9 9-2000
THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS II)
EP202
ii'..
ii mi ■
Edua I P»ychologj
i ,iu al [) >u and Mi asun mi nui
American Education in Theorj and
Practio
\lajol:
Required ( oursci
iiiiii
III 1 1 2
BI210
BUSO
,i !6
Itl 180
Prim iplea "I Biology I
Principle* ol Biology II
Bourn
i leneral Zoolog)
1'ini. i|il<-s ol M biolo
I ., ii, In j
Biolog) Seminw
Controlled lie. lives:
Biolog} eli i tivi s; | joi i "ins, s onl) I
Oilu-i rUquirenientsi
Chemistry Sequence
CH2 II "'n i Chemistr) I
i ii ;', i Biochemistry (4)
Phyrica Sequence
P, i. 'i
I'V 1 1 2
PY122
Physics I Lab
Physii a II Lecture
Physics II Lab
Mi
3sh
4sh
4sh
Ish
lah
•)sl,
ish
Ish
9sh (3)
Ish
3sh
Ish
Free ElecrJvesi
(tf)'liiiul Degree Requirements!
127
(♦) Sei requirements leading to teachei certification, tided "Admission to
[eachei Edui ation,"in tin < allege ol t'.din . n section i if this catalog.
( 1 ) Special Education ( lompetency Requirement; Revision pending will
eliminate exam option and will require EX301 (2sh).
(2) Eligibilit) foi student teaching and certification in secondary biology
education requires .i cumulative GPA of 2.75 and a grade ofC or better
in .ill biology courses. The program in secondary biology education
requires .i cumulative 1 1PA ol 2.7ri for all majors.
(.1) No more than (ish from Independent Study (BI482), Special Topics
(BI481), in Internship (BI493) applies to major: excess applied as free
elci tl\cs
(•1) The two semestei (six-credit) sequence ofBC301-302 can be
substituted forCH351 to meet the biochemistry requirement
C) Sec advisor] paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements'1
in the se, lion on Requirements for Graduation.
Bachelor of Science— Environmental Health
I ihci.il Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA121
Natural Science: CHI 11-112
Social Science: EC101
liberal Studies Kleclives: BK/CO/IM 101. MA2 16, PY1
Major:
Required Courses:
HI 1 1 I Principles of Biology I
HI1I2 Principles ,,i Biolog) II
BI210 Botany
BI820 General Zoology
B1241 General Microbiologj
HI HO Vpplied EntOmolog] .Hid Zoonoses
BI321 Environmental Protection I
1 m iioninental Protection 11
HI BO Biology Seminar
Controlled Kleclives:
Biology clectives (major courses only)
Other Requirements:
Required Courses:
CH231 Organic Chemistry I
1 H '•' 3 Analytical Methods
PS250 Public Policv
PY121 PhysicsILab
PY112 Physics DUcture
PV122 Physics II Lab
4sh
4sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
Ish
Ssh(l)
4sh
4sh
3sh
Ish
3sh
Ish
SA301
Introdu I i
and Hi .ill).
Health Hazard Id, ntifii ado
( oiilioll, d II, , 111, s:
BI498 Biolog) Internship (l)oi
, onio, II, deleci
Free Electiveii
124
lolal Degree K, ipiii, in, nls:
(1) N ore than 6sb total from Independent Stu
Internship applies i ajor, excess applied ai I
writing-ini, iisim , ourse within the >
be taken to Inllill Liberal Studies n quin
(2) II,, following , ours, s i mint as controlled i Ii
BI476, ( :i 12 (2. CS121,GSI22,GS331,SA 102, SA46I 5A 162
(.)) See Foreign Language Requirement I
, ounted as frei i lei tivi s.
Minor — Biology
20
Required Courses:
BI103-104 General Biology I and II or
Bill 1-1 12 Principles ol Biolog) I and II
Additional Bl coins, s
Other Requirements:
a) Student must hav< al leasl a 2 u ( .PA in all HI courses foi the minor.
b) Student must take al least Ii semeSU r lioms ..I in- I >
IUP.
c) Must have permission of biology department chairperson
(1) With approval of department chairrx raon.
(2) At least s ol the 12 required additional HI semester hours must nunc
from 2oo loci oi highei rses.
Biochemistry Program
Roy Harding and N. Bharathan. Co-Coordinators: Butler. Dietrich.
Ford, Hinricbseii. Luciano. Southard. Sowa. Biology and ( hemistrv
faculties
The B.S. in Biochemistr) is a four-year degret >. uniculum often
cooperative program by the Biolog) and Chemistry departments.
The curriculum leading to a B.S. in Bio, bet
, ourses in biology, chemistry; niatbemati, s. and physics in the first rw
Specialization in biochemistr) commences in the third year with cours
biochemistry, genetics, physical chemistry, Special Topics in Biocha
and Biochemistr) Seminar.
A unique feature ol tins undergraduate program is that biochemistry
research is a requirement. After consultation with l.u nlrv. the students will
define a problem and devise an experimental plan through library research.
Laboratory research will be done under die direct supervision of a faculty
member. Finally, the student will report on the results of tlu- research in bndi
written and oral forms.
The B.S. in Biochemistry Program is intended for those student!
interests lie in a most exciting ticld of modem s, . .flhis
program can expect to be qualified to enter graduate programs in
biochemistry, biology, chemistry, and molecular biolog;
in the healdi sciences, and positions in industrial and government research
laboratories and in industrial production feci]
Bachelor of Science— Biochemistry
Liberal Studies: As outlined in die Liberal Studies section S6-59
with the following specifii
Mathematics: \l \1 _' I
Natural Science: PV 131 141-132 142
Liberal Studies Kleclives: M \ I 2 :. ni KITS* - with
BC prefix; one course must be 200-level or higher.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CAT A.
114 THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
Major:
51
Required Con
rses:
Bill!
Principles of Biology 1
4sh
BI263
( lenetics
3sb
BI250
ipli s ofMk robiolog)
3sh
111 101
Laboratory Methods in Biology and
Biotechnology
3sh
Biochemistry I and Lab
4sh
aistry 11 and Lab
4sh
BC480
Biochemistry Seminar I
Ish(l)
IK IM
Special Topics in Biochemistry
3sh
B( 182
Independent Research in Biochemistry
2sh
BC490
Bioc hemistrj Seminar II
lsh(l)
ciin :
< ioni epts in Chemistry
4sh
CIII14
Basic Inorganii ( chemistry
4sli
CH231
( Organic Chemistry I
4sh
CH232
( >rganic Chemistry II
4sh
CH 123
Analytical Methods
4sh
CH340
I'lu sical < ihemistr; for the Biological
Sciences
3sh
Controlled Electives:
6-7
Advanced Bioli
igy course chosen from: BI331,350,
352,364,oi ir>i
3sh
Eithei MA216
oi cono
3-4sh
Other Requirements:
Foreign Language intermediate Level (2)
0-6
Free Electives:
7-11
Total Degree Requirements:
(1) lsh each semester of senior year.
(2) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be
electives.
icluded in Liberal Studies
Department of Chemistry
Rtiiess V. Bravo, Chairperson; Asting, Ballas, Crumm, Eddy, Elcesser,
Ford. Harding. Ko, Kondo, Kupehella, Long, Southard, Sowa, Syty,
Varughese, Wood, Woolcock; and professors emeriti Bordas, Costa,
Fazio, McKelvey, Patsiga. Scroxton, Tackett, Wunz, Zambotti
chemistry. The department also offers pre-medical programs in both the B.S.
and B.A. curricula. These programs prepare the student to satisfy the
entrance requirements of medical schools.
The curriculum leading to the B.S. in Education with a Chemistry major is
designed to prepare the student to teach chemistry at the secondary school
level. Upon completion of the specified coursework and the requirements for
teacher certification processes, the student is eligible for Pennsylvania
certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
Bachelor of Arts — Chemistry
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 56-57
widi the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA 121 or 123
Natural Science: PY1 1 1/121-1 12/122 or
PY131/141-132/142
Liberal Studies Electives: MA122 or 124. no
courses with CH prefix
Major: 29
Required Courses:
CHI 13 Concepts in Chemistry 4sh
CHI 14 Basic Inorganic Chemistry 4sh
CH231 Organic Chemistry I 4sh
CH232 Organic Chemistry II 4sh
CH321 Quantitative Analysis 4sh
CH322 Instrumental Analysis 4sh
CH34I Physical Chemistry I 4sh
CH343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I I sh
Other Requirements: 15-21
Planned program in complementary field 1 5sh ( I )
(advisor approval) with (ish in 300/400 level courses (2)
Foreign Language Intermediate Level 0-6sh
Free Electives: 1 7-24
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Recommended fields: Biology, Business. Computer Science,
Criminology, Dietetics, Economics, English, Foreign Language,
Geoscience, Mathematics, Safety Science, Physics, Political Science,
Psychology.
(2) Chemistry Pre-Med program requires BI 1 1 1 . 1 1 2. 263. 33 1 .
(3) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
Degrees offered In the Department of Chemistry are the Bachelor of Science
in Chemistry, the Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry, and the Bachelor of Science
hi I. dm ati.in with a Chemistry major. The first two degree programs are
undei die College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, and the third is
under the College of Education. The department also offers a Chemistry
minor.
The B.S. in Chemistry is a professional degree and is certified by the
\in< i lean ( Ihemical Society. The student completing this major should be
qualified to assume a position in industry or government as a chemist or to
apply for admission to graduate school to pursue advanced studies leading to
the M.S. or Ph.D. degree. The student considering going to a professional
ho also wishes to complete this degree should elect appropriate
courses as required by the professional school in addition to the courses
required here. Tin ise students who are particularly interested in
I'll" hemistrj si Id elect a few selected biology courses.
The curriculum leading to the B.A. in Chemistry is designed to allow for the
workable union ol nonscience areas with chemistry in such a way as to retafri
the fundamental science ami mathematics requirements needed for a career
in chemistry. A careful selection of electives will qualify- the student for
entrance into many fields in which there is an acute need for educated people
and ii 1 1 ii same time, satisfy tile entrance requirements of various
professional anil graduate schools.
Some possible and useful combinations between chemistry and other
disciplines would include chemistry-biology, chemistry-business
administration, chemistry-computer science, chemistry-criminology,
chemistry-government, chemistry-pre-dental, chemistry-pre-law, chemistry-
ii . i hemistry-pre-medicine, and chemistry-English (technical
writing). The student must arrange a practical sequence of non-chemistry
i consort with his/her advisor and the department chairperson
1 \ student seeking a career in forensic science should major in
Bachelor of Science— Chemistry
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA 123
Natural Sciences: PY 1 3 1 / 1 4 1 - 1 32/1 42
Liberal Studies Electives: MA124. no courses
with CH prefix
Major:
Required Courses:
CH113
Concepts in Chemistry
4sb
CHI 14
Basic Inorganic Chemistry
4sb(l)
CH231
Organic Chemistry I
4sh
CH232
Organic Chemistry II
4sb
CH301
Chemistry Seminar
lsh
CH321
Quantitative Analysis
4sh
CH322
Instrumental Analysis
4sh
CH341
Physical Chemistry I
4sh
CH342
Physical Chemistry II
3sh
CH343
Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
lsh
CH344
Physical Chemistry Laboratory II
lsh
CH410
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Laboratory
lsh
CH411
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
3sh
Controlled Electives:
Additional Chemistry electives from list:
ush (2)
CH33 1,335,
351,376,412.421,441,498
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG,
1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 115
Other Requirement*
\,l,l ImathtCOllO 1 addii al .
i ..... . m \ 1 7 1 . 287,241, i
I'.. Med progn I)
Foreign Languagi Intermediate Level(4)
In, Mi , 'livi-s: (r>)
liii.il Degree Requirements!
124
(1) ThoM "I ^ CHI 11 and 112 should lake CH116foi American
I S) certified B.S.
(2) CH498(2»h) required foi V< S Bcarion.
(.1) Chemistr; Pn Med program requires MM 1 1. 1 12. 263, 331, ir>2 and
.11 151
mi [nterinediati level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
ilr. lives.
(5) Pre Med requires Biolog) sequence 18sh.
Bachelor of Science in Education — Chemistry (*)
l iln ml suicliis: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
.., ill. ill. following spei ifications:
Mathematical MA 123
Natural SdencetPYl 11/121-1 12/122
Social Sdencei PC101
Liberal Studies Electivesi MA 1 24, GS 111 ..r 113,
do . ourses with ' 1 1 prefix
CoUegei
Professional Education Sequence
c M '.in
ED242
Technology for Learning and Instruction
Pre-studeni Teaching Clinical
Experiem < I
Pre-studenl leaching Clinical
Experience II
Mil II Student leaching
M)i rj School Law
ED45I leaching Science in the Secondary School
EP202 Educational Psychology
EP377 Educational Tests and Measurements
E \ SOI Education ofStudents with Disabilities in
Inclusive Secondary Settings
FE202 American Education in Theory and
Practice
Lsh
Ish
12sli
lsh
3sh
3sh
3sh
Major:
Require
[1 Courses:
CM lit
Concepts in Chemistr)
CH11 i
Basie Inorganic Chemistry
CH231
( Irganic Chemistry 1
( H232
( Irganic Chemistry 11
CH321
Quantitative Analysis
liistnnnciii.il Analysis
CH341
Physical Chemistry 1
CH 14 1
Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1
CH498
Problems in Chemistry
4sh
4sh
4sh
4sh
4sh
4sh
4sh
lsh
l-2sh
Controlled Electives:
One additional chemistr) course from list: 3-4sh
CH342, 351,411
Other Requirements:
BI111 Principles of Biology]
GS1 12 ..i 1 1 1 Earth Science for Educators Lab I or 11
Pre* Electives: 0
(#)Total Degree Requirements: 1 26- 1 29
(*) Sec requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
leachei Education." in the College ofEducation section of this catalog.
(«) Sec advisory paragraph "Timely Completion ofDegree Requirements"
m the section on Requirements for Graduation.
4sh
lsh
Minor Chemistry 20
Required ( muses:
ruin Genei I Mi
CH112 4th
CH231 i Chi mutt) I ish
' H232 Organic Chemistry II
' In i hi miitr elective from< H lsh
Department of Computer Science
Gary L, Mutcrbaugh. Chairperson: (toss. < iiimingliam. Grove, Mu i ...
Ohlilcy. Shnlii.i. Walls. Wnlli : anil pinfessoi emeritus Inmpkius
I >i%<< is oil. i. .1 iii 1 1 ii Depart t of Computer Scii elorol
Science and the Bacheloi ..I Arts in Computi i ;
designed primarily to prep for productive work in highly
computer-oriented areas of business, government, and ind i
years, students graduating from thi program have attained their liist jobs in
business a|)|>li< an. .ns. programming ami systems analysis,
development, n ientifi. and applied mathematical programming, ami other
computer-related areas and haw gone to graduate si hool.
In a rapidly developing field «n h as Computer Si iem e, n is important dial
the graduate's education be broad and fundamental so that new In nd
more icadih be followed. ' Mu goal is to balance funilainentalily and breaddi
widi sufficient supervised practice so thai our graduates are produi tivi
tunc they graduate but ready and willing to i hange with the held.
Most applied compute! si lenllsls work il Deration with profi •
trained in other areas and with managers. Heine, die ability to work and
communicate with others of different educational bai kground
important characteristic. To that end, w<
majors to take a strong minor (or area concentration) in a s< . ond
interest Some students may wish to double major. Maj.
disciplines at IUP are also welcome to lake Computer Sciel
which they are qualified or a Cnmputi i Si il m ( minor.
Students majoring in Computer Science should set theil _
simple programming and should be preparing
1. to program well, both in design and implementatii ■
document what they have programmed
2. to analyze real-world problems in preparation foi gnand
implementation
3. to manage activities that are strongly computer dependent
4. to improve the tools that programmers and systems analysts is .
develop
a. better machine systems
b. better software systems
c. better languages for communicating with mac I
d. better methods l..r solving intractable problems
5. to teach about computers at college or high sch,„,| level
6. to advance the fundamental theory ol digital information pr
Bachelor of Arts-Computer Science
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies >ci In in
widi die following specifications:
Mathematics: MA123 (or MA121-122 or 1271
Liberal Studies Electives: M 1216 (ol MA2I4or
2 1 7). no courses with CO prefix
Majon
Required
CO 105
CO110
CO220
CO300
CO310
COS 15
CO380
i O480
Courses:
Fundamentals of Computer v
Problem Solving and Stnalured
Programming
Applied Computer Programming
Assembly Language Programming
Data Structures
Large File Organization and \
Seminar on die Computer Pi
Seminar on Technical Topics
3sh
3sh
lsh
lsh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG 199?
116 THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
Controlled Elecrives: Select
CO201 Internet and Multimedia
CO250 Introduction to Numerical Methods
C0319 Software Engineering Concepts
CO320 Software Engineering Practice
C0345 Data Communications
C0355 Computer Graphics
CO360 IBM Job Control Language
C0362 UNIX and C
C0481 Special Topics in Computer Science
(only sections approved for majors)
C0482 Independent Study
C0493 Internship in Computer Science
Upper-level Electives by Categories:
Computer Architecture: CO410
Theory of Languages: C0419, 420, 424, 460
Systems Programming: CO430, 432
Numerical Methods: CO450, 451
Artificial Intelligence: CO405
Data Base Management: C0441, 444
Other Requirements:
Additional Writing:
EN322 Technical Writing
Foreign Language Intermediate Level
Additional Mathematics:
MA 123 Calculus I for Physics, Chemistry,
and Mathematics
(MA121 and 122 or MA 127 may
be substituted)
MA2 1 6 Probability and Statistics for
Natural Sciences
(MA363 and 364, MA214 and
417, or MA217 and 417 may be
substituted)
Discrete Mathematics
9sh(l)
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
Ish
3sh
l-4sb
l-4sh
12sh(2)
6sh (3)
3sh
0-6sh (4)
3-13sh(5)
MA219
Free Electives: 9-28
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Select at least 9sh from the list of controlled electives and/or tire list of
upper-level electives. Note: Only 4sh of C0493 may be counted toward
these 9sh.
(2) C0493 may be selected in eitiier the second semester of the junior year
or the first semester of the senior year. If C0493 is selected and
approved, CO380 should be taken in the immediately preceding
semester.
(3) Select at least two additional courses, from at least two different
categories, from the list of upper-level electives.
(4) Foreign Language intermediate-level courses are counted as Liberal
Studies electives.
(5) Any of the Mathematics options satisfy the Learning Skill requirement,
and one course may be counted as a Liberal Studies elective. The 3sh
minimum applies to students who take MA123 and 216. The 13sh
maximum applies to students who take the MA 12 1-122 calculus option
and the MA363-364 statistics option.
Bachelor of Science — Computer Science/Applied Computer
Science Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54-58
widi the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA 1 23 (or MA 1 2 1 - 1 22 or MA 1 27)
Liberal Studies Electives: MA216 (or MA214 or
MA2 1 7), no courses with CO prefix
Major: 38
Required Courses:
CO 105 Fundamentals of Computer Science 3sh
COl 10 Problem Solving and Structured
Programming 3sh
CO220 Applied Computer Programming 3sh
CO300 Assemblv Language Programming 3sh
CO310 Data Structures 3sh
C0315 Large File Organization and Access 3sh
C0319 Software Engineering Concepts 3sli
CO380 Seminar on the Computer Profession lsh
C0441 Data Base Management 3sh
CO480 Seminar on Technical Topics lsh
Select one of the following two courses:
CO320 Software Engineering Practice 3sh ( 1 )
C0493 Internship in Computer Science 12sh(2)
Controlled Electives: Select 6sh (3)
CO201 Internet and Multimedia 3sh
CO250 Introduction to Numerical Mediods 3sh
C0345 Data Communications 3sh
C0355 Computer Graphics 3sh
CO360 IBM Job Control Language lsh
C0362 UNIX and C 3sh
C0481 Special Topics in Computer Science l-4sh
(only sections approved for majors)
C0482 Independent Study l-4sh
Upper-level Electives by Categories: Select 3sh (4)
Computer Architecture: CO410
Data Base Management: C0444
Theory of Languages: C0419, 420, 424, 460
Systems Programming: CO430, 432
Numerical Methods: CO450, 451
Artificial Intelligence: CO405
Other Requirements:
Additional Writing:
EN322 Technical Writing 3sh
Foreign Language Intermediate Level 0-6sh (5)
Additional Mathematics: 3-13sh(6)
MA 123 Calculus I for Physics, Chemistry,
and Madiematics
(MA121 and 122orMA127
may be substituted)
MA216 Probability and Statistics for
Natural Sciences
(MA363 and 364. MA214 and 417,
or MA2 1 7 and 4 1 7 may be
substituted)
MA219 Discrete Mathematics
Complete a minor from one of the following areas:
a) From any department in the College of Natural
Sciences and Mathematics
b) From designated Business courses
c) From designated Economics courses
d) From designated Geography courses
e) From designated Communications Media courses
Free Electives:
6-18sh
18sh
15sh
15sh
18sh
Total Degree Requirements:
124
(1) Credit for both CO320 and C0493 may be counted toward the degree,
but only one will be counted toward the major requirements.
(2) C0493 may be selected in either the second semester of the junior year
or the first semester of the senior year. If C0493 is selected and
approved, CO380 may be taken in die immediately preceding semester.
(3) Select at least 6sh from the list of controlled electives and/or the list of
upper-level electives.
(4) Select at least one additional course from die list of upper-level electives.
(5) Foreign Language intermediate-level courses are counted as Liberal
Studies electives.
(6) Any of the Mathematics options satisfy the Learning Skill requirement,
and one course may be counted as a Liberal Studies elective. The 3sh
minimum applies to students who take MA123 and 216. The 13sh
maximum applies to students who take the MA121-122 calculus option
and the MA363-364 statistics option.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
ii
B<i< helor of Science Computer Science/Languages <md
Systems Track
liberal Studies! \ itated in I iberal Studu - Requin ments r> I
'ill. 111! foil |
Mathematical MA123oi 127
Lib, rml Studiea Ekctiveai MA124, no course with ( Oprefu
Major
Required Couraeai
ci inir, 1 1 1 r 11 1 . 1 1 r i • ntala ol I ! puti i Si ii »» Ssh
i i ii in Problem Solving and Stru
imming Ssh
Vpplii 'I I puti i Programming Ssh
i 1 1 100 Van mblj Language Progran g 'ah
• 1 1 .in DataStru l«h
l irgi i ii. i Irganization and Access Sah
C0319 Softwan E ngin ■ lah
i 1 1 ;sii In ( lomputei Profess lsh
i 1 1 1 hi I'm, mm Vn linn ture and
M programming lsh
Modem Programming Languages Sah
[nrrodui don to < Operating Systems 3sh
i 1 1 180 Si mm n In Inn. al Topics lah
( ontrolled Electivesi Selecl 9sh(l)
Lntemel .mil Multimedia Ssh
LntrodiH don to Numerii .il Methods
i ii IJO Softwan Engineering Practice 3ah(2)
Data Communications :ish
Computei ( Iraphii s Ssh
CO360 IBM Job Control Language lah
UNIX .in.l c: Ssh
CO405 Vrtificial Intelligence Ssh
C0419 Softwan Development with Ada Ssh
( i M.' I Compilei Construction Sah
i O430 farroduction to Syateins Programming Ssh
C0441 Data Base Management lsh
C0444 Productivity rools and Fourth Generation >sh
Language
' 1 1 150 Applied Numerical Methods isli
C0451 Numerical Methods foi Supercomputers Ssh
CO460 Theory of Computation Ssh
C0481 Special Topics in Computer Scii
(as approved foi majors) l-4sh
Independent Study l-4sh
C049S Internship in Computer Si 12sh(.i)
Other Requirements: 1J-21
Additional writing;
Technical Writing I Sah
Foreign Language Intermediate Level 0-6sh (4)
Maihematicsi Iminoi in mathematics 10-12sh(5) (6)
im luding the following courses
Calculus I foi Physics, Chemistry,
and Mathematics
(MA 1 27 may be substituted)
MA124 Calculus II l,„ Physics,
Chemistry, and Matin niatii s
(M 1128 maybe substituted)
MAI 71 Introdw Hon to Linear Algebra
M V216 Probabilit) and Statistics foi
Natural Sciences
(MA363and364,MA2] I and
417,orMA217and 417 may be
substituted)
MA219 Discrete Mathematics
Free Electivcs:
5-23
Total Degree Requirements: 124
al lust 'isl, from the list of controlled electives. Note: Onlj lab ol
C0493 may be counted toward these 9sh.
(2) Credit for bothC< (320 andCt ) 193 may be counted toward the degree,
but only one will be counted toward the major requirements.
(■>) ( 0 193 ni.iv be selected in either the second semester of the junior year
Or the first semesu i ol the senior year. If C0493 is seleete.l and
approved, CO380 may be taken in the immediate!) pre< eding semester.
i
studu s i In tives
t for MAI 2 I 127 and MA124 128 1 ounted in Liberal Studu ■
(<i) knyofthi Mathematics options satial
and one rn ma) I" i ounti .1 .is ,. I ibi ral Si
ii him ii nun applies to students who talu MA123and216. The 1 Ssh
maximum applii LAI2 1-122 calculus option
..ml lh.
Minor-Computer Science 15
Required Counted:
CO electives I5ab(l)
(1) Thi tninoi in Computi
. I. i tun At leasl 'I semester hours ol the I ri must he l
numbered highei than 200
(2) CO 101 is an appropriafa entrj . ..ins, i..i minora or for students who
wish to take only one i ouree.
( s) See < lomputei Si ieni i tninoi adviaoi foi suggestions.
Department of Geoscience
Harlem S. Kiehardson. Chairperson: < crconc. ( lark. Hall. Hovan.
I'ulirk.i. Sutton, Taylor
The Geoscience Department provides curric ulj in areas of natural science
dealing with and related to die earth ami us environment by offering .
iii astronomy, geology, meteorology, and o< eanography.
In addition to on-campus instrw don, opportunities exist lor summer
coursework and research in geology and oceanography at the Marine S
Consortium located al Wallops Island. Virginia.
Degrees uflered by the Department ol Geost lence are the Bachelor of
St ience in Geology, the Bachelor ol Scieni ein Environmental GeoMaenoe,
and die Bachelor ol Science m Education with a major in Earth and Space
Sen nee or with a major in General Science. The first two degree programs
are under die College of Natural Sc iences jm\ Mathematics, and die baa
are under the College of Education.
The B.S. degree in Geology is. in a sense, a dual-purpose degree program.
Not only is it designed to graduate well-trained, competent geologists, able to
compete for positions as professional geologists in die job market: It is also
ed to provide the student with the necessary allied science and
mathematics background to enable the good student to qualify tor admission
to the graduate school ..! his hei i hoice in Geology.
The U.S. degree in Environmental Geoscience oilers the student a broad-
based science background. In addition to a firm foundation in (■•
Geoscience courses, the student will also acquire a background in Bio
and Chemistry. This will provide thorough training for the rapidly growing
field of Environmental ( ieoscient e. both lor students who plan to pursue
postgraduate training in this field and for those who plan to enter direct!)
into jobs in federal and state agencies and private consulting firms.
The department recognizes as one ol its functions the role .•! serving die field
ol public education h\ the preparation ol qualified and certified teachers of
earth and space science Also, because of die interdisciplinary nature ofbotli
the department arid the requirements for preparing general science teachers,
die department administers the program designed to lead to general Sc
certification and includes majors of thai category as department members.
Minor in Geology
The minor in Geology consists ol I 7 semester hours. Required are
GS121 122 and GS131/132. Three upper-level (.500 or higher) curses in
geology (total nine credits) will make up die remaining requirements for die
minor in Geology totaling seventeen credits.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
118 THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
Minor in Geoscience
The requirement tor the minor in Geoscience will be 16 semester hours of
geost ii nee, taken within the following framework. Students must complete
one course in each discipline within the department: Astronomy, 3 semester
hours: Geology, I semester hours; Meteorology, 3 semester hours;
( Iceanography, 3 semester hours. For a total of 13 semester hours. The
additional 3 semester hours can he taken in any one of the aforementioned
disi iplines. Liberal Studies nonlaboratory courses GS141, 150, 151, and
221 will not In acceptable toward the minor in Geoscience.
Bachelor of Science — Geology
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 56-57
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA 123
Natural Science: CHI 1 1-1 12 or 1 13-1 14
Liberal Studies Electives: MA124, no courses
with GS elective
Major:
42
Required Courses: ( 1 )
GS121
Physical Geologv
3sh
CS122
Physical Geology Laboratory
lsb
GS131
Historical Geology
3sh
GS132
Historical Geology Laboratory
lsb
GS321
Mineralogy
3sh
GS322
Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology
3sh
GS325
Structural Geology
3sh
GS326
Field Geology or summer field
course
(offered by other universities) ('.
',2)
3sh
GS330
Paleontology
3sh
GS362
Plate Tectonics
3sh
GS411
Sedimentary Petrology
3sh
GS412
Stratigraphy or GS327 Geomorphology
3sb
GS480
Geoscience Seminar
lsb
Controlled Electives:
9sh
( ;s courses .'>()(
1 or above
Other Requirements:
8-14
Additional Science:
mil
Physics I Lecture
4sh
PY112
Physics II Lecture
4sh
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (3,4)
0-6sh
Free Electives:
11-18
Total Degree Requirements: 124
( 1 ) Summer field camp in geology (5-9sh) is strongly recommended.
(2) A maximum of six credits from approved summer field camp may apply
to a required core and controlled electives (3).
(3) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
(4) Six credits of computer languages may be used to meet foreign language
requirement: CO220,310, or other higher-level CO courses with
departmental permission in consultation with the Computer Science
Department.
Minor — Geology
Required Courses:
(.SI 21 Physical Geology 3sb
(^S122 Physical Geology Laboratory lsb
GS131 Historical Geology 3sh
GS132 Historical Geology Laboratory lsb
Three upper-level (300 or higher) courses in Geology 9sh
17
Bachelor of Science — Environmental Geoscience
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with tin following specifications:
Mathematics: MA 123
Natural Science: CHI 1 1-1 12 or CHI 13-114
Liberal Studies Electives: MAI 24, no courses with
( IS prefix
Major:
Required Courses:
GS121 Physical Geology 3sh
GS122 Physical Geology Laboratory lsh
GS131 Historical Geology 3sh
GS132 Historical Geology Laboratory lsh
GS310 Environmental Geology 3sh
GS321 Mineralogy 3sh
GS322 Igneous and Metamorphic 3sh
GS325 Structural Geology 3sh
GS331 Hydrogeology 3sh
GS332 Geochemistry 3sh
GS480 Geoscience Seminar lsh
Other Requirements:
Biology Sequence
BI 111 Principles of Biology I 4sb
BI250 Principles of Microbiology 3sb
Chemistry Sequence
CH231 Organic Chemistry I 4sh
CH323 Analytical Methods 4sb
Controlled Electives:
BI112,BI272,BI321,BI362,CH322,CH341,
COlI0,CO220,CO250,CO310,GE314,GE415,
GS326, GS327, GS41 1, GS432, GS440, PY1 1 1/121 (1),
PY1 12/122
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (2,3) 0-6sh
Free Electives:
10-18
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Students who plan to pursue an advanced degree in environmental
geoscience are strongly advised to take the physics sequence as their
controlled electives.
(2) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
(3) Six credits of computer languages may be used to meet foreign language
requirement: CO220, 310, or other higher-level CO courses with
departmental permission in consultation with the Computer Science
Department.
Minor-Geoscience
Required Courses:
One course from each of the following:
Astronomy
Geology
Meteorology
Oceanography
Additional 3sh from one of the above fields
(300 level or higher)
16
3sh
4sh
3sh
3sh
Bachelor of Science in Education — Earth and
Space Science (*)
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA121
Natural Science: CH 1 1 1 - 1 1 2
Social Science: PC 101
Liberal Studies Electives: BE/CO/IM 101, PY1 11,
no courses with GS prefix
College:
Professional Education Sequence: ( 1 )
CM301
ED242
ED342
Technology lor Learning and Instruction
Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Experience I
Pre-student Teaching Clinical
ED451
ED441
ED442
Experience II
Teaching Science in the Secondary Scboi
Student Teaching
School Law
EP202
Educational Psychology
lsh
lsh
3sh
12sh
lsh
3sh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG.
THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS I I 'J
1 p
i.l.L ..i il Tests an
.1 \l. ..'.nil in. hi .
1 l
li !0S
\ anEdu. il
hi 1 ..ml
I'.... in i
lab
M.ljm:
Required (mil
si s:
linn.
General Biolo 1
Kli
,i 'i
M, icald olo
lsh
■
Physical Geofo| 1
lorator)
Mi
il i J Geology
lab
il, torical Geolog) 1
aborator)
Mi
i ;s 1 1 1
Solai Sysli m
3sh
Stella! Utroi |
3»h
Operation ol thi I'!."
a!. "in"
Mi
Physical Oceanograp
fat)
Ish
\l, H orolog) I
Mi
n i IS
Physii s II Lectun
3»h
Phyaicil Ub
Mi
n i '
PhymcaU Lab
Mi
( ontrolled Electivesi
Geolog) electives(nolGS101, 103, 105, 111,1 13, III)
Othei Requirements:
In. Electivesi _
I. "..i Degree Requirements!
124-125
(*) See requirements leading to teacher certific; n in the catalog
.." Ai ademic Policies, "Admission to Tea< her Education."
( I ) Special Education Competency Requirement: Revision pending will
i. dim. ii. exam option and will require EX301 (2sh).
Bachelor of Science in Education— General Science
Education (*)
Liberal Studies! \s oudined in Liberal Studies set l
with the following specifications:
Mathematics! \l \I2I (I)
Natural Sdencei CH1 1 1-112
Social Science: PC101
Liberal Studies Electives: lil CO/IM101, no courses
with prefix of chosen track in majoi
3sh
College:
Professional Education Sequence (1)
< MS01 rechnolog) foi Learning and Instruction
Pre-studenl reaching Clinical
Experience I lsh
Pre-studenl Teaching Clinical
Experience II lsh
I I' i 1 1 Student Teaching 1 2sli
MM 12 SchoolLaw lsh
Teaching Si ience in the Si i ondarj S. I I ish
Educat ..I Psycholog) 3sh
: Educational Tests and Measurements 'ish
FE202 American Education in Theory and
Practice 3sh
Major:
Required Courses:
General Biologj I
BI104 General Biologj II
•■Sill Earth S, ience fbi Educators I
Earth Science foi Educators 1 Lab
Earth Si ience foi Educi s II
•■si I I Earth Science foi Educators II Lab
PY111 Physics I Lecture
Physics II Lecture
I'M -I Physics I Lab
PY122 PhysicsIILab
.19-40
(ontrolled Electives:
- track: BI210,220,250,272, 180, BI elective
Chemistrj tackjCH231, 121, 151,232,01 340or341
Geoscience track: GS121, 12:;. 131,341 oi 342,361,371
Physics track: PY222,231,242,331,350(2)
Ish
4sh
ish
lsh
lsh
lsh
3sb
3sh
lsh
lsh
15-I6sh
I lllii i Kt ipiinini ills:
I 1. 1 I 1. 1 tivesi
(ii) loi.il Degree Req
(*) Seerci
Teai hi i Edui ation," ii
(1) S|m . i ding will
t. exam option
(2) N..ii : II Physii ■ track is elected, MA 123 .n..i 12 t
(«) s, , .,. i iph -'I mi. h < >.i"|.l. dm
in the mi nun on Requirements foi Graduation
Department of Mathematics
(.i laid M. liniiok. ( h,iii|i. isuii: \dkiiis. Man on. \iidirs4k). Haki r.
Balenovich, Bertnese, Broughton, Burkett, Btuovidd, Davit, DotuV j
Diilmvskv. Early, Enderson, I eldman, Frank, Gorman, Mad. 1. 1.
Massey, Mitchell, Morgan, Myers, Peterson, K.n. Reber, Ri iiij;.
Si hoi/. Shawer, Shepler, Steelman, Su mpien, G. Stoudt, K. Stoudt,
Zhang; and professors emeriti Angelo, \rins. Dun. .in. Gibson,
llaiiman. HoM. I). Mi Bride. K. MiHridc. Morrill. Mueller, (lakes.
Shafer, I.. Smith, W. Smith, Stilw. II. \\ Iffison, WoUV . \\ lard
The Mathematics Department prepares students for work in industry,
graduate scl I mathematics, and teaching. I legrees offered b\ the
.lr| i." im. hi in thi Bachelor of S ematics, die Bachelor ol
Si "in r in Applied Mathematics, and the Bai h n Education
with a major in Mathematics Edui ation. The first two degree programi
..Hit. I will"" il.. i olleg of Natural Sciences and Mathematii s, .mil the
third is in conjum tion with the ( lollege ..I Education. The department also
offers a minor in Mathematii s and a minor in Applied Statistii s.
The program foi .i mathematii a majoi in the College of Natural Scieni
Mathematics is two-phased. A student may pursue a degree in Applied
Mathematics or Mathematics. Those completing a .1. gn t in Mad
will be prepared to continue theii studies in mathematii s in gi
though some may enter business, industry, oi govemmi nl -. n ii e. Those
studi "I- rei i h ing a .1. gree in Applied Mathematics will be primarily
prepared to enter business, industry, or government service in an area where
mathematics oi i omputei scieni e is used or to continue their studies in
applied mathematii s or computer m ience in graduau - ..lent
would not be expected toe tte studies in pure mathematics.
The Mathematii s 1 >. partmenl shares in j joint degree « ith tl i i
Departmenl Students with ability and interest in ecoi ics discover that a
solid bai kg "<1 in mathematii s is an essential prerequisite: tor ... ,
theoretical and applied work in the discipline. Similarly, students widi talent
and interest in mathematics End economics an excellent field in which to
employ then skills and knowledge. The Bacheloi ..l Aits in
Mathematics Economics allows students to combini these i omplementary
subjects in a joint degree program administered cooperatively by die
Departments of M nroOed students wfll be
in advisor in each department.
tnpleting the program will have an exceptional background for
graduate study in economics and such related fields as business, public
policy, or operations research. They also will be ideal!) prepared to till a
wuli variety ol technical and quantitative positions in both government and
private industry.
The program leading to the U.S. in Education widi a major in Madm
Education prepares the student for teaching mathematics in junior or senior
high school. Man) graduates, however, continue their formal education in
mathematics at the graduate level or work in government or industry.
Elementary education majors may elect to take a concentration of at let •
hours in mathematics. The program of courses for this concentration in
mathematics is as follows: in addition to MAIM and 1.^2. select 9 hours
from the following courses: MA317,42
MA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRAD
120 THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
Minor in Mathematics
The minor in Mathematics consists of a minimum of 17 semester hours in
mathematics. The minor in Mathematics may offer preparation for advanced
study in areas such as Economics, Computer Science, Physics, and other
natural sciences. Any student who is required to take a year ot calculus
should consider this minor.
Minor in Applied Statistics
The minor in Applied Statistics, consisting of 17 semester hours, may be of
interest to students who are required to take a calculus course and a course
in probability and statistics. This includes, but is not limited to, students in
the Eberly College of Business. Safety Science majors, and Computer
Science majors.
A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 in MA courses is required for a minor in
Mathematics or Applied Statistics. The Mathematics Department will not
certify a minor for a transfer student unless at least two ol the courses
counting for the minor have been completed in the 1UP Mathematics
Department.
Bachelor of Science — Applied Mathematics
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 50-52
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: (included in major)
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with MA prefix
Major: 40-41
Required Courses:
MA 123
Calculus I for Physics, Chemistry, and
Mathematics
MA124 Calculus II for Physics, Chemistry, and
Mathematics
MAI 71 Introduction to Linear Algebra
MA216 Probability and Statistics for Natural
Sciences
MA241 Differential Equations
MA271 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs I
MA272 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs II
MA480 Senior Seminar
4sh
4sh
3sh
4sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
lsh
fish
6-7sh
Controlled Electives: ( 1 )
Two courses from list:
MA371 , 42 1, 422, 423, 424, 427, 476, 477
One of die following two-course sequences:
MA342/CO450 or C0451 or MA451; MA363-364;
MA445-446
A minimum of three additional semester hours from
the list of controlled electives above or die following:
MA353,425,447,465,481
Other Requirements:
Computer Science:
COl 10 Problem Solving and Structured
Programming
CO250 Introduction to Numerical Mediods
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (2)
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
(1) A student may select courses to fulfill requirements for specialized track.
a. Actuarial/Statistics: MA363, 364, 366, 371, 421,446, 465
b. Math Analyst/Engineering: MA342/CO450,CO451, MA371, 423,
447,451
c. Operations Research: MA371, 421, 445/446, 447
(2) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
124
Bachelor of Science — Mathematics
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
widi the following specifications:
Mathematics: (included in major)
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with MA prefix
Major:
Required
Courses:
MAI 23
Calculus 1 for Physics, Chemistry, and
Mathematics
4sh
MA 124
Calculus 11 for Physics, Chemistry, and
Madiematics
4sh
MA171
Introduction to Linear Algebra
3sh
MA216
Probability and Statistics for Natural
Sciences
4sh
MA241
Differential Equations
3sh
MA271
Introduction to Mathematical Proofs I
3sh
MA272
Introduction to Mathematical Proofs II
Ssh
MA480
Senior Seminar
lsh
3sh
6-12
Major:
Core:
EC121
EC 122
3sh
EC421
EC422
0-6sh
MA 123
19-28
MA 124
Controlled Electives:
Four courses from list: 12sh
MA371, 421, 422, 423, 424, 427, 476, 477
A minimum of 3 additional semester hours from
the list of controlled electives above or the following:
MA342, 350, 353, 355, 363, 364, 425, 445, 446, 447,
465,481 3-4sh
Other Requirements:
Computer Science:
CO 1 1 0 Problem Solving and Structured
Programming 3sh
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (I) 0-6sh
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Libel
electives.
Bachelor of Arts — Economics/Mathematics
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Social Science: EC121 (included in major)
Mathematics: MA 1 23 (included in major)
Electives: Intermediate foreign language, no course
widi EC or MA prefix.
Principles of Economics I 3sh
Principles of Economics II 3sh
Macroeconomics Analysis 3sh
Microeconomics Analysis 3sh
Calculus I for Physics, Chemistry, and
Mathematics 4sh
Calculus II for Physics, Chemistry, and
Madiematics 4sh
Introduction to Linear Algebra 3sh
MA216 or EC355 Probability and Statistics for Natural
Sciences or Statistics for Economics 3-4sh
Economics Electives: 1 2sh
Students are especially encouraged to take EC334 and
EC356, but any course except EC 101 may be used.
EC493 may be counted only with the approval of the
program coordinator and only up to 6sh.
Mathematics Electives: 15-1 6sh
At least one of the following two-semester sequences:
MA241 and 371, MA363 and 364, MA445 and 446
Three additional courses either from the above or
from die following:
MA271, 272, 342, 417 or 418, 421, 422, 423, 425,
427,451,465,476,477
MA171
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 121
oihii Requirement!)
1 1, , i Icctiveai
1..1.1I I). hi.. RequlremenUi
Mathematics
Bachelor of Science in Education
Education (")
l ,1.. i.<l siiKliis: As outlined in Liberal Si... Ins rectioi
wiili the following spa ifii ations;
Mathematical (in< l.i.l. 'I hi major)
Social Sdencei PC101
I lliri.il Stnttiea Elecavesi m rses witli M \ pn fix
( loDegei
Professional Education Sequence
Pit sin. 1. in leaching Clinical
Experii tu i 1
Ish
Pre siii.lini Teaching Clinu .il
Experieni e II
Ish
11)111
Siu. Inn leaching
ISsh
11)11.'
s, hool Law
Ish
i, ii lung Math in the Secondary S< 1 Is
3sh
l.l.i. ational Psy< holog)
'isl,
EP377
Educational Tests and Measurements
3sh
1 KS01
Edui an.. n ..1 Students with Disabilities in
Inclusive Set ondar) Settings
2sh
PESOS
\ n 1. ■in. in Education in Theory and
I'i.i. in .
3sh
Major:
Required '
nurses:
MA11
Principles ol Math
.ish
MA183
Calculus] Foi Physics, Chemistry, and
Mathematics 4sh
Call ulus II for Physics, Chemistry, and
Mathematics -Ish
Introduction to Lineal Algebra .'ish
Probability and Statistics for Natural
Sciences -Ish
Introduction to Mathematical Proufs I .'ish
Introduction to Mathematical Proofs II 3sh
Theory of Numbers 3sh
Foundations ofGeometry I 3sh
1 [istorj ..I Mathematics 3sh
rechnolog) in Mathematics Instruction 3sh
ring: \l \ 152/ 153/454 Math Seminar 2sh
Other Requirements:
Programming Languages for Secondary
Education .'ish
free Electives:
MA1S4
MA171
MAS16
MAS71
MA353
M \ 150
MA460
Iwoofthi foil
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(*) Set requirements leading to teacher certification, tided "Admission to
Teachei Education," in the College of Education section of this catalog.
Minor— Applied Statistics 17
The minor in Applied Statistics consists of 17 semester hours in
Mathematics selected as follows:
a) Introductory calculus course: MAI 21. 123. or 127
b) Introductory statistics course: MA214. 21fi. or 217
c) MA417
d) MA418
The remaining hours may he chosen from the follow lii.i,:
») \ second calculus course: MA122. 124. or 128
b) MA17I
c) \nv course for mathematics majors approved by the Applied Statistics
Ail\ isor.
Minor— Mathematics
Required * otmeii 1 7*h
MA1S1 and IS2oi M 1123 1 134
Controlled I Icctrreii 8»h(l)
< iihi i . ...us, s loi in.iih in.i|..is. M Ujlfl and S10
m.i\ I., in. l.i.l. .1
(I) II,. following reea an excluded MA 100, 101, 102. 110, 117.211.
217,417, 118, and courses foi education com entrarion
III III. llllt III. lilt s.
Natural Science
Allan I. Andrew. Coordinator
II,. program leading to tfai Bachelor of Science degree in Natural &
designed to prepare students for early admission to professional m hoola
optometry, podiatry, chiropractic, physical therapy, pharmacy, and dentistry.
Anothei it. ii Is prepan s students foi further study m engineering. The B.s.
degree in Natural Science will be < arned by students who transfer to
professional schools thai havi an artii illation agn nl with II P. In some
cases, students inb n so .1 in obtaining a four-year baa alaureatc degree
before entering a medical or professional school should enroll in a |irngram
..I studies Ii ading to a B. V oi U.S. degree in the departments ol Biology or
Chi iiiistrv. Students I onridering a professional career in a higli-tcchnologv
business ..i industr) in.iv wish to obtain a foundation in die Natural Sciences
while using then free electives to pursue additional work in areas such as
Ecoi in S, Pie-Law, or ■ minor in Business Administration. The B.S. in
Natural Si iem e may not be used for a second major or a second degree by
majors in the College of Natural Sciences and Madicniatics. For further
information about diese programs, contact the coordinator of the Natural
Science Program.
Bachelor of Science — Natural Science
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 13-44
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: included in major
Natural Science: included in major
Liberal Studies Electives: no courses with SC prefix
Synthesis: not required for three-year students who
transfer to a professional school with an articulation
agreement
Writing Intensive: one course required for three-yeai
students who transfer to a professional school with an
articulation agreement
Major: 1 1- •"
Controlled Electives: (*)
BI courses
CH courses
PY courses
MA courses
Computer science and/or advanced courses in Biology,
Chemistry, Mathematics, or Phj
Other Requirements:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
CO101 Mn rohased Computer Liters
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirement*: 124
(*) Preprofessional advisors will outline die courses required lor admission
to a professional school.
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Libera 5
electives.
(2) Not required for tracks which include COl 10 or CO250; ma)
included in Liberal Studies electives.
Bsh
l.M4sh
n-osh
O-.ish
25-37
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
Bachelor of Science— Natural Science/
Pre-Chiropractic Track (*)
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA121
Natural Science: CI 1 11 1-1 12
Social Sciences: PC101, n< in-Western course
Liberal Studies Electives: CO 101, MA2 1 7, no courses
with SC prefix
Synthesis: not required lor three-year students who
transfer to a professional school with an articulation
agreement
Writing Intensive: one course required tor three-year
students who transfei to a professional school with an
articulation agreement
4sh
3sh
4sh
3sh
4sh
4sh
3sh
lsh
3sh
lsh
Other Requirements:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Free Electives:
Electives to meet minimum of ninety IUP credits and
minimum of twenty-four credits in Humanities and
Social Sciences for admission to New York Chiropractic
College
Maximum credits for work at New York Chiropractic
College 34sh
Total Degree Requirements:
Other Requirements:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
29-34(1)
124
Major:
Required C
ourses:
Bill!
Principles ot Biology I
BI150
Human Anatomy
Ml 51
Human Physiology
BI241
General Microbiology
CH231
Organic Chemistry 1
CH232
Organic Chemistry II
PY111
Physics I Lecture
PY121
Physics I Lab
PY112
Physics II Lecture
PY122
Physics II Lab
124
(*) Accelerated three-year New York Chiropractic College (NYCC)
program: students are admitted to the NYCC accelerated program only
as incoming freshmen. A maximum of thirty-five credits of work may be
transferred after the first year at NYCC. Upon the completion of the first
year of studies at NYCC, a transcript from NYCC is to be sent by the
student to the dean of the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
with a note requesting application materials for graduation.
(1) 3 or 4 sh of Intermediate-level Foreign Language may he included in
Liberal Studies electives.
Bachelor of Science— Natural Science/Pre-Dentistry Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 52-55
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MAI 21
Natural Science: CHI 11-1 12
Social Sciences: PC 101, non-Western course
Liberal Studies Electives: CO 1 0 1 , MA2 1 6 or 2 1 7, PY 1 1 1
Synthesis: one course
Writing Intensive: two courses, at least on in College
of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Major:
Required Courses:
Bll 1 1 Principles ol Biology I
Bll 12 Principles of Biolog) II
BI150 Human Anatomy
BI 151 Human Physiology
BI241 Genera] Microbiology
CH23 1 l Organic Chemistry I
CH232 Organic Chemistry II
PY121 Physics I Lab
PY 1 1 2 Physics II Lecture
PV122 Physics II Lab
4sh
4sh
3sh
4sh
3sh
4sh
4sh
lsh
3sh
lsh
(1) Student is to work with his/her advisor to select appropriate free
electives for professional school. Biochemistry and Ceramics are highly
recommended courses.
Bachelor of Science — Natural Science/Pre-Engineering Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 53
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA 123
Humanities/Philosophy and Religious Studies: PH222
Natural Science: CHI 11-1 12
Social Science: EC 1 2 1 , PS 1 0 1 or 1 1 1
Liberal Studies Electives: MA124, no courses with SC prefix
Synthesis: not required for three-year students
Writing Intensive: one course required for three-year students
Major: 33-35
Required Courses:
COl 10 Problem Solving and Structured
Programming 3sh
CO250 Introduction to Numerical Methods 3sh
MA171 Introduction to Linear Algebra 3sh
MA241 Differential Equations 3sh
MA342 Advanced Calculus for Applications 4sh
PY131 Physics I-C Lecture 3sh
PY132 Physics II-C Lecture 3sh
PY141 Physics I-C Lab (or PY1 21 Lab) lsh
PY142 Physics II-C Lab lsh
PY331 Modern Physics (2) 3sh
Controlled Electives: One package, depending on program
Chemical Engineering:
CH231 Organic Chemistry I 4sh
CH232 Organic Chemistry II 4sh
Civil Engineering:
MA216 Probability and Statistics for Natural
Sciences 4sh
Technical elective 3-4sh
Electrical Engineering:
MA216 Probability and Statistics for Natural Sciences4sh
Technical elective 3-4sh
Industrial Engineering:
MA2 1 6 Probability and Statistics for Natural Sciences4sh
Technical elective 3-4sh
Materials Science and Engineering:
CH231 Organic Chemistry I 4sh
CH232 Organic Chemistry II 4sh
Mechanical Engineering:
Technical electives 6-8sh
Other Requirements: 0-6
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
Free Electives: 9
Other Requirements: about 64
Two years at University of Pittsburgh School of Engineering (2)
(#)Total Degree Requirements 159-161
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
(2) A 2.5 CPA is required for transfer to the University of Pittsburgh.
(3) For curriculum information about the cooperative program in
engineering with Drexel University, refer to the catalog section for the
Physics Department.
(#) See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements lor Graduation.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 123
!5,,< helot -I Sc ience Natural S< ienCt/Pw Optometry
Track (")
i, s leu \ edinLiberalS iesnecl
willi lln following spccifu ition
Mathematics* M U21
Natural Sdcncci I n '
Social Science*! l'< 101, ECI01, Wi H ursi
I Iberil Studies Elecdvesi M V216ot 217,CO101,
'Mill SI |.l,ll\
Synthesis! n |uiredfoi threi yeai students who
i los profess al school with an articulation
VVridng Intensive! oi "'•' required foi lh"' ,'"
students who transfe i professional school with an
.inn ulation agreement
Major
Require
il ( inn sis:
linn
Principles of Biologyl
Mi
BI150
Human Anatomy
3sh
iiir.i
1 lum.iii Physiolog)
4sh
Bl 'ii
( ., mii Mil robiolog;
Ish
Organic Chemistry 1
Ish
i iiv, 1 Ihemistrj II
4sh
CH351
Bid In mistr)
4sh
PY111
Physics 1 Lecture
3sh
n i i i
I'livsu s 1 Lab
Ish
Pi 1 1!
Physii s II In ture
3sh
n 1 22
Physics II Lab
Ish
oiln r iUquirementsi
1 bn ign
Intermediate Level ( 1)
Calculus II foi Business, Natural, and
Social Si iences
4sh (2)
Free Electives:
nut minimum of ninety 1UP credits
0-3sh (3)
5 ls.li
124
( Iredits from work at Pennsylvania College ol ( >ptometry
Ibtal Degree IUquirementsi
(*) Accclciatid (line \car Pennsylvania College of Optometry (PCO)
progn students are admitted to the PCO accelerated program only as
incoming freshmen. A maximum of thirty-four credits oi work may be
transferred aftei the lift vear at PCO. Upon the completion of the first
yeai "I studies at PCI ». a transcript from PCO is to be sent by the
student to the dean of die College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
with a note requesting application materials for graduation.
: sh "I Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in
Studies il,, rives.
12) It. quin ,1 foi ni.nn si hools of optometry; recommended for l'< !< >.
(S) Additional elective: if needed to meet mi turn ol ninety U'P credits
si H mii I be selected from the following suggestions: BII 12 anil BI2fi.'5.
I'VI || II ..on.
PYI2I Physics I Lab
PY112 Pliyiics II Lectun
II I. all
Oiln i Requin mcntai
Fon i Languagi InU rmi di
I in I liitiws:
Ibtal Decree ReqniremenUi
ish
Ish
(2(7(1)
121
(I) A student should work widihis/hei idvisoi to lelect appt
. i, < mm i foi j»i. .). isional si hool.
Bachelor of Science— Natural Science/Pre-Podiatry Track
Liberal Studiesi Vs outlined in I '•■'■
with tin- following spet iin
Mathematics: MAI 21
Natural Science: I .1 1 I 11-112
Social Sciences: PC101, non-Western course
Liberal Studies Electh is: ( O101, MA217, I'V 1 I 1
Synthesis: not required foi threi yeai students who
transit i to a professional Si hool with an articulation
agreement
Writing Intensive: one i ourse required for three-year
students who transfei to a professional school with an
jiih ulation agreement
4sli
Ish
4sh
Jsll
Ish
Ish
Major:
Require
d Courses:
nun
I'riin iples nl B
mi 12
Principles "1 Biolog) II
BI2fi.'3
( .i netics
CH231
nil ' h, misin I
CH2.S2
• rrganic ( Ihemistr) II
CH351
Bid hiinistrv
PY112
Physics I! Lecture
PY121
Physics 1 Lab
PY122
Physics II Lab
Controlled Electives:
Biology electives3-6sh
Other Requirements:
Foreign Language Intermediate Level
Free Electives:
Electives to meet minimum of nine t) III'
Credits from work at Temple I Iniversit] I
Podiatric Medicine
Total Degree Requirements:
-Natural Science/Pre-Physical
Bachelor of Science-
Therapy Track
1 ihcral Studies: As outlini .1 in I iberal Studies section
with the following spe< ifications:
Mathematics: MA12I
Natural Science: CHI 11-112
Social Sciences: PC101, non-Western course
1 iberal Studies Electives: CO101. MA217. no
with SC prefix
Synthesis: one course
Writing Intensive: two courses, at least one in
College ol Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Major:
Required Courses:
Bllll Principles of Biolog} 1
mi 12 Principles of Biolog) II
BU50 Human Anatomy
BUS! Human Physiolog]
CH231 I, Chemistry I
CH351 Biochemistry
Ish
Ish
3sh
4sh
4sh
4sh
Department of Physics
Richard D. Roberts. Chairperson: Freeman. Gaggini. Ginicwiiv.
Hershrnan. Kariini. Malolyak. .Nuinan. Raniscv. Soholewski. lalwar.
Whitson. Wijckuniar: and professors emeriti Birrs. Buikwalur. h.\.
Matous. McNamara, Riban, WaddeU
The goal of die Department of Physics is to prepare fully qualified
individuals for productive careers in physics. Tht ffered
within die College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics: the Bachelor ol
Science in Physics, the Bachelor of Arts in Physics, and die Bail t
Science in Applied Physics. These programs offer adequate preparatii
graduate stud) in physics or for research in industrial let I
applied physics degree provides a strung technical background lor w.,rk in
solid-state electronics or for interdisciplinary research in the ai
computer science, chemistry, biology, and geology. A Bachelor ol S
degree in Education with a major m Ph\ mo is offered througl
Education. A two-year pre-engineering program is offered in cooperation
with Drexel University wherein students transfer to Drexel ah;
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE C t
124 THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
The department also oilers a minor in Physics, as well as general science
courses which satisfy the Natural Science requirements of the Liberal Studies
program.
Minor in Physics
To minor in Physics, a student must successfully complete 15 semester hours
in Physics which must consist of at least diree courses at the 200 level or
higher.
Cooperative Pre-Engineering (Chemical, Civil,
Electrical, Materials, Mechanical) Program with
Drexel University
Common to all pre-engineering programs are the following science and
mathematics requirements: *PY 13 1 - 1 4 1 , PY 1 32- 1 42, PY322, PY342,
*MA123, *MA124, MA171, MA241, *CH1 1 1, *CH1 12 (*or appropriate
substitute).
Further requirements depend on the particular engineering program chosen.
Complete information regarding a specific program may be obtained from
the physics department.
For information on the Cooperative Pre-Engineering program with the
University of Pittsburgh, see the catalog section for Natural Science and die
program outline for "Bachelor of Science in Natural Science/Pre-
Engineering."
Bachelor of Arts — Physics
Liberal Studies: As oudined in Liberal Studies section 56-57
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA 123
Natural Science: PY131/141 and 132/142
Liberal Studies Electives: MA 124, no courses with PY prefix
Major:
Require
d Courses:
PY131
Physics I-C Lecture
*sh
PY132
Physics II-C Lecture
*sh
PY141
Physics I-C Lab
*sh
PY142
Physics II-C Lab
*sh
PY222
Mechanics I
2sh
PY223
Mechanics II
2sh
PY231
Electronics
4sh
PY322
Electricity and Magnetism I
2sh
PY323
Electricity and Magnetism 11
2sh
PY331
Modern Phvsics
3sh
PY350
Intermediate Experimental Physics I
3sh
PY351
Intermediate Experimental Physics II
3sh
PY473
Quantum Mechaiucs I
4sh
Controlled Electives:
One additional PY majors course 3sh
Other Requirements:
Additional mathematics and computer science:
CO 1 1 0 Problem Solving and Structured
Programming 3sh
MA241 Differential Equations 3sh
MA342 Advanced Mathematics for Applications 4sh
Additional natural science sequence 6sh
Additional social or natural science sequence (advanced) 6sh
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1) 0-6sh
Free Electives:
Total Degree Requirements:
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included i
electives.
124
i Liberal Studies
Bachelor of Science— Physics
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA123
Natural Science: PY13 1/141 and 132/142
Liberal Studies Electives: MA124, no
courses with PY prefix
Major:
Required Courses:
PYl.il Physics I-C Lecture
37
*sh
PY132
Phvsics II-C Lecture
*sh
PY141
Physics I-C Lab
*sh
PY142
Physics II-C Lab
*sh
PY222
Mechanics I
2sh
PY223
Mechanics II
2sh
PY231
Electronics
4sh
PY242
PY322
Optics
Electricity and Magnetism I
3sh
2sh
PY323
PY331
Electricity and Magnetism II
Modern Physics
2sh
3sh
PY342
Thermal and Statistical Phvsics
3sh
PY350
PY351
Intermediate Experimental Physics I
Intermediate Experimental Phvsics II
3sh
3sh
PY473
Quantum Mechanics I
4sh
Controlled Electives:
One course from list: PY472 or PY490
3sh
One additional PY majors course
3sh
Other Requirements:
13-19
CO110
Problem Solving and Structured
MA241
Programming
Differential Equations
3sh
3sh
MA342
Advanced Mathematics tor Applications
4sh
One from list:
CO250;MA171,363,421,423
3sh
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
0-6sh
Free Electives
11-18
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
Bachelor of Science — Applied Physics
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with die following specifications:
Mathematics: MA 123
Natural Science: CH 111-112 (replaced by
CHI 13-1 14 for Chemistry track)
Liberal Studies Electives: MA 124, no courses
with PY prefix
Major:
Required Courses:
PY131
PY132
PY141
PY142
PY222
PY231
PY242
PY322
PY331
PY352
PY355
Physics I-C Lecture
Physics II-C Lecture
Physics I-C Lab
Physics II-C Lab
Mechanics I
Electronics
Optics
Electricity and Magnetism I
Modern Physics
Applied Physics Laboratory
Computer Interfacing
Other Requirements:
MA241 Differential Equations
CO 1 1 0 Problem Solving and Structured
Programming
CO250 Introduction to Numerical Methods
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)
3sh
3sh
lsh
lsh
2sh
4sh
3sh
2sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
3sh
0-6sh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 125
Controlled Electireii Iccordingto track
,„ i lecti i [Vac! I 0300 MA342,
142 ; , : |3J l.
..„,„, i,„ I PY342.353, 132, 173, I7fi
cosoo no ii" i io
Chemistrj [rack MA 142 CH231, 232,323,341,
142,343 24 ah
h.„k: Bill 1, 120, CH231.323 151,
Two biolog) i Io lives from tin follow inj
Ml !. !
track i.smi 122, I II, 132
Fivi i leosi ii no i lei tives f i the fbllowin
6 162 112, 140, 181
In, I I. cdvesi
I. 1. 1 1 Degret Requirements!
(I) Inte tdiatc level Foreign Language maj be ini lui
23 si i
124
Liberal Studies
Bachelor of Science in Education — Physics (•)
Liberal Studied Va outlined in Liberal Studies sec tn >n
with the Following specifii adons:
Matbemadcai M
Ni al Science: CHI 11-1 12
Social Sciences: PC101
Liberal Studies Elecdves: MA241; BI103;GS1 10,121,
I II, or 221; no courses with PY pn lis.
( loUegci
Professional Education Sequence ( 1 )
CM301
Technology for Learning and li
s traction
Ssh
ED242
Pre student Teaching < Ihnii al
Experience i
lsh
1 D342
Pre-studenl Tea: hing ( llinical
Experience II
Ish
MM II
Student Teaching
I2sh
Si 1 1 Lav,
lsh
leaching Science in the Secondary School
.'ish
EP802
Educational Psychology
Ssh
Kcliuation.il 'lists and Measurements
3sh
i i 202
kmerican Education in Theory
.mil
Prai ii. .
.lsh
Major:
Required Cow
"Ms:
I'VUI
Physics I-C Lecture
3sh
Physics II-C Lecture
Ssh
I'M 11
Physics l-C Lab
lsh
n i u
Physics II i 1 ab
lsh
PY222
Mi-. Ii.iiii. s 1
2sh
n a i
Mi . hanics 11
2sh
tonics
4sh
PY242
( Iptics
3sh
Pi 122
KIci tricity and Magnetism I
2sb
PY331
Modern Physii s
Ssh
n M2
Thermal .mil Statistical Physics
.ish
PY3M
Intermediate Experimental Physics I
.'Ssh
Controlled Elecdves:
Physics ehx tive
2sh
Other Requirements:
Additional Math Courses:
MA124 Calculus II foi Physics, Chemistry, and
Mathematics
MA342 Advanced Mathematics for Applit adons
Free Elecdves:
4sh
4sh
Department of Psychology
Mary I on /.nili h. ( Ii.oijii raotU. II.uk ii. Id ram, I la< k. (.iMiduiii.
Graver, Kaouuty, I aporti . I no, Marqui to . Mi Hugh. M<il. Pavtaald,
K.u II. Kllll. . It. .l.i ilsnn. S.nlh r. Si Inn id, i. Sun s. Siissiiijliii.
I hoi II 1 1 ill. W.I I/, /in, in: .mil |ii of, ssi us i in. till MagCC, I'.. IN. ii. Ill i I.
1 I., progn npsyebolog) leads to a Bau helot '.I Ans degree and is
il. signi d to givi tin itudenl an understanding "I the methods and major
Endings in the x ii m e "l I" havioi and tm ntal pro i ss( », I hi tnajof off rs
Hi. bai kground n quired foi graduati »..ik in |isy hology .mil also
preparation for such related fields as social w..ik. personnel work.
advi rtising mi dii ini . law, and theology. The departmi rninot
in |isyi hology.
\n hunois program has bei n devi loped to enrii h the edui adon of qualified
|ism holog) majors and .issisi s.» h students in gaining entrance Id graduate
school by providing classroom and research i xperieru es which will prepare
them h.i »..ik .ii il" graduate level.
A track in applied psychology offers students a firm background in tlic
s. 1. 1 f psychology, preparation for nond al applications nl psychology
to the solution ..1 human and s... ial problems in private and puMii
organizations, and preparation foi graduati stud) in the applied
psycholog) II.. ...i. l..i ih. track is thes e as for the psychology major;
coursework in applied psychol d by enrolling in appropriate
psychology elecdves and a carefully di signed concentration of courses
uiitside tin department
All psychology maims an required to take a minor ..r a . oncentradon in
anothei dist ipline.
Bachelor of Arts — Psychology
liberal Studies: \s outlined in Libera] Studies section 54-55
with ilu- following spei ilii adons:
Mathematics: MA217
Natural Science: BU03-104 recommended
Social Science: PC 1 01
Liberal Studies Elecdves: BE/C< ) I M I II 1 . 1,..
i ourses with l'( ! prefix
Major: 33
Required Courses:
I'1 1290 Research Design .mil Analysis I
PC2°1 Resean h Design and Analysis II
l i.in i ..Ih d Elecdves:
A minimum ..I one i nurse from each ..I these si\ core areas:
A. Developmental Psychology: PC310,311, 312,315
B. Individual Differei .
C. Social/Environmental: PC330,331,
PC340, Ml. 142,345
E. Biological Bases ..I Behaviot V5.356
F. MetaihiiiretK.il Perspectives in Psychology:
l'( tin. Ill
Other PC elecdves beyond PC101
lsh
lsh
(1)
J-tsh
is|,
t-4sh
3-4 sh
S-4sh
3sh
3-5sh
0-6sh
15sb
Other Requirements:
Fort Ign Language Intermediate Level (2)
Mm.. i i ..in inn ati>>ii:
Free F.lcctivcs: 15-22
Total Degree Requirements: I 24
(1) At least two must be content-based laboratory courses.
(2) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Libera] Studies
ilii tives.
(») lotal Degree Requirements: 126-127
( ) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled 'Admission to
leachei Education," in die College of Education m.ii.hi ol this catalog.
(1) Special Education Competency Requirement: Revision pending will
eliminate exam option and will require EX301 (2sh).
(#) See advisor) paragraph "Timely Completion oi Degree Requirements"
m the section on Requirements for Graduation.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
126 THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
Bachelor of Arts— Psychology/Applied Psychology Track
Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54
with the following specifications:
Mathematics: MA217
Natural Science: BI 103- 104 recommended
Social Science: PC 101, EC121
Liberal Studies Electives: BE/CO/IM101, no
i ourses with PC prefix
Major:
Required Courses:
PC290 Research Design and Analysis 1 4sh
PC291 Research Design and Analysis II 4sh
PC42I Psychology of Work Ssh
PC425 Experimental Organizational Psychology 4sh
P( 193 Psychology Practicum ( 1 ) 3sh
Controlled Electives:
\ minimum of one course from each of these six core areas: (2)
A. Developmental Psychology: PC3 10, 3 11, 3 12, 3 15 3-4sh
B. Individual Differences: PC320, 321, 322 3sh
<:. Social/Environmental: PC330,331,335 3-4sh
D. Cognition/Learning: PC340, 34 1 , 342, 345 3-4sh
E. Biological Bases of Behavior: PC350, 352, 355, 356 3-4sh
F. Mrtatheoretical Perspectives in Psychology:
PC410. 411 Ssh
Other Requirements: 15
Outside Concentration:
EC 122 Principles of Economics II
EC330 Labor Economics
LR480 Principles and Practices of Collective
Bargaining
Two courses, as approved by advisor (3)
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (4)
Free Electives:
3sh
Ssh
3sh
6sh
0-6sh
11-18
124
Total Degree Requirements:
(1) Department recommends at least six credits of PC493.
(2) At least two must be content-based laboratory courses.
(3) Department highly recommends PC424 and recommends one course
from business or another applied area.
(4) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal Studies
electives.
Minor — Psychological Science 17-18
Required Courses:
PC 1 0 1 General Psychology 3sh ( 1 )
PC290 Research Design and Analysis I 4sb (2)
One course from core areas A, B, or C 3-4sh (3)
One course from core areas D or E 3-4sh (3)
One PC elective 3-4sh
(1) Meets Liberal Studies requirement.
(2) Prerequisite MA2 17.
(3) At least one course must be a content-based laboratory course.
Minor — Psychology 20
Required Courses:
PC 1 0 1 General Psychology Ssh ( 1 )
PC280 Psychological Inquiry or 3sh
PC290 Research Design and Analysis I 4sh (2)
Four other PC electives beyond PC101 I2sh (3)
(1) Meets Liberal Studies requirement.
(2) Prerequisite MA2 17.
(3) Selected in consultation with the director of the undergraduate
program.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
THE SCHOOL OF CONTINUING EDUCATION 127
The School of Continuing Education
Nicholas E.Kolb Dean
Edward W. Nardi I ml Dean
I In mission ol tin Si hool ol i ontii in Edu< ation is to serve the lifelong
ol i ii mi i. hI ii mm i; il students, working adults, professional
organiiations, local and state agencies, and the citizens of the ( monwealth
to tin ii adi mil and human resources ol II T.
The School of C luiugEduc wasci id by die IUP Board of
rhistei s in May. 1966, roday. tin si Ii "'I i omprises < Iredit Programs,
Conferences and Noncredil Programs, and the Criminal Justici Training
Center. The school is characterized by its commitment in academic
excellence and high-qualit) programs. I In scl I maintains a dynamic
envi ent which fosters innovation and experimentation in ordei to
improve programs continual]; and respond to the ever-changing needs ol
MM II IV
Credit Programs
offers a variet) of opportunities foi the adult and
inmti.uliiiim.il learna to access tin academii resources of II P on a part-time
ii lected from day or evening offei inj s.
i! Studies is designed foi the
iiimti.iiliiiim.il in .11 lull learnei who seeks to acquire a broad I use of
knowledge in the liberal arts. This program consists of the core ol Liberal
Studies requirements of die II P bat helor's degree programs plus nine to
twelve credits of electives. The student is encouraged to develop a plan ol
stuck witli liis hi her academic advisoi which will brine, focus toliisorhei
interest in a particulai areaoi subject. No more than ilmt\ credits ma) b(
transferred into tins degree program from odiei colleges.
I'lie Bachelor ol v in ( leneral Studies is designed foi the
lult student, wli tdei facult) advisement can explon and develop
plan of stud) which does not approach an) existing IUP
majoi rhi i|; f study must be based on a specific theme
whit Ii incorponiU s basic and applied coursework within a theoretical
framework culminating in a senior-yeai independent research project \t the
tune "I application foi degrei . andidai \ tl tgh tin Si I I of Continuing
Education oi transfei from anotht i major, the student must submit a plan of
sunk which contains the proposed theme, rationale, and courses needed to
s.uistv the Special Interest Vrea. \ facult) member will be assigned to assist
with the plan ol stink | hum to acceptance i" degree candidacy Students
othei than Si I I 0| Continuing Education students must have completed
I5sh bi fori transfei will be honored.
!""s plan ol study, whii li is designed to fulfill the Special Interest
L> approved b] I qN ism ind the deanofthe Seln.ul
uing Education.
Associate of Arts— General Studies
Liberal Studies: \s outlined m tin Liberal Studies
Section with the following spec ifications and moduli ati
Learning Skills 10-llsh
Humanities
Fine Arts
Natural Si
Soi Lai Si ii ti« .
Health and Wellness ROT<
( lontrolled Libi i ■ tives
Free Elective*
Total Degree Requirements:
Bachelor of Science — General Studies
I liberal Studies! As outlined in Liberal Studii t
General W.i of Stud) -' •
i it least 6sh from three of thi four areas listed
below. At least I2shmustbi 100-level or above I
si H mlc I relate to tl huh devi loped in Special Interest \
Human Behavior and Devehipineiil Vrea
Anthropology, 1 1< alth I lomi E< ii - '•
Sociolo©
Social and Political Systems \rea
Economics, Geography .mil Regional Planning, H
liiilusui.il and Labor Relations. Political Si
Arts. Letters, and Culture Area
Ait. ( Communications Media, English, French, German,
Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Religious Studies,
Spanish, Theater
Science, Mathematics, and fechnolog) \uj
Biology, Chemistry, ( Computet Si ience, (
Mathematics, Physii s
Special Interest kits -1
With approval of advisor, student may select, from any
department listed above, courses which focus on a
particular need or interest. At least 1 ils-li must 1
level or above. The program must include eith<
research course which provides opportui
extensive writing i>r an independent study pr. •
Smile courses will not be available to Gem ral Studies
INDIANA UNIVERs NNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADE
128 THE SCHOOL OF CONTINUING EDUCATION
Electives 25-26
At least (ish must be 300-leveJ or above
Total Degree Requirements: 124
(1) Individually planned theme may not duplicate any existing degree
programs which are otherwise available at 1UP, nor may diey be used to
circumvent specific requirements within an existing major.
(2) No more than ,'iO semester hours taken in any one department will count
toward graduation.
(3) In the application of university policies, the Special Interest Area is
considered as the major. Specifically, in order to graduate, students must
be in academic good standing and attain a 2.00 grade point average in
the Special Interest Area.
Special Programs
The education and training needs of health and human service professionals
are met through course offerings, one-day workshops, seminars, and
conferences. Additionally, Youth Experience in Summer (YES) provides
educational enrichment for youth in elementary grades.
Conferences
The office facilitates conferences offered by academic departments during
the year and hosts off-campus groups and organizations during the summer
months. The conference staff also provides consulting services and
coordinates conferences throughout the state for IUP and odier
organizadons.
Part-time Studies Program (Nondegree)
The Part-time Studies Program is designed to oiler the adult and
nontraditional learner the opportunity to begin or renew a college education
at IUP. Through this program an individual may enroll in undergraduate
credit courses to pursue personal interests, acquire new skills, or work
toward formal admission to degree candidacy. Credit earned in this program
ma) be applied to a degree upon formal admission to an IUP degree
program.
Postbaccalaureate Program
The Postbaccalaureate Program is designed to provide access to
undergraduate courses to individuals who have an earned baccalaureate
degree. Students may be seeking a second bachelor's degree, additional
teacher certification, or personal enrichment. Postbaccalaureate students may
attend IUP on a part-time or full-time basis.
Off-Campus Studies Program
The Off-Campus Studies Program is designed to support the efforts of IUP
anil its faculty to offer academic programs at off-campus locations. The
Master of Education, the Master of Arts in Adult and Community Education,
the Executive MBA Program, the Master of Arts in Criminology, and die
Master nt Arts in Industrial and Labor Relations are offered in the IUP
Center in Monroeville. In addition, the Executive MBA is offered in
Johnstown and the Master ofScience in Safety Sciences is available in
Harrisburg. Undergraduate and graduate courses are also available
periodically at various off-campus locations throughout the commonwealth.
Adult Advisement Services
Adult Advisement Services provides the part-time, nontraditional, and adult
learner access to academic exploration and planning through individual
conferences and workshops. Seminars are offered throughout the year to
provide the opportunity for adult learners to become acquainted widi the
many resources of the university.
Conferences and Noncredit Programs
The School of Continuing Education offers a wide variety of noncredit
programs which meet community needs in the areas of public service,
professional development, and personal enrichment.
Business, Industry, and Labor
Courses and workshops are offered in the following areas: Computer
I jteracy. Management Development, Small Business Development, and
Customized Training. Courses may be offered at IUP or at the
business/industry site, as preferred.
Community-University Studies
Noncredit courses jnd workshops are offered in Indiana, Kittanning, and
Piinxsulawuey. Personal growth and enrichment topics include creative
leisure, self-improvement, Fitness, culinary arts, languages, money and
finances, art/music/literature, Elderhostel, and Mornings with the Professors.
There are no exams, no glades, and no pressure. The program is provided as
a service to the community.
Criminal Justice Training Center
Gary M. Welsh, Director
The Criminal Justice Training Center's role in bodi the university and the
community is to provide high-quality education and training programs for
die continuing professionalism of die criminal justice system.
These programs include seminars for in-service personnel in fulfillment of
mandatory continuing education requirements. They are conducted on an
"as needed" basis covering an unlimited range of topics, such as vehicle and
criminal law updates, search and seizure, accident investigation, alcohol
enforcement, and driver proficiency. Special programs are provided to offer
the basic 600-hour academy training required for law enforcement service
under Mandatory Act 120. Training under the Lethal Weapons Act 235
provides the basic requirements and mandatory recertification for armed
security personnel.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
129
Course Descriptions
Crrdit designation at right tj till* is expressed in (i ) < lass knurs pet week, (I)
lah or (d) discussion section hours per week, and (sh) semester hears of credit
per semester.
AD
Administrative Services
Department ofTechnology Support
and Training
Eberly ( lollege of Business
Notet ML, hums .[[ tin 300 and lOOlevelarc open onl) to students with junior
01 Mm,, i standing Ml studi tits, regardless of majoi or program afEliation, must
meet course prerequisiti requirements inordei to enroll foi
AlilOl Introduction to Business 3c-01-3sb
Overview ofthi principles, practices, and methods common to most business
firms in a privati enterprisi system (Not open to ju s and seniors in Business)
AD22I Business Technical Writing 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: EN101
Apphcation ,,| business and technical writing styles, letters, memos, n
procedures, and manuals are some areas of concern. Emphasis on clear, concise
writing styl< (Maj not be used .is a subs t< foi U i
AD S21 Business and Interpersonal ( ommunications 3o01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN10I, 202
Stud) ol i,, milium,. i theor) and principles as applied to business Mtu.nu, us
and practices; development ol communii ation skills in areas ol communicadon
such as speaking, writing, listening, and nonverbal communicating. Emphasis on
building eSective interpersonal relations in a business environment.
AIM 12 Intereultural Business Communication 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisiie:Jim„,i standing
I In courst provides an in-depth stud) and theorel cal understanding ol
intereultural business communication, including international, national, ethnic,
racial, and socioeconomit culturi explore practices, trends, and
difficulties "I people primaril) identified with one culture, attempting to interact
w nil people , ,l anothei t ulturi tl tgh speaking, listening, writing, jnd iu,n verbal
means. Problems "I intereultural communication situations for business will be
pinpointed, elements of the problems < larified, and guidelines projected for
ation.
VD481 Special Ibpia ini I Sdk
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are ofiered on an experimental or temporarj basu I
that are not included in the established i urriculum A given topic tnay be offered
iiii.li i an) s|n, i.d topit identity t re tlian three times. Special i
numbered 181 .ire ofiered primarily lor upper level undergraduate students.
var-1-tsh
. raculfy member, department
ID482 Independent Study
l'iem|uisite: Prior approval through m\
chairperson, dean, and Provost's ' Iffice
Students with interest in independenl >tud\ ofa topk not offered in tire
curriculum may propose a plan ol study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and avatlahihrv of resources.
Art Education
Department ol An
College of Fine Arts
var-l-M
AE28 1 Special Topics
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are ofiered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
lliat are not included in die established cuiriculu;, may be offered
under arty special topic identity no m, ,re than three times. S|iecia!
numbered 281 are ofiered primaril) for lower-level undergraduate students.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF P E I N I A UNDERGRADUATE 1999-2000
130 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
AE3 15 Survey of Art Education 3c-0l-3sh
A seminar to introduce the arl education major to the principles and practices of
teaching visual arts K through 12. Field experiences, pre-student teaching
activities, introduction to literature, and history and philosophies of art education
emphasized. (Prerequisite to Student teaching) Fall only.
AE317 Art Education Methodology at the Elementary Level lc-3l-3sh
Examines children's artistic development, art programs, planning, motivation, and
evaluation. Weekly teaching experience is an integral part of the course.
(Prerequisite to student teaching) Fall only.
AE318 Art Education Methodology at the Secondary Level lc-3l-3sh
Relationship of art education to the total secondary curriculum is studied to
determine goals of junior-senior high school art. The adolescent creative products
are analyzed to help die prospective art teacher to identify with problems of
students. (Prerequisite to student teaching) Spring only.
AE48 1 Special Topics var- 1 -3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary hasis to
explore topics that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity- no more than diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
AE482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not ottered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction widi a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability o( resources.
AF
Pan-African Studies
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
Accounting
Department of Accounting
Eberly College of Business
Note: All courses at die .'300 and 400 level are open only to students widi junior
or senior standing. All students, regardless of major or program affiliation, must
meet course prerequisite requirements in order to enroll for a given course.
AG201 Accounting Principles 1 3c-0l-3sh
Introduces die student to die accounting cycle in service and merchandising
concerns using the single proprietorship form of business organization; covers use
of special journals and subsidiary ledgers in the accounting system as well as
accounting and internal control procedures for cash, receivables, inventory, and
plant and equipment.
AG202 Accounting Principles II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: C or better in AG201. sophomore status
Covers accounting principles and procedures for payroll, partnerships,
corporations, long-term liabilities and invesunents, and manufacturing firms with
a general accounting system. Introduces the student to cost accounting systems,
financial statements analysis, budgeting, and use of accounting information in
making managerial decisions.
AG281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate bo course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity- no more than diree times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
AG299 Cooperative Education I 0c-0l-2sh
Prerequisites: Completion of 55 credits with a minimum GPA of 2.0 including at
least a "C" in AG20 1 , AG202, and 1M24 1 , and approval of die cooperative
advisor
The initial experience in a program designed to combine classroom theory with
practical application diroughjob-related experiences. Students are actively
employed in the accounting area in business, industry, government, and a variety
of organizations and agencies with a work focus which relates to their academic
training and career objectives in accounting. The student is expected to complete
subsequendy AG399 or an internship.
AG300 Managerial Accounting 3c-0!-3sh
Prerequisite: AG202 (not open to Accounting majors)
Emphasizes the use of accounting information in performing the managerial
functions of planning, control, decision making, and performance evaluation.
Note: Accounting majors will not be granted degree credit for AG300.
AG301 Intermediate Accounting I 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: C or better in AG202
An overview of die foundation of accounting theory dealing widi application of
generally accepted accounting principles as promulgated in professional
pronouncements to die reporting process and to accounting for various asset
items in die financial statements.
AG302 Intermediate Accounting II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: C or better in AG301
Application of generally accepted accounting principles to various areas such as
accounting for corporations, long-term investments in securities, bonds, pension
costs, leases, etc.
AG31I Cost Accounting 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: C or better in AG202
Cost accounting mediods and procedures including cost accumulation under job
order cost system and process cost system, cost allocation, budgeting, and
accounting for spoilage. joint, and by-products. The planning and control aspect
of cost accounting is emphasized.
AG32 1 Federal Taxes 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: C or better in AG202
Acquaints the student widi Federal Income Tax Laws as they apply to individual
taxpayers and partnerships. (Offered as AG421 prior to 1999-2000)
AG399 Cooperative Education II 0c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: AG299: completion of 85 credits with an overall GPA of 2.0; a
GPA of 2.3 in AG30 1 , 302, and 3 1 1 with at least a "C" in each course; and
approval of the cooperative advisor
The subsequent course in cooperative education is designed to combine
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
AF131 Introduction to Pan-African Studies 3c-0l-3sh
A multidisciplinary introduction to Africa and die African diaspora. The course
explores the effects of Africa's history, in particular colonialism and
independence, on present-day Africa; it examines the relationship between Africa
and die African diaspora with special attention to African arts, social systems, and
political and economic development; it also looks at Africa's contribution to
contemporary culture in die Americas.
AF281 Special Topics 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special
topics numbered 281 are primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
AF481 Special Topics 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: Permission of die instructor and program coordinator
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more dian diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
AF482 Independent Study var l-to-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, program
coordinator, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a Pan-African Studies-related topic
not offered in die curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction widi a
faculty member. Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability
of resources.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS I J I
mil i iractical appl in through job rel Ii cp
( ooperauVi Edua n itudentsani n M) employed in tl nil
"i uid ■ variety of organiii i and [agencies with ■
i. ,. i , ih. M I i training indi irei i obje. tivei m
■ci ling.
\(.iiil Advanced Ace ii"u 3c-0l-3»h
I'n iii|nis!ii ■■ M • 102
Smdyol ol ipecialized nature including partnerships,
, nd lii I. 'i ) "'.I bram h i iting i nting foi
union M" pan I • onsolidati d lni.nn ial Matemenla,
i.. i government and nol foi profil entities, ai nting foi estates and
.lllltlllg.
AG412 advanced Coal Accounting 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisitci < 01 bcttei in AG311
Stuch "I budgets, standard costs, direi land absorption costing, analysis "I i oal
tensive analysis of various cosl control and profit planning
programs,
\i. 122 initial land I Corporations, Partnerships,
i states I Ousts 3c-01-3sh
Prcrequiauasi AC :"-' and 321
hi ,i. i.i mi mill taxation asil applies to taxpayers othei than
iniliMiluals I 'mm lilt l.i\ ticatiiieul ul those property transfers subject to federal
and slate pfl and death taxes. Tlie tax planning aspect of the various course
lopii ■ .i . well .is i. is h si .h. h mcihodologv .ire also discussed.
U.I il Auditing 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: VI
tuditing tln-mx .mil practical application of auditing standards and
I., tin uMiu. iisini;;. .mi I i \. ili i, n Ion of accounting controls and to die
I ii. ii is. i. tions and balances to express an opinion in an audit report
on the laiiiHss ol liri.ni> ial statements' presentation.
u.i IS Internal Auditing 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite! AG431
in isstus; foundations lot internal auditing, administering internal
Dpi rational .mas. ami s|ni ial relationships and evaluation foi
internal iui
\t.lll Accounting foi Government and Nonprofit Organizations 3c-01-3sh
I'll iti|lllsin : Al
Presents the views ol authoritative professional organizations as to desirable
iting and reporting for governmental and nonprofit entities.
Topics include budgeting and budgetary accounts, accounting for various funds.
fixed assets group of accounts, the financial reporting process, and
application ol the principles of fund accounting in specific anas.
AG451 Seminar in Accounting Standards 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisitci u,iti2
Simlv ol professional standards having authoritative support in the field of
i APB opinions, FASB interpretations, and SEC Accounting Series
nssed.
AG461 Accounting Systems 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: \i . 102, AGSII. 1M 100
Stud) ol Concepts, principles, and procedures of accounting system design.
installation, implementation, auditing, and maintenance in relating to system
[•formation requirements, constraints, system elements, and
itions on a i mnputerized basis.
AG47) International Accounting 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite! AGS II foi \ mting majors or AG300 for non-Accounting
maims
A comparative stud) of the eftei ts of differences in cultural and business
philosophies on national anil iiiteriialioii.il accounting policies. Specific financial
accounting controversies, such as accounting for transactions involving foreign
Hi hanges, " ill be disi ussed. International management accounting
topics «ill mi link iiiiciiiaiion.il transfer pining policies, performance evaluations
ol multinational managers and divisions, and management information Systems.
International aspects of financial planning, auditing, and taxation practices will
also be reviewed,
AG481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
rsesait offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
red undei an) special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 1M are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
AG482 liuliio ikIi in Sludy var-l-li
Prerequisite: Priol ipproval through advi sunncnl
i haiiprison dean, and Pi
Students with inti idyofatupi I offered in the
i null iilniii 1 1 i.i \ propoat i plan ol study in i onjum Don with
Approval is but .1 on ii adi mil ippn
At. -INK Inlcrniiliip in Accounting (Industrial ami Gon iinn. at) hah
Prerequisites: < ...us, Hi
i.l'A in a. loiinh,
I'M. in .il i icpet ' totaling 400 hours, in an i nunetM
accouiitm>
AG493 Internship In A<< limiting (I'llhlli) '.sfi
Prerequisites.: < iunv nl I hairpi ismi and ilc an. EbeH) < ollcsjc of
Business; oveiall GPAol 1.00 audi 1FA m accounts'
Practical experiences, generally totaling 400 hours. with a puhln .
AH
Art History
Department ol An
College of Fine Arts
AH 101 Introduction to Art k-Ot-Sah
Designed to introduce the student to iht si^niln an. c ->f art as i dated to
contemporary living and qui historical heritage.
AH205 /Ancient to Medieval Art i. -Ul- Ish
Study of art Irmn prehistoric times to the Middle Ages. Man'
development is seen in relation to politii al, social, economic, and religious events.
Course was offered as AMI la pi im to Summer,
AH206' Renaissance to Baroque Art 3c-0l-3sb
Study of art from the Renaissance to the Baroque in light of die histonial events
which affect man's artistic impulses and development.
AH2 1 1 Modem Art 3c-0l-3sa
A survey of the revolutionary movements which began about 1850; concludes
widi trends m contemporary arts.
AH222 Art in America k -ill- Ish
Surveys American art and us relation to the development ol American ideas and
ideals.
AH28 1 Special Topics var- 1 -Ish
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course < ontenl
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis i,, explm
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under anv special topic identit) no mote than three times, Spet ul topics
numbered 28] are ofiered primarily lor lower-level undergraduate students.
AH300 Native American Art 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: AH 101. junior standing, or permission
A survey of die broad forms of visual arts and crafts dial reflect die lifew.. -
Native Americans from paleo-indian unguis t.. .VI). 1900.
AH407 Medieval Art 3c-0l-3sh
Art and architecture of Europe during the Middle Ages, beginning widi carlv
Christian and Bvzanunc and concluding widi the Godiic period. Dual hsied lor
graduate credit as AH507.
AH408 Italian Renaissance Art H-nl-Uh
Italian art from 14011s through 1650 and Mannerist movement. Special attention
paid to great masters ol the period. Dual listed lor trraduate credit as AH508.
AH409 Baroque and Rococo Art 3c-0l-3sfc
A general survey ol an from 1 575 to 1 775. will include architecture, sculpture,
painting, and other arts. Dual listed for graduate credit as AH509.
AH412 Classical Art n-nl-lsh
Historical survev of the architecture, painting, sculpture, and minor arts ol the
classical period ol Greece anil Rome, including die Minoari. Mvccnacari. and
Etniscan cultures.
AH4 1 3 Senior Seminar 3c-0l-3sb
Intended to help students develop adequate vocabularies and methods to be used
in discussion and cnucism of works of art.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999
132
SE DESCRI PTIONS
AH4 1 6 Northern Renaissance Art 3c-01-3sh
Explores phenomena of art north of the Alps from 1400 to lfiOO, especially as it
appears in the Lowlands, as well as side explorations into art of France, Germany,
Austria, and the court at Prague.
AH4X 1 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic
may he offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
AH482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirough advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students wiUi interest in independent study of a topic not offered in die
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
Applied Music
Department of Music
College of Fine Arts
Music majors and others who may qualify take private instruction in their
respective major areas of performance in instrument or voice for up to eight
semesters. Half-hour lessons are given each week (2 sh) for students enrolled in
the B.S. and B.A. degree programs. A one-hour lesson (4 sh) is scheduled by
students enrolled in the B.F.A. degree program only.
AM 101, 151,201,251,301,351.401,451
AM 102, 152, 202, 252, 302, 352, 402, 452
AM 103, 153,203,253.303,353,403,453
AM 104. 154,204,254,304,354,404,454
AM 105, 155,205,255,305,355,405,455
AM 1 06, 1 56, 206, 256, 306, 356, 406, 456
AM 107, 157. 207, 257, 307, 357, 407, 457
AM 108, 158, 208, 258, 308, 358, 408, 458
AM 109, 159,209,259,309,359,409,459
AM 1 10, 160, 210, 260, 310, 360, 410, 460
AM 111,161,211,261,311,361,411,461
AM 1 1 2, 162, 212, 262, 312, 362, 412, 462
AM 113, 163.213,263.313,363,413,463
AM 114, 164,214.264,314,364.414,464
AM 115,165,215,265,315,365,415,465
AM 116,166,216,266,316,366,416,466
AM 117,167,217,267,317,367,417,467
AM 1 18. 168, 218, 268, 318. 368, 418, 468
AM 1 19, 169, 219, 269, 319, 369, 419, 469
AM 120, 1 70. 220. 270. 320. 370. 420, 470
AM 121,171.221.271,321.371.421,471
Piano I-VIII
Organ I-VIII
Harpsichord I-VIII
Harp I-VIII
Voice I-VUI
Violin I-VIII
Viola I-VIII
Cello I-VIII
String Bass I-VIII
Flute I-VIII
Clarinet l-YIII
Oboe I-VIII
Bassoon I-VIII
Saxophone I-VIII
Trumpet I-VIII
French Horn I-VIII
Trombone I-VIII
Baritone Horn I-VIII
Tuba I-VIII
Percussion I-VIII
Guitar I-VIII
AM482 Independent Study var. j .jsn
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students widi interest in independent study of a topic not offered in die
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
Anthropology
Department of Anthropology
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
AN 110 Contemporary Anthropology 3c-01-3sh
An introduction to the nature of andiropological inquiry. By using the
anthropological perspective, current relevant topics will be discussed. Topics
could include but are not limited to changing mydis and rituals, legal
anthropology, cross-cultural aspects of aging, gender roles, evolutionism and
creationism, cultural extinction, and world hunger.
AN2 1 1 Cultural Anthropology 3c-0l-3sh
Explores die nature of culture as a human survival technique. Provides a
framework for appreciation and understanding of cultural differences and
similarities in human societies, past and present.
AN2 1 3 World Archaeology 3c-01-3sh
Survey of die preliistory of Western and non-Western cultures with emphasis on
the development of technology and on the evolution of adaptive strategies widi
particular attention to die origins of agriculture. This course exposes die students
to die diversity of past cultural systems and to die mediodological and theoretical
questions of concern to archaeologists.
AN222 Biological Anthropology 3c-0I-3sh
Introduction to die goals and techniques of biological andiropology widi
emphasis on primatology, paleoanthropology, genetics, and osteology. Provides a
basis for evaluating the role of biology in human behavior.
AN233 Language and Culture 3c-01-3sh
Focuses on social and cultural (unctions of language. Particular emphasis given to
problems in andiropology with respect to non-Western languages.
AN244 Basic Archaeology 3c-01-3sh
Introduction to die goals and mediods of anthropological archaeology with
particular attention to die analysis of cultural chronology, past lifeways, and
cultural process. Provides laboratory experience widi artifacts and other
archaeological data.
AN27I Cultural Area Studies: Africa 3c-01-3sh
Explores the cultural diversity of die continent of Africa. The first unit examines
the historical processes which shape modern society, including die formation of
indigenous African empires, die evidence for trade routes, slave trading, and
colonialism. The second unit examines die nature of African traditional societies,
including analyses of forager and agricultural groups. The last unit covers issues
of contemporary development in Africa such as famine and agricultural policy, die
status of women in economic development, and apartheid. Reading includes
ethnographic and historical accounts of African society as well as selections by
African writers on the issues of contemporary society. (Also offered as S0271;
may not be taken for duplicate credit.)
AN272 Cultural Area Studies: China 3c-01-3sh
Designed to assist the student in developing an understanding of contemporary
China. While die course will begin widi prehistoric and historic aspects of China,
die focus will be on contemporary issues presented in the context of
andiropological dieory. Specific Chinese cultural components diat will be
investigated include values, attitudes, norms, social organization, linguistics, and
folklore. (Also offered as S0272; may not be taken for duplicate credit.)
AN273 Cultural Area Studies: Southeast Asia 3c-01-3sh
An introduction to the peoples and cultures of Soudieast (SE) Asia. Prehistory
and die development of indigenous states in SE Asia and analysis of impact of
world religions, such as Islam, and Western colonialism. Also examines modern
hunter-gatherer and farming societies and discusses contemporary issues in social
and economic change, including die Green Revolution, tropical deforestation, the
struggle of ethnic minority tribal peoples, and die plight of Indochinese refugees.
(Also offered as S0273; may not be taken for duplicate credit.)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
W.'V'M 11I111...I Art* Studies! Latin \iii.im.i Ic-lll-lsh
j ,,,,,1 [o I, pi opl| I I ill 1 "I I Ann 11. .1 I U
mddevcloi I I1" ' olumbian complex societies in M 1
idea ind 1 lyzei thi im| II peancol iliam on tliei mm
iminei 1 onti mpoi hi • ■ ml wan, c nil
: urbi vi and migi and immigration ol Latin
|il inKi tin 1 nileel Si 11. 11 Hi 1 .I as S( 1274; ) he
lup I" I
AM81 Bpedal lopiei var-1-Sab.
Prerequisite! Ai ipproprial urac 1 onti ill
I i, 1 lM, ofl! red on an 1 Kperiniental 01 n mporai ) baaia to explore topica
11 ludi d in thi 1 itablisln d lum, \ givi n topii | I" off n d
mj ipecialtopii identit) re than three timea S] iltopii
! ' 1 mi offered | ilyforlowct level undergraduate atudenta,
AN 186 Marriage, Kinship, and the Family Sc-01-3sh
,1 .nnl anthropological stud) ol patterns ..I marriagi . kinahip, and
I. K life, with emphasia he reli niliip betwei n famil) pal j and othei
1. 1 vered includi tin I ly and marriage in historical
worldwidi patti rna ol gi ridi 1 itradfii .11 : incesl
1 laa md n ta ol famil) patterns; 1. 11 li 1 Lion
i and child rearing; domestic and sexual violent e; alternathn
rrenl crisis and possible future ol the Family. Intended
, ui. In in. but also open to soi iologj and anthropology majore and
i .. offered as S( 1286 ma) nol I" 1 il en foi duplii ati < n dil 1
VVH 1 Native Americans tc-OI-.Mi
id 1 nliiiu .111.1 characteriadca of die Indians of North
\nn in .1 Detailed stud) "I representadvc groups related to historical, functional,
icepl
ANSIS Ninth American Archaeology 3c-01-3sh
Prensquiaitei ANllOot 244 01 pennission of die instructor
Surve) of North \ mi in .in prehistory with emphasis on cultural ecology and
technology. Attention is given to all geographii areas ninth of Mexico, but the
tin ua ii mi iIh Eastern Woodlands.
Wild Anthropology of Religion .(c-Ol-.fsh
Prerequisite! VN1 IO01 211
Explores nature, funi don il universal 1 liarai u ristit 9 ol religion in human
utilizing cross-cultural approai h. fheories 1 om 1 rning rehgioua
phe nrn.i serve u topii 1 foi discussion.
ANSI 7 Archaeology Research Design and Analysis Sc-lll-.ish
Prerequisite! AN2 1 1 "i permission oftht instrut toi
Introdui lum tn theor) .nnl niiili.nl in an haeologit al research through let hire,
laborator) exercises, and individual projet ts. Provides students with actual
experience analyzing and interpreting an haeologii al data seta
ANSIS Museum Methods ic-(ll- ish
Prernraisitei \\l IO01 21 I 01 24 I
oratory course surveying the role ol museums as social and
educational institutions, types ol must urns, museum administration, and museum
architecture. Proced , curation, preserval , and storage ol
anthropological and natural liistorj specimens exi ned.
A.N.120 Archaeological Field School var-6sh
Prerequisite: AN I 10, 2 I I. 01 pi rmission ofinstructoi
Introduction to an hi ,. field excavation, .mil laboratory pi
■ students partii ipate in one 01 more ol die on-going research projects
ui tin- III' Archaeolog) Program.
AN340 Anthropology of Aging .k-Ol-.KIi
Introduces the student to various experiences faced by elderl) people in
numerous world's societies. Explores the impacl ..I sui h factors aa ethnicity;
nationality, race, and class and the processes of cultural change on the fives ol
1 parativi cross-cultural perspectives will be stressed.
AY;.,ti Anthropology of Women k-llkisli
Designed foi an) student with an interest in the lives ol women around the world,
regardless ofwhediei 01 nol he 01 she h.is.i str d in anthropology.
Examines the social roles, rights, .mil responsibilities of women 1 ross-culturaUy,
viewing bodi women's produt five (economic) functions as well .is reproductive
functions. Reading desi ribesthi position ol womi nin technologically simple
siHuiks.iinl addresses th< comparative position ol women in the industrialized
socialist and capitalist countries M ralthemi ofthi course is an
raaminanoD ol how the position ol women has . hanged in the twentieth century.
\n 11,11 \|,|, l„,i Anthropolofy 1. -nl- i.h
Applii d am m llu anthropolo]
ui. tnporar culti
lublii idministration nnl tl
applied anthropologj 11 in proj ra
ing and
nation, and in iheii rob -is advoi ■*
noritii 1.
\N til". Nairn SiiiiIi \iii, 11, .10 Ki liy.iniis J.-llli.h
All iiiImhIiii Don '" 'In null/' 1
win. pi.n in 1 these in h and varii
hut
includes a historical perspecth North American Ind in fewaya Tins
perspective involvea discussion of the 1 lash with En
contemporary n
1 ma, not be taki 11 l"i duplii ati 1 rcdit)
\miii Social and I nltnral< hange i<-nl-t.h
Prerecjiiisitei AN H0or8O151
Exploralion ol i muni lln ..n In al |'- ' i
Spi ' ial in- MMi.n given to planned 1 hange al tlu '■
AN415 Cultural Resource Management tt-ul-uh
Prerequisite! AN2 Mori onsi nl ol the insU 1
Provides an understanding ■•! how 1 ulnn.il 1
in .mi. r ■ " Ami in .in law - and n gulal om
on hisioiii properties, such as hislorii buildings and aid
studies and field trips an
understanding of key problems ami issues in bistorii preservation ami 1 ultural
M sinn. r managi ment
AN 120 < ultural Ecology (c-01- tsh
Prerequisite! AN110or211
Introduces the student to tin field "1 1 1 ologii >l anthropology by exploring
concept ol the e< osystem in relationship to varying human adaptive si
Illustrates the important e "l understanding man-environment intcrai nous both in
studying the developing world and 1 vi stigating the past.
AN I I 1 Medical Anthropology )c-lll- Ish
Prerequisite: 9 credits in anthropology or permission
Focuses mi i In stud) ol human confrontation with , I is, as, and ilim -s and on the
adaptive arrangements madi by various human grouj - li i di • ng rith these
dangers. Health and disease are viewed from a broad array ol niiin. and tmv.
perspectives, e.g., evolutionary, ecological, and ps^
nursing and sn, ial work students as well as social A'.\d In. ilog
students.
AN456 Field Research Methods ;, -nl- ish
Prerequisite: H credits in anthropology
Examination ol methods and prai _■ and anthropolog)- in die areas
ol qualitative and quantitative methods. Concentrates u|>on the dl
field notes, inten iew ing tet hniques, participant observation, etc Qualitative
methods ol > plmg ami analysis will include theoretical sampling and an.-.
induction. Brief background research into community, organizational, and group
■ ill also lie emphasized.
AN ISII Anthropology Seminar ,ar-l-.ish
Prerequisite: 9 credits in anthropolog) "r pennisi
A seminar approach tn the integration of the fields ofanthi j ed to
assist the advanced student in understanding die nature nf anthro|»ilngy. die
major theoretical issues, and die history ol intellectual development.
\NISI Special Topics in Anthropolog var-1- ish
Prerequisite: As appropriate to miitst content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporarx
explore topics that are not included in tin
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than direc units. Special
topics numbered 481 arc primarily foi upper-level undergraduate students.
\N IN.' Independent Sludv var-1 -ish
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's ( Mfice
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered m die
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction undi a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and avauabtl
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG
134 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
AN483 Readings in Anthropology
Directed readings on special topics ir
readings.
var-l-3sh
iithropology. Instructor guides selection of
AN493 Internship in Anthropology var-3-12:
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor
The course is designed to offer students practical experience in any of the
specialized fields of anthropology (physical, social-cultural, archaeology, or
linguistics). Each student develops objectives m consultation widi a particular
departmental faculty member who is supervising the internship. Detailed field
notes and a major paper based on the experience are required.
AR
Art (Studio)
Department of Art
College of Fine Arts
AR100 Arts of the Twentieth Century lc-3I-3sh
Designed to expand student response to visual, aural, and kinetic art forms of diis
century widi special emphasis on recent decades. The course includes lecture,
studio, and field experiences.
AR1 1 1 Figure Drawing
A foundation course in d
0c-6l-3sh
rawing, including a study of the structure of drawing and
composition with a variety of media and subject matter.
AR1 12 Fundamentals of Drawing 0c-61-3sh
A course which seeks to integrate basic principles and fundamentals of drawing
and design.
AR1 13 Three-Dimension Design
Basic elements and principles of design i
dimensions.
0c-61-3sh
: in design in diree
AR1 14 Color and Two-Dimensional Design 0c-61-3sh
Focuses on die consistent properties of color and die manner in which two-
dimensional design can be organized. Specific attention is given to the complex
interactions of color widiin two-dimensional design.
AR120 Principles of Design
Principles of design and color are studied and applit
emphasis on aesthetic quality inherent in designing i
0c-41-2sh
d to a crafted object. Major
ith materials.
0c-6l-3sh
variety of materials, techniques,
AR2II Painting
An introductory course in painting in which
and approaches are explored.
AR2 13 Woodworking: Function and Form 0c-61-3sh
Involves the study of woodworking and furniture design as it relates to the
individual designer-artist. Students will experience a formal background in both
woodworking technique and the application of design.
AR2 1 4 Ceramics 0c-61-3sh
A general introduction to die techniques and aesthetics of clay. The student will
work bodi at the wheel and with hand building methods.
AR2 15 Sculpture
Introductory course in sculpture with emphasis on study of form i
visualizing in die diird dimension.
0c-fil-3sh
A R2 1 6 Basic Metals 0c-61-3sh
Introduction to metal work with emphasis upon creation of functional and
nonfunctional art objects. Approached from die viewpoint of beginner learning
basic processes of metal fabrication.
AR2 1 7 Printmaking 0c-61-3sh
Introduction to basic techniques of production of fine prints including work in
relief, intaglio, lithograph, and serigraph processes.
AR2 18 Graphic Design 0c-fil-3sh
Students explore various techniques and their application to such commercial art
projects as package design, trademark, and odier design problems. Lettering is
stressed, both instant type and band lettering.
AR2 19 Fibers 0c-61-3sh
Provides students widi introductory working knowledge in design and execution
of projects in non 4/harness loom weaving and related fabric areas. Other fiber
techniques, including handmade paper, available for students to explore as
desired.
AR281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
diat are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more dian diree times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
AR42 1 Advanced Drawing 0c-6'l-3sh
Prerequisites: AR1 1 1 and 1 12
Designed to meet the needs of the student who has some background in the field.
Problems of composition, two- and diree-dimensional relationships, and surface
are on an individual basis. (Offered as AR321 prior to 1994-95.)
AR45 1 Advanced Woodworking: Function and Form 0c-61-3sh
Prerequisite: AR213
Offers advanced training and skills involving die study of contemporary furniture
design and woodworking. Emphasis on a technical and aesthetic point of view.
AR452 Advanced Ceramics 0c-6l-3sh
Prerequisite: AR2 1 4
Continued exploration of die field of ceramic production, along widi kiln firing
and glaze formulation.
AR453 Advanced Sculpture 0c-6l-3sh
Prerequisite: AR2 1 5
Gives the student an opportunity to pursue independent study in sculpture.
Materials and processes will be individually chosen and die work related to
broadening concepts.
AR454 Advanced Painting 0c-61-3sh
Prerequisite: AR21 1
Individual experimentation and exploration by the painter and investigation of the
various technical approaches.
AR455 Advanced Graphic Design 0c-6i-3sh
Prerequisite: AR2 18
Stresses advanced techniques in layout and illustration. The student explores
ideas, such as creation of trademarks and how products are designed. Layouts are
analyzed as to dieir quality. Package design is studied.
AR457 Advanced Printmaking 0c-61-3sh
Prerequisite: AR2 17
Student elects to study one of die printmaking processes in greater depth and
works toward development of own techniques, working processes, and ideas.
AR459 Advanced Fibers 0c-61-3sh
Prerequisite: AR219
Provides student with a working knowledge in design and execution of projects in
weaving and related areas. Odier fiber techniques, including handmade paper,
will be available for the students to explore as desired.
AR460 Advanced Metals 0c-6l-3sh
Prerequisite: AR216
Design and processes associated widi art of metal are given greater concentration.
The developing artist is encouraged to investigate, in depth, one or more of the
metal arts as an extension of the basic course.
AR481 Special Topics var-I-3sh
May provide an in-depth study of a narrowly defined area of die discipline.
Subject matter may change widi repeated offering of die course. May be repeated
for credit.
AR482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of
AR493 Internship var-3-I2sh
Designed for art majors who wish to receive practical experience working widiin
professional situations which relate to the student's artistic and occupational
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-21
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 135
Biochemistry
Biochemistry Progr
( li > 1 1 < ge nl Natural Si icni 1 8 and
M.iilu- tics
lt( llll Hi. 1.1 IMI> I (llll-isll
Prerequisitesi Bill I and* 11232
mpl ii I
Illll !||
,id
in jos Biochemislr) M •< (l1 '-^'
Prerequisitei BI 01
ll bol I n
mil iln I'm ii of ccl brain s liunnom a I
IK ill Biochcmistr) I ..I ■) I "«'- ll-lsh
Prerequisites! BII i i and
lion in IK . nil mi luding cxpi i nts ill phol try, en m
lipid iwilal mtl i harai Icrization, ele< Iron transport m
tin sis, and use "I radioii pi s
BCS1S Biochemisrr) Laboratory II 0c-4l-lsh
Prerequisitei B( ill
pi riments in membrane i haracterization,
i nl mm in mi nl nu. leii ai ids, and synthesis of
. .u ids,
BC480 Biochemistry Seminar I lc-01-lsb
Prerequisitesi B<
Dis< ussion "I n 1 1 in in rids in bioi beniii .1! thought. < fral and w 1 itten reports on
assigned readings, libran 01 laborator) r< search. Guest lecturers. The
.iiinlnii.il Hi' |mi .111.I Bi one writing-intensive c
IK'isi Special Topics in Biochemist!*) var-l-Ssh
Prerequisite! Bl
\ lectun discussion coursi of recent biociiemical topics 01 tltose of uruqui
d nsti uctors to ch ingi annually.
B( 182 Independent Kim-.ihIi in Biochemistry var-l-3sh
Prerequisitesi BI 102 and II I 1 ssion by program coordinatoi
.in. an .1 "I bioi In mistrj W >rs supen isc.l
b) l.i. ulty. Does not involvi regular class or lab limns. Enrollment l>v permission
B( 190 Biochemistry Seminar II Ic-Ol-lsh
Prerequisiti and 180
Discussion of recent trends in biochemical diought. Oral and written reports on
assigned read .. h. Gui si lei turers. I'lu
lation Hi' ini and 1 is one writing-intensive course.
Business Education
Department ofTechnology Support
.mil Training
I.Ih 1 K ( lollege of Business
ursesal the 300 and 4011 level are open only to students with junior
irdli »> ..I majoi ..1 program ..Dili in, must
meel com 1 quirements ill ordei to enroll foi .1 giw n 1
HUH I Micrabased Computer Literac) 3c-0l-.S-.li
uiintrod to provide students with a fundamental
understandiiig ol computers. The course familiarizes students with the interaction
lis is placed on the application of
us< ofproductivit) softwan (word processing, spreadsheet
Rli and data base management), and the social and ethii al aspects of
ilu impact of computers on societ)
cross listed asCOlOl and IM101. Am ofthesi courses maj
be substituted fbi each othei and ma) be used interchangeabl) for D ot K repeats
bul ma) not be coui 1 ti credit.
HI III Foundationj orBusines* Mathcnn
Devi lopn an undi
ml :tii .11,1 uuonof.
.111.1 . j ■ ■ 1 il
s
npute inti ' I
.in.l |n. pai
III 130 Kcyboarding le-M-lan
Exception! Tlii
.Mill llll I. II. .In
iiil. .mi. in., 11 .{in. Id) and ai ■ urati ,-. n fou
lur iln studenl wh
.mil doc ml lui Mm
tabulatii m Ii nis 11 puti
mi in information
BE 132 Computer krvl rdingand I < 0111.01 in- d -ol- uli
Prerequisitei BI 1 ' complefi ifprof
1 on the developmi
pni'.lii ading, formatting tabu
limns, rough drafts, and manual ripl
racy, and ,
BE20I Internet and Multimedia Ji-nl- Mi
Prerequisitei BE/CO/IM 101 or]
1 1 1
I'lu majoi focus will l>c on the evaluation ol information and multii
resoun es available ill 1 tronii networks when d<
, I1..1. . I :n nfo
11 id |iii> 1111. 1. 1 itandin fth foi
nl how in utilize il mon 1 Bi 1 tivcly in commui
to access and utilizi these resources foi two-wa) communications and supj
(K. ision malting wink- incorporating selected elements in multimedia
presentations of their own design. (BE/( M/CO/IM/LB 201
inten hangeably for D 01 F repeats and may not h
BE250 Electronic Office Procedures
Prerequisite BI
A study of the theory ami prai 0. . "I the systems in an elei '
managenji nl
iphics, .nnl office procedi
i.-lll-isl,
-lll-fsh
BE264 Office Procedures
Prerequisite! BE] > 1 01 equivalent
A.k.ui. ( ,1 stud) -.1 thei ir) and practici in ictivitiej
il mail: telephone .uul teli !
writing 1 m equipment; bank. financial, and le-jal
transactions; shipping and rei eh ii
BE273 Word Processing Applications Ic-Ol-Ssn
Prerequisitei BI 131 on quivaleni
In ilns course students will develop
'kills in
formatting, texl editing, and understanding word
used as a sub iteforBE CO IM101.
BE281 Special Topics -.ar-l-ish
Prerequisite: taappro] intent
d on .in experimental 01 ti
that arc not included in the established curriculum tiered
under any spei ial topic identity no more dian dm
numbered -SI are offered primaril) fur low*
BE31 1 Methods and t valuation in Business ami
Marketing Education 1 u -ol- Mi
Prerequisites: Pi 101, E P202, andi ompleo'on ol tin- freshman ai
courses in the student's maj
Includes general method: nation
111 basic business , ourses. Unit plans, lesson plans, and unit tests arc emphasized.
lechniques and prooedu .1 arc studied.
nal education such as advisor) ...mmitiees. adult
education, and federal legislation foi hi
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNS-
136 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
BE312 Methods and Evaluation in Business and
Marketing Education II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: BE3U, EP202
Emphasis is placed on the development of methods and strategies for making
effective classroom presentations and working with students in bodi the skill and
cognitive areas. Students will be provided opportunities to undertake the many
responsibilities assigned to the business classroom teacher.
BE48 1 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
BE482 Independent Study var-I-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
BI
Biology
Department of Biology
College of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics
BI103 General Biology I
Prerequisite: Non-Biology majors only
A basic introduction to ecology, biochemistry, and cell
evolution.
3c-2l-4sh
genetics, and
BI 104 General Biology II 3c-21-4sh
Prerequisites: BI103, non-Biology majors only
A basic introduction to plant and animal physiology, neurobiology, animal
behavior, and plant and animal reproduction and development.
BI105 Cell Biology 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: Non-Biology majors only
An introductory course to provide concepts and applications for understanding
human biological function from die point of view of cellular biology.
BI 1 1 1 Principles of Biology I 3c-3l-4sh
Prerequisite: Must be taken after or concurrent widi CH 1 1 1
Introduces the student to principles of biology, specifically in die topics of cell
structure and function, genetics, and physiology. Develops skills in the use of the
scientific method. Designed for biology majors.
BI 1 1 2 Principles of Biology II 3c-3l-4sh
Prerequisite: BI 1 1 1
Introduces the student to principles of biology, specifically in die topics of
reproduction, development, evolution, ecology, and animal behavior. Develops
skill in die use of the scientific mediod. Designed for biology majors.
BI 1 1 4 Environmental Science 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: Non-Biology majors only
An introduction to environmental science widi an emphasis on human impacts.
The course uses an interdisciplinary approach to die consideration of population
growth, pollution, preservation of species, and establishment of public policy.
Students will learn basic principles in ecology as die basis for understanding
problems of the environment.
BI 1 1 5 Biotic Diversity of North America 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: Non-Biology majors and non-Biology minors only
An introduction to die biological diversity of Nordi America from Barrow, Alaska,
to Tehuantepec. Mexico. All major aquatic and terrestrial biomes occurring in
Nordi America will be examined widi regard to plant forms, animal composition,
and environmental (abiotic) conditions.
BI 150 Human Anatomy 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisite: Non-Biology majors only
Study of die functional systematic anatomy of the human. Lab studies center on
nonhuman mammals whose anatomy is dien related to die human condition.
BI 1 5 1 Human Physiology 3c-21-4sh
Prerequisites: BI 105, non-Biology majors only
Course deals widi acquiring, through lecture presentations and laboratory
experiments, an understanding of the basic functions and control of the major
organ systems of die human body. Organ systems examined include die following:
muscular system, cardiovascular system, respiratory system, endocrine system,
renal system, digestive system, reproductive system, and nervous system.
BI155 Human Physiology and Anatomy 3c-31-4sh
Prerequisite: Non-Biology majors only (Food and Nutrition, Dietetics, Family
and Consumer Sciences Education, Physical Education, and Safety Sciences
majors)
Study of structure and function of the human body. Emphasis is on normal
function, widi particular attention to functional anatomy, control mechanisms, and
interrelationships among systems. Laboratory studies will include
experimentation and dissection. For students widi little or no science
background.
BI2 10 Botany 2c-31-3sh
Prerequisite: BI 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 or permission of instructor
A survey of die major plant groups, dieir physiology, structure, life cycles,
evolution and ecology, and economic roles of plants. Combined lecture-
laboratory.
BI220 General Zoology 2c-31-3sh
Prerequisites: Bll 1 1-1 12 or permission of instructor
Examination of the evolution, form, and function of all major animal phyla, from
sponges through chordates. Interactive lecture-laboratory sessions follow a
phylogenetic approach to die Animal Kingdom and incorporate essentials of
animal ecology, physiology, functional morphology, and behavior.
BI232 Fundamentals of Microbiology 2c-31-3sh
Prerequisites: CH101 or equivalent, non-Biology majors only (Food and
Nutrition, Dietetics, Family and Consumer Sciences Education, and Hotel,
Restaurant, and Institutional Management majors)
Study of microorganisms and the role they play in water, food disease, and
infection. Food spoilage, poisoning, and disease are emphasized. General methods
and techniques are emphasized in die laboratory.
BI241 General Microbiology 2c-31-3sh
Prerequisites: Non-Biology majors only (Environmental Healdi, Nursing and
Respiratory Therapy majors), Bll 05, CHI 01, or equivalent
Study of microorganisms and die role diey play in water, soil, food, and infection.
Microbes and disease will be emphasized. Standard methods and techniques are
emphasized in laboratory.
BI242 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisites: BI220
An investigation of the comparative structure and function of die vertebrate body
widi emphasis on the diverse solutions to die problem of design for survival and
die evolutionary mechanisms that provide those solutions. Meets twice per week
for two and one-half hours. Each meeting will include bodi lecture and laboratory
experiences. (Offered as BI432 prior to 1999-2000)
BI250 Principles of Microbiology 2c-3I-3sh
Prerequisites: Bll 1 1-1 12 or permission of instructor
Study of die structure, nutrition, and biochemical activities of microbes. Survey of
viruses, blue-green bacteria, bacteria, algae, fungi, and protozoa and their diversity
in natural environments. Course designed for biology and biology education
majors.
BI251 Field Botany 2c-31-3sh
Prerequisite: BI210
The collection, preservation, identification, and distribution of selected
herbaceous and woody plants of Western Pennsylvania. Emphasis on taxonomic
principles, die use of keys and manuals, and the recognition of local flora.
BI252 Field Zoology
Prerequisite: BI220
Field natural history of vertebrates; identification, collection,
techniques.
BI26I Ornithology
Prerequisites: BI 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 or BI 1 03- 1 04
A study of birds of the region. Indoor laboratory as well ;
possibly weekend field trips required.
2c-31-3sh
[id preservation
i early morning and
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 137
BUtUCt I I oology 2.-II-M.
Preraqulfilei BIS20
Morpliolog) anal y, ecology, taxonomy, and mil ■* • <■ 1 publii hi ilth
;mporli • itiaci i orders, partii ularh, those "I W< item Pennsylvania
cXcl I field equired
Itl^t.t (..... IMS 2«- *|- fsh
rirlrqllisit.': HI I I I
li, ,K with ill, diatrib nd fiiiii I the hereditar) material: ipeciil
i.i.l viral, and molet ulai genetics.
Btt69 li;,„ il,,, s ,lml ( devolution Sc-01-Sik
mdexplon nofd evolul I i and nature Ares
volution, I I"' s. resource utilization, and possible
l ,, hi, i lot majors and r ,i|"iv
HI27I Kvnlllti.ni lY-llMsl.
P nkhMiBUll U2ot limit 104,B1263
HU caldeveloi I evolutionary thought; evident eand operational
reived origin and phylogenetii telal ships ol biological groups.
IU272 Conservati I flam and Animal Resources 2c-3l-3sh
r,,,,,|i,isii,s: Bill I I12oi B1103-104
V study of accepted prat ticesin soil, water, forest, and wildlife conservation,
Satunfa) field trips
HI2KI Special lupus var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topit B are "lit reel on ,\n experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that .in in ii included in ilu- established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
i.il topit identity no more tban three times. Special topics
nix i, ,1 .'n I in ,,11, i, ,1 |,iimi.imIv for lower-level undergraduate students.
HI 11(1 Vpplicd Entomology and Zoonoses 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisite: B1220 or permission
Study "I the measures l"i abatement ,,i control ol arthropods, rodents, birds, and
othi ' disease \< , tors ol public importance; selection, chemistry, formulation, and
[.li, .in,, n ,,l insecticides, rodenticides, and fumigants; pesticiding
equipment; application ,,t biological and other measures of control.
BI3I 1 Environmental Biology 3c-3l-4sh
Prerequisite: Restricted to Elementary Education and Earth Science Education
iu.ii,,is onl)
I .ihnralorv .iml lielil course providing basic knowledge in biology and its
prat iic.il implications, Physical and biological aspects of the environment axe
studied.
BUS l I nvironmental Protection I 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisites: HI I 1 1 ■ I 1 2. CH 1 1 2. Environmental Health majors only or
ion of instructor
( ,, Usui, is ilu impact ,,, important components of the physical environment on
health and deals with principles and methods for identification, evaluation, and
l ontrol ,,l such health hazards. Major attention to principles and methods of
epideiniulogic.il investigation. Major credit only for Environmental Healdi majors.
BI322 Environmental Protection II 2c-31-3sh
Prerequisites: Bill 1-1 12, CHI 12, Environmental Health majors onh 01
n of instructor
Subjet is ret en ing attention include water and food supplies, domestic and
iiuliisin.il sewage anil wastes, housing, accidents, community air pollution.
domestic ami industrial poisons, ionizing radiations, occupational health hazards.
KUl I \nimal Developmental Biology 2c-31-3sh
Prerequisite: BI220 or by permission
1 Omparativc and molecular development of vertebrate animals are die major
considerations. General principles of development are illustrated using vertebrate,
invertebrate. ,nn\ plant materials.
BI350 Cellular Physiology 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisites: Bill I. CHS31
Topics include cell membrane systems, bioenergetics, and information processing
systems as well .is grow th and differentiation of cells and dicir organelles.
( , implements plain md animal physiology and biochemistry.
BI352 Comparative Animal Phvsiology 2c-31-3sh
Prerequisites: BI220,CH231
l oinpai.iine study ol homeostatic mechanisms and svstenis in animals and dieir
relation to mndamental chemical and physical events in cells.
itl ii.ii Medical Mycology
Prerequisites: HI I I II 12
A slmlv ,,l the u.v, olog) "• p.illi,,;'. in, luugi (.onsiiir ration will in, lu.lr ,
ol ml, ■ 1 1, .M distribution ymptomaiology, dtagncms, pirjgnosis, Immunol, »gy. and
treatmi nl Pathogt n art used in the i ourec ,1 emphasis is pla, ed upon a, mal
laborator) techniqui and procedures,
HI 11.2 l,„l,,g, 2c-3l-3ah
Prerequisites: llll I I I I2,BI21001 HI22II
Si i ii K of interrelations and adaptation of oigarusms; inclu m ol
phyrii il an,l I, i,, 1 1, environmental fa. tors field trine.
HI it,) Medical Microbiology 2. - tl-i.li
Prerequisite! BI250ot permission
Stud) ofdiseast caused b) rnicrrofgajusms with emphasifl on human natht
Both epidemiology and aspci Is ,,l host-parasite o lalioustiip*. will Ik- discussed
Lab so, ss, s methods ,,1 isolation and idt nrifinrinn of pathogens.
Ill ll.l Immune, lugs 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisites: BI250, < I 12 12. ,1 by |.eriiussioii
Phyrii aj and 1 hemit al properties "I antigens ami anlihftdtrt; nature ..I antigen-
an 11 l.oth intent nous: im, haniam "I antibody fbrnttwon; and mumine reaction
ami ,lisc. is, Lab emplo) 1 <pu-s
Blstlll Laboratory Methods in Biology and Hii.lcchnologv 2< - II- Ish
Prerequisite: CH55I
Tneoryand] ofmajoi ajndyticsj and preparative techniques
currently in use in physiology, mole, ulai biology, and biotechnology.
BI420 Biology of Higher Invertebrates 2c-3l-3th
Prerequisite: B1220
A phylogenetit overview ,,l the higher invcrlehratcs. Annelida through l./wer
Chordata. A systematit appt li on hirn tnuiaJ morphology and microstruc-ture.
behavior and physiolog) itionary umbrella. l.aboratory sessions
offer additional research opportunitit s
Bl 12. Hcrpetology 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisite: BI220
A , pi, In -usivi surve) ••! the I lasses Amphibia and Repuha. including their
classification, stun ture, origin, evolution, phjdogenetk relanonshi|is. tintuibulion,
and natural history. Special emphasis is placed on the hcrjictofauna of
I\-imsvK.ini. 1
BI450 Pymatuning: Field Studies var- ish
During die summer session, van,, us licld courses arc offered dirough die
Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology. The offerings will vary depending on die
summer. Some of the possible offerings include Experimental Design. Fish
Ecology. Behavioral Ecology, Aquatic Botany, and Ecological Genetics.
Information regarding specific offerings available from Biology Department in
spring.
BI-153 Plant Physiolog) 2c-3l-3*h
Prerequisites: BI210,CH231
Studies physiological processes occurring in plants considered in relau, ,11 to
growth, development, and ecology of plants.
BI463 Limnology 2c-3l-3sb
Prerequisite: BI362
An investigation into the physical, chemical, and biological aspects of inland
waters and their interrelationships. In the laboratory the student will gain
experience in die techniques involved in aquatic sampling and the analysis of
data. 1 Vilui, 1. 1\ ,'[ Sunday labs may be required.)
BI4h'6 Principles of Virology 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: BI263 01 equivalent course in Genetics, or CH351 or equivalent
course in Biochemistry or permission of instructor
Topu s include structure, classiticauon. assay, and transmission of viruses:
methods used in the study ol viruses; viral replication, gene expression, and gene
regulation; host-viral interactions and subviral padiogcns.
BI475 Mammalogy 2c- il-.ish
Prerequisite: BI220
A general discussion of mammals emphasizing systematica, distribution, and
structural and functional modifications related to evolution of this group. Lab
work samples numerous techniques that can be appbed to mammalian biologv
BI476 Parasitology 2c-31-3sh
Prerequisite: BI22U
Structure, phv siology, ecology. Ufe cycles, pathology, and treatment of parasitic
protozoa and flatworm and roundworm species of man. Dissection of li -
parasites.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
138 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Bt47* Mv< BT 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisite: H1J1II
Involves a study of the systemics, morphology, and physiology of the kingdom
Nhl ' UJl "Hl1 emphasis :coi cally importanl and experimentally useful
organisms.
BI480 Biology Seminar lc-OI-lsh
Discussion of recent trends in biological thought and research. Students report on
assigned readings and/or personal research.
BI48 1 Special Topics var. j .3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Tins course varies from semester to semester covering diverse topics in specific
areas oi biology.
BI482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisites: Prim approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office. A 2.5 GPA overall and in major courses
required.
Students H ith interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
Work is supervised by a faculty member but does not involve regular class or
laboratory hours.
HI I'l.l Biology Internship var-6-12sh
Prerequisites: Biology major widi at least 57 semester hours. 2.5 overall GPA.
and permission of the director of internships and the chairperson
Selected students have opportunity, under department supervision, to Rain off-
campus practical experience in area ofinterest. Only six credits may be applied
toward major; total number of credits will be decided in consultation involving
student, his/hei advisor, and director of internships.
Business Law
Department of Finance and Legal
Studies
Eberly College of Business
Note: All courses at the 300 and 400 level are open only to students with junior
or senior standing. All students, regardless of major or program affiliation, must
meet course prerequisite requirements in order to enroll for a given course.
BL235 Introduction to Business Law 3c-01-3sh
Introduction to legal systems, torts, contracts, and sales law.
BL28 1 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special tupics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity re than three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
BL336 Law of Business Organizations 3c-0I-3sh
Prerequisite: BL235
A study of the law dealing with c ercia) paper, agency, partnerships,
corporations, and bankrupt! j
BL337 Consumer Law 3c-01-3sh
Nature of law as it pertains to the consumer. Attention to consumer protection
relationships: real and personal property; credit: environmental law; law
pertaining to employment; landlord-tenant relationships: product liability:
insurance: and family law.
BL382 Real Estate Fundamentals 3c-01-3sh
Designed to acquaint the student with the language, principles, and laws that
govern the business of real estate. Emphasis on the underlying concepts of land,
property, rights ill realty, and the means, methods, and laws that govern the
conveyance ol these rights. Required course for taking the Pennsylvania Real
Estate Sales Exam.
3c-()l-3sh
BL383 Real Estate Practice
Prerequisite: BL382
One of the two i ourses required by the Pennsylvania Real Estate Commission in
order to lake the Pennsylvania Real Estate Sales Licensing Exam. Topics include
real estate brokerage, the real estate market, listing contracts, the Pennsylvania
Real Estate Licensing and Registration Acl and its rules and regulations,
appraisal, properr; management, fair housing laws, ethical practices for real estate
professionals, and real estate math.
BL440 Business Negotiations Jc-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: BL235, junior standing
This course is open to all majors meeting the prerequisites. It covers the basic
theories and strategies of negotiation in die business environment and provides
instruction and practice to develop negotiation skills. The course focuses on the
knowledge and skills needed in intercompany and intracompan) negotiations.
The course focuses on neither collective bargaining nor labor negotiations.
BL481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in the established cm riculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than three limes. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
BL482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirougb advisor, faculty member, dcpaiiment
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students widi interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availabilit) i if resources.
•#•>»¥ ^'k^mv
Counselor Education
Department of Counseling, Adult
Education, and Student Affairs
College of Education
CE250 Developing Interpersonal Relationship Skills lc-OI-lsh
Teaches interpersonal relationship skills: listening, communicating, group
dynamics, decision making, leadership, assertivencss. time-use management,
problem solving, and conflict resolution. Restricted to residence hall counselors.
CE253 Counseling in School Settings 3c-0I-3sh
An elective course designed to provide in-service teachers and school personnel.
otiier dian counselors, with a basic understanding of the knowledge, information,
and skills appropriate to counseling with individuals and groups. Restricted to
peer tutors.
CE281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three tunes. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
CE48I Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no mure than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
CE482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirougb advisor fa< ulty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students widi interest in independent study ofa topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
Chemistry
Department of Chemistry
College of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics
CH101 College Chemistry I 3c-21-4sh
The basic principles and concepts of inorganic chemistry are developed from die
standpoint of atomic and molecular structure with illustrative examples from
descriptive chemistry. The laboratory portion of the course illustrates physical
and chemical properties in a qualitative and quantitative manner. The curse is
designed for selected majors within die College of Health and Human Services.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
139
CH10K ollegi < l»p»'-"vll i< -.'l-isl,
l',,,,.|Ulsil.:< 'IIHII
I lM {,g ,, | |iini, ,,i.,| |, pics md i om epta ol org« ind bioi I
0ra|, primarily with structural fa forganii i ompoundj, ihi
n il I Ip" '' temples luseaofot
laboi tlory porti Uuatrab propi rt lions ol
mil eom| nda ITn rsi ii designed foi selected] ra
ol Mr. , hli.i ii.l Human Servio
(Mill i.n Ii hemistry I ><-tl-Mi
a I prim ipli ioI chi miatry, im Imbue iheor) and triplications
.1. s.Iim uaaed Topica dial uaaed ini ludi n ientifii
l>li . It In, n sand concepts tl Ii i I try, gaa laws,
I il,, atom, bonding, thermochemistry Ideacriptivi
, Ii, miatry •>! il" i lementa.
< HI IS General Chemistry II Sc-SMeh
I'.. ,. .(Ols.C, : ill 1 1
I ..i in, in. ii of General Chemistry I ropicsdisi ussed include thi solid and
liquid state, solutions, kinetics, equilibria, acid9 and bases, solubility equilibria,
ml ili :s< riptive i hemistr) ol thi i Ii ments.
illilil oncepts in Chemistry 3c-31-4sh
irj • sc forchemistiy majors. Topics covered include at beorj
to chemical reactions, stoichiometry, then hemistry, chemical
bonding, lecularg y, kjnetic-moleculai theory ol gases, the liquid and the
si.lnl states, and solul I |
I MM I Basic Inorganic Chemistry 3c-31-4sh
Prerequisitei till I *
[bpics include chemical kinetics, equilibrium and thermodynamics, acids and
inn hemistry, i oordination chemistry, and descriptive chemistry •■!
Ii ments
(III Mi Basic Inorganic Chemistry 3c-3l-2sh
Prerequisites: < 'l ll 1 1 and 112
,m majors who have taken (111 1 1 1 and 1 1 2. A systematii
stud] ol thi i hemistr) of the elements will be presented m both the lecture and
the laboratory. Also im I mini will In the i hcniistn nl , < n hiIhucu m compounds.
I Im course starts al the beginning of the second hall of the spring semesh i and is
taugj ncurrend) with CHU l.
CII23I Organic Chemistry I 3c-4l-4sh
Prerequisitei CHI 12 oi 111
\ study ol compounds of carl , widi special emphasis on structure real tivit)
reladonships, Laboratory work emphasizes methods of separation and
purification of organic compounds.
( H232 Organic Chemistry II 1,-11- uh
Prerequisite: I IL' I
\ continuation ol Organic Chemistry I with an introduction to spectrosi
techniques. Laboratory work emphasizes the synthesis ol representative
compounds.
CH255 Biochemistry and Nutrition 3c-01-3sh
f^ereqnisitetCH102
Course fbi II,. m, Economics majors; studies chemistry and biological function of
biologically active compounds with respeel to nutritional requirements.
CH281 Special ropics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: \s appropriate to course content
Spet ml topica are offered on an experimental or temporary basis in expli
|" mil. I in ili, established curriculum. A given topic ma) I..
ii 1 1. 1, i any spei ial topic i lentit) no more than three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
CH301 Chemistry Seminar lc-Ol-lsh
Lost ussion ol current technical literature ami current research problems "I stall
Lectures b) outside i hemists and studenl piesentations. Open to junioi oi senioi
chemistry maims and to others by permission of the chairperson.
CH32I Quantitative Analvsis 3c-4l-4sh
Prerequisite: CH 1 1 2 or 1 14
1 practice of quantitative analvsis, including gravimetric and volumetric
special emphasis on perfecting student's laboratory techniques and
application of general chemical knowledge through problem solving
c ll 122 Instrumental Uulyais l.-ll-lsl,
Prerequisite il 1 1 ; 1 1
Modi in instrumental methoda "l ■ hi nm .il analysis Studenl learm theory bdhind
of operation, interpn ration ol data obtained, <ml
thods,
(HUM Inalytical Methods i.-il-ish
I'n ii ojuisiti n CH
Pi |'l< s ol | ii i i ipilal i. n i. -ii nl I i.is, . omi lad i mi ii 1 1 in lion, am I ,,|iijlj|jru *tt
m solving and to .huiioum instrumental
im Munis ol analysis, nil h ibsorption ami fljmr emission
H,.is , In..,.
CH3S1 Organic Molecular Structun Di tc nnmauim i. >ar ish
Prerequisitest I I • mh i
Gives the student < pi tcmatic identilication of ivriotai da
organii compounds by both chemical and physical mi
CH33S kdvanced Orgaruc Chemistry i« -ol- isl,
Prerequisites: ( II.' ;.' .,,
Selected topics of current interest covered Possible topic s inc hide reaction
mechanisms, lee ulai ipec troa i strv. natural proda ts.
. in s porymi i i hemistry, and organic n till
CH340 Physical ( hemistry foi the Biotogii il Sciencea fc-ol- isl.
Prerequisites: MA122 oi I24oi 128, and PY112 oi 132; i H232
One-semester course for Bio I liemicaJ
urns, and sj>ef troscopy
especially as applied to biomechanical systems.
(Hill Physical ( hetnistry I i.-ul-isi,
Prerequisites: MA122. l24,oi 128 and PY112oi I 12; < II 112 or 114
i I il tlier lynamic s with applii ationi to solutions, phase, and chemical
equilibria-kinetic theory.
(II 342 Physical (hemistrv II
Prerequisite: ( II 141
Stud) ,.fs,,luls.h,|,n.ls. surfaces,
It i iil.ii BtTUC lure.
.tt-lll-fsh
. Ileum al kilietn s. clei tro, beinistrv. atomic and
CH343 Physical Chemistry l-aboratorv 1 Oc-31-lsh
l'lcici|llisilcs:l II
Experiments illustrating appUl ation oi fundamental laws tu actual systems.
Carries writing-intensive credit.
CH344 Physical Chcmislrv 1 aboiatorv II 0c-3l-lsh
Prerequisites: ill
Extens I Physical Chemistry I aboratory I: experiments related to chemical
kinetics, molecular spectroscopy, ami other topica "f pbysica] chemistrv.
C.H.'J.r>l Rinchcmi.stry 4<-(M-4sh
Prerequisite: CH231
Study of i ben ii st n . lions nt i arbohvd rales, lipids, proteins.
i. minis, .mil hormones.
CH410 Advanced Inorganic ( hemistrv laboratory Oc-.tl-lsh
Prerecpiisile: I I
\ Ial., mat. m course in which the techniques used in die synthesis and
characterization of inorganic compounds will be explored. Emphasis will be
: a wnlc \ am tv ol inorganic compounds and the
methods by which they are identified and characterized.
(II II I Advanced Inorganic ('.hemistrv 3c-Ol-3sh
Prerequisite: CH341
Gives underatanding ol advanced theories ,.| atomic structure, chemical bonding.
ai uls ami liases, coordination compounds, and selected topics.
CH412 Vdv anted Structural and Svnthctic Methods
in Inorganic 4 hemistrv 2c-2l-3sh
Prerequisites:!; MM 1 and either CH410<
Advanced techniques used in the synthesis and characterization of inorganic
compounds w ill he explored. In lecture, emphasis will be placed on the dleory
and application of structural and - nethods of characterization. In
lab, emphasis w ill be placed on advanced methods of synthesis and structural
ihaiactcri/.iti.m using representative examples of important classes of inorganic
coin pounds.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRAT 2000
140 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CH421 Advanced Instrumental Analysis 4c-var-3sh
Prerequisite: CH322
Study of modern chemical analysis, using advanced instrumental techniques;
emphasis on dieory. principles of operation, capabilities, and limitations of
advanced analytical instruments used.
CH441 Advanced Physical Chemistry 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite or corequisite: CH342
Study of fundamental ideas of quantum and statistical mechanics, molecular
structure, and other topics of current interest.
CH481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Spa ial topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in die established curriculum.' A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
CH482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students widi interest in independent study of a topic not offered in die
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
CH493 Internship in Chemistry var.4 ysn
Prerequisites: CH 1 1 3. 1 1 4. 23 1 . 232. 32 1 . 34 1 . and departmental approval
Full-time involvement in an actual "on-the-job" situation in an industrial or
research laboratory under the tutelage of a selected preceptor. A department
faculty member will work closely with the student and preceptor and will assume
responsibility for making die final evaluation and assigning a grade.
CH498 Problems in Chemistry var. y .2sh
Prerequisite: Permission of chairperson
Course of independent study on selected problems, including lab work, library
reading, and conferences with staff member. A minimum of 4 hours per week
required per credit.
Critical Languages
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
Critical Languages are offered in four levels. See program description in the
opening section of die College of Humanities and Social Sciences. Specific
languages are offered as available.
CL101 - 120 Critical Languages I 3c-01-3sh
Basic vocabulary and pronunciation in die target language. Oral/aural skills are
CL101
CL102
CL103
CL104
CLI05
CL106
CL108
CL109
CL110
CL111
CL112
CL113
CL114
CL115
Arabic I
Chinese I
Dutch 1
Finnish 1
Hindi I
Hungarian I
Japanese I
Korean I
Modern Greek I
Portuguese I
Russian 1
Swedish I
Hebrew I
Swahili I
3c-0l-3sh
CL151 - 170 Critical Languages II
Prerequisite: Level I or acceptable equivalent
A continuation of the first-semester course. Depending on die language being
studied, reading and writing may be introduced at this level.
CL15I Arabkll
CL152 Chinese II
CL153 Dutch II
CL154 Finnish II
CL155 Hindi II
CL156 Hungarian II
CL158
CL159
CLI60
CL16I
CL162
CL163
CL164
CL165
Japanese II
Korean II
Modern Greek II
Portuguese II
Russian II
Swedish II
Hebrew II
Swahili II
CL 201 - 220 Critical Languages III 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: Level II or acceptable equivalent
At this first intermediate level, students will begin to develop a degree of oral
proficiency that wiU vary widi the language studied. Reading and writing will be
studied in all languages by diis level.
CL201 Arabic III
CL202 Chinese III
CL203 Dutch III
CL204 Finnish III
CL205 Hindi III
CL206 Hungarian III
CL208 Japanese III
CL209 Korean III
CL210 Modern Greek III
CL211 Portuguese III
CL212 Russian III
CL213 Swedish III
CL214 Hebrew III
CL215 Swahili III
CL 25 1 - 270 Critical Languages IV 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: Level III or acceptable equivalent
By die end of this course die student should be able to communicate in simple
terms widi an educated native speaker on a topic with which die student is
familiar. Ability in reading and writing will vary with language.
CL251 Arabic IV
CL252 Chinese IV
CL253 Dutch IV
CL254 Finnish IV
CL255 Hindi IV
CL256 Hungarian IV
CL258 Japanese IV
CL259 Korean IV
CL260 Modern Greek IV
CL261 Portuguese IV
CL262 Russian IV
CL263 Swedish IV
CL264 Hebrew IV
CL265 Swahili IV
Communications Media
Department of Communications
Media
College of Education
CM 101 Communications Media in American Society 3c-0l-3sh
Required of Communications Media majors
Introduction to the evolution, status, and future of communications media.
Students explore mtrapersonal communication dirough self-assessment, values
clarification, and feedback; interpersonal communication through interviews,
observations, case studies, and gaming; and mass communications through the
examination of the processes and die technology utilized to disseminate and
manage information. Career padis, field applications, professional associations,
and the primary literature are investigated. (Previous title: Survey of
Communications Media)
CM150 Aesthetics and Theory of Communications Media 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: CM101
Examines die theoretical assumptions of sight, sound, and motion as applied to
die design of communication products for different media formats. Within the
course, strategies for creative composition are demonstrated. The psychological
and physiological implications of images are discussed. (Offered as CM200
Images prior to 1999-2000)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS /■//
CM201 l ■■«• • ■■• ' I Multimedia Sc-OUSiB
Prerequisite! BE/I 0/1M 101 or prioi exposuri to word | uingind
ii iii.n!
I L majoi foi us will be on the evaluad fmfomiauon and multimedia
,.,,,„ networlu when doing rem •"< h in m in .1 ol 1
111 mi .,1 lid rac) * i« designi .1 i"i itudi nu to gait ...1,
„, ,1, |,il, underaund 1 l! i-11" nreaourcei available elei tronicall) and
itili 1 ii Bei in.lv in communicating. Student! will
,1 ,,,,!,,, these resources foi two wa) commui naand lupporl foi
,1,, 1, Halting whili in. orporating si lei led elements in multi lia
rt|,eirowndeaign.(BE/CM/CO/IM/LB201 ma) bi used
ibl) i,.i M "i I repeats and ma) nol 1 inted foi duplicate credil I
( MS09 Media Presentation Skills Sc-01-Sib
I'ii requisilesi ( All .11 CM majors only
I duces students to basii preaentadon skills, emphasizing thi u 1 ol lia to
.,1 1 Studi nts «iH n si an I. organizi and write presentadons,
design sppropriati media, and deliver presentadons in vai s settinga, including
uups, ra and in groups with othei students
< MS in issues in International Communication tc-nl- Sab
Survey of intemi al communicadons with pardi ulai emphasis on
communicadona Dow, foui press llieories, ownership, structure and access to
uiin, ui media relationships, and the impai 1 ,.l communicadona on
.1 reloped and developing countries.
( MS Hi Communications Graphics 3c-01-Ssh
PrercquisicestCMlOl 01 pe ssion
I .In. 11. .11 1.. giaphir design concepts and related processes .mil techniques l.,i
i forms ..I preaentadon media in< luding television, multimedia, and on-
line 1 -.1111111 1 1 foi educational, corporate training, and communications
Both two* and time dhnens .il design and basic animati pti
will In- explored. Hands-on experiences using a varictv ..I graplui software
appUcationa.(O6eredasCM440p 1999-2000)
i M249 Basic kudio Recording Techniques 3c-0l-3sh
I'., •. quiaitesi CM101, permission
I lu.'iv anil practice ..1 recording sound, developing an understanding of the
ol - nd rei ording as well as the abilit) 1 ake sound ret ordings.
i Hid > exposun to rei ording foi various media including radio, music, motion
pictures, television, and multimedia production. Material also appropriate for
teacherawhowiali to make use ..I tape i (cutler in the classroom. Students will
e,.uu hands on experiem 1 through tabs and projects t" be completed ,. inside of
. lass Students will he expected to provide an audio tape recorder. (Offered as
CM449prioi 10 1999 1000)
CMS51 television Production 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: CM 101, permission
Develops baaii skills in television production and direction. Consideration ol
operating problems of a television studio, as well as functions, limitations, and
capabilities ..I television equipment and facilities. (Offered asCM451 prior to
nun)
( \IJ7l Beginning Photography 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: CM 101 oi pi rmission
Wot king with lila, k-and-wliite materials, the student learns to operate a camera.
develop Elm, make contact prints and enlargements, and mount prims lor display.
\iu illatv topics are introduced such as filtration, print sporting, Hash, and the use
Student is required to have a 35mm camera, preferably a
ungle-lens reflex, with folly manual fix using and exposure capability.
i MS81 Special topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite; \S appropriate to course content
Spec ial topic s are ..Here 1 on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
included in the established curriculum. A given topu mav be offered
imdei .ins spec ial topic identic) no more than tliree times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
t M.'llll lechnolog) Ini I earning and Instruction 3c-01-3sh
l'ieie,|uisite: EP202 or permission
■ achersgain competencies in selection, evaluation, ami utilization ol
various instructional technologies, Application of new technologies to teaching
ami learning will be emphasized, along with performance-based activities in
iiisinictii.nal design \ majoi portion of the course is devoted to die integration of
computer-based instniction.il activities in the school curriculum. Does not count
towards credits needed for Communications Media major.
( M MM It, s, an b in < ommunii aliona Mi dht l< -ill- km
P |ius,i.s CM150, EN 101 1
ed to providi kni
used III ibr , omnium, all. .us in, .1,., Ii< I.I Students will design ha-.
instruments, . ..il,-, i data d lacfimuaif infornution from various v.un es and
( \l mi SciiptwrUing ii-nl-M,
I'icii quisitcs: < \IIHI EN101 in r) ,.i |Hniiissioii ol in-'
Introduction to thi di . ol Lterials and script writing s-
techniques of writing will I is on writing,
i ritiqut s. and rcrt isi I designs and si ripts Si ripes foi audi... uiuliiincdu
|>ii s. in.. I ions, and motion pil tun and telcn Lsion produi tioni Will !••
( IM30S I lei n.ilil, Media I'logiamiiiiiig and Sail s Ii -<l|. tsti
Prerequisite: CM1 50
Explores two primar) functions of thi eleccronii media providing programming
for audiences and providing economii viabilit) to media outlets by selling
c.l o. ttfl Students will . ch as piugiaui
i .uieni. scheduling and promotion. I he i ourse will also explore the bctctii
ronii ten di.i t" sell . ornmc n ial til nd d
audience and ratings anal) sis in the proi . sai i ol jifogiamming ami sales.
CM330 Insiruclional Design lor liaiuliig and Development 3c-OI-3»h
Prerequisites! I Mini ,240 I SN101 and orrjeTmisaioo
Examines the systems approac h foi the design, development, and evaluation -.1
instructional material Students will learn about the histor) design
and di velopmenl and the current status ..I the fii Id. f-n l. student will pr.«tu<e a
sell tnstrui iioual prototype that will require the student to svslcmaliiaily and
pes and niles learned in die class. (Previous udc:
( lommunications Media in Training and Kdination)
CM335 Communications Consulting and Project Management t< -Ol- Kh
Prerequisite: CM101
Presents the theoretical views and clinical applications ol tolisullinii skills and
- associated with and needed by communication prolessionals. Presented
will be the functions and role of the i onsultant, the > hem's perspe I
consulting, hiring a consultant, ethics m consul! -._
.mil related literature ^iul models.
CM340 Advanced Communication Graphics Ii -ill- Kh
I'rereipiisites: I MJ III. permission
l'i.,\ ides in-depth experienc e in plartning ami preparing graphic materials
commonly used in die ruiuinunic.iii rapine materials include
.I, sign, photoskl l. lung, lettering, slide titling and duplication, prcparauon of
camera-ready art. lithographic film and master lavout sheets, professional slide flat
production and photocopv. large-format transparency production, color key. and
coloi systems. (Offered as CM44 1 prior to 1999-2000)
CM345 Television Criticism 3c-l)l-3sh
Prerequisite: CM 150 01 permission of instructor
The medium ol television oilers a unique environment for development and
delivery ol mlotmation. entertainment, and news. This course explores and
analyzes television programming. It includes examination of genres ranging from
situation comedy to drama, to mini-sencs and madc-for-TY :
CMS ID Radio Production k-0|. Ish
Prerequisite: CM150 01 permission of instructor
\u inn i, dm 1 1.. n to production techniques as they pertain to radio. The student
will be exposed to programming, scripting, producing pnsgrams. -
commercials, public service announcements, station identifications, and
promotional announcements. Will also deal widi the interaction of a radio -
with national networks and with die real-life concerns of deadlines. (Offered as
l M III -prior to 1999-20
CM351 Advanced Video Production 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: I M25I and' M .(113 or 403
Production course thai esnphasiBes advanced field production techniques 5
..I the topics covered will include field lighung. video txvst-production editing
w itb A-B roll, on-line editing, and nonlinear editing. Students will gain hands-on
experience dirnugh projects and field trips.
CMS54 Broadcast Regulation 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: CM n of instructor
Delves int.. die areas ol law affecting broadcasters. Topics covered ai
pertaining to cable television, station licensing and renewal, political
broadcasting, libel. copvngliL die right of replv. and prrvacv. The historical
development of die FCC and itsjurisdicuons will also be examined. Case studies
will be discussed along with die relevant ol s. .me laws as thev pertain to todav'5
SOC ictv (Offered as CM454 pnor to 1999-2000)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
142 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CM371 Photography Ui The Print 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: CM271, permission
Students will develop camera and print-making skills to the degree diat they can
produce salon-quality photographic prints. Students will understand the
photographic processes utilized in producing a high-quality negative and print to
the extent that they can manipulate those processes to communicate an intended
message with their photographs. Emphasis on camera and print control as well as
composition and negative and print manipulation. (Offered as CM472 prior to
1999-2000)
CM375 Mass Media and Behavior 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: PC 101 and junior or senior status
Theory and research on die influence of the mass media on human behavior and
altitudes. Topics include the effects of news and political advertising on public-
opinion; the effects of racist and sexist portrayals; and the effects of violence and
pornography on aggressive behavior. (Also offered as PC375; may be taken only
once)
CM380 The History of African Americans in Film 3c-01-3sh
Traces die historical development of die roles of African Americans in film and
television. Students examine die early stereotypic portrayals of diis group, die
origins ot these stereotypes, and die ongoing changes, positive and negative, that
have occurred regarding the media representation dirough research, Elm, and
archetypal analysis, observation, and discussion. The new generation of African
American filmmakers and their creative efforts to promote more realistic
portrayals are analyzed.
CM390 Practicum in Communications var-l-3sh
Prerequisites: CM101, written permission
An opportunity with credit for students to make contributions to department and
campus media-related facilities and offices including WIUP-TV, W1UP-FM,
Prnn, Public Relations, and Media Resources. Repeatable for a maximum of six
credits.
CM395 Career Planning in Communications Media lc-01-lsh
Prerequisite: Minimum 20 CM credits
The course serves as a primary skill-building and strategy-seeking experience for
the internship program and later career entry and growth. Extensive writing,
research, and individual counseling are involved. Travel may be necessary.
CM401 Media Field Studies 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: CMlOlJunior standing, and permission of instructor
A hands-on course designed to help die students learn about die production
process involving on-location production. Will have three distinct phases:
students will begin with research and pre-production tasks on campus; students
may travel to a remote site to collect additional information and images and use
those images to complete a production; and students will be responsible for travel
expenses.
CM403 Broadcast Newswriting 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: C M 1 0 1 . EN 1 0 1 and 202 (C or better) or permission of instructor
Acquaints students with the various styles and script formats used in writing news
scripts tor radio and television. Includes instruction in writing news stories for
radio and television and an introduction to broadcast news production. Students
will practice and work to improve writing skills in this area of broadcast writing.
CM440 Multimedia Production 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: CM240 or permission of die instructor
The student will learn the processes and techniques of planning, designing, and
producing used with interactive multimedia. Will provide hands-on experiences
in the use of graphics, audio, animation, video, and audioring software
applications to produce an aesdietically acceptable product diat meets specific-
objectives. Designed to meet die needs of educational media, corporate training,
and communications specialists.
CM445 Applications and Techniques of Motion Pictures 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: CM 150 or permission of instructor
A survey of the role that motion picture film production plays in society. Major
emphasis will be placed on die variety of applications with special consideration
given to motion pictures as a tool to support research.
CM449 Advanced Audio Recording Techniques d -01- (sh
Prerequisites: CM249, permission
Sound recording utilizing advanced techniques and concentrating on specific-
applications. Student participates in an intensive lab experience utilizing die most
advanced equipment available. Emphasis on application, editing, signal
processing, and multi-track recording. Student is expected to produce a sound
recording lor a specific use of professional quality. (Offered as CM450 prior to
1999-2000) '
CM451 Broadcast News Process 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: CM251, 349, permission
Reporting and presenting radio and TV news programs. Analysis of news and
public affairs broadcasting. (Offered as CM453 prior to 1999-2000)
CM460 Emerging Trends in Communication Technology 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: CM 150
An introduction to the ever-changing world of telecommunication technologies,
focusing on modern, computer-driven modes of information exchange. Students
will get an opportunity to syndiesize several of the technologies covered in the
course and integrate diem into a workable solution to a practical
telecommunication problem. (Previous tide: Alternative Systems of
Communications)
CM470 Management Practices in Electronic Communications 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: CM 1 50. any CM Writing Intensive course, and junior or senior
standing
Presents die theory and practice of media management. Areas covered will
include problem-solving, documenting and reporting, career systems, budgeting.
personnel, ownership, unionization, market analysis, and special topics as directly
related to communications media industries. Students will conduct case study
research related to their career direction.
CM471 Electronic Imaging 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: CM271 or permission
An introduction to the use of electronic still photography (ESP) for the capture,
recording, and transfer of still images and the use of computers lor the storage,
manipulation, and output of color and black and white photography. Extensive
training in die use of software packages for image enhancement, restoration, and
manipulation will be provided. Students will learn die applications of this
technology to the print media and will examine die ediical and legal issues of
image manipulation. (Offered as CM479 prior to 1999-2000)
CM475 Senior Portfolio Presentation Ic-01-lsh
Prerequisites: Communications Media majors only, 24 CM credits and CM395
Through this course students will compile and present a series of works
produced dirough previous Communications Media courses and activities. The
result will be a portfolio suitable for presentation to a potential employer. The
portfolio may include examples of student works from a variety of subject areas.
CM480 Seminar in Communications Media 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: CM302, junior or senior standing, other prerequisites as
appropriate to course content.
A seminar in selected communications issues or problems. Will include die
reading and review of die current literature as appropriate to die major topic
presented in die seminar. Students will be involved in the research and oral
defense of a major research paper.
CM481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics diat are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
CM493 Internship var-6 9, 12sh
Prerequisites: CM395. department approval
Supervised professional summer work experience in communications media.
Sites reflect die academic goals of die department and are approved and
administered by a department coordinator. Location, duties, length of internship,
and hours are individually tailored to student career goals. Sites represent wide
application of process and technology of communications in business, education,
allied health, or other agencies. Students must complete 40 hours or of die
internship work experience per semester hour earned. A maximum of 15sh is
applicable to an undergraduate degree program from any combination of
internship and practicum experience.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 143
CO
Computer Science
Department "I ( ! putei S< iem e
( lollege hI Natural Sciences and
Mathematics
( 1 1 1 ii i Microbued < lompulei I itei ■" | '< :01- M>
idui hi ' [I I I" providi Bhldi Hi' '.miIi J IiiimI.him ntal
,., ,[, | | |,u| ,, ,| „ii. , . il i" i i [miliaria i sludi nta with ihi
,,i puici I. in I'. in and loftwan Emphasis is placed on tin application of
,,., ..i produclivit} loftwan (word proci ssing, spreadsheet
in lil d data base mi gement). and di( i alandediical
) (Docs ii'M ward Computet S ci
\,„i,. i |,i k iscross-lisledasBElOI andlMlOl Inyoftl
In substituted fot each othei and ma) I" usi 'I inten hangeabl) foi D 6i
Inn nun i" ' "i"1' dfoi duplii at lil
CO105 1 undami niala "I < lomputcr Science Sc-Ol-Ssh
puti i Si ii i" i jors. li Is required ofaD
tud< "i and ii appropriate foi othei Natural Si ii ni i ind
Mathematii » students ropics include tin fund ental concepts ol putei
. . lopmeni and analysis, programming languages,
dataorgani i and repn lentation, and systems software.
ntroduction to compute! usage wid emphasis on ti rminologj and
il,, underlying i onnei s within il» disi iplini
CO] III Problem Solving and Structured Programming Sc-Ol-Ssn
"■! i lomputi i S ajors.and I'm others who
have ,i suflii ientrj quantitativi orienl ition)
Basil structun of modern digital computers; problem analysis andi • .1 ii]>i itc- r
sol using llowi liarting and the ( !++ language. Exemption bi 1 redil bj
.,1,1,
COS01 Internet and Multimedia 3c-01-°3sn
Prerequisilei BE < ' ' IM 1 " 1 01 prioi exposure to word processing and
lil in.nl
ll ajor focus will be on die evaluation of information and multimedia
resources availabl lectronic networks when doing research in arl area ofom .
, I fliis information literacy course is designed foi 9tudents to gain 1 i i
pth understanding of die infor tion resources available electronically and
ol how i" utilizi ili, 1 ir< effectively in c unicatihg. Students will learn how
ind utilizi thesi res ces for two-wa) com ications and support foi
decision making while incorporating selei ted elements in multimedia
present nsofdieii own design (BE/CM/CO/IM/LB 201 m.u be'used
interchangeabVj Ibi \i 01 F repeats and ma) not be counted for duplicate credit.)
C.O205 Programming languages for Secondary Education >c-()l-.'(sh
Prerequisite: I dui majoi
1 Introduction to die three high-level programming languages most
;> used in secondarj education: Pasi al, LOGO, and BASK !,with
partii iil.n emphasis on Pascal. Uso includes .1 comparative study of me control
ind data structures present in diese diree languages. This course is
ink nih, I to establish .1 solid foundation to prepare prospective teachers of
, ourses K. 12. (Note: Previous experience with microcomputi n is
strong!) recommended. Does nol count toward .1 Computer Science maj
idu a will not be given if this course is taken after 1 pi
dits of computer science courses.)
CO220 Applied Computer Programming :k-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: CO 1 10 or equivalent
uming pun, iplesand techniques, as implemented through the
INS 1 1 )BI i| language: program design using top-down techniques; program
and project documentation; introduction to sequential Bit algorithms.
CO250 Introduction t<. Numerical Methods 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites! COl 10, M V122oi 123 01 127
. methods foi function evaluation, roots ol equations, - ■luin m> to
"■ ai equi ns, interpolation, 1 urve fitting, numerical differentiation
ition; errors in computa 1. Introdw tion to K< )RTRAN90
rig .mil introduction to ilu us< ol .1 mathematii al software package to
graph (unctions.
C028I Bpcdal lopus .ji-l-ish
Pn n quiaiti
Spa 1. 'I topii 1 an off n d in
that in n"i in' luded in the * iuu>lishcd ■ urrii ulu
ni" h 1 .in\ spa t.il l"pi< I'lf nbt) 11" nior, 1I1.111 ilu-
1 In ni , primaril) lor lowi
( OHIO \ssiuihk I gu.ig' I'M.ui.iiiiiiiiiig li III- Ish
Prerequiaitci CO110 1
l-A.iiiiin.il I 1 .1 data,
liques, rymbolii cod
solution using assembl) Ian
( 0310 Dau Structures (..iil-i-h
Prerequisite: (HMO
Basil ' terns and slructurcs; lists, arrays, at
bashing tcchniquea; scan hing and sorunj sirm lures in
pfiigi.iininiiig languages: slung |,r", eating. Programming in
language.
ml \,
tl-(ll-(sh
COS1S Urge File Organs
Prerequisile: ( ( 1220
omputer filea for business systems, infoniialioa
systems, and othei COBOL for efficient fill
ili, „K and directory organization Introducban io
random file algorithnui and sterna.
( i ) 1 1 'i Software Engineering Concept!
Prerequisites ( 031 i oi 1 liasion of inatructoi
Includes d llecl f tools» procedures, methodotogiea, and act tsnxualad
knowledge about thi development of the softwarelifi
uieiliiiilnliigus. tools, .mil to bniques being applied i" cat h phase will lie
discussed in depth with localized exercises given to reinforce learning ol
, Mil, , ptS
CO320 Software Engineering Practice li-Jd-tsh
Prerequisite: i u , l Li ,,1 pemussion nt instructoi
Planning^ design, and implementation of largi j -<,h«^re
engineering i" hniques. Students work in project teams <ui real <>r n
software develo] nt projects. Credit for either ( ISmaycouol
toward computet n iduarion but not bodi: the
other - ourse t redits are free electives.
COS4S Data Communications li-nl-ish
fnn.Hiisit*-: < O110or220;MA12l 01 12 i: MAJ I I or 216 or 217; 01
equivalents
Communication of digital data between computers and to and from terminals and
other peripherals: computer networks; smal - or term paper.
C03B5.Computei Graphics Ji -1 i- i-h
P ni cq nisi Us: (I l.illl and junioi slalus
1 "inpiitLi graphics hardware and software. An overview of current
.i|i| ilu .it urns .mil experience with representative software will introduce current
, I oiiml.iiions in primitives, geometry ami algorithms ol passive oampntci
graphics arc the principal locus "I the 1 ourse. A hnct iritnxiucoon to mUiatiiVc
computer graphics will be included.
CO360IBM Job Control Language U-nl-lsh
Prerequisite: ( 1 I2.M> 01 permission ol instructoi
Detailed study "t the job control language (JCL) of the IBM OS 'pcraung
system; comparison ofOS with the locally available DEC opcraung system. VAX
Wis
C0362UNDCand< 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: < < > i In "i > structOI
An introduction to the history, features, syntax, and applications of UNIX and C
5, and hands-on p -1 includes two or more
command interfaces, variations in C, and rjorlabilit) issues. UNIX is a trademark
of Bell Laboratories.
CO380 Seminar on the Computer Profession Oc-ld-lsh
Prerequisite: Permission
Reading, review, ami discussion "t the current literature 1 ice and
industry trade journals; clhctive oral presentations; employment prospects.
Should he taken the semester before an internship or the first semester of the
Senior year. Should not Ik- taken at die same tune as I
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE
144 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CO405 Artificial Intelligence 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: CO ill)
An introduction to the field of artificial intelligence, i.e., the study of ideas that
enable computers to process data in a more intelligent way than conventional
practice allows. The course covers many information representation and
information processing techniques. Students will explore the underlying theory
including matching, goal reduction, constraint exploration, search, control,
prohlem solving, and logic.
CO410 Processor Architecture and Microprogramming 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: CO300 and 310
The logical description of computer processor structure (architecture), with
emphasis on the microprogramming approach. Project assignments using
minicomputer.
C04 1 9 Software Development with Ada 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: CO310
Introduction to the Ada programming language as a tool of the software engineer.
Projects will use the advanced programming constructs resident in Ada, including
packages, multi-tasking, generic units, exception handlers, and concurrent
programming.
CO420 Modern Programming Languages 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: CO220 and 3 1 U
Comparative study of the properties and applications of a range of modern
higher-level programming languages, including Ada, APL. C. LISP LOGO
Pascal, PROLOG, and SNOBOL. Comparison with older languages such as
ALGOL. BASIC. COBOL. FORTRAN, and PL/I.
C0424 Compiler Construction 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: CO300 and 310
Relates the formal concepts of automata and language dieorv to the practicality of
constructing a high-level language translator. The structures and techniques used
in lexical analysis, parsing, syntax directed translation, intermediate and object
code generation, and optimization are emphasized.
CO430 Introduction to Systems Programming 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: CO300 and 310
Concepts and techniques of systems programming with an emphasis on assembly,
linking, loading, and macro processing for user programs. Overview of higher-
level language translation and system control. Programming and research projects.
C0432 Introduction to Operating Systems 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: CO300. CO310 or equivalents
Introduction to the principles of operating system design and implementation.
Topics include interrupt service, process states and transitions, spooling,
management of memory and disk space, virtual storage, scheduling processes and
devices, and file systems.
C0441 Data Base Management 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: C03 1 5
Review of data base concepts. Detailed study of data base management
approaches. Comparative study of commercially available data base management
systems. Project on the locally available data base systems.
C0444 Productivity Tools and Fourth Generation Language 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: CO 441 or IM 450
Develop an understanding of productivity issues and how Fourth Generation
Languages (4GL) improve productivity as contrasted with 3GLs. Advances in the
programming paradigm such as event driven programming, objects, reusability
graphical user interface (GUI) design and development, information systems '
based i in relational data bases, and client/server technology are addressed.
Students will gain a practical experience widi diese concepts Uirough an in-depth
study of Visual Basic and die development of a GUI interface to a relational
database using Visual Basic.
CO450 Applied Numerical Methods 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: CO250, MA171, and MA24I, or equivalents
Polynomial approximations using finite differences, with applications in
numerical integration and differentiation. Numerical solution of initial value
ordinary diflerential equations. The APL language will be introduced and used
along with FORTRAN, in programming selected algorithms.
C0451 Numerical Methods for Supercomputers 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: MA121 and 122, or MA123 or 127. MA171, CO250
Supercomputers make use of special computer architectures-vector and parallel
processors-in order to achieve die fastest processing speed currendy available
Students will be introduced to these features and will learn how numerical
algorithms can be constructed to exploit supercomputers' capabilities. Students
will gain practical experience in programming for die Cray, YMP. in incorporating
existing scientific software packages into user-written programs, in submitting
remote jobs to the Pittsburgh Supercomputer Center, and in producing animated
graphical output to summarize die typically large volume of output data generated
by large scientific programs. (Also offered as MA451; may not be taken for
duplicate credit)
CO4fi0 Theory of Computation 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: C( >310oi consent of instructor
Formal methods for describing and analyzing programming languages and
algonthms. Backus-Naur forms; productions; regular expressions; introduction to
automata theory: Turing machines: recent concepts in algoridwn theory
computability.
CO480 Seminar on Technical Topics Oc-11-lsh
Prerequisites: See text below
Reading, review, and discussion of the current literature of computer science and
industry professional and technical journals: oral presentations. Should be taken
die last semester of die senior year. Should not he taken at die same time as
CO380.
C048 1 Special Topics var-l-'Jsh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Seminar in advanced topics of computer science: content will vary depending on
interests of instructor and students. May be repeated for additional credit. Special
Topics numbered 481 are primarily lor upper-level undergraduate students.
C0482 Independent Study var-l-4sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, deparunent
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students widi interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a facultv member.
Approval based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
C0485 Independent Study var-12sh
Prerequisites: Permission of a computer science faculty member who agrees to
supervise the student's project. Arrangements for selection of a specific topic
must be made.
C0493 Internship in Computer Science var-12sh
Prerequisites: CO300. 3 1 0, 3 1 5, 3 1 9, 380, odier courses depending on type of
internship position desired, completion of application, and selection by
committee
Positions with participating companies provide students widi paid experience in
computer science under the supervision of the companies and faculty.
Requirements include diree on-site consultations, two university consultations,
completion ol progress reports, oral presentation, and a final cumulative paper.
Offered only to students during die second semester and summer of the junior
year or die summer and the first semester of die senior year. No more than four
semester hours ofC0493 may be applied toward the 30-semester-hour
requirement for a major in Computer Science.
Criminology
Department of Criminology
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
CR101 Crime and Justice Systems 3c-01-3sh
1 lllsl SL' introduces the field ol criminology through the examination of
historical data, statistical information, theories of criminal causation, social control
of behavior, development of laws, evaluation ..I criminal justice system policies,
procedures, and trends. Students will learn the terminology of the field, gain an
awareijejs ol the methods of inquiry utilized in die field, and have die opportunity
to examine personal attitudes and values regarding crime and responses to crime.
CR1 02 Survey of Criminology 3c-01-3sh
The purpose of this course is to provide an understanding of the discipline of
-nminology through an examination of its theories, basic assumptions, and
tions.
3c-01-3sh
upled with an analysis of die
def
CR2 1 0 Criminal Law
A study of die history and sources of criminal la
substantive elements of specific crimes.
CR260 Criminal Procedure and Admissibility of Evidence 3c-0l-3sh
Law of arrest, search, and seizure, with discussion of important case law. Analysis
ol salcguards established for protection of individual liberties.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. ,999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 145
( IU7II Jliv. Mil, |ustii. Svsl, in
\ itud) "I ill' ip * ' 1"'" '
ih juw nili- justii I
tc-01-lsh
the > '"ml
■ I Isl,
( IfJNI S|„,i.il l.ipiis
l',i ,,,|,,,sil, : \ ipproprilll '" I
Special ioi re offered on an experimental or temporary baiii to explon topici
tint an eluded in tin eatablialied curriculum K given top t) bt offered
il to| I ) i1"" d 5p« '■' '"I"' s
.,11, i, ,1 primaril) foi lowi i level undi rgraduati studi nl
CBMSNkt Patrol \iiiiiinisti.iiiiHi d iii-tsh
|i ind ■ Iiarai ti riaticaol thi police patrol rut Spei ial
leral ling lion patrol relates to othet polit e B
.mil us effect on
CRS91 Theory and leehniques of Interviewing 3c-01-3i*h
c,„„i,l, i. hi,, il, 1 the theory, natun lioda,and print iplesol interviewing,
t JUBB t iniiiii.il Investigation 3c-0l-3sh
rhe study "I logical and « ientifii principles necessar) foi the detection and
invcatiga! analysis ol alactivides. Theories ofinfi at
i, and interrogation, and observation and ediii 9 an a tig thi topit B to
be ,l,s, ussed,
( It ititi I henry of Complex Criminal Justice Organizations Sc-OkSah
I'u iripiisiti ■: ( Kin'.,, permission ol instructor
Stud) "i 1 1 11 evolution and theories ol organizational alternatives and their
application to die administration ol justice.
CU06 Criminological Research Methods 3c-01-3sh
l'i> uijiiisitt-: CR102 or permission of instructot
\o hum, lii, i i, , tin basit i riminological resean li methods designed toprepan
il,, student to understand and participate in quantitative and qualitativi research
CR39S Crime in the Workplace
Stud) "I tht theoretical and legal b:
3c-0l-3sh
intheworkplact
i iw, Social Control, and Society 3c-01-.tsh
[Tie evolution and development of du lern legal system. Topics include civil,
criminal, and administration law, the legal profession, legal systems in American
.i.l the lav as one of many instruments "I sot ial control and sot ial
t R361 Juvenile I en
\n ,iii.i is i
mile lavi and procedur
3c-01-5sh
involving , ase stud) mi thi ids
CR370 Correctional Institutions 3c-01-3sh
An examination ,,l ih< organization and function of corret tional institutions.
Emphasis is placed on various social processes and problems associated with
in, aii nation.
CR.17I Community-Based Corrections 3c-0I-3sh
il noninstitutional programs, focusing on alternatives t,, incarceration in
community settings. Programs reviewed include prerelease, probation, parole,
halfwa) houses, and restitution-based programs.
CR383 PoUee Administration 3c-0l-3sh
\ stud) "I poliot management, structure, and operations and dun roles in die
,|nalit\ ol services delivered. [Tie relationship between police administration and
. environmi nl "ill be examined.
CR386 Correctional Administration 3c-0l-3sh
A stud) ,,l correctional management, stun lines, anil ,,|icrati,ms and tlleir roles in
ml. The relationship between correctional
administration and its social environment.
CR_'t,ss Court Administration Sc-Ol-.tsh
i siu.lv of court res] sibilit) within the criminal and civil justice systems;
jurisdictions, polit ies, and management prot edures in court administration.
CR390 Women and Crime 3c-0l-3sh
A stud) "I the nature and extent of women's crime, theories of female criminality.
processing of women offenders through the criminal justice system, die response
ol police and court officials to women as victims ol crime, and opportunities for
"omen as employees in criminal justii < agencies.
t It I'll Siihsl.Hnr I s, anil \hus. „, ( .....I |,,s,„ ,
SiiiiK "I mb
philosophy, phynioli
d in terms •■) , onl
(Kinii II,,,,, ,n, ,n , noLsfj
J analysis ,,l tin majoi ■ riininoloj
,1 s, li,„,l; payt bologji ,1 i
polidcal theories of crime and its causes will bt inch
( Kllll ( null iii]i,o.n v Issik s in ( iiiiuiinlo^v li -III- tsh
Emphasil bom. I.ul not Inn I,
corruption, and those crime control strati
,li , i.i, V
CH I Hi Criminal Justice Personnel and Supervision t, -III- Isl,
Stn.lv ,,l publii i" i s, .mi, I svsiems v, uli s|,i , ill, applii ation ■■
agent ies. The roll and hint don -<l nipervis .is ., pi i , ■
personnel system as well as the relationship b and tin
impact ,,n clime will l,c examined.
CB451 Ktiolngy of Delinquent Itcluvioi
inanah/sisof the prevalent theories of debnquenc) causation
developing prevention, control, and treatment appti
CR470 Comparative Study oljusn, , t, -ul- tsl.
Comparison ,,t An urn an lystems "I admnnstrali, ,u ,,t justii ' «rid
nations.
CR480 Seminar in Criminology The Administration ol |usti< t li -ill- )sh
A study of selected topics in criminolog) the administration ofji
taken more dian once lur a maximum
prior CR480: Seminar in the Administration ,,l |
CR4H1 Special Topics in Criminology var-l-ish
Prerequisite: Department consent
A seminar providing stink ol sell i n 'I topit a not emphasized in ,,dicr t,,,,'
Mav be take ire than oni i i" ., maximum 6 M mi lb
CR482 Independent Study in Criminolog) var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: I'rmr approval through advisor, la, nlt\ member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's t Hfice
Students widi interest in mdependeut study ofa topic not offered in die
curriculum mav propose a plan ,,1 sindv in conjunction with a fai nity member.
Approval is based on at ademic appropriateness and availabil
CR491 Individual and Croup Treatment Modalities i, -ill- Ml
A study of die therapeutic techniques, process, and applii
criminal justice environments.
CR493 Internship var-f-l-'sh
A structured field placement designed to broaden the student's educational
experience dirougli observauon and participation in w.,rk assignments m
government or private sectors, 'six semcstei hours "I i i,»lu can be applied to the
major requirements.
cs
Consumer Affairs
Department ol Human Development
and Environmental Studies
College of Health and Human
Services
CS101 Personal and Family Management ii-nl- tsh
Management as a systt m and its relationship to individuals and fa"
Formulation of goals, values, and standards: use of decision-making ,
utilization of resources.
CS28 1 Special Topics v \ar- 1 -Jsh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporar)
dial are not included in the established curriculum
under any special topic identity no more dian three times. S|>cij.
numbered 2S 1 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
INDIANA U N I V E R b I T > OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG
146 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CSS 1 5 Consumer Economics and Family Finance 3c-0l-3sh
Economic, sociological, and psychological principles are applied to family money
management problems. Information needed to manage finances effectively and to
become .i rational consumer is presented.
CS413 Problems in Consumer Economics 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: CS3 15 or Economics
Problems of consumer-seller relationships studied widi emphasis given to effects
ol current economic and social forces. Governmental and private protection
agencies u Inch aid the consumer are reviewed. Individual investigations required.
Fall semester only.
( St 1 ti Problems in Family Finance 3c-0I-3sh
Prerequisite: CS315
In-depth theories and principles in personal and family finance and the rights and
responsibilities of consumers are emphasized. Opportunities are provided for
students to explore specific areas of interest. Spring semester only.
CS42 1 Senior Seminar 2c-0l-2sh
Prerequisite: Completion of 90 semester hours
know ledge gained in major and outside concentration courses is applied to
individual careei goals. Students have die opportunity to pursue related areas not
directly covered in previous coursework, widi emphasis upon independent
research, analytical thinking, and communications skills.
( 1S433 Study Tour var-l-6sh
Prerequisite: Upper-level standing
Opportunity is provided to visit business establishments and cultural centers
D interned with household equipment, furnishings, textiles, clodiing. and housing
in America as well as abroad. Museums, factories, designers' showrooms,
distribution centers, stores, cultural events, and seminars are included. Course
maj be repeated for a total of 6 semester hours. (This course is cross-listed as
FM/ID433.)
CS481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic
niuv he offered under any special topic identity no more dian diree times. Special
topics numbered 48 1 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
var-l-3sh
faculty member, deparunent
CS482 Independent Study
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirough advi:
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Particular consumer considerations are independendy investigated in the area of
housing, home equipment, interior design, clodiing, and textiles, or in die
management of resources. Course may be repeated for a total of 3 semester hours.
Students meet widi a faculty member at least 5 hours per semester hour.
CS493 Internship var-l-12sh
Prerequisites: Approval of instructor and department chaiqierson; upper-level
standing
Prat Ileal experience related to the student's major area of study widi objectives.
supervised experience, and evaluation. Course may he repeated for a total of 12
semester hours.
Distributive Education
Department of Technology Support
and Training
Eberly College of Business
Note: All courses at die 300 and 400 level are open only to students with junior
or senior standing. All students, regardless of major or program affiliation, must
meet course prerequisite requirements in order to enroll for a given course.
DE28 1 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Spec ial topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more dian three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
DE331 Modern Merchandising 3c-01-3sh
Techniques for planning and controlling inventory, analyzing sales, working widi
modern systems for handling cash, and using color, line, and design. Practice in
preparing merchandise display units.
DE413 Methods and Evaluation in Distributive Education II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: BE1 11, MK320. DE333, and EP202
Includes two sections of special mediods and evaluation in diis field. Objectives
are to acquaint students widi the basic principles of group and individual
instruction in various subject matter areas, as well as methods of presentation.
Unit plans, lesson plans, demonstrations, and evaluations will be prepared.
Students select sections needed for certification.
DE48 1 Special Topics 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 48 1 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
DE482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirough advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in die
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction widi a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
Economics
Department of Economics
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
ECl 01 Basic Economics 3c-0l-3sh
Scarcity, role of prices in determining production and the allocation of resources,
business cycle analysis, policy options for reducing unemployment and inflation,
economic role of government, international trade, and selected current economic
problems are studied. For those who do not plan to take more dian 3 semester
hours of economics. Note: May not be taken after successful completion of or
concurrent registration in any odier Economics course.
EC 1 2 1 Principles of Economics I 3c-01-3sh
Nature and mediodology of economics; mixed capitalism and market economy:
national income: employment dieory. including economics of fiscal policv: money,
banking, and Federal Reserve System; international trade and finance.
EC122 Principles of Economics II 3c-01-3sh
Economics of die firm: dieory of consumer demand: determination of price and
ouqiut in different market structures; distribution of income; economic growdi.
EC241 Contemporary Economic Issues 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: EC 101 or 122
A rigorous but nontechnical analysis of a variety of economic problems and a
formulation and evaluation of possible corrective policies.
EC281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
dial are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
EC283 Environmental Economics 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: EC 101 or 122
Examination of economic costs and benefits of environmental control and
modification. Techniques of economic analysis are used to understand economic-
aspects of environmental problems and contribute toward dieir solution.
EC325 Monetary Economics I 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EC 121. 122
Organization, operation, and economic significance of U.S. monetary institutions:
commercial banks and Federal Reserve System; survey of monetary dieory and
poUcy; mechanism of international payments.
EC326 Monetary Economics II 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: EC325 or permission of die instructor
Detailed study of monetary dieory; tasks of central banking: principal objectives
of monetary policy: intensive study of recent monetary experience:
complementary and competing aims of monetary and fiscal policy.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS /•//
I ( : ill I aim. I ■i.iimmii-s (< -01- Ish
Prerequisites) EC121 122
ration "I tradi ui i ■ i
■ li i '"' ll I' " I '•'»"■'■
ihoi problenu
I ( mi it OijuuMdonoflndiutrj
!•,,,, quiiitei E< 122 oi permission of thi in«trucuii
luslrics analyzed through mea«
mark luctsnd kel peri no
l.-Ol-fsl,
• >l markel itnii inn .
Ic-Ol-fsh
li i tj Covemmcnl and Business
P |oun(i : i i 122 or pi rmiss I tin Inatrui tot
ol tin intiti lino on the mi ai I i ompi tition, the
prohibit funfait business) lucl andthi a< hieveme f desirable
ii performanci
I ( in lUfnlad rindustr) Sc-OMsb
Prerequisites! EC121 122 oi pi rnii I tin insti i
Examine* thi tl ) andpracl I regulation, emphasizing effects ol
lb met .mil effii iency in tin I S
Mill Economics ol I orporate Decisions :>< -ol-.lsh
Prerc ritesi E( 121 El 122 MAI21 |uivalenl
ipplicationa ofecoi i il.< ...\ using algebra, elementary statistics, and calculus
i i him problems including problems ..I (brei astingand
llsk.
I ( 13J Public Finance Sc-01-Sth
1'iiii'ipiisitrs: E( 121 l22orpermiss fth< instructoi
Taxation and expenditure theory at the fed) ral level: federal budgi i and debt
s; public sector impact upon economy.
I ( I ii. sin. and I ocad Finance 3c-01«3sh
Prerequisite! E( I !2 oi pi rmission ol tin instrui toi
uialysii of character and impact "I state and local government revenue soun ea,
expenditures, and fiscal s^iun, intergovernmental fiscal relations.
BOSS Economic Development 1
I'l.M.piisllis: EC121, 122
tneory <<l growth; theorj "i w onon
development of underdeveloped (
Kill History of the Economic Development of the
i nit.ci States Sofll-3
Prerequisite! I i nil or 121 or 122
Applications ofeconomii theorj and models of economic development to the
main patterns .>t I .S. postrevolutionar) growth: emphasizes the history ol
; development a ilaborati ■ foi testing ecoi lie hypotheses,
H 145 International Trade 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites! I i [ ' i ni.l 122 oi p ission of die instructor
Study ol tile mil roecoi . segment ol international specialization and ex< hange,
including theories "I international trade and their application to commercial
policies, historical survey and examination ol i urn nt probh ms of international
trade, and the institutional setting of international trade.
li Hi. International Payments 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites! EC121 and 122 oi permission ol the instructoi
mi< si gmenl ol international spi i ialis and
exchange, including analysis ol balance "I payments, exchange rates, and the
mechanism ..I international economic and monetary adjustments; international
"'•" "•" mil polii j : histoi i lamination ol current international
financial problems; and the institutional setting of international payments.
1 (t."ll ( ainiparalivc Economic Systems 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: EC10I or 121 oi I 22
Evaluation of premises, practices, institutions, and performance ol capitalist,
socialist, and mixed economies using economic theory and measurement
EC351 Russian Economic Development 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: EC101 or 121 01 I 22
Study of the theory, institutions, and performance ol the Russian econom)
ison of present and past patterns of economic development
EC355 Statistics for Economists 3c-01-3sh
Introduction to economic statistic v including rrequenc] distributions, probability-.
distributions ol random variables, functions ol rami. mi variables, and tests ol
economic hypotheses.
II : H I. ..I... I. no I.. I .'I'm .
I'm i. quinti it El ■ nl oi p> rmiai
[ntrodui ii..n i,. . . oi tries m
,,i t. random econometrii problems,*!
thai equations
I ( Kill I i ......inn s nl Hi ..III. S. i vii is li -III- Isli
Analysis "l the alloi stum ol i -..I and
lupph, techniques Pricing and output deci ion '■■ |
other l.<
1(171 in mil s oi i alioi 1 1 gtssatiaa
i'i. i. .jiiimii : I ' 130 oi permission
I-. ono La. kground and effet ti ol governmental regulation ol lab.
with emphasis on a i ition of National Laboi Ft
amended
EC372 Economics ol Wages ..ml I mploj mi m I. -nl- Mi
Prerequisite: EC330oi permission of du instructoi
Analysis >>! wages and i mploymenl undet various market stm. inr-
ofthe impact of lain es, prices, and disti
1(17 1 Economics ol I Ionian Kesniirees li -III- Ml
Prerequisite: I I 101 01 122
Inquiry into e< o i< demographics and rclait.l t ,
structure, and distribution of an e> onomy'a labor fom intodiflei
EC383 Urban/Regional Econonin s tc-01- Ish
Prerequisites: EC121 and 122
Location theory, land use patterns, urban economi.
urban economic problems and policies.
EC421 Macroeconomic Analysis k-Ol- 1st.
Prerequisites: EC121, 122 or perrnission "I the tnsl
Emphasizes aggregate income levels and problems of unemployment mil .-
and growth. Covers consumpiion and invt stment theories and die r-- -
and monetary policy,
EC422 Microeconomic Analysis (c-Ol- Ish
Prerequisites: EC121, EC122, MAUI ..r equivalent
( lonsumer behavior, theory ofthe finn. theory ol exchange, market BtJ
distribution, general equilibriuni theory, welfare economics.
EC480 Seminar tc-IIIMi
Prerequisite: Permission ofthe instructor
Seminar in selected economic issues or problems.
EC481 Special Topics »ar-IKh
Prerequisite: Permission ofthe instructor
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary
explore topics that are not included in die established curriculum. A ;
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than three I
topics numbered 481 arc- primarily for upper-level undergraduate si
EC482 Independent Study »ar- 1 -hsh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty meml>er. department
chaiqicrson. dean, and Provost's ( HTu <■
Students widi interest in independent stndc ol a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction widi a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availabilii
EC493 Internship in Economics var-2- 1 .'sh
Prerequisite: A student must be an economics major who ha-, completed
12 semester hums in economics anil who has at least a 2.5 grade-]
the ina|or and in all coursework.
The course provides on-the-job experience in economics positions with private
and governmental employers. The student is also required to complete related
academic work in the form of papers and selected readings. Numbi i
earned will depend upon die nature of die job and amount of time involved in
internship. A maximum of six ofthe credits earned in this course may be counted
toward the 30 semester hours in economics requirement for Economics ma
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
148
DESCR I PTION
Education
College of Education
ED242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I var-ls
Prerequisite: Admission to teacher certification
Observation/participation in a basic education classroom beginning not later thi
the sophomore year.
ED28 1 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
ED342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II var-Ish
Prerequisites: ED242 and admission to junior standing
Students work toward the development of specific competencies diat relate to
individual major fields of teaching.
ED389 Field Experience Intervention 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: Permission of department and instructor; Elementary Education
or Early Childhood Education major
This course is designed to assist die student in achieving the competencies widiin
die major necessary for performance in student teaching. Teaching skills will be
developed through one-on-one tutoring and a field experience. Each student will
work in collaboration widi die instructor to develop a personal learning contract
diat provides a means for demonstrating those competencies identified by the
instructor and student. Students are expected to show commitment to self-
development and teaching. This course is only offered on a pass/fail basis.
ED408 Reading in the Content Areas 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: EL222
Problems related to teaching students reading and study skills specifically needed
in each of die subject areas at die elementary level. Content teachers learn how to
develop students' competence in diese skills as part of dieir regular classroom
instruction.
ED415 Computers in the School Curriculum 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: BE/CO/IM101 or permission of die instructor
Students will use a variety of computer software including word processing,
record management programs, and simulation programs. Emphasis will be on the
application of computer programs widiin die K- 1 2 school curriculum.
ED421 Student Teaching var-6sh
Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching
Experience in teaching at the elementary level; coordination and visitation by a
university faculty member widi daily supervision by a cooperating classroom
teacher.
ED423 Professional Practicum, Including School Lav. var-3sh
Series of conferences and related activities to prepare students for actual teaching
experiences. Parallels student teaching experience in junior and senior years,
(Elementary Education majors only)
ED43 1 Student Teaching in Family and Consumer Sciences var-6sh
Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching
Experience in teaching family and consumer sciences at die secondary level.
ED441 Student Teaching var-6-12sh
Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching
Experience in teaching at the elementary or secondary level; coordination and
visitation by a university faculty member widi daily supervision by a cooperating
classroom teacher.
ED442 School Law 1 c-o|. l sh
Required of all teacher certification students. Includes overview of legal principles
that apply to special areas of education. Must be taken prior to student teaching.
ED451 Teaching Science in the Secondary School 2c-2l-3sh
Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching
Background to help science majors meet die problems of teaching science.
Various inquiry approaches useful in meeting objecdves of a contemporary
science class are taught and exemplified.
ED452 Teaching of English and Communication in the
Secondary School 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN314. 323. and 380 and admission to Student Teaching
This course is a prerequisite to student teaching in English. Introduces the
student to current professional practices in die teaching ol English and
communications in high school.
ED453 Teaching of Foreign Languages in the
Elementary/Secondary Schools 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: Successful completion of 321-322 and 351-352 in die student's
major language; passage of a language proficiency examination or permission of
die instructor, and admission to Student Teaching
The student will study current dieories of language acquisition and methods of
language teaching for die elementary and secondary school. Through hands-on
practice and peer teaching demonstrations, die student will develop techniques
for teaching functional language, planning lessons, setting curricular objecdves.
testing language skills, and selecting/adapting materials for bodi elementary and
secondary school classrooms. (Course taught fall semester only)
ED455 Teaching of Social Science in Secondary Schools 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching
Study of modem methods and techniques lor teaching social science and of
current curricula in social
ED456 Teaching Math in the Secondary Schools 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching
Study of modern methods and techniques for teaching mathematics and current
curricula.
ED462 Issues and Innovations in Education 3c-01-3sh
Study of issues and innovadons which influenced education will be included in
diis course. Educational innovadons and issues which deal widi curriculum,
school organization, and materials of instruction will be examined.
ED48 1 Special Topics 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: By permission only
Provides an opportunity for students to investigate in-depth an area of education
under professional supervision.
ED482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirough advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students widi interest in independent study of a topic not offered in die
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction widi a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
ED495 International Study Tour in Education var-3sh
Study of various peoples dirough dieir cultural settings and educational systems;
on-site visitation to selected schools and odier social agencies and institutions;
seminars with school officials and directed readings.
2c-0l-2sh
oncurrendv with.
ED499 Multicultural/Multiethnic Education
Prerequisite: One methods course must be taken priu
ED499
Provides students with an understanding and appreciation of cultural diversity i
die United States. Students will gain die ability to locate and develop curricular
materials appropriate to diis country's diversity.
Early Childhood Education
Professional Studies in Education
College of Education
Note: Courses in Early Childhood Education :
average, except with departmental permission.
; restricted to majors widi a 2.5
EE200 Introduction to Early Childhood Education 3c-0l-3sh
Introductory course for prospective teachers of young children. Provides students
with die opportunity to gain knowledge of historical, sociological, and political
aspects of early childhood education. Emphasis on systematically observing,
recording, and evaluating children's behavior in classrooms. (Formerly EL353:
Preschool Education)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE
DESCRIPTIONS
liU
BES20 Language Derdopmenl ind Children'! Lib i Sc-Ot-Sfh
!,, ||UC|) ,,l i hildri n i languagi .„ quiail
lof« di vi lopmi null) appropriate i u ii ulum
,| il uli il.. prim radi I I Ibi di lop ■ I Ira
i '( ghoul •>>
HI I -.i ,i l >!.■. i n ation i inti i ii ■•• ■ tnd ti »i hinf i cperienci
.1 ii ■ | (TI fFered i i writinj in
i i |81 Bpadal i"|ii<- v.ir-1-lsl.
Pn i ,,.i i oursi ' .mil in
i irarj basia to i pi
ludi d hi il" i itablishi dcurrii ill \ given topil nu) b
, ,,,i , pecial topic identity no more than three times. Special topii
bered 181 ire ofli red primaril) foi lowei level undergraduate attidenta
I l 110 Integrated Curriculum I 3c-01-3ah
mi... .Ii vi b| ni iii . hildren and thi implii us
undi rstanding will 1" applii 'I to
1 1. nu m~ ni iiiiiiii'iii .il cepts and scienci i pta Class
nu ni strategies diatcanbc utilized in varied environments will be
IK II I Integrated Curriculum II Sc-01-Ssb
Enables students to realizi tin importance and relevance of content ansa subjects
.is related to tlie early childh I years Pla ng foi teaching with specific
emphasis o idiodi ind materials for social and environmental living is
. .1 musii .mil .in is emphasized, values systems ami
o locial living.
£/
Education •>! I'< ismis with Hearing
Loss
I )epartmi ai oi Sp< on and
( .llllll ,ll Si till IS
( lollege ni Edu< adon
i. -<n- io,
I II I I I llllliilllli I inn III P< I suns with ll< .irinji I u.s
I'n ii ipu sites: A. I\ i s. 1 1 permission, Ml majomonly
uing impaired
in ill language1 oral languagi and total munii ation. I be rtsati
illi Us strengths and wi ...
Criterial tbushed in i onaidi
exhibited by thi pupil, thi agi of onset, and thi social and psydiol
implical >. (Off apaired prior to 1904)
I II I I "i I ill I mini linn In Sign Ijnguagl 1 1 -Ol-lsli
ii, .n ,,f
basti iignlangua i acquiring general inlbftnatioo from a
signed messagi and versing infbnnalh/ on commonly used topica.
I I 1 1 .' Aesthetic Experiences foi Voung Children
\n in, i.l, -, iplinary approach todifferenl font
... i. music, and vemenl v
111 I ,iini
both teai hers and i hildn n will be pr
experiences. Students will expand dv
II worth of the children.
(i-OI-.fsh
expressii in in young
ill be analyzed ,is aesthetii eh ments in a
ulum. Development oi creative potendal in
mi, in, I .is .i means "I enhancing the at fist's
ii nsi ,,| the .nis to enhance thi sell esh em
III.' 1 1 Intermediate sign Language I, -nl-Nfi
Prerequisite: III 1 I 5
I mphasis on comprehension "I signed information and on developing Bstenc) in
conveying a messagi in both signed English and American Sign l-inguagc.
\l,i,litii .il ii >n oi signs .nnl iiiilividuali/ali"ii ,,l techniques f,,r
,, mini, tu, .limn \miIi learning-impaired or multuSandicapped deaf
II .11 III I s
EII28I Special Topics sar-l-lsh
I'k in|iiisiu-: As appropriati i irat content
Special topii u offered »n temporary basis to c\pl,,i
ih.it are not included in the i stablisbed currii ulum. A given topii may l*c offered
nu,!, i any s|k, i.il topii identity no more than three times. social topics
numbered 2s I are offered primarily tor lower-level undergraduate students.
EH307 Speech fur Persons with Hearing Loss fi-tll- (sh
Prerequisites! Kill 14,SH242,2 5 GPA
lr, lnin|in-s t, ,i ,l,v, Imjhi,,^. ,ji.,^ii,,sni_. .iri.iU/mu. .mil . .urn Ini'^ die speech and
mihi problems i it hearing-impaired individuals. Lecture, demonslraUou. and
special projects. (Offered as Speech for the Hearing Impaired prior i
EH308 Language for Persons with Hearing I ,,« 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EH11 I, SH334, 2.5 GPA
Development and remediation "I language "t the hearing impaired. Language
sampling ami diagnostii 9, senteni i patterning, and analytic vs. natural teaching
methods. Strui turing a ramnrrmicative environment (Offered as language for die
1 learing Impaired prior to 1994)
EH329 Hearing Practicuni I var- 1 sh
Prerequisites: KH 111. 115, 2.5 GPA
Provides the 9tudent with actual contact with individuals with hearing
i .il be si- 1 up in appropriate s< in ml programs ami or clinics tor die
hearing impaired, m hearing itinerant programs, or in clinical settings where
hearing-unpaired mdividuals are receiving therapy ,,r arc being tested.
pies nl nl 'si i\ ing and evaluating behavior arc presented mitialh to prepare
the student to profit maximal!) tr,,m die observation experiences. Written reports
oi the praebca arc submitted and dts, usscd, and each student is encoungi
gain experienoi ent settings as available.
I H330 Hearing Practicum II - ar- 1 sh
Prerequisites: I II 129, 2 5 GPA
Provides students with actual contact with mdividuals with hearing loss. Practica
will be set up in appropriate school programs and or clinics fur die hearing
unpaired, in hearing itinerant programs, or in clinical settings where hcaring-
impaired individuals are receiving therapv ,,r arc being tested. Techniqi. •
ing and evaluating behavioi are presented initially to prepare die student to
profit maximally from the observation experiences. Writ;. pracuca
.iu submitted and discussed, ami each student is encouraged to gain experience
any different settings as available. This is a continuation "t I
1 [earing Practu um 1 and bit hides support ami superrision of students b
F.H331 Advanced Sign language lc-01-lsh
Prerequisites: EH1 15, 244, 2.5 GPA
Studies the evolution of signs; dialectical sign systems. Analysis and comparison
ot the linguistic similarities differences of various sign languages. Direct
translation of written or spoken information on specific topics using American
Sign Language or Signed English. Practice using conversation on both a social
anil academic level.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
II 315 Development and Learning Through Play 3c-01-3sh
Provides early childhood educators w ith the knowledge and skills necessary t,,
lidi children's play lieliavnu as the child's basic learning
..I Emphasis on definitions, theories, and stages of play within the
context "I social. emoti il, physii al. and Intellei inal growth I'm childn
B m.iis. Students will observi children at play, design specifii learning activities
thai utilize a play games format, I direct educ ial experiences during a
d field component. (Previous tide: Play .is t ognitiveand Effective
iuc ni)
II l"il leaching Primary Reading 3c-0l-3sh
^ methods o I to assist students in developing the reading abilitii
,,i young children. Dials with instrui tional issues related to teaching reading and
ts to varying reading and pn reading processes winch are
witii young children. \lso emphasizes diagnostic and assessment
strategii s foi teai lung reading.
:)sh
II is I Special Topics v
l'icni|iusiic: Priot approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
\ course seminal pus in education appropriate foi thi Earl) Childhood
Education
II 182 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prioi approval through advisor, rai ult) member, department
on, dean, and Provost's ( HEci
is with interest in independent study ol a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan ol study in conjuni tion with a faculty member.
based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources,
150 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
EH35 1 Teaching Reading to Persons with Hearing Loss 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: EH308. 2.5 GPA
Presents basic concepts of developmental reading instruction and systematic
coverage of" the mediods of teaching reading to students with hearing loss from
readiness stages through upper school.
EH3t>0 General Methodology for Education of
Persons with Hearing Loss 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EH1 14. 307. 308, 2.5 GPA
Provides a systematic coverage of the basic procedures for teaching curriculum
subjects. Included are adaptive methods of instruction for teaching mathematics:
science as it relates to the child and the curriculum: content, objectives, and
resource materials for social studies: creative experiences in the field of language
ails, rhythmics, and physical education and health. (Offered as General
Methodology for Education of Hearing Impaired prior to 1994)
EH365 Parent-Preschool Programs for Persons
with Hearing Loss 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EH307, EH308. EH1 14, EX1 12, SH334, 2.5 GPA
Developing home/clinic programs for parents and hearing-impaired infants (0-3
years). Teaching speech, language, speechreading, use of residual hearing, and
developing readiness skills at preschool level. (Offered as Parent-Preschool
Programs for die Hearing Impaired prior to 1994)
EH481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
var-l-3sh
faculty member, department
EH482 Independent Study
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirough advi,
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
Elementary Education
Professional Studies in Education
College of Education
Note: Courses in Elementary Education are restricted to majors with a 2.5
average, except with departmental permission.
EL2 1 1 Music for the Elementary Grades 2c-01-2sh
Geared for elementary education students. Includes basic ideas for
understanding, development, and confidence for future classroom teachers and
their pupils in areas of music education.
EL2 1 3 Art for the Elementary Grades 2c-01-2sh
The creative use of art materials and an understanding of development of
capacities of children dirough art.
EL215 Child Development 3e-01-3sh
Survey of human development, from conception to adolescence, in terms of basic
scientific data. Development, growth, and behavior are studied and dieir
implications for home, school, and community are considered.
EL22I Children's Literature 3c-01-3sh
Acquisition of a wide acquaintance with children's literature, old and new. Poetry
selet in ins, annotated stories, and bibliographies will be assembled. Ways and
means to develop, stimulate, and guide children's reading of literature presented.
Principles and techniques of successful storytelling are studied and practiced.
EL222 Reading for the Elementary School 3c-0l-3sh
Systematic coverage of the teaching of reading, including mediods, techniques,
and materials.
EL257 Pedagogy I 3c-01-3sh
Competencies specific to the science of teaching will be introduced in this course.
Students will become familiar with die fundamentals of teaching at the elementary
level. Areas dial will be explored include models of teaching, including lesson and
unit planning, and creating a classroom environment dial is conducive to learning
(Offered as EL356 prior to 1997-98)
EL2 81 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more dian three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
EL3 1 2 Teaching of Elementary Science 2c-0l-2sh
Emphasis placed upon science as it relates to child and curriculum, planning for
teaching science, and recent innovations in science teaching. Course offered on
die junior block only.
EL313 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: MAI51, 152. EL257
Recent developments in curriculum and mediods of instruction of contemporary
elementary school mathematics programs. Students will become acquainted widi
books, materials, and odier resources helpful to prospective teachers. Includes
observations of master teachers.
EL3 1 4 Teaching of Health and Physical Education 2c-01-2sh
Gaines, stunts, rhythms, relays, tumbling, dances, and skills suitable for the
elementary school child. Teaching of health in elementary school is emphasized,
including methods, materials, and lesson planning.
EL322 Teaching of Reading II 3c-01-3sh
Second course of a two-course sequence. Systematic coverage of teaching of
reading, including mediods, materials, and lesson planning.
EL35 1 Creative Activities in the Elementary School 3c-0l-3sh
Provides students with a wide range of creative experiences in fields of art. crafts,
music, rhythmics, dramatics, and games in elementary school. Stress is placed
upon need to help children in developing dieir capacities for creative expression
in diese areas.
EL357 Pedagogy II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: Junior status
Principles based on classroom experience. Instruction will include classroom
management skills, integration of computers in die elementary curriculum,
contemporary issues in education, the role of research in elementary classroom
teaching, and teacher professionalism during and after field experiences. (This
course is writing intensive.)
EL41 1 Teaching of Social Studies 3c-01-3sh
Overview of social studies in elementary school. Includes study of objectives,
trends, areas of content, patterns and principles of organization, and techniques of
teaching. Variety of learning experiences and materials used and evaluated.
EL422 Diagnostic and Remedial Reading 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: EL222
Causes of reading disability; mediods of diagnosis: procedures and materials for
remedial work, group and individual.
EL425 Language Arts Across the Curriculum 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: EL222
Places emphasis on the view diat the art of communication is an interrelated
process and die task of classroom teachers is not only integrating the language arts
among diemselves but also integrating them throughout die entire curriculum.
Techniques for teaching oral and written communication, spelling, handwriting,
vocabulary development, listening, and linguistics will be presented. Special
emphasis given to recent trends and research. This course is offered as a writing-
intensive course.
EL481 Special Topics var-3sh
Prerequisite: Approval of instructor and department
A course/seminar on topics in education appropriate for tiie Elementary
Education setting.
EL482 Independent Study var-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirough advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students widi interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
(Offered as EL481 prior to 1993-94)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 151
English
I), partmenl "I English
( lollege ol I lumanities and Social
Sciences
I NIOOBaiii Willing i. -ill-Mi
English ski ii and i li. i m.
in elected mud I ii tloesn eel
ducation English 01 I iberal studii i wriung requirements.
I miii i olicgc Writing i.-i.u-lsli
Prerequisite* I 1 100 ■ In •• rcqi I Ii) |ili esting
n il„ lirai scnicstct al II P ' the nature
and Itistor) "I laiiguagi si ma uicJ linguisti alyais,and problems in rlietorii
lli Ii ngtli i tpositorj papi rs (oi
in idditioi 1 i ri erci* .'"'1 a writu n lm.il
i
EN121 Humanities I it. « Sc-01-flsh
Prcrequisitei EN101
nr. • through i can I talysia "I
ii ludi I ri "I various time pi Is,
nauonaliu. . I in lies,
I N122 Introduelion to Litcrar) Analysis .li-ol- l.h
Prcjrequifitei EN 101
Vcquaiots students wiUi tin lite rar) gi iin s (< spei ialrj Ei tion, poi try, and drama)
b) mi .in-, of examples of each and provides diem with s fthe various . ritical
u dial the) maj gain di< abilit) to
clusi if die course, students are expel ted to be able to
I, I to " al papi rs .,1 1 it. (( Ifii red is
EN210|
I N130 English foi Foreign Students Sc-01-3sh
nls \. m! i pportunity to improve their abilit) i"
lish before die) take KM on and I'M in Hie emphasis is on
rcises and assignments. This i oursc carries graduation credit
inn does ii" i meel I ibi ral Studii s English requirements,
EN202 Research Writing Sc-01-3sh
Prerequisites! EN mi sophomore standing
i, .Inns to read, analyze, and evaluate nonaction soun es and to present
the results ,,i theii analysis in < lear, organized, carefully documented n
md " 11 ii, 1 1 hi each section \\ ill be determined b)
the instrui
I N208 rhe V.i ,,l the f iln
tlv ill, n as
k-Ol-.ish
i artistic medium. Eight to twelve motion pictures
<l are analyzed in class discussions
K-()l-:ish
EN210 British Literature to 1660
Prerequisites! EN101 l22.orpei
linings to about 1660, acquainting students
with die ex] id ngniaii) ofdie primary materials (whole works
whenevei possibli oi full, Ik. -standing parts) .in.1 provides them with
background infonnatioii conceniing die development and flowering ol the various
genres, th< dominant ideas ol eai h period, and tin so< ial andi ultural context al
iin separate works. (Offered as I N2I1 pri Spring, 1998)
EN211 British I iterature ltitiu-1900 Jc-Okish
Prerequisites! EN101, 122, oi p ission
om about 1660 to tin beginning ..I the twentieth
century, acquainting students widi die experience of reading man) of the primar)
materials (vi hole works whenever possible or lull, free-standing parts) and
round information concerning die development and
Dowering ol die various genres, the dominant ideas <<t each period, and the social
.in.1 cultural context ol the separate work. (Offered as ' I iterature
prioi to Spring, 1998)
EN212 Imerican Literature: Beginnings to 1900 .k-lil-.i-h
Prerequisites! 1 \ nil. 122, oi permission
i understanding ol American literature from its beginning t.> about
titrate primarily upon a relative]) small number of
majoi works, each ofwhich will help to illustrate the "spirit i I
Offered is 1 N21 I \ nerican Literature: Beginnings to the Present
prior to Spring, 1998)
I N.'l 1 II,, I,. I, .,,,,1 \,„. in .in I il,. Si. Mill I. <Ill.li
Prercquisitcsi I
• in British and '■
1900 Begins with the .lull from Vii lorianism and
In, Mini, mi,, modi mum, ■
i and continues with posu lemism ami i ontemporar) liti
I N21 I II.. N">.l i.-nl-t.l.
Prerequisite is miaaion
Mil. < ,,lll.l MUM
hhI forms in English Ii
consideration .,1 teai liing ii
EN215 Poetry to-OWs*
Prerequuriteai EN 101, 122, "i perm
\ stud) ppn , n ol i
I .mi, mi. ol poetry, tni ludi scot
I N216 Short Fid J. -nl- i.l,
Prerequisites! EN101. 122
op i ••! the short .n.n h he middl
,i w nli attention i" form
Includes consideration ol teai liing short Ei nun.
I Ml 7 Drama
Prerequisites: EN 101, 122, oi permission
A study of selected plays fn odsinan attempt to <
function of drama. Includes i onsiderarion ol teaching drama.
fi-ill- t.h
l.-lil-tsh
1 N JJti ldvanced ( otnpositioa I
Prerequisite: I N202
Primarif) seeks i" improve writing style, particularly in the more utilitarian forms.
such as in '- ' rsd personal essay.
I N22 I ( native Writing h -Hi- l-l>
Prerequisite: EN202
This is 8 in which students are expected to produce a .ub.unual
bod) "I written work in oni oi more of the creative genres, the partinilai land .,1
w riring i hosen v. iih regard to the special interest, and abihties of tat I, .indent.
EN225 Introduction to Literature by Women le-0sV Mi
Prerequisites: KM 1 1 oi 122 and 202
Majoi trends and motifs across genre, (fiction, tionfiction, poetry, autobiography)
which reflect themes and subjects "I continuing interest i" women writer.. ITie
nil. 1. 1. ti, hi nl genu with rate, ethuicit)'. anil social class will be of particular
significance. (' rflered as EN38 I |>n,ir to Spring,
F.N28I Speii.llli.piis .ar-l-l.h
Prerequisite: As .i|>|i!,'},n.in i urst content
Special topics an offered on an experimental m temporan
thai are not ini hided in the established i luriculur, may l<c ..tiered
i. spei i.il topii identity n,> more dun three rimes, S|
! 281 in offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate ss
EN301 Itiiiish Medieval] iterature
Prerequisites: I N202, 210,211, 212,213
This , ourse examines particular literan traditions in England h-..m die elcvciidi
to the fifteenth centuries, excluding Chaucer. The purpose will be t.< acquaint
students with the diversity of materials, ranging from prose ;
written, and serious to comic Mosl texts will l>e taught in the original Middle
English, accompanied by side glosses. Translations will be used where
appropriate, [lather than survey tlieperi.nl comprehensively, die purpose
to focus closely on particular aspects or writers as selected by die instructor.
EN302 Renal. ...me I Iterature WhV let
Prerequisites: I N202, 210, 21 1,212, 213
Examines majoi work, and genre, in Elizabedian literature such as pastoral and
■ andke) fiction writers, dramatists, and poets during 155S-160J. Rather
than survey the period romprehensrvefy. the purpose hen
specific literary period ami on the "Titers of this |>cnod as selected by die
instrw tor. (Offered as EN361 : The Renaissance prior to Sprint.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRAD
152 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
EN303 British Enlightenment Literature 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202, 210, 21 1, 212, 213
British Enlightenment Literature refers to die imitation of the Greek and Roman
authors of antiquity. The course begins with the assumptions and goals 0f
neoclassical literature and integrates the intellectual debates and contemporary
politics (patriarchy, nascent capitalism, empire, slavery, class divisions) that
flourished alongside of (and that shaped die emergence of) new genres (die slave
narrative, die novel, godiic tales, die periodical essay). Radier dian survey die
period comprehensively, die purpose here is to focus closely on particular aspects
or writers as selected by the instructor.
EN304 British Romantic Literature 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202, 2 10, 2 11, 2 12, 2 13
Emphasizes die relationship between literature and its milieu. Focuses primarily
on English Romantic Poets but considers development in Germany, France, and
America and examines its continuing manifestations in literature, culture, and
politics. Rather than survey die period comprehensively, the purpose here is to
focus closely on a specific literary period and on die writers of diis period as
selected by die instructor. (Offered as EN360: Romanticism prior to Spring,
1998)
EN305 British Victorian Literature 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202. 210. 211, 212. 213
Examines literary works against a background of rapidly changing social,
economic, religious, and political forces. Counterculture movements, such as die
Pre-Raphaelites, will be examined against "high Victor ianism" to develop a sense
of die tremendous intellectual and political energy of die period. Roots of recent
concerns such as feminism, political literalism, and capitalism will be explored to
help us better understand our own as well as die Victorian age. Radier than
survey the period comprehensively, die purpose here is to focus closely on
particular aspects or writers as selected by die instructor.
EN306 Modern British Literature 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202, 210, 21 1, 212, and 213
Examines major works and trends in modern British literature, such as
modernism or key fiction writers, dramatists, or poets during die first half of the
twentiedi century. Rather dian survey die period comprehensively, the purpose
here is to focus closely on particular aspects or writers as selected by the
instructor.
EN307 Contemporary British Literature 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202, 210,211, 212,213
Examines major works and trends in contemporary British literature, such as late
modernism, postmodernism, the age of diminishment, or key novelists,
dramatists, and/or poets from the period 1945 to die present. Radier dian survey
the period comprehensively, the purpose here is to focus closely on particular
aspects or writers as selected by the instructor.
EN3 1 5 American Literature to 1 820 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202,2I0, 21 1,212,213
The beginnings of American literary cultures from sixteenth-century pre-
Columbian indigenous contacts widi European explorations, through diverse
colonializations (Hispanic, French, and British) including die importation of
African slaves, up to the American Revolution and emergent U.S. literary
nationalism in die first decades of the nineteenth century. Rather than survey die
period comprehensively, die purpose here is to focus closely on particidar aspects
or writers as selected by die instructor.
EN316 American Literature 1820-1880 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202, 210, 21 1,2 12, and 213
Examines major works and trends in U.S. literature, from the Federalist,
Romantic, and/or Realistic periods. Rather than survey die period
comprehensively, die purpose here is to focus closely on particular aspects or
writers as selected by the instructor.
EN3 1 7 American Literature 1 880- 1 940 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202, 210, 21 1,212, 213
Examines representative U.S. writers during 1880-1940. Includes traditional
figures as well as writers who have recently entered die canon. Rather dian survey
the period comprehensively, the purpose here is to focus closely on particular
aspects or writers as selected by die instructor.
EN3 1 8 Literature for Adolescents 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN 101, 122, or permission, English Education major
Surveys poetry, drama, and fiction widi which die adolescent is familiar dirough
school work and personal reading. (Offered as EN218 prior to 1993-94)
EN3 1 9 American Literature 1 940-present 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202 and at least two courses from EN2 10, 21 1, 212, 213
Additional prerequisites for B.A. English majors: EN2 10, 211, 212, 213
Focuses on various movements, themes, genres, and autiiors writing in the United
States since 1940. Not a survey course; each section will develop an extended
treatment of a particular topic selected by die instructor. Emphasizes writing by
living writers to develop an understanding of the diversity, formally and
diematically, of current U.S. literary production across genders and ethnicities.
EN320 Advanced Composition II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202, 220
Workshop and tutorial atmosphere for students who intend to write or teach
writing.
EN322 Technical Writing I 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: EN202
Focuses on helping die student to acquire and to apply communication skills
essential to the technical and professional writer.
EN3 1 0 Public Speaking 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: EN 101
Fundamental principles of public speaking, audience analysis, interest and
attention, and selection and organization of speech material.
EN3I 1 Oral Interpretation 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: EN3 10
Emphasizes understanding and appreciation of literature through developing skill
in reading aloud.
EN312 Speech-Persuasion
Prerequisites: EN202, 310
Advanced study of problems involved in influencing i
3c-0l-3sh
EN3I3 The Rhetorical Tradition
Prerequisites: EN 1 0 1 , 3 1 0
Survey of rhetorical theory from Greek and Ron
i through modern times.
EN314 Speech and Communication in the
Secondary English Classroom 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN 122, 202
Offers students practical and theoretical approaches to relationships between oral
and written communication. The course is performance based (involving a variety
of communication activities) and knowledge based (involving study of research on
language arts relationships). Emphasis is given to integration of die four language
arts tor improving teachers1 own communication skills as well as diose of dieir
students.
EN323 Teaching Literature and Reading in the
Secondary School 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN 122, 202
Introduces students to die theory and research on teaching literature and reading
in die secondary school. Reviews reader-response literary theory and classroom-
based research on teaching literature. Also reviews socio-psycholiuguistic reading
dieory and classroom-based research on teaching reading.
EN324 Teaching and Evaluating Writing 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN 122, 202, English Education major or permission
A study of modern approaches to die teaching of writing, including current
dieories on the composing process, as well as instruction in evaluating, including
holistic scoring. Includes practice in writing.
EN325 Creative Writing: Poetry 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN221, permission of instructor based on samples of student's
work
This is a writing workshop for students who wish to focus intensively on the
writing and revision of poetry and on developing an audience for one's works.
EN326 Creative Writing: Fiction 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN221, permission of instructor based on samples of student's
work
This is a writing workshop for students who wish to write fiction under die
guidance of an instructor. The workshop focuses intensively on the writing and
revision of prose fiction and on developing an audience for one's works.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 153
in r»i Hi, Hilton "I il» ktogJbol k"-'k- i.-ni-isli
PnraquiiUei EN20S
m,„I„ i historical develo] t of the EiigiM language, ta a ban* fin ■ Ik to
ding ol modem Ami i I nghi n
IN i hi Hi. SlnictareofEngliih t< -til- ish
P ritei i • !0 '
\ troduc to die I Ismentalsol language »tudj with equal i tnphasii on
01 ,i I e ng I discourse patti nu ol I
Ed all) relew pica, such aa applications ol linguistics to (hi ti
Engliah language «nd literature, varieties ol grammar, and linguiaUi descriptions
I i ind registers are an integral pi ftl « I u is a prerequisite
foi ED452: Teaching of Engliah in the Secondar) School
rot; tdvanced Film f.-ol-.ish
PiwaquUteau EN101.208
i HI, is aclosi examinal fi I. ism, and contemporary filma and film il y from
., /arier) of critical perspectives: spectatorship, i mematic audiorabip, feminism,
iphy, genre, and i nlun.il itudiea, Pays ipei ial attention to the treatment
ol women and Mm an Americans in film.
EN348 African American [itentam t.-iH-ish
P roiailfai ENI2I md 202
I nu,' I- ■ nlli and lw< 11,11 ll, > > iilinv Mil, .in \iii, ii-.tn In.
taction): includes works b) Frederick Dotanaaa, W r li I •
spin la iii,l folk poetr) Harriet li Wilson, |i an Ibomi r, Ridtard Wright,
Andre) Lordetand [bni Morriaon. En^najuonbiatoricaJcsxitcxtiiidafl
Mm, , inn ippron I,
I M I'l I ngtish llilil, is I ii, raton )< -nl- tab
I'mi.iiiiimi.s: ENlZloi 122 and 202
tianaUiioQa to
il,, Authorized Version of 1611 and by tracing some "I dv majoi influeni i
King James Bible upon writen and | m Engliah oil,,
reading ,,l the majoi narrative and i»,i n, portions ,.l dba Old
I \ 19 I ( l.issical literature inTransl.iii.m 1. -Ill- Mi
Prerequisites: EN 122, 202
\I.im, tp inge from ill, .si ofa l najish
literature and Amerii an lib raturt i \, 1ml. , I (I Hi n d ■ EN 1 15 prioi to Spring,
1908)
l mi i rsvch, .linguistics .le-nl-.ish
Preracmlaitei EN20 !
Paw holinguistics concerns die interrelation between language system and
I,, li.iM.n andva ■ factors of human psychology. Surveys developments sum
ih, l 'i UK. including relationships between language and perception, biology,
neaning and i ognition, as well as oral and written behavior. Students ol
language and literature maj improve dieit assumptions about how human beings
tis, langiMfljw.
I Ml I I SI .Methods and Materials 3c-0l-3sh
l'i.u.|iiisiii-: Juimii standing oi pe ssion ,,l il structor
\ trodtn in in to English .is a Second Language theorj and practii < Anns 1 1 1
Knin.il understanding of current theory and methods ol teaching ESL;(2) ability
to ..l.i appropriate, and adapt existing, materials lor elementary and high school
ESI students. Recommended foi all English teachers who expect to have ESL
sin, Inns iii their classes.
EN335TheEsaaj 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202.210.21 1, 212, 213
Pot uses "ii the creation and development of the essay in English, its form ami
, mi. ti< .in us beginnings to the present. Students will begin by studying
Francis Bacon, the first English essa) ist, and follow the evolution of the form to
the present day.
EN336 language. Gender, and Society it -Ol-.fsh
Prerequisites:: EN202,juniot standing
Investigates the various ways that language ami gender interact and interact i in
amines such questions as: Does society use language to favor one sex
,,\ei the oilier:' Why is language a crucial component in formulating constxw is ol
mast ulinit) and fenuninity? What stereotypes of gender-based language are
promoted in out society? How can we analyze language to reveal disparate views
nu lit of the sexes.'
EN337 Myth Sc-01-Sah
Prerequisites: EN202 and at least two courses from EN210. 21 1,212,213
Additional prerequisites foi B.A. English majors: EN210, 21 1,212, 213
Examines the nature and Function of die mythic experience and explores die
archetypal patterns ol myths From various cultures. (< Iffered as EN370: Myth and
Literature prior to Spring, 1998)
EN338 Oral Literature 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202, 210,211,212,213
Acquaints students with the nature of oral composition, the habits of diought that
orailt) Fosters, and die particular mode of awareness die oral dimension of
literature demands of an audience (and awakens in a reader). At die conclusion ol
■indents should luvc an understanding of the Formulaic nature ol such
purer) oral forms .is the ballad and the epic and an awareness of the mannei in
which orality patterns thought differendy from writing, and they should be able to
detect Oral features and patterns in works of literature from cultures not primarily
oral but containing a high "oral residue." (Offered as EN353: The Oral
Dimension prior to Spring, 1998)
f NS44 Ethnic American Literature 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisnes: EN20S and .u least two courses from EN210, 211.212.213
Additional prerequisites for B.A. English majors: EN210, 21 1,212, 2 1 I
i , 'ins, a concerned w ith ethnic U.S. experiences as expressed in poetry, fiction,
drama, and autobiography The fopit will vary and be announced in advance.
Examples include Asian-American, Hispanic, Irish-American, |ewish-American,
and Native-American literatures.
FJN35« FUm Theory 1< -til- Ish
Prerequisites: KM ill 208
At rodui nun I. i|,,i film theories, studied in relation to rcpreaetitatirc films.
Details th lationahip between film produ dm ami film theory: i.e..
bow theorists have attempted to explain what appears on the s, reen, ns imp* t,
.mil ns relation to "reality," and how filmmakers have responded t,, tbe works of
dv oi ' .is (wiib the two s, nines being the same). Goes lar deeper into
understanding film than EN208, which focuses mainly on how film is constructed
through aeathetit and msiiiuiional processes.
I N I "> 7 Major Figures in Film 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN'101,208
Simlies major artists and dieir contributions to die development of film as an art
form In, in its beginnings to the present. Close analyses of directors,
cinematographers. editors, screenwriters, or actors-as individuals or as
representatives ofa movement in film. The topics will vary from semester to
semester; dius, one semester may concentrate on a specific director such as .Alfred
Hitchcock; another semester might study women (as directors, actresses, and
editors); and yet another semester might study a collective movement such as film
noir.
EN385 Advanced Women's Literature it -III- Ish
Prerequisites: EN202 and for non-majors EN225
Considers issues of genre and canon revision and why particular genres nuv have
particular appeal for women writers. While many of our readings will lie b)
"literary women." we will also consider works by women who were professionals
in unnlitcrary disciplines.
EN386 Regional Literature in English Si -ill- ish
Prerequisites: EN202 and at least two courses from EN 2 Ml. 21 1. 212. 21 >
Additional prerequisites for B.A. English majors: EN210, 21 1,212, 213
I o lies die contributions ofa particular region t,, national literature. The focus
,,t the course might be any of die following: Appalat loan writers, local color
writers, New England writers. Southern writers, writers of the American V.
Canadian writers.
EN387 Irish Literature i.-lil- Ish
Prerequisites: EN202. 2 in. 21 1,21!
An introduction to Irish literature since 1 800, with particular —■■[ ***■■■* on the
Literary Revival in the early twentieth , ennxry. Kev audi, in, include Yeats. 1
Svnge. O'Casev. Edge w. nth. SomerviOe and Ross. Gregory. Beckett, and Hcanev.
The development of Irish writing will be examined within die context* of Irish
history, language, culture, and politH B.
EN390 Literary Tour: Britain var- tsh
Offered selected summers. For five weeks during the first or second summer
session. Visits London. Stratford, and Cambridge or < Nlord. as well as odier
places important in English litcrauire.
EN391 Selected Works from the Medieval Period >. -Hi- i-h
Prerequisites: EN FI.I21 or EN122, EN202
Comparative Btudy <>t selected works of major iiii|>ortance per se and as
representative of major diemes of medieval European hteraturc. .Also listed as
FL391.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
154 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
EN393 Romanticism 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN/FLI21 or EN 122. EN202
Study of die principal authors .mil works of late eighteenth-century and early
nineteenth-century Europe and die unique national characteristics of die
Romantic movement in lvnc. drama, and prose. Also listed as FL393.
EN394 Nineteenth-Century European Novel in Translation 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN/FL121 or EN 122, EN202
A survey of major nineteenth-century European novels in translation (excluding
English), emphasizing the rise of realism and naturalism and the cultural,
historical, social, and artistic relationships between the various national
literatures. Also listed as FL394.
EN395 Selected Writers from Twentieth-Century Europe 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN/FL121 or EN 122. EN202
Comparative study of selected works of major importance per se or as
representatives of major trends in twentieth-centurv literature. Also listed as
FL395.
EN396 The Literature of Emerging Nations 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN/FL121 or EN 122. EN202
A comparative Study ot a selection of literature written in major European
languages hut originating in the nations of the developing world. Works will be
mainly prose fiction (although essay, theater, and poetry may be included) and
reflect a diversity of geographical, cultural, and prior colonial circumstances. Also
listed as FL396.
EN401 Advanced Literary Theory and Criticism 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202. 210, 21 1. 212. 213
Acquaints students with major issues and problems in literary theory. Rather dian
survey the history of criticism and dieory. this course focuses on modern and
contemporary critical schools and methods. The purpose is to introduce students
to a select group of influential theories and theorists and how such dieories
impact tlie way we read, study, and teach literature and cultural studies.
EN420 Special Writing Applications 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: EN220
Offers students who are well into tlieir disciplines "forums" tor advanced reading
and writing about the cultural, professional, and personal uses of textual
knowledge. Students will read, analyze, and compose essays that build meaning
around disciplinary knowledge, independent reading, and personal or
preprofessional experience. They will be encouraged to make connections
between disciplinary knowledge and emerging knowledge or experience.
EN422 Technical Writing II 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: EN322
This is an advanced workshop/tutorial that provides intensive instruction m
technical writing. Technical Writing II builds on the basics of audience,
readability, proposals and reports, letters, memos, and resumes which are covered
in Technical Writing I. The course describes die writer's role in such areas as
legal and ethical aspects ol technical communication; planning, testing, reviewing,
and evaluating documents: and proofreading and editing.
EN430 Major British Author 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202. 210.211.212. 213
Examines major works of a single major author, including biographical, literary,
and cultural contexts. Places die author within both intellectual/cultural history
and literary developments. Major author studietl in a particular semester to be
announced in advance.
EN4B0 Topics in Film 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN 101, 208
Selected films dealing with a specific, advanced topic will be viewed and assessed
to explore the different roles that film plays. Topic to be announced in advance.
EN461 Topics in British Literature 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN 202. 210. 21 I. 212. 213
Examines major works of a particular topic in British literature by focusing on its
cultural and literary contexts. Topic to be announced in advance.
EN462 Topics in American Literature 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202. 210, 21 1, 212, 213
Examines major works of a particular topic in American literature by focusing on
its cultural and literary contexts. Topic to be announced In advance.
EN48 1 Special Topics var- 1 -3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Vary from semester to semester covering such diverse topics as autobiography,
science fiction, folklore, die political novel, black theater, etc.
EN482 Independent Study var-I-6sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, (acuity member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction widi a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
EN493 Internship
On-the-job training opportunities i
internship program required.
elated areas. Application and
var-3-12sh
cceptance to
Educational and School Psychology
Department of Educational and
School Psychology
College of Education
3c-0l-3sh
standing in teacher certification
EP202 Educational Psychology
Prerequisites: PC 101. admission to soph
or permission
Designed to promote a better understanding of the principles of psychology
governing human behavior, with particular emphasis on dieir relation to learner,
learning process, and learning situation in an educational environment. (Offered
as EP302 pnor to 1992-93)
EP281 Special Topics var- 1 -3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
EP373 Psychology of Adolescent Education 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: EP202
Study of significant characteristics, behavior, and educational and social problems
of adolescents.
EN432 Chaucer 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202, 210, 21 1.2 12. 213
Studies Chaucer, his life, his language, the development of bis literarv stvle. and
his art. with and through bis major poetical works. (Offered as EN340 prior to
Spring, 1998)
EN434 Shakespeare 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202 and at least two courses from EN2 1 0. 2 1 1 . 2 1 2. 2 1 3
Additional prerequisites for BA English majors: EN210, 21 1, 212. 213
Studies Shakespeare's development as a poetic dramatist against background of
Elizabethan stage: examines audience, textual problems, language imagerv. and
philosophy. (Offered as EN341 prior to Spring. 1998)
EN436 Major American Authors 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN202, 210.211,212.213
Studies in the literary output of a major American audior or authors against the
background oi the social Mid literary milieus in which the works were created.
Specific subject or subjects to be announced by die instructor. (Offered as EN343
I hi,, i to Spring. 199.8)
EP376 Behavior Problems 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: EP202
Examination of emotional and social aspects of behavior problems encountered in
classroom situations and potential remedial techniques.
EP377 Educational Tests and Measurements 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: PC 101. admission to junior standing in teacher certification or
permission
Designed to acquaint students with major methods and techniques of evaluation
used to assess and report growth, development, and academic achievement of
individuals in an educational environment. Includes interpretation of
standardized test information.
EP378 Learning
Prerequisite: EP202
Explores learning theories and educational application i
3c-01-3sh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS / 5.5
HMHISpr. i.sii, l.lmali '•) g* - " ' '"''
P Wle. Speck W| Ion i>""; J or pot issuto
( N ! J ,, ,|, ,, ,, , in, luded in thi i ilablished i umi uluin A given topii
m,v0( off' red und ' 1" '■'' '"l '' "'" " '''''" '' S|
; [feredpi I) Ibi uppei I" Ii rgraduau
i ris.' Independent Mod* v""'
P riinP ippi hrough.dviror,fiiculty member, departmenl
„„ lean md Provo»t'» Office
Students with interes lependenl stud) ofa topi Bered inlhe
I lna. |„,,| ,, plan "I study ii i " with > facult) muni"
jj. based on acad ippropriatenessandavailabffirvtf re«nirce«.
I P409 Independent Study var-'
EX
Education of Exceptional Persons
Departmenl ofSpeckl Education and
Clinical Services
College of Education
EXl 1 1 Introduce' Exceptional Persona 3c-01-3sh
I'ii u,|iiisiii: Foi departmenl majors and offii ial incoming transfers only
Surveyi chi da problems, and behaviot patterns of any person
whodi viatea niffii ientl) from " tii.iI" to be considered exi eptional.
osi who (all intellei tuall) both above and I ielow average and
,p,,luMl.llh..l,o,ls||,.,|k.l„h.lVlo|.,IU.o,[|„,ptlll.alK.
neurologii ill) n ipect to speech patterns. (Offered as EX120 prior to 1993-
I \ 1 1 .' I, pied and Atypical Growth and Development 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisitesi EX11 I.PCIOI
Presents ft lations of human growth B conception, including basic
hi ms. up i" but iioi including adolescence. Considers the biological,
cultural,! ili" stional, and parenting influences ili.it shape the child, as well as
amples of normal .mil deviant physical and intellectual development.
Oprioi to 1993-94)
I VJJI Methods ol leaching Mathematics to
Persona mil, Disabilities 3c-0l-3sh
l',,H.|llisiUv: \l\l .1. KM I 1
Emphasises recent developments in elementary curriculum and instructional
techniques foi developing concepts; implications of recent resource developments
and materials helpful to the prospective special education teacher. Emphasis is
also placed on methods "I helping children Uarn mathematical concepts through
physical u tivit) and on «a\s to adapt regular classroom materials to meet needs
.iii.l abilities of slow and disabled learners. (( Mined as EX240: Teaching
Mathematics l"i the Mentally and or Physically Handicapped prior to 1993-94)
I Kit! Methods of Teaching Reading to Persons with Disabilities 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite! Sophomore status or above
ni . pts of developmental reading insmu tion ami systematic
. ill ill, methods of teaching reading In, in readiness Mages line, ugh eighth
prescriptive techniques are included. (Offered as EX251:
i rung Reading prioi to 1993-94)
I VJ i I Methods of Teaching Content Area Subjects to
Persons with Disabilities 3c-01-3sh
l'urcMiiisilcs: 1X111. GPA2.5
Presents methods foi teai hing science and social studies to die mentally and/or
plus,, .ill, handii ipped. Scope and sequence of content, as well as evaluative
techniques lot each content area, are studied. Integration of other content areas
and skill areas is stressed. Uso stresses teaching in bodi resource room and less
restrictive environments. (Offered as EX322 prior to Spring. 1998)
EX300 Education of Students with Disabilities in
linliisiie Elementary Classrooms 2c-01-2sh
Prerequisites: For Early Childhood and Elementary Edui atioii Majors only; to
In taken only dining the semester ol the designated methods courses
Examim • thi issui s associated with education of students with diverse learning
innl.iiK those with disabilities 01 who are at risk for school failure.
is an emphasis on special education, particularly the legal rights of students
"ill, exceptionalities and their parents, and the responsibilities ol educators in
thosi rights ["hi coursi examines the differential impact of student
characteristics on elementary-level school performance and instructional mediods
proven to be effective in educating students with disabilities and learning styje
chffereni i
tl-lll-tsfl
EX Hit I dm .in,. n of Minimis with Disabilities in
llnlllso, Si il.nv S. Ilings -'"I -2*11
Prerequisite: Pol Si. ondar) Edu. loon M got and ..il„i, who ••
n, ii.i. I, i onti ni fr
Id nil.iiion Ii ' strong)) >' ' '","
tin S i :.
I ins , on, i a uli education of Much I I
irt) those with disahililiri or wh..
si hool failun
nghis oi tudi
ol ..I,,' tti M" In
imp. i, I ol soldi in ' I, II ■ BO
instructional method pi en to hi eflectivi in educating studenti undid
and learning st\l, difl
KX.)2I Methods ol leaching I .ingli.igi \ns In Ci isinis
will, Disabilities t.-lll-lsh
Prerequisites: EXl 1 I, EX222 1 SH254.GFA 2 5
K, vii h ol typii .,1 i, I itypi, .1 i ham It rurtii i ol I ■ inship
io tin lai "I oniffl of inafl i
111 language alts foi menially alld/oi plnsi, all, h.iuili, ap|
and pus, rip are im hided; inn gration ,,i language arts with a
highlight mi reading is stressed (Offered ■ EX353: Reading andO
Language Arts foi tl" MentaU) «nd oi Physical!) Handicapped prior to 16
EX340 Introduction to Behavior Management in
Special Education
Prerequisites: EX I 1 I. EX 1 I 2, EP202, GPA2.5
An overview of systematit behavioral change techniques lor use with Mudi
variety ol spei ial edui ation n ttings ini hiding integrated, <■ ntcmed,
special school, and residential. Emphasis ■ a t as< analysis approai I n-aiing
and evaluating behavioral i lunges for students with mild to severe disabilities
EX415 Preschool Education for Children with Disabilities ti -Hi- Ish
Prerequisite: Departmental permission. GPA 2.5
Provides inlormatioii on assessment, intervention strategies, curriculum, and
prescriptive planning foi presi hool children with disabUitii
iiiitiit.il majors who BR specifically interested in early childhood
education, as an elei live lot oilier interested students in related fields, ami as a
priority course lot E.irh Childhood Education majors. (Formerly EX464:
Preschool Education of the Handicapped)
EX416 Education of Persons with Emotional or
Behavioral Disorders t.-fll-ish
Prerequisite: Junior status or above, ( .PA 2.5
Focuses on major theoretical positions regarding etiology of emotional and
behavioral disorders, definition and identification ol die population, and
educational approaches. Reviews research in the field, including current issues.
trends, practices, and services. (Formei I 3 dally and Emotional
Maladjusted)
EX417 Education of Persons with Menial Retardation
or Developmental Disabilities
Prerequisite: Junior status or above, GPA 2 5
Focuses on major theoretical positions regarding etiolog t mental retardation
and developmental disabUitii j, ini hiding autism. Definition, identification, and
educational approai hesan discussed. Reviews research in die field, including
current issues, trends, practices, and services. (Fonnerlj I \ I Severe and
Profound Retardation and Multiple Disabilities)
K-lil-»sh
.k-lll-.tsh
EX4 1 8 Education of Persons with Physical or
Multiple Disabilities
Prerequisite: Junior status or above, GPA 2.">
Focuses on major dieoretical positions regarding etn i
range of physical multiple disabilities, die definition and identification of de-
population, and educational approaches. Review s research in die field, mcluduig
current issues, trends, practn.es. ami services. (Former!) EX.430: Physical
Disabilities and Psychological Handicaps)
EX4 1 9 Education of Persons with Brain Injuries or
Learning Disabilities
Prerequisite: Juniol status or above, GPA 2. i
Focuses on major theoretical positions regarding 1 1 .-cal and
learning disabilities, definition and identification of the population, and
educational approaches. Reviews research in the field, including cur
trends, practices, and services. (Formerly EX45-): The Brain Injured and die
Learning Disabled)
k-ul-ish
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG
156 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
EX425 Methods and Curriculum (Mild* Mode rate Disabilities) 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EX22 1,222,321, 322, 340, GPA 2.5
Provides in-depth examination of assessment methods, strategies, and curricula.
Emphasizes assessment methods and strategies used in a variety of service models
that serve elementary- and secondary-level students with learning disabilities,
behavioral disorders, mild menial retardation, and high-function autism.
(Formerly EX450: Methods and Curriculum Planning for Mildly and Moderately
Handicapped)
I \ I f "> Methods and Curriculum (Severe-Profound Disabilities) 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EX221. 222. 322,321, 340. GPA 2.5
Emphasizes methods designed to facilitate the development of an integrated,
functional, and community-based curriculum diat will prepare students for
participation in a wide variety ofpostschool environments.
EX440 Ethical and Professional Behavior lc-0l-lsh
Prerequisites: Departmental permission, GPA 2.5
Emphasis on ediical and professional behavior for student teachers and
professional employees. Possibilities for and methods of initiating and profiting
from postbaccalaureate study are indicated. Student teachers are required to
complete and present a curriculum book regarding each student-teaching
experience. (Offered as EX490 prior to 1993-94)
EX480 Seminar in Special Education var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Departmental permission
Interested students may use this course for die pursuit of knowledge regarding
specific concerns of the exceptional which are not ordinarily considered in such
detail during regular classroom instruction. Students wishing to enroll are
expected to submit a written proposal regarding dieir desire for study at the time
permission for enrollment is sought. With permission, die course may be repeated
for credit. (Previous tide: Selected Problems)
EX481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics Uiat are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than Uuee times. Special
topics numbered 48 1 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students
Fine Arts
College of Fine Arts
FA281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
FA481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics diat are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
FA482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
FC
Family and Consumer Sciences
Education
Department of Human Development
and Environmental Studies
College of Health and Human
Services
FA493 Internship
Covers die areas of the visual and performing arts.
var-3-12sh
FC281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
FC350 Teaching Family Life Education 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: FC250, ED242
Corequisite: EP302
Emphasis on teaching family life education in family and consumer sciences
classrooms and through community organizations and agencies. Lessons are
planned and implemented using a variety of instructional methods incorporating
adaptations and modifications for special needs learners, basic skills, global
concerns, and use of a problem-solving/decision-making approach. Planning of
content, learning activities, instructional materials, and evaluation based on clearly
suited objectives are emphasized. A microcomputer spreadsheet is utilized to
manage a department budget and a gradebook. Participation in professional
organization activities is expected.
FC450 Teaching Vocational Home Economics 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: FC350
Emphasis is on teaching vocational family and consumer sciences in
consumer/homemaking and occupational family and consumer sciences
programs. Federal legislation impacting on family and consumer sciences is
analyzed for use in program decisions. Emphasis is given to program development
using CBVE model, development of individual learning packets, vocational youdi
organizations, advisory committees, family and consumer sciences and vocational
educational priorities, professional organizations, proposal development for
funding, impact on public policy, marketing family and consumer sciences, and
development of a personal philosophy of family and consumer sciences
education.
FC481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity nu more than diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
FC482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Upper-level students with high scholastic achievement pursue tiieir particular
interests outside the realm of the organized home economics education
curriculum. May be taken more dian once to a maximum of 3 semester hours.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
Foundations of Education
Department of Foundations of
Education
College of Education
FE202 American Education in Theory and Practice 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: Students must have sophomore status and be enrolled in a teacher
certification program
Provides an introduction to some of die major traditional and contemporary
philosophic concepts which have played a role in die formation of educational
policies and practices. Emphasis on the relationship between educational theory
and practice in such areas as the role of the school in society, curricular content,
teaching and learning methodology, educational goals, and professionalism.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 157
I UK IS » I ■'-''
I'.. iiltei v ippropriali ""
, ;. , ■ .1 .... ... ■ i wloi i.m,| plon topics
ncludei I sblished I Ifj U>| *j I- offered
Jlo| I > noi h hree .Spe topii
.,.,...} I .'si ffercdp iril) fbt lowei level undergraduate students.
II 140 Orieolalio reaching in Urban Center* i.-nl-lsl.
id mil. . Handing ol lei i and tl iniqui learning
i md I n i mplia iaoi lei itandinf thi orig attitudeaand
,ii, , . tin ,, i liipn whii h i cist bi twi i n itudi ..is and
HI nl practical applici I dieoretical inl don to
duci n I ', l.l trips and guesl speakers will be emphasized
ll hi Field Experiences in Urban Centers rar-6ah
is. requlsiti i FE4 10
Providi ce for students desiring to teach in inner-cit)
liasiied in. lude physical characteristics of coi unit)
id md ispiri ns ofchildre "I youth, and specialized teachei
i , , nag. merit planning, instructi I materials, tea. hing
. md eval ions Records ..I i prehensive expi sinurl areas
will I sidered iking field experienci assignments. S( liools Belei ted I".
student ■ n located in Pittsburgh
ll 1 12 Interpreting Urban/Field Experiences var-Ssh
Preraquiaiteai Fl 140, III
I val flearningand behavioi problems encountered during field
n urban si I Is. Flexibli apj u h stressed to em outage wide range
itioi lexploral fpsy. hological and .... iologii .il problems as
. , Supervision and guidance for investigating specifi.
problems provided b) ipei ialiats I psyi hology, soi iology. ,n.<l educat who
will hull ii. ... u .. soun i pi rsonncl giving direi tion. I nabli s studi nis i ..I .....
experiencea gained bj teaching in urban schools widi recent and pertinent
,i informal
II 154 Public School Administration 3c-01-3sb
Study of thi develop fpubli. school ad :nt organizational
patterns for] .n at die local, county, state, and national levels; and
die impai tofadmimsu i upon the total educational program.
I I i "... Issues and IVends in Education 3c-0l-3sh
i ritical analysis of issues and inn, Is in education with emphasis on philosophical
i lions ol topi. ■ i overed. Attention to work of some majoi
tics ol education.
II is I Special fbpics var-1-Ssh
Prcrequiaitei Is appropriate to course content
Special topii i courses are ottered on an experimental oi tempi y basis to
explore topics thai an not .... ludi ,1 in the established curriculum. A given topic
ma) In ottered under an) spe. ial topi, identity no more than three times. Spei ial
topics numbered isi arepnniaril; l.u upper-level undergraduate students.
I I 182 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prioi approval through advisor, faculty member, department
. nairperson, dean, and Provost's ( 'Hi. i
Students with interest in independent sunk ofa topic not offered in the
. urriculun) nut) propose a plan of study in conjunction with a facult) member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availabilit) of resources.
Fl
Finance
Department of Finance and Legal
Studies
Eberly College of Business
N..U-: Ml courses at the 300 and 400 level are open onl) to students with junior
tl uiding. All students, regardless ol majoi oi program affiliation, must
n quisite requirements in ordei to enroll ibi a given courw
I 1280 Essentials of Finance 3c-0l-3sh
Provides students with a surve) ..I three fundamental areas of finance: 1)
I orporatt Finance, 2) Basil Investment, and )) Financial Intermediation and the
System. Students will be introduced to iuiancisJ analysis, planning, and
control; to the management (the acquisition and alio. ation)ol funds; and to the
luiul.uiuni.ils of the time value of money and capital budgeting. Students will be
familiarised with the basic investment markets, fundamental and technical
and portfolio analysis. Students will also considei the influence of
i fbi Aaaa iaii 1 1
i Ik ns. .1 ..s ,i Mil. shlnn for Fl
I 1281 S|„ . i.,l i,.|mi s .ill- ish
I'm it(|iiisiii: \g appropi ..'' nl
Spci i.i I to] II. '• 'I ,.n in ' s|m nun n l.i I -.1 U ui|."r..r\ l..isis i.
not in. I.uli .I iii ill. . itabliahed •
under any special lopii identity no more than threi times Specisl topics]
i
I I mi iin. i i. -oi- Lh
Prerequintesi WJ202 MA214 for btuanessmsjors; M.2H2. M \2l 1 ,.i M VI 7
I ended)
Stud] <ii ilu in. ili.nls ofa. iging fiinda on short, mieniicdutr. *inl
long term bast i I hi finani ial analysis, planning, and control "I a oorpontion
\ls.< « oven il is working i apital manag m.
II l.'ll I I,,.,,,., II I, -III- Is),
Prerequisites! I 1310, uppi
I l 110 and covers topics on fong-tenn external fmaflciitg of the lima,
capita] budgeting, valuation "I tin firm, mergers, intemaliona] business finance,
.111(1 I.USINISS l.lllllllS.
FI382 Life Insurance t. -nl- uh
Prerequisite! IT sin
Comprehensive study ol that insurani i w hit Ii provides |it'.ic boa against the
ii. lo i ausi .1 b) 1. 1... i ....ii.,., ol , a g i apai uv Analysis hcnefiis.
underwriting, rate making, and I. gal doi tt
FI324 Principles of Investments ). nl- Ssh
Prerequisite! FI3 10
Analysis of various types ol securities and othci forms ofinvestmenl |M.ssibilities
and ,i si i ii K ,,l sound invi Btmi nl policiea tr. .m a corporate viewpoint ;
influencing the general vemenl ol se. urit) prices and the tctuni from
invt sin. mis .in . on
FI355 I in. in. i. il Analysis Using lotus 1-2-3 I. -Ill- )sh
Prerequisites! Ill- < i i [M101 and FI3I0
Dim I,, I is ilu- financial students' computer modeling and analysis skills. Students
will be taught how to utilize current computing n nil spreadsheet.
and other computing software to analyze, model, ami solve a varict) >.! financial
problems.
FI385 Securities and Commodities Markets 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites! FI320, .324
Study "I tin si nu inn ..I set urit) and commodity markets; ilu nature "I
speculative transaction anil methods of trading; analysis "I prii ing; and die
nit)' and commoilitv market regulation,
FI4I0 Financial Institutions and Markets 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: II '■- I
Review ol ilu entire structure oi financial insututions. money, and capital markets,
of which tin business enterprise is both a supply and demand factor, and
structure and dynamics ol interest-rate movements.
FI420 Investment Analysis 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: FI320, S24
Integrates tin wrk of the various courses in die finance areas and familiarizes the
student with tin tools and tet bniques -.1 research in die different areas of
investments.
11122 Seminar in finance 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: II 120, 124, seniors only
Primaril] (bi the senior Finance major, covers topics ui all areas of finance by
using recent articles, cases, discussions, speakers, and a financial simulation game.
FI424 International Financial Management Sc 01 desk
Prerequisite: FI310
The lin.iiuial management concepts, useful in a single umntry context, are
adapted for the international variables and constraints caused by being
iiitcniatiunal. Proi ides an insight into unique issues and problems the manager of
the multinational enterprise will face, such as working capital management: capital
budgeting process; financing and nncsung abroad: capital and money markets:
markets: and risk management.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRI PTIONS
1 1 IM Special Topics var-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate t" course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be ottered
under au\ special topic identity rio more than three times. Special topics
ed 181 are offered primarily lor upper-level undergraduate students.
I I IN-' Independent Study var-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction widi a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
FI493 Finance Internship var-3-I2sh
Prerequisites: FI320. 324. consent of chairperson and dean
Practical experience in die finance field.
Note: Internship FI493 can be taken, if die student qualifies, as a general elective.
It does not fulfill the major-area elective requirement.
FL42 1 Language and Society 3c-0l-3sh
Considers salient facts of Language and its role in society and culture. Language
families, linguistic change, and reciprocal influences of culture and language are
presented.
FL482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, facult) member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students widi interest ill independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
Fashion Merchandising
Department of Human Development
and Environmental Studies
College of Health and Human
Services
Study Abroad and Comparative
Literature (Foreign Language)
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
FL 1 00 Study Ahroad var- 1 - 1 2sh
Registration mechanism and limited credit arrangement as provided in
preapproval process for Study Abroad programs coordinated through the
International Affairs Office.
FL121 Humanities Literature 3c-01-3sh
Introduces the student to works, authors, and genres of general literary
significance in die Western tradition. Not organized historically but trains the
student in the critical reading and appreciation of literature from the present and
other periods. Authors, works, and diemes are studied with respect to cultural
context, aesdietic form, and thematic significance. Taught in English. Substitutes
forEN121.
FL39 1 Selected Works from the Medieval Period 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN/FLI21 or ENI22, EN202
Comparative study of selected works of major importance per se and as
representative of major diemes of medieval European literature. Also listed as
K.N 191.
FL392 Renaissance/Baroque/Classical 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN/FL121 or EN122, EN202
Literary works representing various genres from bodi periods are studied and
compared for dieir themes, motifs, and stylistic features, applying principles set
forth in H. Wolffin's Renaissance and Baroque.
FL393 Romanticism 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN/FL121 or ENI22. EN202
Study ol the principal audiors and works oflate eighteendi- and early nineteenth-
century Europe and the unique national characteristics of die Romantic
movement in lyric, drama, and prose. Also listed as EN393.
FL394 Nineteenth-Century European Novel in Translation 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EN/FL121 or EN122, EN202
A survey of major nineteenth-century European novels in translation (excluding
English), emphasizing the rise of realism and naturalism and die cultural,
historical, social, and artistic relationships between the various national
literatures. Also listed as EN394.
FL395 Selected Writers from Twentieth-Century Europe 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN/FL121 or EN122, EN202
( '.< miparative study of selected works of major importance per se or as
representatives of major trends in twentiedi-century literature. Also listed as
EN 195.
FL396 The Literature of Emerging Nations 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EN/FL121 or EN122. EN202
A comparative study of a selection of literature written in major European
languagi s but originating in die nations of the developing world. Works will be
mainly prose fiction (aldiough essay, theater, and poetry may be included) and
reflect a diversity of geographical, cultural, and prior colonial circumstances. Also
Hsnd as EN396.
FM 1 10 Introduction to Fashion 3c-01-3sh
Survey of aesthetic, cultural, sociopsychological. and economic factors related to
the meaning and use of clothing for the individual and society. (Offered as CS216
prior to 1996-97)
FM1 12 Fundamentals of Clothing Construction lc-31-3sh
Principles and techniques involved in fundamental clothing construction and
fitting are analyzed. Directed Laboratory experiences provide an opportunity to
solve individual problems in garment structure through die application of
principles. (Offered as CS1 12 prior to 1996-97)
FM212 Advanced Clothing Construction lc-31-3sh
Prerequisite: FM1 12 or placement (by exam)
Principles of advanced fitting and clothing construction are applied and analyzed.
Offered even years, fall semester. (Offered~as CS212 prior to 1996-97)
FM252 Aesthetics of Fashion 1 c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing
The study of contemporary apparel design and the relationship of design
elements and principles to personal characteristics and social/professional
orientation. (Offered as CS252 prior to 1996-97)
FM281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more dian three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
FM303 Visual Merchandising lc-31-3sh
Prerequisite: AR120 or equivalent
Designing and arranging of display and selling areas in relationship to
merchandising trends and consumer demands. Emphasis on promotion
techniques and merchandise sales dirough effective use of space, design, and
color. (Offered as CS303 prior to 1996-97)
FM3 1 4 Textiles 2c-21-3sh
Prerequisite: CHI 02 or permission
Analyses of textile components of fiber, yarn, fabrication, finishes, and color with
emphasis upon consumer acquisition, use. and satisfaction. (Offered as CS314
prior to 1996-97)
FM350 Apparel Industry I 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: FM] 10. completion of 57 semester hours
Introduces the student to the design, production, and distribution of apparel,
including primary textile markets; women's, men's, and children's wear;
accessories; fashion centers: retailers of fashion: apparel wholesale selling process:
fashion store image: and future trends. (Offered as CS350 prior to 1996-97)
FM357 Global Issues in Textiles and Apparel 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: EC 1 2 1
The study of the global textiles and apparel industry with emphasis on the l\S.
textile complex and die U.S. market within an international context.
FM385 Ready-lo-Wear Analysis lc-31-Ssh
Prerequisites: FM1 12, 350
An examination and evaluation of die qualit) of ready-to-wear apparel through
construction, stvle. fit. marketability, and price. (Offered as CS3S5 prior to 1996-
97)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 1.59
FM433 Study Tour bullish
Prerequisite: Uppei level standing
I Ipportunit) is provided to visit business esublisl ms and < ultural i iti
t en led Willi ItOUSI hold I qui] nl Itn nisliings. textiles, clothing, .mil housing
in Aim i is well .is abroad, Musi inns, fai i s. deaignera' showrooms,
.lisiiil.iiin.il centers, stores, cultural eventa I seminars are included * oursi
ma) I" repeated foi a total of 6 semestei hours. (This course is cross listed as
is nn ; I
KM It I Quality Control in Textiles 2c-21-Ssh
Prerequisite! FM3 1 I
I''.' lit il properties i xplored il nl' mi< roscopic examination and use ..I textile
testing equi] ml foi Pal inalysis ii HI. n .1 as I S4S4 pi 19 II
FM450 Apparel Industry II
Prerequisites! FM350 .mil Liberal Studii
Introduces il" studi nl to thi handis
organization, buying responsibilities, tech
insiiiiiii..jis. resident lm\ ing offic
ll-Ol-.fsh
s math requirements
ngand 1 11.. hi.. in. n of apparel, including
liques I resources: v. is retail
dollai plan g and 1 ontrol, apparel
merchandise assortment planning, apparel buying practices, application ..I
apparel planning and buying, and apparel advertising .mil promotion, (< MS reds
CS450prioi 1.. 1996-97)
I'M 153 Flat Pattern Design I < -ll-.lsh
Prerequisite: I'M I 12 or 212
Cainiinl design .11 1 111 veil In nsi of flat | i.iltii n let Imn jui. s. An understanding is
developed of the interrelationship of garment design, figure analysis, fabrii .I'm.
.mil construction pro< esses. 1 Ifiered even years, spring semester, (< iSered as
prior to 1996-97)
I \l 156 Historic Costume 3c-01-3ah
( Ihronological stud) nl historic costume from ancient I :s tothe present day
with emphasis on the effeel ..I aesthetii . economic . geographic, political, religious,
.mil social factors upon the design nl 1 billing worn. (( HI. ml as I IS456 prioi 1..
1996 9 1
FM457 Historic Textiles 3c-01-3sb
Prerequisite: I'M ill or with permission
A stud) ..I ilu developmenl of textiles 111 prehistoric, ancient, medieval, .mil
lem history with special emphasis mi Western European .mil American
textiles.
FM-tSO Seminar in Fashion Merchandising (c-Ol-.fsli
Prerequisite: Senioi standing
Knowledge gained in major ami additional requiremenl courses is applied m
1111ln11lu.il careci glials. Students ha\c tin upportunit) to pursue related areas not
direct!) . overed m previous coursework, with emphasis upon independent
research, analytical thinking, and con mication skills.
FM481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropt iate i" course content
Spei 11I topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in tin established curriculum. A given topic
ma) In offered undei am special topii identit; no more than three tunes. Spit ial
topics n bered 481 are primarily lor upper-level undergraduate students,
FM 182 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite! Prioi approval through advisor, facult) member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's t IfEce
I'.uih 11l.11 consume! , onsiderations are independendy investigated in the area of
housing, home equipment, interior design, clothing, .tmi textiles, ot in the
management ..I resoun es. C s, ma) be repeated Ibi .1 total ..t 3 semester hours.
Students meet with a facult) member at least 5 hours per semestei hour.
FN
Food and Nutrition
Department nl I ...nl and Muti itiori
( lollege nl I lealth and I luman
Sen H 1 8
I \ I Id ( an .is in I mid and Nlllritillll It-tll-lsli
1 .11. , 1 possibilities foi nutt n ■
. tarifying theii professional k,,jIs and will bet 01 quainti .1 with the
educal .il and experiential n qui
I'M It Nutrition and Wellness t, -III. Isl,
Introduces the student to the major components ol n
nutrition issues as the) relati to personal food choices, physics
I, AIDS, and sufa ' I
Completion., I I \ I I i fulfills till I
requirement
I'M!) Introduction to Nutrition It -III- fsh
Provides students with an understanding of 1 ential nutrients s tl
1 1 11 body, as well asthi changing nutritional needs of an individual througho
lifespan. Includes the unpact of exercise and I Id K
p.. sin, .11. ami weight 1 ontrol; nutrition misinformation!
commercially prepared 1 ls;andraajot diseases that are affected h
behaviors.
lc-tll-(sh
FN150 Foods
Prerequisite (..r concurrently): CH102
Basil print ipli 1 "I food, to Includt composition, sanitation, preparation, ami
preservation.
FN151 Foods I aim 1 ,.i... 1 tl, . j|. I sh
Prerequisite (01 I oni unt ntl) |: FN] ".II
Application ..I basic principles ol food preparation.
FN212 Nutrition lc-01-Kh
Prerequisite: CHI 112 or 112
Sources and functions ol nutrients, mterdependem i if dietary essi ritials. and
nutritive value ol an optimum diet are studied. Attention given to
conditions in human life.
I N2I.I life Cycle Nutrition I, -ill- Isl,
Prerequisite: FN212
A detailed sunk ,.! nutrition "huh applies information from FN212: Nutrition to
all stages of die life cycle: current issues and research as they impact on these
developmental stages.
FN245 Sports Nutrition 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: FN 1 45 or 212
Emphasizes knowledge and application ..l spmts nutrition principles. The impact
of die macro- and micro-nutrients on physical performance "ill be dim nssed in
Light ol iiirreni scientific research and applied to realistic dietary recommendation
for all types and levels of athletes.
FN281 Special Topics , ar- I -ish
Prerequisite: As appropriate t.. course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to e\pl. m
that are not Included in the established curriculum. A given topk may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three times 5]
numbered 281 are tillered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
FN355 Nutrition in Disease I i. "I- ish
Prerequisites: BI155,CH102, FN212
Basic tools lor diet modification: food exchange systems: interviewing techniques:
nutrition assessment; professional practice; dietary treatment ofinjury, surgery,
recovery, obesity, and diabetes. Nutrition support. Food sampling
Fall semester.
FN357 Special Problems in Foods lie- 11- ish
Prerequisite: FN 150
Individual problems in foi d with emphasis on idem I
in die student's knowledge of food.
FN362 F.xperimental Foods J.-il-ish
Prerequisites: FN 150. I N212. CHID2. or CHI 12
The experimental stud) offoods, relating chemical and ph) -
reactions and processes occurring in food ->
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 199?
1 60 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FN364 Methods of Teaching 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites) FN3 1 3 and HR356 or concurrently
Current leaching techniques and resource materials in nutrition education
emphasized. Both classroom teaching and on-the-job training programs are
included.
FN402 Community Nutrition 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: FN212
Nutritional implications of both good and poor nutrition for all age groups in
home and community situations are studied. Corrective and preventive measures
emphasized. Spring semester.
FN4I0 Food. Nutrition, and Aging 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: Jin ilm i status
Relationship of (bod to health maintenance and special dietary problems during
the middle and later years.
FN430 Professional Topics in Food and Nutrition 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: FN355, FN364, HR356, and PC101
Topics include promoting food and nutrition services and programs, career
planning and development, ethical challenges to dietitians, quality assurance
standards, and impact on the legislative process.
FN444 Food Composition and Biochemistry 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: CH255
Basic chemistry and biochemistry of essential components of food originating
from plan! and animal sources.
FN447 Nutritional Aspects of Food Technology 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: FN212 and BI232; junior status
Study of current known effects of food processing techniques on die nutritional
value and safety of foods.
FN455 Nutrition in Disease II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: FN355
Dietary treatment of disorders of the gastrointestinal, renal, cardiovascular, and
hepatic systems; inborn errors of metabolism: allergies: cancer. Therapeutic
quackery. Food sampling experiences. Spring semester only.
FN458 Advanced Human Nutrition 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: CH351 or 255 or, concurrently, FN212, BI155
In-depth study of the nutrients and their functions within die cell. Incorporation
of the principles of physiology and biochemistry in the study of nutrition.
Emphasis on < urrent research and evaluation of research methodology.
FN461 Microwave Cooking Technology 2c-2l-3sh
Stud) ol die electronic technology, selection, care, and use of the microwave oven.
Basic physical and chemical concepts related to microwave cooking are included.
Individual investigative research problems are required.
FN462 Advanced Experimental Foods lc-4l-3sh
Prerequisites: FN362, CH231
An experimental approach to the many factors influencing the chemical and
physical properties of food. Use of die scientific mediod in developing an
individual project combining an evaluation of current literature and appropriate
sensory and analytical methodology.
FN463 Nutrition Counseling 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisites: FN355, PC101, FN455 or concurrendy
I se i it intervention strategies in prevention and treatment of disease through diet.
Supervised practicura (3 hours per week) counseling clientele in normal and
therapeutic nutrition.
FN464 Food and Nutrition Research Methods 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: FN362, 458, CH351,and MA217
Introduction to research methodology in foods and nutrition. Includes dieory and
techniques ol physical, chemical, and instrumental analysis. Applications of diese
methods to food and animal models with statistical analysis of data.
FN470 Human Food Consumption Patterns 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: One social science course and junior standing
Exploration ol human food consumption behaviors from food production to
individual and societal consumption patterns. Influencing factors which will be
Jim ussed unlink agronomic, economic, geographic, sociologic, nutritional,
political, and psychological factors. The ethics and morality of food distribution
w ill Ik discussed. Students may not enroll in this course if they have taken the
section LS499 that corresponds to this course.
FN481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics diat are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more dian diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
FN482 Independent Study var- 1 -6sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office; must have earned 60 semester hours
Students with interest in independent study ofa topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
FN484 Senior Seminar lc-0l-lsh
Prerequisites: Senior status, FN458. 464 or concurrendy
Emphasis on individual review of food and nutrition literature widi formal
presentation and discussion of current research.
FN493 Internship var-6-12sh
Prerequisite: Must have earned 57 semester hours
An opportunity for students to work away from the university in supervised job
situations at healdi care facilities, restaurants, or odier institutional food service or
lodging establishments. Objective is to provide students widi job-related
experiences. Must meet university internship requirements.
Note: White uniforms including white shoes are required for all lab courses
where food is prepared. Students must meet the professional dress requirements
of die department.
French
Department of French
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
FR101 Bask French 4c-0l-4sh
For die student beginning the study of French or who needs remedial study
before beginning the intermediate sequence. Primary emphasis is on die mastery
of French pronunciation and oral communication. Students will learn to converse
in simple present time and become acquainted widi location of Francophone
populations and elements of dieir daily lives. Attendance and Foreign Language
Learning Center practice is required.
FR201 College French I 3c-0l-3sh
The initiation of college-level master)' of basic language skills and exposure to
cultural materials. Supplements beginners* oral competency widi more advanced
reading and writing. Emphasis on narration in die past. Efforts are made to
practice skills and comprehend texts in audientic cultural contexts. Liberal
Studies elective credit is given for tiiis course.
FR202 College French II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: FR201 or equivalent
This course continues die college-level master)' of language skills. The ability to
narrate present and past is intended to express opinion and hypothesis. Emphasis
is on acquiring greater skill in reading literary and cultural texts. Liberal Studies
elective credit is given lor Uiis course.
FR203 Accelerated College French 6c-0l-6sh
Develops listening and speaking skills through an immersion method. Students
use present, past, and future to indicative tenses in intensive aural/oral interaction
and are expected to make use of the audio and video capabilities of the Foreign
Language Learning Center on a weekly basis. Liberal Studies elective credit is
given for tliis course.
FK '25:1 Intermediate Composition and Conversation 3c-0l-3sh
Intermediate course in grammar, reading, composition, and some oral work. Can
substitute for or be in addition to FR202 for majors or serious students.
FR254 Civilization of Modern France 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: FR202 or equivalent
Study of modern French culture and civilization— social institutions, government,
industry, economics, and geography. Development of all language skills for use in
business situation in French-speaking environment. Emphasis on acquisition of
an active knowledge of die business world.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FR28J Special topics *..i-l-.M,
Prerequisite) U appropriate to course content
Special topii 8 are ofli red experimental <>i temporary
thai in ii"i in' lut li A in ilu established i urrii ulura \ givi n topii ma; b< off n i <
iiiuli-i anj special to] I. nun. i i. rJian threi nuns. Spa ial topii i
numbi red 281 an ofti n d primarily foi lowi i It vt I undi rgraduate students.
IrUOl Portraits oi Women in tb< French Novel 3c-01-5sh
Explores the polarity "I tin treatim nl ^l F< rnali ■ harai U rs in tin Fn rn h novel.
Explores diffcrencei of treatment bj mail and feinaii writers di
vi i velists. Provides a < lironologii al survej of die development of th< novel
in France J hi leventeenth todu twendeth centuries.
FR3S1 Intermediate French Conversation Jt-Ol-.Mi
Prerequisite. FR202
Emphasis will lx placed on di vi lopmenl ol coi mication skills, vocabulary.
anddiscoursi strategies Vctiviiies includi d .lions, video and
audio-based Listening c prehension, and role play and other simulations,
FILM 1 French Grammar 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: FR202
Students will review and refim theii luiov< ledge <>l French grammaricaJ strui tun
including quest formation, description, comparison, and present and past
iLitr.it , Emphasis is plai ed on written expression.
FR353 Intermediate French Composition 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: FR202
Includes intensive practice in written expression in French. I tnphasis is placed
on the developmenl nl communicative skills as well as know L< dgi ol French
strut ture, raughi in Fn rich,
n-tn-.Mi
I IU5 I Business French
Prerequisite: FR254 or pi
Studyofpiindple3andp.
and administrative pro< edi
rnication in French set retarial
ilu planning and writing ol
lusiness lecoi ics.
Jc-Ol-.ish
FRS70 Introduction to French Literature
Prerequisitei FRS 11 01 153
Designed to develop students' French reading skills, toprovidi I for literar]
interpretation ol texts, and to introduce tnajoi Literar) works of France .mil the
French-speaking world.
FRS 73 French Civilization 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisitei FR202
t lovers the historical developmi nl ol I rent h high i ulture i Kclusive of literary
(i.e., prose, poetry, theater) of polidcal and
intellectual history, music, art, and architecture. Certain content areas will receive
Bpecial emphasis .11 die instrw tor's discretion.
FRS75 French Literature from Medieval through I Till Century 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: FR370
tntrodui es students to die majoi d< velopments in French literature and thought
hum the Medieval dirough die seventeenth century. Includes an overview ol
major French literary genres: novel, poetry, and dieater, [leadings and discussion
are in French.
FR376 French Literature from IStli through ^lltli Century 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: FR370
Introduces students to majoi developments in French literature and thought from
the eighteenth centur) todu present. Includes an overview ofmajoi French
literar) genres: novel, poetry, and dieater. Readings and discussion will be in
French
FR-131 Advanced French Conversation Sc-nl-.Ssli
Prerequisitei FR331
Builds on the communication skills acquired in FR331. Focuses on die
development ol advanced rocabular) and discourse strategii s. Ictivities will
include in-depdi discussion and debate .'I current events and real-life problems.
FR432 French Phonetics and Phonology ic-ol-.fsh
Prerequisite: FR331 01 equivalent
Presents a m to the sound system of French and provides training in
standard French pronunciation. Basil issues on phonological theorj and
description will be examined. Students will refine their own pronunciation of
French through classroom pra< rice, oral presentations, and tape recordings.
i it i ii Advanced I h <■> ■ i. -ul Mb
I'll liqllisiti : I K i I I
ill build upon their pn an lui vled| of I i ar, widi a
iew to peril
in, hull i ompli ubjum im . hj p<
i :. Emphasis is placed on written expression.
IK ii.ii siuili, ■ in I,, I,, l, I iteratnre h -nl- m,
Prerequisitei I K 175 "i 176
led syllabus permitting instructors and studei
explore areas of special u literature and culture. Content will vary
according to the instructo ill be conducted
in In m li or English ai the instrtu tor*! dist retion
IK id- Studies in French I .m^n.iy and Linguistics t< -nl- ish
Prerequisite: FR353 m equivalent
Students will explore sunn topii reh van! i" I rem li language and linf
Possible topics include: Freni li around the world, historj ol the I pent li 1 1
French applied linguistics. (Tui.il pages read in French lor the coum should be
more than 150.)
FR463 Studies in French Culture and Civilization )c-ol- )sh
Prerequisitei FR
Vspei tsofi hi rent Freni li > ulture and < kvilization will be explored and a*.-.'
particular!) in relation t" French governmental and cultural institutions.
IKlsi Special Topics rar-l-3ah
Prerequisitei As appropriate i in tent
Special topics are offered on an experimental oi temporal) basis to explon
that an- noi included in the established currii ulum. A given topic may Ik.- oSered
underan) special topii identit) n re than three times.
FR482 Independent Study >ar-l- Jsh
Prerequisitei Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairpi rson, dean, and Provost's t >ffii c
Students « iili interest in independent siucl\ nl a topic not offered in die
curriculum may propose a plan ol stud) in conjuoi tion with a facult) member.
Approval is based on academii appropriateness and availability of revuirccs. An
opportunity to engage in an in-depth anatysu "I somi topii dealing with die
French language and culture through consultation with a faculty member.
FR493 Internship var-3-I2sh
Prerequisite: One semester "I study in France
ised field experience in France with approved public agencies and
institutions oi private Brms; no longer than one semester and no less than one
month. Positions will be matched as i losely as possible with the iiiicni's personal
interests and professional goals. For more information, contact die director of die
[nti i nship U>road Program.
Geography
Department of Geography and
Regional Plaiinmo,
College of Humanities and Socia]
Sciences
GE101 Introduction to Geography: Human Environmenl 3c-0l-3sh
Throughout history, human hie and society have been shaped by die physical
environment. today, human activity threatens thai environment. The relauonslup
between humans and environment is examined in the context of the surface
)es "1 weather, climate, plate tectonics, population distribution, and soil
formation. Topics include agriculture, acid rain, global wanning, deforestation.
arion, erosion, volcanism, and pollution.
GE 1 02 Geography of United States and Canada 3c-0l-3sh
The cultural landscape ol Norrh America is studied. The rclauonship between
man ami environment is examined and spatial patterns of environment, economy,
society, and politics arc considered.
GF104 Geography of the Non-Western World 3c-0l-3sh
Relates theories of the discipline of geography to problems in die developing
world. Emphasi omponenls ol dependency theory, indigenous
versus industrial strategies of resource management: world systems dicory. spatial
s of colonialism: and development economics, dieories of migration, and
urban structure to explore causes, cbaractensucs. and consequences of
underdevelopment
INDIANA U ' . OFPENNs NOfRGR ADUATE CAT:
162 COURSE
DESCRIPTIONS
GE213 Cartography I 3c-0l-3sh
Introduces students to principles of thematic map construction. Emphasis is on
the techniques of choropleth mapping and the production of scientific graphs and
charts. (Also offered as RP213; may nol be taken for duplicate credit)
GE230 Cultural Geography 3c-0l-3sh
Introduction to cultural geography, including population, settlement, historical,
urban, and political geography, human relationships with the natural
em ironment, and the literature and methods of cultural geography.
GE231 Economic Geography 3c-0l-3sh
Introduction u, ^-i .graph ir concepts, methods, and skills related to spatial
patterns of production, consumption, and exchange over the earuYs surface.
GE24 1 Physical Geography 3c-0l-3sh
Introduction to physical geography including the study of weather, climate, soils,
vegetation, landforms. energy cycles, and die hydrologic cycle.
GE251 Geography of Pennsylvania 3c-0I-3sh
Regions of Pennsylvania are examined in detail to identify man-environment
relationships. Soils, topography, climate, vegetation, population, and economic
patterns are studied.
GE252 Geography of Latin America 3c-0l-3sh
Impact of rapid population growth and economic development on the
environment and spatial organization of Latin America are considered. The
resource base and cultural heritage of the region are studied.
GE253 Geography of Europe 3c-0l-3sh
Investigates relationships underlying land use. dominant international problems.
boundary disputes, and regional complexes of the European continent.
GE254 Geography of Russia and the Soviet Sphere 3c-0l-3sh
Examines the Russian Republic and the former Soviet empire including die new
nations emerging from the U.S.S.R. and former satellite nations. Setdement
patterns, economics, cultures, and physical environments are studied.
Contemporary topical emphasis is placed on efforts at transformation from
communist to market economics and the geo-political status of the new nations.
(Offered as Geography of U.S.S.R. prior to 1995-96)
GE255 Geography of Africa 3c-0l-3sh
Systematic survey of the physical, economic, political-historical, and cultural
geography of the continent is followed by regional studies of countries and
peoples in Africa, south of the Sahara.
GE256 Geography of East Asia 3c-0l-3sh
Studies China, Japan. Korea. Outer Mongolia, Taiwan. Geographic background
for development and wise use and restoration of natural resources are dealt with.
GE257 Geography of South and Southeast Asia 3c-0l-3sh
India, Pakistan. Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Burma, Thailand. Laos, Cambodia.
Vietnam. Malaysia, and Indonesia are studied with special attention to regional
similarities and differences, particularly as they pertain to human adjustment.
GE281 Special Topics 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students. (May
also be offered as RP281: may not be taken as duplicate credit under same tide)
GE3 13 Cartography II 3e-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: GE213
Gives an understanding of the compilation and use of maps and quantitative data.
Develops skills essential to die construction of various types of maps. (Also
offered as RP313; may not be taken for duplicate credit)
GE314 Map and Photograph Interpretation 3c-0l-3sh
Maps and air photographs, along widi remote sensing materials, permit inventory,
and analysis of geologic, land use. urban development, and other landscape
phenomena. The understanding of these materials and associated tools for their
use is presented. (Also offered as RP3 1 4; may not be taken for duplicate credit)
GE316 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: GE213. or equivalent, or permission of instructor
Automated methods for creating, maintaining, and analyzing spatial data are
presented. Topics include 1 ) specialized GIS hardware and software. 2) vector vs.
raster vs. object-oriented spatial data structures. 3) creation and manipulation of
geographic data files. 4) data base design and management concepts. 5) spatial
analysis, and 6) cartographic design. (Also offered as RP316; may not be taken for
duplicate credit) (Offered as GE416: Computer-Assisted Cartography prior to
1995-96)
GE331 Population Geography 3c-0l-3sh
Spatial variations in numbers, characteristics, and dynamics of human population,
models, and dieoretical constructs relevant to demographic structures and
processes are studied, as well as major world and regional problems.
GE332 Urban Geography 3c-0l-3sh
Basic concepts of urban geography including site, situation, function, urban land
use, urban structure, and urban hierarchy are introduced. Relationships between
urban geography and urban planning are explored. (Also offered as RP332: may
not be taken for duplicate credit)
GE333 Trade and Transportation 3c-0l-3sh
Deals widi die spatial aspects of transportation systems and dieir use. Circulation,
accessibility, time and distance concepts, and trade patterns are discussed. (Also
offered as RP333; may not be taken for duplicate credit)
GE334 Political Geography 3c-0l-3sh
Geographic factors and conditions are analyzed as diey relate to die character and
function of states. Political institutions are evaluated in light of geographic
conditions.
GE335 Geography of Energy 3e-0l-3sh
Energy production and consumption in human societies dirough time are
considered to provide die background necessary for understanding contemporary
problems. Emphasis is on locational and environmental aspects of energy in the
United States.
GE336 Social Geography 3c-01-3sh
Spatial dimensions of die American society are die focus of diis course. The
distribution of various social groups and their impact on the landscape are
considered.
GE337 Historical Geography 3c-0l-3sh
Studies of past geographies, geographical change through time, and historical
perspectives on die cultural landscape are included. Historical geography of the
United States is emphasized.
GE341 Climatology 3c-0l-3sh
Examines die elements of weather and climate on Earth. The location and causes
of global climatic regions are examined in relation to moving pressure and wind
systems. The course also considers die climatic history of die planet and recent
human modifications of die atmospheric environment.
GE342 Physiography 3c-0l-3sh
Focuses on landfonn types and dieir spatial distribution. Emphasis is placed on
the tectonic forces diat build landforms, and the weathering and erosional
processes that erode and shape surface features. The relationship between human
activities and landforms is also considered.
GE343 Geography of Fresh Water Resources 3c-0l-3sh
Learn about surface and groundwater as a resource widi unique properties. Fresh
water is defined physically by storage in die hydrologic cycle and die values
assigned by different cultures. Problems featured relate to consumptive and
withdrawal water uses, die problems of water supply and scarcity, water law and
its inconsistencies, flooding and floodplain management, sources of
contamination and pollution, wetlands, and case studies of selected river basins.
(Offered as GE340 prior to 1998-99)
GE352 Planning Methods 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: RP350 or permission of instructor
Research, analytical design, and plan-making techniques in urban and regional
planning. Examines basic items necessary to prepare urban and regional
comprehensive plans. (Also offered as RP352: may not be taken for duplicate
credit) (Offered as GE361: Planning: Basic Studies and Analysis prior to 1996-
97)
GE37 1 Aerospace Workshop 3c-0l-3sh
Develops an appreciation and provides information related to aerospace activities
and contributions: offers background for teaching aerospace courses; discusses
aviation/space careers; and presents die basic principles of flying (usually
including some flight instruction). Offered summer only.
GE411 History of Geography 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: GE213, 230, 231, and 341or342
Course dealing with history of the discipline, great ideas, leading problems, and
unresolved issues.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
(.III.' Research Seminal lc-01-.Jsli
Prerequisitci ( .1*. 1 1 l
Tins sri seminal and workshop is a capstone coursi that I > recent
n ... an I he majoi field. Studi nl ■■ oul a n h an h proji 1 1 -"i ,i topii "I
loi Jorn [ional im] inci (Also offered as III' I 12; ma) not bi lakenfbi
duplicate credit) (Offered asGES 12 R ' ograph; md Planning prioi
ii i, i
(.III 5 Remote Sensing
Deals with ail photograpl
t.-lll-tsll
hail photographs, satellite Imagery, thermal sensing, and radai imagery
.,in I Hi. ii applii 1 1 1' riving ml tion about the earth's physit al and
cultural landscapes. (Also offered as RP415; ma) notbi taken for duplicate
ids
ic-01-.lsli
(.1 117 technical Issues I
Prerequisite! GE316
\ pi. 'i 1 1 based i lass In whii Ii students learn the skills to develop ami mi.iimi.iih .i
ihii lull i System, rhrough cooperative learning students will
i ii H I implement Eiinctiona] systems. Methods foi designing GIS systems i"
hi i ■ in i i tn 1 1 data i ollection, data input, project management, and system
documentetion are covered. (Also offered as RP4 17; may not be taken t"i
du| ilii)
CI. 1)1 Geograph) of American Indiana 3c-0l-3»h
niiiii.il geograph) ol Native Americans. Population,
■ ■ s. I. mil use, development, settlement patterns, and other selei ted topi) s
(.1 132 Geography ofCrime 3c-01-3sh
.■.Li l .Ii i, .il context of ( lis examined limn historical and contemporary
viewpoints. Relevant concepts and analytical approai hes are mti"duced.
(.11 hi Conservation: Environmental Analysis 3c-01-3sh
Problems ol exploital md utilizadon "I regional resources such as soils,
ils. Ii'ii sis. and wildlife an sidered in relation to population growth and
ii gional planning and development.
GE4ri4 Land 1st Policy 3c-01-3sh
Introduces students to and provides .mi overview of land use issues at die
regional, state, .mil federal levels. Emphasis is placed upon the evolution of
contemporary polii ) strata gies, i .'iisiiiiiinm.il issik-s. ami regional ciniti.iversies
involved in thi regulation of mi tropolitan growth, central city decline, .mil
hi. iii.ii .1.. niriii ul public lands. (Also offered as R.P Id I; m.i\ not be taken for
i u dit)
CI IM Special Topics 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate i" course i ontent
Spi ' i.ii topii s . ourses are "Hired on an experimental or temporar) basis to
explore topii s that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
ma) be "lined undei an] spei ial topic identity no inure than three tunes. Special
topics numbered 181 an primaril) foi upper-level undergraduate students. (May
.lis,, be offered as RP481; may not be taken for duplicate credit under same tide)
(.1 182 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prioi approval through advisor, ia< ult) member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's ( Iffice
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in die
curriculum nun propose a plan ol stml\ in conjunction with a (acuity member.
Approval is based on ai ademic appropriateness and availability of resources.
GE493 Internship var-3-l2sh
i.il learning experience with emphasis on application of academic
bai kground. Open to majors and minors in geography with a total of 57 semester
nl 15 hours in du majoi See internship supervisor for additional
information.
GE49!) Independent Stud) var-3-tish
Independent research and stud) undei facult) direction. Interested students
should approai h department chairperson for information.
GK
Creek
Department <>f Spanish and ( I •
Languages
( .ull( ••;( ill I linn. Hutu s and Sui ial
Si ii in '
l.-lll M,
(.kill Greek I
are the objectives. In gnunmai tht i i
l I.ISSII.ll I .1
Modi i
onl) b) individualin
GK152 Greek n
( !"iitiini.tii..!i ofGrecl I I
i ompleb '1 I Hi' " 'i ""i i' n:
(.Ollsh
GK251 Greek III w nl- M,
Continued training in basil skills, with the p..ssili!i
specifii topics; consult the department foi i
tenses of tin Greek verb are studied. ' Iff
CK252 Greek I> t. -nl- Isl,
Continuadon of Greek fll In grammar more tensi I The
In' short i
individualized instj i
GK351 Advanced Creek I .anguage I l< -ill- Isl.
Reviews grammai in depth; analyzes the structure ol die language. While il
are not required, selections from Gn | read both for kn
content ami fur developing knowledge "I the sU .
only b) individualized instni
GK352 Advanced (.reck Language II
Continuadon "I < .k 151 s li i tions are froi
indh i. In. ili/' 'I instj
l.-nl-isl,
poetry du- ed only by
CK482 Independent Stuih >.n- Mi
An opportunity to engage mi an in-dcpili di die
Creek language arid culture through consultation with a facility member.
Permission required.
GN
German
■epartmenl ol German
lollege of Humanities and S
Sciences
CM 151 German I ii-nl-lsli
I "i beginners, thi objectives include grammar, pronunciation, reading, speaking.
and writing.
CM 152 German II k-lll-ish
For students who have had ( lerman I or its equivalent, du-
enliance and develop die four skills of list
GM221 Conversation Ili
Two-hours-weekf) conversation practice in small groups
greetings. Idiomatii expressions, ami communication skill- 1" improve vocabulary
and pronunciation.
GM222 < onversation IV Ze-Ot-Sak
Two hours of week!) com led as a continuation of the practii
small group- speaking and listi
discussions and dialogues. May enroll without having
GM251 German HI
Continued training in basil skills, with the possible additji
specific topics; consult the department l"i topii - of interest.
GM252 German I\
Continuation of German III with -
Ic-nM-h
GM253 Intermediate Composition and Conversation 3c-0l-3sh
Can be taken instead of or in addition
students. Offered in spring only.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE
COURSE DESCRI PTIO N S
CM254 Business German 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: GM251 or equivalent
A one-semester course which can he taken instead of, or in addition to, GM252
by students interested in business or as part of the General Education
requirement (equivalent to German IV). Business practices and specialized
business vocabulary, letter writing, and problems of translation are emphasized.
GM256 Scientific German 3c-0l-3sh
Designed to substitute for GM252, course will be offered in the second semester.
I'i nii.ii iU for science majors, it may be taken as an elective by German majors.
GM281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
GM32 1-322 Advanced Conversation I and II each 2c-0l-lsh
Designed to increase speaking ability. The variety of content permits repetitions
oi these relatively informal courses.
GM351 Advanced German Language I 3c-0l-3sh
Aims to review and expand die student's grammatical skills, to apply diese skills
to extensive cultural and short literary readings, and to produce frequent themes
on diese readings.
GM352 Advanced German Language II 3c-0l-3sh
Continues to expand die student's grammatical skills and to apply diem by the
writing of longer themes based on cultural and literary readings.
GM361 Development of German Culture and Literature I 3c-0l-3sh
Designed to provide a background in German literature, music, art, architecture,
and history. Surveys die period from die migrations of the Germanic tribes to the
rise of Prussia as a European power.
GM362 Development of German Culture and Literature II 3c-0l-3sh
A continuation ofGM361. Covers die period from die French Revolution and its
effects on Germany up to die present, widi an emphasis on German literature,
history, and music.
GM363 Introduction to German Literature I 3c-0l-3sh
Selected readings in German poetry to acquaint die student with formal and
thematic aspects of German verse from the Middle Ages to die present.
GM364 Introduction to German Literature II 3c-0l-3sh
Selected readings in German fiction and drama to acquaint the student with
representative works and techniques of interpretation.
GM367 Nineteenth-Century German Literature 3c-0l-3sh
A survey of die major works of German poetry and prose with an emphasis on the
literary movements of Romanticism, Realism, and Naturalism.
GM368 Twentieth-Century German Literature 3c-0l-3sh
A study of representative works of German poetrv and prose from Expressionism
through World War II.
GM369 Contemporary German Literature 3c-0l-3sh
A studv ot die literary achievement of postwar Germany up to die present.
GM370 The Age of Goethe I 3c-0l-3sh
A study of representative works from die Enlightenment and Storm and Stress
periods.
GM371 The Age of Goethe II 3e-0l-3sh
A study of selected works of German Classicism widi an emphasis on the prose
and poetry of the first decades of die nineteenth century,
GM381 German Drama in English Translation 3c-0l-3sh
Representative works of major dramatists in English translation. Primarily
intended for students of English literature and comparative literature and not
considered as credit toward a German major.
GM410 History of the German Language 3c-0l-3sh
History and development of German language, with special emphasis on
relationships widi English. Analysis of annals in Godiic. Old High German, and
Middle High German using mediods of historical and contemporary linguistics.
GM481 Special Topic var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics diat are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
Designed to meet the special needs of a student group.
var-l-3sh
faculty member, department
GM482 Independent Study
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirough advi,
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
An opportunity to engage in an in-depdi analysis of some topic dealing with the
German language and culture dirough consultation with a faculty member.
GM493 Internship in Germany var-3-12sh
Prerequisites: 12 credits in 300- or 400-level courses and a minimum of one-
semester study in Germany
A supervised field experience in Germany with approved public agencies and
institutions or private firms; no longer than one semester and no less dian one
month. Positions will be matched as closely as possible with die intern's personal
interests and degree of proficiency in the German language. Academic work at die
Gesamdiochschule in Duisburg must precede die internship. Open to students in
odier disciplines, such as Political Science, International Relations. Business, etc.,
widi advisor approval.
Gerontology
Department of Allied Health
Professions Program
College of Health and Human
Services
GN281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more dian three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
GN481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content.
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
diat are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more dian three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
GN482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Smdents with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjuncdon with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
GN493 Internship
Prerequisites: Senior standing, all required (
Supervised experience in public or private agencv diat ;
3sh
> aging clients.
G
€
Geoscience
Department of Geoscience
College of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics
3c-0l-3sh
GS101 The Dynamic Earth
Prerequisite: No Geoscience majors/minors
Examines the constant changes that affect the rocky surface of our planet. From
volcanic eruptions and catastrophic eardiquakes to die slow drift ol continents
and passage of ice ages, earth processes have shaped die history of life and altered
die development of human civilization.
GS 1 02 The Dynamic Earth Lab Oc-21- 1 sh
Prerequisite: No Geoscience majors/minors
Corequisite: Enrollment in GSI01
Introduces students to die techniques geologists use to study die eardi and
reconstruct its past. Labs cover minerals, rocks, map interpretation, fossil
identification. Includes field trips during die scheduled lab period.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS / 6Vj
GS103 Oceans and Atmospheres So-OI-Sifa
I'm. i|insili : Nil ( .. ms ajoni/l "is
i In . M ill's 111 ciiis .mil .11 sphere play a crucial rol letermining tin pai i
ibal em ii 1 1"' irec will
1 1 position and character of theai com| nla and Uieir inl tion
with othi i majoi • i la ol ll I
(.SI l) l Oceana and Atmospheres Lab 0c-2l-lah
Prereqnisitei No « leos i m jot
< orequisitei i [ii.iIIihi m 111 i ,s 111 ;
till tci hniqui ai phi n and
stud) 1 1 ii 'nili's oceans and .11 spheres and re sum i iL it i volution I .il>s
i . mil ! .11 in. Li. Btmospheri tructun
Hi,,-,
G9105 Exploring the 1 niverse li-()l-fsh
Prerequisite! NoCeoscience majors minoi
Examines the history ol time, the ,c.is.,ns Foi the seasons. '! . ,,l ,l,,
-I ixii s. .mil the histoi j null n ol spat <
exploration
GS106 Exploring the I iriverae 1-ab 0c-2l-lsh
Prerequisitei NoCeoscience majors , hum us
Corequisitei Enrollmenl ,,, i IS 105
s students to th< techniques astroi erstuu tostudy thi a
sphere. Constellations, seasons, motions of Sun, M , planets, and stars,
ol stars .mil galaxies. Includes two observations which will be held
(.siii i . mli Science For Educators l :)c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite* Natural Scienci ition majors only
An in-depth treatment ol introductory oceanography and geology designed
spei ,1m .i IK for Secondary Science Education majors. Foi uses on fundamentals "I
the earth's physical processes and history and on the ocean's dynan
i hemistry, and tectonics.
GS112 Earth Science l»r Educators i Lab Oc-31-lsfa
Prereqnisitei Natural Scienci Scienci Education majors only
site: Enrollment m (iSI I I
I .ii, experi aspects ofoi eanograph; and geology, designed to
' epts .mil skills tin future teaching to Secondary Edui ati ajors.
Includes field trip
GS1 1.) Earth Science for Educators II k-Ol-.fsh
Prereqnisitei Natural Si ieni i Si ii m i I dui ation majors only
An in-depth treatment of in eorology and astronomy designed
specifically foi Secondary Science Education majors. Foi uses on atmospheric
processes andclimati changi and on die earth's place in the solar system and
universe.
GS1I4 Earth Science for Educators II Lab 0t-3l-lsh
Prerequisite) Ni al Si ieni i Si ii ni e Education majors only
Corequisite: Enrollmenl ,,, GS113
I si ,.i the weather station and planetarium highlights .i set ii
designed to aid Secondarj Scienci Education ma leveloping concepts and
laboratory skills I'm future teaching.
GS121 Physical Geology k-0l-.fsh
Prerequisites! i . minors, an) Science 01 Science Education
majors nun, us. Anthropology. < leography Regional Planning majors, or
permission ol instructor
Ion to ilic science ol the earth, including physical properties of its
Interior and crust; us tectonic and surface processes; and the complex geologic
interactions which shape and niodifj our planet Designed to prepare students for
upper-level geology classes.
GS122 Physical Geology Laboratory 0c-31-lsh
Prerequisites! Geoscience majors/minors, any Sci< nee oi Science Education
majors I pology, Geography/Regional Planning majors, oi
permission ofinstructor
Corequisitei Enrollment inGS121
Selected problems in rock and mineral identification, topographii and geologic
mapping techniques, geologii landforms and deformation structures. Designed to
prepare students foi , Id trips.
GS131 Historical Geology 3c-0l-3sh
Prereqniaitcst (■. rinors,any Science oi Science Education
majors minors; Anthropology, Geography Regional Planning majors, or
permission ofinsrructoi
Introduction to history ol the earth, including the lussil record and die history of
rowth and ti ctoi
.mil the physical evol i ol thi earth's itm
(.si u llisii d Geology Laboi ,< n<- il-uh
Prerequisites! GS121 122,1
I Jin .uii.ii majoi
hi permission "I instrui toi
( mi i|iiisiii i Em
Sell ' ii 'I problems in itratigraphii
GSM I introduction tot in in Scienci
don to physical, ch il. biologii al. and .
i oastal areas, iii.intii . |ili
and on humankind Includes field trips which may irrrolvi
GS 1 30 Geology ol National Parks li-nlish
A si i ii K ,il geologii al processes and r.irili history
featun i ol I S and Canadian national p. irks. lm ludes Badlands.
■in. kits. Gros Mome, Mammoth t
Yellowstone, Yosemite, and others '■•
I.SIil III. tgeol Dlims.niis k-lll-S.h
\ il, gh introdui tion i" dinosaurs and the world they inhabited
include the most current theories regarding dinosaurian bia
metabolism, evolution), ecol -ted plains and
animals), and extinction I
ra .mil minors.
GS221 Physical Resources -I the Eartl .k-(il-.»ih
Inn. ni ,, ii i.il. energy, and water resouri
depositions; exploration, exploitation, and ul
exploitation ol resources on the environment ami on humankind. Includes field
trip-, which may occui on wedo n
GS281 Special Topics wr-D-h
Prerequisite: VsappropriaU ' -< content
Special topii s are offered on an experimental or temporal-.
that art- not included in tin.- established curriculum. A given topic may be "tiered
uiuliT.Hi dentity no more than three times S
numbered 281 are offered primarily for l"«
GS310 Environmental Geology 2c- II- Ish
Prerequisite! Ssh b g olog; oi i
The applicati f geologii information to the acoomi lation and reduct
natural hazards, to land-use planning, and to the utilization of earth materials.
Includes field trips which occur <ui weekends.
GS32I Mineralogy 2.-M- >sh
Prerequisite: GS121 orCHUl
Concerned with properties ol minerals; introduction to irvs-iallngraphvand
ii i \ of crystals, followed !»\ a determination of minerals and thi r probable
genesis. Includes field trips which may occur on wi •
GS322 Igneous and Metansorphic Petrology
Prerequisite: GS321
Concerned with a description ofigneous and mctamorphic rock character based
upon mineral components ami physical relationship between mini
of a rock. Includes ficlil trips which inav incur mi wi
GS325 Structural Geology
Prerequisites: (.SI il and li2 1 ) ) or permission .1 inso
Study nl primary structun
foliation, and lineation. includes work w il
Brunton compass, orthographic and stereographi< projections. Ind
trips which may occui on weekends.
GSS26 Field Geology
Prerequisiie: ( IS
Principles and techniques of field geology widi emp
skills using Brunton compass, aerial photographs. topographic maps. aim:
Jacob staff, and rock color charts. Field pi
neasuring and describing stratign
and analysis, construction ol ions, and report
writing. Includes field trips which inav occur on weekends.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDER.
166 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GS327 Geomorphology 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisites: GS121. 131
A study of die origin of the earth's land forms, including relationship of geologic
structure to laiulfonn types and role of geomorphic processes in landscape
development.
GS330 Paleontology 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisite: GS131 or permission of insttiu tOi
Study of die morphology, evolution, geologic significance, and paleoecology of
fossil organisms. Includes field trips which may occur on weekends.
GS331 Hydrogeology 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisites: MA 121-1 22, GS 1 21-1 22/1 23. or permission
An overview of groundwater geology, including flow equations, graphical
solutions to Dow problems, and computer modeling of flow svstems. as well as the
geotechnical and social implications of groundwater utilization. Includes field
trips which occur on weekends.
GS332 Geochemistry 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisites: CH 1 1 1 - 1 1 2. GS 1 2 1 - 1 22/ 1 23. or permission
Introduction to low- temperature chemistry of the earth's surface and near-surface:
includes discussions of chemical activity, solution chemistry, organic
geochemistry, trace elements, isotopes, and the chemistry of natural waters.
GS336 Geology of the Northern Rockies var-3sh
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
A field study of the major geologic features and relationships involved in the
development of the northern Rocky Mountains. National Park and Monument
areas of South Dakota. Wyoming, and Montana are included among the areas
investigated, (three weeks, summer only)
GS337 Geology of Newfoundland var-3sh
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor
A field course designed to utilize the exceptional and diverse geologic features of
Newfoundland for instruction of departmental majors and minors in tectonic
analysis utilizing sedimentologic, stratigraphic. and paleontologic observations,
(three weeks, summer only)
GS338 Geology of the American Southwest var-3sh
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
A field study of die major geologic features and relationships exposed in the
American Southwest, including the Colorado Plateau, the Rio Grande Rift, Death
Valley, and parts of die Southern Rocky Mountains. (3 weeks, summer only)
GS341 Solar System 2e-3I-3sh
Prerequisites: MA121 and PY1 1 1
Fundamentals of astronomy, with emphasis on observational methods, mechanics,
and origin of the solar system and spatial relationship of the solar system to the
other members of the universe.
GS342 Stellar Astronomy 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisites: MA 1 2 1 and PY1 1 1
Fundamentals of astronomy, with emphasis on sun, stars, galaxies, the sidereal
universe, and use of spectroscopy for gathering astronomical data.
GS350 Operation of the Planetarium var-lsh
Prerequisites: GSl 10. 341. 342, or permission of instructor
Designed to acquaint the student with methods of operation and repair of a Spitz
A-3-P planetarium. Content includes topics suitable for lectures to various age
groups. Student will write and present a demonstration program. Meets once a
week with occasional evening observations.
GS361 Physical Oceanography 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisites: PY1 1 1 and MA121 or permission of instructor
Introduction to physical, chemical, geological, and biological nature of ocean:
topography, submarine geology, and bottom deposits. Includes field trip(s) which
may occur on weekend(s).
GS362 Plate Tectonics 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisites: PY1 1 1-1 12 and a minimum of20sh of geology
Introduction to formal theory of plate tectonics. Topics include magnetic
anomalies, first motion studies, thermal structures of the plates, kinematics,
crustal generation, sea floor spreading, collision, and subduclion deformation.
Prior to 1988 was titled Marine Geology and Plate Tectonics.
GS371 Meteorology I 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisite: One year of physical science or physics
Introduction to meteorological sciences: composition and structure of die
atmosphere: radiation principles: elementary thermodynamics and heat balance.
GS380 Research Techniques in Geoscience 2c-0l-2sh
Prerequisite: Second-semester junior standing (75 credits or permission of
instructor)
For students majoring in some aspect of geoscience. Teaches students the
techniques of geoscience research: defining a project: doing background research:
proposing multiple working hypotheses and collecting evidence pertaining to
each. Students will dien write up their research in both abstract and professional
manuscript format. Cannot be taken subsequent to GS480.
GS4 1 1 Sedimentary Petrology 2c-31-3sh
Prerequisite: GS321 or permission of instructor
Study of sediments and sedimentary rocks with emphasis on interpreting ancient
environments of deposition utilizing sieve analysis, hand lens, and petrographic
microscope. Includes field trips which may occur on weekends.
GS412 Stratigraphy 2c-31-3sh
Prerequisite: GS41 1 or permission of instructor
Principles and processes involved in development and description of stratified
rock sequences, principles and problems of correlation, and selected stratigraphic
problems. Includes field trips which may occur on weekends.
GS440 Subsurface Geology 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisite: Minimum 20 credit hours of geology
An introduction to the geology of petroleum, its origin, migration, entrapment,
and production. Lab is designed to provide practical experience in subsurface
mapping techniques and the use and evaluation of geophysical logging devices.
Includes field trips which may occur on weekends.
GS441 Carbonate Geology-Florida var-3sh
Prerequisite: 1 7sh geology courses or written permission of instructor
Two to diree weeks of field study in Florida Keys. Course will be conducted from
base camp in Florida Keys and will consist of both land and water work as the
different carbonate environments in the Keys. Florida Bay. and the Adantic reef
tract are studied.
GS480 Geoscience Seminar var-lsh
For seniors majoring in some aspect of geoscience. The seminar (1) provides die
student widi an opportunity to prepare, formally present, and defend a scientific
paper based either on his/her own research or on a topic chosen widi the
approval of instructor and (2) provides opportunity to discuss topics presented
by odier students, faculty, or guests.
GS48 1 Special Topics var- 1 -3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
It is the department's intention to use diis course to schedule extended field trips
and for teaching special courses which will utilize die specialties of the
Geoscience faculty.
GS482 Independent Study var- 1 -3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirough advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's OfBce
Independent study provides die student widi an opportunity to use library,
laboratory, or field research in an area which is of interest under die supervision of
a designated faculty member. Approval is based on academic appropriateness and
availability of resources.
GS493 Geoscience Internship var-l-12sh
Summer or semester work experience widi cooperating firms or agencies. May be
scheduled only after consultation with advisor and chairperson. Requirements
include up to three on-site consultations, depending on credit hours and
location's site; completion of up to three oral progress reports: and submission of
a detailed work diary. Restricted to junior and senior department majors; only
diree credits may be applied toward major.
HC
Honors College
Robert E. Cook Honors College
Academic Affairs Division
HClOlHonors Core I 5c-0l-5sh
Prerequisites: Freshman standing, admission to the Honors College
This first in a series of three required and interrelated courses introduces Honors
College students to major works of literature and art: to major ideas in history,
philosophy, religious studies, literature, and the fine arts: and to critical dunking
skills used in reading, writing, and discussion in an integrated, synthetic, and
interactive pedagogical environment. While materials from various periods and
disciplines are part of HC 101, each instructor has attempted to incorporate some
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ore questions.
IICIH2 Honors Core II 5c-0l-5sh
Prerequisites! IK 101, fn simian standing, and admisa 1 1 i I
i [lis is tin I ina lerii id thra req I and interrelated a HC102
uestlie emphases "I HC101:(a) introdw don i<- tnajoi w«.iks <>i In. ratun
..ml in n arts (b) introducl yoi ideas in history, plulosoph) rel
id(c) focui ritical thinking skills use. I in reading, writin
discussion in an interrelated, synthetit , and interactivi pi dagogii al i nviroruni ni
although material from vi a pe Is and disi iplines, ea< li instru
I lis mm orporati d works From i i nturj to proi id< b i on i ground Ibi
i cploring i on qui stions Building on tin ii i tpi rii m es in 1 1< 1101, students will
become mon i ritical and analytical in tin ii n adingand pi \ ■-■ I urthi r. thi
.iIhIhy to s) nthesizc will l>< emphasized based on theii prei i readings and
learning experiem ■
11(201 Honors Core HI 4c0l-4sh
Prerequuitesi Sopho i standing, admission to the Honors Collegi and
completion ol HI 101 and 102 il ad I to Honors! lollege as a first-
tent, Prerequisites Foi students admitted to the Honors ( Iollege as
sophomores are EN 101 andal leasi one Liberal Studies course in the humanities
mi fine arts
Completes thi introduction of Honors < Iollege students t ajoi works "I
Literature and .m; to majoi ideas in history, philosophy, religious studies,
lid n and the fine arts; and to i ritii al thinking skills used in reading, writing,
.iml discussion in an integrated and interactive pedagogical environment
HE
Child Development/Family
Relations
Department of Human Development
and Environmental Studies
College ol Health and Human
Services
III JIN ( I.M.I Development Sc-Ol-Ssh
Prerequisite! PC101
Focuses ■>!. the normal development and behavior of. hildren. Survey made of
physical, emotional, so. ial. and intelle. tual development ol children from
conception dirough earl) adolescence. Pertinent child development research
HE220 Teaching in Child Development Centers 2c- II- Isl.
Prerequisite! HI !18oi equivalenl
Techniques in planning foi and teaching preschool children. Participation as
teacher-assistanl provides experience in applying principles of child guidance and
developmenl needed 1>\ teachers in preschool centers or secondary school child
development labors
III 224 Marriage and Family Relations ic-01-.Mi
Prerequisite. PC101
Focuses on principles of human relations basic to marital .I.tim.iiiv and
adjustment. Influenci ofcommunit; and rami!) experiences on personal
developnu nl and adjustmenl explored.
Ilr.281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental 01 temporal) basis to explore topics
thai are not included in the established curriculum. \ given topic maj bi ofl
undei an) spet ial topi< identic] no e than threi times. Special topics
numbered 28] an offered primaril) foi lower-level undergraduate students.
Ill il 7 Infant Developmenl 2c-2l-.'»sh
Prerequisite. Ill 218
Stud) of characteristic dew lopmental changes of human infants from l>inl. to
approximatel) two and a hall years. Participation .is teachei assistant in
infant toddlei child care centei provides experience in developmentaUy
appropriate guidance and planning foi verj young, hildren.
HE321 Preschool Education 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite. HE220 oi concurrendy
Examination ofthe child developmenl plulosophj .is the basis for
developmental]) appropriate decisions and methods in preschool edui
programming.) mphasis is placed on pla) .is .. developmental process ..ml as the
majoi aspei I ol thi pn si I I iculum. Ma) not be interchanged with ELS53:
Preschool Education.
HI 124 Pkmif) \>- i
I'll M <|l..sll. !
Emphasis on |
ping,
ill us \,i, ,ii i,, Id Developmenl i. -nl hi
I-., n ipnsii. i HI
th. '.iis.s .iii.I . urn i.i In. '
ill 122 Earl) < hildl d l .1 n i, -ul-ul,
Prerequisite HE220oi i inenU)
I i. ii .il theories ,m. I rt
lues, hool and thi ii effect on tnati rial equipi
Ml 12 i I ..iniK Isaacs
Prerequisite. III J J I
( ,,n. . nii.itt.l stud) ..I ,- K Life,
unity,
J<-Ol-Kh
M) 126 techniques of Parent Education
Prerequisite HE220oi i quivali nl
Examination -it nature, i Kb nl
Interrelationships ol I - w hooL and i mun I i camjned in light
nl various programs, methods, and techniques ofp
III 127 idministration of i biM Development t enteta le-04-Sati
1'it i n| ui si its: I 1E220 oi equivalent, juniors "f s< nio
Developnu nl ol special knowledgi
administrators of child t are programs im hiding pr* *)>■ »-v,il Meriting, bud
ii ni. st. til at Id tion and training, appropriate curriculum mat
philosophy, pareni involvement, child advocacy, and program evahi
HE46:* Family and the Community U -'•!- M,
Study <»| communit) agencu a and problems thai affect tamilies and tlieir
contributions to i ommunity. bwestiganon "I ways group dyi
iu ation media, and othei resources aid uriderstanding ol hi
behaviors. Field experiena is an integral part »•! thi
III ini Special topics rar-l^Saa
Prerequisite: As appropriate i" course content
Special topics couj tal or temporarj !
explore topics thai are not im luded in the established cuttm uhnn
ma) be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primaril) for upper-level undergraduate students,
III 182 Independent Study >.ir-l- lafj
I'n 1 1 <| ui site: Prior approval through advisor, fax ulty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's < Hficc
I pper-level students with high scholastic achievemenl pursue their particular
outside the realm "i thi
curriculum. Ma) be taken more than once t<< .1 maxunu 1 I -
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and avaUafa
HE49S Internship rar^ttsei
Prerequisites: ft [mission of department, college dean, and univc
coordinator; upper-level standing
tl experience related t" the student's tnaji a jit
developed individually in consultation with university [acuity memi»cr who
supervises die internship. Log and major paper required M
total ol 12semestei hours; however, these semester hours an notap
toward the 12 1 semester hours required i"i graduation if student rt
semester hours in -tuiU ni u
HI
History
Department i>t History
College of Humanities an.: S
Scient t s
HI195 rhe Modern I ra ic-ol-.ish
Interprets die development of two ccnlen ctfefriusatioa. Europe an.: ■■
withm .1 global context ami extends from ji least die Age -.1 Enlightenment
through die present (Majors should substitute HI2I . iccithe
Liberal Studies humanities require]
NDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE
168 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HI200 Introduction to History 3c-0l-3sh
For history majors and concentrates. Topics include philosophy of history,
important schools oi history and historians, and methods of historical research:
Student is encouraged to become a better historian and to identify with historical
profession. For History majors only
HI201 Western Civilization Before lbOO 3t-0l-3sh
Survey course presenting in various forms the origin and development of major
political, social, religious, and intellectual institutions in Western Civilization to
approximately 1600. For History majors or by instructor's permission.
H1202 Western Civilization Since 1600 3c-0l-3sh
Development of Western civilization from the expansion of Europe to the present,
including political, diplomatic, economic, social, and cultural areas. Introduces
issues and interpretations encountered in upper-level courses. For History majors
or by instructor's permission.
HI203 United States History for Historians 3c-0l-3sh
Introduces aspiring historians to United States history since 1763. Emphasizes
die issues, methods, and problems diat currently concern professional historians.
For History majors or by instructor's permission.
1 112 1 0 Ancient Civilization: The Middle East and the
Eastern Mediterranean 3c-0l-3sh
Note: Not open to History and Secondary Social Science Education majors.
An examination of die development and the spread of ancient civilization in
ancient Middle East and the Eastern Mediterranean. Topics of study will include
the characteristics of civilization and the development of political, social,
economic, and cultural institutions in the river valley centers and the diffusion to
the fringe areas.
HI212 Ancient and Medieval Europe 3c-01-3sh
Note: Not open to History and Secondary Social Science Education majors.
An examination of the development of civilization in Europe during die ancient
and medieval periods. The course will focus on die Ancient Greek and Roman
civilizations and the medieval European civilization. The characteristics and
institutions of civilization will be stressed as well as the political history.
HI214 Themes in American History 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: HI195
Open only to non-History majors. Designed to give students an appreciation of
the basic themes and issues in the making of American society. Students will
examine diemes such as the fruition of democracy, die American dream, slavery
and freedom, the tensions between liberty and order, and die role of die United
States in a world setting.
H1281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more dian direc times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
HI301 History of Ancient Greece 3c-0l-3sh
Will analyze major political, social, and economic developments in ancient Greek
civilization from Bronze Age to deadi of Alexander.
HI302 History of Ancient Rome
Will trace Roman history from early Republic do
political theory will be particularly emphasized.
3c-0l-3sh
i to fall of Empire. Roman
H1303 Medieval Europe 1, 400-1000
History of early Medieval Europe, from decli
Middle Ages; emphasis on political, social
developments.
3c-0l-3sh
of Rome to beginnings ol High
religious, and intellectual
H1304 Medieval Europe II. 1000-1300 3c-0l-3sh
History of late Medieval Europe, from High Middle Ages to Renaissance period;
emphasis on political, social, economic, religious, and intellectual developments.
HI305 Renaissance and Reformation 3c-0l-3sh
History of Europe from c. 1250: rise of commercial city, kings, and pressures on
Christian Church to 1600. Some consideration of technology and voyages.
HI306 Early Modern Europe 3c-0l-3sh
Greatness of France under Louis XIV; Sweden; Thirty Years' War. Emergence of
modem society; Frencli Revolution.
HI307 History ol Europe: 1815-1914 3c-0I-3sh
Study of Europe in nineteenth century, with emphasis on the emergence of major
thought patterns. Romanticism. Nationalism. Socialism, and Positivism.
HI308 Twentieth-Century Europe 3c-0l-3sh
Political, economic, and diplomatic trends in Europe since 1900. with major
emphasis on causes and results of war and search for security;
HI3 1 1 Rise and Fall of Hitler's Empire 3c-0l-3sh
In-depth study of Hider and die Nazi order; offers an analysis of nineteenth-
century origins of Nazi ideology and intensively analyzes domestic and foreign
totalitarian policy (1920-1945), including Holocaust, Resistance, and the postwar
Nuremberg Trials.
HI320 History of England to 1688 3c-01-3sh
Survey of die growdi of the English nation, with emphasis on political, social, and
economic developments leading to seventeendi-century conflict between Crown
and Parliament.
HI32 1 History of England, 1 688 to Present 3c-0l-3sh
Survey of die growdi of England as a democratic constitutional monarchy.
Attention directed to industrial revolution and to imperial expansion and
England's role in twentieth- century world. Attention given to social and cultural
history.
HI322 French Revolution and Napoleon 3c-0l-3sh
Brief sketch of Old Regime, concentration on Revolution and Empire, with
emphasis on politics, social structure, diplomacy, and economics.
HI324 History of Germany to 1848 3c-0l-3sh
Study of die development of Germany politically and culturally from ancient
times, emphasizing medieval and early modern periods to 1849.
HI325 History of Germany: 1849 to the Present 3c-0l-3sh
Study of die political and cultural development of modern Germany from die
Revolution of 1848, including imperial, republican, and totalitarian phases, to
post- World War II East and West Germany.
HI326 History of Russia 3c-0l-3sh
General survey of Russian history, culture, and institutions. Special consideration
given to study of historical forces formative of Revolution of 1917.
H1327 Soviet Union and Contemporary Russia 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, completion of HI 195 (nonmajors)
Analyzes die period from 1855 to the present, including the attempts at
modernization by Imperial Russia, the creation of die Soviet Union and hirdier
modernization, and die collapse of the Soviet Union.
HI330 History of the Islamic Civilization 3c-0l-3sh
An approach to learning about a non-Western culture: Muhammad, Arabs, and
Muslims as creators of a great civilization from rise of Islam to 1800: emphasis on
cultural institutions of Islam and their interrelationships within Middle East.
HI331 Modern Middle East
Survey of changes that have taken place in Middle East and in Islam ;
eighteenth century and of contemporary problems in diat region.
3c-0l-3sh
HIS35 History of East Asia 3c-0l-3sh
History of China and Japan from ancient times, Buddhism, medieval Japan,
Chinese communism, industrialization. Some consideration of peripheral Asia
from 1500.
HI340 Colonial America 3c-0l-3sh
Survey of original diirteen states from dieir inception as colonies within die
British empire to 1763, die eve of Independence. Attention is given to dieir
political development; economic position widiin die empire; relations with
Indians; and evolution of social, educational, and religious life.
HI341 American Revolution 3c-0l-3sh
An examination ofWhig-Tory participants of American Revolution. Examines
events from 1763 to 1783. Changing interpretations of the causes and effects of
the revolution will be discussed.
HI342 The Early Republic 3c-0l-3sh
Survey of United States lustory from 1 783 to 1 850, widi special attention on
constitutional, political, economic, and social trends.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESC RIPTIONS
Ml in ( ivtIWai indReconilr
Stmh ofthefailun ol \ n
century, followed!)) political,*
.ncilii nofNorth
iction i' <H till
I acy toi ■■! mid nini tecnth
m lil ii mis during
nd South
Mini Die Age of Big Business in America, 1877-1917 )c-01-3sh
Examines how big business developed in Vmerica, how thi economii
n bapeil tin n liaped ■ | led politically.
Ill il'. lb. \g< •»• Raglimei American llisi..i\. 1900-1989 ic-nl-M.
tural 'Ii vi lopmenl as its thematii foundal I a thi
ii.iiisii i] cl I tin i " isiw Era, World Wai I and thi II
Ml Hii It, run United States History Ii 01 h
Stud) of political, economii and cultural changes in American life since 19 19
, 1 1 i . I ioi 1 1 problems facing us today, S, >m< recenl foreign polii \
trend also
H1350 History of Latin America Colonial Period, I (90-1820 Sc-Ol-Ssh
Study ol Indian cultures, conquest by Spaniards I Portugui
govermni nl during < lolonial Period I Wars "I Independi ni i
111151 History of Latin Americai National Period, 1820-Presenl Sc-Ol-Ssh
Stud) ofdii history of nations which have emerged Bince independi
emphasis on ei on i< . political, < ultural, and social developments "I the*
well as relal ships of these nations to others in thi
HI35S African History Is Vntiquityto 1600 3c-0l-3sh
Pmeqirisitesi Sophomon standing, completion of HI 195 (nonmaji
Surve) of thi s iltural, political, and economic life of precolonial African
societies Foi us < ancient kingdoms and cultures, precolonia] st.it, s. internal
■nd ktlantii trade networks.
HI356 kfrican Histor) II: 1600 to Present tc-nl- tsh
Prerequisites! Sophomore standing, pledon of HI 195 (nonmajors)
Surve) i 'i African socioi ultural, poliucal, and levelopments during the
colonial and modern periods. I lourse covers imperialism, the struggle for control
Ioi Africa, du two global wars and dieii repercussions foi kfrica, decolonization,
and modem kfrii an states.
Hl.li.n Histor) ol Pennsylvania 3c-01-3sfj
I mphasiacs the i ultural, et oni i . politii al, and social develoj nt of our state
in its various periods from colonial to today Special attention given to diversity "I
tlieii institutions and probli
HI361 History of American Diplomacy. 1775-1900 3c-0I-3sfa
1'i.u es ( il ilu 1 'nited States from Independence to emergeni < as
.i world power. Tbpics coni entrate on themes <>l i ommercial relations, political
isolation, expansion, and debate over imperialism.
HI362 History of American Diplomacy, 1900-present ic-Ol-.tsh
[reals primarily oui twentieth-century involvement m world affairs and domestii
debate ovei thai involvement. Special emphasis will be placed on thi role ol
interest groups and increasing power of Executive Departmi
affaire.
Ill ins ITioughl and Culture in Early America 3c-0l-3sh
■ i topics in earl) Vmerican intellectual and cultural growth, with emphasis
on Puritanism, Enlightenment, cultural nationalism, and Romantic movement
HI3ri4 Thought and Culture in Modem America 3c-t)l-3sh
Selected treatment of his cal development of modem American movements in
nd political thought, religion, philosophy, fine arts, and literature.
HT1365 Histor) of Black America Since Emancipation 3c-0l-3sh
mi. mi .in, I analysis ofdu role of blacks in thi history of thi I nited States
since the I Svil W.u ; emphasis on key leaders, tnajoi organizations, leading
movements, and i nui.il ideologies ofblacks in modern America.
Ill.ltiri African- Vmerican Women 3c-0l-3sh
Majoi economii . social, and political issues which have affected black women
since theii introduction into North America to the p
HI367 Native American History 3c-0l-3sh
\n iinl.iiiiili.il perspective on .i familiar tale. Iliis course presents the "n™ Indian
\.nili America from Native American materials and points ol view.
Identification, analysis, and synthesis of Indian realities and options ovei time are
.ii tin' heart ofdiis . .mum
Ml iii'i Women in tmcrica
A slll.lv ol ill. , I
evaluating * ultura
involvement in
in '.in and tl
III i7ii Religion in ki i i ti -nl i-l.
pi no,l to tin present, widi an emphi
III 172 Mist. nt ol lb, I uK lunericsui Working Cbsi i< -nl- M,
communitit i ol workers will bt i
I iboi ' moil and the Knights "i I
III 17 1 History nl tin Modi m kmerii an Working ' lass >■ nl Mi
I ii si riptioi 'I analysis of thi nature and
l nited States in the twentieth century W
and analyzed is well .is unions sm h as the ' tailed Mini Worlu re and thi '
Auto Workers and laboi It ad< is in< luding Samui I ' iomj
4eany.
Ml f7 I History of Organized Crime
m ol industrial \ ■
ii.nl- I.I.
i urban, ei I
H1390 History of Women World < nltnia k-M-Ssh
ous, legal, political, economic, and drythii dimensions ol ivomen in
so, iet) li ancient i" modern times, ini luding Western ami non VW
experii n
III I'M Film as llist„i> 3c-OI-3sh
History of film i me background in film
interpn < Ei non. police films, and
great foreig
Ml ISO Senioi Seminal 3c-0l-3sh
A regim in a written paper. Students work on a pn»gram
selected 1>* the instructor. Foi History majors ot I a instrui tor's perm
Ml 181 Special Studies in Histor) >ar-l- tsh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
I mi h si in, si, r, si are offered in interest areas tliat are not part of the regular
Someexamples i type are die Victorian Age, die
History ol Love, World War D, tl lion, the Adams Chronii
the History of New York City. Students may schedule as manv of these courses as
" usual limit.
HI482 Independent Study rar-3-6sh
Prerequisites: Prior approval tlirough advisor, faculty member, department
-mi. dean, and Provost's i rffice with I2sh in history; a :>.o history
permission of a faculty member. Approval is based on academic
1 availability of res
Involves directed reading or research for qualified students. Exrjerimental ;
are encouraged.
Ill IS I Independent Studs 3c-0l-3sh
An honors program within the independent study format Minimum
qualifications are aS.OGPA. I5sh ol history, and a >2 average in history classes.
Satisfactory honors work is rewarded by formal recognition at graduation.
HI IS7 Honors ( oflornjhnn in History 3c-OI-3sh
Colloquium emphasizing reading, discussion, and writing on an announced
historical topic or theme which will vary from semester to semester according to
the expertisi ol the fai ult) member teaching
-indents who have completed HC201 and, with instructor permission, to
junior and senior history, history prc-law. and lucation majors
who have at least a 3.5 GPA in h
HI493 Internship var-3-12sh
With departmental approval, students arc attached to local or national
government or pi live, bibliographical, archival, or
museum work. AdS eets with intern rcgulariv and determines
what papers or reports will be required.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF P E N N S •
170 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Health and Physical Education
Department of Health and Physical
Education
College of Health and Human
Services
HPl 17 Fit n ess- Swimming
Fundamentals and techniques oi swimming and fitness.
HPl 19 Golf-Bowling
Fundamentals and techniques of gulf and bowling.
HP 123 Folk and Square Dance 1
Fundamentals and techniques of folk and square d.un ing.
Oc-21-lsh
Oc-21-lsh
0c-2l-lsh
HP124 Fitness Through Dance 0c-2l-lsh
A physical fitness development course for men and women diat employs a
combination ol exercises and dance techniques performed to music.
HP 126' Resistive Exercises
Fundamentals and techniques of progressive resistive exercises.
0c-2l-lsh
HP127 Fencing
Fundamentals and techniqu
i of fencing.
HP128Golf Oc-21-lsh
Fundamentals and techniques of golf.
HP134 Bowling 0c-2l-lsh
Fundamentals and techniques of howling.
HP1-12 Foundations of Health, Physical Education, and Sport 3c-0l-3sh
Historical, philosophical, and psychosocial foundations of health and physical
education are introduced. Specific emphasis is given to scientific Uieories and
principles in such areas as health promotion and behavioral change, exercise
physiology, motor development, kinesiology, and motor learning.
HP 143 Health and Wellness 3c-0l-3sh
Introduces the student to the major components ol wellness: contemporary
nutrition issues as diey relate to personal food choices, physical fitness, stress
management, sexually transmitted diseases, AIDS, and substance abuse.
Completion of HP 143 fulfills the Liberal Studies Health and Wellness
requirement.
HP145 Tennis 0c-2l-lsh
Fundamentals and techniques of tennis.
HP160 Downhill Skiing lsh
The cognitives and skills necessary for beginning downhill skiing.
HPI62 Scuba Diving 0c-2l-lsh
Designed to teach necessary skills and proper use of equipment lor underwater
swimming. Tanks, regulators, weights, and special equipment furnished. Student
must purchase a mask. tins, and snorkel (approximately $1,5). Includes dieory as
well as practical wink.
HP165 Lifeguarding 0c-2l-lsh
Prerequisites: Departmental consent and Advanced Swimmer
Designed for professional lifeguards. Includes life-guarding techniques for pools
and lash and saltwater beaches. Red Cross certification (Pittsburgh Division)
granted upon satisfactory completion of course requirements.
HP166 Basic Smallcraft Oc-21-lsh
Prerequisite: intermediate .swimming ability
Designed to introduce die use of the canoe, paddle board, and sailboat. Emphasis
is pLu (.J on tin development of boating skills, safety rescue, and survival
procedures. Red Cross smallcraft certification is granted upon successful
completion of the course.
HP 167 Basic Synchronized Swimming
Prerequisite: Intermediate swimming abilit)
Activit) course designed to assist students iii the de
synchronized swimming skills. VMC'.A certification
i ompl< don ol comsc requirements.
Oc-21-lsh
elopment of beginning
; granted upon successful
HP 175 Prevention and Care of Injuries to the Physically Active 2c-01-2sh
General information will be presented related to the prevention, recognition, and
care of bodi acute and chronic injuries common to participants of physical
activity/fitness, and adiletics. Specific topics to be addressed include prevention
techniques, the classification and staging of injury conditions, basic evaluation
techniques, as well as emergency management and follow-up care procedures.
HP200 Fundamentals of Physical Activity Ic-2l-Ish
A foundation course designed for the purpose of training in the analysis and
performance of the fundamental skills for subsequent motor behavior as they
relate to games, sports, and dance. The opportunity to refine powers of
observation through principles of efficient and effective movement fundamentals
is provided. Individual data profile charts of performance will be completed for
future reference.
HP210 Motor Development 2c-0l-2sh
Corequisite: HP200
A study of die processes of growth and development and dieir effects upon
human motor behavior across die lifespan. Includes changes during physical
growth, maturation and aging, and subsequent effects upon cognitive, perceptual,
and physiological performance, bodi individually and within a sociocultural
context.
HP2 1 1 Dance. Rhythmic Activities, and Gymnastics 2c-4l-3sh
Prerequisite: HP200
Designed to provide an aesdietic and kinesthetic movement experience which will
prepare die student as a teacher of basic movement in a variety of situations. The
dance section will include creative movement, rhydmis. and square, folk, and
contemporary dance. Gymnastics will include basic tumbling, stunts, and
apparatus skills.
HP212 Team Sports 2c-4l-3sh
Prerequisite: HP200
Introduces students to the history, current status, and teaching similarities among
team sports. Also includes materials and methods unique to each sport.
HP213 Individual and Dual Sports and Adventure Activities 2c-4l-3sh
Prerequisite: HP200
Provides historical and current status of individual and dual sports, as well as
adventure activities. Includes skill development, analysis of skilled performance,
and strategies for planning and implementing instructional programs.
HP221 Human Structure and Function 3c-01-3sh
Anatomical organization of die human body, surveyed in sufficient depth to
prepare students for physiology, biomechanics, and adaptive physical education.
HP230 Aerobic Fitness lc-21-2sh
An opportunity to participate in a variety of aerobic activities; will aid fitness
leaders in developing and implementing several types of aerobic programs: will
offer current information on aerobics as preventive medicine.
HP242 Emergency Health Care lc-2l-lsh
American Red Cross Standard, Advanced, and Instructor's certification and
Multimedia Instructors certification awarded upon successful completion of tliis
HP251 Foundations of Safety and Emergency Health Care 3c-0l-3sh
Focuses on accident prevention, injury control, and first responded skills.
Emphasizes identification of causes of accidents, recommended countermeasures.
and mitigation. American Red Cross certifications are issued in (1) standard first
aid, (2) community CPR, (3) instructor of standard first aid. and (4) instructor of
community CPR.
HP252 Introduction to the Driving Task 2c-2l-3sh
Provides an in-deptii treatment of operating a motor vehicle competently in all
major variations and under most conditions encountered in traffic. A competent
operator is one who performs die total driving task knowledgeabry and skillfully
and demonstrates full understanding and application of identification, prediction,
decision, and execution process.
H P26 1 Water Safety Instructor Oc-21- 1 sh
Prerequisites: Departmental consent and litesaving certification
Emphasizes the teaching aspect of skills, techniques, and attitudes necessary in all
areas of swimming. Students successfully completing course are qualified to hold
such positions as waterfront directors, aquatic directors, and other sinulai
positions.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS III
HP263 tquatics Oc-M-ldi
Boii perform; techniques in swimming strokes presented with s| I
idoloi | iquatii q and garni i * •< i
diving, springboard diving, and olhi i aq u In itii
HP264 Advanced Aquatics Oc-21-lsh
ue skills necessar) let American Red Cross Senioi
Emphasis placed upon i broad n I othi i aquatii
experiences and leai limn '■' '
0c-2l-
HP270 Inatruc >l Handicapped Swimming
Prerequisitei HP261
ed with the learning of skills used ach s« g to exceptional
children, Ul handicap a isidered. rhiscoursi is important not onf) in
physical education but also for d entally retarded, rehabilitation educal
I pei el, postgraduate swimming education, YM( V Boys Clubs,
( lunit) programs, privati clubs, and industrial programs. The Red < rosa
in moil histi I Swi gfoi i lie Handicapped is ;i inti d i i
mi, , , jsful i' pletion ol tlu < ourse. Summei only.
HP271 Instructor of Scuba Diving lk-21-lsh
Prerequisite! HP262
Prepares instructors to leach skin and scuba diving. Emphasis is plai < ■ ! on
teaching methods, mm and mi i hanii a "I equipmt nt, aafi i%. diving physii ■ .mil
and advanced diving skills. Instru f Scuba 1 tivini ficati
granted b) th< Profess .il Vssociati f Diving Instructors upon suo essful
tion •■! thi i "nisi S im i • -t 1 1^
HP272 Instructor of Canoeing Oc-21-lsh
Prerequisitei HP266
tied with the learning ol skills pertinent to teat hingci ngtobi ginners
Ml aipet is ol < anoeing int luding paddling, repair ol equipment, white watei
it;. safet>'. surviv.il. .mil li.ii I nun lcchlili|iics ,m presented. 1 "In Kill < lloss
certification Canoeing Instructoi is granted upon sun essful i ompletion ol die
course. Summer only.
HP273 Instructor of Sailing 0c-2l-lsh
Prerequisitei HP266
ed mill learning ol skills pertinent to teaching beginning sailing. All
aspects ul s.niiiiu, .in considered, including tin- elements "I sailing, repair ol
equipment, rat ing, safety, and techniques of teaching S ei
H 1*2 7 t Instructor of Infants and Preschoolers in Swimming Oc-21-lsb
Prerequisites: HP261, instructor's consent
Methods course foi preparation ol swimming tnstrui tors in tin knowledge .mil
skills ,,i teat I mil; young children to swim. YMCA certification hutrucl I the
Verj Young granted upon successful completion of course requirements. Summei
only.
IIP27n Coaching ofSwimming 0c-2l-lsh
Prerequisitei I IP261
.lisnisshin methods course designed in prepare Physical Education
majors for coaching nt swimming. Emphasis is placed on training methods,
officiating, nutrition, scientific principles, .mil meet strategy Summei onf)
HP277 Coaching of Synchronised Swimming lc-21-2sb
Designed to go beyond the activity nature of Basil Syni hronized Swimming
(HP267). Students are involved in set design, costumes, selection of music.
making props, selet ting themes, and organizing .1 program. Summer only.
111*27** Swimming Pool Maintenance and Chemistry 21-0l-2sh
Prerequisite: lll'.'hi
\ 1, 1 urn -discussion course designed to teach hiiukiiiii-iit.il watei chemistry,
filtration, treatmenl ol watei problems, winterization ol outdooi pools, .mil pool
management. Emphasis is placed on water testing .mil analysis ol 1 hemicals .mil
I, .n ui 1.1. Summei only.
HP280 Vquatic Facilities Management 2l-Ol-2sh
Prerequisite: HP264
An organizational -mil administrative course designed to prepare tin aquatii
professional for management of indoor and ouulooi taulitics. Im-ltulcs facility
design, safetj proi edures activity, .mil sport ami recreational aspects. Summer
.nil
HP281 Special Topics iar-1-.ish
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Spi . ul topics .in offered on an experimental 01 temporarj basis to explore topics
thai .in- not included in the established curriculum na) be offered
api . nil topu identity no more than three times. Spinal topii s
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
Mr ,1 , Biomechanics oii-h
Prerequisitei I II'-'-' I
Stud) "I iln H lationalup ' prim iples ami human
, (Offered as HP246pri
HP318 Preprofeasional Experienci I ti-ol-lsh
Recommended I'm requisiti 1 HI
I'n M ipiisin : Physical Education majors only
Students teai h as assistants to .1 fai ult) mi mb< 1 in mo difli rent ai mints, one in
physical educatii ition)andom inelementarj phyi
,,1 iln I niversit) Scl I. Emphasis on unil iss management.
1. ,.,l. 1 ihip ■) ill- and - ralui n,
HP319 Preprofessional Experienci II rar-Ssh
Prerequisites: .-I mental approval
Students ma) request an assisting ti passigi ratio
univi ism 11 1 1 -in as that may 1« eithei mstnu tional or noninsuvctional in
of such professional areas an adaptives,n
coaching, aquatii s. intramurals, administration, elementary, ictvm 1 or majoi
1 lasses. , lul> ai In im s, ami assisting in laboratory or the training loom
HP321 Methods in Elemenlarj Health I Physical Education h-ol-fsh
Pleu<|llisite: |imioi slam hug
Guides the professional student in iln den lopmenl of cor mialto
teaching health ami pi usual education at thei lemencuy school level. Im hades
theories ol instrui don in health science, necessity ol a sale ami heahhlul school
envii nent, and judicious utilization of scl I ami community health resc
and service, as well as study of theories ol ami movement relevant to elementary
s, I I children. Observation, ma ing, and opportunities
Im intern teat hing provided.
HP325 School and Commnnit) Health k-ol-ish
Prerequisite: Junioi standing
Introduces students to thi roll of school and 1 ommuniry in protecting and
promoting the health of its members, ropics include historical developmenl of
the concepts of health and health edui ation. id< ntifii ation ol national and
c munity goals to reduo risk of diseasi and enhance health status, and die
res] si l.ih lies of both school ami community toward achieving tin-
HP333 Psychology "I ( ..aching & -'H-.M,
I i Is ol .nl ill in sin schools anil communities; principles ami responsibilities
-I tin . oach; current probli ms.
HP335 Coaching and Managmg of Athfetic Programs li-(il-fsh
Lecture course designed to prepare students tor coaching or administering an
athletic program. Emphasizes the professional preparation and responsibilities of
.1 coal h, the support ami auxiliary personnel working under and vvidi the coach.
anil the 10.11 h's responsibility to the athletes, plus the administrative
responsibilities ol coaching.
HP341 Evaluation in Health mil Physical I ducarion 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: Junioi standing
Evaluation theory, 1nsi111ci10n.il objectives, and cognitive test constructkm;
n 1 finical ami practii al considerations m testing ami interpretation ol test results
ii both hi alth and physical education.
HP343 Physiology ol I sen is. 3c-0T-3sh
Prerequisite: HP22 1
Physiological effects ol exert is. in In ms. Majoi laciors of diet, conditioning.
fitness, maximum performance level, and fatigue arc considered.
HP344 Adapted Physical Education 3c-ul-3sh
Prerequisite: 1 II'- 16
Recognition ol structural deviatioi • and physical education
programs fin a wide range ofhancScaps.
1 11* J 4". Mhl.iii learning 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: HP221 01 equivalent applied anatomy course
A surve] of common athletic injuries with emphasis on etiology, pathopfr
ami ii.!- raj injur) assessment and management procedures will
also he pr -
IIP Mb Uhlctic Training Lab Oc-21-lsh
Cnrequisite: III
-ii athletic training skills tor the beginning and
intermediate athletic training student. Emphasis will be directed towards athletic
mporary immobilization and ambulation devices.
1 spoils equipment, anil transportation and transfer of the injured
athlete.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRAD
1 72 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HP41 1 Physical Fitness Appraisal 3c-0l-3sh
Involves die selection, administration, and interpretation of various tests for
appraising die physical fitness levels of individuals. Information given concerning
the various fitness components, and discussions held so diat each student gains
an understanding of the variables to be tested.
HP412 Physical Activity and Stress Management 3c-0l-3sh
Acquisition of necessary understanding of anxiety and stress; dieir nature, place
in society, and intervention strategies as they relate to physical activity.
HP413 Physical Activity and Aging 3c-0l-3sh
Presents major aspects of physical activity, its importance to the older adult, and
die organization of an activity program. Attention to physiology ofjjhysic.il
activity, effects of activity on grovvdi and aging, exercise prescription, flexibility,
overweight and obesity, and motivational strategies.
HP426 Health Science Instruction 3c-0l-3sh
Healdi curriculum— K.- 12. methods and media of instruction in healdi s
HP350 Health Aspects of Aging 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: PC 101. SO 151. and junior standing
Current theory and research related to gerontology will he introduced to increase
students understanding of the physical and psychosocial dimensions of aging.
Additionally, this course will emphasize lifestyle factors and disease prevention
aspects of aging. Recommended for students who plan to work with older adults.
HP353 Driver Education Program Management 3c-0l-3sh
Emphasizes die development, organization, and management ol high school
driver education from the standpoint of its historical development to its present
programs designed to meet the demands of die highway transportation system.
Special emphasis on die role of die teacher in conducting a high-quality program
that will meet with student, parent, school, and community approval.
HP354 Application of Driver Education Instructional Modes 2c-2l-3sh
Prerequisites: HP251, 252. 353
Prepares prospective driver education teachers to plan, teach, and evaluate die
four modes of driver education (classroom, on-road, simulation, and multiple-
vehicle range). Teaching high school students in supervised laboratory sessions is
provided.
HP365 Advanced Athletic Training 3c-2l-4sh
Prerequisites: HP345, 346
This course is designed to teach assessment procedures, evaluation methods, and
proper athletic training protocol for neuromuscular and skeletal muscle injuries.
In addition, administrative issues in athletic training will be addressed
emphasizing accurate medical documentation. Emphasis will be placed on
subjective and objective assessment and documentation of findings.
HP372 Health and Physical Education for Special Populations 2c-0l-2sh
Prerequisite: EX 1 12: junior level or above
Methods and techniques of teaching healdi and physical education to special
populations will be explored. Designed primarily for students majoring in special
education, course will focus on handicapping conditions, limitations imposed by
such conditions, and die responsibility of the special education teacher working
in die physical education setting.
HP375 Physiological Basis of Strength Training 3c-0l-3sh
Designed to give die student die anatomical and physiological basis of muscle
function. Students should also gain an understanding of changes that can be made
through weight training and knowledge of programs that will bring about these
changes. Opportunities for working with various types of equipment will be
available.
HP376 Athletic Training Clinical Practicum I 0c-2l-lsh
Prerequisites: HP251, 346, 346
Provides the opportunity to develop and demonstrate proficient psychomotor
skills within the domains of athletic injury prevention and acute care, in
coordination with a one-semester clinical field experience. This clinical field
experience will allow each student an opportunity to practice and apply skills
taught within this course under die direction of a clinical instructor widiin die
IL'P Adiletic Department or an affiliated clinical site. Specific skills emphasized
include, but are not limited to. those relating to safety/risk management,
conditioning, equipment fitting, taping and wrapping, acute care, and
transportation/transfer of the injured athlete. Restricted to students seeking
certification by die National Adiletic Trainers Association.
HP377 Athletic Training Clinical Practicum II 0c-2l-lsh
Prerequisite: HP365
Provides the opportunity to develop and demonstrate proficient psychomotor
skills within die domain of adiletic injury assessment, in coordination with a one-
semester clinical field experience. This clinical field experience will allow each
student an opportunity- to practice and apply skills taught widiin this course
under the direction ofa clinical instructor within die 1UP Adiletic Department or
an affiliated clinical site. Specific skills emphasized include, but are not limited to,
those relating to anatomical landmarks* identification, orthopedic and
neurological evaluation, and general medical examination. Restricted to students
seeking certification by the National Athletic Trainers Association.
HP408 Guided Research Problem var-2sh
Prerequisite: Permission of department chairperson
Selection and research ofa problem pertinent to student interests and those <>l the
professions of health, physical education, and recreation. Classes held on a
HP410 Exercise Prescription 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: HP343
Designed to teach individuals to write exercise prescriptions based upon a
subject's tolerance for physical activity. Special emphasis on risk factors,
techniques of evaluation, drugs, injuries, environmental factors, and motivation
and their role in physical activity assessment.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999 200(
HP430 The American Woman and Sport 3c-01-3sh
Comprehensive, multidisciplinary analysis of die problems, patterns, and
processes associated with the sport involvement of girls and women in our
culture. Presents historical perspective with an emphasis on physiological,
psychological, and sociocultural influences.
HP441 Psychosocial Implications for Health and
Physical Education 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: Senior standing
A study of psychological and sociological influences, bodi dieoretical and
empirical, and dieir effects upon healdi and physical performance.
HP442 Seminar in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation I 3c-0l-3sh
Theory and philosophy of health, physical education, and recreation: current
issues and problems; innovative and creative programs.
HP446 Therapeutic Modalities 3c-2l-4sh
Prerequisite: HP365
A basic introduction to the use of therapeutic modalities and die role diey play in
die rehabilitation of adiletic injuries. Physical agents used in the care of athletic
injuries will be presented highlighting the physiological effects of each modality.
as well as indications and contra-indications for their use.
HP447 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) Instructor lc-11-lsh
Prerequisite: Basic CPR certificadon
Study of mediods and skills necessary to certify instructors of cardiopulmonary
resuscitation and multimedia first aid. Successful completion of requirements
leads to certificadon by die American Healdi Association and die American Red
Cross. Summer only.
HP448 Therapeutic Exercises for Athletic Injury Management 3c-2l-4sh
Prerequisite: HP365
The dieoretical framework for adiletic injury assessment and management of the
injured adilete is discussed. A problem-solving approach to die selection and
implementation of specific tests and therapeutic interventions is utilized. An
overview of dierapeutic management as well as die development of skill in basic
dierapeutic exercise procedures for improving muscle performance, relaxation,
and mobilization is included.
HP450 Curriculum and Programming in Sexuality Education 3c-0l-3sh
Topics include anatomy and physiology of die human reproductive tracts,
development, birth defects, contraception, venereal disease, and abortion. Not for
credit toward degrees in Biology.
HP476 Athletic Training Clinical Practicum III 0c-21-lsh
Prerequisite: HP365
Provides the opportunity to develop and demonstrate proficient psychomotor
skills within the domains of athletic training organization/administration and
education/guidance, in coordination with a one-semester clinical field experience.
This clinical field experience will allow each student an opportunity to prat lice
and applv skills taught widiin dns course under the direction ofa clinical
instructor widiin die IUP Adiletic Department or an affiliated clinical site.
Specific skills emphasized include, but are not limited to, those relating to
communication, record keeping, planning, budgeting and purchasing, facility
design, policies/procedures, and other athletic health care
managerial/administrative duties. Adiletic training instruction and guidance skills
will also be addressed. Restricted to students seeking certification by die National
Athletic Trainers Association.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
IIP 477 Athletic Thrilling < Unical Pnctknm IV tto-U- 1 sl»
PnrequuiUBi HP4 i<>. i 18
Provide* the opportunity bo develop uid demonstrate profit ienl piyi homotor
skill', within iIh d ftin ol Blbletu injur) n habilital in i oordination with I
oni Bemestei i linical field • Kperience. Phifl i linicsJ fii Id i • i,r i " '" ' will allow
1. 1. 1 1 si mil in ,in opportunity to practice and apply skilla taught within thii course
11 in If i the directi I a i linicaJ inatrui toi within tin 1 1 1' Athleut I tepartmenl oi
.in affiliated cliiucal site. Spe< ifi< skills emphasised include, but an not limited to
Bxercise, manual therapy, and othei advan< i d must uloakeletal w reening and
Hi. 1. 1 1 1. ui n ini> i\i 1 1 Mm 1 1 1< i hniquea, \(> Btrii ted to itudenta leeking i firttfii ation
bj ilu National Ithletii rVainera w i
I IP-IK I Special Topics var-l-3fih
Prerecjuisitei Aa appropriau to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topu a thai are noi ini luded in the established curriculum. A given I
in. i\ In offered under an) special topit identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 181 an primaril) foruppei level undergraduate itudenta.
HP48S Independent Study vaM-Sib
PriTcquisiic: Prioi approval through advisor, t.t» ulty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's < kfficc
Students with interest in independent stud) "I a topi* not offered in thi
curriculum maj propose a plan of stud) in conjunction with a faculty membei
Approval is bast d on at adi mil appropriateness and availability oi resources.
Ill* .!S.r> Student Assistance Program Training 3c-0l-3sh
Pranqniaitesijunioi standing and EP202
Introduces thi student to ilu concept of Student Assistance Programs (SAP) in
schools. Includes the history of SAP, current involvement in publu edw ation,
and rise edui ator's role as an SAP member. Provides an experiential basis l"i
pn paration to assume the role ol an SAP member.
Note; Majors in the U.S. in Kducation-l lealtli and Physical Education program
will have titM opportunity to enroll in i lass; an) openings in the class will then be
"Hi red to Mi nit ni. n\ and Secondary Education majors.
I IP l'» ; Internship var-.'M2sh
Edui ational opportunity which integrates * lassroom experience with practical
experience in co lunity servu e agencies oi industrial, business, oi governmental
organizations. Junioi standing required.
HR
Hotel, Restaurant, and Institutional
Management
Department of Hotel, Restaurant, and
Institutional Management
College of Health and Human
Services
I IK i ii i Introduction to Hospitality Management 3c-0l-3sb
A study "I the development and current status nf the hospitality industry. Major
hotel, restaurant, and related area employers are profiled. < lareei opportunides are
discussed. Guest speakers from various hospitality industry segments are
featured.
IIR1 15 Introduction lo Tourism 3c-01-3sh
l'nui|iiisiit's: I IK mi: majors oiuj
Introduces die student to concepts pertaining to international and domestic
tourism. Course examines the economic, social, and cultural aspects of tourism as
well as how destinations are marketed.
HR245 Diversity and Multicultural Management in the
Hospitality Industry 3< -ill- j,h
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing
Course "ill explore what happens when diverse people work together in the
hospitalit) industry Ii will also examine (lie eflei is oi international migration and
me changing roles ol women and other minorities which lead to multicultural
urban centers within the United States and othei hospitalit] venues. Furthermore,
ii will also focus on die cultural factors affecting productivity in die culturally
diverse hospitalit) environment
HR259 Hospitality Purchasing 3c-0T-3sh
Prerequisite! FN 1 50 or equivalent
Includes sources, standards, grades, methods of purchase, and storage of various
foods, beverages, and fixtures. Emphasis on die development of purchasing
nl spi i locations
IIK2HI Special lopiis vai-l-lsl,
Pn n quifiu - ipprop ontenl
Spa ial topii i •"' ",l' pi 'i on an i xperimi ntal oi n mponu
that an notini i bushed curriculum A given topi yh
undi i .no ipe ial topu !'l< mmi'. no more than llm i
bered28l an offered pi nil) Ebrlowei level undagraduau rtu
1 1 it iuii food and Beverage Managemi nl k -nl- Ml
Prerequisite: FN150
Ksai is prim ipli s. i .-I (bod and bi w
omol nudi ignas film dons of tm
departmi nl
IIK.11 I Food Systems I 2c-var-4»h
Pic requisite*: PN150, HR259, permission; profi nifbrm required
A baai le in quantity food production with experience in planning.
purcha nd serving nutritionally adequate meals. Requirements of
the National Si hool Lum h program emphasixed in saiellite ami oo-prcmiai
Requires some preparation and servict outside regular!) id
tune.
UK i'.il Introduction lo the ( asino Industry Ic-lll-fsh
Prerequisite: Sopho n itandina. "i i" rmission ol tin profcaaoi
I dui is the siiuleni to the multi-bilhon-dollar casino industry. It cuk:
gaming lli(lllsli\ In. in a lusloiii al pcrspci live and III' links legal, social. and
i ssues. It also reviews the various games played in casinos and die
current trends, as well as the mosl populai i asino dj stinations in die world.
Special attention will be devoted to the growth of casinos on cruisi ships, on
Yitiw American reservations, and on riverboats in thi I SA.Thiscoursi includes
a field trip I" Album. I it) 01 .mother casino setting, wlucli occurs on a weekend.
This field trip serves as a catalyst i" appm iau allol the theoretical concepts
d hi the lei aires
HRJ5f> Human Resources in the Hospitality Induslrs k-lll-lsli
Prerequisites: PC 1 01. HR313
* * i gai 1 1 /a ( and administration of hospitalit] business, including human
resource theories and policies, work simplification, training, communication, and
safety
HR358 Food Service Equipment and Facilities Design .U-Dl-3sh
Prerequisite: HR31S
E\ai 6S types and uses ol t I service production and service equipment widl
emphasis on incorporation into an effective facilities design. Field trips permit
investigation < »1 j variet) of unit designs.
HRJfiO Hotel Systems Management Jc-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: HR356,IM241, AG201
Development and application ol management skills as applied In tin
division of a hotel. Emphasis on basic front desk procedures, rooms division
departmental functions and relationships, and hotel Dualities development.
Students use MICROS 451 system in class.
1 1 K.ih.. Hotel Design and Maintenance k-Ol-.Ssh
Prerequisite: HR356
Analyzes functions ol housekeeping and num nuance departments within a hotel.
fdentifii ation ol various bote] design concepts ami design characteru
explored, as well as guesl room layout and fiimis
HR-iOl Cost Management Sc-iil-ish
Prerequisites: UK
Pood, I k\ci age. and labor controls fi>r hospitalit] or health care operations.
including relationships between budgetary mt. irmation and managerial do ■
making to meet financial needs.
HR402 Beverage Management 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: Verifiable proof of 21 years of age or permission
Examines the principles, processes, and dieoncs of beverage service. Anah
methods ol alcoholic beverage production and examination ol categ
spirits, malt beverages, and wine, as well as legal com
Development ami marketing ol Leverage operations are discussed. I
voluntary tasting and evaluation of alcoholic beverage products.
HR-tOti Catering and Banquet Management \ar- ish
Prerequisites: IIR.il I, majors only; chefs uniform and wait-staff attire required
Profitable organisation, preparation, and service of catered events in bodi on- and
off-premises locations tit the mam emphases of the course. Requires meeting
tunes other dian listed in order to meet course objectives.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
i I K ION Institutions Management 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: HR31 3,356, AG201, senior standing
A compendium of the concepts of managing human resources, capital, materials,
equipment, and markets as related to various hospitality property systems. Focus
i m i oni ept development and managerial decision making.
HR4I 1 Seminar in Hospitality Management 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: HR560, 165
Analysis of the current trends and practices within hospitality industry as related
by industry professionals. Course includes researching topics and writing at least
three research papers. Carries writing- intensive credit.
HR413 Food Systems II lc-61-4sh
Prerequisites: HR313. 356, 401. and permission; professional chef uniform
required
Food systems course with emphasis on restaurant and dining room operation.
Experiences to include selection of classic cuisines, meal promotion methods,
budget development, personnel training, production, and service.
HR420 Hotel Sales and Services 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: BL235 and HR306
Examines the types of hotels, facilities, and organizations that hold conventions or
meetings from the sales perspective. Examination of procedures necessary to
service the group once in-house.
HR433 Educational Study Tour var-2-6sh
Comprehensive program of directed activities permits firsthand experiences in the
historical and cultural aspects of die hospitality industry worldwide. Visits to
renowned operations will be included in the tour.
HR481 Special Topics var-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics diat are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
HR4S2 Independent Study in Hospitality Management var-l-6sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
Must apply a semester in advance and have sixty earned credits.
1 1111*1 J Internship in Hospitality Management var-6-12sh
Prerequisites: 57 earned credits. 2.0 GPA, and completion of an approved 440-
hour Work Experience I
An opportunity for students to work in a supervised experience directly related to
the IIRIM major. Must meet university and departmental internship
requirements. Minimum of 440 hours required during the internship.
Note: White uniforms including white shoes are required for all lab courses
where food is prepared. Students must meet the professional dress requirements
of die department.
Interior Design
Department of Human Development
and Environmental Studies
College of Health and Human
Services
IDI05 Introduction to Interior Design 3c-01-3sh
Presents overview of interior design, including introduction to design, selection,
and application of components in the interior environment. Emphasis upon
development of effective design problem solving skills. (Offered as CS217:
Interior Design prior to 1998-99)
ID1 18 Drafting for Construction I lc-3l-3sh
Imii'mIih es two- .iiul three-dimensional graphic skills, including basic drawing,
drafting, delineating, perspective drawing: applies principles and elements of
design: stresses graphic design and Layout. (Offered as CS1 17: Design Graphics
prior to 1998-99)
ID205 Color Theory and Application 3c-0l-3sh
The tho iretical basis of color is presented as it relates to the human visual system.
Light, pigment, perception, and measurement. The application of color dieory is
discussed in terms of interior design, merchandising, and display. (Offered as
CS205 prior to 1998-99)
11)213 Residential Appliances and Consumer Electronics 2c-21-3sh
Consumer education in die selection, use. and care of home equipment
appliances and consumer electronics: die relationship of energy sources and
utilities to major appliances, portable and personal care appliances, and consumer
electronics. (Offered as CS213 prior to 1998-99)
ID2I8 Drafting for Construction II lc-3l-3sh
Prerequisites: ID1 18 and BE/CO/IM101
Introduces basic computer aided drafting and design (CADD) for designers;
emphasizes CADD theory and die value of die computer as a problem -solving,
design tool.
ID281 Special Topics 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics which are not included in die established curriculum. A given
topic may be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times.
Special topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate
students.
ID305 Interior Lighting 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: ID 105 or equivalent
Lighting fundamentals applicable to the environmental design of residential and
commercial spaces. Includes calculation mediods. terminology, theory of color
visibility, light source alternatives, fixture function and selection, lighting trends,
and related professional organizations. (Offered as CS465 prior to 1998-99)
ID! 10 Human Factors in Interior Design 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: Junior standing
The study of human and technology systems interface as related to interior
design. Emphasis on ergonomic and economic decision making to insure that die
user can function with a minimum of stress and a maximum of efficiency. (Offered
asCS310pnorto 1998-99)
ID312 Housing and Culture 3c-0l-3sh
Managerial, sociological, economic, and aesdietic aspects of housing and people
are investigated as well as a consideration of die environment of die home as part
of the community. (Offered as CS312 prior to 1998-99)
11)313 Materials and Finishes 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: FM314
An introduction to die modem and historic use and maintenance of materials in
architecture, construction, and interior design and the codes and costs that govern
dieir use today. Consideration is given to contemporary mediods of harvesting,
preparation, and manufacture of building materials and die evaluation of die
impact of diese processes on die environment.
ID3I5 Residential Design I lc-3l-3sh
Prerequisite: ID218
Applies interior design space planning and design problem solving processes to
residential design and emphasizes graphic communication and presentation of
solutions. (Offered as CS357: Interior Design Studio prior to 1998-99)
ID319 Residential Design 11: Kitchen, Bath, Media Room Design lc-3l-3sh
Prerequisite: ID315
Design elements are applied to kitchen, bath, and media room areas of the
residence to provide design solutions supporting individual needs and changing
lifestyles. The course addresses die needs of special populations. Current national
standards will be addressed.
ID370 Development of Design I 3c-0l-3sh
Chronological study from ancient times to die mid-nineteenth century of the
dominant influences and characteristics of historical interiors, furniture, and
ornamental design. Emphasis placed upon stylistic detail and its relationship to
social, economic, political, religious, and aesthetic influence and to die
contemporary scene. (Offered as CS462: Historic Interiors prior to 1998-99)
ID380 Development of Design II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: ID370
Chronological study from mid-nineteenth century to die present of the dominant
influences and characteristics of die twentieth-century interior, furniture, .md
ornamental design. Emphasis placed upon stylistic detail and its relationship to
social, economic, political, religious, and aesdietic influences and to contemporary
usage. (Offered as CS463: Modern Interiors prior to 1998-99)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS / 7.5
ll>uir> Interim Design Professional Practice !• -nl- Mi
Prertquiiiteiji Handing
I'l, ing, business org nation ma ntraci ,
i,. ii„ profi is .1 urn lesigner, (OIK nil u ' IS 168 prioi In 19 I
11)11.) Study Tbui i.u-i-i.sl,
Prerequisitei I ppi i level standing
Opp nily is provided to visit business eatablishmi nt* and cultural i
medwith liousehold equipment I hings, textiles, clothing, and housing
m tmerii ■ bi well aa abi I. Museums, fat tones, designi rs' show ms.
ehstribu inters, stores, cultural events, and seminars an included i
vberq I for a total of 6 si iter I is cross-listed as
CS/FM433
ID k. i ( racl Design I le-.il-.lsli
Prerequisite! IDS 19
Applies interioi design spai t planning and design problem-solving proi esses to
, design and links goals in interior design and facilit) agement.
(Offcred as CS464: Interioi I'l.i gand Drawingprioi to 1998 99)
ID id". Contract Design II le-.ll-.tsli
Prerequisitei 11 1 16 I
A studio, project-based course, asi ertaining the process to bi followed in
developing large-scale nonresidential interioi di sign ii hi mi - "I ovei 10,000
square feet.
II) ini Special Topics f.-ol-tsh
I'k u-i|iii\iie: \s appropriate to i oursc content
Special topics courses are offered mi an experimental oi ii mporirj basis i"
opics which an not included in die established curriculum, \ sm in
to] .iv be offered under an) special topii identity no more than three times.
Special topics numbered 481 are offered primarily foi upper level undergraduati
students.
11)4X2 Independent Study var l-to-.'lsh
Prerequisite: Prim approval through advism. facultv member, de| menl
i hairperson, dean, and Provost's < )ffice
Students with interest in independent study ol a toph nol offered in the
ili hi \ propose a plan ol stud) in conjunct with a fa< ult) member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and avauabilit) ol i
IM
Information Management
Department of Management
Information Systems and Decision
Sciences
Eberly College of Business
Nuii: Ml courses at the 300 and 400 level are open only to students with junior
or senior standing. All students, regardless ol mapii m |H"» illiliation. must
meet course prerequisite requirements in order to enroll for a giw urse,
I Mill I Microbased Computer Literacy 3c-01-3sh
An introductory course designed to provide students with a fundamental
Hiding of computers. This course familiarizes students with the
interaction of computer hardware and software. Emphasis is placed on il"
application of microcomputers, the use of productivity software (word proci
spreadsheet management, file and data base management), and the social and
ethical aspect of die impact of computers on society.
Note fnis course is < ross-listed as BE 1 ill andCOlOl. Any of these courses ma)
lu substituted foi eachothei and may be used interchangeabl) foi Doi 1 repeats
but in.li not be counted for duplicate credit.
IM201 Internet and Multimedia 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: BE t I MM 101 or prior exposure to word processing and
electronit mail
The major locus will be on the evaluation of information and multimedia
resources available on electronic networks when doing research in an area of one's
i boii c rhis information literac) course is designed for students to gain a more
in-depth understanding ol the information resources available election:, .illy and
t)l bow to utilize them more effectively in communicating. Students will learn how
i ai 1 1 ss d\ul utilize these resources for two-wa) communications and support for
decision making while incorporating selected elements in mull
presentations ol tin n own design. (RK CM III l\l I R 20 I mav he used
intcrrh.mgcahlv for D or F repeats and may not be counted for duplicate credit.)
IM.'ii'i Foundations ol MIS l. -ill- Mi
Pro iaitci BI CO IM101
An introductory course designed to providi students with a fundam
landing of MIS. S) I |uality, decision making, and thi
National role of information lystems arc introduced. Infbnnation
technology, including basil programming skills, ii ptaof
organization, information ^stem growth telecommunications, and
an introduced.
IM2 11 Introduction to M genu nl Information Systems h "I- lib
Stud, ..I nagement information system latioo.
pulerhardv mdprognu ngarecmpba
and tl itegrated to demonstrate how an MIS is Jevelo] ih/ at
In. in< Ii i impusi
IM243 Introduction i" Micro) omputers i< -nl- Wi
1 1 mom ii. in s hov, to atilizi tl i puler in business. Topics will include
ng systems, wool processing, spreadsheets, data lust, and
BASK i Iffered foi Vsso. iati Di jro Pi pamoruy.
IM25I Business Systems Analysis and Design M ish
Prerequisitei IM J t ! ot 100
Involves teai hing the tools and techniques required lor the analysis and the
design of business systems. II" tnajoi steps in thi ".stem's development life
cycli an presented along with practical applications hom the tnajoi nbaysti
typical Imisiiu ss org /atiuns. Issues related to personnel, hardware, soltware.
and pioi edures are explored as students work individually and in project teams to
enhi typii aj business application problems.
IM255 Business Applications in COBOl 3c-.ll-.lsh
Prerequisites: AG201 and DM241
Introduces the student to the COBOL programming as it applies t" I
organizations and their applications Structured COBOL concepts and mi r
are taught as tin student [earns how iii solve business problems using computers.
The student will be invohvi d using I'll s. u ports, and tables to produce a variety ol
outputs utilized in operating and n neas activities.
IM260 Business Computet Application Project 3c-0l- ish
Prerequisite: IM255
Provides each student an opportunity to utilize skills and concepts presented in
I m •. ious ' ' 'Is 1 1 H uses in the planning, design, and implementation of a
comprehensive case study involving i puterized business applications. Student*
will work m teams and individually in performing tasks tliat are necessarv I
each problem assigned. These tasks will include systems analysis, systems
prograt ing, testing, and implementing and documenting simulated business
problems.
I M 2 X 1 Special Topics var- 1 -3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate 1" course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under anv special topit identity no more than three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily lor lower-level undergraduate students.
IM Kill Information Systems: Theory and Practice 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: CO BK/1M 101. AG202
Includes basic MIS concepts, fundamentals, and practices. Broad areas of
agi are principles, the computer as a problem-solving tool. Computcr-Bascd
Information Systems (CBIS), organizational information systems, arid Information
Systems management.
IM350 Business Systems Ic.huology 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: CO220 01 IM25S
Student is taught fundamental and advanced concepts of computer hardware and
a procedure for evaluation and acquisition of computer hardware.
IM370 Advanced ( OBOL 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: CO220
Corequisite: IM
Vdvancedl OBOl s a continuation of introductory l OBOL with an emphasis
on structured methodologj i 1 program design, development, testing,
implementation, and documentation of common business-oriented apphcations.
Us a heave emphasis on the tcchuu|ucs and concepts of the table
process iiiou. and processing alternatives, internal and external
_. subroutines, and application development for bodi die batch and on-line
systems. Micro Foi us COBOl » iftware is utilized.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
IM372 Microcomputer Applications 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: IM350, CO220, AG20I. or by permission
Demonstrates how to use the microcomputer in business and how to provide
technical assistance to users oi the microcomputer. Emphasis will be placed on
integrating software and interfacing with mainframe computers or with
minicomputers. Topics covered include microcomputer hardware,
microcomputer operating systems, local area networks, and microcomputer
software tools.
IM382 Auditing tor EDP Systems 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: AG20 1 . CO220. or IM255
Emphasizes die responsibility of die systems analyst to include in systems design
the proper management and financial controls and audit trails in business
information systems. The design of controls for application programs and systems
is covered. Audit software packages are examined.
IM450 Data Base Theory and Application 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: IM370, upper-division students only
After learning data structures, the student will then apply diem to CODASYL
compatible data base management systems. TOTAL, and IBM's data base
management system. Student must develop and use a data base as part of
requirement. [Course revision in process]
IM451 Systems Analysis 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: IM350 and IM255 or CO220
Develops an understanding oi concepts and techniques involving conventional
and structured approaches to analyzing problems oi business information systems
and systems definition feasibility, as well as quantitative and evaluative techniques
of business information systems analysis.
IM470 Systems Design 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: IM451
Students learn tools and techniques for design of a business system. Along with
classroom discussions of principles and techniques for analyzing, designing, and
constructing the system, students will formulate system teams to analyze the
problems of an existing business information system, to design an improved
system, and to control implementation of a new system.
IM480 Distributed Business Information Systems 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: IM350
Study of the techniques involved in planning, design, and implementation of
distributed processing systems. Distributed marketing, financial, and corporate
accounting systems are included.
IM481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics diat are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
IM482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues in a
concentrated area of study under die guidance of a senior faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
IM493 Internship in MIS var-3-12sh
Prerequisites: IM370. consent of department chairperson and dean
Positions with participating business, industry, or governmental organizations
provide the student with experience in systems analysis. Note: Internship IM493
can be taken, if the student qualifies, as a general elective. It does not fulfill the
major-area elective requirement.
International Studies
Department of Political Science
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
IS281 Special Topics in Non-Western Studies var-I-3sh
This course focuses on politics, society, and culture of a particular non-Western
country or area. Course content is variable, depending on die semester. Will be
taught by visiting exchange professors from non-Western countries. This Special
Topics course may be offered on a continuing basis.
IS482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's ( >ffice
Students with interest in independent study ofa topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose .1 plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
m m
Italian
Department of French
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
IT101 Basic Italian I 3c-0l-3sh
Introduces students to the Italian language, widi emphasis on the four basic skills:
reading, writing, speaking, and listening. Students will also gain knowledge of
Italian culture. Primary emphasis is on die mastery of oral communication and
basic writing skills. Attendance and language lab practice are required.
IT 102 Basic Italian II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: IT101 or equivalent
This course is a continuation of the first-semester course. It introduces students
to die Italian language, with emphasis mi the foui basic skills: reading, writing,
speaking, ami listening. Students will also gain knowledge oi Italian culture.
Primary emphasis is Oil the continuing master) of oral communication and
writing skills. Attendance and language lab practice are required.
IT201 Intermediate Italian III 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: IT101 and 102 or equivalent
This is an intermediate-level course lor students who have previously studied
Italian. It is a continuation of mastery of the tour skills: reading, writing, speaking,
and listening. Students will also increase dieir knowledge of Italian history,
culture, and literature.
IT202 Intermediate Italian IV 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: IT201 or equivalent
An intermediate-level course for students who have previously studied Italian.
Students will continue their progress in die mastery of the four skills: reading,
writing, speaking, and listening. Emphasis will be on increasing proficiency in
reading and writing. Students will also increase their knowledge of Italian history,
culture, and literature.
Journalism
Department of Journalism
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
JN102 Basic Journalistic Skills 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: EN101
Required for journalism majors and minors. Emphasis on grammar, punctuation,
spelling. AP Stylebook, copyediting, headlines, and accuracy. (Offered asJN106
prior to 1994-95)
JNI05 Journalism and the Mass Media 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: EN101
A critical examination of roles-goals of newspapers, magazines, radio, and
television as thev affect American society socially, politically, and economically.
JN120 Journalistic Writing 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: EN101, nonmajors/minors
Emphasis on intelligent use of writing abilitj in a journalistic style and
understanding of the why of journalism arid mass media. This course practices
and improves writing skills for all news media, print and broadcast.
JN220 Writing for the Print Media 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites:JNl02 (C or better), majors only
A course in journalistic style intended for students who plan to become
professional writers. Teaches die basic journalistic formats and strategies used in
print media such as the summary lead, the delayed lead, and the conventional
news-story format. Throughout emphasizes economy, clarity, and the
development of voice for a given medium.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 177
[N243 History ofthi American Press ii-nl-isi,
Prere iii
levi Ini ill "I tin \ 111 pri Emphasis
on il I. .'I lln pn ii i
194.95)
JN250 Women and the Press •■ 01 Ish
Prerequisites! IN 11)1. mipl
dj ..l
. imtributiona li
Emph > lis i " i ""I oihi i
Press. \ ti« in i" dii i hanging di finitioi
nil-, need by di litoriai i ilea.
|N881 Special Ibpics wr-1- tab
Pn n quisiti
hi cx| al or lemporar) basis toexplon topics
I ibli ihi d i ivi ii lopii n •■ bi oBi n d
iduali students
JN 121 Feature Writing
Prerequisiteai |NI
■•null hi »l y.1" work i
u rite mi ■' pai i i i frei I mi i basis.
Ic-lll-.lsli
|N326 Public Relations I k-iil- Mi
Prerequisites. JN 102, 120 oi 220
Introdw ictii |>ro grams and possibilities in the
various areas ol publii relations.
JN327 Layout Design .mil Production 2c-.JI-.Jsh
Prerequisitei |N105
basii ui hniques and dieories ••! layout design and production,
and steps in
roi ess. Iiu In- Ii • tradil a] pasti up and di iktop publishing in die
design of ads, newspapers, new i i I ,and magazines.
|N us News Reporting 3c-01-3sh
PrerequisilesiJN 102, 105
1 1 ui inks instruction in writing the news story, preparing copy, interviewing,
| N 1.(7 Editing ic-Ol-.Jsh
Prerequisites: JN I
Stresses bash pra< tit es ^u. Ii as copyediting and headline h i
focusing hii guideUni s for ini] ; accuracy, cla ■ trans i, speUing, and
punctuation "I copy. Students use w ii k extensively.
JN3 1 1 Issues and Problems Sc-01-3sh
Prerequisites! JN 10 ! 120 oi 220
Students examine critical case histories ol ethical and professional situations and
circumstances in the im.hm nunication industry in .1 Ii •
Iiiiin.li.
|YU:> Sportsjournalism So01-3sh
Prerequisite: JN220
Emphasises -kiiK fbi covering, writing, and editing ol sports and introduces
students to rmation
work.
JN I 17 Journalism I aw Jc-tll-lsh
Prerequisitesi |\ I !8 iunioi senioi standing
Open in in ajors b) p< miission of die instructoi Survt) ol th< majoi Supreme
Court ami state court rulings governing die mass media, especially die news
media. Areas ini lude libel, antitrust, free press fail trial, privai \. Approai 1. is
nontechnical.
JYUs rhe Editorial Page f.-iH-SsI,
Prerequisitei |unioi senioi standing
Emphasis mi die writing .-l vigorous but dioughtful .mil fair editorials. Study of
contemp andpolic) on letters in die editor, columnists, cartoons,
(N375 World NewsCoveragi 3c-0K3sh
Prerequisitei Sophomon standing
tig with international news events and analysis ol 111ter11.11in11.il new
iround the world. Emphasis placed on analyaing
comparative coverage of events in different sources Students stud) not only
. inn m international ni ■•■ bul
|\ pn Document Design I
I'm i. quisiti ■
opportunit) to ip
mil bolistii informati
|N 123 Managi mini in Mass ' ommunicatsoua
Prerequisitei |N :
\in iiiuiii given to thi
■ ;
JN427 Publications
Prerequisite: I
legibility principles of typography, 1I11 j
1. Inn publii ation
Students will also leani prim ipli
disposil .mil ilu marketing ol 1
pub]
JN430 Public Opinion ami the News Midi..
Prerequisite: |i in 11 'i standing
Deals mill understanding am '
nun all) analyzing the historii .il origins and
the I'ulii \ making pro
Students then measure people's thinkir
:, -11I- ui.
|\ l \U Research Methods ill Jiilliiialisiii
Prerequisite: P-
emphasis mi ilai.i anal) sis and
[ism. Students w iU
ilu effei is ni pro ision joi
dasJN ;n,|, urn I.. 199
JN nn kdverusing Writing
Prerequisites: JN220. instructoi permiss
Tins is .1 basii ■ oursi ii thi pi
media. Ii is ' < ombination oflecture .mil .
in fifteen upperclass majors per si tn
|N ini Special ropics
Prerequisite: As appropi intent
These courses vary Ip h
n time tu tinii ilu
Spi 1 1.1I i"|iu s numbered !v 1 an off 1
students.
JN1N2 Independent Stud)
Prerequisite: Prioi approval througl id'
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
1 Ipportunities for independent stud) ilu. .
activities. Appro:
resources; enrollment is Limited in fifteen u|
JN-iSO Public Relations II
Prerequisites: |\
A pubhi ■
features, newsletters, reports, biographii -
copyediting, interviewing, resean h, and -
in 1994
JN 191 Presentation Making
Prerequisites: |IS
Gives ilu student practice m writing ami mak
pnlilie relations eases and problems. Faun.
1 mil small-group commi ■
.ma. .1 piil. 1„ affairs (Offered as |N
JN4H2 Prublem-s.ihins; in PR
Prerequisite: I
Introduces students t" techniqui •
■ limns. Introduces students to ere
are standard practice in corporati
dasJN392 prior to IM'n
■ NI A UNDE RGRA I
178 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
JN493 Internship var-6-12sh
Prerequisites: JN102, 105, 220, 328, department approval
On-the-job training opportunities in journalism and related areas. Maximum of
6sh maj be applied to SOsh minimum of major.
JN494 Document Design II 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: JN328, 393
( lives Btudents advanced work in preparation of substantial corporate and
government documents such as annual reports, lengthy project reports, and
research reports, etc. Emphasizes skills in research of public and government
d< (cuments, data analysis and problem solving, holistic information display,
writing, and editing. (( IBered as JN394 prior to 1994-95)
Latin
Department of Spanish and Classical
Languages
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
LA 1 0 1 Elementary Latin I 4c-01-4sh
Foi beginning students. Emphasis is on oral and reading skills. Students will learn
most ol the Latin noun system; tliey will also learn how to answer simple and
moderately difficult Latin questions. There are also short readings in easy Latin.
Students learn significant differences between Latin and English. Attendance is
required.
LA 1 02 Elementary Latin II 4c-01-4sh
A continuation of Latin 101. In grammar, students finish die noun system and
learn several Latin tenses, including die perfect tense. Latin questions, oral and
written, remain an important part of the course, as do the readings. There are
class discussions and a paper on readings in English from Sophocles. Tacitus, and
Cicero. Attendance is required.
LA20 1 Intermediate Latin 4c-01-4sh
More of the verb S) stem is learned; while grammatical studies continue, more
emphasis is placed on learning how to read short, intermediate-level selections
from Latin literature. Oral and written questions continue. Ovid's Metamorphoses
is the topic for class discussion and a paper. Liberal Studies credit is given.
LA281 Special Topics var.,.3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more dian diree times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
LA351 Advanced Latin I 3c-01-3sh
Reviews grammar in depdi; analyzes the structure of the language. Written themes
are not required. Selections from Latin prose are read for knowledge of dieir
content and for developing knowledge of the structure of the language. Offered
only by individualized instruction.
LA352 Advanced Latin II 3c-01-3sh
Continuation of Latin 351. Selections are from poetry this semester.
LA361 Development of Roman Culture and Literature 3c-01-3sh
Latin poetry and history will be read to show the influence of political and social
ideas on literature: emphasis will be on the contrast between die Republican and
Imperial periods. Some reading will be in Latin; most will be in English. Offered
only by individualized instruction.
LA362 Latin Conversation and Composition 3c-01-3sh
Aims at the ability to speak Latin on a conversational level and to write
grammatically correct Latin prose. Offered only by individualized instruction.
LA371 Survey of Latin Literature I 3c-01-3sh
Comprehensive view of Latin literature from Ennius dirough the Augustan Age.
Offered only by individualized instruction.
LA48 1 Special Topics var. i _3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic-
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
var-l-3sh
faculty member, department
LA482 Independent Study
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirough advis
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
An opportunity to engage in an in-depdi analysis of some topic dealing widi the
Latin language and culture dirough consultation with a faculty member. Approval
is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
ld
Library
The University Libraries
Academic Affairs Division
LB151 Introduction to Library Resources var-lsh
A lecture/laboratory course (fourteen one-hour classes) which provides an
introduction to the resources of a university library, how those resources are
organized, and how to use those resources effectively.
3c-01-3sh
r prior exposure to word processing and
LB201 Internet and Multimedia
Prerequisite: BE/CM/CO/IM 101
electronic mail
The major focus will be on the evaluation of information and multimedia
resources available on electronic networks when doing research in an area of one's
choice. This information literacy course is designed for students to gain a more
in-depdi understanding of die information resources available electronically and
of how to utilize diem more effectively in communicating. Students will learn how
to access and utilize these resources for two-way communications and support for
decision making while incorporating selected elements in multimedia
presentations of dieir own design. (BE/CM/CO/IM/LB 201 may be used
interchangeably for D or F repeats and may not be counted for duplicate credit.)
LB281 Special Topics ^^
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
dial are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
LB48 1 Special Topics ^ , .3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in die established curriculum.' A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
Learning Center
The Learning Center
Student Affairs Division
LC 070 Reading Skills for College Study 3c-01-3sh
This course is designed to assist students in die development of college-level
reading skills with emphasis on textbook reading. Includes literal and critical
comprehension skills, vocabulary development, and reading efficiency. This
course carries institutional, nondegree credit, and attendance is required.
LC 075 Reading and Study Skills Applications 1 C-0I- 1 sh
Prerequisite: LC permission
Assists students in the applications of college-level reading and study skills to
content-area coursework. Intended for freshman students in poor academic
standing who need additional and individualized guidance in die transfer of
learning strategies into day-to-day reading and coursework. Students will
participate in small-group instruction, as well as individual appointments widi the
instructor. This course carries institutional, nondegree credit, and attendance is
required.
LC 090 Introduction to College Math 1 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: A student may not register for diis course after successfully
completing any course offered by die mathematics department without die written
approval of the Learning Center director
Reviews basic computational skills and dieir applications. Includes operations
with whole numbers, decimals, and fractions: die concepts of ratios, proportions,
and percents; basic geometric principles; and an introduction to algebra. This
course carries institutional, nondegree credit, and attendance is required.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG,
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 179
LC 09S Introduction to College Math II '• 01 Ifb
Prerequisite! A studei ) nol reguh i foi thii rsi aft) I Rill
completing an; »i offered b) tl at] atii department, without written
approval oi tin I ei ig < <enlei dire
I, luces beginning algebi icepti includ lignednun
pro] i equations: ex] nts pol) .'I ■ li ring algi braii I
graphs indl ir equations, |ualitiea and radical expressions, ll.,
, i institutional, degree credit, and attendi Breq I
I ( lr.n Educational PL ing lc-01-llh
Introduces itudi ntt to il« systi I high i I to skills dial proi
edui .1 ial planning and di i is akin; lm ludi tin to] I history
and purposi b 'i high i i dui arion and il - 1 han i models for, and
variables i" considei in, dei ision making, go 'I h tl and i dui a) planning,
rtain sections of this course will bi restricted ollmenl
groups. (Offered aa ED150prioi to I1'''/ 98)
LCI 60 Learning Strategics lc-01-lih
\smms siuclriiis i,, ,1, \, lop and usi - II. i n\ <l • (Hi
consistenl Imsis Students will exa ic ili< ii ai ademii goals and impli mi, nl study
. i,, help ,i» hieve ilinsr goals. In, ludi s tin topi* a "I goal ■>< tting and si II
monitoring, lei ig styles, tesl preparad ml tesl taking, lecture and u xii>, ><<k
ii, ,ir taking, dmi managi mi nl and i oni i ntratior and • n rail foi
learning. Students will bi required to givi evidei fapplical ifthi stud)
strategies to othei i sea in which they arc < urn nd] i nrolli d. \« tive
participal lass mi i dngs is i xpi i ted Noti ' < i tain ,< i tions "I this i oursi
will be restricted to spei ific enrollment groups. (Offered as ED 160] i 1997-
98)
LC170Careei Exploration lc-01-lsh
Introduces students to die theoretical and praedcal I ework with which to
explore i areera compatible with overall academic skills, aptitudes, and Life goals.
Students will examini th< world ofwork assess theii interests and abilides, and
ni.ik, reahstii decisions on academ ajors and careers. Note: Certain sections ol
tins .on isc will be i csin, ted to specific enrollmenl groups. (< offered .is EDI 70
I! 8)
L
Industrial and Labor Relations
Department ol Industrial and Labor
Relations
College of! lealth and I luman
Services
var-l-.'ish
1.R2SI Special Ibpics
Prerequisite! Is appropriati to course < ontent
Spei i,il topics are offered on an expei imental "i temporar) Imsis to explore topics
that an not included in die established cui lum, V given topii ma) bi offered
undei ,m\ spei ial topic identit) no more than threi dmes Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lowei raduate students.
I.RIiri Cast Studies in Labor-Management Relations Sc-Ol-Ssh
In-depth stud) ofdail) labor-managemenl relationships in ,i variety of
ational settings through udlizatl fcasi study technique. Foi uses on a
problem solving approa< li to tin legal and contract administration c ponents of
tin laboi managi menl n I; nsliip
I.R4S0 Principles and Practices of Collective Bargaining 3o01-3sh
An examinadon of the historical, legal, and functional parameters "I collective
bargaining, fbpii s i overed include die organizing process, negotiations, i ontrai i
administration, dispute resolution, and publii sectoi laboi relations.
I K is I Special Topics in Industrial and labor Relations var-l-.tsh
rVerequishei Va appropriate to course content
Special topics i Efered onanexpi nu.il oi temporar) Imsis to explore topics
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topii ma) b< offered
undei an) spei ial topic identit) no more than three times Special topics
numbered 481 are offered primarilj foi upper-level undergraduate students.
LR482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite! Prioi approval throu arunent
dean, and Provost's I I
Students with interest in independent study ol .i topic nol offered in the
curriculum may propose .> plan of stud) in conjuni don with .i facult) member.
Approval is based on academii appropriateness and availability of res
IS
Liberal Studies
Liberal Studies Program
Ai ,nli inn Affairs Division
I si'i'is.nim Synthesis li-nl-W,
Prerequifiiei 7 1 oi mon iti i houi i "i" ■!
This course helps students understand and handli complo intellect
in, , from multipli pi rspecdvei
.mil sin ii session, is announced I described in the undergraduai
schedule. Students should id ■ i during the senior year o
i , i than the last half of the junioi year. In ordi i to broadi n iheu
i ■ | ni - 1 studi ni .in ii I to enroll in ij nthi
instrui lois outsidi of the itudi nts majoi
M
Mathematics
Department ol Mathematit s
College of Natural Scient es and
M.illuni.aK s
LR499IndqtendentStud)
Independent read n
i li under the direction ol .1 Faculty 1
var-l-.'Jsh
inner.
MAI00 Intermediate Algebra J« -01- Mi
Note: A student may nol take MA loo after bui i essrulr) completing M
MAI 10 or a calculus courat withoul the written approval ol the math
il- partmi nl chairperson,
Basic course in algebra including factoring, exponents and radii
lineal equations1 » omplex tactions, and inequalities. Designed foi rho* rtudenta
who lack the basic algebraic skills required in MA105 orMAHO. Thi
will not meet Liberal Studies math requirements.
MAI 01 Foundations of Mathematics :k-0l-Jsh
Introduces logic and mathematical way ol ana ens; develops an
appro iauon foi nature, breadth, and power ofmathi a
in bnologica] society; introduces useful mathematit 9 01 mathematics related to
student interest Possible topics include logic, problem solving, rnrmbci tJn
linear programming, probability, statistics, intuibvi 1 al ulus, inn >di 1
computers, mathematics of finance, game theory.
MA105 College Algebra .tt-Ol-:Jsh
Prerequisite: MA100 or equivalent high school preparation
Note: A student may nol take MA 105 aitei successfully completing a calculus
course "i MA! 10 without the written approval nf the mathematics department
chairperson.
I'rcjKius students L.r the study <>t i alcuius for business, natuxa
sciences. Topics include a detailed studv nl polynomial, exponential, and
logarithmic functions This course is designed primarily for students plann
take MA 1 21 Calculus for Business. Natural, and Social St tences.
MAI 10 Elementary Functions Jc-Ol- ish
Note: A student may not take MAI 10 after successfully completing a calculus
course without the written approval <>t the mathematics department chair;
Foi students nol prepared to begin the study ol call ulus; topit 9 include
polynomial, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions.
MAI 17 Principles of Mathematics .k-Ol-.lsh
This course is an introduction to die nature ol 'mathematics, designed specifically
as a first course for mathematics education majors to experieni t sevi ra I
mathematics including deduction, induction, problem solving, discrete
mathematics, and theory ol equations. Enrollmenl open to set ondary
mathematics education majors only.
MA 121 Calculus 1 for Business. Natural, and Social Sciences U-0|-4sh
Note: A student may not take MA121 after successful!) com]
calculus course without the written permission oldie madiemaucs department
chairpx 1 9
Prerequisite: MAI 05 or MAI 10 or equivalent high school prepaia
Introduces non-Math major to analytic geometry, elementary tunc tions
logarithmic anil exponential tractions), central ideas of the ralrnhw (limit
derivative, and integral), applications of derivatives to business, social, and natural
MA 122 Calculus 11 for Business. Natural, and Social ScicftS loOMsa
Applications of integrals to business, natural, and sot
several variables, trigonometric runctions, sequences and series, numerical
methods, differential equations.
INDIANA UNIVER '-"NNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 199-
180 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MA123 Calculus I for Physics, Chemistry, and Mathematics 4c-0I-4sh
Prerequisites: High school algebra, geometry, and trigonometry
Functions. limits, continuity, derivatives, application of the derivative, integral, and
applications of die integral. (Trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions
are included throughout die course.)
MA124 Calculus II for Physics, Chemistry, and Mathematics 4c-01-4sh
Logarithmic and exponential functions, techniques of integration, sequences and
series, differentia] calculus of functions of several variables, multiple integrals, line
integrals, surface integrals, differential equations with application to physical
problems.
MA127 Calculus I 4c-01-4sh
Prerequisite: Permission of die mathematics department
The first in a diree-course series of courses which stresses die dieory of the
calculus as well as die application in problem solving. Topics to be included are
real numbers, an introduction to analytic geometry, functions, limits and
continuity, derivatives and applications, die differential and antidifterentiation.
MA128 Calculus II 4c-01-4sh
Prerequisite: Permission of the mathematics department
The second in a three-course series of courses stresses die theory of calculus as
well as die application in problem solving. Topics to be included are definite
integrals and applications, logarithmic and exponential functions, trigonometric
and inverse trigonometric functions, polar coordinates, hyperbolic functions,
indeterminate forms, improper integrals, and Taylor's formula.
MA 1 5 1 Elements of Mathematics I 3c-01-3sh
Topics included are sets, concepts of logic, mathematical systems, systems of
numeration, developing die set of integers, rational numbers, and real numbers.
MA 1 52 Elements of Mathematics II 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: MA151
Topics included are sentences in one variable, sentences in two variables,
nonmetric geometry, metric geometry, coordinate geometry, introduction to
statistics and probability, computers, and calculators.
MA 1 7 1 Introduction to Linear Algebra 3c-01-3sh
Introduction to vector spaces, linear transformations, determinants, and matrix
algebra. Topics are presented in a direct and intuitive approach.
MA214 Probability and Statistics for Business Majors 3c-01-3sh
Designed to introduce die study of probability theory, discrete random variables
and probability distributions, empirical frequency distributions, dieoretical
frequency distributions, statistical investigations and sampling, and sampling
distributions.
MA216 Probability and Statistics for Natural Sciences 4c-0l-4sh
Prerequisite: MA121
Frequency distributions, measures of central tendency and variation, probability,
probability distributions, sampling distributions. Hypodiesis testing for means,
variances, proportions. Correlation and prediction, regression, analysis of
variance, and nonparametric statistics. Emphasis on applications.
M A2 1 7 Probability and Statistics 3c-01-3sh
(For non-Math majors) Frequency distributions, measures of central tendency,
variation, elementary probability, sampling, estimation, testing hypotheses,
correlation, and regression: emphasis on applications as opposed to theoretical
development of topics.
MA219 Discrete Mathematics 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: COl 10. and MA123, 127. or 122
Topics include set algebra, mappings, relations, semigroups, groups, directed and
undirected graphs. Boolean algebra, and propositional logic, widi examples and
applications of these to various areas of computer science. Emphasis placed on
developing an intuitive understanding of basic structures radier than formal
dieories and influence of these topics on theory and practice of computing.
MA227 Calculus III 4c-01-4sh
Prerequisite: Permission of die mathematics department
The diird in a three-course series of courses which stresses the dieory of calculus
as well as the application in problem solving. Topics to be included are vectors in
die plane, parametric equations, vectors in diree-dimensional space, solid analytic
geometry, differential calculus of functions of several variables, directional
derivatives, gradients, applications of partial derivatives, and infinite series.
M A24 1 Differential Equations 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: MA122, 124. or 227
Emphasis is placed on techniques of solution and elementary physical
applications. A diorough study is made of differential equations classified as order
one-degree one, linear, and nonhoniogeneous. Solution techniques involving
reduction of order techniques, die differential operator, and infinite series are
introduced.
MA271 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs I 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: MA 123 and 171
Gives student basic ideas of necessary to prove results in madiematics. Includes
but is not limited to logic of mathematics, basic methods of proof, algebra of sets,
equivalence relations and partitions of sets, functions, and madiematical
induction.
MA272 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: MAI 24 and 271 widi a grade of C or better
A furdier study of the basic ideas of contemporary mathematics. Topics include
but are not limited to mathematical induction, cardinality of sets, relations,
methods of proof in number dieory, analysis, and algebra.
M A28 1 Special Topics var- 1 -3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
diat are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
MA3 1 7 Introduction to Probability and Statistics 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: MAI 52. Elementary Education concentration
Introduces students to elementary concepts of probability and statistics which
will enable them to analyze data, make predictions, and determine which concepts
may be used widi children.
MA320 Mathematics for Early Childhood 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: MA15I, Early Childhood major
This course studies child-centered, activity-oriented madiematics programs for
early childhood education. The course focuses on helping children develop
understanding and insight into basic concepts of madiematics through the use of
manipulative materials. Topics include pre-number activities, number activities,
numeration, operations on whole numbers, estimation, rational numbers,
geometry, measurement, probability, statistics, and problem solving. (Offered as
MA450 prior to 1994)
MA342 Advanced Mathematics for Applications 4c-l)l-4sh
Prerequisite: MA241
Deals widi die application of madiematics to problems of science. Emphasis is
placed on the duee phases of such an application and on die development ol
skills necessary to carry out each step: (a) translation of the given physical
information to a mathematical model; (b) treatment of die model by madiematical
niediods; (c) interpretation of the madiematical result in physical terms. Topii a
included are vector calculus, integral theorems. Fourier series, partial differential
equations, and the Laplace transformation.
MA350 History of Mathematics 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: MA122 or 124 or permission of instnictor
Development of the central concepts of mathematics from ancient times up to the
development of calculus in the seventeendi century. Madiematical concepts will
be placed in historical perspective. The use of the history of madiematics as a
pedagogical tool and its relationship to other sciences will be addressed.
MA353 Theory of Numbers 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: MA271 with a C or better grade
Divisibility, congruences, primitive roots, number theoretic functions, diophantine
equations, continued fractions, quadratic residues.
MA355 Foundations of Geometry I 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: MA 1 7 1 . 27 1 widi a C or better grade
Studies various groups of transformations and geometries associated with these
groups in die Euclidean plane. The Euclidean Similarity and aflinc and projective
groups of transformations are studied.
MA363 Mathematical Statistics I 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: MA 122, 124, or 227
Probability theory necessary for an understanding of madiematical statistics is
developed. Applications of set dieory to models, combinations and permutations,
binomial, Poisson and normal distributions, expected values, and moment
generating functions.
MA364 Mathematical Statistics II 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: MA363
Multivariate distributions, change of variable technique, clii-square distribution,
estimation, confidence intervals, hypodiesis testing, contingency tables, goodness
of fit. Practical applications are used to aid in die development.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
\l \ 166 Prepi ion I"' Aiiu.iii.il I xaminatiotu i < -ol- 1 sli
Prerequisites MA171 and call ulue nequi
I ir 1. 1 nil i i ... 1 1 ii 1 1" N in 1 1 ii actuarial profession and helps thi
student prepare for thi Erst actuarial rhi u npreparal
consists ol ill ictuarial examin; sindrelated rial rhi
req id to take il tuarial ex ation, I In studi nl should I"
aware thai I »l students, considerable stud) beyond the requii
i .ii l. n 'I""1 •! ii lei to pai i thi i >l i si ations.
MA571 Lineal Mgebra tc-ol- Mi
Prerequisites! MA171,271 with a C or betti
Vectoi Bpaces and lin ransformadona an studied in .i iheoredcal setting. Also,
fbnna and multilini ai algi b i studied.
MA 1 1 7 Si.iiisiir.il Applications lc-nl-.tsh
Pmequisitesi M \ ' i i 116, oi 117 (fori Math majors)
Using computet programs, .i wide arra) of statistical procedures for educational
orki ' will bi ' Kplored. Basic concepts ol statisdcal inferenci and
in, i In nun will be reviewed, including regression analysis and prediction,
testing, analysis of varian and partial and multiple
correladon, Emphasis is on use of die i omputer and inti rpretation of computer
printouts, along with understanding ti bniq iployed. Noi putei
dgi is in . essary.
M A 1 1 s Sampling Survey Theory and Its Application d -III- Kh
Prerequisiteai (For non-Math majors) MA214, 216, or 217
.. i the Btudenl who is or will be doing quandi
commissioning large-st all surveys, and evaluadng riie results. Sampling
techniques and statistical prim iples underlying theii use will be introduced.
Consideradon i>> the practit al problems associated with implementation.
MA 120 Pre-Calculus Mathemadcs I 3c-0I-3sh
Prerequisites: MA152: Elemental) Education com entradon
Examines the fimedon i oncept as applied to elementary real numbei functions
it these (unctions. Topi< 9 ini ludi n aJ number
mncdons such as absolute value, step, linear, quadratu , and other polynomial
functions, trigon etric and other periodii functions, exponendal logarithmic
functions il all other inverse (uni dons. Students will examine curricular
materials dial develop in concepts in Grades K-s.
mail' i Advanced Calculus I 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites) MAI 2 I and 27^ with a C or bettei
Study ol mi theory, real numbei system, funcdons topolog) of< .artesian space.
sequent . id uniform convergence, continuity, and uniform
continuity.
M 1 122 Advanced Calculus II k-01-.fsh
Prerequisitei M \4t\
Includes the study ofconvergi nci si quences in Rn, global properties of
continuity, uniform continuity, differentiation ol Rn, Riemann integrals, and
infinite series.
M V 123- 124 Complex Variable 1 and II each 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: MA124oi 227
Introduction to die dieor) of functions ofa complex variable: topics included are
elementar) functions, analytii functions, conformal mapping, integration, series,
and application.
MA425 Applied Mathematical Analysis I 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites! Calculus sequence, introductoi ra, oi permission of
instrui tor
Provides the necessary background foi an understanding of mathematical
i ithms, convexity, and factorable
functions. Usodevi . ncepts in matrix theory which are required
in develop i ffii ient algoriduns to solve Lineal and nonlinear programming models
MA427 Introduction tn Topology 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite! \1 1272 with a C oi bettei grade
Study "I sets, functions, continuity, compactness, the- separation of axioms, and
metric spaces; application ol topology to analysis is demonstrated.
M \ 1 15 Piogrjinming Models in Operations Research 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites) Iwo-semestei secintiiLeori.ili.iiliis.iinl MA171 or permission of
instructoi
hi ut deterministic mathematical models for managerial and social
sciences with relevant computational techniques.
MA446 Probabilistic Models in Operations Research 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: Twi lence of calculus, MA363
Development ol probabilistic mathematical models foi iiiaii.nen.il and social
snences wuli relevant computational techniques.
M \ I 17 S111.11I.1I1..1. Mo .Ms I, -ill- 1st,
I'rereqnisiles: ( on.pl n ofth ■ ground III Malum s and
probability, and familiarity wid iccptt of programiiung Ikin.wli ...
partii nl.n prop not required)
( lonsidi is iln types ol i lels that are basii i" am limulation and m. (hods foi
el nsinc: sin I
simulations, thi ii apphi ations, and an burodui lion to si. AM II (Simulation
Language foi AN. mativi Modeling).
MA451 Numerical Methods' foi Su|>i .. ompati is ii-nl-)sh
Prerecjoiihesi MA121 and !22,oi M U23oi 127, MA171 •
omputers mal nputer arcrtfrecturea rector and parallel
is in order to achievi thi fastest rnx>ce*fing speed ctirrenlh available.
Studi tits w ill be introdui i
i ins can be constructed to exploit stipercomputera' capabiuues. Students
wUIgainpra ty, YMP, in mcoipcaaring
existing si ientifii software pai kagea into user-written programs, m anhmifring
|olis to tin Pittsburgh Supercompub i < enter, and in producing am mated
graphical output to summarize the typical of output data generated
liv large scientifil programs. ( Ms., offered .is ' < 1451 . ma)
duplii .in ■ h .lit)
M \ lr.2 Seminar in Teaching Algebra cir- 1 - Ish
MA453 Seminar in Teaching (.cnmelry \ar-l-4sh
M \ r> I Seminar in reaching General Mathematics \jr-l-ish
Seminars are di in. hut teacher. Students in eai.li class will gain
insights thi pi ome aware of the
materials available and methods oliiistnii lion glared to the special tvpc ol
student Education majors only.
MA456 Principles of Geometry I tc-lll-fsh
Prerequisiies: MA152, Elementar) Edm ation t on t
Students become acquainted with an informal, intuitive approach to geometry.
Activities and mat) Ig ge etneal concepts to children arc an
iiiiigi.il part ..I the course.
JMA457 Introduction to Number Theory ic-lll-.Jsh
Prerequisites: \l \ I 52, E lementary Education concentration
Introduction to topit i ol elementary number theory including divisibility, prime
numbers, factorization, modular arithmetic, problem solving, and place of number
theory in die elementary school curriculum. Students will examine inanv number
theory activities which can help to strengthen skills with basic laerx in an
interesting, nonroutine si
MA458 Introduction to Logic and Logical Gaines Soot-Sen
Prerequisites: MA152, Elementar) Education concentration
Introduction to some of thi basil ideas, terminology', and notation of
mathematical logic and Boolean algebra as well as games of strategy dial ins
logic. In addition, an investigation ofhow logic is taught and used in various
programsfoi the elementar) school.
MA459 Computer-related Topics in the Elemcnlarv
and Middle School 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: MA152, Elementary Education concentration
Provides teachers with com epts and in hniques ne< i-^an to teach computer-
related topics to children. Participants will work with elementary school children
throughout the semester.
MA460 Technology in Mathematics Instruction 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite:! i 1205
Designed to provide preservice marhematics teachers with expertise in
instructional technology tor teaching mathematics at die secondary level.
Pedagogical and content knowledge an- integrated widiin the context of
technology and current reforms.
M \lh.i Topics in Statistics ic-iil-ish
Prerequisite: \l V
Correlation and regression from applied and theoretical points of view, bivariate
and multivariate normal distribution, analysis of variance, nonparamctric
methods. Practical problems ins techniques and use of computer
statistical packages. Knowledge of computer programming is not required.
MA471 Basic Concepts of Algebra Sc-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: MA152, Elementary Edm ation concentration
Concepts of basic algebraic structures such as group, ring, integral domain. 6eld.
and vector space are studied within die context of the mathematical maturity of
the student. Other topics include relations and functions, polynomials and
polynomial equations, systems of equations, and inequalities. Consideration given
to development ol these concepts in the tnadiematics curriculum.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG
182 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MA476 Abstract Algebra I 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: MA272 with a C or better grade
Development of theory of integral domains, fields, rings, and groups: designed to
develop student's power to think for himself or herself and to improve ability to
i onstruct formal proofs.
MA477 Abstract Algebra II 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: MA476
Designed to have student continue study of algebra by use of axiomatic method;
Euclidean domains: polynomial domains and extension fields included;
interrelationships between these structures and simpler structures, particularly
groups and rings, are developed as in study of Galois group of a polynomial and
in an introduction to Galois theory.
lc-01-Ish
MA480 Senior Seminar
Prerequisites: Senior standing in mathematics major
To assess the effectiveness of the mathematics curriculum and to provide
mathematics majors with .1 culminating mathematical experience.
MA481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics diat are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
ma) be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 4S| are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
MA482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, clean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in die
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
MA490 Independent Study var-l-3sh
M A493 Internship in Mathematics var-3- 1 2sh
Prerequisites: Completion of core curriculum, completion of application
Positions with participating companies or agencies provide students with
experience in mathematics-related work under the supervision of the agencies and
faculty. Requirements include one to Uiree on-site consultations, two university
consul ta tio us, completion of progress reports, and presentation of final cumulative
paper. Internship credit may not be used in fulfilling math major course
requirements.
Management
Department of Management
Eberly College of Business
Note: All courses at the 300 and 400 level are open only to students with junior
1 'i senior standing. All students, regardless of major or program affiliation, must
meet course prerequisite requirements in order to enroll lor a given course.
MG275 Introduction to Entrepreneurship 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: AG201. EC 121. sophomore status, only for nonmajors,
permission by department
Entrepreneurship is defined, common mydis are discussed, and characteristics of
entrepreneurs are identified. Basic characteristics of entrepreneurs are reviewed.
This course includes topics such as die psychology of entrepreneurship;
economic and social aspects of entrepreneurship: history; techniques of
purchasing a company; new venture initiation; and risk taking.
MG281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics arc offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more dian three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
MG30U Human Resource Management 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: PC 101
I )( signed to recognize and evaluate the application of behavioral science
approai lies in the study of human resource management. Topics include
ret iuiimR and selection, training, management development, performance
evaluation, communications, wage and benefit programs, and management-labor
1cl.1l 9.
MG305 Organizational Staffing 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: MG300, MA2I4
Focuses on the dteoretical, technical, administrative, and legal issues involved in
the recruitment, selection, placement, and promotion of individuals by
organizations. Topics covered include human resource planning, job analysis, job
description and specifications, recruitment, selection process, equal employment
opportunity and affirmative action, reliability and validity of selection instruments
and techniques, and contemporary issues in selection.
MG3 1 0 Principles of Management 3c-0l-3sh
Provides the student with an in-dcpdi identification and understanding of the
relevant theories, concepts, and principles underlying die management function.
MG31 1 Human Behavior in Organizations 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: PC101
Human problems of management. Basic ideas and dieories from die behavioral
sciences as diey apply to human behavior in organizations are presented.
Management solutions to problems resulting from individual-organization
interaction are emphasized.
MG325 Small Business Management 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: MG275. MG3 10. MK320
A survey course emphasizing those aspects of small business management not
covered elsewhere in the student's program. Key topics include Real Estate, Site
Selection, and Facilities Management; Purchasing Management, Vendor
Relations, and Inventory Systems; Plant Security. Loss Control. Risk and
Insurance Management; Human Resources Management, Employee Benefits,
Motivation, and Leadership; Small Business Market Research, Customer Services
Management, and Pricing. A review of other elements of the small firm's milieu is
included as a necessary contextual element (e.g., planning, accounting, financing,
law).
MG330 Production and Operations Management 3c-0I-3sh
Prerequisites: MAI 21. 2 14, junior status, Eberly College of Business or
approved major
Study of the process of converting an organization's inputs into outputs whether
m goods-producing or service industries. Provides an overview of concepts, tools,
and techniques used in management of production and operations function in
organizations.
MG334 Quality Management 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: MG330
Emphasizes the philosophy that quality is an organizationwide phenomenon that
influences every aspect of its operations. An overview of current quality
management philosophies and tools and techniques for managing quality in
manufacturing and services.
MG350 International Business 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: MG3 10
A study of die international dimensions of business and die critical environmental
and organizational factors that affect managerial approaches in the international
arena. Focuses upon die management problems stemming from the movement of
goods, human resources, technology, finance, or ownership across international
boundaries. (Also offered as MK350)
MG351 International Management 3c-0I-3sh
Prerequisite: MG310
Provides die student with a general foundation on managing multinational
corporations (MNCs). Examines die macro- and structural-level issues of MNCs.
Focuses on planning, organization structure, managerial decision making, and
human resource management in global structures and differences between MNCs
and domestic organizations.
MG400 Compensation Management 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: MG300
Studies the policies and programs that help managers design and administer
compensation systems for private and public sector enterprises. Includes
motivation theories and practice designing of compensation systems. (Tide was
Wage and Salary Administration prior to 1994-95.)
MG401 Management Development and Training
Prerequisites: MG300.3I0
Principles, problems, and procedures in planning, organizing, directing, ami
controlling all aspects of training and development programs in a business
enterprise. Mediods of improving and development of managerial skills are
emphasized.
3c-01-3sh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-21
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Re
idu
Management
Ic-Ill-Ish
rerequisitesi M< 1300, graduating i
it inteorativi • si in Human Ri Mana I Conaidera current issm s
i limn. i gi me 111 liii i, iinn andcoi porary lopica in die hu n
nt lii lil using caae studies.
•''■'< "
3c-01-3ah
MG403 Small Business PI g
Prerequisites! MG I !S VG 100 Bl CO IM101
Inn nil, i tl tent of much of ihi buaineaai ind relates it to dn
pli f lm small buaines8ea and entrepreneurial efforts, [lie student will bi
i, luced i pi which will supporl tli< devi lo| I an
but Pl«"
MG Illti II in Res ns Management Research 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites! QB !15 MG 100
Snub nl die n, nun nl research questions, n sean h mediods, research design,
, nil .in tlysis and pn tation ofd ita I lei I ign,devi lopmi nt.
implementation, and evalui n of Hi in Resources Managi menl programs.
Applii al ■ ployi i bi li » in "i. perl am e nieaau i woi k atdtudea
and i i mployee training, and development areas.
Mi . I2N Seminar in Managemet
Prerequisite! Mi 1310
\n integrative « ours* in
contemporai ) i isui anagi a
3c-0l-3sh
in the lie 1,1 .mil
ntusuigt
studii
MG I'-' Business and Society 3c-01-3sh
( >\< i\ i, w nl [In mil i.i, iinns between lnism< sv .111,1 ill, larger Bocial system in
win, 1 1 it operates. Considers the problem, solutions, and future direction ol
societal issues and thei i reladonships to the business environment. Topics
discussed include consumerism, die lit) ol advi i nsm^. s, II regulation,
pollution .Hi' I i cology, ovei populal govi rnmi nl regulat il the social and
ethical responsibilities nl business and industry. (Also offered .is \IK I ;j; ma)
In taken for duplicate credit)
MG It" Operations Management System 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite! Ml 1330
Theoretical and practical understanding of manufacturing and service planning
.mil ' nnin il. :n, [uding systems modeling, purchasing .mil sourcdng, inii ition
andcoi I including MPS, MRP, and MRP-H, scheduling, etc, Manufacturing
.mil sen ii i te< hnologii s and n nds an also emphasized. Computei applications
.in' used I, ,i understanding tin- interrelationships between various i omponi tits < ■ t
,\ skin.
MG452 Comparative Management 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite! \li I I iO
Siml\ nl the similarities and differences iti managers, management prat in es,
and organizations in different cultures. A variet) nl > parative mana
systems, models, and theories are presented, and resean li findings are examined.
\l(. 15 1 International Competitiveness 3c-31-3sh
Prerequisite! MG
Study of the mostim] ant challenges dial (act nations and firms alike in gaining
in restoring competitiveness. I'm uses on factors that determine the success ol
nations and dieir firms in highly dynamii world markets, various theories,
id cases dealing with competitive advantage are examined.
MG459 Seminar in International Management 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites! Ml A54, sa standing
Analysis nl recent literature and developments related in global business issues
mi, Ii .is strategic alliances, human resource managemenl in global environments,
global assignments, Japanese Imsimss system, nniliin.iiinn.il corporations in die
world economy.
MG481 Special fbpics in Management var-l-3sh
idvanced, innovativi . oi exploratory topics and disciplines within
management, Specific content nuns dew loped l>\ instructor. Credits may be
applied in eithei required (In permission nl department chairpi rson
electives in .i student's program.
MG is2 Independent Study vax-3sb
Prerequisite: Prioi approval through adi ism. rat ult) member, department
son, dean, and Provost's I li
lniliMilu.il research and .m.iKsis nl , ontemporar) problems ami issues in a
concentrated area of stud) undet the guidance of a senioi facult) member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availabilit) „lin„i;:,i-
MG 192 Small Business Entrepreneurship Internship var-3-12sh
Prerequisites! AK, hi;, permission ol department . hairperson, 2.75 overall GPA,
all other requirements nl the Eberh College nt Business
Tins i mil - rmsulting
with small business linns, Sludi nta Mill .■
Uld MIS nl mi
ui Ii as business p
m, mi
\li. ci ; Managi menl Internship var- Mia*
to actual problems in a nonclassrcM if inUrrumip in
the stud cd toward il tnagemi nl and hi
Iditional internship i nil I
l,, ii , da :
i hairperson and dean, I' I" rl) • olli gi ol Business.
MG495 Business Polic) (. -nl- .si,
Prerequiaitcai Completion of all B ' on
\ , apstoni , ' , anal) | 'plying
liiisniiss theories to the solution ol managemenl problems. An analysis of how lop
managemi nl d< ti i n iti | and polii \ and inBuencea the philosophy and
■ Imi.i, tet of il pany To dew lop in thi
viewpoint thai inti cation.
M
Music History
■epartment of Music
College nl Fine Arts
Mllioi Introduction to Music k-nl-Jsh
Course presumes no technii I but does utilize the varied musical
experiences of each individual to help extend interest as far as possible.
Attendance at i iconcerti ofuniw it) o ranizatwns, cultural li£e events, and
\ isiting artisl i oni erts is required to augment listening experiences nl stndcsita.
MH103 Perspectives injazz ic-ul- Jsh
Designed to give an overview nl die development ami contributions <■! jazz in die
tarn ricani ulture ami provide a background fbi a more intensive and detailed
stud) ,,i jazz fot the Jazz Studies major.
MH281 Special Topics tar-l-J-h
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course i ontenl
1 topics an offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explon
thai an nnt m, hided in tin established curriculum. A given topic may !>c offered
ipecial topii identic) than three times. Special I
numbered ~sl are offered primarily lor lower-level undergraduate students.
Mil (01 Music Histor) I ...nl-;.!,
Prerequisites: EN101, EN202, HI195, HI305
Intensive stud) of the historj .mil style nl Medieval, Renaissani e,and li art
nnisi, . ( lonsiderable analytical Listening required.
MH302 Music History II k-nl-ish
Prerequisite: MH30I or permission
Intensive study of the historj ami si\|Cs of Classical, Romantic, and twentieth-
century musii i,, 1950 Considerable analytical listening required.
MH322 Medieval and Renaissance Musi, 3c-Ol-3sh
Intensive study of the plai ations in the early Middle \_
,,l polyphony; sacred and si t ihe thirteenth to the sixteenth
centuries; special emphasis on Dufay,Joscnjin, PaJestrina, and dieir
contempi n
MH323 The Baroque Era ii-nl-Mi
I'lcicuuisilcs: Mil 101
Extends from Monteverdi through Bach and Handel and considers vocal and
instrumental forms, styles, ami practices of era.
\IH.i2l I lu Classical Kra 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: Ml InIM
A survey ot music from about 1 ~2r> to about 1S:>7. with sixrctal attention to the
music ol Mozart ami Haydn. Consideration is given also to the works
Scarlatti and CPE. Bach.
MB325 The Romantic Era 3c-01-3sh
A survey of music from about I SIM) to 1910, with attention directed to die earlier
romantic composers such as Beethoven. Schubert. Mendelssohn, and Berlioz
dining!) the later romantic composers such as V&gnec, lsehaikowskv. Mahler. and
Dvorak as well as others.
INDIA S | T Y OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MH420 The Twentieth Century Sc-01-3sh
Prerequisites: MH301,302
A survey of the stylistic trends of music limn 1900 t<» tlic present, beginning with
Debussy, Ravel, and other impressionists through tin music ol Schonberg,
Stravinsky, Webera, Honegger, and MUhaud. Offered infrequently.
M 1 1 IJ I American Music
Prerequisites: MH301, 302
A study of history and hterature of i
day.
3c-01-3sh
in America from 1600 to the present
-l-3sh
MH481 Special Topics
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary hasis to
explore topics that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
may he offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 4S1 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
MH482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not ottered in Uie
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
Marine Science
Marine Science Consortium/Biology
Department
College of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics
MI2SI Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are ottered on an experimental or temporary hasis to explore topics
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special topics
i bered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
MI331 Chemical Oceanography var-3sh
Prerequisites: Mil 10 and one year of chemistry
Treatment of oceanic chemical phenomena In sampling and laboratory analysis
techniques.
MI342 Marine Botany var-3sh
In-the-field studies and laboratory analysis by instrumentation of marine and
marine fringe plants in the Middle Atlantic Coast as exemplified by those found in
die Cape Henlopen, Delaware, and Wallops Island, Virginia,
MI 343 Marine Ichthyology var-3sh
Prerequisites: General Biology and/or consent of the instructor
\ stud) "I lishts. Specimens collected along Eastern Seaboard by students will be
used to illustrate anatomy, phvsiology. anil systematics ol this major vertebrate
group. Field collections will give student opportunity to observe relationships of
these animals to the hiotic and physical environment.
MI344 Anatomy of Marine Chordates v
Prerequisites: Six hours of biology including General Zoology
Designed to familiarize students with various aspects of marine chordates.
-3sh
Mil 10 Introduction to Oceanography var-3sh
Introduction to physical, chemical, biological, and geological aspects of oceans
and methods and techniques of oceanography. Lab emphasis placed on at-sea
assignments.
MI21 1 Field Methods in Oceanography var-3sh
Prerequisite: Mil 10 or consent of instructor
Familiarization with dynamic marine environment involving use and application
ofoceanographic instruments and sampling devices.
M12 12 Navigation var-3sh
Prerequisite: Four years" high school madl or equivalent or consent of the
instxuctoi
( lovers navigation, i.e.. die art and science of safely bringing a vessel from one
position to another in a body of water. Course divided into (1) brief historical
background: (2) navigation within sight of land. i.e.. piloting: (3) navigation in the
open sea, including electronic navigation methods.
MI221 Marine Invertebrate Zoology var-3sh
Prerequisite: One year of biology or consent of instructor
Study of marine invertebrates vvidi emphasis on development, reproduction,
structure, function, and classification of selected marine organisms.
MI241 Marine Biology var-3sh
Prerequisites: Botany and zoology or consent of instructor
Study of plant and animal life in marine environment widi emphasis placed upon
physical and chemical factors affecting biota.
MI250 Management of Wetland Wildlife var-3sh
The ecology and management of wetland wildlife, particularly ol freshwater
marshes and saltwater marshes. Special emphasis on ecosystem approach.
Ml 260 Marine Kcology var-3sh
Prerequisite: One year of biology or consent of instructor
A course in ecology of marine organisms.
MI270 Scuba Diving var-3sh
Prerequisites: Swimming ability and good healdi. (A standard diving physical
form will he mailed to students electing the course.)
Students who complete course will receive a National Association of Underwater
Instructors Divei ( lertificate.
MI280 Marine Field Biology var-3sh
Prerequisites: None
An introduction to basic principles of ecology and natural history of selected
planes and animals in terrestrial, freshwater, and marine environments. Suitable for
non-Science majors.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
MI345 Marine Ornithology var-3sh
Prerequisite: One year of biology or consent ol the instructor
Introduces student to avian fauna of seacoast and enables comparison with inland
species. In addition to field work providing visual and vocal identification, lecture
material will include information on distribution, behavior, physiology, and
anatomy of birds.
MI362 Marine Geology var-3sh
Prerequisites: Mil 10 and physical geology or consent of instructor
Studies of structural and sedimentary environments of continental shelf, slopes.
and ocean basins and crustal structure of the earth and its relation to sedimentary
record and geologic history of oceans.
MI364 Physical Oceanography var-3sh
Prerequisites: Mil 10, one year of physics, one semester of calculus, and
permission of die instructor
Course includes consideration of physical properties, mass and energy budgets,
theon i if distribution of variables; cause, nature, measurement, analysis, and
prediction of tides, currents, and waves: and basic instrumentation in the field.
MI420 Marine Micropaleontology var-3sh
Prerequisites: One year of geology and biology or consent of instructor
Deals with modern, living representatives of microorganisms important in fossil
record w:idi particular emphasis placed on taxonomy, morphology, evolution, and
ecologic affinities of representative groups.
MI43 1 Ecology of Marine Plankton var-3sh
Prerequisite: One year of biology
Study of phvtoplankton and zooplankton in marine and brackish environments.
Qualitative and quantitative comparisons made between the pianktonic
populations of various types of habitats in relation to primary and second. in
productivity.
MI459 Coastal Geomorphology var-3sh
Prerequisite: < )ue year of geology
A study of coastal geomorphology with emphasis on Late Cenozoic and
Pleistocene sea-level changes in response to worldwide continental glaeiation.
The student will participate in field studies of Pleistocene deposits and the
weathering of these deposits.
MI481 Special Topics var-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explori
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be ottered
under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special topics
numbered 4S1 are offered primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
MI482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study ofa topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of i
UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 1X5
Mi :,iii> Problcnu in Marine Science >.n- isli
ii
lect i ill i ,(" Followiii i n
Option it 1 lilnm to
i i . 1,1. iii i .i proji ' i in [hi
< ijiii.Mi i; < ill ti an iiidi i Ii nl i earchpi ji
bi approvi d b) tin I adi mli < omi ei ol \l s i n, advanci ol tin timi
Ii ia to I Ii rtaki n
yw/o
Marketing
I lepartmenl ol Mai leering
berly College ol Business
Notei VII courses al ihi 100 and 100 level an o] - I
oi it standin regardless of majoi oi progi affiliation, must
meet c le I "is i" ordei i roll Ii n
MK320 Principles ol Marketing 3c-01-Ssh
Prerequisitei El
Stud) ol ihosi ai p omotion, and
d services I se b) organizations and uldn
consumers.
MK321 Conmmei Behavioi Sc-Ol-Sih
Prerequisites! Mk 120 ind P( 101
Surve) ol ewortli) tribution Ii on
i «ui -.ii in. i I hasing and decisi alcing process, with particular attention to
hi. J milium . patterns.
Mk • .ii International Business Se-0l-3sb
Prerequisite: M< 1310
A stud] "I Hi national dimensions ..I business and tin inn tital
■ M ill 1 1. tors dial affect managerial ap] dies in the internal a]
arena. Fix us< s upon th« managemeni problems sic nn.
goods,humann logy, finance, or ownership acros
i as Mi 1350)
MK35I Self-Marketing lc-01-lsh
PniKjiiisiit : 1 1 .1 standing (as pei credits earned)
Ki. ns ..u the development ofbodi long-term and shorl m rm self-marketing plans
aarketing packages, fneories of managerial marketing, professional
selling, markel research, and advertising applied to self-marketing in ordei to
indents to seek internship experience.
Mk 120 Marketing Management k-OI-.Ssh
Prerequisites! MK320and ,121
Analysis ol marketing ind opi rational problems and policies involved in
planning, organizing, coordinating, and controlling .i total marketing i
MK421 Marketing Research 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites! MK
Nature, methods, analysis, and application of present-day marketing
techniques utilized in the solution ..I practical marketing problems,
MK422 Seminar in Marketing Sc-01-Ssh
Prerequisites: MK420 and 121 t iduating senioi
ii .1 I. ii majors in marketing; considers current literature
in the field, case problems pertaining to the total marketing effort, and
problems of actual companies.
Mk l.di Internationa] Marketing 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisitei MK320
International marketing and markets are analyzed. Special considi
to the significance of govemmem ganization structures >>l export
and impon enterprises; and credit polii ies.
MK431 Industrial Marketing 3c-01-3sfa
Prerequisitei MK420
. ned with the major activities involved in thi marketing lustrial goods
idustrial marketing mm. i brmation
needs ol the industrial firm, industrial marketing implementation ami control, and
channel, pricing, product, and promotional strategies far industrial ■_■
MK I 12 Business and Socict) to-01 Mi
■
which it operates. I onsidera tin problems, solutions, and nitu
id 'In ii relationship! '.- tin
ii ralit) nl adv<
.1 4ii(l
. iln. .J reap
be taken foi duplicate i -
MK433 tdvertising ><-(il-tsfi
P ,11, Ml.: II
Inii.i.lii. nun i" iln prim ipli v prai ,
various media and legal, ecoi ic, social, and ediical aspi
Mkiil Marketing Logistics l. -01- ish
Prerequisites: Juni cnior standing, MK320 and W
I In I... us ol tins i out ' is .hi planning, organizing, and trollinj
function. In addition to the acquisition and application ol
in thods, studi His will integrate and apply pn riousl) gain*
tve complex marketing logistics problem!
I. in ii. In. I. facility location, transportation, inventor) ma
MK43S Professional Selling and Sales Management d-ul- ish
Prerequisite: Ml
Introdui es students to the role and nature ol i lent persona] scUingin
marketing. Theory r personal selling process, sales planning,
ing sales presentations, and relationship marketing arc fmphasrafd. B
..I in. ging sales force ini luding tenitor) management, recruiting, training, and
compensating sales force an- also covered.
MK436 Retail Managemeni k-ul-ish
Prerequisite: Mk 120
Introduces students to all facets of retailing including die history ol retailing, retail
theories, ami decision-making in retading framework.
Mk 1.17 Services Marketing k-lil- tsh
Prerequisite: Mki-'H
Focuses mi current theories and applications "I marketing techniques in the but-
growing area of services iii the business, government, and nonprofit -
Emphasis placed on characteristics <>1 services and dieir marketing implications
and formulation ami implementation ol marketing .strategics l..r service firms.
MK4H1 Special Topics vat -I- Ish
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Covers advanced, innovative, oi exploratory topics and disciplines within
marketing. Specific content items developed by instructor. Credits ma\ be applied
to either required ( l>% permission ol departmental chairperson) <ir Ircc eleotives in
a simlciu's program. Special topics numbered Is 1 are primarily tor upper-level
iduate students.
MK4.S2 Imlcpendenl Study >ar- ish
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, feu tilt) member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's i Iffice. Approval is based on academic
appropriateness and availability ol resources.
Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems an. I issues in a
concentrated area ol stud) under the giridam i ofa si nior faculty member.
MKt93 Marketing Internship var-3-12s*
Practical experience in the marketing field to dew tad evjicncncr
in die practical application "t theory to a* tual problems in a
situation. A maximum of3sb oi mtcnisliip in the student's major may Ik. applied
toward die marketing major-area elective requirements Additional internship
credit must be used as tree electives only. Admission onl) by permission .-1 die
department chairperson and the dean. Eb< i
MS
Military Science
Department of Mili tar) Science
Academic Affairs Division
MSI01 Introduction lo Militarv Science 2i-ll-2sh
Study ..I die organisation of tlie United Stales Army and die role of the militarv in
today's society. Emphasis is on the customs and traditions ol the service, die Total
Army concept, and the fundamentals of leadership. Included is instruction in
basic militarv skills, land navigation, and personal nutnuon and *
ship Laboratory.
INDIAN* UN
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MSI02 Fundamentals of Military Science 2c-ll-2sh
Stud] "l the basic knowledge regarding military service and the profession ol
alius. Emphasis is on basic militarj skills. Brsl aid, and th< development of
leadership abilities through prat tical exercises. Included is instruction on
offensive .mil defensive tactics, the Army writing style, and military briefings.
Also, set Leadership Laboratory.
MS203 Fundamentals of Tactical Operations, Techniques
of Leadership, and Weapons Characteristics 2c-ll-2sh
Organization, techniques, resources, and capabilities involved in conducting
sni.ill-unii tactical operations. Emphasis is on leadership, organization, and
management techniques needed to cause .1 group of people to accomplish specific
objectives. Characteristics ol militarj weapons systems are taught. Students serve
is leaders in Leadership Labs.
MS204 National Security and Fundamentals of
Military Topography 2c-U-2sh
Study of national security concepts, policies, and the national decision-making
process with emphasis on national resources, national will, and economic (actors.
Included will be a study of nuclear and conventional response options.
Fundamentals of military topography including the use of military maps to
determine topographic features, to conduct land navigation, and to perform
lei lain analysis will he covered. Also, see Leadership Laboratory.
MS305 Fundamentals of Leadership and Modern
Learning/Teaching Relationship 3c-ll-3sh
Study in practical application ol principles of leadership/management as applied
in classroom and field to include case studies in psychological, physiological, and
sociological factors which affect human behavior; individual and group solution
of leadership problems common to small units. Also, see Leadership Laboratory.
MS306 Study of Advance Leader Planning and
Execution of Modern Combat Operations 3c-ll-3sh
Analysis ofleader's role in directing ,im\ coordinating efforts of individuals and
small units in execution of offensive and defensive tactical missions, to include
command and control systems, the military team, ana1 communications
techniques. Also, see Leadership Laboratory.
MS407 Management of the Military Complex to Include
Fundamentals of Military and International Law 3c-ll-3sh
Stud] of the various managerial elements needed to effectively control a military
organization and die techniques used to accomplish these functions. Studies in
military law and international law prepare the students for their legal
responsibilities. Also, see Leadership Laboratory.
MS408 Seminar in Military Analysis and Management 3c-ll-3sh
( loiiiemporary analysis of use of military in world affairs to include importance of
Strategic mobility and neutralization of insurgent movements. Selected
management problems and situations will be presented as they relate to military
justu e, administration, and obligation and responsibilities of an officer. Also, see
Leadership Laboratory.
Leadership Laboratory (one afternoon per week) var-Osh
A practical experience designed for the attainment and application of leadership
principles. Concurrently scheduled in conjunction with all Military Science
courses, il provides for practical challenges in personal accomplishment, both
I'll, sical and mental, and for development of team work and leadership.
Summer Camp var-Osh
Students attend a six-week summer camp upon completion of the first year of die
Advanced Course. Time at camp is devoted to practical application of principles
and theories taught during the preceding school year. While at camp, each
student receives lodging, subsistence, uniforms, medical care, reimbursement for
travel, and pav in amount of one-half pay of second lieutenant per month.
Medical Technology
Department of Nursing and Allied
Health Professions
College of Health and Human
Services
MT494 Clinical Microbiology var-6-10sh
Identification and clinical pathology ofbacteria, Eungi, viruses, and parasites.
Tei hniques to isolate, stain, culture, and determine antimicrobial susceptibility.
Instrumentation; quality control.
MT495 Clinical Chemistry var-7-10sh
Kiizvinology. endocrinology, biochemistry of lipids, carbohydrates, and proteins:
metabolism of nitrogenous end products: physiology and metabolism of fluids
and electrolytes: and toxicology as related to the body and diseases. The technical
jitocii lures include colorimelry. spectiopliomctiT. electrophoresis,
chromatography, automation, and quality control.
MT496 Clinical Hematology/Coagulation var-4-7sh
The composition ami function ol blood: diseases related to blood disorders: the
role of platelets and coagulation. Manual and automated let hniques of diagnostic
tests for abnormalities.
MT497 Clinical Immunohematology var-3-6sh
Blood antigens, antibodies, crossmatching, hemolytic diseases, and related
diagnostic tests. An in-depth study of blood donor service and its many facets
such as transfusions, medico-legal aspects, etc.
MT498 Clinical Immunology/Scrology var-2-4sh
Immune response, immunoglobulins, autoimmunity, .aid complement and related
tests .mil diseases. Survey and demonstration of serological diagnostic tests.
MT499 Clinical Seminar var-0-6sh
( hhci courses which are not included in tire above (such as orientation,
laboratory management, education, chnical microscopy) and/or are unique to die
individual hospital program.
Music
Department of Music
College of Fine Arts
MUl 10 Fundamentals of Theory 3c-0l-3sh
Rudiments of musical materials; harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and basic formal
procedures of the common practice period including pitch reading, interval
construction, scales, and modes.
MUl 1 1 Theory Skills I 0c-3l-2sh
Develops aural skills through dictation and interpretation ol written music by
sight-singing. Taken in conjunction widi Theory I.
MUl 12 Theory Skills II 0c-31-2sh
Prerequisite: MUl 1 1
Continuing development of aural skills and introduction of keyboard skills. Taken
in conjunction with Theory II.
MUl 15 Theory I 3c-01-3sh
The study of die harmonic, melodic, and formal devices of the common practice
period, from simple diatonic chords dirough secondary dominants.
MUl 16 Theory II 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: MUl 15
The study of die harmonic, melodic, and formal devices of the common practice
period, from simple diatonic chords through secondary dominants. Theory II
introduces basic music tonus.
MUl 20 Brass Ensemble
MU121 Chamber Singers
MUl 22 University Chorale
MU123 Symphony Band
MUl 25 Marching Band
MU126 Music Theater
MU127 Percussion Ensemble
MU129 University Symphony Orchestra
MU130 String Ensemble
MU131 University Wind Ensemble
MU133 Woodwind Ensemble
MUl 34 University Chorus
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
0c-21-0/lsh
0c-31-0/lsh
0c-31-0/lsh
0c-31-0/lsh
0c-6l-0/lsh
0c-6l-0/lsh
0c-41-0/lsh
0c-5l-0/lsh
0c-21-0/lsh
0c-31-0/lsh
0c-2l-0/lsh
0c-3l-0/lsh
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 1 H7
MUlSSJaxi Ensemble
Ml i ti, Vdvencedlasi Ensemble
Oc-31-O/lffa
Oc-31-O/lsh
Ml I .17 1'i.nKi \i> panying var-l-l ,u n*h
Ti. H i ompanying ma) be scheduled by quah'fii d pianists from ihi Di partmenl
.■I Mush in partial rulfillment of ensembli req nta. The course may bi
lor credit. Pianists registi red fordii rse will providi
. iiniii. in-, for Department of Musii students in solo vocal or ina ental
|., 1 1, nil. ■ H ,i .mil departmental ret itals and/oi in voice and instrumental
lessons, Registral foi il» i ourse musl l» approved bj ,i designated
Departme FMusii fai ulty membei fi the |u,itni area.
Ml 151 Class Voice I
( lonceived I", non Vbii i majors I *< velopn
techniques ih gh indh idual and group p
.i I In. Iheor) skills and foi eventual use
MU152 Class Voice II
( Continuation "I i lass Voice I. Resumes dei
te< I (in % through performant e.
lc-ll-lsh
i-ni of correct vocal production
trfbrmam e "i ' I. iv i ii ol ilu \ i'
ii the music classroom.
lc-ll-lsh
elopment ol com d vot il prodw don
Ml 153 dam Piano I
'. igned for students widi no significant l.,n kground in |
develop fiini tional keyboard skills. Emphasis placed on hi
.mil playing simple accompaniments.
lc-ll-lsh
o who need to
onizing melodies
MU154 Class Piano II
i onl .hi 1 1 llass l'i.
MU155 Class Strings 1 Ic-II-lsh
I in Mush Education majors who "ill develop rudimentary playing techniques
sufficient I" initiate instruct for beginning students. Emphasis placed on
lying positions and tone production for violin, viola, cello, and double
bass.
Ml 1 37 (lass Percussion 1 lc-ll-lsh
A practical introduction to the various instruments of the percussion family.
Student* villi dcmonstiatc correct playing techniques and develop a resource file
containing information on percussion instruments ^d instructional materials as
needed b) the school music teacher.
Ml 159 Clam Brass I lc-ll-lsh
I oi Musi, I ,li i, ,ii i, H i majors who will demonstrate rudimentary playing
t< chniques and tone production skills to initiate beginning instruction. Students
will develop playing on trumpet or French born and trombone, euphonium, or
tuba,
Ml K.I (lass Woodwinds I lc-ll-lsh
For Musi, Edut ation majors who will acquire correct tone production and
playing techniques suffii ientto initiate beginning instruction. Students will
demonstrate skills Willi (lute, i larmet. saxophone, and oboe or bassoon.
MU163 Class Guitar I lc-ll-lsh
Designed for students » idi no signifii anl ba< kground in guitar who wish to
develop functional playing skills Emphasis placed on using the guitar as an
accompanying instrument.
MUS 1 1 Theory Skills III 0c-3I-2sh
Prerequisites! Ml 111. 112
Further development ol aural and keyboard skills. Taken in conjunction widi
Theory III.
Ml 212 Theory Skill* l\
Prerequisites: MU111, 112.211
Culmination of development in au
with Theory IV.
0c-31-2sh
a] .iiul keyboard skills. Taken in conjunction
3c-01-3sh
Ml'215 Theory III
Prerequisites: Mil 15, 1 16
Extension ol the techniques of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries to include
modulation, altered chords, more advanced musical forms, and contrapuntal
procedures.
MU216 Theory IV 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: Ml 11".. 116,215
I \u nsion ol the techniques of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries to include
1 1; il in. hi. altered chords, more advanced musical forms, and contrapuntal
procedures. 1 bcorv 1\ concentrates largely on music and materials of die present
century.
Ml 217 Keyboard Harmon) I
l'i, n ipusiie: Nominal fai iliry at keyboard
d to develop keyboard skills so thi
II d basii bar i
realize and prodia i in
MU2 18 Keyboard Harmon) II l,-ll-l*l,
Prerequisite: V1I2I7
I , "iin hi, in, in ol Keyboard Harmon) I, involving chromatii hat n) and more
i omples i
MU224Jazz Improvisation Tcchuiipii * I t< (II- Isli
A st i nl\ ol tin basii materials and prai dees lor improvising oi atb n
playing.
Ml 22 "i Jazz Improvisation Techniques II I, -III- Isli
A i out m u.i t ion ol ilu b.isn ,n. ,1, rials and prai in es fbi improi
extemporaneous playing. Makes uat ofmoi I ind involved ban
progressions utilizing extended i horal harmonies.
MU240 Technology in the Music Classroom 2c- 1 1-2*1,
Prerequisite: Sopl on -standing. It! (HIM 101
Introduces the student to the l< < hnology lesonn is available tor use in the musii
, lass, mil with instructional tet hnologiea sppropiiate to tbcir application in
K-12 setting*. Students will be exposed to ., variet) ol media and will have die
opportunity to gain fiuniliarity in then usi . Emphasis will be pUu ed on the use of
ilu , outer in the classroom, computer-based instruction, and M
Instrument Digital [nterfai i i MIDI).
MU281 Special Topics >a.-l-(*l,
Prerequisite: A* appropn.it, i use - untent
Special topics are . .lie, ,1 n expi unit nlal or temporary basis t, .
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic inav bi
under any special topic identity no more than three tune*. Special topi, *
numbered 281 are offered primarily lor lower-level undergraduate Students.
MU304 Form and Analysis 1
Prerequisite: Ml '2 1(>
Thorough study of smaller forms ,,f mush ,
2.-(ll-2*h
ML'306 Counterpoint I 2, -nl-2*b
Prerequisite: Ml '2 Hi
After study and analysis of die style of sixteenth-century contrapuntal writing,
student will do original writing using techniques and devil es "I period. As time
permits, same approach will be made to explore *t\ lc ol seventeenth- and
eighteenth-century composers.
MU309 Orchestration I 2i-n|-2*h
Prerequisite: MU216
All instruments of orchestra are studied from die viewpoint of their contribution
to the total sound of ensemble. Ranges and timbre* are considered, a* well a*
actual arranging of selected musii
MU311 Fundamental* of Conducting li-nl-2*h
Emphasis placed on fundamental physical skills of conducting process; various
beat patterns are mastered and elementary score reading and interpretation are
considered.
MU312 Choral Conducting ii-tll-2*h
Prerequisite: MUSI I
Provides an opportunity lor the student to applv basic conducting techm .
choral music. Each student conducts the das* in standard choral work*. Includes
survey oi suitable literature, organizational problem*, voice testing, rehearsal
techniques, program building, interpretation, and diction.
MU313 Instrumental Conducting II U Tall
Prerequisite: Ml .51 1
Provides die student with an oppoitunit) to applv bash conducting skill* to
various instrumental ensembles. Includes survey of suitable literature,
organizational problems, audition procedures, rehearsal technique*, program
building, and interpretation.
MUS31 Elementary Methods d-til-ish
Includes analytical snidv ol text*, recordings, equipment, instrument*, and other
materials suitable to musical development of elementary pupils: proper treatment
ol child voice: selection, use. and teaching of rote song*: rhvdinuc activities and
development: music reading: part singing; planning and organization; guided
observations: and evaluation techniques.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 199-
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
M U333 Secondary Methods 3c-0l-3sh
Includes General Music Class, choral organizations, changing voice, techniques of
instruction, including team teaching and programmed learning, high school
theory courses, high school music literature courses, scheduling, administrative
problems, curriculum development, evaluation of materials and equipment,
evaluative techniques, and guided observation. Extra laboratory sessions are
required.
MU335 Music for the Exceptional Student 2c-2I-2sh
Develops music education skills, techniques, and materials for the emotionally,
mentally, physically, or neurologically handicapped student and the gifted.
Designed for students in music education, special education, and elementary
education.
Ml ill General Music in Middle Schools 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: MU331
This course will provide general practices and pedagogy related to recent
standards for a comprehensive, sequential middle school general music
curriculum. Specific focus on curriculum development, lesson planning,
instructional strategies, adolescent behavioral characteristics, as well as diverse
materials and resources.
MU340 Woodwind Instrument Repair Oc-2l-2sh
Prerequisites: MU133, Teacher Certification
This course is designed for students preparing for teaching careers in
instrumental music. Instruction will be conducted in a laboratory setting and will
include development of the diagnostic and repair skills necessary to deal widi the
problems most frequently encountered in a public school classroom on the
clarinet, flute, and saxophone.
MU35 1 Italian Diction and Literature 2c-0l-2sh
For first-semester voice majors, this class meets for two hours per week. Emphasis
is on pronunciation for the stage and readings of Italian song texts. Italian
madrigals, solo song literature, and operatic repertoire are also studied.
MU353 French Diction and Literature 2c-0l-2sh
For third- or fourth-semester voice majors, this class meets for two hours per
week. Emphasis is on pronunciation for the stage and the International Phonetic
Alphabet. French solo song literature and operatic repertoire are also studied.
MU354 German Diction and Literature 2c-0l-2sh
For second-semester voice majors, this class meets for two hours per week.
Emphasis is on pronunciation for the stage. German solo song literature as well as
Bach chorales are studied.
MU405 Piano Pedagogy 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: Junior standing in Piano and a Piano major or minor
Survey of current and significant past developments in teaching of piano, both
privately and in small and large classes. The various piano methods are analyzed,
compared, criticized, and adapted to each individual's use.
MU40ti Voice Pedagogy 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: A voice major or minor and permission of die instructor
Survey of current and past development in teaching of voice, both privately and in
small and large classes. The various vocal methods are analyzed, compared,
criticized, and adapted to each individual's use.
MU408 Marching Band Techniques 2c-0l-2sh
Considers building a band show; alignment of ranks and files; development of a
standard pace of 5 to 5 and 8 to 5; selection of music; instrumentation;
techniques of developing morale; and fundamentals of uniform design.
MU4 1 1 Composition I 2c-0l-2sh
Prerequisite: MU216
Instruction is individualized. Compositional devices studied through analysis of
works by major composers. Students will write several original compositions
utilizing smaller forms.
MU4 1 2 Composidon II 2c-0i-2sh
Prerequisite: MU41 1
Continuation of Composition I.
Mill; Composition III 2c-Ol-2sh
Prerequisite: MU412
Students will write several original compositions utilizing larger forms.
MU414 Composition IV 2c-0l-2sh
Prerequisite: MU413
Continuation of Composition III. Outstanding works will be programmed by
university performing ensembles.
MU475 Music Lab var-Osh
All music majors must attend eight recitals per semester and all departmental
recitals, as well as all recitals for their respective performance areas.
MU481 Special Topics 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
May provide an in-depth study of a narrowly defined area of the discipline.
Subject matter will change with repeated offering of the course. May be repeated
for credit.
MU482 Independent Study var-1-osh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in die
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
MU493 Internship in Music var-1-b'sh
Designed for music majors who wish to receive practical experience working with
people in music or in areas related to music.
Nuclear Medicine Technology
Department of Nursing and Allied
Health Professions
College of Health and Human
Services
NT427 Nuclear Scintigraphy 3c-0l-3sh
Theoretical aspects of nuclear medicine imaging procedures, including applicable
pathophysiology, technical aspects for data acquisition, and computer analysis of
data. Systemic radionuclide therapy procedures are also discussed.
NT428 Radiation Physics 3c-0l-3sh
Applicable aspects of nuclear and atomic physics are covered both in theory and
mathematical formulae. Theoretical topics include atomic and nuclear structure,
radioactive decay, interactions with matter, and radionuclide production methods.
Mathematical concepts discussed are the decay equation, equilibrium, and
radiation dosimetry.
NT429 Nuclear Medicine Instrumentation 2c-ll-3sh
This course covers the basic principles of both in vitro and in vivo
instrumentation. The design, operation, and quality control of gas detectors and
scintillation detectors are covered. Survey equipment, spectrometers, and
stationary imaging devices are presented with their application to run lear
medicine. Hands-on laboratory experience with single channel analyzers and
Anger cameras is included.
NT430 Radiation Biology and Radiation Protection 2c-01-2sh
Topics include ionization and energy transfer; molecules, cellular, tissue, and
organ response to radiation: acute and chronic effects of radiation; radiation
protection; licensing requirements; recordkeeping; and management oi clinical
radiation spills.
NT43I In Vivo/In Vitro Non-Imaging lc-01-lsh
In vivo clinical nuclear medicine procedures not resulting in images as well as
principles of in vitro radioassay are presented. Included are venipuncture, blood
volumes, red cell studies. Schillings test, principles of immunology, various i\ pes
of radioassay, and sensitivity and specificity of procedure.
NT432 Radiopharmaceuticals 3c-0l-3sh
Topics include tracer theory, pharmacological actions, localization methods,
radiopharmaceutical properties, radionuclide generators, radiophann.i
preparations and quality control, and transient vs. secular equilibrium. Routinely
used radiopharmaceuticals are discussed.
NT433 Introduction to Tomographic Imaging Ic-Ol-lsh
An introduction to die basic principles of cross-sectional anatomy and
tomographic imaging is presented. Topics include body planes and cross-
sectional anatomy of the heart, brain, liver, and lumbar spine, as applicable to
nuclear medicine, and the theory and application of both SPECT and PET
imaging systems.
NT434 Clinical Nuclear Medicine 0c-401-16sh
Prerequisites: Completion of 77 credits at IUP and Phase I and NMI
Students complete 1,320 hours of supervised clinical training at an affiliate
hospital. Students receive instruction and participate in the performance of
various clinical nuclear medicine procedures, patient care, administrative duties,
radiopharmaceutical preparation and quality control, equipment quality control.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 189
[|n,,l,,, , and i idii lafet) Student* di velop both theii tad il ildlli
I i personal coi m, al slulla I poration into the medical
i, and i" provide high qualitj i i nl II" ■ I) offi red
pa (fail basin.
N
Nursing
Departmenl "I Nursing and Allied
Health Professions
( lollege nl I Iciltli .mil I [uman
Si i \ ices
NU280 Introduction i» Nursing Sc-01-3ah
Prerequisite! Nursing majors onl)
[ntroduci i thi majoi i om i pU "I ci rn to nursing pi i ions in thi u
environments, health, and the profession of nursing. Topii s im lude il» nursi 'a
iderol md member of a profession; the nursing process as the
|i of practice; tin val fresearchasabasisfoi nursing practice; biophysical
and pByi hoi al i omponi nts ol wellness.
NU281 SpecialTopics var-l-lsh
Prerequisite! As appropriate to course content
Special topii sare offered n expe ental or tem] ) basis i" explore topics
thai in luded in the established culum. V given to| ay be offered
special to] lentit] noi han three times. Special topics
numbi n d !8 I ffered primarily fbi lower-level undergraduate students.
M J85 Introduction to Clinical 0c-9l-3sh
Prerequisite! Nursing majors <>nU
indcoUeg laboratory coursi which proi ides the opportunity to
i use "I the sing proi ess. Emphasis is placed on assessment .mil
basic intervention skills.
NU302 Corel 2c-0l-2sh
Prerequisite! Nl 180
Emphasizes the involvement of nurses and nursing in selected aspects "I wellness
promotion and maintenance The theor) base for die use ol the nursing process
to support individuals and families through maturational • hange and thi
childbearing cyi le is presented.
M tin < Inn,., I Laboratory 1 Oc-14l-5sh
Prerequisites! Nl 280,285
i clinical laboratory course which enables the student to care for individuals and
lies i ss thi life span. Guided experiences are provided in hospital and
community-based facilities. The nursing proi ess is utilized to promote and
maintain wellness in individuals within families.
Mill I Core II 2c-OI-2sh
Prerequisite! N I
Emphasizes the involvement of nurses and nursing In selei ted aspei is of wellness,
promotion, maintenance, and restoration. The theor) base for the use of the
. icpanded to include family,! munit] health, and
transcultural nursing concepts.
M 305 Clinical Laboratory II 0c-14l-5sh
Prerequisite: Nl 303
V clinical laborator) course which enables the student to providt care to
individuals and families with acute and chronic health problems across the life
span. Guided experiences are provided in hospital .md community-based facilities
miA individuals1 homes. The nursing process is utilized to promote, maintain, and
restore optimal wellness in individuals within families.
NU322 Maintenance and Restoration of Wellness I 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites! \l 280, 285
Introduces pathophysiologic change in individuals across die life span and
i nursing management. Topics include caring fbi the individual who
requires surgi rj oi whose alteration in health is relati ,1 to problems in
oxygenal nutrition, and Quid and electrolyte balanct
NU323 Maintenance and Restoration of Wellness II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite! NU 122
!. and psychologic pathology in individuals ai ross the life span and
assoi iated nursing management. Topics include caring lor die individual whose
alteration in health is related to problems with reproductive, cognitive-perceptual,
motor, metabolic, and elimination function.
M 102 Core ID 2c-0l-2sh
Prerequisitei NU304
Emphasizes the nurse's roles as accountable provide! and coordinate! of care and
membei ol a profession. The specific issues that are addressed are quality
, ici "i bilitii s ol iln Individual,
M . u .,n i mployi ■ and die i tnplo ei currentei
P"
si km ( I, ,,,,., I Laboratory III <i«-i il-i-.fi
Prerequisite! Nl
\ , i,n. al laboratorj i nurse whii I, affords thi opportunity to sppl
i po.\ i,l, r and i - .< .o I in.,,,,, ol i .„, wiili individuals and familift
'il, , an n, , ,K in a varii •■■ ol hi iii;
M III It ,„. I\ i.-lll-Ah
Prerequisite! ni MJ !
Emphi and rdinatoi ,,l i an in 1" alth
facilities and in emergency anddisastei situations Concepts and prii
related to the managemeni ol the health i an n am, con unity health, and
rehabilitation are addn ssed.
NU405 Clinical Laboratory IV Oc-I LVM
Prerequisite: Nl 103
^ clinical laboratory i oursi which affords thi opportunity for thi applii ation ol
, ritical thinking, In alth teai hing, and management skills. Empl
development of the caregiver roll in selected: s of clinical prad
developmenl .,1 the i are provider ami , oordinaloi roles in inpatient and
inii% settings with individuals and families experiencing complex licaldi
care needs; integration of thi roles ol provide! andi oordinatoi ol 'arc and
membei ol a profi
NU407 Skills for Professional Success ii -tt-lau
Prerequisite: nnisi be enrolled m senior-level nursing courses
Tins one-credil elei m, foi senior nursing majors is designed to help students
fostei clinical judgment skills I a focusing on i niual thinking ami test-taxing.
Emphasis is placed on preparing students with the skills thai an rssrntial for
sin i ess on ilic N.ii al Council Licensure Examination lor Registered Nurses
(NCLEX-RN).
NC422 Maintenance and Restoration of Wellness III 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: NU323
Emphasizes pathophysiology and psychopathology foi understanding die
complex process ol the individual's adaptation to crisis. The theory base for the
application of the nursing process in the care of individuals
hospitalization, life-sustaining treatment, intensive monitoring, and crisis
intervention is .lis, uased. ,
NL'423 Maintenance and Restoration of Wellness IV 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: NU422
Emphasizes strategies used in assisting individuals and their families in the
promotion, maintenance, and restoration ol optimal wellness. The theory base for
die application of the nursing process when illness is being managed in acute,
long-term care, and community settings is ,lis, u.ssed.
M 130 Nursing Research :)c-(il-:Kh
Prerequisite: M \_'1T
Focus on evaluating, research through a stucK ol n methodologies,
sampling, data analysis, and significance offindinj ,n to
issues in conducting research and die impai i on problems investigated, die nurse
u st .ii, In i. .ititl ihc | i .ii si i, iic r of its, ,,r, 1 1
NU480 Seminar in Nursing lc-0l-lsh
Prerequisites! M 280,285
A seminar which provides a forum for the exploration and discussion of issues
relevant to the professional nurse. Emphasis is placed on die development of
professional values, critical uSJnking, dec ision-making, and communication skills.
\ selection ol topii s on current issues and trends will be offered each semester:
i.uli will lotus on a particular theme related to nursing practice. One credit hour
of seminar is required in each semester in die upper-division nursing courses.
NL481 SpecialTopics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate tocourst content
Special topics curses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
, xplore topics that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
iii.i\ be offered undei art) special topic identic) no more than dirce times. Special
lupus numbered t s 1 are primarily foi upper-level undergraduate students.
Nl 182 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculrv member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
StudenLs with interest in independent study ol a topic not offered in the
i 'Him inav propose a plan of study in conjunction widi a faculrv- member.
\ppio\al is based on acadenuc appropriateness. and availability of resources.
NDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
190 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
NU493 Internship var 1-1
Prerequisites: NU280, 285; 57 credits completed; minimum 2.0 GPA
Supervised experience in a practice setting which extends and complements
rk in nursing. Types of practice settings may include acute care
hospitals, outpatient centers, and community agencies.
Office Systems
Department of Technology Support
and Training
Eberly College of Business
Note: All courses at the 300 and 400 level are open only to students with junior
i r standing. All students, regardless of major or program affiliation, must
meet course prerequisite requirements in order to enroll for a given course.
< )N2S I Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
undei any special topic identity no more than three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
OS301 Advanced Microcomputer Applications 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: BE/CO/IM 101 or permission of instructor
\dvaiu eil applications of microcomputing software from the user perspective to
enhance productivity of office employees, executive and managerial, professional.
and support personnel. Comparative and evaluative techniques for appropriate
selection and implementation of software. Word processing, spreadsheet,
database, desktop publishing, utility, and operating system software will be
emphasized.
OS3 1 3 Office Systems Technologies 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: Junior standing
Emphasis on systems hardware, especially the microcomputer. Concepts and
design principles common to all microprocessors are studied. Auxiliary hardware,
such a-, reprographics, printers, modems, scanners, and laser technology will be
included.
OS.115 Records Administration 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: BE/CO/IM 101 or permission of instructor
Development of the goal of records administration as a system including tire
input, pro* ess. and output components. Records creation, records classification
systems, evaluation, retention programs, manual dirough automated information
systems, image technology, form design, record control systems, records manuals,
and disastei prevention and recovery will be discussed. (Offered as OS415 prior
to 1995-96)
OS400 Telecommunications 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: BE/CO/IM 101
Knowledge and concepts of telecommunications technology, applications, and
management as they apply to office systems.
0541 1 Microcomputer Support for Office Systems 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: OS30 1.313, and 400
Includes three dimensions of study relative to office systems— helpdesk
management, training and development, and ergonomics. Incorporates practical
applications for delivering technical support through the operation of a helpdesk.
Requires development and delivery of technological applications and a field study
ofergonomic office designs.
054 1 2 Administrative Office Services 3c-01-3sh
Presentation of fundamental principles and practices used in the development of
S| lecialized areas such as systems analysis, work simplification, forms
design, information processing, office machines and equipment, records
management, office design and layout, office location and physical environment,
office supervision, office manuals, and development of office personnel will be
discussed.
OS413 Information Processing Technology 3c-01-3sh
A i omprehensive study of information processing including equipment
selection/functions, personnel, and procedures.
OS480 Seminar in Office Systems 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: Graduating seniors only or permission of instructor
Emphasis on the solving of office management problems. Provides an opportunity
to integrate and apply the skills and knowledge previously gained in the Office
S) tin major. (Offered as AD430 prior to Summer, 1991; offered as OS430
until HIT.)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVAN
05481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered IN 1 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
05482 Independent Study var-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
OS493 Internship var-3-6sh
Prerequisites: Approval of internship coordinator, chairperson, and dean and
2.75 overall GPA and 3.0 GPA in Business
A supervised office experience program with an approved agency (business,
industry, and government).
Psychology
Department of Psychology
College of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics
PC 101 General Psychology
An introduction to the scientific study of behavior and i
rital processes.
3c-0l-3sh
PC280 Psychological Inquiry
Prerequisites: PC 1 0 1 . Psychology minors
Introduces students minoring in Psychology to issues central to carrying out and
interpreting empirical research in the field. Students will become more
sophisticated consumers of empirical research findings. Students who have
successfully completed PC290 are not permitted to take diis course for credit.
PC290 Research Design and Analysis I 3c-21-4sh
Prerequisites: PC 1 0 1 . M A2 1 7
A laboratory course devoted to designing, conducting, and evaluating results of
psychological experiments.
PC291 Research Design and Analysis II
Prerequisites: PC101,"C" or better in PC290
A continuation of Research Design and Analysis I.
3c-21-4sh
3c-0l-3sh
PC3 1 0 Developmental Psychology
Prerequisite: PC101
Comprehensive study ol all factors Uiat contribute to human development from
conception to deadi. particularly as Uiey relate to psychological development of
individual. A survey course directed at students not planning to take PC311.312.
or 373. Students may receive credit towards the Psychology major or minor for
only one of PC3 1 0. PC3 1 1 , or PC3 1 5 .
PC3 1 1 Child Psychology 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: PC101
Study of factors that influence total development and behavior of child. Current
dieories and research are considered, with focus upon optimum development of
individual. Credit toward a major or minor in psychology will not be given for
bodiPC3I0and3ll.
PC3 1 2 Adult Development and Aging 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: PC 101
A survey of physiological, cognitive, emotional, and social issues affecting the
young adult, the middle-aged, and the elderly. Includes an examination of
significant adult life crises.
PC3 1 5 Experimental Development Psychology 3c-2I-4sh
Prerequisite: PC280 Ol PC290
The course will study human development from conception to death with
emphasis on the physical, cognitive, and emotional domains. Students will be
involved in observation and data collection.
PC320 Personality 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: PC 101
Provides comparative analysis of major representative traditional and
contemporary theories of personality.
A UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS I <) I
P< (J I M, ,„,,„,., I Psycholog) l< -III- Ish
Prerequisite: P< 101
Mi, desi ■ . | . 1 1 iuai i and U i til "I bi hai ioi lab li d abnormal in oui
oi i i an studii 'I li rxperimental and i linii al poinla "I view
PO.J22 Introduction to Psychological Meunicmenl ic-ol-.ish
Prerequisites: PC101, MA2T7
Surve] ofp vi hological isuremenl techniques, with emphasis on die
anumptiona leriying tin k technique) and diai uss I interpretation and
limitation! ol measuring insl nis
PCSSO Social Piycholog) Sc-Ot-Sth
Pfcnqointn PC101
i,. tudy ofthi effects of tin i alenvirot nt on human behavioi Ibp
, ption "I person, aliunde Formal nd < hange, and small-group
■ si iuIiiiis \ not receivi credit toward psycholog) maj
. iQand P( 135
IV l II Environmental Psychology
Prerequisite! re I in
ud) of thi pel nship between human behavioi and itsenvii
i Emphasis on the physical envit :nt, both natural and bi
ic-01-.ish
k-21-lsh
PC335 Experimental Social Psycholog*
Prerequisitei I't 28 P( 190
■ i ibo course in the effects i>l du boi ial environmenl on Inn nan behavior,
1 1, 1 1 1, s in, 1 1 1, 1 < pi rception ol persons, attitude formation and i bangt and small
group interaction, Includes experience with sot ial psychology al resean h
mi, ih,', I. May ""I In taken tin crcdii In students who haw i |ili ii ,1 I'i ; III
PCS41 Conditioning and Learning 3c-21-4sh
Prerequisites: PC101,290
l xt nation oi the basic principles "I learning and related phenomena;
discuss f classical condi do g, discrimination learning, and aversive control
ol In li.i\ ior.
PCS I- Human Cognition! Memory .mil Thinking :)c-2l-4sh
Prerequiaitesi PI 101 290
Stud) ol methods and findings in areas «•! huma emory and human
information processing. Students may not receive credit towards die- psychology
tnajoi "i minor fbi both PC342 and PCS 15.
PCS45 Introduction to Human (•ignition li -III- Mi
Prerequisite: PC101
Tins i ,,iii si- is designed to provide an overview of cognitive psychology. The
I nd niii.ii inn Processing Model is , ontrasted with us predecessor, Behaviorism,
and us contemporary challenger, Connecdonism.
PCS50 Physiological Psychology .ft -21- Ish
Prerequisites: PC101,290
Stud) ol the relationship between behavior and the anatomy and physiolog) "I
is system Students ma) not receive credit towards the Psychology
maj tninoi tbi both PC350 and PC356.
PC355 Comparative Psychology Si>01-3sh
Prerequisite: I'll II I
Surve) "I animal behavioi patterns and control mechanisms including learning,
development, commumcadon, and social behavior. Emphasis is hi
relationship of the annual to its environment and on the relationship ol animal
models to human behavior.
PC356Biopsycholog)
Prerequisite: PC101
Study of the relationship between bent
the nervous system
3c-01-3sh
and i\w anatomy and physiology <»l
ic-01-lsh
PC371 Human Motivation
Prerequisite: PC101
study nl how behavior is initiated, sustained, directed, and terminated,
Current theories in this area aie critically reviewed.
PC372 Drugs and Behavioi 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites! PC101 and junioi standing oi permission
Surve) ol the current knowledge concerning die actions of drugs. Ibpicswill
include legal and social issues surrounding drug use. hazard potential of
common!) used drugs, review of current theories and issues regarding the use of
drugs in psychotherapy, and consideration oftreatmenl approaches tor addiction.
PCS74 Sit. ss.in.lt oping k
Prerequisite: PC101
Fundi nod ptsani d disordera.
Relationship d methods for coping widi
n«ed
l.-lll-lsli
PC37S Mass Media and Behavior
Prerequisites! Pt 101 and junioi oi i nioi itatus
ii, I research on tht influena ofthi mass media on human behsvii
Tbpit s mi ludr tin ,ll< i is <.l news and politit i1 ubbi
o] in i : tin ' H. , ta "I rai isl and - isl portrayals; and tht
pornography on aggressivi behavioi (Also oflered as I \i ■
foi duplicate i redit)
PC376 Psychology of Health Behavioi J. -til-M,
Prerequisite: l'( I III
\n c-N.iriuri.it ii ,M "I du t"li "I I" havioi I"' i "is iii In aid i status with a slum.
i ildi behaviors and the roll "I rl" ps\i hologist in promotion "I
health-related behavioral ■ hanges,
PC378 Psycholog) ol Death and living s. -ol-ish
Prerequisite: T( I 0 I
li learch which delineate the psycholo{ ctingtht
on as well as those persons close to one who is dying
PC379 Psychology of Human Sexuality lc-01- tsh
Prerequisite: l'< Mil
Provides an overview "I the psyi hologii al issues and research relevant to
with an emphasis on gender roles. Social, psychological, and gender perspi
.in used to examine a numbei "I topii s, ini luding i ontt mporai tttitudes,
sexual response, sexual relationships, sexual dysfimt ti"" i, sexual
nrc,and sexual violence. Research pertaining to eat li topii ii presented.
Si mil nls an rin ouiaged 1" I ntirallv evaluate research and dieorv and to make
tjonfl benveen the material and their personal expt ' ii
PC.390 Industrial-Organizational Psychology I. -Ill- Ish
Prerequisites: l>( 1101, MA2 14/217
Flu Btudy of psychological principles in work organizations; applit anon ol
psychological theory to the understanding and explanation of individual behavior
and experience in work organizations. Ma\ not he taken for credit by students
who successfully completed PC425. (Formerly P(
PCM 10 Historical Trends in Psychology kill- ish
Prerequisites: PC 101. junior or senior standing orpermis!
< omprehenshre overview of historical antecedents "I contemporary psyi hi
m uh emphasis on their implications for future developments in die field.
PC4 1 1 Psychology of Women 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: PC 101 .junior or senior standing or permission -.1 the instructor
A , ritual examination of the assumptions about ""men which arc held by die
disi ipUne of psychology, considering bodt current research and individual
experience. The psychological effects of socialization on sex role identity,
ai hievement, interpersonal power, mental healdi. and critical incidents in female
development arc- discussed in the context of relevant concepts from
developmental and social psychology.
PC42 1 Psychology of Work 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: PC291
The analysis, measurement, prediction, and development of human aptitude.
ability, and performant e in work and employment situations.
PC425 Experimental Organizational Psycholog) Ic-.'l-Kh
Prerequisite: Twelve credits of psycholog) (including PC290, beyond PC I nil
Introduces the student t" theory, research, and mcdiods in the investigation of
human behavior and experience in organizations. Both i lassies! and current
literature in the field are discussed. In addition to lecture, students will conduct
empirical research projei ts.
PC450 Introduction to Clinical Psychology ic-lll- ish
Prerequisites: PC 101. .5211. 321, and permission of instructor
( hemew ol clinical psychology, with emphasis on clinician's use of mcdi
evaluation and on treatment and modification ofbehavior.
PC480 Honors Seminar in Psycholog) 3c-0l-3sh
A seminar in th< graduate tradition widi a specialized topic. May be taken more
than once to a maximum of (ish.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999
192 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PC481 Special ropics in Psychology vajr-1-Ssb
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
I on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
■ In established curriculum. .A given topic maj be offered
under l to more than three times. Special topics
1 11 1 1 1 1 1 i ed primarily ibi upper-level undergraduate students. May
be taken mor< than once to a maximum oi 6sh.
PI 182 Independent Study in Psychology var-I-3sh
Prerequisite! Prioi approval through advisor, tacult) member, department
i haii pei s< m ■ It an. and Provost's i Mtn ,
Individual studt tits pursue th< ii particulai interests in psychology in consultation
with a membei of the staff Ma) be taken more than once to a maximum ot'6sh.
lemic appropriateness and availability of resoui i es,
PC493 Psychological Practicum var-l-12sh
Prerequisites: P< 101 and department consent
I iuli i supei i ision of psychology department, selected students receive
expt rienct in application of psychological techniques. Mas be taken more than
to a maximum of 12sh.
Philosophy
De})artment of Pliilosophy and
Religious Studies
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
P1I101 Informal Logic: Methods of Critical Thinking Jc-01-Jsh
Designed to develop students1 ability to analyze critically deductive am! lndu< tive
ii In I I persuasion, by examples drawn from media.
textbooks advertising scholarl) works, personal contacts, etc.
PH120 Introduction to Philosophy 3c-0l-3sh
tint the beginning student with philosophical problems and
methods in such areas as metaphysics epistemology, logic, .\nd value theory.
1*11221 S) mbolic Logic 1 3c-0l-3sh
An introduction to funda pts in deductive logic with an emphasis on
teaching students the basis of clear logical thought. Some of the historical origins
of logical 1 1 no iv .iic explored. Students learn i<> symbolize arguments in the truth-
i logi< \\,-\ s of testing arguments tor validity as
well as proofs are covered, with a stressing of application to actual arguments
drawn h tumerous sources in the media, philosophical issues, and moral
problems.
PH222 Ethics ;k-0k'Jsh
Aninvestigal feff rts to rationally justify moral judgment. Deals with
. \\ li.it is ni' irality? An moral notions cultural.
rational divine oi innati in origin? ire the) relative or absolute? Are they freely
ch< sen ordetern II > environment? (lovers a variety of ethical
theories significant both historically mo\ contemporarily and applies those
theories to < urrent issues which involve moral dilemmas.
PH223 Philosophy of Art 3c-0l-3sh
ii of die major problems in the philosophy of art, e.g., the nature
ol beaut) and the aesthetic experience, the ethics and politics of art, creativity, the
nature of the work of art and aesthetic obje< ts, the concept of fine art. and die
i and aesthetic objects.
PH2J2 Philosophical Perspectives on Love, Marriage, and Divorce 3c-0l-3sh
Examines the philosophical foundations of t ontemporary Western institutions
and ideologies ofromantii lovi Considers major positions in both the history of
philosoph) Ji^\ contemporary philosophy. Investigates the concepts, problems,
ami philusopln. alt! al to understanding romantic love, marriage, and
An
PI1281 Special Topics var-1-.Jsh
Prerequisite: Vs appropriate to ( ourse content
:; topics aie offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topi, may he offered
undei an) special topic identity no J e than three times. Special topics
ed !81 an offen d primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
PH321 Symbolic Logic II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite; PH221 oi permission of instructor
i Symbolic Logic I designed to enable students to evaluate
consist) i linen ts. soundness and completeness of
formal systems. Focua |uantincational cah ulus an. I inductive logic.
PHJ2J Political Philosophy Jc-0l-3sh
An inquiry into the philosophical concepts underl) ing the major political theories
Iron i am lent Greece to the modern era. Emphasis will be placed on major authors
and texts to demonstrate a continuum of ideas and their modifications,
replacement, and revival, as well as novel politic al ideas. Possible topics:
commonality: peace; internationalism; sovereignty; nature of the state; law; die
ruler; cosmopolitanism: nationalism; social contract; liberty: obligation; property;
racism; sexism; slavery.
PH324 History of Philosophy I: Ancient and Medieval 3c-0l-3sh
Western philosophy oi pre-Socratic, classical Greek, Roman, and medieval
periods. Special attention given to Plato. Aristotle. Augustine, and Aquinas, as
well as the philosophic schools.
PH325 History of Philosophy II: Renaissance and Modern 3c-0l-3sh
Continuation of PH324, beginning with liftecndi-ceutury Renaissance thought
and ending with the nineteenth-century precursors of contemporary
philosophies.
PH.'J2r> Phenomenology and Existentialism 3c-01-3sh
A study of the phenomenological method as developed by Edmund Husserl and
of the subsequent phenomenological movement as exemplified in the works of
such representative figures as I leidegger. Mcrlcau-I'outv. and Paul Ricoeour and
ol existentialism both as an independent movement of thought and as influenced
by phenomenolog) mh\ exemplified in the works of such representative figures as
Kierkegaard. Jaspers. Marcel. Buber. and Sartre.
PH330 Philosophy of Science 3c-0l-3sh
An investigation into the nature of formal and empirical sciences: Structure of
scientific thoughl and > e -> dependent e upi n dependence of theory; the logical
and metaphysical status of scientific laws and theoretical concepts: rcductionism
in science; the concept of causality; (he logic of explanation; problems in
confirmation theory; science and value. No spe< ial background required.
Recommended (or math and science majors.
PH400 Ethics and Public Policy k-Ol-Jsh
An analysis of the ethical dimension ofpubli< policies. Provides a general
understanding of ethical theories, then focuses on their application to specific
policy issues. Topics will van from semester to semester. Sec current schedule of
classes.
PH405 Justice and Human Rights 3c-0l-3sh
An introduction to theories of justice and an anal) sis of the concept of human
rights winch is central i>- a jus! society and to much moral, political, and legal
dispute. This course will explore relevant major positions in the history of
philosophy, hut its major focus is contemporary ami raises issues such as women's
rights, black rights, animal and environmental i ights, welfare rights, and rights to
life (or death).
PH410 Contemporary Analytic Philosophy 3c-01-3sh
Investigation of twentieth-century Western positions su( h as pragmatism, logical
posith i sin. logical and linguistic analysis.
PH420 Metaphysics Sc-Ol-Ssh
A Study of the nature of reality ill general and of the main cat) g ■ through
which it is understood. The main topic areas ol metaphysics concern: the one and
the many; the relation of thought and being: the problem ol nun ci sals:
nominalism: realism; idealism: the nature of being, substance, essence, space,
time, < ternity, matter, mind: determinism and indetermimsm.
PH421 Theory of Knowledge Sc-01-3sh
Investigation into problems invoked in know ledge a\u\ justification and a
consideration of methods suggested for then resolution. Particulai attention is
paid to issues such as knowledge, justification, certainty, objectivity, perception,
and truth.
PH450 Philosophy of Law .'k-Ol-Ssh
An examination of die nature of law and its relationship to such questions as
moral) tv. obligation, indicia! review, justii e, ngbis. punishment, liberty. The
course combines philosophical theory with consideration ol selected court cases
to develop a philosophical and legal understanding ol Liu and its plai e in society,
PH460 PhUosophy ol Language 3c-0l-3sh
An investigation o I issues in the philosophy of language and related issues in
linguistics (including anthropological linguistics, sociolinguistics, and
psycholinguistics). Topics include, for example, the influence ol language on
perception, rationalist/empiricist perspectives on language acquisition, language
and political control, reference, meaning, and truth.
N A U N I V E R S t T Y OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE: CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS / 93
I'll isi Special Topic* var-l-:i«h
Prerequisite! Ah appropriate I n ten)
Special topics courses i ITered on an expi ntal or temporary ba i to
explo pics that are not included in th< established curriculum. A given topw
may be onVred under any special topii identity m n than thra I Special
topics numbered Is I an primarily '"■ uppei level undergraduate students.
PH4S8 Independent Study vaM-6di
Prerequiattci Prioi approval through advisor, fai ult) member, department
, hairperaon dean, and Provost's* office
Students with intereal in independenl stud) <•! ,i topii nol offered in the
i uitu nli i .iv propose .1 pli fstud) in conjuncl with a Bu ult) member
Approval is baai d on ai ademic appropriateness and availability "I resource*. May
In taken more man once i<> .i maximum ofoah, (This option is available i" both
philosophy majors and i ajors.)
PH488 Independent study: Honors Project 3cMM-5afa
I'n kijii isi its: Prioi approval through advisor, (acuity member, depi eni
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office, I OOGPA, L5sh in Philoaophy, and 3.20
average in departmental i ouraes
Majors in Philosoph) an invited to take 3sh of independenl study designated
Honors Project. 1 pon satisfa* torj i ompletion, graduation with departmental
h i irible
PH493 Internship in Philosophy var-3-osh
Prerequisites: Permiss I the department, junioi 01 senior Pll major or
double major, 2.5 GPA
A supervised experience ol no longei than one semester and no leaa than & i
wi i ks Tins u.'iiU take plat e in eithei .1 public 01 private organization in areas
that 1 ithl 1 extend and develop Ol complement coursework 111 Philosophy. Log
.11 11I/ ajoi papei required. Internships are to be dune with a cle.tr analysis,
argumentation, and examination of governing prim iples.
PS
Political Science
Department of Political Science
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
P8101 World Politics 3c-01-3sh
Analysis ol contemporary (post 1945) state system and forces shaping the world
in which we live. Studenl is given .i framework within which to analyze
contemporary international politics.
PS 1 1 1 American Politics 3c-01-3sh
Introduction to American national government and politics, emphasizing
1 mi .so mi ion. party system, Congress, Presidency, courts, and problems in
national-stall nlaiions. civil rights, foreign policy, ami social and economic
polii it 1
PS250 Public Policy 3c-OI-3sh
Emphasises dynamics ol government as they are evidenced in public opinion.
pressure groups, political parties, and oui governmental institutions; attention
also directed toward the political economical nexus within American so, iety
PS251 State and Local Political Systems 3c-0l-3sh
Institutions ami processes ol state and local governments, with special attention to
Pennsylvania: emphasis on the nature of federalism, state constitutions, and role of
state and local gove entina ban society.
PS280 Comparative Government I: Western Political Systems 3c-0l-3sh
Analyzes Western politii al systems with emphasis upon major contemporary
democrats governments of Europe. Analyzes and compares their political
cultures, political institutions, and political processes.
PS28 1 Special Topics var- 1 -3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are noi included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special topics
numbered '-'SI are offered primarily lor lower-level undergraduate students.
PS282 International Relations 3c-0l-3sh
Provides a conceptual framework lor understanding sovereignty, nationalism.
power, security, dispute settlement, and diplomatic, legal, economic, and military
relations ol nation-states
psjxi \„, ,,„.,,, foreign Policy t.-ol-isl,
tinesfo dation and exei ul of A titioa to
miss ji 1. 0 1 .loops. .11 id pi 1 1 »lu opinion:
. mphssizt 1 onU mponry problems.
PSmr. (iiiuparalin (.on rni.ii ill II: Niin-W. si. i n Political S% stems i, -III Ish
\ii.il. /( s |oi Hon Western political systems with emphasis upon aiithoritarini
and totalitarian syati isystemstM mani
political 1 ultima, political institutions, and
PS 100 Ki s, aich Methods ill Political Sc I, n, , I, -III- ish
Prerequisite: P8101 01 Ml
An examination of the applit ation ol tin s, ientifit approat h 10 tin invettigalinn ol
soi 1.1 1 and poll 1 1< al phenomena. ' lorn entrates on approai Ins. m, thoda, and
computet tools. All politn. il s< ion 1 majors and ininors ^u ttrongh; urged to
I MM, I
PS 1211 International I -aw t< -III- Ish
Prerequisites: PS 1 01 . 2*\. 01 penniaaion ol instrui toi
Stud) ol [In ,1, \, lopin, ul, nature, and loin lion ,,l mli matioiul law. including
recent trend
PS32I International Organizations )<-(il-)sh
Prerequisites: PS101,281,oi pctmiss ,1 instructor
liiijini , into purposes, sum tures, and a, tions ,,l , ontemporan inti i national
l o din, .il organizations, such as United Nations, regional, and rant tional
organizations.
PS346 Political Sociology Ji-01- jsh
Prerequisites: PS1 II. SI II i]
Examines (a) wl itrols the state and state polii v. (b) the role the state plavs in
stabilizing t apitalisin -mA protet ting tin powei ol the upper class. (( ) the political
activities of the middle and upper class, (d) labor, < ivil rights, welfare rights, and
social movements in America. Cross-listed as S0458.
PS350 The Presidency d-nl- Jsh
Examination of tire Office ol President, with attention to coiistiluiion.il
foundations, evolution, structure, powers, and functions; some comparisons
between presidential ami parliamentary systems and between offices of President
and governor.
PS35 1 Legislative Process h -III- fsh
Functional study oflegislative bodies and prot ess of legislation, i Offering
organization oflegislative assemblies, operation ol < rnzunittee system, pr>,, ,
bill drafting, aides, and controls over legislation.
PS353 American Political Parties 3r-OI-3sh
The role of people, parties, and pressure groups in politics of American
democracy; attention to sectional and historical roots of national politics, voting
behavior, pressure group analysis, and campaign activities.
PS354 Metropolitan Problems it -III- ish
Analyzes multiplu ii\ of problems facing our metropolitan areas. Contemporary
developments such as urban renewal, shrinking lax base, fetleral aid I
subsidized mass transit, municipal authorities, And political consolidation are
examined.
PSS55 Intergovernmental Relations k-lll- tsh
Explores characteristics of federal systems of government, with emphasis on
dieories. origins, institutions, problems in intergovernmental relations in die
United States, federal systems m othei nations, and trends.
PS356 Mass Media in American Politii s Sc-OI-.Kh
Variant dieories ol the symbolic relationship between American politics and die
press are examined in the light of the American coloniaJ-nauonal cx]>erience. The
special Constitutional rights green to die media are explored, with particular
attention to radio-TV.
PS358Judicial Process Sc-01-3sh
Prerequisite: PS111
Explores nature and limits of judicial power, courts as policymaking bodies.
selection of judges, decision process, external forces impinging on die courts, and
role of Supreme Court m its relationship with Congress, die Presidency-, and
federalism.
PS359 Constitutional Law and Civil Liberties 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: PS111
Study of civil liberties and civil rights issues dirough leading Supreme Court
decisions: topics treated include First Amendment rights. procedural due process
and die Bill of Rights, and Equal Protection problems in civil rights.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRI PTIONS
PS3oO Classical Political Thought 3c-0l-3sh
Restriction: Not for credit after PH323
The origins and development of Western thought from Plato and Aristotle
through Cicero and Saint Aquinas. The focus is especially on political
participation as a way of life, the unity of political and moral conceptions in
premodern political thought, and the relationship between order and justice.
PS361 Modern Political Thought 3c-0l-3sh
Covers die major representatives of modem political thought since the
Renaissance. Follows the development of the specifically modern notion of die
state and political action through die works of Machiavelli. Hobbes. Locke,
Rousseau, Marx, and Lenin. Emphasis on die "instrumentalist1' state and die idea
of a political science.
PS362 American Political Thought 3c-0l-3sh
Covers a variety of American political ideas from the Puritans through recent
radical and conservative critiques of American liberal democracy. Focus on die
continuing development of die idea of individual rights, die political theory of the
Constitution, and die tension between classical liberalism and popular rule.
PS370 Introduction to Public Administration 3c-0l-3sh
Theories of organization and structural organization, personnel processes,
executive functions, financial administration, die politics of administration, public
relations, and problems of democratic control of bureaucracy.
PS371 Issues in Public Administration 3c-0l-3sh
Intensive study of die role of federal agencies and dieir administrators in
determining and developing public policy. Public administration m practice is
emphasized by utilizing case studies.
PS377 Political Behavior 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: PC 1 0 1 . PS 1 1 1
An interdisciplinary- course which investigates the psychological bases of political
behavior. Cross-listed as PC377.
PS380 Soviet Politics 3c-0l-3sh
Essendal features of Communist part)' and government of die former U.S.S.R.,
including geographical and historical background and ideological and dieoretical
foundations. PS280 should be taken prior to diis course. (Course content is in
revision to reflect changing structure.)
PS382-387 Political Systems 3c-0l-3sh
Intensive, comparative study of the government and politics of a selected region.
Suggested prerequisites: PS280 and/or 285; PS382 Africa; PS383 Asia; PS384
Middle East; PS385 Central and Eastern Europe; PS387 Latin America
PS388 Political-Military Strategy 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: PS281 or PS283 or MS101-102
Deals with national security problems including decision making and budgeting,
levels of strategy, die utility of force, and the impact of die military on American
society.
PS389 Developing Nations 3c-0l-3sh
Suggested prerequisites: PS280 and/or 285
Political characteristics of emerging nations: impact of economic and social
change upon political structure; evolving patterns of political development; and
techniques of nation-building.
PS480 Political Science Seminar 3c-01-3sh
Readings and written assignments on a specific topic determined by die
instructor in charge.
PS481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics dial are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
PS482 Independent Study var-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students widi interest in independent study of a topic not offered in die
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction widi a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
PS493 Polidcal Science Internship var-2-12sh
Prerequisites: 9sh in Polidcal Science widi 2.0 GPA; PS1 1 1; approval of
internship director and chairperson
Practical experience in government and politics. "Log" and research project
required. Course grade determined by die instructor. Maximum of 6sh applied to
minimum in major; maximum of 3sh applied to minimum in minor.
PY
Physics
Department of Physics
College of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics
PY101 Energy and Our Environment 3c-01-3sh
An overview of the areas of energy, transportation, and pollution. These topics are
approached via die relevant concepts of physical science and physics. A
nonlaboratory course for Liberal Studies requirements.
P Y 1 1 1 Physics 1 Lecture 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: Elementary algebra and trigonometry
General college physics; mechanics, wave motion, and sound.
PY1 12 Physics II Lecture 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: PY111
Electricity and magnetism, heat, light, atomic and nuclear physics, and an
elementary introduction to relativity and quantum theory.
PY121 Physics I Lab Oc-31-lsh
Corequisite: PY] 11
Physics laboratory at level of Physics I; exercises in mechanics, wave motion, and
sound.
PY122 Physics II Lab Oc-31-lsh
Corequisite: PY112
Physics laboratory at level of Physics II; exercises in optics, electricity and
magnetism, and radioactivity.
PY 1 3 1 Physics I-C Lecture 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: MAI21, 123. or 127, at least concurrendy
A calculus-based course in general college physics; topics covered are similar to
those covered in Physics 1 1 1 but are treated in more depth through the use of
calculus.
PY132 Physics II-C Lecture 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: MA 122, 124, or 128, at least concurrendy
Continuation of Physics I-C; topics covered are simdar to diose covered in
Physics II but are treated in more depdi dirough die use of the calculus.
PY 14 1 Physics I-C Lab
Corequisite: PY131
Physics laboratory at same level as Physics I-C;
motion, and sound.
PY142 Physics II-C Lab Oc-31-lsh
Corequisite: PY132
Physics laboratory at same level as Physit
magnetism, and radioactivity.
PY 1 5 1 Medical Physics Lecture 3c-01-3sh
Development of concepts and principles of physics with a strong emphasis as to
dieir use and application in medical and odier biophysical areas.
PY161 Medical Physics Lab 0c-3!-lsh
Corequisite: PY151
Experiments dealing with applications of physical principles to die field of
medicine. Practical experience widi use of electronic equipment, chart recorders,
etc., of type found in modern-day medicine will be introduced.
PY222 Mechanics I 2c-01-2sh
Prerequisites: PYI11 or 131; MA122, 124, or 128
Dynamics of a particle in one, two, and diree dimensions, central forces including
planetary and satellite motion, energy in particle dynamics, statics, and systems of
particles.
PY223 Mechanics II 2c-01-2sh
Prerequisites: PY222, MA241
Mechanics of a rigid body, constraints, oscillations, wave motion, introduction to
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulation and relativisdc mechanics.
II-C; exercises in optics, electricity and
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
195
PY831 Elecl id l<-.tl-Mi
Prerequisites! PY112orl32 M 1122, l24,oi 128
i ii I,, ,,ii hin. i listen •- . 1 1 • < 1 1 1 < i ■ < v responx input and outpul
impedance, Ii i dbai k ami elei i i »e. < Iperational smplifiers and digital
PY242 Optics
Prerequisites! I"i 1 12 oi l 12; MA122, 124 oi 128
I opuca and physical opdea; including interference, diffi
polarisation. Quantum optica is introdui ed.
3c-0l-3ah
r-l-.tsh
PYS81 Special Topics
Prerequisite! Is appropriate i" i ourae content
Special topii ■ are offered on an experimental oi temporary basis to explore topii I
ili.it are not in< luded in tlie established < nun ulum. A given topic ma) be nil' n d
under any special topii identity! : than three times. Spi cial i"|n. ^
I 'si are off< red primaril) foi lower-level undergraduate students.
PY299 Cooperative Education] var-l-.ish
Prerequiaiteai PV 132; i ompleti fdtirty credits with a minimi f2.0GPA
.mil approval of the cooperative educal coordinatoi
llns progi blends classroom theor) with practical application through job
related experience. Students will work in positions ofiered b\ the participating
industrial oi bedi ral state unik itud) program employers under joint supervision
nl the Physics fai ult) and the on-site supervisor. A co-op student must be a full-
time universit) student in v.,,i,«l •" ademic standing and be planning t" return i"
campus t*u completion of his/her degree program. Evaluation requirements ma)
mi hull on-site * isitations by the faculty/! oordinator, i onsultation with the on site
and i 1 1 1. 1 |i it progress report by the student nr the preseniat i fs
detailed oral report before tin departmental cooperative education niiiitniitcf.
F\ 122 Electricity and Magnetism I 2c-01-2afa
Prerequisite: PY222
Ik. troatati( potential theory, dielectrics, dipole theory, magnetostatics, Maxwell
equations l"t stadi fields, and Legendre'i polynomials .mil other approximation
methods.
PY323 Electricity and Magnetism 11 2c-0T-2sh
Prerequisite: I i
Time-dependent form "I Maxwell equations, elo t gnetic induction, vector
potential, magnetism, radiation fields, and Poynting vector.
PY33 1 M«>dern Physics .(e-Ol-.Jsh
Prerequisites: l'Yl 12 or 132; MA122, 124. or 128
Introduction to particle and wave properties "I matter, atomit strm ture, relativity
solid state ami nucleai | >t ix sics.
PY3 12 Thermal and Statistical Physics 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: I'M 12.., 132; MA122, 124, 01 12s
rhermometry, laws nl thermod) namics, low-temperature physics, entropy,
-I ideal gas, and an introduction to statistical mechanics.
I'Y 350 Intermediate Experimental Physics I
Prerequisites: PY242 and 331
Required fundamental experiments in an ■- ol mi t hi
physics, and licit.
PY351 Intermediate Experimental Physics II
Prerequisite: PY350
Increasingly sophistii ated experiments in essenual ai
computers and the Van de Graaffare available.
0c-til-3sh
cs, optics, modem
0c-61-3sh
s of physics. Dinnal
0c-61-3sh
PY352 Applied Physics Laboratory
Prerequisites: PY231, 155, oi permission "t ni^nu. toi
In ilils laboratory tin student is introduced to much of the fundamental
equipment used in industry. Tin student is trained in die operation and proper
use nl tins equipment through a series of experiments that teach him/her signal
detection .mu\ analysis including data acquisition by computer. The student will
instructio the proper methods to be used fbi various oral and written
presentations.
PY353 Solid State Electronics laboratory tic -nl- (si,
Prerequisite: PYS52 ..t permission ol instructor
in tins, laboratory die student will encounter a number of areas of current interest
in semiconductoi technology. The student will perform experiments and learn
skills m such .mas .is devict process simulation, device simulation, measurements
ol semiconductoi materials, and measurement of den ice parameters. Tlie student
M ill also he instructed in the proper presentation of written and oral reports.
n iv, ( ampul! i I fa ing 2, -21- Mi
Pn i..|nisii, iCOl in
tins i out '
computet to its physical surroundings rhe students will learn hov
.n.l i in icy will learn how to use digital lo
i ■ and analog to dinn.il i onvcraion
techniques. They will also us! agnrpl Isofiwan isUbVIEVV)
to design tools, to learn ho*
to analyze data. (Offered as P^ 150 ' omputci App
>rii prioi io 1997-98)
l"i 199 Cooperalivi Education II >ar-l-l»h
Prerequisite s: r . [99 PY350; lils with a minimum ol
In. .limn i oordinatoi
\ s. . ..ml . i mi s. ii |m i.ilm i dm alum In. Inilrs instrue lion thai hi ii Ills upon
in is in collegi b) bining and correlating them widi li anting
experiences at thi training tation to I the student's car ition
i. ijiim in. ms iii.o no lude on-site visitations bj the fai ult)
. onsultation with the on-siti supi rvisor, and a majot progress report by the
[ml. in oi tin i"' ' nl tN * ' di i.iilcd "ij I report before the departmental
1 1, rativc ' 'I"1 .iiu "i ' ommiltee. No more than ish of PY299, 1' » I - I
l"i 19 I ) be used in fulfilling physics major t mus, requirements.
PY432 Advanced Electl .s 2<-ll-fsh
Prerequisilc: R 2 1 1
Digital measurement, switi hing cin uits, logii i in '"<-. i ounting t oding, inpui
ami output, AD ami DA converters, computi
l'\ 172 Nuchal Plosl.s l,-lll-lsh
Prerequisite: PY331
Surve) "I nuclear physics, inn liar size, nuclear mass, reac Bon theory, lv|ies of
radical tivi 'I" ay, nu< leu models, nuclear Imccs. and elementary particles.
PY 473 Quantum Mechanics I li -nl- 1st
Prerequisites: Pi 222 and i i I
Quantum mechanics following methods of SclutxlingeT and Heisenberg; the
theory is applied to properties of harmonii oscillator, hydrogen atom, electron in
a magnetic field, and radio.ii tnc decay "f alpha partu les.
PY475 Physics of Semiconductor Devices I >< -01- Ish
Prerequisites: PY231, 242, 342, or permission of instructor
Develops the basic foundation tor a stud) ol the theory of semiconductors
Elementary quantum concepts, the band theory ol solids, electrical propt i
solids, effective m.iss theory, and principles ofsemicondut tor devices are
iIlM Ussi .1
PY47ri Physics of Semiconductor Devices II i. -nl- Ish
Prerequisite: PY475 or permission ofinstn
Discusses tin ph\ mi s and operation of a number of discrete devices including:
bipolar transistors. Ml >S1 KTS. |FETS, < • < IDs, various diode technologies,
photovoltaic and photocouductive devit es, solid-state lasers, and liulii-cmitung
diodes.
PY480 Seminar var-Ish
Speakers from within and outside die university conduct a seminar on a weekly or
biweekly hasis on ctiflEerent topics of interest in the physics community.
PY48 1 Special Topics in Pbj sics var- 1 -3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Varies from semester to semester and covers diverse topics in sjiecific areas of
physics. This I nurse number is also used to ofler courses under development.
PY 4N2 Independent Study in Physics var-l-6sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, deparunent
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study ofa topic not ofiered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availabilit) of res
Work is supervised 1>\ a Physics faculty member but does not necessarily involve
regular lecture or laboratory hours.
PY490 Solid State Plivsus 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: PY22:> and 331
Reciprocal lattice, en stal structure, die quantization of fields lo produce quasi-
particles such as phonons, magnons, ex. itons. Fenui gas of electrons, energy
hands, semiconductoi crystals, and photoconductivity.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PY493 Internship in Physics var-l-3sh
Prerequisites: PY350; completion of ninety credits with a minimum of 2.5 GPA
and approval of die internship education coordinator
Supervised professional work-expenencc in physics and applied physics.
Location, duties, internship, and hours are individually tailored to the student's
career goals. A maximum of 3sh of internship in the student's major may be
applied toward die physics major area elective requirements. Additional
internship credit must he used as free electives. Evaluation requirements include
on-site visitations by die faculty/coordinator, consultation widi the on-site
supervisor, and a major progress report by die student or die presentation ol a
detailed oral report before the departmental internship education committee.
r Quantitative/Business
Department of Management
Information Systems and Decision
Sciences
Eberly College of Business
Note: All courses at die 300 and 400 level are open only to students widi junior
or senior standing. All students, regardless of major or program affiliation, must
meet course prerequisite requirements in order to enroll for a given course.
QB2 1 5 Business Statistics 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: MA121. 214
Expands upon die probabilistic concepts developed in MA214 to orient die
student toward managerial decision making using quantitative mediodologies.
Topics covered include classical regression analysis, forecasting, Bayesian
decision dieory. linear programming, and simulation.
QB281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics diat are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more dian diree times. Special
topics numbered 281 are primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
QB380 Introduction to Management Science 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: QB215
Discussion and application of mathematical models used in managerial decision
making. Linear programming, Markov processes, queuing dieory, EOQ models,
and simulation techniques are among the topics covered.
QB401 Forecasting Methods for Business 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: QB215
This course is designed to train die students to understand die nature of
forecasting problems and die techniques of forecasting methods and their
business applications. Computer statistical packages are incorporated into die
course so that forecasting mediods and models can be applied to real-world
problems, and the relationships diat exist between variables can be examined.
QB481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics dial are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more dian diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
var-l-3sh
faculty member, deparUnent
QB482 Independent Study
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirough ad
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students widi interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction widi a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
Rehabilitation
Department of Special Education and
Clinical Services
College of Education
RH200 Introduction to Rehabilitation 3c-01-3sh
A foundation for subsequent courses in die rehabilitation sequence. It is also
available as a prerequisite or basic course for students interested in die
rehabilitation of individuals in our society. Content includes die philosophy,
history, major concepts, and current problems and issues.
RH2II Medical Aspects of Rehabilitation 3c-0l-3sh
Provides an overview of the etiology and pathology of a range of medical
disorders which often require rehabilitaUve services. Emphasis is placed upon die
psychosocial and functional effects of diese disorders, vocational implications,
and rehabilitative needs.
RH220 Neurological Basis of Disability 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EX1 1 1. RH200, B1155 or HP221
Study of die brain and spinal cord with emphasis on cortical and subcortical
mechanisms instrumental in normal motion, coordination, and bodily sensation,
exclusive of vision and hearing. Discussion and demonstration of conditions of
cerebral palsy, poliomyelitis, traumatic paraplegics, cerebrovascular accident,
Parkinson's disease, multiple sclerosis, and rehabilitative procedures.
RH281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
RH3 1 2 Psychological Basis of Disability 3c-01-3sh
Study of emotional and social responses which govern behavior and relationships
of handicapped individuals and rehabilitation workers alike, with emphasis on die
role of disability in formation of the concept of human wordi.
RH32 1 Principles and Methods of Rehabilitation 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: RH220, 312. and permission of instructor
Delineates die roles of members of professional disciplines of medicine,
psychology, prosthetics, orthodontics, audiology, speech pathology, physical and
occupational therapy in restoration of the handicapped; use of diagnostic
information; significance and interpretation of medical examination; role of
rehabilitation counselor in die agency.
RH322 Rehabilitation Case Study and Interpretation 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: RH220, 312, or permission of instructor
Purpose and techniques of case history taking; meaning and evaluation of
diagnostic information; psychological evaluation in terms of mental abdity.
personality, attitudes, and dexterity skills; role of disabled individual's family in
planning of services; referrals and report writing.
RH360 Rehabilitation Counseling: Strategies 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: Permission, Rehabilitation majors only
Designed to help students develop competencies in using various counseling
techniques with handicapped persons. Various dieories of counseling will be
explored relative to the rehabilitation setting. It will provide basic counseling
skills to upperclass Rehabilitation majors prior to field training.
RH4 1 0 Vocational Assessment in Re ha hi li I ai ion Counseling 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: EX 111, RH220, or faculty permission
Provides students widi an overview of vocational assessment techniques and
instruments for use widi rehabilitation clients who are blind, deaf, mentally
retarded, or severely physically handicapped. Includes discussion of rehabilitation
evaluation.
RH4 1 2 Occupational Aspects of Rehabilitation 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: RH220 or permission of instructor
The realism of die world of work and relationship of gainful employment to
human autonomy and decision making. Types of jobs, levels of required skills,
potential capabilities of the disabled relative to specific job responsibilities,
methods of assessing potential job success, and sheltered workshops.
RH422 Current Topics in Rehabilitation 3c-01-3sh
Taken concurrendy with RH488 and 493
Discussion of current topics of interest in die field, such as state and federal
legislation, new prosdietic advances, proposals of the National Rehabilitation
Association, or recent techniques in working with specific disabilities.
RH460 Advanced Rehabilitation Counseling 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: RH360
Selected counseling techniques studied and practiced under supervision.
Application will be utilized in roles diat will approximate die kind ol clients
encountered in field training.
RH48 1 Special Topics var- 1 -3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics diat are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 197
KIIIH2 Independent Study var-l-3»h
Prerequisite: Prioi approval through advisor, far ulty member, department
, hairpi raon, di an, ■""l Provost ■ I Iffii t
Studenta with interest in independent itudy ..I .1 i<>i>k not ofli n d in thi
, inn, 11I ma) propoai .1 plan "I itud) in conjunt don with .1 fai u\i\ membei
Aliiuov.il is baaed ademic appropriateneu .mil availabilitj ofn
Kit is 1 Directed Rehabilitation Activities var-3nh
Prerequisites! iv u Rehabilitation majors only
i',, i>< Id training 1 xperience working with handicapped 1 lienta in I I fat ilitie*.
1 1 rii' .v| H inin ewill help the atudanti integrate claaaroom instruct with
held oc| m 1
KII-INH Field Training in Rehabilitation 1 var-«sh
I'icicqilisilc: All majol I set in pmgi
Emphaaicea development of the student rehabUitadon coordinatoi by working
with disabled clients in .1 public or private agency. Writing and anah m ut i »i
reports, counseling ol 1 tients, understanding ol agenc) responsibilities and
limitations, referral, follow up, and final evaluation of the client's ability In
function with various degrees of autonomy. Taken concurrently with RH49S anil
Kill "
KM I'll Field Training in Rehabilitation II var-hsh
Prerequisite: All majoi < sen m program
Pro> idea .1 second field experience. 'Taken concurrently with Ml I INS and Kl 1422.
RP
Regional Planning
Department ol'Get)graplty and
Regional Planning;
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
RP2 1 I ( autography I 3c-0T-3sh
mtroducea students to principles of thematic map construction. Emphasis is on
(lie techniquefl ofchoropleth mapping and die production of scientific graphs and
charts. (Also offered .is GE21 I; may not be taken for duplicate credit)
RP28 1 Special Topics 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not Included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special topics
numbered 2N1 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students. (May
ilsa be offered as GE281; may not he taken as duplicate credit under same title)
RP3 13 Cartography II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: RP213
( lives .hi understanding of the compilation and use of maps and quantitative data.
Dl velops skills essential to the construction of various types of maps. (Also
offered as GE313; may not be taken for duplicate credit)
RP3 1 4 Map and Photograph I ntcrprctation 3c-01-3sh
Maps -mil .in photographs, along with remote sensing materials, permit inventory
and analysis ol geologic, land use. urban development, and odier landscape
phenomena. The understanding of these materials and associated toots for their
use is presented. (Also offered as GE314; may not be taken for duplicate credit)
RP316 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems 3c-Ul-3sh
Prerequisite: RP2 l-i. or equivalent, or permission of instructor
Automated methods tor creating, maintaining, and analysing spatial data are
presented. Topics include 1) specialized CIS hardware and software, 2) vector vs.
raster vs. object-oriented spatial data structures. 3) creation and manipulation of
geographic data tiles. 4) data base design and management concepts. 5) spatial
analysis, and (i) cartographic design. (Also offered as GE316: may not be taken
tor duplicate t redit)
RP332 Urban Geography 3c-0l-3sh
Basic concepts ol urban geography including site, situation, function, urban land
use. urban Structure, and urban hierarchy are introduced. Relationships between
urban geography and urban planning are explored. (Also offered as GE332; may
UOl be taken fol duplicate credit)
RP333 Trade and Transportation 3c-01-3sh
Deals w nil iln spatial aspects ol transportation svstetlls and their use. Circulation.
accessibility, time and distance concepts. and trade patterns are discussed, | Ms..
offered as GE333; may not be taken for duplicate credit)
RF350 IntMiflii. ln.li 10 Claiming (< -III- Ish
[ntrodui don to tin profi afion and .>< tivit) ol i onti m and
regional planning. Coum ■ -.nrrol. design, gnrwdi
,.i .iii.l devt lopmi ind institutional ;
planning practice an covered as weD (Offered i f-i 160, ratroductiot] to
I'laniiingpiio, to 1996 07)
KP392 Planning Methods t. -Ill-lsli
Research arytical design, and plan-malring techniques in urban and regional
pbuuiing. Examine* basil in ma m ■ i itat ■ to pn pare urban and regional
i pn In nsivr plans. I Ms. . ..lb redaaGl ;".^: may not be taken ford
16 1: Planning: Basil Studies and Analysis prior to
97)
RP354 Planning Design St -111- isb
Prerequisite: RP350
Pn ■ ni ' "m. rpts ol city, subdivision, and transportation di sign in relation to
topography, natural resouro physical dements. (Offered as Gl
Planning: Design prioi to 9
RP4 1 2 Research Seminar )< -III- tsh
Prerequisite: RP468
This senior set ai and workshop is a capstone i oursc that t... uses on recent
research in the majoi field. Students cairv OUl a research projet i on a l-.pii ..I
local or regional importance. (Also offered as < .1 £412; may not be taken for
i lupin ,ite credit) (< tffered as GES12: Research in Geographical Pbuuiing prior to
L996-97)
RP415 Remote Sensing li-Hl- ish
Deals with air photographs, satellite imagery, thermal sensing, and radar m>
and then application to deriving information about the earth's phvsu a) and
cultural l.i i n I s( apes. (Also offered as GE4I5: niav not be taken lor duplicate
credit)
RP4 17 Technical Issues in GIS tc-OI-Jsh
Prerequisite: RP3 16
A project-based class in which students learn the skills to develop and maintain a
Geographic Information System. Througl perativi learning students will
design and implement tun. in m.tl systems. Methods lor designing I -IS s\ stems to
user specification, data collection, data input, project management, and system
tloi.iiincnl.it i re ( overed. (Also offered as GE417: may not be taken for
duplicate credit)
RP458 Land Use Law »c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: RP350
Introduces students to principles of land use law. The course focus is on federal
(.institutional principles and kev Supreme Court cases, especially as they relate to
us of local units of government and municipal planning practice. Tlie course
deals with die present state of land use law and widi current trends and issues.
RP464 Land Use Policy )c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: RP350
Introduces students t<> and provides an overview of land use issues at the
regional, state, and federal levels. Emphasis is placed upon die evolution of
contemporary policy strategics, (..institutional issues, and regional controversies
involved in die regulation of metropolitan growth, central citv decline, and
management of public lands. (Also offered as GE4(i4: niav not be taken for
diiplu. He credit)
RP468 Planning Theory .k-ol-:ish
Prerequisites: RP350. 352. 354. or permission ofinstructol
Seminar on contemporary debates concerning planning traditions, principles, and
practices. The activity of planning is investigated from several dieoretical frames
and analytic positions. (Offered as GE462: Planning: Development Principles.
.wni Theory prior to 1996-97)
RP481 Special Topics 3c-OI-3sb
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in die cstabbsbed curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic idenutv no more than diree times. Special
topics numbered 4S1 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students. (Mav
also be offered as GE481; niav not be taken for duplicate credit under same tide)
RP482 Independent Study var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirough advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in die
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based oi\ academic appropriateness and availability of r
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRI PTIONS
RP493 Internship var- 1 - 1 2sh
Professional learning experience with emphasis on application of academic
background. Open to majors ami minora in regional planning with a total of 57
semester hours and 15 hours in the major. Sec internship supervisor for
additional information.
RS
Religious Studies
Department of Philosophy and
Religious Studies
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
RSI 00 Introduction to Religion 3c-0l-3sh
An introduction to the academic study of religion through an examination of
various dimensions of religious expression and traditions. The course will cover
such areas as problems about definition of religion; approaches to the study of
religion; the goals, language, and rituals of religion: cases of religious experience;
faith, disbelief, and alternatives to religion; religion and die sociocultural context.
RS 1 1 0 World Religions 3c-0l-3sh
A comparative study of the history, teaching, and rituals of die major religions of
the world and their influence on contemporary society. A nonsectarian approach
to religions such as Native American religion, Afro- American religion. Judaism,
Christianity, and Islam in relationship to Hinduism. Buddhism. Confucianism,
Taoism, and Shinto.
RS200 Religion and Culture: Their Interaction 3c-0l-3sh
A systematic study of die interaction of religions and various components of
culture, as a way of understanding the phenomenon of religion. The approach is
functional and descriptive; it uses case studies which are chronologically and
culturally diverse, covering such areas as religion and politics, economics, arts,
science, and literature.
RS210 World Scriptures 3c-0l-3sh
Major sacred writings of Hindu. Buddhist, Zoroastrian. Moslem, Confucian,
Taoist. and Judeo-Christian traditions will be studied from point of view of dieir
religious significance.
RS250 Understanding the Bible 3c-0l-3sh
An introduction to scholarly methods and major themes necessary to understand
die Hebrew Scriptures and the New Testaments of the Judeo-Christian tradition.
RS260 American Religious Development 3c-0l-3sh
A survey and analysis of topics which depict die role of religion in the U.S., e.g.,
American Indian religion: religion and die discovery/co Ionization/ immigration
trends of the U.S.; religion and the Constitution; indigenous religious
movements: black religion; ecumenism: atheism: cults: mass media and religion;
religion in Indiana Count)'.
RS281 Special Topics var-I-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more dian three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
RS290 Christianity 3c-0l-3sh
A study of the beliefs, practices, significant persons, history, and cultural impact of
Christianity.
RS3 1 1 Eastern Philosophy 3c-0l-3sh
An examination and critique of die philosophies which have shaped Eastern
world views and ways of life as found in a representative sampling of Chinese.
Japanese, and Indian diought.
RS3 1 2 Archaeology and the Ruble 3c-01-3sh
An investigation of religious-historical traditions of die Bible in light of
archaeological research. Will include study of archaeological method and
interpretation, discoveries in Egypt, Mesopotamia, and Syro-Palestine as
background for understanding the traditions and religious practices and befiefs of
Israel, and special questions surrounding die Patriarchal narratives, the Exodus
and Conquest, Israel under David and Solomon, the Dead Sea Scrolls, and New
Testament times.
RS329 Philosophy of Religion 3c-01-3sh
This course is a philosophical critical examination of religion to include: die
nature of religion: religious argumentation; existence and nature of God; meaning
and relation of faith and knowledge: dieories of origin or religion. (Offered as
PH329 prior to 1995-96)
RS360 African Religions 3c-01-3sh
An examination of the nature of African traditional religion and how traditional
religion. Islam, and Christianity coexist and influence each other.
RS365 Native North American Religions 3c-0l-3sh
An introduction to the indigenous religions of North America and to die peoples
who practice diese rich and varied approaches to die sacred. This course not only
examines major religious diemes and dimensions (myth, ritual, ethics, etc.) but
includes a historical perspective on North American Indian lifewavs. This
perspective involves discussion of die clash with Euro-American values and
contemporary native religious responses to social crisis and change.
RS370 Religions of China and Japan 3c-0l-3sh
A study of Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism. Shinto, and popular religion in
China and Japan, including historical and theological foundations, development
of diought. contemporary expressions, and encounters with die modern world.
RS375 Religions of India 3c-0l-3sh
A study of Hinduism. Indian Buddhism. Jainism. and Sikhism. including
historical and theological foundations, development of thought, contemporary
expressions, and encounters widi die modern world.
RS380 Islam 3c-0l-3sh
A study of Islam including historical and dieological foundations, developments
of diought, contemporary expressions, and encounters with die modem world.
RS4 1 0 Early Christian Thought 3c-0l-3sh
The development of Christian diought approached dirough an in-depdi study of
selected writings from the early Church Fadiers to the Protestant Reformers.
RS440 Modern Christian Thought 3c-0l-3sh
An examination of Christian thought, approached dirough in-depdi study of
selected writings from major theologians of the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries.
RS48 1 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
diat are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special topics
numbered 481 are offered primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
RS482 Independent Study var- 1 -6sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirough advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Individual students wishing to pursue religious studies interests not covered in
die department's regular offering may do so by approval. Upon approval students
are guaranteed at least five hours of faculty time per credit. All programs of study
must be accepted by die department as a whole. May be taken more dian once to
maximum of 6sh. (This option is available to bodi Religious Studies majors and
nonmajors.)
RS482 Independent Study: Honors 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: 3.00 GPA, 15sh in Religious Studies, and 3.20 average in
departmental courses
Majors in Religious Studies are invited to take 3sh of independent study-
designated Honors Project. Upon satisfactory completion, graduation widi
departmental honors is possible.
RS493 Internship in Religious Studies 6-12sh
Prerequisites: Junior or senior: Religious Studies major or double major; 2.5
GPA in major; department approval
Supervised experience in a public or private organization which extends and
complements coursework in Religious Studies.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 1 99
RT
Respiratory Care
Department of Nursing and Allied
I [ealth Professions
( lollege nl I lealth and 1 luman
Services
mini Tl» Profcuion "I Respiratory Cut Ic-OMfli
I „i ,,„ |, i, ct I 1 1, iludenl to the health can environment and specifically the
i. I umi i ,in profession, Students will visit ,i hospital respiratory i an
department and obsi rvi basil respirator) | ml i are proi i dures,
RT326 Respiratory Can- Clinical Practice I var-Ssh
First exposure i" patienl can Introduction and practice of basil respirator) can
treaonei idalities receive emphasis,
RT327 Pharmacology Sc-OMa*
Introduction to phi ai olog) and therapeutics, Emphasis placed on the drugs
used III rcsplralon i .Hi Ding ' l.lssificllloll. ,ii In hi. usage. il.is.ip-. .Mill .IV.Illlllillltv
will be discussed
It I l.'s Introduction to Respiratory Care U-llI- Kh
[bpii s mi linli' medical terminology and an overview ol i ellulaj structure and
fill i Emphasis la placed on neurophysiology, respiratory anal \. and
RT329 Respiratory Care Equipment 4c-0l-4sh
Introduction to respiraton therapy equipment, related pniii-dincs ami principles.
i. ' kniques and theory of mechanical ventilation, Special emphasis will be given to
oxygen delivery systems and the rationale for their use.
RX330 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation 2c-01-2sh
Comprehensive analysis of the principles and practices of numerous methods ol
resuscitation.
RT333 Respiratory Care Clinical Practice II var-tsh
lii ..1 1 1 H in procedures introduced miCIiiih.iI I are continued with greater
emphasis on independence. Specialty rotations arc added to broaden exposure to
il - .in and critical care.
RT33 I Respiratory Care Instrumentation and Application 4c-0l-4sh
Provides students with a comprehensive knowledge ol mechanical ventilation
l hi , .in of critically ill and physiologic i onsequences of mechanical ventilation
will be discussed.
RT335 Nursing Arts 3c-01-3sh
An overview of the history of respiratory cue and nursing. Topics include
medical records, infection control, sterilization, and psychosocial aspects nl
illness,
KT336 Cardiopulmonary K.valuatinn and Clinical Correlation 4c-0Msh
Disease states of the pulmonary and related systems are investigated in
on From etiology through Ireatiuenl ami prognosis.
RT337 Introduction to Pulmonary Function Studies lc-Ol-lsh
The student is introduced to the basic prim iples ol lung volumes, capacities, and
their measurement. Blood u.is sampling and electrodes are also explored.
RT342 Preceptorship in Respiratory Care 1 c-lll- 1 sh
Prerequisites: RT326, S28, 329, 330, permission
\n opportunity- For students to gain additional cluneal experiences in a supervised
health care setting. Must meet university and sponsoring preceptorship
requirements. May be repeated Fora maximum offive credits. A minimum of 40
hours is required for each credit.
RT425 Clinical Case Studies 3c-01-3sh
Designed to increase the winking knowledge of disease stales commonly
experienced by patients in the critical care setting. Emphasis is placed on
recognition and treatment ..I \. ii ions disease states. Methods for evaluation and
treatment ol clinical oxygenation disturbances and acid-base disorders will he
explored. Clinical simulations, case studies, and patient management problems
reviewed and discussed. Emphasis is on appropriate mfbimation-gathering and
decision-making techniques.
RT426 Respiratory Care Clinical Practice III var-5sh
Respiratory care treatment procedures arc continued vvidl emphasis on improving
iii ) and refining skills. Students will make rounds with physicians.
Ill 128 Iss. nti.ils of Elect renography Io4hV2al
d to acquaint thi Miiil.iiiuiihh.isn principles in cardial di
diagnoatii i. Topics include thi techniqw of El Cti ting and Fundam Mala of
i . i rrhythmi nition.
RT429 Dcmgn and Function of s Respiratory I an Prooasi tc-4H4A
Basil maii.igi mm nt print ipli i as tin ) apply to (hi hospita] fettmgi in pani
,, ipiratoiy < an rJepai nla and « hools will he di* ussed.
Kl ISO Ptdmonary Function Stadiea i.-ol-ish
Prerequisite! RT337
udt in I-- thi idvi I diagnoatii tudii
necessary lor diagnosing and quantifying
advances In Invasive studies and n habilitation - valuation tools
Rl 1(1 Pediatric Respiratory ( an I .-III- Ish
Prerequisites: I: I
The application of respiratory t ." hildn n .ig> s si* months to fifteen ■••
explored. Cardiopul nary pathophysiolog) and treatment for the following
Ii . il. i ., discussed: Croup, Epiglottitis, Asthma, Cyatit Fibrosis^ longenital
1 1, in I ,'. |i , i \!, il.Miiui.il ..ml t hesl Will i I
RT433 Respiratory Care Clinical Practice IV
Rotations on treatment and intensive respiratory i
rotations are included.
»j|-"is||
- are continued. A-i
RT434 Neonatal Respiratory Care 3c-0l-3*h
Basic terminology, anal \. and pathophysiolog) ol obsteni . fetal, neonatal .and
|n di. Mm patients w ill be presented.
RT43S Respiratory Care Teaching
An introduction to respiratory edui ation.
2i-lil-Jsh
RT437 Methods in Critical Care 2c-Ol-2sh
Critical Can diagnostii and therapeutic modalities |>ertincnt to respiratory care
will he discussed. Topics include invasive and noninvasive cardial monitoring,
pulmonary monitoring, neurological assessment, ventilator commitment, and
discontinuance.
Kills Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation 1 c-01- 1 sh
Techniques ami principles associated with i ardiopulmonary rehabilitation
programs are surveyed. Topics also include the management <>( chronic
pulmonary disease m the home and the application of respiratory equipment and
mechanical ventilators in this setting.
RT48 1 Special Topics var-1-lsh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temjiorarv I
explore topics that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more dian three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
SA
Safety Sciences
Department of Safety Sciences
College of Health and Human
Services
SA101 Introduction to Occupational Safety and Health 3c-0l-3sh
Covers the dieorv and history of occupational hazard control, effects of hazards
ami failures on organizational control and productivity, safety and health
legislation, and accident causation. The course also previews aspi
recognizing, evaluating, and understanding control of safetvand healdi hazards.
acquiring hazard data, and the use nf'hazard analytical tools. Communication
techniques in safety ami health management are stressed, along with the
development of safety and healdi programs.
SA 1 02 Introduction to Mine Safety and Health 3c-0l-3sh
Designed to provide die student widi an in-depth background of die problems
g mine safety. A historical approach to coal and mineral mining is
reviewed; legislative influences such as die Federal Coal Mine Healdi am' S
Act. the Metal and Nomnctal Mine Health and Safety Act. and the Occupational
Safety and Health Ait are discussed in depth; mining techniques, methods, and
s\ stems are discussed. Management of mine health and safety programs is
presented. Federally mandated training of employees is covered. [Offered
occasionally]
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
SAl 1 1 Principles of Industrial Safety I 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SAl 01
Stresses an understanding of the complexity of the industrial hazard control
problem by thoroughly examining elements of safety and health enumerated in
the OSHA promulgated standards and various consensus standards. Emphasis
directed at plant layout and design, powered industrial vehicles, boilers and
unnred pressure vessels, machine guarding, robotics safety, and an introduction to
industrial processes.
SA2 1 0 Environmental Safety and Health Regulations 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: CH102. SA101. or permission of instructor
This course offers die student a practical approach to die understanding of, and
compliance with, die various environmental regulations Uiat impact on business.
A thorough discussion of die definitions, categories, and evaluation of hazardous
materials is included. Environmental laws covered include die Clean Water Act,
die Clean Air Act, die Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, die Compensation and Liability Act,
the Occupational Safety and Healdi Act, and other related laws.
SA2I 1 Principles of Industrial Safety II 3c-3l-4sh
Prerequisite: SAl 1 1
Stresses an understanding of die complexity of the industrial hazard control
problem by thoroughly examining elements of safety and health enumerated in
the OSHA promulgated standards and various consensus standards. Emphasis is
placed on personal protective equipment, welding and cutting, walking and
working surfaces, materials handling and storage, electrical safe work practices,
and construction safety. Application of hazard control strategies is accomplished
in laboratory sessions.
SA231 Principles of Mine Safety I 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SAl 02
Focuses on the various aspects of mining operations such as slope and shaft
development: mine design; ground control; hoisting; man-trips; haulage; mining
equipment; mine emergency planning and procedures; mine communications and
maintenance. [Offered occasionally]
SA232 Principles of Mine Safety II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SAl 02
Covers surface mining operations such as slope stability, equipment, ground
water, and control. Mine-related processing operations are discussed. Provides an
in-depth study of the various controls of electrical hazards and ignition sources
such as permissible equipment and electrical distribution systems. The uses of
explosives and blasting practices, handling, storing, and transportation widi
emphasis on causes of explosion involving dust and gases are discussed. [Offered
occasionally]
SA245 Product Safety 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: MA217
Traces flow of applicable legislation dealing widi consumerism and product
safety. Corporate liability for product safety emphasized through case studies.
Student familiarized widi evolving role of Consumer Product Safety Commission.
Corporate management of product development and safety detailed with
emphasis on systems safety analysis, standards, and product testing.
SA281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
diat are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more dian three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
SA299 Cooperative Education I 0c-0l-0sh
Prerequisite: Approval of academic advisor, co-op coordinator, and department
chairperson
The initial experience in a program designed to combine classroom theory with
practical application through job-related experiences. The course is open to SA
majors and minors usually in dieir sophomore year. Students are employed by
organizations outside western Pennsylvania where diere is an ongoing hazard
control program under the direction of an experienced professional. The student
is required to be in good academic standing and to serve a minimum of two
alternating work experiences.
SA301 Health Hazard Identification 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: CH 102, PYl 1 1, MA122, BI 155
Provides an understanding of the primary healdi hazards found in industry and
their effects on die human body. Students learn to recognize hazards involved
with air contaminants, noise, heat, radiation, chemicals on die skin, and other
stressors. Emphasis is placed on die study of occupational disease, industrial
toxicology, and use of threshold limit values.
SA303 Control of Health Hazards 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: SA30 1 , PY 11 2, M A2 1 7
Study of engineering, administrative, and personal protective equipment as
methods of reducing or eliminating hazards to die healdi of industrial workers.
Topics covered include industrial ventilation, noise control, heat control,
radiation control, personal protective equipment, and industrial health program.
SA31 1 Industrial Fire Protection 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: CH102, PYl 12, SA21 1
Introduces fundamental concepts in protection of industrial workers and property
from fire and explosion. Fire chemistry, control of ignition sources in industry,
and properties of combustible materials are discussed. Fire detection and
extinguishment are covered along with building construction for fire prevention,
life safety, fire codes, and related topics.
SA345 Systems Safety Analysis 2c-3I-3sh
Prerequisites: SA2I 1, MA217
Focuses on the evaluation of system designs using detailed system analysis
techniques. Topics covered include system definition, economics of systems
safety, systems safety methodology, mathematics of systems analysis including
statistical methods, Boolean Algebra, and reliability. Skills gained include die
ability to perform preliminary hazard analysis, failure mode and effect analysis,
fault tree analysis, and exercises in the application of fault tree analysis to
hardware and man/machine systems. Practical analysis work is accomplished in
laboratory sessions.
SA347 Ergonomics 2c-31-3sh
Prerequisites: SA301, BI155
An exploration of die principles which control human performance and its effect
upon die safety and reliability of systems. Engineering anthropometry, human
perception, biomechanics of motion and work posture, work physiology and
human performance measurement are covered in die context of their application
in workplace design. Students will be instructed in methodologies for analysis of
tasks and human performance requirements. Important human limitations and
ergononiic hazard evaluations, such as lifting and repetitive motion tasks, are
studied in laboratory sessions.
SA370 Fleet Safety 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: SAl 01, junior standing
Includes topics involved with the development and operation of motor fleet safety
programs: driver selection and training, accident investigation and recordkeeping,
equipment safety features, preventive maintenance, and driver incentive programs.
SA380 Institutional Safety Management 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: Junior standing
Historical aspects of safety for bodi private and public institutions; introduction
to trends in liability and institutional safety regulations. Distinctions will be made
between employee, visitor, and patient hazards and their control.
SA399 Cooperative Education II 0c-0l-0sh
Prerequisite: SA299
A second experience in a program designed to combine classroom dieory with
practical application through job-related experiences. The course is open to SA
majors and minors usually in dieir junior or senior year. Students are employed
by organizations outside western Pennsylvania where there is an ongoing hazard
control program under the direction of an experienced safety professional. The
student is required to be in good academic standing and to serve a minimum of
two alternating work experiences.
SA401 Mine Ventilation 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisites: PY 1 1 2, SA 1 02. MAI 22, or consent
Study of mine ventilation principles and practices which provide a basic
knowledge in design and operation of mine ventilation systems. The topics of
airflow physics, ventilation standards, fan fundamentals, pressure losses, required
air flows, and overall design are discussed. Specific problems in mine ventilation
will be solved. [Offered occasionally]
SA402 Health Hazard Evaluation 2c-3l-3sh
Prerequisites: SA301, PYl 12, MA217
A lecture/laboratory course which provides a basic understanding of techniques
used in measuring and evaluating the magnitude of health hazards in industry.
Laboratory sessions provide experience in air sampling, noise measurement, heat
measurement, particle size analysis, chemical analysis, and evaluation of industrial
ventilation systems.
SA4I2 Evaluation of Safety Program Effectiveness 3c-3l-4sh
Prerequisites: MA2I7, MG31 1, junior standing
Teaches various safety management techniques to identify and prevent the
occurrence of hazardous behavior and conditions. Devises mediods capable of
extracting accurate, meaningful data, methods of collecting, codifying, and
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 201
i ""«'•
ing hazard I loa, I
itobi met lii i.i in, In
>> ind performance evaltu
mi i
ogfbrhu
ingdata
,,l,„,
rfet,
s A 1 1 1 Vccidenl Investigation Sc-01-Sfn
Prerequisites! SAlOlJunioi standing 01 conaenl
I v.ii ■ aspects "I accident investigation sui I n i enl il» oriei
associated witli accidenl causes, investigativi lei bniques, data acquis n
i in. n i invi itigativi reports managi menl responsibilities, and i< lial
actions, Partii ulai i mphasii lett i ng si queni • "I i vt nts to 'I' w It ip
in anag it actions which will prevent recurrence of accidents,
SAIIil Aii Pollution .lc-01-.Jsh
Prerequisitci SA301 oi consenl
Focuses 'in v.i ■. majoi aspects "I the aii pollul problem, Ini ludes soui
pollul ivaluadon and engineering of pollutants, govi rnmi nl regulal I,
atmospherii i hemistrj .""l dispersion, and human and human effects.
Pi lar emphasis < formation that i» practii ,il foi the safer) nana) <«■
industrial heald m unental health profess al.
SA40S rUdiologicaJ Health 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisitci S A Mil ot consenl
Stud] 'I problems associated with ionizing radiation in human environment.
Emphasis given i" biological effei is. radiati easurement, dose i putational
techniques, exposure control, and local and federal regulations. Study and use ol
\.n i radiological instruments included
s V 169 Right-Tb-Knov. Legislation :»c-01-3sh
Prerequiaitesi SA.ioi . 1 1 I . m pi i miss >l instructor
Covers l»>tli the federal and selected state right-to-know laws and related
Legislation, The scope, .i|>|>ln ation, and enforcemenl ol tin- various laws including
,1 and moral obligations are discussed. Strategies arc explored and
,,li,, identify the means by which employers can gain compliance with
regulator] requirements.
SA472 Process Safely in the < lie inical Industry k-Ol-.'Jsh
Prerequisites! SA301 111 145, and senioi standing, or permission i >l instructor
Designed to cover all import. ml .ispti Is ,,l loss jntvnitiim .is it is practiced in the
chemical process industries, Its objective is to pupate the safety professional so
ill. it he/she may be able to work more effectively with chemists and chemical
engineers in joint hazard identification, evaluation, and control projects.
SA481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropi iate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
topics that an m luded in the established curriculum. A given topic
iii.h be offered undei an) special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered isi are primarily foi upper-level undergraduate students.
SA IS2 Independent Study var-l-Ssh
Prerequisite! Pi ioi approval through ad\ isor, facult) member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study ofa topic not offered in die
curriculum \ proposi a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
s Msn Internship
I .'s|,
Prerequisites: Senioi standing, .ill required courses in major, minimum of 2.8
overall ami 3.0 Cl'A in major, and consenl
This course is a practicum conducted al an approved occupational setting up to
500 miles away from [UP. Students are required to condui i fbui major projects.
Om projet i will be from each of the following areas: Safety Management,
Industrial S.ifciv. Industrial 1 lygiene. and Kire Protection. Students are
accountable to an on-site 9upervisoi and are required to remain in Jose contact
withaSafet) Sciences facult] coordinator.
SA49.I Internship var-rish
Prerequisites! Senioi standing, .ill required courses in major
\ll Safety Si ii m es majors are expet ted to take this course. It is conducted away
from the universit] al various industrial enterprises. Students are required to
pun i,li theii own transportation. Intended to allow the student to apply hazard
assessment and safety management practices to actual industrial situations whih
al same nine being exposed to complexities ol industrial environment
sc
Science
College (>f Natural Scien
MatlicmatH B
2.-2I-2.VJ.
SCIOI lundamcntals of Phygici
Pr« n(|iiisi(( : KUuit iii.irv II toi permission1
\ i nut t ptual course in pi !»'".l
physics is nol -» pn n quisib ' Last ind lab]
dispelling naive concepts and developing i bcttei i
ofthi physical world. The topics of motion, heat, light, sound
magnetism, and thi audi ed in context with o
i i es rhis course does not fulfill tin Liberal Studies rcquii
for majors in Elementary and Earl) ( Ihildl I Edw anon
SCI 02 Fundamentals of Chemist i> 2o-2l
Prerequisitci Elemental) Educ oaj i^r permission
A survey <>f < hemical print ipl< a and concepts. Thi nature of cheni
applied to technolog) and its applii ations to i i rj The world of < onsumet
t In inisiiv will be explored. The goal is to devcloj tl literal \ for the
student. A series ol laboratory - iten ises develops < oncepl understanding and
process skills. Some individual and group l'''T ' ,s H '" '
does not fulfill the Liberal Studies requirement except lb itary
and Early Childhood Education.
SC10S Fundamentals of Earth and Spaee Si i, n< « 2c-2I-2. Isl.
Prerequisites: SC101, 102
Introduction to geology, astronomy. o< eanography, and meteorology for
Elementary Kducation majors. Emphasis is plai I d on tl" i >l large-
scale processes and how die earth, solai system, and universi vol
experiences include hands-on work with earth materials and "idi instnunents
from all ol oui subjects, map. and field tup^ which may occur during dass times.
nights, and weekends. This dass does not ti ill ill ilu Liberal Studies requirement
except for majors in Elementary and Earl) Child! d Education.
SCI 04 Fundamentals of Environmental Biolog) 2c-2l-2."sh
Prerequisites: SCI 01, 102
A basil introdui don to the major concepts and principles "I ecologj and their
application to deni living for majors in Elemental) and Earlv Childhood
Education.
SC105 Physical Science I U -21- tab
A descriptive and conceptual course in physics foi du non S ience major. High
school physics is not a prerequisite. Course content is designed to develop an
understanding and appreciation of the physical world around us. to produce
changes in attitude and background essential for our modem society, and to
clarify the foUowing topics: motion, heat, sound, tight, electricity, magnetism, and
die structure ot matter.
SC106 Physical Science II U-21- \A
A basic course in environmental ami t onsumei * lit tnistT) tor die non-Science
major. High school chemistry is not a prerequisite. Major topics include
humankind's use and abuse of soil, water, air and enerj 5, global food
production and hunger, the nuclear industry, a\^\ the threat of nuclear war.
Consumer topics include vitamins and nutrition, food additives, pestii ides, and
drugs.
SC281 Special Topics var- 1 -Jsh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to expl n
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special I
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
SC481 Special Topics var-1-Ssh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in die established curriculum, \ .
may be offered under any special topii identity no more than dir. i v
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
SC482 Independent Study v ar- 1 Mi
Prerequisite: Prior approval thiougjh advisor, (acuity member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provosts Office
Students with interest in independent study oi a topic not offered in die
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a fatuity member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and avaOabili
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
SH
Speech Pathology and Audiology
(formerly Speech and Hearing)
Department of Special Education and
Clinical Services
College of Education
SHI 1 1 Introduction to Communication Disorders 3c-0l-3sh
Introduction to study of physiological, acoustical, and scientific processes
involved in production and reception of speech. The genetic development of
speech sounds and factors that hinder or facilitate speech and language
acquisition. (Previous tide: Fundamentals of Speech and Hearing)
SH 1 22 Clinical Phonology 3c-0l-3sh
Detailed study of the classification of American-English phonemes using die
physical and acoustical perspectives. Development of proficiency in use of
International Phonetic Alphabet for allophonic transcriptions of normal and
disordered speech. (Previous tide: Phonetics)
SH222 Introduction to Audiology 3c-01-3sh
The study of auditor)' function, anatomy of auditory mechanism, psychophysics
of sound, types and causes of hearing loss, measurement of hearing, and
educational considerations for hearing-handicapped child.
SH242 Speech Science I 3c-0l-3sh
Study of the communication process widi emphasis on physical characteristics of
sound production, transmission and perception of die sound, and die evolvement
and use of symbols for rneaningn.il communication. The scientific principles of
normal oral communication are stressed, and language learning is recognized as a
basis for oral communication. (Previous tide: Introduction to Speech Science)
SH251 Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech and
Hearing Mechanism 3c-0l-3sh
Consideration of genetic development, structure, and function of the organs of
speech and hearing. Anatomical systems involved in respiration, phonation.
articulation, and hearing and relationships between systems in production and
reception of speech.
SH254 Classroom Management of Language Disorders 3c-0l-3sh
Study of aspects of speech, language, and hearing problems pertaining to
classroom situation. Types of speech and hearing disorders, conducting speech
and language improvement lessons, classroom aids for teaching die child widi
language, speech, and hearing impairment, and school and community resources
for these children. (Required for majors in Education of die Exceptional and
suggested for majors in Elementary Education)
SH28 1 Special Topics var- 1 -3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more dian diree times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
SH3 1 1 Aural Rehabilitation 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: SH222, 2.5 GPA
Consideration of die effects of varied degrees of hearing loss sustained by
individuals at different stages of development and study of total education and
rehabilitative procedures for the hard-of-hearing child or adult.
SH334 Language Development 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: 2.5 GPA
Study of the development of an interpersonal communication system; language as
a system of symbols for communication; die structure of die English language,
including phonology, syntax, and semantics with emphasis on die generative
evolvement of sentences. Highlighting die neurological, social, and psychological
bases of language development. (Offered as SH234 prior to 1993-94)
SH342 Speech Science II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: SH242, 2.5 GPA
Physiologic, acoustic, and perceptual characteristics of speech with special
emphasis on speech monitoring and controls. Major lab instrumentation and
research techniques in current use are described and demonstrated. Slams of
present knowledge is summarized and discussed.
SH406 Articulation and Language Disorders 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: SH 1 1 1 , 242, 25 1 , 334, 2.5 GPA
Exploration of the processes related to developmental articulation and language
disorders from birth di rough adolescence. Instruction in die principles
underlying modification of these disorders. Preparation of management programs
and observation in die Speech and Hearing Clinic required. (Offered as SH306
prior to 1993-94)
SH408 Stuttering and Voice Disorders 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: SH 1 1 1 , 242. 25 1 , 334, 2.5 GPA
Introduction to the developmental, psychogenic, and organic bases for stuttering
and voice disorders. Instruction in principles underlying treatment of diese
disorders with emphasis on anatomical deviations and laryngeal dysfunction.
Preparation of management plans and observation in Speech and Hearing Clinic
required. (Offered as SH308 prior to 1993-94)
SH412 Organization and Administration of Speech
and Hearing Program 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: SHI 11, 2.5 GPA (meets requirement for Professional Education
course)
Establishment and maintenance of speech and hearing programs widiin various
administrative organizations, particularly in the public schools. Techniques of
client identification, scheduling, recordkeeping, appropriate referral, material and
equipment selection, teacher and parental counseling, and die development of
coordinated professional and interdisciplinary procedures. (Offered as SH312
prior to 1993-94)
SH420 Speech Clinic var-l-3sh
Prerequisites: ED242. 342, GPA of 3.0+. all major courses, program director's
permission
Experience in working with individuals or groups of persons who exhibit speech
or hearing problems. Lesson planning, writing of reports, and case histories of a
detailed nature. (Offered as SH320 prior to 1993-94)
SIMM Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics that are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
SH482 Independent Study var-1 -3sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students widi interest in independent study of a topic not offered in die
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction widi a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
Sociology
Department of Sociology
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
SO 151 Principles of Sociology 3c-0l-3sh
Scientific study of structure and functioning of human societies, widi special
attention to factors responsible for the organization and transformation of
sociocultural systems. Specific course content varies from one instructor to
another.
S0231 Contemporary Social Problems 3c-0l-3sh
Exploration of some pressing problems currendy endemic to Western society.
Problems are defined and solutions explored in light of historical, political,
economic, social, and anthropological data.
S0233 Language and Culture 3e-0l-3sh
Focuses on social and cultural functions of language. Particular emphasis on
analysis of non- Western languages. (Previous tide: Cultural Symbolism: Language
in Culture and Society)
S0251 Sociology of Human Sexuality 3c-0l-3sh
In-depth analysis of a formerly taboo topic, human sexuality. Current information
from biological, psychological, and sociological research on human relationships
is presented to provide a foundation for self-understanding and societal values.
S0271 Cultural Area Studies: Africa 3c-0l-3sh
Explores die cultural diversity of the continent of Africa. The first unit examines
die historical processes which shape modern society, including the formation of
indigenous African empires, die evidence for trade routes, slave trading, and
colonialism. The second unit examines die nature of African traditional societies,
including analyses of forager and agricultural groups. The last unit covers issues
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 203
ol porarj cli w lo] nl in Vfrii a sui h u bin and sgrii ultural polii ■■ thi
mtua "I » n in di w '"i I and tparthi id Ri iding mi hides
, 1 1 graphii .mi I ln-si I accounts of African society aa well as n lections by
\ tm .hi miters on thi issues ol contemporar) society. (Also offered aa VN271
mi) In taken foi duplicate i redit)
50572 Cultural Area Studies: China Sc-Ol-Sah
Deaigned wist the student in developing an understanding of contempi i
China Whili tl ursi will begin with prehistorii and his ispects of China,
iln focus will bi ot temporary issues presented in the context of t I al
theory Specifii ' liineai .nlnn.il i| i that will be investigated ini lude
., ,,i tttitudes, in n his. social org zation, linguistics, and folklore (Also offered
u VN272; may not be taken foi duplicate i redit)
50573 Cultural Irea Studies: Southeast \sia Sc-01-Ssh
in introduction to the peoples and cultures ol Southeast Asia. Prehiatorj and the
development "I indigenous states in Southeast Asia and analysis "I impai i "1
world religions, such .i- Islam, and Westei lonialism, Uso 1 1 nea lern
liiniii i gatherer and farming societies and disi usses * ontem] r\ issues in soi ial
and economic change, including the u( Ireen Revolution,11 tropical deforestation
the struggle of ethnic minority tribal peoples, and the plight oflndochinese
refugees. (Also offered aa LN273; ma) not betakenfot duplicate credit)
S087 1 Cultural Area Studies] latin America Sc-01-3sh
An introduction to the peoples and cultures ol Latin America. Fo< uses on the
prehistor) .mil development "I pre I lolumbian i pli \ so< ii ties in Mesoi
.mil tin- Andes and anal) res the impai I ol E uropi an i olonialis these tnajot
regions. Uso examines i ontemporarj issues, such as civil wars, economic
development, rural-urban migrations, and migral and immigration ol Latin
\nn 1 1 1 .hi peoples into the 1 nited States. (Also offered .is AN274; may not be
taken lot .lupin ate i redit)
S02NI Special Topics var-1-.'lsh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topii s an offered on an experimental or temporal) basis to explore topics
1 1 i.i i .hi i mi included in the established curriculum. A given topic ma) be offered
iih.I. i m) special topit identity no nunc than three times. Special topics
numb " d 281 are offered primaril) for towei level undergraduate students.
S02N(i Marriage. Kinship, and the Family 3c-0l-3sh
it al and anthropological stud) ol pattei us ol mat i iage, kinship, and
family life, with emphasis on the relationship between family patterns and other
social institutions. Topics covered include tin family and marriage in historical
and comparative perspective; worldwide patterns ol gendet stratification; incest
.in, I incest avoidance; class and race contexts of family patterns; mate selection
.mil love; parenthood ami child tcating: donicslic and sexual violence: alternative
family lifestyles; .mil iln current • risis and possible future of the l.nnilv. Intended
for .i broad audience but also open to sociology and anthropolog) injurs and
minors. (Also offered .is \\ 286; ma) not be taken foi duplicate credit)
50301 Clinical Sociological Theory 3c-0l-3sh
l'rere<|iiisile: S0151
Develops an understanding ol how to use micro and macro sociological theory to
analyse, assess, ami diagnose human problems. £mplo) ing case studies, prepares
students to do casework .mil help solve interpersonal, group, and organizational
problems. Also seeks to acquaint students with ihe broader professional activit)
ofhuman si
50302 Clinical Sociological Practice 3c-01-3sh
Prcreipiisite: Si I ;il|
Prepares the student to effect constructive change within individuals, groups,
families, and communities. Draws ns analysis, diagnosis, .mil methods limn the
foundations ofso< iological theorj at die level of intervention with ilicnis.
50303 Social and Cultural Change 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: S0151
Exploration of current theoretical perspei tives on social and i ultural t hange.
Special attention given to planned change al die local ot regional level.
son i Yuive Americans 3c-0l-3sh
. ultun Insion and culture ana characteristics ol Indians ofNorth
America. Detailed study of representative groups related to historical, functional,
and ecological concepts. (Previous tide: Ethnology ofNorth American Indians)
SO320 Sociological Theory 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: SOlr>l ami second-semester sophomore standing
Detailed survey nl the historical development of sociological theor) from die mid-
urn. teenth century to the present. Treats the . lasM, al theorists Marx, Durkheim,
ami Weber, and such contemporar) theoretical s, h..ols as functionafism, Marxian
ami Wcl.cii.m conflict theory, cultural materialism, social evolutionism, rational
, ln,n i theory, •■ ml". In ii
sum turalism, and posbnodi mi m itudi
iln si . ..
SOS33 Delinquenc) and Vouui t.-nl-isl,
I'm ii i|insiti : Mil ,1
Study ol si. i ml ami • ultutal l.n ims involved m various youth Mi si*. 1 1 s, mi luding
delinqw ncy.t tl and historit al appi h used in i
" ial 1 1., I ii nl socialization institutions .mil"
programs Ii" rehabilitiuion.
SOS39 Ucohol and Drug Umse (. -iil-isl,
Prerequisite: S< ) I r> 1
Kx m s the sui nil issues atid problems ot all ohol and drug tin...
society. Legal and illi al nibslances will I nsidered, and thi cau
substance abuse as well as alternatives will I" i Kamined.
S0336 Sociology »i the Farnih, (<-cil- ish
Prerequisite: S0151
. al stud) nl iln lamilv tioni variou
emphasis will In plat ed on the tclnpoiat\ Ann tn an lallulv, \ \aticl\ ot topn s
will he covered such as mat' set,-, don. power relationships and roles in the hunih/,
parent I hild ml. tai tion, marital satisla, ilivnn I . ami others.
SOS37 World Societies anil World Svstems li-lil- Ml
Prerequisite: ( (tie- ol the following: A.\ 1 III. BC10] or I21,GE2 W),HI202,
I'SIOI ,,, JSJ.SI II, 1
Detailed analysis ol the evolution nl I n lot iiius. with spe: ial emphas
1 1 1- in wot Id system of societies that bi in die sixteenth
Century and that has since expanded to ini Imli All I Dpi. I include
societies during the preindustrial era: the emergence ol modern capitalism in die
sixteenth century; relations between developed ami less-developed societies in die
modern world; tb iscet decline ol nation-states in the i lern world: die
current plight ol the Third World: the use and demise ol socialism lit die
twentieth century; and various scenarios lot the human future.
50340 Sociology of Industry (e-nl-ish
Prerequisite: SOI 51
Examination of industrial orgs I their em iron men Ls. Production
systems analyzed in terms ot different forms of organization, e.g.. bureaucratic.
power-equilibrium, and woikci-partli Ip.ilmu. Spei ial attention paid to who
defines production, how such definitions are Ifgirimhttd, and how anstnunts are
placed on such definitions by union and other political organizations.
50341 Sociology of Education i.-ul- Ml
Prerequisite: S0151
Examines die place ol education in s..( iety. Special attention to die dcvelopnicni
of education in America anil its relation to political and ecotiomii phenomena.
Some attention given to education in odier industrial and agrarian so, icucs.
SOJ42 Social and Cultural Aspects of Health and Medicine Jc -Ol- ish
Prerequisite: 6sh in Sociology or Anthropi
Ke\ itw nl the fields ot nu ii. td anthropology. Focuses on such
topics as healdi and illness in cross-cultural context, aging, s,,cial and
psychological aspects of pain, and social organization ol healdi facilities and
Definitions of limits ol "lite" and "death " in iiiiuext ..I holistic health.
S0345 Interpersonal Dynamics 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: S0151
Studv of the interaction between and among individuals and groups in \anous
social settings. Emphasis on self-understanding, small groups, socialization, social
influence and compliance, person perception, collective behavior, an
communication.
SOS48 Sociology of Work ic-0l-is|,
Prerequisite: SO 151
I ,., uses upon the sociological examination ot die various tomis oflabor.
employment, and unemployment present in industrial s, icieocs. Examines the
nature ot work ami unemployment in die modem era and how diesc forms are
being transformed in die present period.
SOS52 Sociology ol Religion k-nl- ish
Prerequisite: S0151
Nature, role, and (unction of religious phenomena in human societies will be
explored with special attention to certain critical issues as diey relate to religion
and politics and religion and economics. Some fundamental modes of relu
life including ritual forms and mythic expressions will he examined. Odic:
such as levitalization movements and processes ot secularization in modem
societies will be included.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
S0357 Sociology of Aging 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SO 151
Introduction to various problems faced in the process of growing older. Attitudes
of society* toward elderly arid social and cultural impact of an aging U.S.
population examined.
5036 1 Social Stratification 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SO 151
Examines leading perspectives in die major sociological subfield of social
stratification. Attention drawn to different ways of ranking people in human
societies, issues concerning the distribution of income and wealth, the role of
political power in determining who gets what, and the causes and consequences
of social inequality for specific groups. (Offered as S0435 prior to 1993-94)
50362 Racial and Ethnic Minorities 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: S0151
Examines from an historical and comparative perspective the experiences of
minority groups, with special emphasis on economic and political domination,
stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination. Techniques of majority group
domination and die responses of minority groups are discussed. Various reasons
(or the different rates and patterns of assimilation are explored.
50363 Sociology of Sex and Gender 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SO 151
Explores current perspectives on die situations faced by women and men,
primarily in the United States. Examines issues such as die impact of sex and
gender on socialization, the construction of knowledge, intimate relationships,
paid work, family relationships, health, and issues of change. (Offered as S0354
prior to 1993-94)
SO380 Social Research Methods 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: 9sh in sociology and junior standing
Examines diverse research designs used in die social sciences, i.e., survey, field
study, experiment, documentary, and existing statistical data. Focuses both on
logic and practice of social research. Students choose a number of mini-projects
or a major research project. (Offered as S0455 prior to 1993-94)
S042 1 Sociology of Mass Media 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: S0151
Examines the development of mass media as dominant cultural forms within
advanced industrial societies in die twentieth century. Emphasizes critical
understanding of die sociohistorical development, die underlying assumptions,
and die social implications of die advance of mass media.
50427 Spouse Abuse 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SO 151
Considers the range of dieoretical explanations for the pervasive violence between
husband and wife. Particularly examines die research on wife battering and the
implications of this research for programs and policies assisting bodi die victim
and die abuser.
50428 Child Abuse 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SO 151
Examines the prevalence, causes, and social implications of physical, sexual,
emotional, and neglect forms of child abuse in society. Child abuse will be studied
from die individual, family, and societal level perspectives. Potential intervendon
strategies will also be considered.
50447 Modern Sociological Theory 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: 9sh in sociology and junior standing
Detailed examination of major theoretical issues, perspectives, and controversies
occupying center stage in contemporary sociological analysis. Major attention to
nature and logic of social theorizing, primary macro-level dieoretical perspectives
which compete for attention in contemporary sociology, and the nature of new
directions currently being taken widiin sociological theory.
50448 Social Policy 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: S0151
Focuses on the formation of social welfare programs in the U.S., current social
policy issues, and debates between conservative, liberal, and social democratic
policy analysts. Special attention drawn to various social problems and a range of
social policies designed to ameliorate die economic disadvantages of single
individuals, single parents, and two-parent families. Also devoted to
understanding die relationship between social policy, research, and
implementation.
50456 Field Research Methods 3c- 01-3 sh
Prerequisite: S0455 or permission
Examination of mediods and practice of sociology- and anthropology in die areas
of qualitative and field mediods. Concentrates upon die development of field
notes, interviewing techniques, participant observation, etc. Qualitative mediods
of sampling and analysis will include theoretical sampling and analytic induction.
Brief background research into community, organizational, and group structure
will also be emphasized.
50457 Computer Use in Sociology 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: Permission of die instructor
Introduces students to use of microcomputers in social science research and
practice. Uses a variety of software for clinical sociological applications as well as
quantitative analysis of social scientific data. These include client information
systems, field notes and downloading such notes, exchanging information
between agencies, and statistical analyses for program evaluation and forecasting.
50458 Political Sociology 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: S0151
Examination of die social context of power and politics, with special reference to
such topics as who controls die state and state policy: die role of the state in
stabilizing capitalism and protecting the power of die upper class; political
activities of the middle and upper classes; and labor, civil rights, and welfare
rights social movements in America. Especially considers the problems of
conducting and implementing social policy research for social change. Cross-
listed in Political Science as PS346: Political Sociology.
50459 Development of Social Services 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor
Examination of ideological and institutional conditions which shape healdi,
unemployment, social security, and welfare services.
50480 Sociology Seminar var- 1 -3sh
Prerequisite: SO 151
Seminar for advanced students devoted to an intensive analysis of specialized
issues within the discipline.
5048 1 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
diat are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special topics
numbered 481 are offered primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
var-l-3sh
faculty member, department
S0482 Independent Study
Prerequisite: Prior approval through ad'
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
An opportunity for students to engage in an in-depdi analysis of some topic
through consultation widi a faculty member. A semester project ordinarily
expected. Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of
S0483 Readings in Sociology var-
Prerequisite: S0151
Directed readings on special topics in sociology.
S0493 Internship in Sociology var-3
Prerequisite: Permission of die instructor
Supervised experience in public or private organizations that extends and
complements coursework at die university.
SP
Spanish
Department of Spanish and Classical
Languages
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
SP 1 0 1 Elementary Spanish I 4c-01-4sh
For beginning students. Primary emphasis is on aural/oral skills. Students will
learn to converse and ask questions in simple present time and become
acquainted with location of Hispanic populations and elements of their daily
bves. Attendance is required.
SPI02 Elementary Spanish II 4c-01-4sh
A continuation of SP101 . Students will learn to express past and future time.
They will continue to learn about Hispanic countries and Uieir cultures.
Attendance is required.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 205
Sl'm Spanish for Health Cut Profeuionali I Se-OL-Ssh
i ... begin g students in nulling and othei health related program P rj
. mphaaii ii on aural/oral skills. Student! will learn to • onveree and ask questions
related i" health i are settings in limpli pre* nl I md m ai futun 1 1" i will
■Jio i j i acquainted with His] ii population! and element* of then daily
lis. Class and language lab a lance are required. A student may receivi en lil
i... | sen SP101, III. 121,01 131.
SPI22 Spanish for Health Care Profeuionali II 3c-0W3ah
Prerequisite! sri 21 oi equivalenl
\ i inn. in,. ii ill SP121 I'n iiml< -ins in nursing .""I othei health related
programs. Pri ) emphasis is on aural/oral skills. Students will learn to express
pul .in.i i nun in health i are settings. They will read articles aboul raedii al
.in I sin hi stories whii Ii i oncern health care themes in Hispanh cultures.
< :l.iss .mil language l.ili .uii iiil.nii i .in n i|iiiinl. A student may tw eh/e i redil for
only one course from SP102, 211, 122, oi l 12.
sri.ll Spanish for the Hospitality Industry I U-OI-.tsh
Siiiul.il in SI'liil l>iii wiili .i special emphasis on thi i binary and itructurea
iisi J in the hospitality industry: hotel .md restaurant management, tourism, -md
marketing,, ('lass and language lab attendance is required. A student may receive
. inlii t.n on!) "in course from SP101, 111, 121. or 131.
SI" 1.(2 Spanish lor the Hospitality Industry II 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisitet SIM u ot equivalent
Similar to Si' 1 02 but witb a special emphasis on the vocabulary and structures
used m tin hospitality industry: hotel and restaurant management, tourism, and
marketing. ( 'lass and language lab attendance is required. A student may receive
. inlii liu only ..in i ourse from SP102, 21 1, 122. or 132.
Sl'20l Intermediate Spanish 4c-OI-4sh
Prerequisite: S!'Ki_' oi equivalenl
A continuation of previous work on listening, speaking, reading, and writing
skills. Students will learn to function in everyday situations, expressing opinions
anil doubts, and narrating and describing in present, past, and hiturc time.
E \|.iimiii to . ulliii.il concepts through literary readings. Liberal Studies credit is
given.
SP221 Intermediate Spanish Conversation 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: Sl'2(ll or equivalent
intensive work on oral communication skills with emphasis on vocabulary
building, pronunciation ,1 discourse strategies. Required for all majors and
SP222 Intermediate Spanish Conversation-Business lc-01-;
Prerequisite: SP201 or equivalent
Same .is Sl'221 but with a special emphasis on the vocabulary and structures
used in the business world. Substitutes for SP221.
SP223 Intermediate Spanish Conversation-Criminology 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite! SP201 or equivalent
Same .is Sl'22 1 but with a special emphasis on tile vocabulary and structures
used m law enforcement and criminal justice. Substitutes for SP221.
SP230 Intermediate Spanish Composition 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: Sl'221 or concurrent registration
Intensive practice in written expression in Spanish. Both communicative and
structural skills are stressed. Taught in Spanish. Required for all majors and
minors. This course is approved to meet the Liberal Studies requirement for a
writing-intensive course for majors.
SP244 Modern Mexico 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: SP201 or equivalent and participation in the Mexico Summer
Study Abroad Program
This course, taught in Mexico as part of tire study abroad program, introduces
Students ID the contemporary culture of the largest Spanish-speaking country in
the world, A historical perspective is provided within which to understand
Current phenomena. Textbook readings are supplemented with readings from
literal] works and current periodicals. Students will gain firsthand experience
both through Held tups and by living with a Mexican familv. Taught in Spanish.
SP260 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: SP230 or equivalent
This course is a prerequisite for any 300- or 400-level course in Hispanic
literatures. Designed to provide students widi the tools necessary for developing
literary competence, the course combines a study of literary genres and analysis
with an introduction to the literatures of Spain and Spanish .America. Taught in
Spanish. Required for all majors and minors.
SP2K1 Spedal foota »ar-l-lsh
Prerequisite! Is appropriate I rat content
Spat ial topics an ottered on i perinienlal or temporary basis ii
thai arc not included in 'I, nri< nliiin A givrn topi, nun bl
under any special topit identity no mon than three times Special topics
numbered 281 .." offered primarily forlowei level undergrad
Sl'2'»(l Spanish for Elementary leaching J. Ill- 1st
Prerequisite: SP20I or equivalent oral proficiency rating I trolled
mill. II ISli Progi
This i ourse is designi <l l"i eli mi ntary edta stion/early t hildhood majors t
completing the PLISET Program The purpose ..I the i our- is lo in n sac im
students1 proficient y in Spanish and i" j.n pare them lor an internship in an
• I. i.iiy si 1 1 abroad. Emphasis is pba ed mi wn abulary at quiaition and on
strengthening of listening and speaking abilities in Spanish Through in , lass
. and i" at tit - in the language laboratory; rtudents improvt
linguistic skills, learn the language necessary lor dealing with elements
children, and ai quire basic voi abulary for teai lung the < ontenl anas .,i riba
elementary school curriculum.
SP32I Advanced Spanish (Conversation (< -III- )sh
Prerequisite: SP230 or equivalenl
Extensive practice in oral communication skills. Emphasis is placed on
developing fluency in speaking over a wide range of topic areas. Required for all
majors and Illinois.
SP340 Hispanic Civilization Through the Nineteenth Century k-()l-(sh
Prerequisite: SP230 or equivalent
An introduction to the significant aspects of the culture of both Spain and
Spanish America. Elements for explanation and discussion are drawn from
artistii . literary, religious, geographic, social, ami political manifestations of
Hispanic culture as these have revealed themselves through the nineteenth
century. Taught in Spanish. Required for all majors and minors.
SP342 Twentieth-Century Spanish Civilization and Culture Jc-0l-.Jsh
Prerequisite: SP230 or equivalent
An analysis of the major cultural trends in twentieth-century Spain as diey relate
to its current problems, aspirations, and values. Elements for explanation and
discussion are drawn from artistic, literary, religious, geographic, social, and
political manifestations. Taught in Spanish: offered alternate yearn. (May not
duplicate credit for SP382 taken in Valladolid)
SP344 Twentieth-Century Spanish-American k-01- Jsh
Civilization and Culture
Prerequisite: SP230 or equivalent
An analysis of the major cultural trends in twentieth-century Spanish America as
drey relate to its position in the world. Elements for explanation and discu--
are drawn from artistic, literary, religious, geographic, social, and political
manifestations, including indigenous cultural influences. Taught in Spanish:
offered alternate years.
SP353 Spanish Phonetics and Phonemics fc-Ol- (sh
An introduction to the phonological study of die sounds and tranung in
pronunciation. The student will learn the dieoretical basis lor understanding the
Spanish sound system and will perfect pronunciation through classroom practice
and tapings. The course is taught in Spanish. Required for Spanish Education
majors: highly suggested for Spanish majors.
SP354 Commercial Spanish 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SP230 or equivalent
Designed especially for majors in Spanish for International Trade, dus course has
three focuses: it teaches students how to do business ntnununicdti, -ns m Spanish:
it teaches die vocabularv nccessarv for dealing widi all aspects of trade and
commerce: and it introduces students to die special concerns and pra. I
business in die Spanish-speaking world. Taught in Spanish.
SP362 Survey of Peninsular Literature tc-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SP260 or permission
A course designed to introduce students to a careful and critical reading of
literary texts from Spain read either in their entirety or in select passages. Taught
in Spanish: offered alternate vears.
SP364 Survey of Spanish- American Literature 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SP260 or permission
Designed to introduce students to a careful and critical reading ot Spanrsh-
Amencan literary texts read either in their entirety or in select passages. Taught in
Spanish: offered alternate years.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRI PTIONS
SP382-389 Pennsylvaiiia-Yalladohd Program 18sh
Prerequisites: SP230 and 260 or permission
( lontacl chairperson, Department of Spanish and Classical Languages. Courses
taken in Valladolid include die following and SP4N2: Independent Study (3sh).
Descriptions below.
SP382 Contemporary Spain
Prerequisites: SP230 and 260 or permission
Gives the student a general view of Spain today in the .
and political institutions. (See SP342)
3sh
i of society, economy,
3sh
SP383 Geography and History of Spain
Prerequisites: SP250 and 260 or permission
Students will he introduced to a panorama ot Spanish physical, social, and
n onomic geography including the recent autonomic division of die country and
the communication among the autonomies. Students will also review the history
of Spain from die tifteentii century to the present with special emphasis on
today's Spanish institutions.
SP384 History of Spanish Art 3sh
Prerequisites: SP230 and 260 or permission
Students will he exposed to the richness of art in the Iberian Peninsula and in
particular in die area of Madrid and Castilla-Leon. They will study die evolution
of Spanish art in history, giving more emphasis to contemporary tendencies.
SP385 Survey of Spanish Literature 3sh
Prerequisites: SP23Q and 260 or permission
Students will be introduced to a general study oj Spanish literature from its origin
to the present time. Students will learn to appreciate and analyze the different
literary genres. Emphasis will be placed on twentieth -century literature.
SP389 Theory and Practice of Spanish Language 3sh
Prerequisites: SP230 and 260 or permission
Students will be introduced to Spanish syntax, morphology, and die Spanish
language lexicon. They will he introduced to familiar and formal conversation and
to idiomatic expressions used in everyday situations.
SP3°0 Teaching of Elementary Content Through
the Spanish Language 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: Passage of a language proficiency examination and permission of
the instructor
The student will study current theories of language acquisition processes in
children and will develop foreign language instructional objectives and activities
which integrate language and cultural learning widi die content areas of the
elementary school curriculum. Through hands-on practice, the student will
develop techniques for teaching functional language, planning lessons, testing
language skills, setting curricular objectives, and selecting/designing materials
appropnate to die needs and interests of elementary school foreign language
learners.
SP400 History of the Spanish Language 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SP230 or equivalent
Traces phonological, morphological, lexical, and syntactical evolution of Castilian
dialect from its origins in vulgar Latin through its development, perfection, and
ultimate recognition as the official language of Spain and Spanish America. Places
Castilian linguistically with relation to other Romance languages and considers
features peculiar to Spanish of Latin America. Taught in Spanish.
SP402 Translation and Interpretation 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: SP230 and 321
Fundamental translation skills for use in business and industry as well as in
academic and popular fields.
SP403 Applied Linguistics 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SP230
An introduction to Spanish linguistics for students who have had no previous
experience in linguistics. Students will study die application of areas such as
phonology, morphology, syntax, and semantics and will explore issues in
psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. Taught in Spanish.
SP404 Advanced Spanish Grammar 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: SP22 1 or equivalent and SP230 and senior standing or
departmental permission
An in-depth study ot Spanish syntax and morphology. Taught in Spanish.
Required for all majors.
SP410 Medieval Literature 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SP260 or permission
Reading and discussion of various medieval genres: brief prose narrative, epic,
Ivi ic. and didactic poetry, prose, and medieval drama. Taught in Spanish; offered
in four-year rotation.
SP41 1 Golden Age Literature 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SP260 or permission
Analysis of themes, motifs, and stylistic devices of Spanish poetry, novel, and
dieater of die Renaissance and Baroque. Taught in Spanish; offered in four-year
rotation.
SP412 The Spanish Novel of the Nineteenth and
Twentieth Centuries 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SP260 or permission
Analysis of selected novels from diree major periods: die nineteenth century, the
Generation of 1898, and the post Civil War. Taught in Spanish; offered in four-
year rotation.
SP413 Spanish Poetry of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SP260 or permission
Study and analysis of lyric poetry in Spain from nineteenth-century poetry
through modernism and its evolution to die present. Taught in Spanish; offered in
four-year rotation.
SP420 Modern Hispanic Theater 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SP260 or permission
Study and analysis of modern dramatic works from Spain and Spanish America.
Particular emphasis will be given to die representational aspect of the works.
Taught in Spanish: offered in four-year rotation.
SP421 Modern Hispanic Short Story 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SP260 or permission
The critical analysis of short stories by Spanish and Spanish-American authors.
Taught in Spanish; offered in four-year rotation.
SP430 Twentieth-Century Spanish-American Prose 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SP260 or permission
Traces literary expressions from the turn of the century to the present in the major
prose expressions of die essay, die short story, and die novel. Taught in Spanish;
offered in four-year rotation.
SP431 Spanish-American Poetry 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: SP260 or permission
A study of Spanish American poetry from its early manifestations dirough
modernism, post-modernism, and avant-garde. Taught in Spanish; offered in four-
year rotation.
SP481 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics diat are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more dian diree times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
SP482 Independent Study var-l-6sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirough advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
An opportunity to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic dealing widi the
Spanish language and culture through consultation with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
SP493 Internship var-3-I2sh
Prerequisite: One semester of study in a Spanish-speaking country
A supervised field experience in any Spanish-speaking area of the world widi
approved public agencies and institutions or private firms, no longer dian one
semester and no less dian one month. Positions will be matched as closely as
possible widi the intern's personal interests and professional goals. For more
information contact die Spanish and Classical Languages Department. Maximum
of six credits can apply toward a major.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1 9 9 9 - 2 0 0 (
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 207
Sot ial Work
Department of Sociology
College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
I H2<i2ih.ai.i History II
( lompn I ■ ■■' ''" ' '
drama from ihi I ngli ib Ri iteration la ih
SV\ 238 Introduction lo Social Work
Prercquisitei 30151 oi wi 10
„,,.., ntolhedynt ai ofhelping relationship
TH
Theater
Department of Theater
( lollege of Fine Arts
III I oi lionxluciM.il to Theater li-nl-.Kh
\n , uplorati'Mi oi' tin' ilu-.nn .ins. cx.iiiiiiiiiiK injioriniiiKlsi.riln.aii history,
selected works "I dra i lit* ratun ,and th( primar) theati i artsol ai ting,
directing, design, and lech il theau r. Class experii no ini ludi 9 the analysis oi
,ii least tw |joi works of drama, attending two live productions, and viewing ol
I televised plays and musicals.
I ill 02 Introduction to Dance Sc-01-San
Examines dance .is .i performing art in both the historical and i ultural i ontexts.
Also mi ludea the analysis ofa ni.i|"i piece ofi horeography, attending live
pi 1 1 ances,and viewing select works ol dance. No previous dance experience
is required.
Sc-OKSsh
ell as alternative systems l>y which dramatic texts ni.iv
c.il plot ciuistriictiiin. scene structure, tension and
id several contemporary and less ciinventinn.il
iill 10 Scrip) knalys
C seexamint i majo
bi unalyaed, including
dramatic rhythi
hods of ilr.un.itu orchestration.
ill 1 1 ri Fundamentals of Theatrical Design 3c-0l-3sh
I nil. H Inns the fundamentals "I scene, costume, lighting, and sound design foi
theatel and dance, h is Focused on creative processes used by designers to make
choit es. Tbpii s include script analysis, director ami designei communication, and
the integration of the design elements into a unified production.
Ill 1 20 Stagecraft I 3c-0l-3sh
1 \|.l,.i.iiion ol the material, methods, and procedures utilized in creating a scenic
environment. Through instruction and practical application, students learn the
basis of scenic construction and develop competency with the basic materials ami
equipment used in a theatrit a] bi ene shop.
Ill 1 22 Costume Workshop 3c-0l-3sh
Instruction and pr.utii.il experience in the process of building costumes for the
Stage \. u. itu s include fitting, cutting, sewing, dyeing, and painting. Thin is also
instruction in the maintenance of wardrobe, costume stock, materials, and
roperties
TH 130 Stage Vbice 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: Theatet majors only or permission ol instructot
Instruction in basic development of the vocal instrument ol the actoi in stage
'.i I.. i in. I' mph.isis is placed upon the resonance, ipiahtv. pitch, and
projection of the voice while improving the student's ability to articulate.
TH13I Stage Movement 3c-0l-3sh
Instruction in basic stage movement and die physicalization ol character. Includes
work in character development through variety in movement, introductor) work
in juggling, stage combat, and mime, and die assessment, awareness, and
noli ol individual movement problems.
TH 1 50 Fundamentals of Dance 3c-0l-3sh
A basic dance technique thai sequentially develops die elements of movement
(space, time, Force) into a \arietv of dance genre and period styles. Covers special
lafet) ol tin instrument the body.
TH201 Theater Mislnr. I 3c-01-3sh
\ . omprehensive survey of the history, trends. and developments of dieaterand
drama from their beginnings through die English Renaissance.
i, til >s|,
1,-tll-lsb
I 1122(1 Slagec.all II
I'm i,,|iiisili: I I I \ll> 01 |" llinssioli
Advanced explon F materials, methods d procedun s involved in i ■
,i s, i in. .inn. .inn. ni Students also recei iishop
planning I ttipen o include problem-solving lei hniqui i.
TH221 Basic Stage Lighting >' ■»*■ ish
Prerequisite: I H120
Introduction to lighting instruments, coloi media, control boards, physical laws .,(
1 1, . itu ity and ..pin s. grapbil s I conventional lei hniques used in hgbung
ili. .mi. ..I produi nous.
TH223 Makeup for the Slag. <■ -<H- Ish
Dials with practical applii ation ..I straighl and) haracter makeup and inav include
in -,11111 i in en urn l" -mis. wigs, prosthetii s, and masks.
TH240 Acting I f.-01-txh
Studv ol tb. .is of the Stainslaiski system ol i baractel
development. Includes text analysis and the developmenl ..I pin si. al action
through a < harai let's subtext, as well as motivational and improvisalional
techniques.
TH250 Contemporary Dance .tc-lll- Ish
( .mi. ii i| mi. m dance techniques, improvisation, and choreograph.. Examinea the
historical development and iiillural influences on the changing philosoptu
ioiltenipol.il. dance performance today. Performance ot creative work required.
TH2fiO Jazz Dance l.-ol-isl,
|azz techniques, dynamics, and style For theater dance Irom the 1920s through the
present Emphasis •." anal. sis ol musi< foi ebon ..graphy.
TH270 Ballroom and Tap Dance !c-W- ish
A sequential development of tap and ballroom dance techniques in the context of
historical developmenl and period styles. Performance lor an audience is
required.
TH280 Ballet li -III- ish
Sequential developmenl of bane and center techniques that progress to linking
moves, turning, and jumps, to dance sequent i- and choreography. I be historical
periods of development and die status of die art today will be examined in a
cultural context which includes gender and minority inflnrnm».
TH281 Special Topics var-l-3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis 1. 1 expl
that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic ma. be offered
under any special topic identity no more than diree times. Special topics
numbered 2S1 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
TH290 Ethnic Dance Jc-W-.ish
Includes dance techniques from a varut. of indigenous forms from Western and
Eastern cultures. Presented in die historical and social context. Emphasis will be
given to die needs of dieater production.
TH301 Tragic Mask 3c-0l-3sh
Historical survey of theatrical conventions, traditions, and production practices
specifically associated with tragedy and its ensuing forms: drama and melodrama.
It focuses on landmark dramatic texts, examining die changing faces of tragic
masks and their implications for theatrical practice from ancient Greece to the
twentieth century.
TH302 Comic Mask ic-lll- ish
Historical survey of theatrical conventions, traditions, and production practices
specifically associated with . omed) and its related forms: farce, buriesqu
Focuses on landmark dramatic texts, examining the changing (aces of comic
masks and dieir conventions, and dicir implications for dieatrical practice lr..m
ancient Greece to die twentieth century.
TH3I0 Theater Criticism >c-0l-.ish
A studv of die theory of criticism and of the discrete functions of critic and
reviewer. Students see live performances and practice writing both revii"
criticism.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
208 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
TH320 Scene Design 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: TH 1 20
An introduction to the principles of scenic composition, analysis, concept
development, and graphic communication methods used hy the scenographer.
TH32 1 Stage Lighting Design 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: TH221
Covers the design and execution of stage lighting with emphasis on script
analysis, tin. collaborative role of die lighting designer, lighting dieory, and
modern ^tagc lighting practices. Practical applications include die
conceptualization and designing of production lighting for Proscenium, Thrust,
and Arena stages through class exercises.
TH322 Costume Design 3c-01-3sh
Covers design and execution of stage costumes widi emphasis on showing how
mood and illusion can be created dirough die proper selection of style, color, and
texture, supplemented by an overview of stage costuming.
TH323 Sound Design 3c-01-3sh
Covers the basic principles and dieories of designing sound for die dieater.
Through demonstration and practical application, the course will cover the
following principal areas: basic electronics, recording techniques and equipment,
musical and effects integration, dieater acoustics, designing sound, and sound
reinforcement
TH.J40 Acting II 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: TH240 or permission of instructor
Study of die evolving Stanislavsky system and its American reinterpretations as
applied to realism and other dramatic genres and styles. Emphasis will be on
scoring of text, exploring die relationships between psychological states and
physical action.
TH34 1 Acting Styles 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: TH 1 3(1, 1 3 1 . 240 or permission of instructor
Study and practice of advanced acting skills widi special emphasis on style and
period. Possible areas of focus: Greek classical. Commedia Dell'Arte (farce).
French Neo-classical. Restoration Comedy, Melodrama, High Comedy
(Wilde/Coward), or Theater of the Absurd.
TH342 Acting Shakespeare 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: TH240. 340 (or permission of instructor)
An advanced acting studio which will prepare students to perform in
Shakespeare's plays. Provides a background overview of the Elizabedian period in
addition to various methods towards approaching die movement, language, and
verse forms from an actor's point of view.
TH345 Touring Young People's Theater 3c-01-3sh
Introduces the fundamentals of young people's dieater for audiences aged five
dirough fifteen years. The class will select appropriate children's literature,
develop a script dirough improvisation, and rehearse and tour dieir production to
die surrounding schools.
TH347 Playwriting 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: TH1 10 or permission of professor
A practical exploration of the craft and process of playwriting. Focuses primarily
on die practical, "hands-on" experiences approximating the "developmental
process" currently in use in die American theater. The student will be guided
from the initial concept dirough synopsis, outlines, working drafts, and
completion of an original one-act play and a ''staged reading" of diis project.
TH350 Directing 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: TH1 10, 240, permission
Introduction to basic directing skills: casting, floor plans, blocking, rehearsal
procedures, and die applications of scene and character analysis. Students will
prepare short scenes for class presentation.
TH351 Choreography 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: One of die following introductory or advanced-level dance classes:
TH150. 250, 260. 270. 280, 485; or permission of instructor
Introduces die necessary choreographic tools needed to manipulate dance as a
medium to create dance works. The class will learn and use various approaches to
the choreographic process to create dance works, one of which will be presented
in a public showing at die end of the semester.
TH353 Dance Curriculum and Instruction 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisite: One of die following theater courses: TH250, 260, 270. 280, 290,
or 485; or permission of instructor
Introduces the necessary teaching skills and curriculum development needed to
understand die pedagogical structure for teaching dance. The class will learn the
approaches to teaching that are unique to dance and will learn how to design
dance curriculum.
TH481 Special Topics var-l-6sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics tliat are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more dian three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
TH482 Independent Study var-l-6sh
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Independent study in theater may be eidier purely academic or may be a practical
production project, supported by a written document giving evidence of
significant scholarly investigation or original, creative effort. May be repeated to a
maximum of six credits. Approval is based on academic appropriateness and
availability of resources.
TH483 Acting Studio 3c-21-3sh
Prerequisites: Minimum of TH240. by permission; individual foci have
additional prerequisites
Advanced studio course offering scene practice widi faculty direction, coaching,
and criticism. Specific focus of scene work varies from semester to semester,
including improvisation techniques, stage dialects, audition techniques, and
acting for die camera as alternating semester options. May be repeated widi a
different focus each time.
TH484 Directing Studio 3c-21-3sh
Prerequisites: TH350, permission
Opportunity for students to direct scene work, one-act plays, or larger projects,
according to individual levels of experience, preparation, and readiness. Practical
application of principles of directing to specific problems in directing. Student
projects performed in public, open-class recitals. May be repeated.
TH485 Dance Studio 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: TH250, 260. 270. or 280 (beginning technique class taken must
be the specific dance genre of die Dance Studio class offered); or by permission of
instructor
Furdiers die development of die dancer at the intermediate level of a specified
genre of dance. Development in dance requires die integration of bodi technique
and artistic development. The specific genres vary from semester to semester,
including modern, ballet, tap, and jazz as alternating semester options. May be
repeated widi a different focus each time.
TH486 Practicum in Production var-.5-4sh
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
An opportunity widi academic credit for students to make significant
contributions to campus productions augmenting theater coursework in die areas
of assistant directing or directing, stage management, technical direction, sound
design, lighting, scene design, properties and set decoration, scene building and
painting, costuming, dance, and make-up design. May be repeated.
TH489 Technical Theater Problems 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
Open to all students desiring instruction in a variety of technical dieater areas not
presendy covered in odier courses. Topics to include sound design, stage
management, set props, media make-up, technical drawing/mixed media, and
scene painting. May be repeated.
TH493 Internship var-3-12sh
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
Opportunities for students to gain experience with professional performance
organizations in areas related to dieater and dance.
NDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 209
UN
I Pi
Univcrsitywitle Courses
Academic Affairs Division
UN480T.H.I.S. Seminar 3c-0l-Seh
\, .,,1 leminai lake the State Syste I Highei Education i mverait)
Harriaburgii junction with the l II IS. internship. Conaiata ol
olii j ml Mion do iaion making, and budgeting and addresses
,,.l .,,, sun sessions with leading state government policymal
i ri] lundei kcade Afiairs areas. Restricted to th< T.H.I.S. internship
partii ipanl See I N 19 I.
UN I'll T.II.I.S. Intemahip var-12»h
Practical experience at the policymaking level of the state government that also
requires ■ researi h projei t. Student mual havi a I 0 I IRA and Bubmil a J pie ol
writing skills with the application to the Experiential Education i (ffice. < (pen to
any IUP major. See desi ripdon under Academic Affairs areas. ( imminent
i ,M . ourse required. See I N-480.
vo
Vocational Education
Center for Vocational-Technica]
Personnel Preparation
College of Education
VO010 Industrial Electrical Technology var-l-18sh
Prerequiaite! Center/department permission
Emphasis on comprehensive industrial electrical technolog) through training in
specialt) concentrations applied to design, development, and testing of electrical
, in mis. dev ins. and systems lor generating electricity and the distribution and
udliaation of electrical power. Carries institutional credit only.
VOl 00 Preparation of the Vocational Professional I var-l-15sh
Jixed, self-paced vocadonal teacher preparation. The vocational
,iii.l. ni intern develops, demonstrates, and documents competence in selected
pedagogical competencies. Individualized instruction is supplemented with
nliK seminars. Self-evaluation is encouraged in die program, utilizing
videotaping and the feedback from a team of professional teacher educators,
V028 1 Special Topics var- 1 -3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
that arc nol included in die established curriculum. A given topic may be offered
under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special topics
numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.
VOS95 Vocational Education Writing Experience var-Osh
Writing assignments such as abstracts, logs of activities, philosophy papers,
training plans, presentation plans, lesson plans, etc.. will be completed in
conjunction with selected instructional modules from VO100 and VO400
VO400 Preparation of the Vocational Professional II var-l-I5sh
Prerequisite: Successful completion of VO100
!Yis,.nah/ed. self-paced vocational teacher preparation. The vocational
Student intern develops, demonstrates, ami documents « ompetence in selected
teaching skills in die areas of program planning, program development, program
evaluation, and managing and evaluating instruction in a vocational school
setting. Self-evaluation is encouraged in the program utilizing videotaping and die
feedback from a team of professional teacher educators.
VO40I Special Topics in Vocational Technical Preparation var-l-12sh
Prerequisite: Center permission
Prw ul< s opportunities for vocational students/interns to develop additional
technical skills in areas related to their occupational competence under
pi.ilesM.ui.il supervision. Topics are determined through individual counseling,
through priority needs identified by advisory committees, ami dirough evaluation
ol lei hnical competence h\ center teaching staff.
using ii
VO402 Special Topica la Vocational Pedagogic
Prerequisite: ( lentel permission
Providi s opportunitii ■ foi ■■■■■ itii n J ludi nts inti i
■ ■ ... I. in.' skills undei prolession.il supervision rbpi
id. ntifii ation "I i an I ' J edui atii
surveys and students1 individual •
VO450 Technical Preparation of the Vocational Professional I Ish
Competeni % uscasmi m ol ipal nadoml
standardized written and pi rformani • i taminauona
\ < » IS I Special Topica var-l-lsh
Prerequisite: As apptopriatl l lit item
Spu i.J lopn s c ouiscs are ofli red on an i iperimental or temporary b
explore topica thai are notini luded inlhi established curriculum \ given topi
in.o be oil' n d undi i
topica numbered 181 an primarily for uppei level undi rgraduate students.
V0482 Independent Study w'1 •»*
Prerequisite: Prioi approval through advisor, fei ulty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's I
Student! with interest in indi pendent stud) "I a topi< not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan ol siudv in conjum DOE with a laiully member.
Approval is based on acadenm appropriateness anil avauabilil
W:
Women's Studies
Women's Studies Program
Academic Affairs Division
WS200 Introduction to Women's Studies 3c-0l-3sh
Focuses on women as they are and as they have been as represented by the work
ofwriters and as presented in die theory and research ol various disciplines.
Historical and contemporary images ol w en ate examined in terms of their
impact on our lives.Thc relationships ol women to social institutions
education, religion, and health care arc explored. Alternative theories explaining
the roles and status of women are compared. Attempts to help us understand the
choices and experiences women face in their everyday personal, work, and public
lives.
WS281 Special Topics var- 1 -3sh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topu s are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore topics
diat are not included in die established curriculum. A given topic may lie offered
under any special topic identity no more diaii three umes. Special topics
numbered 2S1 arc offered primarily for lower level undergraduate students.
WS481 Special Topics nr-1- fsh
Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporan I
explore topics that are not included in the established curriculum. A given topic
may be offered under any special topic identity no more dian diree times. Special
topics numbered -4K1 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
WS482 Independent Study ' •*- ' -**
Prerequisite: Prior approval dirough advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's ( tfEce
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum mav propose a plan of study m conjunction widi a faculty mcnd>cr.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availabUity of r
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 199?
210 DIRECTORY
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
DIRECTORY 211
Directory
Administration
Lawrence K. Pettit, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, President
Ruth A. Riesenman, Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh, Executive Assistant to the Presidi nl
Helen M. Soltis, M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, Assistant to the President for Social
Equity
Division of Academic Affairs
Mark J. Staszkicwicz, Ed.D., University of Cincinnati
Piovost .mil Vice President tin A. ,i<l< inii Affairs
Mark J. Piwinsky, Ph.D., ["he Ohio State University
Assoi late Provosl foi Academic Administration
Yvonne B. Redd, B.A., Indiana University ol Pennsylvania
Assistant to the Associate Provosl
Joseph A. Bukarlck.Jr., M.A., Naval War ( College and M.A.,
Webster University
Professor, Chairperson, Military Science
Lisa Castellino, U.S., Marywnod (College
Information Management Analyst
Samuel T. Piilcio, Jr.. M.B.A., Duquesne University
Director, Technology Services Center
William S. Balint III, U.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Coordinator, Applications Development
Todd I). Cunningham. U.S.. Duquesne University
Coordinator, User Services
Paul M. Grieggs. B.B.A., St. Bonaventure University
Coordinator, Technical Services
Daniel J. Yuhas. U.S.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Coordinator. Research and Development
J. Richard McFcrron. M.B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Interim Director, Academic Technology Services
Ronald P. Maggiore. 1'h.l)., University of Wisconsin
Associate Provosl for Enrollment Management and Planning
ValarieJ. Mancuso, D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Dean. Punxsiitawuc\ ( 'ampus
Joel L. Anderson, M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director of Administrative and Student Services,
Punxsutawney Campus
Frederick A. Sehring. M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Dean. Armstrong ( lampus
Mark A. Shoaf. M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director of Administrative and Student Services,
Armstrong Campus
Diane L. Dnndey, Ed.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
Director, Academic Information Systems
William H. Nairn, M.Ed., Duquesne University
Dean ol Admissions
Diane R. Raybuck. M.A.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Associate Dean of Admissions
Tracy Harris. M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh
Vssistant Dean of Vdmissions
Elisa M. C.oserud. M.Ed.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Admissions Counselor
Peggy L. Alters, A. A.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Transfer Credit (-'valuator
Richard A. DiStanislao. MA.. Indiana University ol Pennsylvania
Registrar
Robert J. Simon. B.A., Indiana I 'niversit) ol Pennsylvania
Interim Diret i<>i ol Registration and Si
of the l<
Lynette J. Gearhart. B.A., Indiana University "I Pennsylvania
Director of Student Records, OfEci of the 1
Patrick A. Carone. Ph.D., Duke University
Director, Office ol International Vflairs
Tara L. Jones. M.A.. Indiana I Iniversity ol Pennsylvania
Foreign Student AdvlSOl
Gary A. Rice, Ph.D.. Washington State I Inn
Executive Director of Institutional Resean h, Assessment,
and Planning
Rena K. Fowler. Ph.D.. University "I Michigan
Dean of Libraries
Vacant. Associate Dean of Libraries
James C. Petersen, Ph.D.. University of Iowa
Dean, The Graduate School and Research
Michele Sanchez Schvrietz, M \ . Indiana I
Pennsylvania
Interim Associate Dean for Research. The Graduate v
and Research
Holly A. Snair. B.A.. University of Pennsylvania
Interim Director. Grants and Development, The Graduate
School and Research
Michele A. Norwood. M.A.. Indiana University ol
Pennsylvania
Interim Proposal Development Specialist, (.rants ( Ml'ue
Evelyn D. Landon. B.S.. Frostburg State 1 ImVersit)
Director. Institute for Research and Communit) Service
Evelyn S. Mutchnick. Ed.D.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Associate Dean for Administration. The Graduate School
and Research
Donna M. Griffith. M.A.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Interim Assistant Dean. The Graduate School and
Research
Carol A.Townscnd. B.S.. Western Illinois University
Assistant to die Dean. The Graduate School and Research
Nicholas E. Knlb. Ed.D I
Dean. School of Continuing Edu< atii in
Edward W. Nardi. D.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Dean for Credit Programs
Vacant. Director. Conferences and Noncredil Programs
Thomas W. O'Brien. M.A., Trenton State College
Director. Vocational Personnel Preparation Center
Gary M. Welsh. M.A.. University of Pittsburgh
Director. Criminal Justice Training Center
Kay K. Wijekumar. M.S.. University of Pittsburgh
Director. Distance Education Development
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999
DIRECTORY
Robert C. Camp, Ph.D., University of Mississippi
Dean, Eberly College of Business
Manmohan D. Chaubey, Ph.D., University of Iowa
Associate Dean, Eberly College of Business
Julie A. Moreland, B.S.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant to the Dean, Eberly College of Business
John W. Butzow, Ecl.D., University of Rochester
Dean, College of Education
Joyce L. Garrett, Ph.D., University of Oregon
Associate Dean for Administration, College of Education
John R.Johnson, M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Associate Dean for Educational College-School Partnerships,
College of Education
Michael J. Hood, M.F.A., Louisiana State University
Dean, College of Fine Arts
Douglas E. Bish, D.M.A., Boston University
Associate Dean, College of Fine Arts
Vacant, Director, University Museum
Hank G. Knerr, M.F.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Director, Public Events
Carleen C. Zoni, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Dean, College of Health and Human Services
Robert D. Soule, Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
Interim Associate Dean, College of Health and Human
Services
Allen R. Robinson, Ph.D., Michigan State University
Director, Highway Safety Center
Albert S. Wutsch, C.C.E. and C. W.C., American Culinary
Federation
Director, Department of Culinary Arts at Punxsutawney
Brenda L. Carter, Ph.D., University ol Pittsburgh
Dean, College of Humanities and Social Sciences
Alphonse N. Novels, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Dean, College of Humanities and Social Sciences
Yaw A. Asamoah, Ph.D., Washington University
Interim Associate Dean, College of Humanities and Social
Sciences
John S. Eck, Ph. D.Johns Hopkins University-
Dean, College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Aleksandra B. Kaniasty, M.A., Adam Mickiewicz University of
Poznan
Assistant Dean, College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Raymond P. Pavloski, Ph.D., McMaster University
Dean's Associate, College of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics
Janet E. Goebel, Ph.D., University of Nebraska- Lincoln
Director, Robert E. Cook Honors College
Richard D. Kutz, B.S.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Director, Robert E. Cook Honors College
Mary Ann Cessna, Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Director, Teaching Excellence Center
Mary E. Sadler, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
Director, Liberal Studies
Vacant, Director, Women's Studies
John G. Grassinger, M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
Faculty Associate
Carolyn A. Thompson, M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Diversity Studies
Division of Administration
C. Edward Receskl, M.Ed., Indiana Ur
Vice President for Administration
iity of Pennsylvania
Mark A. Geletka, P.E., M.S., University of Pittsburgh
Interim Assistant Vice President for Administration
Charles B. Altimus, S. W. Jack Cogeneration Operations Manager
E.James Henning, Maintenance Manager
Lawrence M. Horanslcy, Maintenance Project Manager
Mark A. Labant, S.W.Jack Cogeneration Maintenance Manager
Robert L. Marx, M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Facilities Engineering and Construction Group
William L. Overdorff, Project Manager
Raymond L. Wygonik, P.E., B.S., The Pennsylvania State
University
Project Engineer
Richard E. Smith, B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Facilities Services Group
Pamela K. Froelicher, Director, Purchasing and Central
Stores
Donald R. McGinnis, Warehouse Superintendent
J. Douglas Miller, B.S.,The Pennsylvania State University
Custodial Services Manager
William P. Montgomery, Director, Campus Police and Safety
Fred J. Owens, B.A., St. Francis College
Director, University Printing
Thomas P. Mittelhauser, B.A., University of Notre Dame
Interim Director, Human Resources
Helen M. Soltis, M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Assistant Director, Human Resources
Emma N. Fairman, A.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Interim Labor Relations Manager, Human Resources
Judy A. (.alio B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Data Manager, Human Resources
Kathleen Manion, M.B.A., Southern Methodist University
Manager of Organizational Development, Human Resources
Vacant, Retirement and Benefits Coordinator, Human Resources
Division of Finance
Louis Szalontai, M.B.A., Ohio University; C.P.A.
Vice President lor Finance
Randall W. LeBlanc, B.S., Oral Roberts University; C.P.A.
Director, Fiscal Affairs
Phyllis A. Groomes, Director, Student Financial Services
Feryal E. Allen, B.S., Ein Shams University, Cairo, Egypt
Director, IUP Enterprise Center
Richard P. White. M.B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania;
C.P.A.
Controller
Lois E. Brown, B.S., Berea University
Interim Director, Grant and Special Fund Accounting
Barbara J. Moore. B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Internal Review
Cynthia L. Strittmatter, M.B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Budget Planning
Susanna C. Sink, B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Director, Budget Planning
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
DIRECTORY 213
Division of Student Affairs
1 1. ii <>M I). Goldsmith, Ed.D., Indiana University
\ ii . President foi Studenl Affairs
Rhonda II. Luckey, D.Ed., University ol Pittaburgh
Assistant Vice I'm si. I. ni I. ii Studenl Affairs
< larolyn I). Princes, D.ImI., I iimnih nl Maryland
Director, African American < lultural < Ienter and Programming
Theodore lurner, M.A., Indiana University ol Pennsylvania
Inn inn Assistanl to the Vii e Presidenl foi Studenl Affairs
Catherine M. Dugan, D.Ed., Indiana I 'niversity "I Pennsylvania
Direi tor, \< K isingand Testing Centei
Joseph L. Kiti'hii-. M.Ed., Indiana University "I Pennsylvania
Vssistant Director, Advising and Testing ( ienter
Nicole Maiurek, M.Ed., Saini Ambrose I 'niversity
Advisor, I tisabled Studenl Sen ii es
Mark K. Anthony. M.A., Indiana I 'niversity oi Pennsylvania
Director, ( lareei Sen ii es
Deborah Saunders Stanley. M.l'.il.. I 'niversity oft leorgia
Associate Director, < lareei Sen ii es
Kim Weiner. Ph.D., 1 'niversity of Pittsburgh
Chairperson, Counseling and Student Development Centei
Rita G.Drapkin, Ph.D., University ofPittsburgh
Assistanl Director and Director of Training, Counseling and
Student Development < Ienter; ( lounseling Psychologist
Kli/.abeth A. Kineade. Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
( loordinator of Groups and Outreach, Counseling
Psychologisi
John A. Mills, Ph.D.. ABPP, State University of New York at
Buffalo
Counseling Psychologist
Vacant, Counseling Psychologist
Sherrill A. Kuckuck, Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
Director, Student Development
Vacant. Director, University Health Services
H. Zane Kirk, M.D., Baylor College of Medicine
Medical Director. University Health Services
Stacey A. Robertson, 1>.< )., Philadelphia College of Osteopathic
Medicine
Physician, I 'niversity Health Sen ices
Marilyn II. Stephens. Ml).. Meharry Medical College
Physician, Uruversity Health Services
Nancy L. Evans. K.N.-C. Indiana Hospital School of Nursing
Associate Director, Nursing Services, University Health
Services
Malinda M. Cowles, M.A.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Associate Director. Health Education, University Health
Services
Ann E. Sesti. M.A.. Slippery Rock University
Coordinator of Chemical Health, University Health Services
Canny G. Cananxa, Ed.D., Crambling Stab i
Din ctor/t ter/Act 101
Si. i, n ( U 111 i. ,il i ry Rock I
I'.dni ational Counseloi Vssistant Director, U
Vi i i ii i
Steven C. Ender, Id D., I
I'.dni ational ' niinsi Ini. 1 .1 aming I '
< assandra C. Green, M.A., Indiana I niversity ..I Pennsylvania
Edui ation tlG Center/Act Mil
Paul K. Ilrahovsky. M.Ed., Indiana l niversity "I Pennjyh
Math ii 1 \i 1 101
Melvin A. Jenkins. M.A., Indiana University ol Pennsylvania
Kiln, ational < ounsi lot 1 • mil ' 1 nti 1 At 1 Mil
Sally A. I.ipsky. Ph.D., I nivi rsity ol Pittsburgh
Ri ading/Study skills s;
Carol A. Tannous, M.A., India I of Pennsylvania
I'.dni ational ( 'onus, ,. ntl 1 \i t 101
Carolyn J. VVilkie. Ph.D.. Tin Pennsylvania Stair t niversity
Educational Development Spei lahst. Learning ( inter \. 1 nil
Frederick A. Joseph. M.Ed., K. nl Stati I nivi isitv
I lin 1 tor, Finani ial Aid
William M. Srsic, M.Ed., Edinboro Stati ( . .Ili-y,<
\ ssi 11 1.1 it I in 1 Financial Aid; Veteran ( 1 relying Office!
Christine A. /u/.u k. M \.. Indiana I nivi isitv ol Pennsylvania
Ass. .1 iate Din . tor, Finani ial Aid
Aileen C. Bowman. M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Director. Pinani ial Aid
Alisa L. DeStefano, B.S., West Libert I
Assistant Duei tor. Financial Aid
Patricia C. McCarthy. M.S.. LaRoi hi '
Assistant Director. Financial \nl
Deidre S. Smith. M.B.A., I Iniversity ofPittsburgh
Assistant Director, Financial Aid
Winnie I). Hunter. B.A.. Indiana University ol Pennsylvania
Counselor. Financial Aid
Elizabeth A. Joseph. M.Ed., Southern Illinois ( niversity
Director. Housing and Residence Life
Richard L. Baginski. M.S.. Shippensburg University of
Pennsylvania
Associate Director for Operations
James R. Froelicher. H.S.. Duquesne University
Vssoi iate Director lor Administration
Randi S. Schneider. F..I1).. 1 niversity ..I I
\ssih iate Dim tor ol Residence Life
Leonard J. Kasubick. Assistant Director for Operations.
Technical Specialist
Kathleen R. Linder, M.S.. Miami I niversity
Assistant Director ofResidi m 1 I ate. J udic ial ^Recruitment
John G. Makara. M.Ed.. The Pennsylvania State University
Assistant D11. itions
Julenej. Pinto-Dyczewski. M.A.. Indiana University of
Pennsylvania
Assistant Director of Residence Life, Training, and Evaluation
Melanie K. Wardrop. B.S.Ed.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Director for Administration
Patrick McDevitt. B.S.. Uruversity of Pittsburgh
Computer Systems Manager
Frank A. Axell. M.S.. Kansas State University
Residence Director
James A. Carroll. M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Residence Director
Susan A. Dawkins. M.A.. West Virginia University
Residence Director
Kimberly M. Martin. M.A.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Residence Director
Malaika M. Moses. M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Residence Director
Ronald C. Shidemantle. M.A.. Slipper. Rock University
Residence Director
Josette M. Skobieranda. M.Ed. .The Pennsylvania State University
Residence Director
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG 1999-2000
214 DIRECTORY
Terry Appolonia, M.A.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Student Activities and Organizations
Frank V. DeStefano, M.A.. Iiidi.nu University of Pennsylvania
Associate Director, Student Attn ides and ( trganizations/Major
Events
Tammy P. Manku, MA., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Associate Director. Student Activities and
Organizations/Service Leadership
Frank J. Condino. Ed. D„ West Virginia Universitj
Director. Intercollegiate Athletics
Frances A. Nee, M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Director, Intercollegiate Athletics
FrankJ. Cignetti, M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant to the Director/Head Football Coach, Intercollegiate
Atliletics
Lisa R. Bash- Ward, B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Interim Business Officer, Intercollegiate Athletics
Ryan M. Smith, M.E., Slippery Rock University
Interim Recreational/Facilities Assistant, Intercollegiate
Athletics
Larry A. Judge, B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Coordinator, Marketing, Promotion, and Radio Network
Michael S. Hoffman, M.Ed., Florida State University
Director, Sports Information
Dennis V. Hulings, M.A.Ed., Brigham Young University
Executive Director, Student Cooperative Association
J. Sam Barker, B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Program Services
Pete Alexander, B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Co-op Store
Terry K.Griffith, B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Associate Director, Co-op Store
Louis F. Garzarelli,Jr., B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Campus Recreation
Charles Potthast, M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Business Services
William J. Yagle, Director, Maintenance/Safety
Division of Institutional Advancement
Joan M. Fisher. Ph.D., The Union Institute
Vice President for Institutional Advancement
Barbara A. Fender, M.S., University of Akron
Executive Director of the Foundation for IUP; Senior Development
Officer
Andrea L. Alsippi, B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director of Advancement Services; Assistant Director of the
Foundation for IUP; Director, Development Services
Henry W. Pliske, M.A., Michigan State University
Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations
Mi. 1 1 i A. Trinkley, B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Major and Planned Giving
Bonita DeLand, B.S., Slippery Rock University
Director, Annual Giving
Lois J. Drayer, Director, Development Research
Karen L. Ober, Financial Services Manager
Michelle D. Hart, B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Records Information Manager
Walter J. Stapleton, M.B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant to the Vice President; Director, Government Relations
Mary Jo Lyttle, M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Alumni Affairs; Executive Director, IUP Alumni
Association
Mary O. Moore, B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Director, Alumni Affairs
Karen P. Gresh, B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Publications; University Editor; Editor, IUP Magazine
Regan P. Houser, B.A., Duquesne University
Director, Electonic Image; Associate Director, Publications;
Associate Editor, IUP Magazine
Ronald L. Mabon. M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Design and Marketing
R. William Swauger, B.A., Geneva College
Director, Public Relations
Michelle Shaffer Fryling, B.A., Allegheny College
Director, Media Relations; Community Affairs and Marketing
Coordinator
M. Connie Howard, M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Coordinator, Special Projects
William R. Hamilton, B.A.. Indiana University of Pennsylvama
Director, Video
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
DIRECTORY
University Professors Emeriti
|ohn N. Fox, Richard D. Magee, D Id A. Walk*
Emeriti
AdndnJitnUora/Deani/DireclorstJohnChellman, Dean, Health Servici
Fred Dakak, Dei f Admissions; Ruth Podbielski, Associate Athletii
i ElwoodB Sheeder, Dean, School of Business; Herman L.
Sledzik, Vssociati Vthletii Director; Prances C. Srineman, Director,
Collegi ofBusiness Advisement Center; Georgi \ . \\ Stoufferjr.,
Dean, School ol Education; I- Leonard Stright, Dean, The Graduati
Sc] i: Roberl < I. Warren Ass... iate Provost; Kathleen Jones White,
Dean, College ol Human Ecology
Accounting: • lharles I Cooper
Vnthropologyt \nM H.Olin-Fahle
\n: BarbaraJ. Balsiger, Charles E. Battaglini, Thomas J. Dongilla.JohnJ.
Dropcho, Robert W. I lamtltonjames M. Innes, • leorge B Johnson,
Lawrence F. McVitty, Robert C. Seelhorst, Roberl E. Slenker, Robert J.
Vtslosky, Ned O. Wert
Biology: Waltei W. Gallad, Francis W. Liegey, Robert N. Moore, Gould F.
Schrocs
Business: Lee It. Beaumont, Patricia Patterson Cordera, Beatrice Thomas
Careei Services! John 1 Frank, E. Samuel Hoenstine, Roy A. Moss
Chemistry: Carl Bordas, Joseph J. Costa, Frank Fazio. Jr., Donald K.
McKelvey, Roberl A. Patsiga,John II. Scroxton, Stanford L.Tackett,
Paul K Wunz, Jr., Geno C. Zambotti
Communications Media: Merle G. KHngensmith, Donald M. MacIsaac.J.
Roberl Murray, Norman W. Sargent, David L. Young
Computer Science: Howard E.Tompkins
Consumer Services: Willa Kulh ( aaincr. Betty L. Wood
Counselor Education: William II. Culp, Everett J. Pesci, Robert H. Saylor,
Jane B. Washburn, James C. Wilson
Criminology: hnogene L, Moyei
Economics: Donald A. Walker
Educational Psychology: Leonard DeFabo, Bruce A. Meadowcroft, Mildred
Shank. Joan R. Yanuzzi
English: Edward I.. Anderson, William W. Betts, Jr., Jessie L. Bright, Lorrie
J. Bright, K. Morrison Brown, Harold E. Craig,John A. Davis. John
I .. uii.l. Samuel F. Furgiuele (Journalism). Patrick M. Hartwell,
Laurabel H. Miller. Anthony J. Nania, Richard E. Ray. Phyllis ( '•.
Rouimu. Frederick W, Seinfcll. Helena M. Smith. Ford H. Swigart. Jr..
Raymond L. Thomas,John G. Watta, Don Wbodworth
Finance and Management Information Systems: Leslie S. Spencer
Food and Nutrition: Margaret L. Minnick, Allen M. Woods (Hotel,
Restaurant, and Institutional Management)
Foundations of Education: Don-Chean Chu
French: Femand Fisel, Robert L. Whitmer
Geography and Regional Planning: Susan E. Forbes, Thomas G. Gault,
Gopal S. Kulkarni. Vincent P. Miller, Leonard P, Tepper, Charles E.
Weber
Health and Physical Education: Barbara Vierstock,1 homai i
Godlasky, V rLiscinsk) William \ Neal, Edward L Slot
Lawn nee I [uckei
Historyi Sb vi n B I ord Emi IB Fricki |os< ph M '
(.. Iha, h. 1 1...... . D I in. I. I Samuel Hatfield.Joseph Mastro,
|...n s Mervine,James M. Ouver,J. Merit Rifi
Home Economics Education: Eleanoi M Gallati Helen B. Hovis, UraaL.
K.i/inrr
Hotel. Restaurant, and Institutional Management: Ronald E Simkim
Human Development and Environmental Studies: Donna I Sut tfthau
Industrial and labor Relations: < lonrad | ' lates
Journalism: James M. DeGeorgi I raigG Sv tugei I David Trub)
Learning Center: Kathryn V.Stratton
Library/Media Resources: Id. hard ' lhamberlin, William E, LaFrani hi
(Director), Martha S. Scheeren, Marit E. Snead, Edward G. Woll
Management and Marketing: Francis G. McGovem, Charles B. Stevenson
Mathematics: Ida /. Anns. Joseph S. Angelo, Donald I). Duncan, Raymond
D.Gibson, Marlin E. Hartman, [ohn P. Hoyt,Doyle K. Mi Bi
Ronald L. McBride, Wallace F. MorrellJoAnn
Dale M.Shafer, Edwin M. K. Smith. William R. Smith, Merle K. StflweO,
llallev ( I. Willison,Jr., Rii hard E. Wolfe, MeiVin It. Woodard
Music: William R. Becker, David T. Borst. Daniel DiCicco, W. Delight
Malitsky, I aureni ej. Perkins,Jane Vansteenkist, < !ah in L. V.
Nursing and Allied Health Professions: Jean L. Blair. Helen M Kiesak.
Marian V Murray, Maxine K. Smadakjoann E. Thisdethwaite
Technology Support and I raining: Joseph A. Bianco, l)..nald C. Mahan.
Bernaid A. Moreau, Ruth S. Morrisjohn A. Polesky. Sharon D.
Steigmann, Dale W. W lei
Philosophy and Religious Studies: Robert M. Hermann. Arthur
Kannwisher, It. Thomas Schaub
Physics: Richard E. Bun. Garj L. Hue k« alter. John N. Fox, George M
Matous. Patrick J. McNamara, David M. Rihan. Paul M. Waddell
Political Science: Edward Chaszar, Raymond L. Lee. Robert Morris.
Dorothy \. Palmer, Ben V Smith
Professional Laboratory Experiences: Lois C. Blair
Professional Studies in r'ducation/Elementary Education: Alberta R.
Dorsey, Ralph M. Glott, P.D. Lott, Donald McFeely, Edward It. Mott,
James B. Reillyjoseph S. Rizzo, Edwina B. Vold,Joann Walthour
Psychology: Richard D. Magee, Can. W. R. Patton. Alexander R_ Rich
Safety Sciences: Robert E. McClay,Jr., Nicholas N. Paealo
Sociology Anthropology: Bett) B. Lanham
Spanish and Classical Languages: Cnu \L Mendi/.abal
Special Education: Marie I. Balm. William B. Balm. Jem B. Fiddler.
Morton M. Morris. Eugene F. S< anion. Esther M. Shane
Student Personnel: James W. Laughlin
Theater: Donald G. Eisen, Patricia L. Lommodc
Inivcrsin School: Clarahel J. Davis (Music). Lida M. Fleming. Dorothy I.
1 ingenfelter, Lillian G. Martin
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRAO 1999-2000
DIRECTORY
The Faculty
A
B
Robert J. Ackerman. l'li.D., Western Michigan University
University Professor and Professor, Sociology
Frederick A. Adkins, Ph.D., University of Iowa
Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Ibrahim J. Affaneh. Ph.D., University of Utah
Associate Professor, Finance and Legal Studies
Ali-Asghar Aghbar, Ph.D., Georgetown University
Professor, English
Francisco E. Alarcon, Ph.D., University oflowa
Associate Professor, Mathematics
Mohamed H. Albohali, Ph.D.. Kansas State University
Associate Professor, Management Information Systems and Decision
Sciences
Abbas J. Ah, Ph.D., West Virginia University
Professor, Management
Ronald D. Ah, M.F.A., Carnegie Mellon University
Associate Professor, Art
Robert K. Alico, Ph.D.. St. Bonaventure University-
Professor, Biology
Lynne B. Alvine, Ed.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University
Professor, English
William D. Ames, L.L.M. (Taxation), University of San Diego
Associate Professor, Finance and Legal Studies
Carohne I. Anderson. D.A., Carnegie Mellon University
Associate Professor, Mathematics
Fred P. Anderson, M.B.A., University of Michigan
Assistant Professor. Management
Kim L. Anderson, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Accounting
Allan T. Andrew, Ph.D., Utah State University
Professor, Biology
Maali H. AshamaUa.'Ph.D., City University of New York
Associate Professor, Management
Neil J. Asting, Ph.D., University of Rhode Island
Professor, Chemistry
C. Thomas Ault, Ph.D., University of Michigan
Assistant Professor, Theater
Dennis Ausel, Ed.D.. Indiana University
Associate Professor, Communications Media
W. Timothy Austin. Ph.D., University of Georgia
Professor, Criminology
Amadu D. Ayebo. Ph.D.. University of Nebraska
Assistant Professor, Biology
Gawdat G. Bahgat. Ph.D., Florida State University
Assistant Professor, Political Science
Gary L. Bailey, Ph.D.. Indiana University
Associate Professor, Chairperson, History
Janice M. Baker. Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Special Education and Clinical Services
John C. Baker. M.A., Siena Heights College
Assistant Professor, Hotel, Restaurant, and Institutional Management
John D. Baker. Ph.D., Indiana University
Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Donald A. Balenovich, Ph.D.. Carnegie Mellon University-
Assistant Professor. Mathemadcs
Francis L. Ballas. Ph.D.. West Virginia University
Professor, Chemistry
Mia M. Barker. Ph.D., University of Tennessee
Professor, Food and Nutrition
William F. Barker, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Professor, Educational and School Psychology
Sheila B. Barlow. Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Nursing and Allied Health
Mania S. Barrett, Ph.D., Memphis State University
Associate Professor, Psychology
Kathy Barton, M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, Spanish and Classical Languages
Madan M. Batra, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
Professor, Marketing
Madeline P. Bayles, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Health and Physical Education
Charlene P. Bebko. Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Marketing
Jacqueline A. Beck. M.N., University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Nursing and Allied Health
Robert B. Begg, Ph.D.. University of Iowa
Professor, Geography and Regional Planning
Sherrill J. Begres. Ph.D., Wayne State University-
Associate Professor, Philosophy and Religious Studies
Raymond W. Beisel, Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Associate Professor, University School
Holley A. Belch, Ph.D., Bowling Green State University
Assistant Professor, Student Affairs in Higher Education
Margaret W. BeUak, M.N., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Nursing and Allied Health
Carole B. Bencich. Ed.D., University of Georgia
Professor, English
Joseph W. Bencloski, Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Associate Professor, Geography and Regional Planning
John E. Benhart, Ph.D., University of Tennessee
Assistant Professor, Geography and Regional Planning
Paul Ben-Zvi, M.F.A., University oflowa
Associate Professor, Art
Gail I. Berlin, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Professor, English
Pearl S. Berman, Ph.D., Bowling Green State University
Professor, Psychology
Charles H. Bertness, Ph.D., University of Illinois
Professor. Mathematics
Narayanaswamy Bharathan, Ph.D., University of Maine at Orono
Assistant Professor, Biology
George R. Bieger. Ph.D., Cornell University-
Professor, Chairperson, Professional Studies in Educadon
GaryJ. Bird, D.M., Indiana University
Professor, Music
Christine Black, Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Associate Professor, Healdi and Physical Education
LaurelJ. Black, Ph.D., Miami University
Assistant Professor, English
Barbara S. Blackledge, M.F.A., University of North Carolina at Greensboro
Professor, Chairperson, Theater
William A. Blacksmith, III, Ed.D., West Virginia University
Professor, Healdi and Physical Education
Elaine H. Blair, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Health and Physical Education
Holly R. Boda, M.F.A., Texas Women's University
Assistant Professor, Theater
Wayne Bodle, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, History
P. Parker Boerner, M.F.A.. Maryland Institute College of Art
Assistant Professor, Art
Robert J. Boldin, Ph.D.. University of Pennsylvania
Professor, Finance and Legal Studies
Daniel N. Boone, Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School
Professor, Philosophy and Religious Studies
Lynn A. Botelho, Ph.D., University of Cambridge
Assistant Professor, History
AUiert E. Bouffard, Ph.D., Duquesne University
Professor, Chairperson, Philosophy and Religious Studies
Carroll E. Bouman, Ph.D., University of Rochester
Associate Professor, Nursing and Allied Health
Martha G. Bower, Ph.D.. University of New Hampshire
Professor, English
Fredalene B. Bowers, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Human Development and Environmental Studies
Malcolm E. Bowes, Ph.D., Ohio University
Associate Professor, Theater
Faye L. Bradwick, CPA,J.D., LL.M. (Tax), Syracuse University and
Georgetown University
Associate Professor, Accounting
Maryanne Brandenburg, Ph.D., Ohio University
Associate Professor, Technology Support and Training
Ruiess Van Fossen Bravo, Ph.D., Wayne State University
Associate Professor, Chairperson, Chemistry
Stephanie M. Brewer, M.A., Indiana University-
Assistant Professor, Economics
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
DIRECTORY 21 J
Lto»dW.Bri««oe,Ph.D.,UnivewityofPitBburgh
Ass,,, late Profeuor, Professional Studies In Edui anon
Roam I., Briscoe, I'll. I).. University ol Mi( higan
Ass,,, iate Profeuor, Educational and Si I I Psyi hology
Peter G. Broad, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins Universit)
prof .,.,,„. Spanish and Classical Languages
Kenneth W. Brode, Ph.D., I toiversity ol Pittsburgh
Professor, German
John Broughton HI, Ed D.,Oklal a State I mversit)
Professor, Mathematii J
AiuIicwC.I1ii.wi-. Ph.D.,Virginia Commonwealth I ruversity, Medical
College "I Virginia
Professor, Biolog)
Karen L. Drown. M.L.S., North < larolina I !i atral I niversit)
Assisi.uii Professor, I ibraries and Media Resources
Donald W. Buckwalter, Ph.D.,1 Inivereity ol Te :ssee
\ss,„i,,u Professor, Geograph) and Reg .il Planning
Joaeph A. Bukartek,Jr., M.A.. Naval Wai ( lollege; M. V. Webstei I toivi isitj
Professor, Chairperson, Militar s. ieni i
Jennie K. Billiard. I'll. I).. I >ui|u. sik Uuivcisits
\ss,„ i.iir I'ii, less,, i. Industrial .mil Laboi Relations
Gerald M. Buriok, Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State I niversity
Professor, ( ihairpi rson, Mathematics
Daniel A. Burkett, Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University
Associate Professor, Mathematics
Louise B.Burky, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Chairperson, Management Information Systems
and I'ri ision Sciences
Sandra I., Burwell. M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State Unhrersitj
\ss,„ iate Professor, \n
John F. Busnvicki. M.S., University of Notre Dame
Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Gary L Butcrbaugh. Ph.D., University ol Pittsburgh
Ass,,, iate Professor, ( Ihairperson, Computer Science
William B. Butler. Ph.D., University ol Wisconsin
Professor, Chairperson, Biology
James F. Byers, Ph.D., University ol Wisconsin
Professor, Chairperson, Industrial and Labor Relations
Janus M. Cahalan, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
Professor, English
Carol L. Caraway. Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
Professor, Philosophy and Religions Studies
Patrick A. Carone. I'li.l).. Duke University
Professor, International Student Advisor, International Services
Canny G. Carranaa, Kill). Grambling State 1 (niversity
Ass,,, i.ite Professor, Director/Chairperson, Learning Center
Josi- M. < ..iii.in/a. Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Spanish and Classical Languages
A. Keith darrein), Ed.D.. Han aid University
\ssisi.iut Professor, Professional Studies in Education
Wendy K. Carse. Ph.D., Tulane University
\ss,„ i.ite Professor. English
Charles F.Casavant. Ph.D.. State University ol New York at Buffalo
Professor, Musn
Charles I). Cashdollar. Ph.D.. University of Pennsylvania
University Professor and Professor, History
Vincc Celtnieks. Ed.D.. West Virginia Univei sit)
Associate Professor, Health and Phvsic.il Education
Karen R. Cereone. Ph.D., University oI'Michigan
Professor, Geoscience
Mary Ann Cessna. Ed.D.. The Pennsylvania State University
Professor. Food and Nutrition: Director, Teaching Excellence Center
Miriam S. Chaiken. Ph.D., University of California
Professor. Anthropology
David D. Chambers. Ph.D.. University ol Illinois
Associate Professor, Political Science
Deanna B. K. Chang. Ph.D.. University of Hawaii at Manna
Vssistani Professor, s,„ iologj
Carl C. Chen. Ph.D.. Kent State University
Associate Protessor. Management Information Systems and Decision
s, leures
si. i ii I, v i in p.oiis D.M. \ . ■ niversit) ,,i Rocheatei Eastman Si hool ol
Musn
Ass,,, i. in Professor, Mutii
Sling-Cay < how I'll III nmisity ol M.ih.im.i
Assistanl Profi oi I
Kit-hard A. Ciganko. Ed.D., Illinois State I triversitj
Assist. ml Profl ssor. All
Frank J. Cigneiti. M.Ed . Indiana I niversit) ol Pi nnayrvania
Professor, Vssistant to thi Directoi Head Football Coach, Intercollegiate
Vthl
Garry J. Cislurwaki, Ph.D.,1 niversity of Oklahoma Health Si iem c Outer
Vssoi Lab Profi ssoi Bii
Joseph C.Clark. Ph.D., Stanford I niversity
Assi ■
Lawrence N. Clans. J.D., Universit) ,,! Pittsburgh
\ss,,i iate Professor, < Iriminolog)
Vaughn H.Clay, Ed.D., I niversit) ol Pittsburgh
Professor, < Ihairperson, An
Bemadette Cole-Slaughter, Ph.D . Purdui I niversity
\ss,„ iate Profi ssor, Professional Studies in Edui a i
Susan M. Comfort. Ph.D.. I niversity ol Texas
Assistant Professor, English
Francis |.( ondino. Ed.D., West Virginia I niversity
Ass,,, iate Professor, Director, Intercollegiati Athletics
W.Thomas ConeUy, Ph.D.. University of California-Santa liarhara
Associate Professor, Anthropology
Carol E. Council. M.L.S., I niversit) of Pittsb
Assistant Professor, Libraries and Media Reso
Frank Corbett. Ed.D.. Temple I niversity
\ss ite Professor, Professional Studies in Edui anon
Carmine J. Corta7.7.o,Jr.. M.S.. University of Illinois
Assistant Professor, 1 lealth and Physical Education
John A. Cross. Ph.D.. I nivctsitv of Pittsburgh
Professor, i lomputet Si iem i
John W. Cross. M.A.. I Iniversit) of Massai husetts
Associate Professor. Economics
Thomas K. Crumm. Ph.D.. University ol Massai husetts
I'm, lessor. Chemistry
Concetta C. Culliver. D.Ed., Universit) ol Alabama
Ass, ,i iate Professor, < Iriminology
Thomas P. Cunningham. MS.. Carnegie Institute of Techni
Associate Professor, C puter Science
Susan S. Dahlheimer. Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
\ss,,i iate Professor, food and Nutrition
Victoria B. Damiani. Ed.D.. ( lollege of William and Mary
Vssistani Profi ssor, Kxlueation.il and Si hool Psychology
ClaireJ. Dandeneau. Ph.D.. Purdue University
Assistant Pn, less,, i. ( '. ISelulg
Karen A. Dandurand. Ph.D.. University ,>l Massachusetts
Ass,,, iate Pr ifessi
Kreag M. Danvcrs. M.S.. Kent State University
Associate Professor. Accounting
Rosalyn B. Darling. Ph.D.. University of Connecticut
Assistanl Profi ssor, So,
Arlo Dean Davis. Ph.D.. University ol Colorado
Professor, Mathematics
Gary J. Dean. Ph.D., The ( Ibio State Universit)
Associate Professor, Vdult and Community Education
James C. Dearing. M.M.. I 'niversity ,,! \\ isconsin
Vssistani Professor, Musi,
David A. DeCoster. Ed.D.. University of Florida
Professor, Student Vfrairs in Higher Education
Anthony G. DeFurio. Ph.D.. The Pennsylvania State University
Protessor. Art
Dagem Dejene. Ph.D.. The Ohio State Universit)
Assistanl Protessor. Political Science
Laura L. Delbrugge. Ph.D.. The Pennsylvania state I niversity
Assistanl Professor, Spanish and Classical Lai
Gail L. Dicicco. Ph.D.. Universit) of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Health and Physical Education
Christian M. Dickinson. DMA.. Catholic University ol America
Assistant Professor. Music
William E. Dietrich. Jr.. Ph.D.. University of Pennsylvania
Professor. Biology
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
DIRECTORY
John L. Dietz. D.M.A., University of Michigan
Professor, Music
Richard A. DiStanislao. M.A.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Registrar, Office of the Registrar
Michelle D. Doas. Ed.D.. West Virginia University
Assistant Professor. Nursing and Allied Health
Joseph W. Domaracki. Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Special Education and Clinical Services
H. Edward Donley. Ph.D.. Carnegie Mellon University
Professor, Mathematics
Jeannine L. Donna, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Associate Professor. English
David E. Doverspike.J.D.. Ed.D.. University of Akron
Assistant Professor, Professional Studies in Education
David B. Downing, Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
Professor, English
Rita G. Drapkin. Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Assistant Director and Director of Training and
Counseling Psychologist, Counseling and Student Development Center
Victor S. Drescher. D.M.L.. Middleburv College
Professor, Spanish and Classical Languages
Susan S. Drummond. M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Libraries and Media Resources
Rebecca A. Dubovsky. M.A.. Clarion University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Kurt P. Dudt. Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Chairperson, Communications Media; Interim Chairperson,
Foundations of Education
Catherine M. Dugan, D.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor. Director, Advising and Testing Center
Karen Duhala. Ph.D.. The Pennsylvania State University
Associate Professor, Finance and Legal Studies
Diane L. Duntley, Ed.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
Professor. Director, Academic Information Systems
James A. Dyal. Ph.D.. University of Illinois
Professor, Economics
C Robert E. Early. M.A.. Indiana University
Assistant Professor. Mathematics
F
Alan D. Eastman. Ph.D., Florida State University
Associate Professor. Finance and Legal Studies
Roberta M. Eddy. Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Chemistry
Kevin E. Eisensmith, D.M.A.. Temple University
Assistant Professor, Music
Wendy L. Elcesser. Ph.D., University of Vermont
Assistant Professor, Chemistry
John R. EUerbach, Ed.D., University of Oklahoma
Assistant Professor. Journalism
Deborah A. Ellermeyer, D.Ed.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, University School
Joan B. Elliott, Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Professor, Professional Studies in Education
Ronald R. Emerick. Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Professor, English
Steven C. Ender, Ed.D., University of Georgia
Professor, Educational Counselor, Learning Center
Mary C. Enderson. Ph.D.. University of Georgia
Assistant Professor, Madiematics
John M. Engler. D.P.H.. University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Safety Sciences
Thomas W. Falcone, D.B.A.. Kent State University
Professor, Management
Lawrence M. Feldman. Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
Associate Professor, Mathematics
Beatrice S. Fennimore. D.Ed., Columbia University
Professor, Professional Studies in Education
Lon H. Ferguson, D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Chairperson, Safety Sciences
Vincent J. Ferrara. Ph.D.. Fordham University
Professor. Philosophy and Religious Studies
Diane R. Ferrell, Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor. Special Education and Clinical Services
Gary M. Ferrence. Ed.D.. Indiana University
Professor, Biology-
Trenton R. Ferro. Ed.D.. Northern Illinois University
Associate Professor, Chairperson, Adult and Community Education
William F. Flack,Jr., Ph.D., Clark University
Assistant Professor, Psychology
David A. Foltz, Ph.D.. University of Arizona
Associate Professor, Spanish and Classical Languages
Janet H. Fontaine, Ph.D., University of Hawaii
Associate Professor, Counseling
William R. Forbes, Ph.D., Indiana University
Professor, Biology
John C. Ford, Ph.D., Northeastern University
Associate Professor, Chemistry
Sandra L. Ford Grove, M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, University School
Douglas H. Frank, Ph.D., University of Southern California
Associate Professor, Mathematics
W. Larry Freeman, Ph.D., Clemson University
Professor, Physics
Donald P. Fritz, Jr.. M.Ed.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, English
Edwin J. Fry, M.M., DePaul University
Associate Professor, Music
| Norman W. Gaggini, M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Associate Professor, Physics
Victor Q. Garcia, Ph.D., University of California-Santa Barbara
Associate Professor, Anthropology
Rajendar K. Garg, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
Professor, Marketing
Susan I. Gatti, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, English
Robert L. Gaylor, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Industrial and Labor Relations
Jerry G. Gebhard, Ed.D.. Columbia University
Professor, English; American Language Institute
Robert P. Gendron, Ph.D., Duke University
Professor, Biology
Gail J. Gerlach, Ed.D.. Temple University
Professor, Professional Studies in Education
Michele A. Gerwick, M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Associate Professor, Nursing and Allied Healdi
Mohamed E. Ghobashy. Ph.D.. Hochschule filer Wethandel: C.P.A.
Professor, Accounting
John J. Gibbs, Ph.D., State University of New York at Albany
Professor, Criminology
Manton C. Gibbs, Ph.D., Michigan State University
Professor, Management
James E. Gibson, Ph.D.. Temple University
Associate Professor, Philosophy and Religious Studies
Rosemary L. Gido, Ph.D., State University of New York at Albany
Assistant Professor, Criminology
Dennis M. Giever. Ph.D.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, Interim Chairperson, Criminology
Andrew W. Cillham. M.F.A., Michigan State University
Associate Professor, Art
Jayne R. Giniewicz. Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Assistant Professor, Physics
James M. Glenn, M.L.S., State University of'New York at Albany
Assistant Professor, Libraries and Media Resources
Eileen J. Glisan, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Spanish and Classical Languages
Susan Glor-Sheib, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Special Education and Clinical Services
Irving Godt, Ph.D., New York University
Professor, Music
Janet E. Goebel, Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln
Professor, English; Director, Robert E. Cook Honors College
CathleenJ. Golden. Ph.D.. University of Missouri
Assistant Professor, Technology Support and Training
Edward W. Gondolf, Ed.D., Boston University
Professor, Sociology
Beverly J. Goodwin, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Psychology
Philip B. Gordon, Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Assistant Professor, Human Development and Environmental Studies
NDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
DIRECTORY 219
|acqueline I < "•'.■ Ph.D., Indians I nivt - lit]
i .11. Professor, Mathe
Bnwkc Y.<...mt M, \ I niversit) ol Pittsburgh
Ass... i,ii. Professor, Soi iolog)
|ohn G. Grassinger, M.L.S, I niversit) "I Pittsburgh
It) Vsi at<
Cassandra C. Green, \i V., Indiana University ol Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, Edui ational Counselor, Learning ( entei
Ralph F. Grove, Ph.D., Universit) "I I. sville
Assistant Profi ssor, I iotnputei Si ieni e
David E.Grover, Ph.D., I niversit) "I Kentuck)
Prol ■ Psyi hology
LorraineJ, Guth Ph.D., Indiana Universit)
Assistant Profi ssoi I loun 11 ling
|_i Richard V. Halapin, Ph.D., 1 niversit) ofPittsburgh
n \,„, i.ii, Profi »sor, Mi genienl Information S\ sinus .mil Dei is
S, It III IS
Frank W, Hall II. Ph.D., Universit) ..l Montana
Professor, < leoscient e
Linda M.Hall, D.Ed., Indiana i niversit) ol Pennsylvania
Vssociau Professor, Studi nl affairs in Higher Education
Jania M. Handler, M.S., Indiana I niversit)
Instructor, < lommunications Media
Kathleen J. Hawaiian, Ph.D., Rutgers, The State University ol New Jerse)
Professor, < Iriminolog)
John E. Hanson, Ph.D., 1 niversit) ofl don
Assistant Professor, \n
Roy \V. Harding. Ph.D., California Institute- ol Technology
Professor, < ihemistrj
Rebecca L.Hartman. Ed.D , Teachers College, Columbia Urriversit)
Vssisl Professor, Nursing and Allied Health; Coordinator, Allied
Health Professions
Melissa It. Hayden. Ph.D., 1 niversit) ol I tregon
... Professor, Spei ial Education and Clinical Services
Malcolm R. Hayward III. Ph.D.,Tulane Universit)
Professor, E nglish
Nancy M. Hayward, Ph.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Associate Professor, English
Judith M. Hechtman, Ed.D., I oivi rsit) ..1 Pittsburgh
Professor, I [niversit) Scl I
I). Vlex Hechert, Ph.D., I niversit) oflowa
ite Professor, Soi iolog)
Janice L. Heckroth, I d.D . I niversity of South Dakota
Assoi iate Professor, I luman Development and Environmental Studies
Dunn YY. Hedman, M.F.A., Washington State I niversity
Professor, Vrt
Patricia 1. Heilman, Ph.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Professor. Journalism
Virginia Hemby, Ph.D., I niversit) of Southern Mississippi
Assistant Professor, Technology Support .mil Training
Anita C. Henry. Ph.D., Indiana University
Professor, French
Herlinda Hernandez. M.A., I niversit) of the Americas (Mexico)
Vssociate Professor, Spanish and I llassit al 1 anguages
Kenneth K. Hershman, Ph.D., Purdue Universit)
Professor, Physics
Robert D. Hinrichsen, Ph.D.. Indiana Universit)
Assistant Professor, Biolog)
Mary Jane Kufiher llirt. Ph.D., University ut Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Political Science
Robert H.Hoellein, Ph.D., The Ohio State Universit)
Professor, Edu< ational and School Psyt holog)
Carolyn B. Hoffman, Ph.D.. I niversity ofPittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Special Education and Clinical Services
Tawny Holm. Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University
Vssistanl Professor, Philosophy and Religious Studies
Janice L. Holmes. Ph.D., I niversity ofPittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Nursing and Allied Health
Harvey S. Holtz, Ph.D., City I niversit) of New York
Professor, Sot iolog)
James D. Hooks, Ph.D., \ niversity ol Pittsburgh
Professor, I ibrariesand Media Resources
Steven A. Hovan, Ph.D.. University ol Michigan
Vssociate Plot, ssor. ticoscieiK e
K
Marilyn S. Howe. Ph.D i nivt ism ..l Pittsburgh
As . II I nivt rsilv St ho., I
Paul I . Hrabovsky, \l Ed . Indians I nivt rsit) "l Pennsylvania
Assist. mi Profi isor, Math Sp list I
Barbara II. Hudson Pit hi loward I
Professor, English
Suzanne H. Hudson, Ph.D Marquettt Universit)
Professor, English
Vrthui < . Ilnlsi. Ph.D., Yrizona Stab I nivt rsit)
Professor, Biology
Jan G. Humphreys, Ph 'olylechnu Institutt and
I nivt rsit)
Profi ssor, Biolog)
Herbert M. Hunter, i'h D., Boston 1 University
Ass in Professor, Chairperson (I ohjgy
C. Mark Hurlbert, D.A., State I niversit) ofNevi YorkatAlbam
Professor, English
Laureen C. Hurt. Ph.D.. Indiana I niversit)
Assistant Professor, I
Syed N. Ilyder. M.Tax., Georgia state Univt
Assistant Professor, Ao ounting
Barbara A. fllig-Aviles, Ed.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Vssistanl Professor, Professional Studies in Education
MarthaJ.Jack. M.S.. huh I niversit) of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, Bi
Kent R. Jackson. Ph.D.. Universit) ol Kansas
Assistant Professor, Special Education
Steven I. Jackson. Ph.D., I nivt rsit) "I Mit higan
Vssot iate Professor, Chairperson, Pohtical Science
Mary R.Jalongo. Ph.D.. I niversit) ol Toledo
Universit) Professot and Professor, Professional Studies in Education
Sandra L.Janicki. M.A.. Universit) ofPittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Libraries and Media Resources
Yao (Rosa) N.Jen, M.S.. Florida State University
Assistant Professor, Libraries and Media Res
Melvin A. Jenkins. M. \.. Indiana University ol Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, Educational Counselor, Learning (enter
Randy L.Jesick, M.S.J., West Virginia I niversity
Assistant Professor,Journalism
Crawford YY. Johnson. M.A.. Atlanta University
Associate Professor, I ollege of Humanities and S, ,ual Sciences
Rita M.Johnson. Ph.D.. Tin Pennsylvania State University
Associate Professor, Food and Nutrition
Sue F.Johnson. Ph.D.. Michigan State University
Assistant Profess,, i. English
Brian R.Jones. M.F.A., Universit) "I Florida
Assistant Professor, Theatet
Foster T.Jones. Ph.D.. Indiana Universit)
Professor, French
Anthony J.Joseph, Ph.D.. University ol the West Indies
\ss,„ iate Professor, Sal, t) V iences
Frederick A. Joseph. M.Ed., knit State 1 niversity
Associate Professor, Director, Financial Aid
Jerrv A.Joseph. M.I LA., University ol Pittsburgh
Ass,, eiate Professor, Accounting
Myrtle M. Joseph. M.L.S., Catholic Universit) "I America
Assistant Professor. Libraries and Media Resources
JamesJ.Jozcfowncz. HA. Maris! College
Assistant Pi. .less.. i. lion., lilies
Larry A. Judge, B.S.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Instructor, Coordinator, Marketing, Promotion, and Radio Network
Ronald A. Juliette. Ed.D., Indiana University
Professor. Communications Media
Kriysitof Kaniasty, Ph.D., I niversit) of Louisville
Professor, Psychology
Charles M. kanyarusoke. Ph.D., Universit) of Pittsburgh
\ss,., iate Professor, ( lommunications Media
Nicholas karatjas. Ph.D.. State University of New York at Stony Brook
Professor. Chairperson, Economics
Majid Karimi, Ph.D.. University of Oklahoma
Assistant Ptofess,.i. Physics
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE
DIRECTORY
Irvin C. Kauflman. Assistant Principal Cello, Pittsburgh Symphony
Orchestra
Associate Professor. Music-
Cathy C. Kaufman, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Professional Studies in Education
Christine W. Kesner. Ph.D.. Carnegie Mellon University
Professor, I luman Development and Environmental Studies
Michael H. Kesner. Ph.D.. University of Massachusetts
Professor, Biology
Maurice A. Kilwein-Guevara. Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin at Milwaukee
Associate Professor, English
Elizabeth A. Kincade, Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Associate Professor. Coordinator of Groups and Outreach and
Counseling Psychologist, Counseling and Student Development Center
Robert L. King, Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Professor, Professional Studies in Education
Robert J. Kirbyjr.. M.S.L.S., Catholic University of America
Assistant Professor, Libraries and Media Resources
Diane H. Klein. Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Special Education and Clinical Services
Germain P. Kline. M.B.A.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Associate Professor, Accounting
Linda R. Klingaman, Ph.D.. The Pennsylvania State University
Associate Professor, Health and Physical Education
Blaine E. Knupp. M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Libraries and Media Resources
Jaeju Ko. Ph.D.. Nordieastern University
Assistant Professor, Chemistry
Anne E. Kondo. Ph.D.. University of Western Ontario
Assistant Professor, Chemistry
Paul I. Kornfeld, Ed.D.. Illinois State University
Ass. mate Professor, Communications Media
Barbara A. Kraszewski. M.A., Carnegie Mellon University
Associate Professor. English
Krish S. Krishnan. Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor. Chairperson. Marketing
Laurence D. Kruckman. Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
Professor, Anthropology
Joseph S. Krupnik. M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Associate Professor, English
Sherrill A. Kuckuck, D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Director, Student Development Programs
John W. Kuehn, D.M.A., University of Colorado
University Professor and Professor, Music
Lawrence Kupchella, Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Assistant Professor, Chemistry
Barbara N. Kupetz. Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Professional Studies in Education
Jodell L. Kuzneski, M.N.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Chairperson, Nursing and Allied Healdi
I Nadene A. L'Amoreau, M.A., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, Counseling
Amy L. Labant, M.S.N.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor. Nursing and Allied Health
Richard J. Lamberski, Ph.D.. The Pennsylvania State University
Professor, Communications Media
Dale E. Landon, Ph.D., University of Illinois
Professor, History
David J. Laporte. Ph.D., Temple University
Associate Professor, Psychology
John W. Lamer. Ph.D., West Virginia University
Associate Professor, History
Lynda L. LaRoche. M.F.A. Indiana University
Assistant Professor, Art
Walter R. Laude. M.A.. Scarritt College
Associate Professor, Libraries and Media Resources
Mary Beth Leidman-Golub, Ed.D., George Peabody College for Teachers,
Vanderbilt University
Professor, Communications Media
Edward M. Levinson. Ed.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State
University
Professor. Educational and School Psychology
Tian-Min Lin. Ph.D., Boston University
Professor, Philosophy and Religious Studies
C. T. Lindh, M.S., Duquesne University
Assistant Professor, Accounting
Alicia V. Linzey, Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University
Professor, Biology
Sally A. Lipsky, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Reading/Study Skills Specialist, Learning Center
Renee P. Liscinsky, Doctorat du Illme cycle, Universite de Besancon
(France)
Professor, Chairperson, French
Karl B. Lloyd, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Management Information Systems and Decision
Sciences
Robert I. Lloyd, D.M.A., Catholic University of America
Professor, Music
George R. Long, Ph.D., Utah State University
Associate Professor, Chemistry
Thomas R. Lord, Ed.D.. Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey
Professor, Biology
A. I Mint Lucas, M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Libraries and Media Resources
Joanne Y. Luchsinger, M.M., University of Illinois
Assistant Professor, Music
Carl S. Luciano, Ph.D., West Virginia University
Professor, Biology
Ronald Lunardini, Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Chairperson, Student Affairs in Higher Education
Dasen Luo, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
Assistant Professor, Psychology
David M. Lynch, Ph.D., West Virginia University
Professor, Political Science
Sandra Joyce Lynn, M.S., Auburn University
Assistant Professor, Human Development and Environmental Studies
Charles R. Maderer, M.A.T., Brown University
Associate Professor, Mathematics
Marjorie A. Mambo, Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University
Associate Professor, University School
Sarah J. Mantel, D.M.A., University of Illinois
Professor, Music
Irwin Murray Marcus, Ph.D., Lehigh University
Professor, History
Barbara W. Marquette, Ph.D., West Virginia University
Professor, Psychology
John L. Marsden, Ph.D., Ohio University
Assistant Professor, English
Laura E. Marshak, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Special Education and Clinical Services
Lincoln H. Marshall, Ph.D., American University
Associate Professor, Hotel. Restaurant, and Institutional Management
Arthur H. Martel, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
Professor, Economics
Randy L. Martin, Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln
Professor, Criminology
Lea Masiello, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
Professor, English
Frances Ann Massey, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Mathematics
John K. Matolyak, Ph.D., West Virginia University
Professor, Physics
Donald A. McAndrew, Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
Professor, English
Melissa L. McBride, D.M.A., Stanford University
Assistant Professor, Music
R. Paul McCauley, Ph.D., Sam Houston State University
Professor, Criminology
Catherine L. McCIenahan, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee
Assistant Professor, English
Gary R. McClosky. M.S., University of Michigan
Assistant Professor, Safety Sciences
Donald S. McCIure, Ph.D., Vanderbilt University
Associate Professor, Chairperson, English
Susan H. McCIure, Ph.D.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, English
Charles J. McCollester, Ph.D., Louvain College (Belgium)
Associate Professor, Industrial and Labor Relations
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
DIRECTORY
221
Charlei R.McCreary, Ph.D., Northwes Universit)
\ ii .11. Professor, French
(.. Patrick McCrearj M F.A . Maaon Gross School ol the Am. Rutgers,
Mi, State Universit) "I New Jersey
Assistant Professor, Theatei
Theresa ft. McDevitt, Ph.D., Kent Slate I Iniversit)
Asmsi.imi Professor, Libraries and Media Res
Judith ft. McDonough, Ph.D., kuburn Universit)
Assistant Professor, I listorj
Maureen C.McHugh, Ph.D., I niversitj ol Pittsburgh
Professor, Psychology
Mark E. McNabb, \l V., Adams State Universit)
Assistant Professor, ( Iriminology
Donald s. McPherson, Ph.D., 1 im.iMiv ol Pittsburgh
l niverait) Professot and Professor, Industrial and Labor Relations
William C. McPherson, Ph.D., New York Universit)
Professor, Tei hnology Support and Training
William M. Mcil. Ph.D., Washington State University
Assistant Professor, Psyi nologj
Alida V. Merlo, Ph.D., Pordham I inivt rait)
Ismu iate Professor, Criminology
Mary II. Micro. I'h. I).. University oi Pittsburgh
\ss,,« i. ii,' Professor,! lomputet Si ieni e
Vincent P. Mikkelsen, Ph.D., Florida State University
\ss.« i. ill Pmlcssoi. I'lul't'ssional Studies in Education
James (.. Mill. Jr.. Ph.D., I niversit) ol Pittsburgh
Professor, Chairperson, Health and Physical Education
Jeffrey A. Miller. M.S., Tile Pennsylvania State University
A-.siM.il il Prolcssoi. ( :l unperson. Hotel. Restaurant, and Institutional
Management
John A. Mills. Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
r, ok ssi. i. Counseling Psychologist, Counseling and Student
Development Centei
Robert E. Millward. Ed. D., The Pennsylvania State University
Professor, Profess al Studies in Education
George R. Milts, M.A.. I niversity of Cincinnati
\ssim i. iii Professor, Spanish and t Classical Languages
Brenda M. Mitchell. M.A., University of Illinois
ksaistanl Professor, Vrt
George E. Mitchell. Ph.D.. University ol Virginia
Professor, Mathematit a
Joel D. Mlccko. Ph.D., Catholii I niversit) of America
Professor, Philosophy and Religious Studies
Ahmed A. Moliamed. Ph.D., University ol Mississippi
Associate Professor, Management
Kolie I.. Montgomery, U.S.. Indiana University
Instructor, Health and Physical Education
Sharon B. Montgomery. Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ProfesaoY, Philosophy and Religious Studies
Archie F. Moore. D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Professor, Health and Physical Education
Wayne A. Moore. F.d.D.. Temple University
Associate Professor. Chairperson. Technology- Support and Training
Frederick W. Morgan. Ph.D.. Southern Methodist University
Professor, Mathematit s
Stanford G. Mukasa. Ph.D.. McGill University
Assistant Professor, Journalism
Patrick I). Murphy. Ph.D.. University of California
Professor, English
Robert J. Mutchnick. Ph.D.. Florida State University
Professor, Criminology
David L. Myers. M.A., Sfuppensburg University of Pennsylvania
Instructor, Criminolog)
James R. Myers. F.d.D .. West Virginia University
Ass,. i i.ni Professor, Mathematics
^ Prasbamh B. Nagendra. Ph.D.. Rutgers. The State University of New Jersey
Associate Professor, Chairperson, Management
Vtaollah Nahouraii. Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Management Information Systems and Decision Sciences
Anthony J, Nastase. Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Biologj
Nedra K. Nastase. Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Professional Studies ill Education
Francis A. Nee, M.Ed., Universit) of Pittsburgh
Associate Director. Intercollegiate Athletics
p
Man I ■.. Nelson |,lh Indiana I Diversity of Pennsylvania
'.'.: or, Hun Di id Environmental Studk- ■
Linda Sbearei Nelson Ph.D.. i nivi ism ol Pittsburgh
Pi oh taor, Chairperson, Hum ntand Finironnient.il
Studies
James P. Nestor, D.A., < amegie Mellon I niversit)
Prol i. An
Phillip I). Neusius. Plel) . I niverait) ol Missouri
Assm iate Professor, t lhairperson, Anthropology
Sarah W. Neusius. Ph.D.. Northwestern I in.- '
I'm less,. i. Anthropolog)
< . ■ ■ i ■ C. Newell. Ml.l. Indiana 1 niversity ol Pennsylvania
InsiiiH tor, Spi ' ial I .1". ■.|",i| and 1 lini.
Sandra J. Newell. Ph.D.. I 'niversit) ol Toledo
Professor, Bio
Linda C. Norris. Ph.D.. I Iniversity ol Pittsburgh
\ss.,i iate Profi hot, English
Thomas C. Nowak, Ph.D., < omelll niversity
Professor, s
Richard C. Nowell. Fill) . University ol Rochester
Professor, < lhairperson, Sp< i ial Edui ation and ' I
Muhammad Z. Nuinan. Ph.D.. College ..I William am
Ass.,, iate Pin less., I. Ph\sli s
William W. Oblitcy. Ph.D., Universit) ol Pittsburgh
Assm iate Professor, < lomputi i -
Gary James Olmstead. DAI A. Cleveland Institute ol Musi ' ueWeeten
Reserve 1 niversit)
Professor, Music
Ludo A. op de Bccck. Ph.D.. University ol Pittsburgh
Professor, Freni h
Christopher R. Orchard. D.Phil., I niversit) "I < rxfbrd
Assistant Professor. English
John N. Orifc. Ph.D.. Michigan State I Iniversity
Ass,,, iate Professor, Management
Stephen W. Osborne. Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Professor. Management
Gian S. Pagnucci. Ph.D.. Universit) ol Wisconsin
Assistant Professor, English
Elizabeth A. Palmer. Ph.D.. Duquesne University
Assistant Pi,, less,, i. Nursing and Allied Health
Susan M. Palmisano. M.F.A.. I niversity ol Cincinnati
Assistant Pi., less,,,. Art
Kevin J. Patrick. Ph.D.. University of North Carolina
Assistant Professor, t ieography and Regional Planning
Raymond P. Pavloski. Ph.D.. M. M.isu i I niversity
Professor. Psychology; Dean's \ss,„ iate, < ollege ol Natural S
and Mathematics
Terry L. Peard. Ph.D.. Cornell Universit)
Professor. Biology-
Virginia Perdue. D.A.. Universit) ol Michigan
Associate Professor. English
Daniel J. Perlongo. M.Mus., University ol Michigan
Associate Professor. Music
DaleC. Peterson. Ph.D.. Rutgers. The State University ..I New Jersey
Assistant Professor. Madiematics
Russell L. Peterson. Ph.D.. Howard University
Associate Professor. Biology-
Jerry L. Pickering. Ph.D.. Rutgers. The State University of New Jersey
Professor. Biology
Elizabeth M. Pierce. Ph.D.. University of Michigan
Assm iate Professor, Management Information Systems and I
Sciences
David H. Pistole. Ph.D.. Indiana State University
Professor. Biology
Karen E. Polansky. M.S.. California State University-! os Angeles
Assistant Pi ifess al Allied Health
Duane M. Ponko. M.S.. Duquesne University: ( P. \
Assistant Professor, Accounting
Susan G. Poorman. Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor. Nursing and Allied Healdi
Thomas R. Press!). Ph.D.. Kent State University
Associate Professor, Chairperson, Accounting
Keith D. Putirka. Ph.D.. Columbia University
Assistant Professor. Ceoscience
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE
222 DIRECTORY
R
John P. Quirk, Ed.D., University of Georgia
Professor, Educational and School Psychology
George M. Radakovic, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Economics
Judith K. Radell, D.M.A., University of Illinois
Assistant Professor, Music
Willard W. Radell, Ph.D., University of Illinois
Professor, Economics
Catherine Raeff, Ph.D., Clark University
Assistant Professor, Psychology
Bennett A. Rafoth, Ed.D., University of Illinois
Professor, English
Mary Ann Rafoth. Ph.D., University of Georgia
Professor, Chairperson, Educational and School Psychology
Carl J. Rahkonen, Ph.D., Indiana University
Associate Professor, Libraries and Media Resources
Monsurur Rahman, D.B.A., Southern Illinois University
Associate Professor, Accounting
David L. Ramsey, B.A., Washington and Jefferson College
Instructor, Physics
Gurmal Rattan, Ph.D., Ball State University
Professor, Educational and School Psychology
Phillip P. Ray, Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Terry T. Ray.J.D.. Duquesne University
Professor, Finance and Legal Studies
Karen E. Ready, M.A.. Middlebury College
Associate Professor, German
Clarice K. Reber. M.S., University of Michigan
Assistant Professor, Special Education and Clinical Services
James C. Reber, Ph.D., Duke University
Professor, Mathematics
Jack C. Reed, M.S., University of Arizona
Associate Professor, Safety Sciences
William L. Rettig, Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Professor, Mathematics
Virginia E. Reynolds, M.A., Columbia University
Assistant Professor, Sociology
Laura H. Rhodes, M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, Safety Sciences
Darlene S. Richardson, Ph.D., Columbia University
Professor, Chaiqierson, Geoscience
Joseph L. Ritchie, M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Director, Advising and Testing Center
Robert H. Kittle. Ph.D., Kent State University
Professor, Psychology
Jose E. Rivera, M.S.Ed., Old Dominion University
Assistant Professor, Health and Physical Education
Philip E. Rivers, M.S., Central Missouri State University
Associate Professor, Safety Sciences
Donald J. Robbins, M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Associate Professor, Accounting
Richard D. Roberts, M.S., The Pennsylvania State University
Associate Professor, Chairperson, Physics
Donald U. Robertson, Ph.D., Bowling Green State University
Professor, Psychology
Shari A. Robertson, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
Assistant Professor, Special Education
Allen R. Robinson, Ph.D., Michigan State University
Professor, Highway Safety Center
David L. Rodgers, M.S., Indiana University
Assistant Professor, Human Development and Environmental Studies
Clarence C. Rodrigues, Ph.D., Texas A 8c M University
Professor, Safety Sciences
Rosaly D. Rodman, M.A., University of Hawaii
Associate Professor, English
Thomas J. Rogish, M.Ed., Frostburg State University
Assistant Professor, Athletics
Beverly J. Rossiter, M.N., University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Nursing and Allied Health
David E. Rotigel, Ed.D., University of Illinois
Professor. Foundations of Education
s
Richard D. Rowell, Ed.D., University of Georgia
Professor, Technology Support and Training
Robert H. Russell, M.A.T., Indiana University
Assistant Professor, Chairperson, Journalism
John C. Ryan, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Management
Daniel D. Sadler, Ph.D., University of Illinois
Associate Professor, Psychology
Mary E. Sadler, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
Associate Professor, Nursing and Allied Health; Director, Liberal
Studies
Stephen K. Sanderson. Ph.D.. University of Nebraska
Professor, Chairperson (Spring, 2000), Sociology
Nicolo A. Sartori, M.M., University of Michigan
Assistant Professor, Music
Lilia P. Savova, Ph.D., Sofia University in Bulgaria
Associate Professor, English
John F. Scandrett, M.M., University of Wisconsin
Assistant Professor, Chairperson, Music
Joan C. Schmitt, M.A., Michigan State University
Assistant Professor, Human Development and Environmental Studies
Janet M. Scholz, Ph.D., Oregon State University
Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Lisa M. Sciulli, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Marketing
Yolanda M. Scott, Ph.D., University of Kentucky
Assistant Professor, Criminology
Gail S. Sechrist, Ph.D., Louisiana State University and A & M College
Assistant Professor, Geography and Regional Planning
Robert P. Sechrist, Ph.D., Louisiana State University and A & M College
Professor, Chairperson, Geography and Regional Planning
Thomas Sedwick, Ph.D., Syracuse University
Professor, Industrial and Labor Relations
Frederick A. Sehring, M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Dean, Armstrong Campus
Michael T. Sell, Ph.D., University of Michigan
Assistant Professor, English
Constance A. Setdemyer, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Nursing and Allied Health
Ronald G. Shafer, Ph.D., Duquesne University
Professor, English
Varinder M. Sharma, Ph.D., University of North Texas
Associate Professor, Marketing
Main i Y. Shawer, Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
Professor, Mathematics
Teresa C. Shellenbarger, D.N.S., Widener University
Associate Professor, Nursing and Allied Health
Jack L. Shepler, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
Professor, Mathematics
Ruth I. Shirey, Ph.D., University of Tennessee
Professor, Geography and Regional Planning
Stephen B. Shiring, Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Hotel, Restaurant, and Institutional Management
Ada H. Shissler, Ph.D., University of California-Los Angeles
Assistant Professor, History
Daniel C. Shively, M.S.L.S., Drexel University
Associate Professor, Libraries and Media Resources
Charles J. Shubra,Jr., Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Professor, Computer Science
Thomas W. Simmons, Ph.D., Saint John's University
Assistant Professor, Biology
Edward K. Simpson, M.F.A., University of North Carolina
Associate Professor, Theater
Helen C. Sider, Ph.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, English
John F. Sitton, Ph.D., Boston University
Professor, Political Science
Frederick J. Slack, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Management
Thomas J. Slater, Ph.D., Oklahoma State University
Associate Professor, English
Mark A. Sloniger, Ph.D., University of Georgia
Assistant Professor, Health and Physical Education
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
DIRECTORY
Alice E. Smith, Ph.D., University of Iowa
Assistant Professor, Special Education
Howard II. Smilli, J.D., University ol Wisconsin
Assist. mi Professor,) Iriminologj
Jonathan II. Smith, D.Ed., Temple Unlversitj
Assistant Professor, Health and Physical Education
R, Roger Smith, Ph.D., Universit) ol k ti U
Associate Professor, < lhairperson, Spanish and < classical Languages
Theresa S. Smith. Ph.D., Boston Univi rsitj
Ajsoi i. iii Professor, Philosophy and Religious Studies
Ronald F. Smits, Ph.D., Ball State University
Professor, English
<:. But Snyder, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Nursing and Allied Health
Kay A. Snyder, Ph.D., < lornell University
Professor, Sociology
Stanley J. Sobolcwski, Ph.D., State University ol New York .it Buffalo
Assistant Professor, Physics
James A. Solak, M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Associate Professor, Management Information Systems and Dei ision
Sciences
Ramesh G. Soni, Ph.D., Univcisin of Texas at Arlington
Associate Professor, Management
Robert 1). Soule, Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Safety Sciences: Interim Associate I )ean. ( aillege of 1 lealtl
ami Unman Services
Jonathan N. Southard, Ph.D., Utah State I Iniversity
Assistant Professor, Chemistry
Sharon Sowa, Ph.D., Colorado State University
Assistant Professor. Chemistry
Joseph B. Spieker, Ph.D.. Catholic University of America
Professor, Spanish and Classical Languages
William M. Srsie, M.Ed., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania
Associate Professor, Associate Director, Financial Aid: Veteran
Certifying Officer
John E. Stamp, Jr. D.M.A., Michigan State University
Professor, Music
Laurie N. Stamp, D.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Professor, Professional Studies in Education
James G. Staples, D.M.A., Eastman School of Music-University of
Rochester
Professor, Music
Jay Start, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Communications Media
John H. Sic, tin. in Ph.D., University of Virginia
Professor, Mathematics
David W. Stein. Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Special Education and Clinical Services
Joanne B. Steiner, Ph.D.. University of Rhode Island
Professor, Chairperson. Food and Nutrition
Ronald A. Steiner. M.S.L.S., Case Western Reserve University
Associate Professor, Chairperson, Libraries and Media Resources
Margaret M. Stempien. Ph.D.. State University of New York at Buffalo
Associate Professor. Mathematics
Catherine R. Stephenson, Ed.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor. University School
Rosalee M. Stilwell, Ph.D., Bowling Green State University
Assistant Professor, English
Lloyd K. Stires, Ph.D., Duke University
Professor, Psychology
Robert J. Stonebraker. Ph.D.. Princeton Universit)
Professor, Economics
Gary S. Stoudt. Ph.D., Lehigh University
Associate Professor. Mathematics
Rebecca A. Stoudt, Ph.D., Lehigh University
Associate Professor. Mathematics
J. Cherie Strachan. M.A.. University of Akron
Assistant Professor. Political Science
M. Alayne Sullivan. Ph.D.. McGill University
Assistant Professor, Professional Studies in Education
Peter M. Sullivan. Ph.D. .Johns Hopkins University
Associate Professor. German
Mario Siissin.iiin I'h I) I 111v1r.1t'. of Illinois
Profeflfor, I'svc hology
Connie J. Sutton. \l Ed Indiana I in versify "I Pennsyh/ani]
ASSOC l.ltC I'lc.lc SSOI I
Maty K. Swinker. I'h I) . The Ohio Stab i i)
Assoc i.itc Professor, Human Development and Environmental studies
Augusta Syty. Ph.D.. I Inivenit) "I lennt
Professor, ( chemistry
Linda F. S/.ul, D.Ed.. I niveisiu ol Pittsburgh
Assoc uti Pi oh ssor, Tec hnolog) Support and Training
E Vincent P.Taiani, I'h. I) . Stati I ruversity ol New York al Rnfiaio
Assoc i.itc Professor, Marketing
Devki N. Talwar. Ph.D., Allahabad I mvcrsitv
Professor, Physics
Dan J. Tannacito. Ph.D.. I niveisity ol ( In gOD
Professor, English
John F.Taylor, Ph.D., University ol Missouri
I'n ifessor, Geoscience
Stephanie A. Taylor-Davis. I'h. I).. I In Pi nusvlvauia State I Iniversity
Assistant Professor, Pood and Niiliitiou
Glen M. Tcllis. Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State I nivi isitv
Assistant Professoi. S|n i i.J helm atton and < ilinil al St
Carol A. Teti, D.M.A., University of Michigan
Professor, Music
Eugene F. Tbibadeau, Ph.D., New York I nivcrsitv
Professor, Foundations of Education
John C. Thomas, Jr., J. D., West Virginia University
Professor, Criminology
Ronald W. Thomas, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Student Affairs in Higher Education
Carolyn A. Thompson, M.S.. Indiana University ol Pennsylvania
Associate Professor, Diversity Studies
Richard E. Thorell. M.A., University of Rochester
Associate Professor, Music
Gordon F. Thornton, Ph.D.. The Ohio State I Iniversity
Professor, Psychology
Sally W. Thornton, Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Spanish and Classical Languages
Monte G.Tidwell, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor. Professional Studies in Education
Gwendolyn B. Torges-Hoffman. M.A.. University ol Arizona
Assistant Professor, Political Science
Ronald L. Trenney. M.S.. The Pennsylvania State University
Assistant Professor. Health and Physical Education
Martha A. Troxell.J.D.. L.L.M. (Taxation). Temple Universit)
Professor, Finance and Legal Studies
Lawrence J. Turton. Ph.D.. University of Kansas
Professor, Special Education and Clinical Services
Marie E. Twal. D.P.H., University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor. Nursing and Allied Health
Mark G. Twiest, Ph.D., University of Georgia
Assistant Professor. Professional Studies in Education
Meghan M. Twiest, Ed.D.. University of Georgia
Professor. Professional Studies in Education
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
DIRECTORY
v
Thomas L. VanDyke, Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State
University
Associate Professor, Hotel, Restaurant, and Institutional Management
Pothen Varughese, Ph.D.. Kent State University
Professor, Chemistry
Michael W. Vella. Ph.D., University of California-Davis
Professor. English
Frank A. Viggiano, Jr.. Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Professor. Human Development and Environmental Studies
Judith H. Villa. Ph.D., University of New Mexico
Assistant Professor. English
Patricia E. Villalobos. M.F.A.. West Virginia University
Assistant Professor, Art
Dorothy C. Vogel, Ph.D., New York University
Professor, History
Larry A. Void, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
Associate Professor, Professional Studies in Education
Michele D. Wagner, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
Assistant Professor, History
Bernadette L. Walz, M.S.N., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Nursing and Allied Health
George B. Wall, Ph.D.. Lehigh University
Professor, Psychology
Xi Wang. Ph.D., Columbia University
Associate Professor, History
Elaine A. Ware. Ph.D., Bowling Green State University-
Assistant Professor, English
Louise C. Waszak, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Nursing and Allied Health
Veronica M. Watson. Ph.D.. Rice University
Assistant Professor, English
Dey W. Watts. Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University
Assistant Professor, Geography and Regional Planning
.Mama R. Watts, M.S., Villanova University
Assistant Professor, Computer Science
Ronald M. Weiers, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Marketing
Christopher L. Weiland, M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Technology
Professor, Art
Kim Weiner. Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Chairperson, Counseling and Student Development
Center
James E. Welker, M.B.A.. University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, Finance and Legal Studies
Susan Welsh. Ph.D., Drew University
Associate Professor, English
Annie-Laurie Wheat. M.F.A., University of Georgia
Associate Professor, Theater
Susan E. Wheatley, Ph.D., University of 'Michigan
Professor, Music
Roxann Wheeler, M.S.C., University of Edinboro
Assistant Professor, English
Tamara L. Whited, Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley
Assistant Professor, History
Dennis W. Whitson, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Physics
Kiistim Wibowo, Ph.D., University of Kentucky
Associate Professor, Management Information Systems and Decision
Sciences
Vythilingam Wijekumar, Ph.D.. The Ohio State University
Professor, Physics
Carolyn J. Wilkie, Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Professor, Educational Development Specialist, Learning Center
Kelly L. Wilkinson, Ph.D., University of Missouri
Assistant Professor, Technology Support and Training
Matthew S. Willen. Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Assistant Professor, English
Michael M. Williamson, Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
Professor, English
Michael T. Williamson, Ph.D., Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey
Assistant Professor, English
Gwendolyn Willis, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Communications Media
B. Gail Wilson, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Communications Media
Lorraine P. Wilson, D.A., Ball State University
Associate Professor, Music
Nanci K. Wilson. Ph.D., University of Tennessee
Professor, Criminology
T. Kenneth Wilson, B.A., State University of New York at Buffalo
Associate Professor, English
Ray L. Winstead, Ph.D., North Carolina State University
Professor, Biology
Stacey C. Winstead, M.A., Slippery Rock University
Assistant Professor, Educational Counselor/Assistant Director, Learning
Center
Joette M. Wisnieski, Ph.D., University of Georgia
Associate Professor, Management
Robert I. Witchel, Ed.D., University of Georgia
Professor, Chairperson, Counseling
Ronald J. Woan, Ph.D., Florida State University
Associate Professor, Accounting
James L. Wolfe, M.S., The Pennsylvania State University
Associate Professor, Computer Science
Julie A. Wolin, Ph.D., University of Michigan
Assistant Professor, Biology
John T. Wood, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Chemistry
Dawn E. Woodland, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
Assistant Professor, Technology Support and Training
John C. Woolcock, Ph.D., University of California-Riverside
Professor, Chemistry
Jason W. Worzbyt, M.M., University of North Texas
Assistant Professor, Music
John C. Worzbyt, Ed.D., University of Rochester
Professor, Counseling
Dieter Wulfhorst, D.M.A., University of Maryland
Assistant Professor, Music
V Wenfan Yan. Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
Professor, Professional Studies in Education
Stanley J. Yerep, M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania, C.P.A.
Assistant Professor, Accounting
Kwasi Yirenkyi, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professor, Philosophy and Religious Studies
Nancy J. Yost, Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Assistant Professor, University School
Caroll M. Young, Ph.D., University of Missouri
Associate Professor, Spanish and Classical Languages
Keith R. Young, D.M.A., University of Maryland
Assistant Professor, Music
7 Mary L. Zanich, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Chaiqjerson, Psychology
Jun-Lue (John) Zhang, Ph.D., Syracuse University
Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Sherwood E. Zimmerman, Ph.D., State University of New York at Albany
Professor, Criminology
Susan T. Zimny. Ph.D., University of Colorado
Professor, Psychology
Phillip J. Zorich, M.A., University of Oregon
Assistant Professor, Libraries and Media Resources
Nashat Zuraikat, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Professor, Nursing and Allied Health
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
DIRECTORY 225
The following programs maintain pennanenl agreements of affiliation
withlUPi
Abington Memorial Hospital, Uring
Ah. .1 Hospital, Altoona
• i , naugh Mi morial Medical Center, |ohnstown
• Klkinsl-.uk Hospital, Elkins Park
• Lancastei General I [ospital, Lani .ism
• Latrobc Area Hospital, Latrobe
• Si ranton Medii .il Tei hnolog) ( lonsordum, Si t* • ■ ■
• Si. Vim t-iii Health Center, Erie
• University ■>! Hartford, I lartfbrd, Conni i di ul
Other temporary afiiliadons are negotiated for the convenience of the
student. Professionals .it these institutions who have been approved to
teach select IUP courses)
Nuclear Medicine Technology
Medical Technology
William J. Antngnoli. M.I)., Jilli rsun Mt-rlii ..I < lnllcgc
Medical Director, Si ranton Medii .il Tei hnology ( lonsordum
Karen Barrett, Ph.D. | \SCP)
Program Direi tor, School of Medical Tei I logy. I niversity ..I
Hartford
George II. Barrows, M.I).
Miilii.il Director, School of Medic, il Technology, University i>l Hartford
Ronald Iterardi. M.I).. Loyola University of Chicago
Medical Director. Si I I of Medical Technology, Latrnlie An .1 I lospital
Mary Gene Butler, M.T.(ASCP); M.S., Marywood College
Program Director, Scranton Medical Technology Consortium
Patricia A. Chappell, M.T.; B.S., Thomas Jefferson University
Program Director, School of Medical Technology, Conemaugh valley
Memorial Hospital
Paul J. Cherney, M.D.. University ol Pennsylvania
Medical Director. Medical Technology Program, Abington Memorial
Hospital
James T. F.astman III. Ml). I 'niversity ol ( 'incinn.it 1 ( College "I Medicine
M11 In .il Direi tin. Scliool of Medical Technology, Lancastei General
Hospital
Nadine E. Gladfclicr. M.S.. Temple University
Program Director, School of Medical Technology, Lancaster General
ll..sp,t.,l
Sidney Goldblatt, M.D.
Medical Director. I . .in in.iugh Vallev Hospital
Phyllis Gotkin. I'll. I). . M.T.( ASCI')
Program Director, ( ainical Laboratory Science Program, Elkins Park
I lospital
Joan Grote, M.A., M.T.(ASCP); U.S.. St. Francis College
Program Director, School of Medical Technology, Latrobe Area
I lospital
Stephen M.Johnson, M.T.(ASCP); M.S.. The Ohio State University
Ptogtain Director. School of Medical Technology, St. Vincent Health
('enter
Kenneth II. Jiirgcns. Ml).. Slate University of New York at Downstate
Medical Director. School of Medical Technology, St. Vincent Health
Center
Tlielma Kline. M.T.(ASCP), S.M.; U.S.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant to Program Director. Scliool of Medical Technology-, Latrobe
Area Hospital
Joseph R. Noel. U.S.. York College
Director. Medical Technology Program, Altoona Hospital
Richard Rupkalvis. Ml).. Rush Medical College
Medical Advisor. Clinical Laboratory Science Program. Elkins Park
Hospital
Barbara Scheelje. M.T.(ASCP); B.S.. Colby Sawyer College
Program Director. Medical Technology Program. Abington Memorial
Hospital
Eugene Sneff. M.D.. Hahnemann Medical College
Director, Department of Laboratory Services, Altoona Hospital
Elaine M. Markoi, fLT.(N) ' N.M.T.; M.S., Ohio University
Program Director, Nucleai Medicine Institute, The I 1
Hay. lin.ll.iv.obio
Respiratory Therapy
Jack Albert. R.K.'I. C.P.I. I: M.Ed . I niversit) of Pittsburgh
Instructor, School of Respiratot I m Pennsylvania Hospital
GailW.Druga. A.S.RPI I ( I PI
Instructor, School of Respiratory Care, Western Pi nnsylvania Hospital
Paul Eiehler. F.C.C.P.j M.D., I niversit) ..I Pin i
Medical Dire) tor, Si hool ol Respiratot era Pennsylvania
I lospital
Jcffcry Alan Heck. R.R.T: M s . I nivi nit) ol Pittsburgh Medii jI ' cni< 1
Instructor, School of Respiratot I rn P) nnsylvania Hospital
Lisa Renee llersbelnian. R.R.T.: U.S.. Indiana I nivi isit\ ol Pennsylvania
Respiratory' Therapist. Western Pennsylvania Hospital
Kathryn (;. Kinderman. R.R.T.. C.P.F.T.; Ms . I niversit) ol Pittsburgh
Richard J. Laurent. R.R.T.: B.S., University ol Pittsburgh
I n Hirer, St. Francis School of Res p.. Pittsburgh
William J. Malley. R.R.T. C.P.F.T.; M.S.. I niversit) ol Pittsburgh
Dini tor. School of Respiratory Care. Western Pennsylvania Hospital
Catherine L. Myers. R.R.T.: M.Ed.. The Pennsylvania state I Diversity
Instructor. School ol Respiratory Care, Western Pennsylvania Hospital
Robin Nitkulincc. R.R.T; B.S., Indiana University ol Pennsylvania
Senior Supervisor, Department of Respiratory ( lare, '•'
Pennsylvania I lospital
N D I A N A UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
226 INDEX
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
Index
INDEX 227
Academic Affairs Division, 41
Academic Good Standing, 29
Vcademic I lonors, 27
\. ademic Integrity Policy, 31
\i ademic Policies, 24
Academic Policies, College of Education, 55-58
V ademic Policies, Eberly College of Business, 47
Vcademic Services ( )ffice, Eberly College of Business, 47
Vcademic Standards Policy, 29
\. ademic V relations (See Academic Integrity Policy), 31
\i counting Department, 47
Vccreditation, t>
Act 101 Program, 22
Vctivity Fee. Student. 14
Administrative Division. 7
Administrative Officers, 21 1
Admissions and Registration. 9
Admissions Policy, I'ndergraduate. 9
Adult Advisement Sen ices. 12s
Adult and Community Education Department, 59
Advanced Placement Program, 24
Ad\ ising and lesting Center. 20
Advisor) Program, 25
Affirmative Action, inside front cover
\in. .in American Cultural Center, 23
VUegheny General Hospital Scholars Program. 110
Allud I U.iltli Professions Program, S2. 83
Alumni, <>
American Language Institute, 1 1
Americans with Disabilities Act, inside front cover
Anthropology Department, 88
Anticipated Class Absence Policy, 26
Application Fee, 9
Applied Social Research. 105. 106. 107
Applied Statistics Minor, 120. 121
Aquatic Track. Physical Education and Sport. 77
Aquatics School, 76
Archaeology Track. Anthropology, ss
Armstrong Branch Campus, s
Art Department, 68
Associate of Arts Degree in Business, "'2
Athletic Training Track. Physical Education and Sport. 77
Athletic Grants-in-Aid, 18
Athletics, 20
Attendance Policy. I'ndergraduate Course, 2t>
Audit Fee. 12
Audit Policy. 27
Bad Check Charge. 1 2
Billing and Payments. 14
Biochemistry Program. 1 13
Biology Department. 1 1 1
Board of Governors. State System of Higher Education, 2
Branch Campus Interim Academic Standards Poll.
Branch Campuses, 8
Buildings and Grounds. 6
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 199.
228 INDEX
c
Business Advisor)' Council, 47
Business Associate Degree Program, 52
Business, Eberly College of, 46
Business Education, 51, 52
Business Minors, 53
Calendar, 2
Cancellation Refund Policy, 14
Cancelled Semester Policy, 28
Career Exploration/Undecided Majors, 21
Career Services, 21
Centers and Institutes, 1UP, 7
Certification for Teachers, 55-58
Change of Major Policies, 26
Cheating (See Academic Integrity Policy), 31
Chemistry Department, 1 14
Child Development/Family Relations Major, 81
Child Study Center, 58
Chiropractic, Pre-, 1 10, 121
Class Attendance, 26
Classification of Students, 24
Cocurricular Activities, 23
College Board Examinations, 9
Communications Media Department, 59
Community Services Program, 15
Community Services Track, Consumer Services, 79, 80
Computer Science Department, 1 15
Computer Software Policy, 23
Computing Services, 6
Conferences and Noncredit Programs, 128
Consumer Affairs Major, 79
Consumer Services Major, 80
Continuing Education, School of, 8, 10, 1 1, 127
Conferences and Noncredit Programs, 128
Credit Programs, 127
General Studies Associate Degree, 127
General Studies Bachelor of Science Degree, 127
Cooperative Education, 25, 45
Cooperative Programs, 1 1 0
Chiropractic, 110,122
Dentistry, 122
Engineering, 1 10, 122, 124
Family Medicine, 110, 111
Forestry, 110, 111
Marine Science Consortium, 110, 112
Optometry, 110, 123
Physical Therapy, 1 23
Podiatry, 110, 123
Council of Trustees, IUP, 2
Counseling and Student Development Center, 21
Counseling Services, 21
Course Descriptions
Accounting (AG), 130
Administrative Services (AD), 129
Anthropology (AN), 132
Applied Music (AM), 132
Art Education (AE), 129
Art History (AH), 131
Art Studio (AR). 134
Biochemistry (BC), 135
Biology (BI), 136
Business Education (BE), 135
Business Law (BL), 138
Chemistry (CH), 138
Consumer Services (CS), 145
Communications Media (CM), 140
Computer Science (CO), 143
Counselor Education (CE), 138
Criminology (CR), 144
Critical Languages (CL), 140
Distributive Education (DE), 146
Early Childhood Education (EE), 148
Economics (EC), 146
Education (ED), 148
Education of Exceptional Persons (EX), 155
Education of Persons with Hearing Loss (EH), 149
Educational and School Psychology (EP), 154
Elementary Education (EL), 150
English (EN), 151
Family and Consumer Sciences Education (FC), 156
Fashion Merchandising (FM), 158
Finance (Fl), 157
Fine Arts (FA), 156
Food and Nutrition (FN), 159
Foreign Languages (FL), 158
Foundations of Education (FE), 156
French (FR), 160
Geography (GE), 161
Geoscience (GS), 164
German (GM), 163
Gerontology (GN), 164
Greek (GK), 163
Health and Physical Education (HP), 1 70
History (HI), 167
Home Economics Education (HE), 167
Honors College (HC), 166
Hotel, Restaurant, and Institutional Management (HR), 173
Information Management (IM), 175
Industrial and Labor Relations (LR), 179
Interior Design (ID), 1 74
International Studies (IS), 176
Italian (IT), 176
Journalism (JN), 1 76
Latin (LA), 178
Learning Center (LC), 178
Liberal Studies (LS), 179
Library (LB), 178
Management (MG), 182
Marine Science (MI), 184
Marketing (MK), 185
Mathematics (MA), 179
Medical Technology (MT), 186
Military Science (MS), 185
Music History (MH), 183
Music (MU), 186
Nuclear Medicine Technology (NT), 188
Nursing (NU), 189
Office Systems (OS), 190
Pan-African Studies (AF), 130
Philosophy (PH), 192
Physics (PY), 194
Political Science (PS), 193
Psychology (PC), 190
Quantitative Business (QB), 196
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
INDEX 229
Regional Planning (RP), 197
Rehabilitation (RH), 196
Religious Studies (RS), 198
Respiratory Therapy (RT), 199
Safety Sciences (SA), 199
Science (SC), 201
Social Work (SW), 207
Sociology (SO), 202
Spanish (SP), 20 I
Speei li Pathology and Audiology (SI I), 202
Study Abroad and Comparitive Literature (FL), 158
II (Ill), 207
I Iniversitywide Courses (I'N). 209
Vocational Education (VO), 209
Women's Studies (WS), 209
( lourse Repeal Policy, 28
( Iredit/Exemption Examinations, 25
Criminal justice Training Center, 12.s
( Iriminology Department, 89
i riteria Cov< ming Continuance .il II' I'. 2!)
Critical Language Program, 87
Culinary Arts. Departmenl of, 74
Damage Fee, 14
Dance Minor, 72
I lean's List, 27
Degree Fee, 14
Degree Requirements, Completion of, 40
Degrees Offered at [UP, I 'ndergraduate, 4
Delinquent Accounts, 14
Dentistry; Pre-, 122
Determining GPA, 27
D/F Repeal Policy, 28
Dietetics Major, 74
Dining Plan Fee, 12, 13
Dining Sen ices, 23
Directory; 21 1
Directory Information, Student Rights, 23
Disability Support Services, 20
Dismissal, 29
Driver Education-Safe Living Certification, 76, 78
Drop/Add. 24
Dual Certification, 57. 61, 62, 64, 66
Duke Cooperative Program in Forestry and Environmental
Studies. 110. Ill
I in. i hi. 215
Employmi nt, Studi nt, I r<
Engineering, Pn , 1 10, 122, 124
English as .i Second I anguagi MSI.) Program, I I . II
English Departmi nt, 92
English I anguagi Programs foi Inti mational Studi nts and
Visitors, I I i"
Environmental Gi ographi > IVacI Geography and R
Planning, 96
Environmental < Seosi iem
Environmental Hi alth, I
Exai ii foi I i' '"I Fee, i I
Exi eptional Persons Major, Edui atiori
I m Sciena li.uk. Physical Education and Sport, 76
I • i hangi I Stud) Abroad Programs, 1 1
Exei nine ( Officers, Indiana University '■! Pennsylvania, 2
Exemption Examinations, - i
Experiential Edui ation < >ffi< i , \r<
t Facilities Fee. 12. 13
Faculty,216
C Early Admissions Program, 9
Early Childhood Education. 60. 61
Earth and Space Science Education, 1 18
Eberly College of Business, 46
Economic Developer Track. Regional Planning. 96. 97
Economic Geographer Track, Geography, 96, 97
Economics Department. 90
Education, College of, 54
Education Majors, Policies for, 55-58
Educational and School Psychology Department. 60
Educational Assistance Program (EAP). Pennsylvania National
Guard, 18
Educational Services Fee. 13
Educational Technology Minor. 60
Elementary Education, 60
Eligibility and Application for Graduation, 39
G
Family and Consume) Sciences Education, 81
Family Business, Centei for, 17
Family Medicine. 1 10. I I I
Fashion Merchandising \Ia|or, 80
Federal Supplemental Educational ( Ipportunity Ciaul. 15
Federal Work-Study Program, 15
Fees, 12
Final Examination Policies, 15
1 in. mi c and Legal Studies Department. Is,
Finance Division. 7
Finances. 12
Financial Aid. I 4
Financial Aid. Payment of, 1 1
Financial Aid Sufficient Progress I'. .Ik \. I 8
Financial Delinquency Policy. 12
Fine Arts, College of, 67
Food and Nutrition Department. 71
Foreign Languages and International Studies lor Elementary Education
(FLISET),62
Foreign Study Programs, ^7
Forestry and Environmental Studies Cooperative Program. 1 10. 1 1 1
Foundations of Education Department, 60
French Department. 94
French lor Elementary Education. 94
Fresh Start Polio. 28
Freshman Applications, 9
Freshman Orientation. 22. 36
Freshman Year. Academic Life during the. 36
Full-time Student. 21
General Science Education. 1 19
General Studies Associate of Arts and Bachelor of Sciem
Geography and Regional Planning Department. 95
Geology. 117. lis
Geoscience Department. 1 17
German Department. 99
Gerontology Certificate Program. 84
G1S and Cartographer Track. Geography and Regional Planning. 96. 97
Government and Public Service Degree. 104
Government Contract Assistance Program. 48
Gradi Appeal Policy, 30
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 1999-2000
230 index
H
Grade Change Policy, 28
Grade Reports, 27
Grades and Quality Points, 27
Grading Policies, 27
Graduation, Eligibility and Application for, 39
Graduation Honors, 27
Graduation, Requirements for, 36
Grants, 15
Harrisburg Internship Semester (T.H.I. S.), 45
Health and Human Services, College of, 73
Health and Physical Education Department, 75
Health Insurance, 21
Health Services, 21
Health Services Fee, 13, 14
High School Students, Visiting Student Program, 10
Highway Safety Center, 78
History Department, 100
History of die University, 5
Home Economics Education (See Family and Consumer Sciences
Education), 81
Honors, Academic, 27
Honors College, Robert E. Cook, 41
Hotel, Restaurant, and Institutional Management, 78
Housing, 21
Housing Fee, 13
Human Development and Environmental Studies, 79
Human Resources Management Major, 49
Humanities and Social Sciences, College of, 86
Immunization Requirements, 1 1
Inclement Weather Policy, 26
Incomplete Policy, 28
Indiana, the County and the Town, 6
Individual Course Withdrawal Policy, 29
Industrial and Labor Relations Department, 82
Installment Payment Charge, 14
Institute for Research and Community Service, 7
Institutional Advancement Division, 7
Institutional Fees, 12
Interdisciplinary Fine Arts Major, 67
Interior Design Major, 81
International Business Major, 50
International Affairs, Office of, 43
International Exchange and Study Abroad Program, 43
International Management, School of, 47
International Student Exchange Program, 44
International Student Orientation Fee, 13
International Student Teaching Opportunities, 45
International Studies, Political Science, 105
International Trade, French, 94
International Trade, German, 99
International Trade, Spanish, 108
Internship/Cooperative Education, 25, 45, 87, 107, 1 1 1
Intraniurals, 21
Jefferson Medical College-IUP Physician Shortage Area Program, 1 1 1
Journalism Department, 101
Judicial System, University, 23
0
P
L Grades Policy, 28
Languages and Systems Track, Computer Science, 1 1 7
Late Registration Fee, 13
Learning Center/Act 101,22
Legal Studies Department, Finance and, 48
Liberal Studies, 37
Library, 7,41
Loans, Educational, 15
Major Changes, 26
Management Department, 40
Management Information Systems and Decision Sciences
Department, 50
Management Services Group, 47
Marine Science Consortium. 1 10, 1 12
Marketing Department, 51
Mathematics Department, 119
Medical Technology Administrative Fee, 13
Medical Technology Major, 83
Military Science Department, 42
Military Science Fee, 13
Music Department, 70
Nancy Programs, 94
National Student Exchange Program. 45
Nadonal Student Exchange Program Fee, 13
Natural Science, 121
Natural Sciences and Mathematics, College of, 109
Natural Sciences— Cooperative and Preprofessional Programs, 110
Night Exam Policy, 35
Non-Native Students' English Requirements, 49
Normal Semester Hour Loads, 24
Nuclear Medicine Technology Major, 84
Nursing and Allied Health Department, 82
Nutrition Minor, 74, 75
Off-Campus Instructional Fee, 13
Off-Campus Studies Program, 128
Office Systems Major, 51, 52
Optometry. Pre-, 110,123
Organizations and Activities, 22
Orientation, 22
Out-of-State Tuition, 12
Pan-African Studies Minor, 87
Parent Loans for Undergraduate Students (PLLIS), 15
Parking. 23
Part-time Study, 10, 128
Pass-Fail Policy, 27
Pell Grant, Federal, 15
Pennsylvania National Guard Educational Assistance Program, 18
Pennsylvania State Grant (PHEAA), 15
Perkins Loan, Federal, 15
Persons with Hearing Loss Major, Education of, 65
PHEAA State Work Study. 15
Philosophy and Religious Studies Department, 102
Physical Education and Sport, 75-78
Physical Therapy, Pre-, 123
Physics Department, 1 23
PLUS Loan, Federal, 15
Podiatry, Pre-, 110,123
Political Science Department, 104
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
INDEX 231
'ortfolio Assessment Fee, I I
Portfolio Evaluation, 25
toil Bai i alaureate Studies, I I. 128
•if Approval foi Transfei Coursework, '■'>
'u Law Business, 48
"re-Law < Iriminology, 90
i , i iv I i onomics, 9 1
're-Law English, 92, 93
'i, i aw l listory, l(io
're Law Philosophy, 102, 103
n Law Pol il Science, 104
■resident's Message, 3
'i mi. n\ ( lare Partnership, I 10
'rimary Care Scholars Program, 1 10
'nui Learning \ssessmeni Programs and Policy, 25
'robation, l'>
Profess I Certification Application Fee, 58
'rofessional Studies in Education Department. 60
Program Changes, 10
Provost's Scholar, 27
Psychological Science Minor. 12(i
Payi holog) Department, 125
Publications (Student), 23
Punxsutawne) Branch Campus, 8
Pvniatiining Laboratory of Ecology, 1 12
Qualit) Points, 27
Read mission Policy, 1 1. .'30
defend Policy, 14
Regional Planning Department, Geography and, 95
Registration Fee. 13, 14
Rehabilitation Major. 65
Religious Studies Major, 102, 103
Reserve Officers Training Corps, 42
Residence Hall Application. 22
Resilience 1 lall Association. 22
Residence Hall Fee, 13
Residence Life, 21
Residency, ln-Statc/Out-of-State, 1 2
Residency Requirement for Craduation, 10, 40
Resilient Assistants, 18
Resources, 6
Respirator) ("are Major, 83
Robert E. Cook Honors College. 41
ROTC. 42
ROTC Scholarships, IS. 42
Safi I) Si ii in is Department. 85
Schedule Changes, 24
Scholarships, 16,18
Scholastii Iptitudi R I 9
Second Baccalaureab Degre< Requirements, 1 1
Secondan s< I It ooperative Edui ation Teacher/Coordinatoi
Certificate, r>'>
Semester CoUTSC Syllabi, I mvi rsilv Poln y on, 2<i
Semeslci I linn and < Jiiiiulalivc Quality-Point Average Rei|inn DM
Sexual Harassment, Policy, insidj front
Small Business ln< ubator, Indiana ( bounty, 17
Small Business Institute, 47
Sin i.il Si u in e l.iliii at ion/ Anthropology Concentration, 89
So. i.i I Si ii in ( I'd t ion/ 1. 1 oliolllli s Ti.ii k. '»]
Social Si kiii i I-.iIik .ition ( .. ugraph) Tr.n k. 'IS
Social Science Education/History Track, 100, I'M
Social Science Education/Sociology Concentration, 106
Sociology Department, 105
Sophomore Screening, 26
Spanish and Classical Languages Department, 107
Spanish for Elementary Education, 107
Special Education and Clinical Services Department, 'i I
Special Fees, 14
Speech and Hearing Clinic. 23, 58
Speech-Language Pathology and Audiolngy, 64
Sport Administration Track, Physical Education and Sport. 7o
Sports, Varsity, 20
Stafford Loan. Federal, 15
Student Activities and Organizations. 11
Student Activity Fee, 14
Student Affairs Division, 20
Student Community Services, 23
Student Congress, 23
Student Cooperative Association. 23
Student Development. 2 1
Student Employment. 15
Student Programs and Services, 20
Student Rights. Directory Information. 23
Student Teaching. 56, 57
Student Union. 23
Studio Major, 69
Study Abroad Programs, 43, 44, 45, 87, 107
Sufficient Progress. 30
Summer Sessions. 1 1
Summer Sessions Fees. 1 3
Syllabus Policy, 26
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
232 index
Teacher Certification (Postbaccalaureate), 1 1
Teacher Certification Fee, 14
Teacher Education and Certification, 55-58
Technology Services Center (TSC), 6
Technology Support and Training Department, 51
Testing Fee, 13
Theater Department. 72
Title IV Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy, 18
Total University Course Withdrawal Policy, 29
Town Manager Track, Regional Planning, 96, 98
Transcript Fees, 14
Transfer Admissions, 10
Transfer Coursework, Pre-Approval for, 39
Tuition, 12
v
Varsity Sports, 20
Veterans Affairs, 23
Veterans Benefits, 18
Visiting High School Students Program, 10
Vocational Personnel Preparation, Center for, 58
Vocational Rehabilitation Assistance, Office of, 18
Vocational-Technical Professional Studies, 58
Withdrawal Policies, 29
Withdrawal Refund Policy, 14
Women's Studies Program, 43
Work-Study Program, 15
Writing Across the Curriculum Requirements, 39
u
Undergraduate Catalog Applicability Timeframe, 40
University, The, 5
University Clinics, 58
University Employment for Students, 15
University Governance, 6
University Libraries, 7, 41
University Loan Fund. 15
University Organization, 7
University School, 58
University Sponsored Loan Programs, 15
NDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 1999-2000
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. Postage
Paid
Permit No. 198
Indiana, PA15705
Indiana, PA 15705
http://www. hip. edu